B222/B224 Service Manual: 002825MIU (Rev. 11/28/06)

B222/B224
SERVICE MANUAL
002825MIU (rev. 11/28/06)
B222/B224
SERVICE MANUAL
(BOOK 1 OF 2) MAINFRAME
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
SERVICE MANUAL
Book 1 of 2
MAINFRAME
002825MIU
WARNING
The Service Manual contains information
regarding service techniques, procedures,
processes and spare parts of office equipment
distributed by Ricoh Corporation. Users of this
manual should be either service trained or
certified by successfully completing a Ricoh
Technical Training Program.
Untrained and uncertified users utilizing
information contained in this service manual to
repair or modify Ricoh equipment risk personal
injury, damage to property or loss of warranty
protection.
Ricoh Corporation
manuals4you.com
LEGEND
PRODUCT
CODE
B222
B224
COMPANY
GESTETNER
DSc535
DSc545
LANIER
LD435c
LD445c
RICOH
Aficio MP C3500
Aficio MP C4500
SAVIN
C3535
C4540
DOCUMENTATION HISTORY
REV. NO.
*
DATE
09/2006
COMMENTS
Original Printing
B222/B224
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INSTALLATION
1. INSTALLATION ............................................................................1-1
1.1 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS ............................................................1-1
1.1.1 ENVIRONMENT ................................................................................1-1
1.1.2 MACHINE LEVEL..............................................................................1-1
1.1.3 MACHINE SPACE REQUIREMENTS ...............................................1-2
1.1.4 POWER REQUIREMENTS ...............................................................1-2
1.2 OPTIONAL UNIT COMBINATIONS ...........................................................1-3
1.2.1 MACHINE OPTIONS.........................................................................1-3
1.2.2 CONTROLLER OPTIONS.................................................................1-4
1.2.3 FAX OPTIONS ..................................................................................1-4
1.2.4 OTHER OPTIONS.............................................................................1-5
1.3 COPIER INSTALLATION ...........................................................................1-6
1.3.1 POWER SOCKETS FOR PERIPHERALS ........................................1-6
1.3.2 INSTALLATION FLOW CHART ........................................................1-6
1.3.3 ACCESSORY CHECK ......................................................................1-7
1.3.4 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE .........................................................1-9
Tapes and Retainers...........................................................................1-10
Developer and Toner Bottles ..............................................................1-10
Paper Trays ........................................................................................1-11
Emblem and Decals............................................................................1-12
Fire Prevention Cover .........................................................................1-13
Manual Pocket Attachment .................................................................1-13
Initialize the Developer........................................................................1-13
Settings Relevant to the Service Contract ..........................................1-14
1.3.5 MOVING THE MACHINE ................................................................1-15
1.3.6 TRANSPORTING THE MACHINE ..................................................1-15
1.4 PAPER FEED UNIT (B800)......................................................................1-17
1.4.1 ACCESSORY CHECK ....................................................................1-17
1.4.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE .......................................................1-18
1.5 LCT (B801) ...............................................................................................1-21
1.5.1 ACCESSORY CHECK ....................................................................1-21
1.6 AUTO REVERSE DOCUMENT FEEDER (B802).....................................1-25
1.6.1 COMPONENT CHECK....................................................................1-25
1.7 1-BIN TRAY UNIT (B803).........................................................................1-29
1.7.1 COMPONENT CHECK....................................................................1-29
SM
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
1.8 BRIDGE UNIT (B227)...............................................................................1-32

1.8.1 COMPONENT CHECK....................................................................1-32
1.9 1000-SHEET FINISHER (B408) ...............................................................1-35
1.9.1 ACCESSORY CHECK ....................................................................1-35
1.10 2000/3000-SHEET (BOOKLET) FINISHER (B804/B805)...................1-38
1.10.1 ACCESSORY CHECK...............................................................1-38
1.10.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE..................................................1-39
Support Tray Installation .....................................................................1-43
1.11 PUNCH UNIT......................................................................................1-44
1.11.1 COMPONENT CHECK ..............................................................1-44
1.12 MECHANICAL COUNTER (NA ONLY)...............................................1-49
1.13 KEY COUNTER BRACKET ................................................................1-51
1.14 KEY COUNTER INTERFACE UNIT ...................................................1-53
1.15 ANTI-CONDENSATION HEATER (SCANNER) .................................1-55
1.16 TRAY HEATER...................................................................................1-57
1.17 CONTROLLER OPTIONS ..................................................................1-58
1.17.1 OVERVIEW ...............................................................................1-58
I/F Card Slots......................................................................................1-58
SD Card Slots .....................................................................................1-58
1.17.2 SD CARD APPLI MOVE ............................................................1-59
Overview.............................................................................................1-59
Move Exec ..........................................................................................1-60
Undo Exec ..........................................................................................1-61
1.17.3 POSTSCRIPT 3 .........................................................................1-61
1.17.4 FILE FORMAT CONVERTER....................................................1-62
1.17.5 IEEE1394 (FIREWIRE)..............................................................1-63
Installation Procedure .........................................................................1-63
UP Mode Settings for IEEE 1394........................................................1-64
SP Mode Settings for IEEE 1394 ........................................................1-64
1.17.6 IEEE1284...................................................................................1-65
1.17.7 IEEE 802.11B (WIRELESS LAN)...............................................1-66
UP Mode Settings for Wireless LAN ...................................................1-67
SP Mode Settings for IEEE 802.11b Wireless LAN ............................1-69
1.17.8 BLUETOOTH .............................................................................1-69
1.17.9 COPY DATA SECURITY UNIT..................................................1-70
User Tool Setting ................................................................................1-72
B222/B224
ii
SM
1.17.10
DATA OVERWRITE SECURITY UNIT TYPE D (B735) .........1-72
Before You Begin the Procedure ........................................................1-72
Seal Check and Removal ...................................................................1-73
1.17.11
USB HOST INTERFACE........................................................1-76
1.17.12
PICTBRIDGE .........................................................................1-76
1.17.13
BROWSER UNIT TYPE B......................................................1-77
Update Procedure...............................................................................1-79
1.17.14
REMOTE COMMUNICATION GATE INSTALLATION...........1-79
Component Check ..............................................................................1-79
1.17.15
CHECK ALL CONNECTIONS ................................................1-82
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
2. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE ....................................................2-1
2.1 SETTINGS..................................................................................................2-1
2.1.1 BEFORE REMOVING THE OLD PM PARTS ...................................2-1
2.1.2 AFTER INSTALLING THE NEW PM PARTS ....................................2-2
2.1.3 PREPARATION BEFORE OPERATION CHECK..............................2-2
2.1.4 OPERATION CHECK........................................................................2-3
2.2 MAINTENANCE TABLES...........................................................................2-4
2.2.1 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE TABLES ..........................................2-4
Mainframe.............................................................................................2-4
ARDF ....................................................................................................2-7
Two-tray Paper Feed Unit.....................................................................2-8
LCT .......................................................................................................2-8
2000/3000-Sheet (Booklet) Finisher .....................................................2-8
2000/3000-Sheet (Booklet) Finisher Punch Kit .....................................2-9
1000-Sheet Finisher..............................................................................2-9
2.2.2 OTHERS IN MAINFRAME ................................................................2-9
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT

3. REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT.........................................3-1
3.1 BEFOREHAND...........................................................................................3-1
3.2 SPECIAL TOOLS .......................................................................................3-2
3.3 IMAGE ADJUSTMENT ...............................................................................3-3
3.3.1 SCANNING .......................................................................................3-3
Scanner sub-scan magnification...........................................................3-3
Scanner leading edge and side-to-side registration ..............................3-3
3.3.2 ARDF.................................................................................................3-4
ARDF side-to-side, leading edge registration and trailing edge ............3-4
ARDF sub-scan magnification ..............................................................3-5
SM
iii
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
3.3.3 REGISTRATION................................................................................3-5
Image Area ...........................................................................................3-5
Leading Edge........................................................................................3-6
Side to Side ..........................................................................................3-6
Adjustment Standard ............................................................................3-6
Paper Registration Standard.................................................................3-6
Adjustment Procedure ..........................................................................3-6
3.3.4 ERASE MARGIN ADJUSTMENT ......................................................3-7
3.3.5 COLOR REGISTRATION..................................................................3-7
Line Position Adjustment ......................................................................3-7
3.3.6 PRINTER GAMMA CORRECTION ...................................................3-8
Copy Mode ...........................................................................................3-8
Printer Mode .......................................................................................3-13
3.4 EXTERIOR COVERS ...............................................................................3-15
3.4.1 FRONT DOOR ................................................................................3-15
3.4.2 LEFT COVER ..................................................................................3-16
3.4.3 REAR COVER.................................................................................3-16
3.4.4 RIGHT REAR COVER.....................................................................3-17
3.4.5 OPERATION PANEL.......................................................................3-17
3.4.6 PAPER EXIT COVER......................................................................3-18
3.4.7 INNER TRAY...................................................................................3-19
3.4.8 DUST FILTER .................................................................................3-20
3.4.9 OZONE FILTER ..............................................................................3-20
Ozone filters for scanner unit ..............................................................3-20
Ozone filter for IH inverter...................................................................3-21
3.5 SCANNER UNIT.......................................................................................3-22
3.5.1 EXPOSURE GLASS........................................................................3-22
3.5.2 ORIGINAL LENGTH/WIDTH SENSORS.........................................3-23
3.5.3 EXPOSURE LAMP..........................................................................3-23
3.5.4 SCANNER MOTOR.........................................................................3-26
3.5.5 SENSOR BOARD UNIT (SBU)........................................................3-27
When reassembling ............................................................................3-27
3.5.6 EXPOSURE LAMP STABILIZER ....................................................3-27
3.5.7 SIO (SCANNER IN/OUT) BOARD...................................................3-28
3.5.8 SCANNER HP SENSOR.................................................................3-28
3.5.9 PLATEN COVER SENSOR.............................................................3-29
3.5.10 FRONT SCANNER WIRE..........................................................3-30
Reassembling the Front Scanner Wire ...............................................3-30
3.5.11 REAR SCANNER WIRE ............................................................3-32
Reassembling the Rear Scanner Wire................................................3-34
3.5.12 TOUCH PANEL POSITION ADJUSTMENT ..............................3-35
3.6 LASER OPTICS .......................................................................................3-36
3.6.1 CAUTION DECAL LOCATION ........................................................3-36
3.6.2 LASER OPTICS HOUSING UNIT ...................................................3-36
Preparing the new laser optics housing unit .......................................3-37
Before removing the old laser optics housing unit ..............................3-37
B222/B224
iv
SM
Recovery procedure for no replacement preparation of laser optics

housing unit ........................................................................................3-38
Removing the old laser optics housing unit.........................................3-39
Installing a new Laser Optics Housing Unit.........................................3-40
After installing the new laser optics housing unit ................................3-40
3.6.3 POLYGON MIRROR MOTOR AND DRIVE BOARD.......................3-42
3.6.4 SHUTTER MOTOR .........................................................................3-43
3.7 IMAGE CREATION ..................................................................................3-46
3.7.1 PCU.................................................................................................3-46
3.7.2 DRUM UNIT AND DEVELOPMENT UNIT ......................................3-47
Developer ...........................................................................................3-49
3.7.3 TONER COLLECTION BOTTLE .....................................................3-50
3.7.4 SECOND DUCT FAN ......................................................................3-51
When reinstalling the second duct fan ................................................3-52
3.7.5 THIRD DUCT FAN ..........................................................................3-52
When reinstalling the third duct fan.....................................................3-53
3.7.6 TONER PUMP UNIT .......................................................................3-53
When you install the new toner pump unit ..........................................3-56
3.7.7 TONER END SENSOR ...................................................................3-59
3.8 IMAGE TRANSFER..................................................................................3-60
3.8.1 IMAGE TRANSFER BELT UNIT .....................................................3-60
3.8.2 IMAGE TRANSFER BELT CLEANING UNIT ..................................3-60
3.8.3 IMAGE TRANSFER BELT...............................................................3-61
When reinstalling the image transfer belt............................................3-65
3.9 PAPER TRANSFER .................................................................................3-67
3.9.1 PAPER TRANSFER ROLLER UNIT ...............................................3-67
3.9.2 PAPER TRANSFER UNIT...............................................................3-67
3.9.3 HIGH VOLTAGE SUPPLY BOARD - DISCHARGE PLATE ............3-69
3.9.4 ID SENSOR BOARD .......................................................................3-70
Cleaning for ID sensors ......................................................................3-71
After installing a new ID sensor unit/board..........................................3-71
3.9.5 TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY SENSOR ..................................3-72
3.10 DRIVE UNIT .......................................................................................3-73
3.10.1 GEAR UNIT ...............................................................................3-74
When installing the drive unit ..............................................................3-79
Adjustment after replacing the gear unit .............................................3-79
3.10.2 REGISTRATION MOTOR..........................................................3-80
3.10.3 PAPER FEED MOTOR..............................................................3-80
3.10.4 DRUM/DEVELOPMENT MOTORS FOR M, C, AND Y .............3-81
3.10.5 DRUM/DEVELOPMENT MOTOR-K ..........................................3-82
3.10.6 ITB DRIVE MOTOR ...................................................................3-83
3.10.7 FUSING/PAPER EXIT MOTOR .................................................3-83
3.10.8 IMAGE TRANSFER BELT CONTACT MOTOR.........................3-84
3.10.9 PAPER TRANSFER CONTACT MOTOR..................................3-84
3.10.10
DUPLEX INVERTER MOTOR................................................3-85
3.10.11
DUPLEX/BY-PASS MOTOR ..................................................3-86
SM
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
B222/B224
vi
SM
manuals4you.com
3.10.12
TONER TRANSPORT MOTOR .............................................3-87
3.10.13
TONER COLLECTION UNIT..................................................3-88
3.10.14
PAPER FEED CLUTCHES ....................................................3-89
3.10.15
DEVELOPMENT CLUTCH-Y .................................................3-91
3.10.16
DEVELOPMENT CLUTCHES FOR M AND C .......................3-92
3.10.17
DEVELOPMENT CLUTCH-K .................................................3-93
3.11 FUSING ..............................................................................................3-94
3.11.1 FUSING UNIT ............................................................................3-94
3.11.2 FUSING LAMP...........................................................................3-94
3.11.3 PRESSURE ROLLER AND PRESSURE ROLLER BEARING ..3-96
When re-installing the pressure roller .................................................3-99
3.11.4 FERRITE ROLLER GEAR .......................................................3-101
3.11.5 FUSING ROLLER BUSHING AND TENSION ROLLER
BUSHING ...............................................................................................3-101
When re-installing the fusing roller bushing and tension roller
bushing ............................................................................................3-102
3.11.6 TENSION ROLLER..................................................................3-103
When re-installing the tension roller..................................................3-103
3.11.7 FUSING BELT, HEATING ROLLER, HEATING ROLLER
BUSHING AND FUSING ROLLER.........................................................3-103
When re-installing the fusing belt, heating roller, fusing roller and
heating roller bushing........................................................................3-105
3.11.8 LUBRICANT ROLLER BUSHING ............................................3-106
3.11.9 LUBRICANT ROLLER AND CLEANING ROLLER ..................3-106
3.11.10
HEATING ROLLER THERMISTOR .....................................3-107
3.11.11
PRESSURE ROLLER THERMOSTAT.................................3-107
3.11.12
PRESSURE ROLLER THERMISTOR..................................3-108
3.11.13
FUSING ROLLER ONE-WAY CLUTCH AND IDLE GEAR ..3-108
When re-installing the idle gear ........................................................3-109
3.11.14
FUSING FAN........................................................................3-109
When installing the fusing fan ...........................................................3-110
PAPER EXIT FAN ................................................................3-110
3.11.15
When installing the paper exit fan .....................................................3-111
3.11.16
IH (INDUCTION HEATING) INVERTER FAN ......................3-111
When installing the IH inverter fan ....................................................3-111
3.11.17
THERMOPILE ......................................................................3-111
3.11.18
FUSING BELT SENSOR AND FERRITE ROLLER HP
SENSOR .............................................................................................3-112
3.11.19
IH COIL FAN ........................................................................3-113
3.11.20
IH COIL UNIT .......................................................................3-114
3.12 PAPER FEED ...................................................................................3-116
3.12.1 PAPER FEED UNIT.................................................................3-116
3.12.2 PICK-UP, FEED AND SEPARATION ROLLERS.....................3-116
Tray 1 and Tray 2 .............................................................................3-116
3.12.3 TRAY LIFT MOTOR.................................................................3-117
3.12.4 VERTICAL TRANSPORT, PAPER OVERFLOW, PAPER END

AND PAPER FEED SENSOR ................................................................3-117
3.12.5 REGISTRATION SENSOR ......................................................3-118
3.12.6 BY-PASS PAPER SIZE SENSOR SWITCH ............................3-119
When reinstalling this switch.............................................................3-119
3.12.7 BY-PASS BOTTOM TRAY ......................................................3-120
3.12.8 BY-PASS PAPER END SENSOR............................................3-122
3.12.9 BY-PASS PICK-UP, FEED AND SEPARATION ROLLER,
TORQUE LIMITER .................................................................................3-123
3.12.10
BY-PASS FEED CLUTCH....................................................3-123
3.12.11
PAPER EXIT UNIT...............................................................3-124
3.12.12
FUSING EXIT, PAPER OVERFLOW, JUNCTION PAPER JAM
AND PAPER EXIT SENSOR..................................................................3-125
3.12.13
JUNCTION GATE 1 MOTOR ...............................................3-126
3.13 DUPLEX UNIT ..................................................................................3-127
3.13.1 DUPLEX UNIT .........................................................................3-127
3.13.2 DUPLEX DOOR SENSOR.......................................................3-128
3.13.3 DUPLEX ENTRANCE SENSOR..............................................3-128
3.13.4 DUPLEX EXIT SENSOR .........................................................3-129
3.14 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS .........................................................3-130
3.14.1 CONTROLLER UNIT ...............................................................3-130
3.14.2 CONTROLLER BOX RIGHT COVER ......................................3-130
3.14.3 CONTROLLER BOX................................................................3-131
When opening the controller box ......................................................3-131
When removing the controller box ....................................................3-131
3.14.4 IOB (IN/OUT BOARD) .............................................................3-133
3.14.5 BCU .........................................................................................3-133
When installing the new BCU ...........................................................3-134
3.14.6 IPU...........................................................................................3-134
3.14.7 PSU .........................................................................................3-135
PSU bracket......................................................................................3-135
PSU board ........................................................................................3-135
3.14.8 ITB POWER SUPPLY BOARD ................................................3-136
3.14.9 HIGH VOLTAGE SUPPLY BOARD .........................................3-136
3.14.10
HIGH VOLTAGE SUPPLY BOARD BRACKET....................3-137
3.14.11
IH INVERTER.......................................................................3-137
3.14.12
CONTROLLER BOARD .......................................................3-138
When installing the new controller board ..........................................3-139
3.14.13
MOTHER BOARD ................................................................3-139
3.14.14
HDD FAN .............................................................................3-141
3.14.15
HDD .....................................................................................3-141
When installing a new HDD unit .......................................................3-142
Disposal of HDD Units ......................................................................3-142
Reinstallation ....................................................................................3-142
3.14.16
NVRAM REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE.............................3-143
NVRAM on the BCU .........................................................................3-143
SM
vii
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
NVRAM on the Controller .................................................................3-144
TROUBLESHOOTING
4. TROUBLESHOOTING..................................................................4-1
4.1 PROCESS CONTROL ERROR CONDITIONS ..........................................4-1
4.1.1 DEVELOPER INITIALIZATION RESULT ..........................................4-1
4.1.2 PROCESS CONTROL SELF-CHECK RESULT................................4-2
Vsg Adjustment Result..........................................................................4-5
4.1.3 LINE POSITION ADJUSTMENT RESULT ........................................4-6
4.2 SCANNER TEST MODE ............................................................................4-8
4.2.1 VPU TEST MODE .............................................................................4-8
4.2.2 IPU TEST MODE...............................................................................4-8
SP4-904-1 Register Access..................................................................4-8
SP4-904-2 Image Path .........................................................................4-8
4.3 SERVICE CALL CONDITIONS ................................................................4-10
4.3.1 SUMMARY ......................................................................................4-10
SC Code Classification .......................................................................4-11
4.4 SC TABLE ................................................................................................4-14
4.5 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE .................................................................4-97
4.5.1 IMAGE QUALITY.............................................................................4-97
4.5.2 LINE POSITION ADJUSTMENT .....................................................4-99
4.6 JAM DETECTION...................................................................................4-108
4.6.1 PAPER JAM DISPLAY ..................................................................4-108
4.6.2 JAM CODES AND DISPLAY CODES ...........................................4-108
Paper Size Code...............................................................................4-115
Sensor Locations ..............................................................................4-116
4.7 ELECTRICAL COMPONENT DEFECTS................................................4-117
4.7.1 SENSORS.....................................................................................4-117
4.7.2 BLOWN FUSE CONDITIONS .......................................................4-123
Power Supply Unit ............................................................................4-123
IH Inverter .........................................................................................4-124
SERVICE TABLES
5. SERVICE TABLES .......................................................................5-1
5.1 SERVICE PROGRAM MODE.....................................................................5-1
5.1.1 ENABLING AND DISABLING SERVICE PROGRAM MODE............5-1
Entering SP Mode.................................................................................5-1
Exiting SP Mode ...................................................................................5-1
5.1.2 TYPES OF SP MODES.....................................................................5-1
SP Mode Button Summary ...................................................................5-2
Switching Between SP Mode and Copy Mode for Test Printing ...........5-3
Selecting the Program Number.............................................................5-3
Exiting Service Mode ............................................................................5-4
B222/B224
viii
SM
Service Mode Lock/Unlock ...................................................................5-4

5.1.3 REMARKS.........................................................................................5-5
Display on the Control Panel Screen ....................................................5-5
Others ...................................................................................................5-6
5.2 COPY SERVICE MODE .............................................................................5-7
5.2.1 SERVICE MODE TABLE...................................................................5-7
SP1-XXX (Feed) ...................................................................................5-7
SP2-XXX (Drum).................................................................................5-30
SP3-XXX (Process) ..........................................................................5-162
SP4-XXX (Scanner) ..........................................................................5-214
SP5-XXX (Mode) ..............................................................................5-254
SP6-XXX (Peripherals) .....................................................................5-317
SP7-XXX (Data Log).........................................................................5-328
SP8-xxx: Data Log2 ..........................................................................5-363
SP9-XXX: Others ..............................................................................5-417
5.2.2 INPUT CHECK TABLE..................................................................5-423
Copier ...............................................................................................5-423
1000-Sheet Booklet Finisher (B793) .................................................5-429
2000/3000-Sheet (Booklet) Finisher (B804, B805) ...........................5-429
1000-Sheet Finisher (B408)..............................................................5-433
Table 1: Paper Height Sensor...........................................................5-434
Table 2: Paper Size Switch (Tray 2) .................................................5-435
Table 3: Paper Size (By-pass Table) ................................................5-436
Table 4: APS Original Size Detection ...............................................5-437
5.2.3 OUTPUT CHECK TABLE..............................................................5-438
Copier ...............................................................................................5-438
1000-Sheet Booklet Finisher (B793) .................................................5-450
1000-Sheet Finisher (B408)..............................................................5-450
2000/3000-Sheet (Booklet) Finisher .................................................5-451
5.2.4 TEST PATTERN PRINTING .........................................................5-453
5.3 PRINTER SERVICE MODE ...................................................................5-455
5.3.1 SP1-XXX (SERVICE MODE) ........................................................5-455
5.4 SCANNER SP MODE ............................................................................5-459
5.4.1 SP1-XXX (SYSTEM AND OTHERS).............................................5-459
5.4.2 SP2-XXX (SCANNING-IMAGE QUALITY) ....................................5-460
5.5 REBOOT/SYSTEM SETTING RESET ...................................................5-461
5.5.1 SOFTWARE RESET .....................................................................5-461
5.5.2 SYSTEM SETTINGS AND COPY SETTING RESET....................5-461
System Setting Reset .......................................................................5-461
Copier Setting Reset.........................................................................5-461
5.6 FIRMWARE UPDATE.............................................................................5-463
5.6.1 TYPE OF FIRMWARE...................................................................5-463
5.6.2 BEFORE YOU BEGIN...................................................................5-464
5.6.3 UPDATING FIRMWARE ...............................................................5-465
5.6.4 UPDATING THE LCDC FOR THE OPERATION PANEL..............5-467
5.6.5 DOWNLOADING STAMP DATA ...................................................5-468
SM
ix
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
5.6.6 NVRAM DATA UPLOAD/DOWNLOAD .........................................5-469

Uploading Content of NVRAM to an SD card ...................................5-469
Downloading an SD Card to NVRAM................................................5-469
5.6.7 ADDRESS BOOK UPLOAD/DOWNLOAD ....................................5-470
Information List .................................................................................5-470
Download..........................................................................................5-471
Upload ..............................................................................................5-471
5.6.8 INSTALLING ANOTHER LANGUAGE ..........................................5-472
5.6.9 HANDLING FIRMWARE UPDATE ERRORS................................5-474
Error Message Table ........................................................................5-474
5.7 SD CARD APPLI MOVE.........................................................................5-477
5.7.1 OVERVIEW ...................................................................................5-477
5.7.2 MOVE EXEC .................................................................................5-478
5.7.3 UNDO EXEC .................................................................................5-479
5.8 CONTROLLER SELF-DIAGNOSTICS ...................................................5-480
5.8.1 OVERVIEW ...................................................................................5-480
5.9 USING THE DEBUG LOG......................................................................5-481
5.9.1 SWITCHING ON AND SETTING UP SAVE DEBUG LOG............5-481
5.9.2 RETRIEVING THE DEBUG LOG FROM THE HDD......................5-486
5.9.3 RECORDING ERRORS MANUALLY ............................................5-486
5.9.4 NEW DEBUG LOG CODES ..........................................................5-486
SP5857-015 Copy SD Card-to-SD Card: Any Desired Key ..............5-486
SP5857-016 Create a File on HDD to Store a Log ...........................5-487
SP5857-017 Create a File on SD Card to Store a Log .....................5-487
5.10 DIP SWITCHES ................................................................................5-488
5.10.1 CONTROLLER BOARD...........................................................5-488
5.10.2 BCU BOARD ...........................................................................5-488
DETAILED DESCRIPTIONS
6. DETAILED SECTION DESCRIPTIONS........................................6-1
6.1 OVERVIEW ................................................................................................6-1
6.1.1 COMPONENT LAYOUT....................................................................6-1
6.1.2 PAPER PATH....................................................................................6-2
6.1.3 DRIVE LAYOUT ................................................................................6-3
6.1.4 BOARD STRUCTURE.......................................................................6-5
Overview...............................................................................................6-5
6.1.5 PRINTING PROCESS.......................................................................6-6
6.2 PROCESS CONTROL................................................................................6-9
6.2.1 OVERVIEW .......................................................................................6-9
6.2.2 POTENTIAL CONTROL ....................................................................6-9
Overview...............................................................................................6-9
Process Control Self Check ..................................................................6-9
6.2.3 PROCESS CONTROL SELF CHECK PROCEDURE .....................6-12
6.2.4 TONER DENSITY ADJUSTMENT MODE.......................................6-14
6.2.5 TONER SUPPLY CONTROL ..........................................................6-14
B222/B224
SM
Overview.............................................................................................6-14
Toner Supply Control Modes ..............................................................6-15
6.2.6 TONER NEAR END/TONER END DETECTION.............................6-15
6.2.7 DEVELOPER INITIALIZATION .......................................................6-16
6.3 SCANNING...............................................................................................6-18
6.3.1 OVERVIEW .....................................................................................6-18
6.3.2 SCANNER DRIVE ...........................................................................6-19
6.3.3 ORIGINAL SIZE DETECTION.........................................................6-20
6.3.4 ANTI-CONDENSATION HEATER...................................................6-21
6.4 IMAGE PROCESSING .............................................................................6-22
6.4.1 OVERVIEW .....................................................................................6-22
6.4.2 SBU (SENSOR BOARD UNIT) .......................................................6-22
6.4.3 IPU (IMAGE PROCESSING UNIT) .................................................6-23
6.5 LASER EXPOSURE.................................................................................6-24
6.5.1 OVERVIEW .....................................................................................6-24
6.5.2 OPTICAL PATH...............................................................................6-25
6.5.3 LASER SYNCHRONIZING DETECTORS.......................................6-26
Overview.............................................................................................6-26
6.5.4 LD SAFETY SWITCH......................................................................6-27
6.5.5 AUTOMATIC LINE POSITION ADJUSTMENT ...............................6-29
Overview.............................................................................................6-29
Summary of Each Adjustment ............................................................6-29
Adjustment Conditions ........................................................................6-30
Main Scan Skew Adjustment ..............................................................6-32
ID Sensors ..........................................................................................6-32
6.5.6 SHUTTER MECHANISM.................................................................6-33
6.6 PCU (PHOTO CONDUCTOR UNIT) ........................................................6-34
6.6.1 OVERVIEW .....................................................................................6-34
6.6.2 AROUND THE DRUM .....................................................................6-35
Drum Drive..........................................................................................6-35
Phase Control Mechanism..................................................................6-35
Drum Charge and Quenching .............................................................6-36
Drum Cleaning ....................................................................................6-37
6.6.3 DEVELOPMENT .............................................................................6-38
Development Operation ......................................................................6-38
Drive ...................................................................................................6-39
Developer Agitation.............................................................................6-39
Development Bias...............................................................................6-40
New Unit Detection .............................................................................6-41
6.7 TONER SUPPLY......................................................................................6-42
6.7.1 OVERVIEW .....................................................................................6-42
6.7.2 TONER SUPPLY MECHANISM ......................................................6-43
Toner supply from toner bottle to toner attraction pump .....................6-43
Toner Near End Detection ..................................................................6-43
Toner supply from toner attraction pump to development unit ............6-44
6.7.3 TONER CARTRIDGE......................................................................6-45
SM
xi
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
RFID (Radio Frequency ID) ................................................................6-45

6.8 WASTE TONER COLLECTION ...............................................................6-46
6.8.1 TONER COLLECTION PATH AND DRIVE .....................................6-46
From PCU...........................................................................................6-46
From Image Transfer Belt Unit............................................................6-46
Used Toner Distribution Mechanism ...................................................6-47
6.8.2 TONER COLLECTION BOTTLE SET/ NEAR-FULL/ FULL
DETECTION.............................................................................................6-47
6.9 IMAGE TRANSFER AND PAPER SEPARATION ....................................6-49
6.9.1 IMAGE TRANSFER.........................................................................6-49
Overview.............................................................................................6-49
ITB (Image Transfer Belt) Drive ..........................................................6-50
ITB Current .........................................................................................6-51
Transfer belt cleaning .........................................................................6-52
ITB (Image Transfer Belt) Contact ......................................................6-53
Transfer Belt Sensor ...........................................................................6-54
6.9.2 PAPER TRANSFER AND SEPARATION .......................................6-55
Overview.............................................................................................6-55
PTR (Paper Transfer Roller) Drive......................................................6-55
PTR (Paper Transfer Roller) Contact and Separation.........................6-56
6.10 PAPER FEED .....................................................................................6-58
6.10.1 OVERVIEW ...............................................................................6-58
6.10.2 DRIVE TRAY 1, TRAY 2, AND BY-PASS TRAY ....................6-59
Tray 1 and Tray2 ................................................................................6-59
By-pass Tray.......................................................................................6-59
6.10.3 PAPER PICK-UP .......................................................................6-60
6.10.4 PAPER LIFT TRAYS 1 AND 2 ................................................6-61
6.10.5 PAPER SIZE DETECTION TRAYS 1 & 2...............................6-61
6.10.6 PAPER HEIGHT DETECTION TRAYS 1 & 2 .........................6-63
6.10.7 PAPER END DETECTION TRAYS 1 & 2 ...............................6-64
6.10.8 REGISTRATION ........................................................................6-65
6.10.9 PAPER FEED LINE SPEED ......................................................6-65
6.10.10
TRAY LOCK MECHANISM ....................................................6-66
Tray Lock at the Front.........................................................................6-66
Tray Lock at the Rear .........................................................................6-67
6.10.11
PAPER DUST COLLECTION.................................................6-67
6.10.12
BY-PASS PAPER SEPARATION...........................................6-68
6.10.13
BY-PASS PAPER SIZE DETECTION ....................................6-68
6.11 FUSING ..............................................................................................6-69
6.11.1 OVERVIEW ...............................................................................6-69
6.11.2 FUSING UNIT DRIVE ................................................................6-70
Belt and Rollers ..................................................................................6-70
Lubricant Mechanism..........................................................................6-70
6.11.3 IH (INDUCTION HEATING) SYSTEM .......................................6-71
Basic IH System .................................................................................6-71
Paper Size Correction.........................................................................6-71
B222/B224
xii
SM
6.11.4 PRESSURE RELEASE MECHANISM.......................................6-72

6.11.5 FUSING TEMPERATURE CONTROL.......................................6-73
Components .......................................................................................6-73
Fusing Temperatures..........................................................................6-74
Temperature Corrections ....................................................................6-79
Overheat Protection ............................................................................6-80
6.11.6 CPM DOWN SYSTEM...............................................................6-80
CPM Down Control .............................................................................6-80
6.11.7 ENERGY SAVER MODES ........................................................6-82
Overview.............................................................................................6-82
Panel Off Mode ...................................................................................6-82
Auto Off Mode.....................................................................................6-83
6.11.8 NEW UNIT DETECTION ...........................................................6-84
Fusing Unit, Image Transfer Belt Unit .................................................6-84
PCU, Development Unit......................................................................6-84
6.12 PAPER EXIT.......................................................................................6-85
6.12.1 OVERVIEW ...............................................................................6-85
6.12.2 JUNCTION GATE MECHANISM ...............................................6-86
To the Standard Tray ..........................................................................6-86
To the 1-bin Tray or Duplex Unit .........................................................6-87
6.13 DUPLEX UNIT ....................................................................................6-88
6.13.1 OVERVIEW ...............................................................................6-88
6.13.2 DUPLEX DRIVE.........................................................................6-89
6.13.3 INVERTER MECHANISM..........................................................6-90
6.13.4 DUPLEX OPERATION ..............................................................6-91
Up to A4/LT (81/2" x 11") LEF ............................................................6-91
From A4/LT (8 1/2" x 11") LEF to 400mm length ................................6-91
6.14 PRINTER FUNCTIONS ......................................................................6-93
6.14.1 OVERVIEW ...............................................................................6-93
6.14.2 HARD DISK ...............................................................................6-95
Overview.............................................................................................6-95
6.14.3 CONTROLLER FUNCTIONS ....................................................6-95
Sample Print .......................................................................................6-95
Locked Print........................................................................................6-96
Hold Print ............................................................................................6-96
Stored Print/ Store and Print ...............................................................6-96
6.14.4 JOB SPOOLING ........................................................................6-96
Related SP Modes ..............................................................................6-97
Paper Source Selection ......................................................................6-97
Auto Continue .....................................................................................6-98
6.15 PICTBRIDGE....................................................................................6-100
6.15.1 GENERAL FUNCTION ............................................................6-100
Photo image format...........................................................................6-100
6.15.2 PRINTING FUNCTION LIST....................................................6-100
6.15.3 PRINTING FUNCTION DESCRIPTION...................................6-101
Single image printing ........................................................................6-101
SM
xiii
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Selected image printing ....................................................................6-102

DPOF (Digital Print Order Format) printing .......................................6-102
All image printing ..............................................................................6-102
Index printing ....................................................................................6-102
Trimming...........................................................................................6-102
Multiple number printing....................................................................6-102
Date and file name printing ...............................................................6-103
Image print size (Fixed size printing) ................................................6-104
Multi-Image-Layout (N-up) ................................................................6-105
Edge-to-edge borderless printing......................................................6-106
Printing quality ..................................................................................6-106
Color matching..................................................................................6-107
Paper type specification....................................................................6-107
Form printing.....................................................................................6-107
Camera memo printing .....................................................................6-108
6.16 COPY DATA SECURITY UNIT.........................................................6-109
6.16.1 GENERAL FUNCTION ............................................................6-109
When copying on a machine with an optional Copy Data
Security Unit .....................................................................................6-109
When copying on a machine without an optional Copy Data Security
Unit ...................................................................................................6-110
Setting...............................................................................................6-110
Related SC .......................................................................................6-110
6.16.2 MASK TYPE FOR COPYING ..................................................6-110
6.17 FILE FORMAT CONVERTER (MLB) ................................................6-112
6.18 DATA OVERWRITE SECURITY UNIT (B735) .................................6-113
6.18.1 AUTO ERASE MEMORY.........................................................6-113
Types of Data Overwritten and Not Overwritten ...............................6-113
Overwrite timing ................................................................................6-114
SPECIFICATIONS
7. SPECIFICATIONS ........................................................................7-1
7.1 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS....................................................................7-1
7.1.1 MAIN FRAME ....................................................................................7-1
7.2 PRINTER....................................................................................................7-5
7.3 SCANNER ..................................................................................................7-7
7.4 SUPPORTED PAPER SIZES.....................................................................7-8
7.4.1 PAPER FEED....................................................................................7-8
7.4.2 PAPER EXIT ...................................................................................7-10
2000/3000 Sheet Booklet Finisher ......................................................7-10
1000-Sheet Finisher............................................................................7-13
7.4.3 PLATEN/ARDF ORIGINAL SIZE DETECTION ...............................7-16
7.5 SOFTWARE ACCESSORIES ..................................................................7-18
7.5.1 PRINTER DRIVERS........................................................................7-18
7.5.2 SCANNER AND LAN FAX DRIVERS..............................................7-19
B222/B224
xiv
SM
Rev. 11/2006
7.5.3 UTILITY SOFTWARE......................................................................7-19

7.6 MACHINE CONFIGURATION ..................................................................7-21
7.7 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT .........................................................................7-24
7.7.1 ARDF...............................................................................................7-24
7.7.2 PAPER FEED UNIT ........................................................................7-25
7.7.3 LARGE CAPACITY TRAY...............................................................7-25
7.7.4 3000-SHEET FINISHER..................................................................7-26
7.7.5 2000-SHEET BOOKLET FINISHER................................................7-28
7.7.6 PUNCH UNIT FOR 2000/3000-SHEET (BOOKLET) FINISHER .....7-30
7.7.7 1000-SHEET FINISHER..................................................................7-31
Upper Tray..........................................................................................7-31
Lower Tray..........................................................................................7-31
7.7.8 BRIDGE UNIT .................................................................................7-32
7.7.9 1-BIN TRAY UNIT ...........................................................................7-33
SEE B222/B224 SERVICE MANUAL BOOK 2 OF 2 FOR

ACCESSORIES:
FAX OPTION B771
SEE SECTION B771 FOR DETAILED TABLE OF CONTENTS
AUTO REVERSE DOCUMENT FEEDER B802

1 BIN TRAY UNIT B803

BOOKLET FINISHER/FINISHER B804/B805

SEE SECTION B804/B805 FOR DETAILED TABLE OF CONTENTS
SCANNER ACCESSIBILITY OPTION TYPE 4045 B838

SM
xv
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Read This First

Important Safety Notices
Prevention of Physical Injury
1.
Before disassembling or assembling parts of the copier and peripherals, make sure
that the copier power cord is unplugged.
2.
The wall outlet should be near the copier and easily accessible.
3.
If any adjustment or operation check has to be made with exterior covers off or open
while the main switch is turned on, keep hands away from electrified or mechanically
driven components.
4.
The copier drives some of its components when it completes the warm-up period. Be
careful to keep hands away from the mechanical and electrical components as the
copier starts operation.
5.
The inside and the metal parts of the fusing unit become extremely hot while the copier
is operating. Be careful to avoid touching those components with your bare hands.
Health Safety Conditions

1.
Toner and developer are non-toxic, but if you get either of them in your eyes by
accident, it may cause temporary eye discomfort. Immediately wash eyes with plenty
of water. If unsuccessful, get medical attention.
2.
The copier, which use high voltage power source, can generate ozone gas. High
ozone density is harmful to human health. Therefore, the machine must be installed in
a well-ventilated room.
Observance of Electrical Safety Standards

The copier and its peripherals must be serviced by a customer service representative who
has completed the training course on those models.
Keep the machine away from flammable liquids, gases, and aerosols. A fire or
an explosion might occur.
The Controller board on this machine contains a lithium battery. The danger of
explosion exists if a battery of this type is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with
the same or an equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Discard
batteries in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and local regulations.
manuals4you.com
The optional fax and memory expansion units contain lithium batteries, which can
explode if replaced incorrectly. Replace only with the same or an equivalent type
recommended by the manufacturer. Do not recharge or burn the batteries. Used
batteries must be handled in accordance with local regulations.
Safety and Ecological Notes for Disposal

1.
Do not incinerate toner bottles or used toner. Toner dust may ignite suddenly when
exposed to an open flame.
2.
Dispose of used toner, the maintenance unit which includes developer or the organic
photoconductor in accordance with local regulations. (These are non-toxic supplies.)
3.
Dispose of replaced parts in accordance with local regulations.
4.
When keeping used lithium batteries in order to dispose of them later, do not put more
than 100 batteries per sealed box. Storing larger numbers or not sealing them apart
may lead to chemical reactions and heat build-up.
Laser Safety
The Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) prohibits the repair of laser-based
optical units in the field. The optical housing unit can only be repaired in a factory or at a
location with the requisite equipment. The laser subsystem is replaceable in the field by a
qualified Customer Engineer. The laser chassis is not repairable in the field. Customer
engineers are therefore directed to return all chassis and laser subsystems to the factory or
service depot when replacement of the optical subsystem is required.
Use of controls, or adjustment, or performance of procedures other than
those specified in this manual may result in hazardous radiation exposure.
WARNING: Turn off the main switch before attempting any of the procedures in
the Laser Optics Housing Unit section. Laser beams can seriously damage your
eyes.
CAUTION MARKING:
Symbols, Abbreviations and Trademarks

This manual uses several symbols and abbreviations. The meaning of those symbols and
abbreviations are as follows:
See or Refer to
Clip ring
Screw
Connector
Clamp
E-ring
SEF
Short Edge Feed
LEF
Long Edge Feed
Trademarks
Microsoft, Windows, and MS-DOS are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation
in the United States and /or other countries.
PostScript is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems, Incorporated.
PCL is a registered trademark of Hewlett-Packard Company.
Ethernet is a registered trademark of Xerox Corporation.
PowerPC is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.
Other product names used herein are for identification purposes only and may be
trademarks of their respective companies. We disclaim any and all rights involved with
those marks.
manuals4you.com
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
TROUBLESHOOTING
BOOKLET FINISHER/FINISHER B804/B805
SPECIFICATIONS
TAB
POSITION 1
TAB
POSITION 8
1 BIN TRAY UNIT B803
TAB
POSITION 7
DETAILED DESCRIPTIONS
TAB
POSITION 6
TAB
POSITION 5
SERVICE TABLES
TAB
POSITION 2
FAX OPTION B771
TAB
POSITION 3
AUTO REVERSE DOCUMENT FEEDER B802
TAB
POSITION 4
INSTALLATION
manuals4you.com
INSTALLATION
manuals4you.com
Installation
Installation Requirements
1. INSTALLATION
1.1 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
1.1.1 ENVIRONMENT
1.
Temperature Range: 10C to 32C (50F to 89.6F)
2.
Humidity Range: 15% to 80% RH
3.
Ambient Illumination: Less than 1500 lux (do not expose to direct sunlight)
4.
Ventilation: 3 times/hr/person or more
5.
Do not let the machine get exposed to the following:

1) Cool air from an air conditioner
2) Heat from a heater
6.
Do not install the machine in areas that are exposed to corrosive gas.
7.
Install the machine at locations lower than 2,500 m (8,200 ft.) above sea level.
8.
Install the machine on a strong, level base. (Inclination on any side must be no more
than 5 mm.)
9.
Do not install the machine in areas that get strong vibrations.
1.1.2 MACHINE LEVEL

Front to back: Within 5 mm (0.2")
Right to left: Within 5 mm (0.2")
SM
1-1
B222/B224
Installation Requirements
1.1.3 MACHINE SPACE REQUIREMENTS

This machine, which uses high voltage power sources, can generate ozone gas.
High ozone density is harmful to human health. Therefore, the machine must be
installed in a well-ventilated room.
A: Over 100 mm (3.9")

B: Over 100 mm (3.9")
C: Over 550 mm (21.7")
D: Over 750 mm (29.5")
Put the machine near the power source with the clearance shown above.
1.1.4 POWER REQUIREMENTS

Insert the plug firmly in the outlet.
Do not use an outlet extension plug or cord.
Ground the machine.
1.
Input voltage level:

120 V, 60 Hz: More than 12 A
220 V to 240 V, 50 Hz/60 Hz: More than 8 A
2.
Permissible voltage fluctuation: 10 %
3.
Do not put things on the power cord.
B222/B224
1-2
manuals4you.com
SM
Installation
Optional Unit Combinations
1.2 OPTIONAL UNIT COMBINATIONS

1.2.1 MACHINE OPTIONS
No.
Options
2-tray paper feed unit
Large capacity tray
Platen cover
ARDF
1-bin tray unit
Bridge unit
Remarks
One from No.1 or No.2
One from No.3 or No.4
One from No.7, No.8 or No.10;

7
2000-sheet booklet finisher
Requires No.6 and one from No.1 and

No.2.
3000-sheet finisher

No.2.
*Punch kit (3 types)
No.7 or 8 required; One of the three types

10
1000-sheet finisher

No.2.
11
Scanner Accessibility Option
*: Child options (Child options require a parent option.)
SM
1-3
B222/B224
1.2.2 CONTROLLER OPTIONS

No.
Options
Remarks
IEEE 1394
Bluetooth
IEEE 802.11b
IEEE 1284
USB Host Interface Unit
I/F Slot B
File Format Converter
I/F Slot D
PostScript 3
PictBridge Option
Data Overwrite Security Unit Type D
11
Browser Unit
SD card slot 3 (during installation only)
12
Copy Data Security Unit
13
VM Card Type C
SD card slot 3 (during installation only)
No. 1 to No. 4 (I/F Slot A)
No.7 to No.9 (SD card slot 2)
1.2.3 FAX OPTIONS

No.
Options
Remarks
Fax Option Type C4500
*Memory Unit Type B 32MB
Requires No.1.
*Hand Set Type 1018
Requires No.1. (NA Only)
G3 Interface Unit Type C4500
*: Child options (Child options require a parent option.)
B222/B224
1-4
manuals4you.com
SM
Installation
1.2.4 OTHER OPTIONS

No.
1
2
SM
Options
Remarks
Copy Data Security Unit Type A
Optional Counter Interface Unit
Type A
1-5
B222/B224
Copier Installation
1.3 COPIER INSTALLATION

Make sure that the image transfer belt is in its correct position before you move the
machine. Otherwise, the image transfer belt and the black PCU can be damaged.
1.3.1 POWER SOCKETS FOR PERIPHERALS

Rating voltage for peripherals.
Make sure to plug the cables into the correct sockets.
1.3.2 INSTALLATION FLOW CHART

This flow chart shows the best procedure for installation.
B222/B224
1-6
manuals4you.com
SM
Installation
Copier Installation
You need the optional paper tray unit or the LCT if you want to install the finisher (B408,
B804 or B805).
The punch unit is for 2000-sheet booklet finisher (B804) and 3000-sheet finisher (B805).
1.3.3 ACCESSORY CHECK

Check the quantity and condition of these accessories.
Description
Q'ty
1.
Operating Instruction - Troubleshooting
2.
Operating Instruction - About This Machine
SM
1-7
B222/B224
Copier Installation
Description
Q'ty
3.
Operating Instruction - Security
4.
Operation Instruction - Quick Reference Guide
5.
Operation Instruction - Printer Quick Reference
6.
Operation Instruction - Scanner Quick Reference
7.
CD-ROM - Instruction - RIC
8.
CD-ROM - Instruction - SAV
9.
CD-ROM - Instruction - GES
10.
CD-ROM - Instruction - LAN
11.
CD-ROM - Printer Instruction - RIC
12.
CD-ROM - Printer Instruction - SAV
13.
CD-ROM - Printer Instruction - GES
14.
CD-ROM - Printer Instruction - NRG
15
CD-ROM - Printer Instruction - LAN
16
CD-ROM - Printer Instruction - INF
17
CD-ROM - Scanner Instruction - RIC
18
CD-ROM - Scanner Instruction - SAV
19
CD-ROM - Scanner Instruction - GES
20
CD-ROM - Scanner Instruction - NRG
21
CD-ROM - Scanner Instruction - LAN
22
Model Name Decal
23
Stamp
24
Cloth Holder
B222/B224
1-8
manuals4you.com
SM
Description
Installation
Copier Installation
Q'ty
25
Exposure Glass Cleaning Cloth
26
Rivet
27
Operating Instructions Holder
28
Ferrite Core
29
Power Supply Cord
30
Cover
31
Decal - Paper Size
32
Emblem Cover
33
Sheet - Eula: 16 Languages
34
Sheet - Caution 16 Languages
35
Decal - Caution - Original
36
Sheet Data
37
Warranty Sheet (Chinese)
38
Sheet - Name - Tel
1.3.4 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE

Remove the tape from the development units before you turn the main
switch on. The development units can be severely damaged if you do not
remove the tape.
Put the machine on the paper tray unit or the LCT first if you install an optional paper tray
unit or the optional LCT at the same time. Then install the machine and other options.
Keep the shipping retainers after you install the machine. You may need them in
the future if you transport the machine to another location.
SM
1-9
B222/B224
Copier Installation
Tapes and Retainers
1.
Remove all the tapes and retainers on the machine.
2.
Remove all the tapes and retainers in trays 1 and 2, and then take out the power
cord from tray 1 (if applicable).
3.
Remove the scanner unit stay [A].
4.
Open the front door [B], and then remove the jam location sheet [C].
5.
Keep the scanner unit stay [A] inside the front door [B].
6.
Reattach the jam location sheet.
7.
Close the front door.
Developer and Toner Bottles
B222/B224
1-10
manuals4you.com
SM
1.
Open the front door [A].

GSA model (-58) and EU models (-67/-26) do not require steps from 2 to 7. Skip to
step 8 if you install these models.
2.
Remove the stopper [B] (
x 1).
This stopper locks the drum positioning plate lever.

3.
Release the image transfer unit lock lever [C], and turn the drum positioning
plate lever [D] counterclockwise.
4.
Open the drum positioning plate [E].
5.
Remove all tapes [F] from the four development units.

When you remove the tape from the development unit, hold the development
unit with your hand, and then pull the tape.
6.
Close the drum positioning plate. Then lock the image transfer unit lock and turn
the drum positioning plate lever clockwise.
7.
Lock the drum positioning plate lever with the stopper [B] (
8.
Shake each toner bottle five or six times.
9.
Install each toner bottle [G] in the machine.
x 1).
10. Close the front door.
Paper Trays
1.
Pull each paper tray out. Then adjust the side guides and end guide to match the
paper size.
To move the side guides, first pull out the tray fully. Then push down the green
SM
1-11
B222/B224
Installation
Copier Installation
Copier Installation
lock at the rear inside the tray.
2.
Pull out the feeler [A] for the output tray full detection mechanism.
Emblem and Decals
1.
Attach the correct emblem [A] and the cover [B] to the front door [C] of the
machine, if the emblem is not attached.
If you want to change the emblem that has been already attached, remove the
panel with an object (not a sharp object) as shown [D], and then install the
correct emblem.
2.
Attach the correct paper tray number and size decals to the paper trays [E].
Paper tray number and size decals are also used for the optional paper tray or
the optional LCT. Keep these decals for use with these optional units.
B222/B224
1-12
manuals4you.com
SM
Installation
Copier Installation
Fire Prevention Cover
When the copier is installed on the floor without the optional paper tray unit or a table, the
cover [A] must be attached to the copier.
Install the cover [A] at the right side of the copier.
Manual Pocket Attachment
1.
Attach the manual pocket [A] to the left side of the copier (snap rivet x 2).
2.
If a finisher has been installed, attach the manual pocket [B] to the rear side of
the finisher (snap rivet x 2).
Initialize the Developer

1.
Plug in the machine.
2.
Make sure that the platen or ARDF is closed and the main power is turned off.
SM
1-13
B222/B224
Copier Installation
3.
Turn the main power switch on. The machine automatically starts the
initialization procedure. The Start button LED ( ) turns green when this
procedure has finished.
4.
Make copies of image samples (text, photo, and text/photo modes).
5.
Do the Automatic Color Calibration process (ACC) as follows:
6.
1.
Print the ACC test pattern (User tools > Maintenance > ACC > Start).
2.
Put the printout on the exposure glass.
3.
Put 10 sheets of white paper on top of the test chart.
4.
Close the ARDF or the platen cover.
5.
Press Start Scanning on the LCD panel. The machine starts the ACC.
Check that the sample image has been copied normally.
Settings Relevant to the Service Contract

Change the necessary settings for the following SP modes if the customer has made a
service contract.
You must select one of the counter methods (developments/prints) in accordance
with the contract (
Item
SP No.
SP5-045-001).
Function
Default
Specifies if the counting method used in

meter charge mode is based on
Counting
method
SP5-045-001
developments or prints. NOTE: You can
0:
set this one time only. You cannot
Developments
change the setting after you have set it

for the first time.
Specifies whether the counter is
A3/11" x 17"
double
counting
B222/B224
SP5-104-001
doubled for A3/11" x 17" paper. When
No: Single
you have to change this setting, contact
counting
your supervisor.
1-14
manuals4you.com
SM
Installation
Copier Installation
5812-002 programs the service station

Service Tel.
SP5-812-001
No. Setting
through 004
fax number. The number is printed on

the counter list when the meter charge
mode is selected. This lets the user fax
the counter data to the service station.
1.3.5 MOVING THE MACHINE

This section shows you how to manually move the machine from one floor to another floor.
See the section Transporting the Machine if you have to pack the machine and move it a
longer distance.
1.
Remove all trays from the optional paper feed unit or LCT.
1.3.6 TRANSPORTING THE MACHINE

Main Frame
1.
Do SP 4806-001 to move the scanner carriage from the home position. This
prevents dust from falling into the machine during transportation.
2.
Remove the toner cartridges. This prevents toner flow into the toner supply tube,
which is caused by vibration during transport. This can also cause the tube to
be clogged with toner.
3.
Make sure there is no paper left in the paper trays. Then fix down the bottom
plates with a sheet of paper and tape.
4.
Empty the toner collection bottle. Then attach securing tape to stop the toner
bottle from coming out.
5.
Do one of the following:

Attach shipping tape to the covers and doors.
Shrink-wrap the machine tightly.
After you move the machine, make sure you do the "Auto Color Registration" as
follows. This optimizes color registration.
1.
Do the "Forced Line Position Adj. Mode c" (SP2-111-3).
2.
Then do the "Forced Line Position Adj. Mode a" (SP2-111-1).

To check if SP 2-111-1 was successful, watch the screen during the process. A
message is displayed at the end. Also, you can check the result with SP
SM
1-15
B222/B224
Copier Installation
2-194-10 to -12.
Make sure that the side fences in the trays are correctly positioned to prevent color
registration errors.
B222/B224
1-16
manuals4you.com
SM
Installation
Paper Feed Unit (B800)
1.4 PAPER FEED UNIT (B800)

Check the quantity and condition of the accessories against the following list.
No.
Description
Qty
Caster stand
Securing bracket
Screw (M3x6 x 6, M4x10 x 2)
Spring Washer Screw
Rear stand cover
Left stand cover
Front stand cover
.com
manuals4you
SM
1-17
B222/B224

Turn off the main switch of the copier and unplug the power cord before you start
the installation procedure.
You need two or more persons to lift the copier. The copier is highly unstable when
lifted by one person, and may cause human injury or property damage.
Do not lift the copier with the paper feed unit installed. Otherwise, the handle and
grips may be damaged.
1.
Remove all tape on the paper feed unit.
2.
Remove the paper trays and remove all tape and padding.
3.
Grasp the handle [A] and grips [B] of the machine.
4.
Lift the copier and install it on the paper feed unit [C].
B222/B224
1-18
manuals4you.com
SM
Installation
5.
Remove tray 2 of the machine.
6.
Fasten the spring washer screw [D], using the cutout in the securing bracket [E]
as a tool.
7.
Reinstall tray 2.
8.
Attach the securing brackets [E] (M4x10
x 1 each).
One of the securing brackets is used as a securing tool (the cutout [F] is used
in step 6). But the cutout [G] is for attaching the tray heater. Therefore, attach
the securing brackets [E] after installing the tray heater if you will install the
tray heater.
SM
1-19
B222/B224
9.
Attach two caster stands [H] to front, right, and rear sides of the machine.
10. Attach the front stand cover [I], right stand cover [J] and rear stand cover [K] to
the correct sides of the machine (M3x6
x 2: each).
11. Load paper into the paper feed unit.

12. Turn on the main power switch of the machine.
13. Check the paper feed unit operation and copy quality.
B222/B224
1-20
manuals4you.com
SM
Installation
LCT (B801)
1.5 LCT (B801)

No.
SM
Description
Qty
Caster stand
Securing bracket
Screw (M3x6 x 6, M4x10 x 2)
Spring washer screw
Rear stand cover
Right stand cover
Front stand cover
1-21
B222/B224
LCT (B801)

Turn off the main switch of the copier and unplug the power cord before you start
the installation procedure.
You need two or more persons to lift the copier. The copier is highly unstable when
lifted by one person, and may cause human injury or property damage.
Do not lift the copier with the paper feed unit installed. Otherwise, the handle and
grips may be damaged.
1.
Remove all tapes and retainers in the LCT.
2.
Grasp the handle [A] and grips [B] of the machine.
3.
Lift the copier and install it on the LCT [C].
B222/B224
1-22
manuals4you.com
SM
Installation
LCT (B801)
4.
Remove tray 2 of the machine.
5.
Fasten the spring washer screw [D], using the cutout in the securing bracket [E]
as a tool.
6.
Reinstall tray 2.
7.
Attach the securing brackets [E] (M4x10
x 1each).
One of the securing brackets is used as a securing tool (the cutout [F] is used
in step 6). But the cutout [G] is for attaching the tray heater. Therefore, attach
the securing brackets [E] after installing the tray heater if you will install the
tray heater.
SM
1-23
B222/B224
LCT (B801)
8.
Attach two caster stands [H] to the front, right, and rear sides of the machine.
9.
Attach the front stand cover [I], right stand cover [J] and rear stand cover [K] to
the correct sides of the machine (M3x6
x 2 each).
10. Load paper into the LCT.

12. Check the LCT operation and copy quality.
B222/B224
1-24
manuals4you.com
SM
1.6 AUTO REVERSE DOCUMENT FEEDER (B802)

1.6.1 COMPONENT CHECK
Check the quantity and condition of the components against the following list.
No.
Description
Qty
ARDF
Decal
Knob Screw
Stud Screw
Platen Plate

Unplug the copier power cord before starting the following procedure.
1.
SM
Remove all tapes and shipping retainers.
1-25
B222/B224
Installation
Auto Reverse Document Feeder (B802)

2.
Remove the two screws already installed at the top rear of the machine.
3.
Insert the two stud screws [A] on the top of the machine.
4.
Mount the ARDF [B] by aligning the screw keyholes [C] in the ARDF support
plate over the stud screws.
5.
Slide the ARDF toward the front of the machine.
6.
Secure the ARDF with the two knob screws [D].
7.
Connect the ARDF interface cable [E] to the machine.
B222/B224
1-26
manuals4you.com
SM
Installation
8.
Remove two screws [F] from the bottom of the ARDF.
9.
Peel off the platen plate [G] and place it on the exposure glass.
10. Align the rear left corner of the platen plate with the corner [H] on the exposure
glass.
11. Close the ARDF.
12. Open the ARDF and check that the platen plate is correctly attached.
SM
1-27
B222/B224
13. Attach the decal [I] to the top cover as shown. Choose the language you want.
14. Plug in and turn on the main power switch of the machine, and then check the
ARDF operation.
15. Make a full size copy. Check that the registrations (side-to-side and leading
edge) and image skew are correct. If they are not, adjust the registrations and
image skew (refer to "Copy Adjustments" in the "Replacements and
Adjustments section).
B222/B224
1-28
manuals4you.com
SM
Installation
1-Bin Tray Unit (B803)
1.7 1-BIN TRAY UNIT (B803)

No.
Description
Qty
1-Bin Tray Unit
End-fence
Tray Support Bar
Screws (M3 x 16)
Tray

If the bridge unit (B227) has already been installed in the machine, remove it before
installing 1-bin tray unit (B803). This will make it easier for you to do the following
procedure.
1.
Remove all tapes.
2.
Open the right door of the machine.
SM
1-29
B222/B224
3.
Remove the front right cover [A] (
4.
Remove the inner cover [B] (
x 1).
x 1).
Keep this screw for step 5.
5.
Install the 1-bin tray unit [C] (
x 1,
x 1, = x 1 [This screw was removed in
step 4]).
6.
Attach the tray support bar [D] to the tray [E] as shown, and then attach the
end-fence [F].
B222/B224
1-30
manuals4you.com
SM
Installation
x 2).
7.
Install the tray [G] (with the tray support bar) in the machine (M3 x 16:
8.
Reinstall the front right cover in the machine, and then close the right door of
the machine.
9.
Turn on the main power switch of the machine.
10. Check the 1-bin tray unit operation.
SM
1-31
B222/B224
Bridge Unit (B227)
1.8 BRIDGE UNIT (B227)

No.
Description
Qty
Bridge Unit
Screw
Knob screw
Holder bracket

1. If you will install the 1-bin tray (B803) in the machine, install the 1-bin tray before
you install the bridge unit (B227). This will make it easier for you to do the following
procedure.
B222/B224
1-32
manuals4you.com
SM
2. If you will install a finisher (B408, B804, or B805) in the machine, install the
finisher after you install the bridge unit (B227).
1.
Remove all tapes.
2.
If the sensor feeler [A] is out, fold it into the machine.
3.
Open the right door of the machine.
4.
Remove the inner tray [B].
5.
Remove the front right cover [C] (
x 1).
6.
Remove the connector cover [D] (
x 1).
SM
1-33
B222/B224
Installation
Bridge Unit (B227)
Bridge Unit (B227)

7.
Install the bridge unit [E] in the machine.
8.
Secure the bridge unit with the knob screw [F] and screw [G].
9.
Reinstall the front right cover in the machine. Then close the right door of the
machine.
Open the bridge unit cover [H] when installing the front right cover. Otherwise,
the bridge unit cover is an obstacle for attaching the front right cover.
10. Install the optional finisher (refer to the finisher installation procedure).
If you will not install the finisher at this time, install the holder bracket [I].
Otherwise, the customer will damage the bridge unit if they pull up the bridge
unit tray. When you install the finisher, you will need this bracket during the
installation procedure.
12. Check the bridge unit operation.
B222/B224
1-34
manuals4you.com
SM
Installation
1000-Sheet Finisher (B408)
1.9 1000-SHEET FINISHER (B408)

No.
Description
Qty
B222/B224
Front Joint Bracket
Rear Joint Bracket
---
Rear Joint Bracket
Grounding Plate
Copy Tray
Staple Position Decal
Screw - M4 x 14
Knob Screw - M4 x 10
Screw - M3 x 8
10
Knob Screw - M3 x 8
O = Necessary, --- = Not necessary
SM
1-35
B222/B224

Unplug the main machine power cord before starting the following
procedure.
If this finisher will be installed on the B222 or B224 copier, the following options must be
installed before installing this finisher.
- Bridge Unit (B227)
- Paper Feed Unit (B800) or LCT (B801)
1.
Unpack the finisher, and then remove the tapes [A] and stopper (
2.
Install the front joint bracket [B], holder bracket [C] (

joint bracket [D] (
x 1).
x 2 - M4 x 14), and rear
x 2 - M4 x 14).
The holder bracket [C] must be placed outside the front joint bracket [B]. The
holder bracket is provided with the bridge unit (B227).
B222/B224
1-36
manuals4you.com
SM
3.
Install the grounding plate [E] on the finisher (
x 2 - M3 x 8).
Use the screw removed in step 1 and the screw from the accessory box.
4.
Open the front door [F] of the finisher, and then pull the locking lever [G] (1 knob
screw - M3 x 8).
5.
Align the finisher on the joint brackets, and lock it in place by pushing the
locking lever.
6.
Secure the locking lever (1 knob screw - M3 x 8).
7.
8.
Install the copy tray [H] (1 knob screw - M4 x 10).
9.
Connect the finisher cable [I] to the main machine below the right rear handle.
10. Attach the staple position decal [J] to the ARDF as shown.
11. Turn on the main power switch and check the finisher operation.
SM
1-37
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Installation
2000/3000-Sheet (Booklet) Finisher (B804/B805)
1.10 2000/3000-SHEET (BOOKLET) FINISHER

(B804/B805)
No.
Description
Qty
Rear Joint Bracket
Front Joint Bracket
Ground Plate
Tapping screws
- M4 x14
Tapping screws
- M3 x 8
Tapping screws
- M3 x 6
Upper output tray
Support Tray
Lower output tray (B804 Only)
10
Cushion (with double-sided tape)
B222/B224
1-38
manuals4you.com
SM
Installation

procedure.
The bridge unit (B227) and optional paper feed unit (B800 or B801) must be installed
before installing this finisher (B804/B805).
1.
Unpack the finisher and remove all tapes and packing materials from the
finisher.
SM
1-39
B222/B224
2.
Open the front door, and then remove all tapes and packing materials from the
inside of the finisher.
3.
Pull out the jogger unit [A], and then remove all tapes and retainers.
B222/B224
1-40
manuals4you.com
SM
Installation
4.
Attach the cushions [B] to the finisher.

Make sure that the cushion is placed within 0 to 1 mm from the edge of the
cover.
5.
Install the ground plate [C] on the finisher ( x 2; M3x6).
6.
Attach the rear joint bracket [D] ( x 2; M4x4).
7.
Attach the front joint bracket [E] and the holder bracket [F] ( x 2; M4x14).
SM
1-41
B222/B224
The holder bracket [F] must be placed outside the front joint bracket [E]. The
holder bracket is provided with the bridge unit (B227).
8.
Pull the lock lever [G] (Long knob screw x 1).
9.
Slowly push the finisher to the left side of the machine, keeping its front door
open until the brackets [D] [E] go into their slots.
10. Push the lock lever [G], and then secure it (Long knob screw x 1).
11. Close the front door of the finisher.
12. Connect the finisher connector [H] to the machine.
B222/B224
1-42
manuals4you.com
SM
Installation

13. Install the upper output tray [I] ( x 1; M3x8).
14. Only for B804, install the lower output tray [J].
16. Check the finisher operation.
Support Tray Installation
If a stacking problem occurs several times on the upper output tray [A], put the support tray
[B] on the tray as shown.
Keep this tray in the manual pocket if this tray does not need to be installed.
.com
als
justmanu
SM
1-43
B222/B224
Punch Unit
1.11 PUNCH UNIT

The Punch Unit B702 is installed in the 2000/3000 Sheet (Booklet) Finisher B804/B805.

No.
Description
Qty
Punchout Waste Unit
Slide Drive Unit
Punch Waste Hopper
Screws (M3 x 6)
Side-to-Side Detection Unit
Punching Unit
B222/B224
1-44
manuals4you.com
SM
Installation
Punch Unit

procedure. If the 2000/3000-sheet booklet finisher has been installed,
disconnect it and pull it away from the machine.
1.
If the finisher is connected to the copier, disconnect the power connector [A]
and move the finisher away from the copier.
2.
Remove the rear cover [B] (
x 2) and open the front door.
At the bottom of the rear cover, make sure to disconnect the tabs that attach
the cover to the frame.
3.
SM
Remove the guide plate [C] (
x 2).
1-45
B222/B224
Punch Unit
4.
Move the punch unit [D] along its rails into the finisher. Make sure that the pin
engages correctly at the front and rear.
5.
Connect the cables [E] of the finisher to the connectors (CN601 and CN602) on
the punch unit board (
x 2,
x 1).
The cables [E] are coiled and attached to the PCB.
6.
Attach the slide drive unit [F] to the finisher and connect it to the punch unit (
x 1). Push in the slide drive unit at
2,
when you attach the screw
7.
Make sure that the punch unit moves freely and is not blocked by the screws.
8.
Put the side-to-side detection unit [G] in the machine. Make sure that the two
pins are engaged correctly at the front.
9.
Make sure that the side-to-side detection unit moves smoothly on its rails. If it
does not, make sure that the rails are aligned with their grooves.
10. Attach the side-to-side detection unit and connect it at the rear (
x 2,
x 1,
x 1).
B222/B224
1-46
manuals4you.com
SM
Installation
Punch Unit
11. Pull the short connector out of the connector [H] then connect the cable of the
finisher (
x 1).
This is the 3-pin connector.
12. At the front, use a pair of wire cutters to remove the part [I] of the cover.
13. Install the punch-waste transport unit [J] in the finisher.
14. Make sure that the punch-waste transport unit moves smoothly on its rails. If it
does not, make sure that the rails are aligned with the grooves.
15. Remove the short connector from the connector [K].
This is the 4-pin connector.
16. Connect the cable and attach the punch-waste transport unit (
x 1,
x 1,
1).
17. Set the hopper [L] in its holder.
SM
1-47
B222/B224
Punch Unit
18. Reassemble the finisher, and then install it on the main machine.
19. Connect the power cord to the outlet, and then turn the main power switch on.
20. Check the punch unit operation.
B222/B224
1-48
manuals4you.com
SM
Installation
Mechanical Counter (NA Only)
1.12 MECHANICAL COUNTER (NA ONLY)

1.
Rear cover (see "Rear Cover" in the "Replacement and Adjustment" section)
2.
Right rear cover (see "Right Rear Cover" in the "Replacement and Adjustment"
section)
3.
Remove the cutouts [A] on the right rear cover with nippers.
4.
Attach the mechanical counters [B] to the bracket [C] and connect the harness
to each mechanical counter.
SM
1-49
B222/B224
Mechanical Counter (NA Only)
5.
Attach the mechanical counter bracket to the frame [D] ( x 1, = x 2, x 1).
6.
Reassemble the machine.
7.
Plug in the machine and turn on the main power switch.
8.
Enter the SP mode.
9.
Set SP5987-001 to "1: ON".
10. Exit the SP mode, and then turn the machine off and on.
B222/B224
1-50
manuals4you.com
SM
Installation
Key Counter Bracket
1.13 KEY COUNTER BRACKET

1.
Hold the key counter plate nuts [A] on the inside of the key counter bracket [B]
and insert the key counter holder [C].
2.
Secure the key counter holder to the bracket ( x 2).
3.
Install the key counter cover [D] (
4.
Rear cover ( "Rear Cover" in the Replacement and Adjustment section)
5.
Cut off the part [E] of the rear cover.
SM
x 2).
1-51
B222/B224
Key Counter Bracket
6.
Connect the harness to the connector [F] inside the machine.
7.
Peel off double sided tape on the key counter bracket and attach the key counter
to the scanner right cover [F].
8.
B222/B224
1-52
manuals4you.com
SM
Installation
Key Counter Interface Unit
1.14 KEY COUNTER INTERFACE UNIT

1.
Rear cover (see "Rear Cover" in the "Replacement and Adjustment" section)
2.
IOB bracket (see "Controller Box" in the "Replacement and Adjustment"

section)
3.
Install the four stud stays in the location [A] in the controller box.
4.
Install the key counter interface board on the four stud stays in the controller
box.
5.
Connect the harness to CN3 on the key counter interface board.
6.
Close the IOB bracket and connect the other terminal to CN238 [B] on the IOB.
SM
1-53
B222/B224
Key Counter Interface Unit
7.
Cut off the part [C] of the rear cover.
8.
Clamp the harness from the counter device with the clamp [D] and put it as
shown by the blue arrow (= x 1).
9.
Route the harness from the counter device in the same way as the other
harnesses [E] (= x 3).
10. Connect the harness from the counter device to CN4 on the key counter
interface board.
11. Reattach the IOB bracket (see "Controller Box" in the "Replacement and
Adjustment" section)
12. Reassemble the machine.
B222/B224
1-54
manuals4you.com
SM
Installation
Anti-Condensation Heater (Scanner)
1.15 ANTI-CONDENSATION HEATER (SCANNER)

1.
Remove the ARDF or platen cover (see "ARDF" or "Platen Cover" in the
"Installation" section.)
2.
Rear cover (see "Rear Cover" in the "Replacement and Adjustment" section.)
3.
ARDF exposure glass and exposure glass with left scale (see "Exposure Glass"
in the "Replacement and Adjustment" section.)
4.
Scanner rear frame (see "Scanner Motor" in the "Replacement and Adjustment"
section.)
5.
Move the scanner carriage [A] to the right side by rotating the scanner motor.
6.
Install the heater [B] in the scanner unit ( x 2, = x 1)
7.
Put the cable through the cutout [C].
SM
1-55
B222/B224
Anti-Condensation Heater (Scanner)

8.
Release the heater relay cable [D] (= x 3).
9.
Route the heater relay cable [E] as shown (= x 3).
10. Connect the heater cable [F] to the heater relay cable (= x 1).
11. Reassemble the machine.
B222/B224
1-56
manuals4you.com
SM
Installation
Tray Heater
1.16 TRAY HEATER

1.
Remove trays 1 and 2 from the machine.
2.
Remove the connector cover [A] (
3.
Connect the connector [B] of the heater to the connector of the main machine.
4.
Install the heater [C] inside the machine (
5.
SM
x 1).
1-57
x 1)
B222/B224
Controller Options
1.17 CONTROLLER OPTIONS

1.17.1 OVERVIEW
This machine has I/F card slots for optional I/F connections and SD card slots applications.
After you install an option, check that the machine can recognize it (see Check All
Connections at the end of this section).
I/F Card Slots

Slot A is used for one of the optional I/F connections (only one can be installed):
IEEE1284, IEEE1394 (FireWire), IEEE802.11 (Wireless LAN), Bluetooth, or Remote
Communication Gate.
Slot B is used for the USB Host only.
Slot C is not used in this machine.
Slot D is used for the File Format Converter only.
SD Card Slots
Slot 1 is used for the standard printer/scanner application only.
Slot 2 is used for one of the optional applications:
B222/B224
1-58
manuals4you.com
SM
PostScript 3, Data Overwrite Security Unit, PictBridge

Slot 3 is used for installing the Browser Unit, or for service only (for example, updating
the firmware).
1.17.2 SD CARD APPLI MOVE

Overview
The service program SD Card Appli Move (SP5-873) lets you copy application programs
from one SD card to another SD card.
Slot 1 and Slot 2 are used to store application programs. But there are 3 possible
applications (PostScript 3, DOS unit, PictBridge). You cannot run application programs
from Slot 3. However you can move application programs from Slot 3 to either Slot 1 or Slot
2 with the following procedure (if there are cards in slots 1 and 2, Slot 1 will be used.)
For this model, the printer/scanner card in slot 1 has enough space for the PictBridge and
the DOS applications. Use the card that is already in slot 1 (printer/scanner card). Do not
remove the printer/scanner card from slot 1.
The procedures in this section will assume that you use slot 1.
If you want to use slot 2, you must first turn the machine power off, remove the SD card
from slot 1, and turn the power on again. You can then do the following procedure, and the
application will go to the card in slot 2.
Make sure that the target SD card has enough space.
1.
Enter SP5873 SD Card Appli Move.
2.
Then move the application from the SD Card in Slot 3 to the card in slot 1.
Do steps 1-2 again if you want to move another application program.
3.
Exit the SP mode.
Be very careful when you do the SD Card Appli Move procedure:

The data necessary for authentication is transferred with the application program from
an SD card to another SD card. Authentication fails if you try to use the SD card after
you copy the application program from one card to another card.
Do not use the SD card if it has been used before for other purposes. Normal operation
is not guaranteed when such an SD card is used.
SM
1-59
B222/B224
Installation
Controller Options
Controller Options
Remove the cover [A] ( x 2), and then keep the SD card in the place [B] after you
copy the application program from one card to another card. This is done for the
following reasons:
1.
The SD card can be the only proof that the user is licensed to use the application
program.
2.
You may need to check the SD card and its data to solve a problem in the future.
You cannot copy PostScript application to another SD card. You have to copy the other
application (PictBridge, DOS Unit) to the SD card that stores the PostScript
application.
Move Exec
The menu Move Exec (SP5-873-001) lets you copy application programs from the original
SD card to another SD card.
Do not turn ON the write protect switch of the system SD card or application SD
card on the machine. If the write protect switch is ON, a download error (e.g. Error
Code 44) occurs during a firmware upgrade or application merge.
1.
Turn the main switch off.
2.
Make sure that an SD card is in SD Card Slot 1. The application program is

copied to this SD card.
3.
Insert the SD card with the application program in SD Card Slot 3. The
application program is copied from this SD card.
4.
Turn the main switch on.
5.
Start the SP mode.
6.
Select SP5-873-001 Move Exec.
7.
Follow the messages shown on the operation panel.
B222/B224
1-60
manuals4you.com
SM
8.
9.
Remove the SD card from SD Card Slot 3.
Installation
Controller Options
10. Turn the main switch on.

11. Check that the application programs run normally.
Undo Exec
Undo Exec (SP5-873-002) lets you copy back application programs from an SD card to
the original SD card. You can use this program when, for example, you have mistakenly
copied some programs by using Move Exec (SP5-873-001).
1.
2.
Insert the original SD card in SD Card Slot 3. The application program is copied
back into this card.
3.
Insert the SD card with the application program in SD Card Slot 1. The
application program is copied back from this SD card.
4.
5.
Start the SP mode.
6.
Select SP5-873-002 Undo Exec.
7.
8.
9.

This step assumes that the application programs in the SD card are used by
the machine.

12. Make sure that the machine can recognize the option (see Check All
1.17.3 POSTSCRIPT 3
Unplug the main machine power cord before you do the following
procedure.
SM
1-61
B222/B224
Controller Options
1.
Remove the slot cover [A] from SD card slot 2 ( x 1).
2.
Turn the SD-card label face to the rear of the machine. Then push it slowly into
slot 2 [B] until you hear a click.
3.
Attach the slot cover [A] ( x 1).
4.
Attach the Adobe PostScript 3 decal [C] to the front door.
5.
Make sure that the machine can recognize the option (see Check All
1.17.4 FILE FORMAT CONVERTER

procedure.
B222/B224
1-62
manuals4you.com
SM
Installation
Controller Options
1.
Remove the slot cover [A] from I/F card slot D ( x 2).
2.
Install the file format converter into I/F card slot D and then fasten it with screws.
3.
Plug in and turn on the main power switch.
4.
Check or set the following SP codes with the values shown below.
SP No.
Title
Setting
SP5-836-001
Capture Function (0:Off 1:On)
"1"
SP5-836-002
Panel Setting
"0"
5.
Check the operation.
6.
1.17.5 IEEE1394 (FIREWIRE)

Installation Procedure
You can only install one of the following network interfaces at a time: (IEEE 802.11b
(Wireless LAN), IEEE1284, IEEE1394, Bluetooth).
procedure.
SM
1-63
B222/B224
Controller Options
1.
Remove the slot cover [A] from I/F Card Slot A ( x 2).
2.
Install the FireWire board (Knob-screw x 2) into I/F card slot A.
3.
UP Mode Settings for IEEE 1394

Enter the UP mode. Then do the procedure below to perform the initial interface settings for
IEEE 1394. These settings take effect every time the machine is powered on.
1.
Press the User Tools/Counter key.
2.
On the touch panel, press System Settings.
3.
Press Interface Settings.
4.
Press IEEE1394.
5.
Press the following soft keys on the touch panel. Then set up the following
settings:
IP Address: Set the IP Address and Subnet Mask.
IP over 1394: Enable or disable this setting as required. This setting enables IP
over 1394 as the default setting for the printing method.
SCSI Print: Enable or disable this setting as required. This setting enables SCSI
Print as the default setting for the printing method.
Bi-directional SCSI Print: Switch bi-directional printing on or off for SCSI print.
SP Mode Settings for IEEE 1394

The following SP commands can be set for IEEE 1394.
B222/B224
1-64
manuals4you.com
SM
SP No.
5839 007
Name
Cycle Master
Function
Enables or disables cycle master function of the IEEE
1394 standard bus.
Sets the BCR (Broadcast Channel Register) setting for
the Auto Node operation for the standard IEEE1394
5839 008
BCR Mode
bus for when IRM is not in use. The following three

settings are available: Standard, IRM Color Copy,
and Always Effective.
5839 009
IRM 1394a
Determines whether an IRM check for IEEE 1394a is
Check
conducted for the Auto Node when IRM is not used.
5839 010
Unique ID
5839 011
Logout
5839 012
Login
5839 013
Login MAX
Enables the Node_Unique_Id setting for enumeration

on the standard IEEE 1394 bus.
Determines how successive initiator login requests are
handled during login in for SBP-2.
Enables or disables exclusive login for SBP-2.
Sets the limit for the number of logins for SBP-2.
Range: 1 to 62.
1.17.6 IEEE1284
procedure.
SM
1-65
B222/B224
Installation
Controller Options
Controller Options
1.
2.
Install the interface board (Knob-screw x 2) into I/F card slot A.
3.
1.17.7 IEEE 802.11B (WIRELESS LAN)

procedure.
B222/B224
1-66
manuals4you.com
SM
Installation
Controller Options
1.
2.
Install the wireless LAN board (Knob-screw x 2) into I/F card slot A.
3.
Install the wireless LAN card in the wireless LAN board. Make sure the card label
faces to the front of the machine.
4.
Attach the cover to the wireless LAN card.
5.
You may have to move the machine if the reception is not clear.
1.
Make sure that the machine is not located near an appliance or any type of equipment
that generates strong magnetic fields.
2.
Put the machine as close as possible to the access point.
UP Mode Settings for Wireless LAN

Enter the UP mode. Then do the procedure below to perform the initial interface settings for
IEEE 802.11b. These settings take effect every time the machine is powered on.
You cannot use the wireless LAN if you use Ethernet.
1.
Press the User Tools/Counter key.
2.
On the touch panel, press System Settings.

The Network I/F (default: Ethernet) must be set for either Ethernet or wireless
LAN.
SM
1-67
B222/B224
Controller Options
3.
Select Interface Settings
Network (tab)
Network I/F Setting
4.
Press IEEE 802.11b. Only the wireless LAN options show.
5.
Communication Mode. Select either 802.11 Ad hoc, Ad hoc or

Infrastructure.
6.
SSID Setting. Enter the SSID setting. (The setting is case sensitive.)
7.
Channel. You need this setting when Ad Hoc Mode is selected.

Range: 1 to 14 (default: 11)
The allowed range for the channel settings may vary for different countries.
8.
WEP (Encryption) Setting. The WEP (Wired Equivalent Privacy) setting is

designed to protect wireless data transmission. The same WEP key is required
on the receiving side in order to unlock encoded data. There are 64 bit and 128
bit WEP keys.
WEP:
Selects Active or Inactive. (Inactive is default.)
Range of Allowed Settings:
64 bit 10 characters
128 bit26 characters
9.
Transmission Speed. Press the Next button to show more settings. Then select
the transmission speed for the mode: Auto, 11 Mbps, 5.5 Mbps, 2 Mbps, 1 Mbps
(default: Auto). This setting should match the distance between the closest
machine or access point. This depends on which mode is selected.
For the Ad Hoc Mode, this is the distance between the machine and the
closest PC in the network. For the Infrastructure Mode, this is the distance
between the machine and the closest access point.
11 Mbps: 140 m (153 yd.)
5.5 Mbps: 200 m (219 yd.)
2 Mbps: 270 m (295 yd.)
1 Mbps: 400 m (437 yd.)
10. Press Return to Default to initialize the wireless LAN settings.

Press Yes to initialize the following settings:
Transmission mode
Channel
Transmission Speed
WEP
B222/B224
1-68
manuals4you.com
SM
Installation
Controller Options
SSID
WEP Key
SP Mode Settings for IEEE 802.11b Wireless LAN

The following SP commands and UP modes can be set for IEEE 802.11b
SP No.
Name
Function
Sets the maximum range of the channel settings for the
5840 006
Channel MAX
5840 007
Channel MIN
5840 011
WEP Key Select
Used to select the WEP key (Default: 00).
UP mode
Name
Function
SSID
Used to confirm the current SSID setting.
country.
Sets the minimum range of the channels settings
allowed for your country.
Used to confirm
WEP Key
the current WEP

key setting.
Used to show the
maximum length
WEP
of the string that
Mode
can be used for

the WEP Key
entry.
1.17.8 BLUETOOTH
procedure.
SM
1-69
B222/B224
Controller Options
1.
2.
Install the Bluetooth board (Knob-screw x 2) into I/F card slot A.
3.
Insert the Bluetooth card into the Bluetooth card adaptor.
4.
Attach the antenna cap to the Bluetooth card.
5.
Install the Bluetooth card adaptor into Bluetooth board.
6.
1.17.9 COPY DATA SECURITY UNIT

procedure.
If you install this option, you cannot use scanner or fax functions.
When you store originals to the document server after installing this option, you
can not select the 50 % or less reduction mode on the LCD panel.
B222/B224
1-70
manuals4you.com
SM
Installation
Controller Options
1.
Remove the rear cover [A] of the machine ( x 6).
2.
Controller box right cover [B] ( x 8)
3.
Attach the ICIB-1 (copy data security board) to CN 508 [C] on the IPU ( x 2).
4.
SM
1-71
B222/B224
Controller Options
User Tool Setting

1.
2.
Go into the User Tools mode, and select System Settings > Administrator Tools
> Copy Data Security Option > "On".
3.
Exit the User Tools.
4.
Check the operation.

The machine will issue an SC165 error if the machine is powered on with the
ICIB-1 removed and the "Data Security for Copying" feature set to "ON".
When you remove this option from the machine, first set the setting to "OFF"
with the user tool before removing this board. If you forget to do this, "Data
Security for Copying" feature cannot appear in the user tool setting. And then
SC165 will appear every time the machine is switched on, and the machine
cannot be used.
5.
1.17.10 DATA OVERWRITE SECURITY UNIT TYPE D (B735)

Before You Begin the Procedure
1.
Make sure that the following settings are not at their factory default values:
Supervisor login password
Administrator login name
Administrator login password
If any of these settings is at a factory default value, tell the customer these settings
must be changed before you do the installation procedure.
2.
Make sure that Admin. Authentication is ON.

[System Settings] [Administrator Tools] [Administrator Authentication Management]
- [Admin. Authentication]
If this setting is OFF, tell the customer this setting must be ON before you do the
installation procedure.
3.
Make sure that Administrator Tools is enabled (selected).

[System Settings] [Administrator Tools] [Administrator Authentication Management]
- [Available Settings]
If this setting is disabled (not selected), tell the customer this setting must be enabled
(selected) before you do the installation procedure.
B222/B224
1-72
manuals4you.com
SM
Installation
Controller Options
Seal Check and Removal
You must check the box seals to make sure that they were not removed after
the items were sealed in the box at the factory before you do the installation.
1.
Check the box seals [A] on each corner of the box.

Make sure that a tape is attached to each corner.
The surfaces of the tapes must be blank. If you see VOID on the tapes, do not
install the components in the box.
2.
If the surfaces of the tapes do not show VOID, remove them from the corners
of the box.
3.
You can see the VOID marks [B] when you remove each seal. In this condition,
they cannot be attached to the box again.
procedure.
You must install the data overwrite security unit in SD Card slot 2. However, the
Postscript option and the PictBridge option are also installed in SD Card slot 2.
You must do the SD Card Appli move procedure first if you have the postscript or
PictBridge option installed and you want to install the data overwrite security unit.
1.
Turn off the main power switch if the machine is turned on.
2.
Disconnect the network cable if the NIB is installed.
SM
1-73
B222/B224
Controller Options
3.
Remove the slot cover [A] for SD cards ( x 1).
4.
5.
Connect the network cable if the NIB option is installed.
6.
Turn on the main power switch.
7.
Go into the SP mode and push EXECUTE with SP5-878.
8.
Exit the SP mode and turn off the operation switch. Then turn off the main power
switch.
9.
Turn on the machine power.
10. Do SP5990-005 (SP print mode Diagnostic Report).

11. Make sure the ROM number and firmware version in area [a] of the diagnostic
report are the same as those in area [b].
[a]: ROM Number/Firmware Version
HDD Format Option
[b]: Loading Program GW2a_zoffy

Diagnostic Report:
ROM No. / Firmware

Version [a]
Loading Program [b]
Data Overwrite Security
HDD Format Option:
GW2a_zoffy:
Unit
B7355060 / 0.03
B7355060 / 0.03
The ROM number and firmware version number change when the firmware is
upgraded. However, the important thing is to make sure the numbers in [a] are
the same as the numbers in [b].
If the ROM numbers are not the same, or the version numbers are not the same,
this means the unit was not installed correctly.
B222/B224
1-74
manuals4you.com
SM
If this happens:
Make sure of the unit type (must be Type D).
If they do not match:
1) Replace the NV-RAM on the controller.
2) Replace the Data Overwrite Security Unit (SD card) with the correct type
3) Do the installation procedure in this procedure again, from Step 1.
12. Go into the User Tools mode, and select System Settings> Administrator Tools>
Auto Erase Memory Setting> On.
13. Exit the User Tools mode.
14. Check the display and make sure that the overwrite erase icon [A] shows.
15. Make a Sample Copy.
16. Check the overwrite erase icon.
The icon [A] changes to [B] when job data is stored in the HDD.
The icon goes back to its usual shape [C] after this function has completed a data
overwriting in the HDD.
SM
1-75
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Installation
Controller Options
Controller Options
1.17.11 USB HOST INTERFACE

procedure.
1.
Remove the slot cover [A] from I/F Card Slot B ( x 2).
2.
Install the USB Host Interface (Knob-screw x 2) into I/F card slot B.
3.
1.17.12 PICTBRIDGE
procedure.
You must install the PictBridge option in SD Card slot 2. However, the Postscript
option and the data overwrite security unit option are also installed in SD Card slot
2. You must do the SD Card Appli move procedure first if you have the postscript
or data overwrite security unit option installed and you want to install the
PictBridge unit.
You must install the USB Host Interface when using the PictBridge unit.
B222/B224
1-76
manuals4you.com
SM
Installation
Controller Options
1.
2.
3.
Attach the slot cover [A] ( x 1).
4.
1.17.13 BROWSER UNIT TYPE B

procedure.
SD card slot 3 is basically used only for service maintenance. Do not leave an SD card in
slot 3 after installing an application.
SM
1-77
B222/B224
Controller Options
1.
2.
slot 3 until you hear a click.
3.
4.
Push the "User Tools" key.

If an administrator setting is registered for the machine, step 5 and 6 are required.
Otherwise, skip to the step 7
5.
Push the "Login/ Logout" key.
6.
Login with the administrator user name and password.
7.
Touch "Extended Feature Settings" twice on the LCD.
8.
Touch "Install" on the LCD.
9.
Touch "SD Card".
10. Touch the "Browser" line.

11. Under "Install to" touch "Machine HDD" and touch "Next".
12. When you see "Ready to Install", check the information on the screen to confirm
your previous selection.
13. Touch "OK". You will see "Installing the extended feature... Please wait.", and
then "Completed".
14. Touch "Exit" to go back to the setting screen.
15. Touch "Change Allocation".
16. Touch the "Browser" line.
17. Press one of the hard keys, which you want to use for the Browser Unit. In
default, this function is assigned to the "Other Functions" key (bottom key of
function keys).
18. Touch "OK".
19. Touch "Exit" twice to go back to the copy screen.
20. Turn off the main power switch.
21. Install the key for "Browser Unit" to the place, where you want.
22. Remove the SD card from slot 3.
23. Attach the slot cover [A] ( x 1).
24. Keep the SD card in the place (
"SD Card Appli Move" in section of
"Installation") after you install the application program from the card to HDD.
This is because: The SD card can be the only proof that the user is licensed to
use the application program. - You may need to check the SD card and its data to
solve a problem in the future.
B222/B224
1-78
manuals4you.com
SM
Update Procedure
1.
2.
slot 3 until you hear a click.
3.
4.
Push the "User Tools" key.

If an administrator setting is registered for the machine, step 5 and 6 are required.
Otherwise, skip to the step 7
5.
Push the "Login/ Logout" key.
6.
Login with the administrator user name and password.
7.
Touch "Extended Feature Settings" twice on the LCD.
8.
Touch "Uninstall" on the LCD.
9.
Touch the "Browser" line
10. Confirmation message appears on the LCD.

11. Touch "Yes" to proceed.
12. Reconfirmation message appears on the LCD.
13. Touch "Yes" to uninstall the browser unit.
14. You will see "Uninstalling the extended feature... Please wait.", and then
"Completed".
15. Touch "Exit" to go back to the setting screen.
16. Exit "User/Tools" setting, and then turn off the main power switch.
17. Remove the SD card from the SD card slot 3.
18. Overwrite the updated program in the "sdk" folder of the browser unit
application with PC.
19. Do the "Installation Procedure" to install the browser unit.
1.17.14 REMOTE COMMUNICATION GATE INSTALLATION

Component Check
No.
SM
Description
Qty
Remote Comm. Gate Interface
Cover
Screw
1-79
B222/B224
Installation
Controller Options
Controller Options
1.
Remove one cover bracket [A] from I/F Card Slot A ( x 2)
2.
Install the modem board into the card slot for the device ( x 2).
3.
Check the following SP settings before starting the installation flow chart
SP5-816-150 (To Select the country)
SP5-816-154 (To set the telephone number for outside connection)
SP5-816-161 (To set the telephone number)
4.
Follow the Installation flow chart as shown below with SP mode.
B222/B224
1-80
manuals4you.com
SM
Installation
Controller Options
SM
1-81
B222/B224
Controller Options
1.17.15 CHECK ALL CONNECTIONS

1.
Plug in the power cord. Then turn on the main switch.
2.
Enter the printer user mode. Then print the configuration page.
User Tools > Printer Settings > List Test Print > Config. Page
All installed options are shown in the System Reference column.
B222/B224
1-82
manuals4you.com
SM
manuals4you.com
Settings
2. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
Preventive
Maintenance
2.1 SETTINGS
2.1.1 BEFORE REMOVING THE OLD PM PARTS
1.
Enter the SP mode.
2.
Output the SMC logging data with SP5-990-004.
3.
Set the following SPs to "1" before you turn the power off. Then, the machine
will reset the PM counters automatically. In the case of developer, the developer
initialization will also be done automatically.
4.
Exit the SP mode.
Item
SP
Black: 3902-005
Developer
Yellow: 3902-006
Cyan: 3902-007
Magenta: 3902-008
Black: 3902-009
Drum Unit
Yellow: 3902-010
Cyan: 3902-011
Magenta: 3902-012
Fusing Unit Parts (not necessary for

complete fusing units; see below)
3902-014
Image Transfer Belt Cleaning Unit
3902-015
Paper Transfer Unit
3902-016
Toner Collection Bottle (if not full or

near-full)
3902-017
For the following units, there is a new unit detection mechanism. It is not necessary to reset
PM counters.
SM
2-1
B222/B224
Settings
PCU
Development unit
Complete fusing unit
Toner Collection Bottle (if full or near-full)
2.1.2 AFTER INSTALLING THE NEW PM PARTS

1.
2.
Output the SMC logging data with SP5-990-004 and check the counter values.
3.
Make sure that the PM counters for the replaced units are 0 with SP7-803. If the
PM counter for a unit was not reset, then reset that counter with SP 7-804.
4.
Make sure that the exchange counter counts up with SP7-853.
5.
Make sure that the counters for the previous units (SP7-906) on the new SMC
logging data list (from step 2 above) are equal to the counters (SP7-803) for
these units on the previous SMC logging data list (the list that was output in the
Before removing the old parts section).
6.
Make sure that the unit replacement date is updated with SP7-950.
2.1.3 PREPARATION BEFORE OPERATION CHECK

1.
Clean the exposure glasses (for DF and book scanning).
2.
Enter the user tools mode.
3.
Do the Automatic Color Calibration (ACC) for the copier mode & printer mode
as follows:
1.
Print the ACC test pattern (User Tools > Maintenance > ACC > Start).
2.
Put the printout on the exposure glass.
3.
Put 10 sheets of white paper on the test chart. This ensures the precise ACC
adjustment.
4.
Close the ARDF or the platen cover.
5.
Press Start Scanning on the LCD. Then, the machine starts the ACC.
4.
Exit the User Tools mode, and then enter the SP mode.
5.
Do the Forced line position adjustment as follows.

1.
First do SP2-111-3 (Mode c).
2.
Then do SP2-111-1 (Mode a).
3.
message is displayed at the end. Also, you can check the result with SP 2-194-10
to -12.
B222/B224
2-2
manuals4you.com
SM
Settings
6.
Exit the SP mode.
2.1.4 OPERATION CHECK
SM
2-3
Preventive
Maintenance
Check if the sample image has been copied normally.
B222/B224
Maintenance Tables
2.2 MAINTENANCE TABLES

2.2.1 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE TABLES
Chart: A4 (LT)/5%
Mode: 2 copies/original (prints/job)
Environment: Normal temperature and humidity
Yield may change depending on circumstances and print conditions.
Symbol keys: C: Clean, R: Replace, L: Lubricant, I: Inspect
Mainframe
Item
80K
160K
240K
320K
EM
Remarks
Scanner
Optics
Reflector
1st/2nd/3rd mirrors
Front and Rear Rails
Exposure Glass
ADF Exposure Glass
cloth
Optics
cloth
Dry cloth
Exposure Lamp
Dry cloth;
alcohol
Dry cloth;
alcohol
APS Sensor
Dry cloth
PCU
Dev. UnitK
Drum Unit-K, C, M, Y
Developer-K, C, M, Y
B222/B224
R
R
R
2-4
manuals4you.com
SM
Maintenance Tables
Dev. Unit Entrance

Mylar-K, C, M, Y
80K
160K
240K
320K
EM
Remarks
Vacuum
Preventive
Maintenance
Item
Transfer
Image transfer
belt-cleaning unit
Paper transfer roller unit

Toner Collection Bottle
R
R
ID Sensor
Dry cloth
Fusing
Fusing unit
Fusing Belt
Pressure Roller
-Bearing
Fusing Roller
R
R
R/L
R
R/L
-Bearing
Heating Roller
-Insulating Bushing
Tension Roller
-Bushing
Lubricant Roller
-Bearing-Front
-Bearing-Rear
Cleaning Roller
SM
S552R
S552R
2-5
B222/B224
Maintenance Tables
Item
80K
160K
Ferrite Roller Gear
Idle Gear
One-way Clutch Gear
Thermopile
Themistor (Fusing
Roller)
Themistor (Pressure
Roller)
240K
320K
EM
Remarks
Dry cloth
Dry cloth*1
Dry cloth
Guide Plate (Entrance)
Guide Plate (Exit)
Stripper Plate
Dry cloth;
alcohol
Dry cloth;
alcohol
Dry cloth;
alcohol
Paper Path
Registration Roller
Damp cloth
Registration Sensor
Dry cloth
Vertical Transport Roller
Damp cloth
Dry cloth
Paper Feed Sensor
Dry cloth
Pick-up Roller
Dry cloth
Feed Roller
Dry cloth
Separation Roller
Dry cloth
Vertical Transport
Sensor
B222/B224
2-6
manuals4you.com
SM
Maintenance Tables
80K
160K
240K
Fusing Entrance
320K
EM
Remarks
Dry cloth
Fusing Exit Sensor
Dry cloth
Paper Dust Container
Sensor
Preventive
Maintenance
Item
Duplex Unit
Inverter Roller
Dry cloth
Transport Roller
Dry cloth
Inverter Sensor
Duplex Exit Sensor
Blower
brush
Miscellaneous
Dust Filter
Ozone Filter
*1: Clean this thermistor only when it gets paper dust.
ARDF
Item
120K
EM
Remarks
Pick-up Roller
Damp cloth; alcohol
Feed Belt
Damp cloth; alcohol
Separation Roller
Damp cloth; alcohol
Sensors
Platen Sheet Cover
SM
2-7
Blower brush
Damp cloth; alcohol
(Replace if required.)
B222/B224
Maintenance Tables
Item
120K
EM
Remarks
White Plate
Dry or damp cloth
Drive Gear
Grease G501
Transport Roller
Damp cloth; alcohol
Exit Roller
Damp cloth; alcohol
Inverter Roller
Damp cloth; alcohol
Idle Rollers
Damp cloth; alcohol
Two-tray Paper Feed Unit
Item
EM
Remarks
Relay Roller
Damp cloth
Bottom Plate Pad
Damp cloth
LCT
Item
EM
Remarks
Relay Roller
Damp cloth
Bottom Plate Pad
Damp cloth
2000/3000-Sheet (Booklet) Finisher
Items
EM
Remarks
Rollers
Damp cloth
Discharge Brush
Dry cloth
B222/B224
2-8
manuals4you.com
SM
Maintenance Tables
Sensors
Blower brush
Items
Punch Chads
EM
C
Preventive
Maintenance
2000/3000-Sheet (Booklet) Finisher Punch Kit
Remarks
Discard chads.
1000-Sheet Finisher
Items
EM
Remarks
Rollers
Damp cloth
Discharge Brush
Dry cloth
Sensors
Blower brush
2.2.2 OTHERS IN MAINFRAME
Item
Dev. UnitC, M, Y
320K
360K
Remarks
*1
Image Transfer Belt Unit
*2
*1: The color development units are considered EM parts because the actual life time of the
color development units depends on the usage of color ratio.
*2: The image transfer belt unit is considered an EM part because its expected lifetime is
relatively long.
SM
2-9
B222/B224
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT (rev. 02/02/07)
manuals4you.com
Beforehand
3. REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT

3.1 BEFOREHAND
Before installing options, please do the following:

1.
If there is a fax unit in the machine, print out all messages stored in the
2.
If there are printer jobs in the machine, print out all jobs in the printer buffer.
3.
Turn off the main switch and disconnect the power cord, the telephone line,
and the network cable.
SM
3-1
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Replacement
Adjustment
memory, the lists of user-programmed items, and the system parameter list.
Special Tools
3.2 SPECIAL TOOLS
Part Number
Description
Qty
B645 5010
SD Card
B645 6705
PCMCIA Card Adapter
B645 6820
USB Reader/Writer
VSSM9000
Digital Multimeter FLUKE87
G021 9350
Loop-back Connector Parallel *NOTE
C401 9503
20X Magnification Scope
A257 9300
Grease Barrierta S552R
5203 9502
Silicone Grease G-501
A092 9503
C4 Color Test Chart (3 pcs/set)
A006 9104
Scanner Positioning Pin (4 pcs/set)
B679 5100
Plug - IEEE1284 Type C
B132 9700
Lubricant Powder
The Loop-back ConnectorParallel requires the Plug-IEEE1284 Type C, and

the optional IEEE1284 interface option must also be installed.
B222/B224
3-2
SM
Image Adjustment
3.3 IMAGE ADJUSTMENT

3.3.1 SCANNING
Check the printing registration/side-to-side adjustment and the blank margin adjustment
before you do the following scanner adjustments.
Replacement
Adjustment
Use S-2-1 test chart to do the following adjustments.
Scanner sub-scan magnification
A: Sub-scan magnification
1.
Put the test chart on the exposure glass. Then make a copy from one of the feed
stations.
2.
Check the magnification ratio. Adjust with SP4-008 if necessary.

Standard: 1.0%.
Scanner leading edge and side-to-side registration
SM
3-3
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Image Adjustment
A: Leading Edge Registration
1.
Put the test chart on the exposure glass. Then make a copy from one of the feed
stations.
2.
Check the leading edge and side-to-side registration. Adjust the following SP
modes if necessary. Standard: 0 2mm for the leading edge registration, 0
2.5mm for the side-to-side registration.
SP mode
Leading Edge Registration
SP4-010-001
Side-to-Side Registration
SP4-011-001
3.3.2 ARDF
ARDF side-to-side, leading edge registration and trailing edge
A: Leading edge registration

Use A3/DLT paper to make a temporary test chart as shown above.
1.
Put the temporary test chart on the ARDF. Then make a copy from one of the
feed stations.
2.
Check the registration. Check the leading edge and side-to-side registration.
Adjust the following SP modes if necessary. Standard: 4.2 2 mm for the leading
edge registration, 2 1 mm for the side-to-side registration. Use the following SP
modes to adjust if necessary.
B222/B224
3-4
SM
Image Adjustment
What It Does
Adjustment Range
SP6-006-001
Side-to-Side Registration
3.0 mm
SP6-006-003
Leading Edge Registration
5.0 mm
SP6-006-005
Buckle: Duplex Front
3.0 mm
SP6-006-006
Buckle: Duplex Rear
2.5 mm
SP6-006-007
Rear Edge Erase (Trailing Edge)
10.0 mm
ARDF sub-scan magnification

1.
Put the temporary test chart on the ARDF. Then make a copy from one of the
feed stations.
2.
Check the magnification ratio. Adjust with SP6-017-001 if necessary.

Standard: 1.0%
Reduction mode: 1.0%
Enlargement mode: 1.0%
3.3.3 REGISTRATION
Image Area
A = C = 4.2mm (1.6"), B = 2.0mm

Make sure that the registration is adjusted within the adjustment standard range as shown
below.
SM
3-5
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Replacement
Adjustment
SP Code
Image Adjustment
Leading Edge
Adjusts the leading edge registration for each paper type and process line speed.
Side to Side
Adjusts the side-to-side registration for each paper feed station. Use SP mode (SP1-002)
to adjust the side-to-side registration for the optional paper feed unit, LCT, and duplex unit.
Adjustment Standard
Leading edge (sub-scan direction): 4.2 2 mm
Side to side (main-scan direction): 2 1 mm
Paper Registration Standard

The registration in both main- and sub-scan directions can change within the following
tolerance.
Sub-scan direction: 0 9 mm
Main-scan direction: 0 4 mm
Adjustment Procedure
1.
Enter SP2-109-003.
2.
Print out the test pattern (14: 1-dot trimming pattern) with SP2-109-003.
Registration can change slightly as shown on the previous page. Print some
pages of the 1-dot trimming pattern for step 3 and 4. Then average the leading
edge and side-to-side registration values, and adjust each SP mode.
3.
4.
Do the leading edge registration adjustment.

1.
Check the leading edge registration and adjust it with SP1-001.
2.
Select the adjustment conditions (paper type and process line speed).
3.
Input the value. Then press the
4.
Generate a trim pattern to check the leading edge adjustment.
key.
Do the side-to-side registration adjustment.

1.
Check the side-to-side registration and adjust it with SP1-002.
2.
Select the adjustment conditions (paper feed station).
3.
Input the value. Then press the
4.
Generate a trim pattern to check the leading edge adjustment.
B222/B224
key.
3-6
SM
Image Adjustment
3.3.4 ERASE MARGIN ADJUSTMENT

Adjust the erase margin C and D only if the registration (main scan and sub scan)
cannot be adjusted within the standard values. Do the registration adjustment after
Replacement
Adjustment
adjusting the erase margin C and D, and then adjust the erase margin A and B.
1.
Enter SP2-109-003.
2.
Print out the test pattern (14: 1-dot trimming pattern) with SP2-109-003.
3.
Check the erase margin A and B. Adjust them with SP2-103-001 to -010 if
necessary.
Leading edge: 1.5 to 5.0 mm,
Side-to-side: 0.5 to 4.0 mm,
Trailing edge: 0.5 to 0.6 mm
3.3.5 COLOR REGISTRATION

Line Position Adjustment
The automatic line position adjustment usually is done for a specified condition to get the
best color prints.
Do the following if color registration shifts:
Do Auto Color Registration as follows to do the forced line position adjustment.
SM
1.
First do SP2-111-3.
2.
Then do SP2-111-1.
3-7
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Image Adjustment
to -12.
You should also do the line position adjustment at these times:
After you transport or move the machine (you should do the forced line position
adjustment if you install the machine at the user location.) if the machine is
pre-installed at the workshop and moved to the user location,
When you open the drum positioning plate
When you remove or replace the motors, clutches, and/or gears related to the
drum/development/transfer sections
When you remove or replace the image transfer belt, image transfer belt unit or
laser optical housing unit
3.3.6 PRINTER GAMMA CORRECTION

The ACC (Auto Color Calibration) is usually sufficient to adjust the color balance to
get the best print output. You only need the printer gamma correction to fine-tune
to meet user requirements.
Use SP modes if you want to modify the printer gamma curve created with ACC. You can
adjust the gamma data for the following:
Highlight
Middle
Shadow areas
IDmax.
The adjustable range is from 0 to 30 (31 steps).
Copy Mode
- KCMY Color Balance Adjustment The adjustment uses only Offset values.
Never change Option values (default value is 0).
Highlight (Low ID)
Levels 2 through 5 in the C4 chart 10-level scale
Middle (Middle ID)
B222/B224
3-8
SM
Image Adjustment
Shadow (High ID)

Level 10 in the C4 chart 10-level scale (affects the entire image
ID max
density.)
The higher the number in the range associated with the low ID,
Offset
middle ID, high ID, and ID max, the greater the density.
There are four adjustable modes (can be adjusted with SP4-918-009):

Replacement
Adjustment
Copy Photo mode

Copy Letter mode
Copy Letter (Single Color) mode
Copy Photo (Single Color) mode
- Adjustment Procedure 1.
Copy the C-4 chart in the mode that you want to adjust.
2.
Enter the SP mode.
3.
Select Copy SP.
4.
Select SP4-918-009.
5.
Adjust the offset values until the copy quality conforms to the standard ( the
table below).
1. Never change Option value (default value is "0").
2. Adjust the density in this order: ID Max, Middle, Shadow, Highlight.
SM
3-9
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Image Adjustment
- Photo Mode, Full Color -
Item to Adjust
Level on the C-4 chart
Adjustment Standard
Adjust the offset value so
ID max:
that the density of level 10
(K, C, M, and Y)
matches that of level 10 on

the C-4 chart.
Middle (Middle ID)
(K, C, M, and Y)

the C-4 chart.
Shadow (High ID)
(K, C, M, and Y)

the C-4 chart.
that dirty background does
Highlight (Low ID)
not show on the copy and
(K, C, M, and Y)
the density of level 3 is

slightly lighter than that of
level 3 on the C-4 chart.
that the color balance of
K Highlight (Low
black scale levels 3 through
ID) (C,M, and Y)
5 in the copy is seen as gray
<on the full color
(no C, M, or Y should be
copy>
visible). If the black scale

contains C, M, or Y, do steps
1 to 4 again.
B222/B224
3-10
SM
Image Adjustment
Photo Mode, Single Color Item to Adjust
Level on the C-4 chart
Adjustment Standard
ID max: (K)

the C-4 chart.
Middle (Middle ID)
(K)

the C-4 chart.
Shadow (High ID)
(K)

the C-4 chart.
Highlight (Low ID)
(K)

- Text (Letter) Mode, Full Color -
Item to Adjust
Level on the C-4 chart (K)
Adjustment Standard
ID max: (K, C, M,
and Y)

the C-4 chart.
SM
3-11
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Replacement
Adjustment
Image Adjustment
2
Middle (Middle ID)
(K, C, M, and Y)

the C-4 chart.
Shadow (High ID)
(K, C, M, and Y)

the C-4 chart.
Highlight (Low ID)
(K, C, M, and Y)

- Text (Letter) Mode, Single Color -
Item to Adjust
Level on the C-4 chart (K)
Adjustment Standard
ID max: (K)

the C-4 chart.
Middle (Middle ID)
(K)

the C-4 chart.
Shadow (High ID)
(K)

the C-4 chart.
B222/B224
3-12
SM
Image Adjustment
4
Highlight (Low ID)
(K)

Text parts of the test pattern cannot be printed clearly after you adjust shadow as
shown above. At this time, check if the 5 line/mm pattern at each corner is printed
clearly. If it is not, adjust the offset value of shadow again until it is.
Printer Mode
There are six adjustable modes (select these modes with printer SP1-102-001):
2400 x 600 photo mode
2400 x 600 text mode
1800 x 600 text mode
600 x 600 text mode
Highlight
SP1-104-1
SP1-104-21
SP1-104-41
SP1-104-61
Shadow
SP1-104-2
SP1-104-22
SP1-104-42
SP1-104-62
Middle
SP1-104-3
SP1-104-23
SP1-104-43
SP1-104-63
IDmax
SP1-104-4
SP1-104-24
SP1-104-44
SP1-104-64
- Adjustment Procedure 1.
Do ACC for the printer mode. (Refer to operating instructions Troubleshooting

Manual;Chapter 6 Maintenance-Auto Color Calbration)
2.
Turn the main power off and on.
3.
Enter SP mode.
4.
Select Printer SP.
5.
Select SP1-102-001. Then select the necessary print mode to adjust.
6.
Choose SP1-103-1 to print out a tone control test sheet if you want to examine
SM
3-13
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Replacement
Adjustment
Image Adjustment
the image quality for these settings.
7.
Adjust the color density with SP1-104. Compare the tone control test sheet with
the C4 test chart.
Adjust the density in this order: ID Max, Shadow, Middle, Highlight.
8.
Use SP1-105-001 to keep the adjusted settings.
.com
als
justmanu
B222/B224
3-14
SM
Exterior Covers
3.4 EXTERIOR COVERS
Replacement
Adjustment
3.4.1 FRONT DOOR
1.
Open the front door [A].
2.
Remove the two pins [B], and then remove the front cover.
SM
3-15
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Exterior Covers
3.4.2 LEFT COVER
1.
Left cover [A] ( x 6)
3.4.3 REAR COVER
1.
Rear cover [A] ( x 6)
B222/B224
3-16
SM
Exterior Covers
Replacement
Adjustment
3.4.4 RIGHT REAR COVER
1.
Rear cover [A] (
x 6)
2.
Open the right door [B].
3.
Scanner right cover [C] (
4.
Right top cover [D] (
x 1)
5.
Right rear cover [E] (
x 4)
x 2)
3.4.5 OPERATION PANEL
SM
3-17
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Exterior Covers
1.
Open the right door.
2.
Front right cover [A] (
3.
Operation panel with the scanner front cover [B] (
x 1)
x 6,
x 1)
The two screws [C] are shorter than the other screws installed in the inner two
screw holes. Make sure that the two screws [C] are installed in the outer screw
holes on the scanner front cover.
4.
Scanner front cover [D] (
5.
Operation panel [E]
x 2)
3.4.6 PAPER EXIT COVER

1.
Front right cover (
B222/B224
3.4.5 Operation Panel")
3-18
SM
2.
Replacement
Adjustment
Exterior Covers
Paper exit cover [A] ( x 1)
3.4.7 INNER TRAY

1.
Remove the image transfer belt unit.
2.
Paper exit cover (
3.
Left cover (
4.
Toner cartridge cover [A] ( x 2)
5.
Inner tray [B].
SM
3.4.6 "Paper Exit Cover")
3.4.2 "Left Cover")
3-19
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Exterior Covers
3.4.8 DUST FILTER
1.
Dust filter cover [A]
2.
Two dust filters [B]
3.4.9 OZONE FILTER

Ozone filters for scanner unit
1.
Scanner right cover [A] ( x 2)
2.
Right top cover [B] ( x 1)
B222/B224
3-20
SM
3.
Replacement
Adjustment
Exterior Covers
Ozone filters [C] in the right top cover.
Ozone filter for IH inverter
1.
IH inverter fan cover [A] (hook)
2.
Filter [B]
3.
Ozone filter [C]
SM
3-21
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Scanner Unit
3.5 SCANNER UNIT

3.5.1 EXPOSURE GLASS
1.
Glass cover [A] ( x 2)
2.
ARDF exposure glass [B]
3.
Rear scale [C] (
4.
Exposure glass with left scale [D]
x 3)
Position the black marker [E] at the front-left corner when you reattach the
ARDF exposure glass.
B222/B224
3-22
SM
Scanner Unit
Replacement
Adjustment
3.5.2 ORIGINAL LENGTH/WIDTH SENSORS
1.
Exposure glass with left scale (
2.
Original width sensors [A] (
3.
Original length sensors [B] (
3.5.1 "Exposure Glass")
x 1,
x 1,
x1)
x1)
The number of the original length sensors depends on the model; 3 for EU, 2
for others.
3.5.3 EXPOSURE LAMP

1.
Operation panel with scanner front cover (
2.
Exposure glass (
3.
Move the 1st scanner carriage [A] to the cutout [B] in the front frame.
SM
3.4.5 "Operation Panel")
3-23
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Scanner Unit
4.
Scanner left stay [C] (
5.
Scanner front frame [D] (
6.
Disconnect the connector [E] (
7.
Remove the clamp [F] (
8.
Remove the pulley [G].
B222/B224
x 2)
x 5)
x 1).
x 1)
3-24
SM
9.
Replacement
Adjustment
Scanner Unit
Release the cable clamp [H].
10. Hold down the snap [I], and then slide the exposure lamp [J] to the front side.
11. Exposure lamp [J]
SM
3-25
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Scanner Unit
3.5.4 SCANNER MOTOR
1.
Rear cover (
3.4.2 "Rear Cover")
2.
Scanner left cover [A] (
3.
Scanner top rear cover [B] (
4.
Scanner rear frame [C] (
5.
Scanner motor bracket [D] (
6.
Scanner motor [E] (
x 2)
x 1)
x 8,
x 3,
x 2)
x 1)
x 2, spring x 1)
After replacing the scanner motor, do the image adjustments in the following
section of the manual (
B222/B224
3.3.1 "Scanning"").
3-26
SM
Scanner Unit
3.5.5 SENSOR BOARD UNIT (SBU)

Exposure glass (
2.
Scanner right cover [A] (
3.
SBU cover bracket [B] (
4.
Ground plate [C] (
5.
Sensor board unit [D] (
Replacement
Adjustment
1.
x 2)
x 4)
x 4)
x 4,
x 3,
x 1)
When reassembling
Adjust the following SP modes after you replace the sensor board unit:
SP4008 (Sub Scan Mag): See "Image Adjustment: Scanning".
SP4010 (Sub Mag Reg.): See "Image Adjustment: Scanning".
SP4011 (Main Scan Reg): See "Image Adjustment: Scanning".
SP4688 (DF: Density Adjustment): Use this to adjust the density level if the ID of
outputs made in the DF and Platen mode is different.
3.5.6 EXPOSURE LAMP STABILIZER

1.
Rear cover (
2.
Scanner rear frame (
SM
3.4.2. "Rear Cover")

3.5.4 "Scanner Motor")
3-27
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Scanner Unit
3.
Exposure lamp stabilizer [A] (
x 2,
x 2)
3.5.7 SIO (SCANNER IN/OUT) BOARD

1.
Rear cover (
3.4.2 "Rear Cover")
2.
3.
SIO board with bracket [A] (
x 4, All
s)
3.5.8 SCANNER HP SENSOR

1.
Rear cover (
2.
Scanner left cover and Scanner top rear cover (
3.
Exposure glass (
B222/B224
3.4.2 "Rear Cover")

3-28
SM
4.
Move the 1st scanner carriage [A] to the right side.
5.
Remove the mylar [B]
6.
Remove the scanner HP sensor [C] (
x 1,
Replacement
Adjustment
Scanner Unit
x 1, two snaps)
3.5.9 PLATEN COVER SENSOR

1.
Rear cover (
2.
Scanner left cover and Scanner top rear cover (
3.
Platen cover sensor [A] (
SM
3.4.2 "Rear Cover")
x 1,
x 1)
3-29
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Scanner Unit
3.5.10 FRONT SCANNER WIRE

1.
Operation panel with the scanner front cover (
2.
Front frame (
3.
To make reassembly easy, slide the first scanner to the right.
4.
Front scanner wire clamp [A]
5.
Front scanner wire bracket [B] ( x 1)
6.
Front scanner wire and scanner drive pulley [C] ( x 1)
3.5.1 "Exposure Lamp")
Reassembling the Front Scanner Wire
1.
Position the center ball [A] in the middle of the forked holder.
2.
Pass the right end (with the ball) [B] through the square hole. Pass the left end
(with the ring) [C] through the notch.
3.
Wind the right end counterclockwise (shown from the machines front) five times.
Wind the left end clockwise twice.
B222/B224
3-30
SM
Scanner Unit
The two red marks [D] come together when you have done this. Stick the wire
to the pulley with tape. This lets you easily handle the assembly at the time of
Replacement
Adjustment
installation.
4.
Install the drive pulley on the shaft [E].

Do not attach the pulley to the shaft with the screw at this time.
5.
Insert the left end into the slit [F]. The end should go via the rear track of the left
pulley [G] and the rear track of the movable pulley [H].
6.
Hook the right end onto the front scanner wire bracket [I]. The end should go via
the front track of the right pulley [J] and the front track of the movable pulley [K].
SM
3-31
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Scanner Unit
Do not attach the scanner wire bracket with the screw at this time.
7.
Remove the tape from the drive pulley.
8.
Insert a scanner-positioning pin [L] through the 2nd carriage hole [M] and the
left holes [N] in the front rail. Insert another scanner positioning pin [O] through
the 1st carriage hole [P] and the right holes in the front rail [Q].
9.
Insert two more scanner positioning pins through the holes in the rear rail.
10. Screw the drive pulley to the shaft [R].

11. Screw the scanner wire bracket to the front rail [S].
12. Install the scanner wire clamp [T].
13. Pull out the positioning pins.
Make sure the 1st and 2nd carriages move smoothly after you remove the
positioning pins. Do steps 8 through 13 again if they do not.
After replacing the scanner wire, do the image adjustments in the following section
of the manual (
3.3.1. "Scanning").
3.5.11 REAR SCANNER WIRE

1.
Exposure glass (
2.
3.
Scanner motor (
4.
IOB with bracket (
B222/B224
3.5.1. "Exposure Glass")


3.14.4 "IOB (In/Out Board)")
3-32
SM
Replacement
Adjustment
Scanner Unit
5.
Rail frame [A]
6.
To make reassembly easy, slide the first scanner to the center.
7.
Rear scanner wire clamp [B]
8.
Rear scanner wire bracket [C] ( x 1)
9.
Scanner motor gear [D] ( x 1)
10. Rear scanner wire and scanner drive pulley [E] ( x 1)
SM
3-33
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Scanner Unit
Reassembling the Rear Scanner Wire
1.
Position the center ball [B] in the middle of the forked holder.
2.
Pass the end with the ball [A] through the right square hole from the front.
3.
Position the center ball [B] in the middle of the notch, as shown by the arrow.
4.
Pass the ball end [A] through the drive pulley notch.
5.
Wind the end with the ring [C] clockwise (shown from the machines front) three
times from ; wind the ball end [A] clockwise (shown from the machines front)
five times.
The two red marks [D] should meet when you have done this.
6.
Stick the wire to the pulley with tape, so you can easily handle the pulley and
wire during installation.
7.
Install the drive pulley on the shaft.

Do not screw the pulley onto the shaft yet.
8.
Install the wire.

The winding of the wire on the three pulleys at the rear of the scanner should
be he same as the winding on the three pulleys at the front. This must show
as a mirror image. Example: At the front of the machine, the side of the drive
pulley with the three windings must face the front of the machine. At the rear
of the machine, it must face the rear.
9.
Perform steps 8 through 13 in Reassembling the Front Scanner Wire.

After replacing the scanner wire, do the image adjustments in the following section
B222/B224
3-34
SM
Scanner Unit
of the manual (
3.3.1 "Scanning"Image" in the "Image Adjustment").
3.5.12 TOUCH PANEL POSITION ADJUSTMENT

It is necessary to calibrate touch panel at the following times:
When you replace the operation panel.
When you replace the controller board.
Do not use items [2] to [9] on the Self-Diagnostic Menu. These items are for design use
only.
1.
Press
, press , press 5 times to open the Self-Diagnostics
menu.
2.
On the touch screen press Touch Screen Adjust (or press ).
3.
Use a pointed (not sharp) tool to press the upper left mark
4.
Press the lower right mark when shows.
5.
Touch a few spots on the touch panel to make sure that the marker + shows
exactly where the screen is touched.

6.
Press Cancel. Then start from Step 2 again if the + mark does not show where
the screen is touched.
7.
Press [#] OK on the screen (or press ) when you are finished.
8.
Touch [#] Exit on the screen to close the Self-Diagnostic menu. Save the
calibration settings.
SM
3-35
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Replacement
Adjustment
When the touch panel detection function does not operate correctly
Laser Optics
3.6 LASER OPTICS
Turn off the main switch and unplug the machine before beginning any of the
procedures in this section. Laser beams can cause serious eye injury.
3.6.1 CAUTION DECAL LOCATION

Caution decals are placed as shown below.
Be sure to turn off the main switch and disconnect the power plug from the power
outlet before beginning any disassembly or adjustment of the laser unit. This
copier uses a class IIIb laser beam with a wavelength of 655 nm and an output of 7
mW. The laser can cause serious eye injury.
3.6.2 LASER OPTICS HOUSING UNIT

Before installing a new laser optics housing unit, remove the sponge padding and
the tag from the new unit.
A new laser optics housing unit has a bracket to protect the LD units. When you
install the new unit, do not remove the bracket until near the end of the installation
B222/B224
3-36
SM
Laser Optics
procedure (the correct time is stated in the manual).
This bracket protects a capacitor on the unit. If the bracket is removed too early,
you could break the capacitor on the corner of the main frame when you install the
new unit.
Replacement
Adjustment
Preparing the new laser optics housing unit
1.
Shutter [A] of the laser optics housing unit (
x 3)
2.
Polygon motor cover [B] of the laser optics housing unit (
3.
Sponge padding [C]
4.
Tag [D]
5.
Reinstall the polygon motor cover [B].
x 4)
Before removing the old laser optics housing unit

Do the following settings before removing the laser optics housing unit. These are
adjustments for skew adjustment motors in the laser optics housing unit.
SM
3-37
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Laser Optics
1.
Plug in and turn on the main power switch of the copier.
2.
Enter the SP mode.
3.
Execute SP9511-001 to clear the L2 lens positioning motor setting for Magenta.
4.
Execute SP9511-002 to clear the L2 lens positioning motor setting for Cyan.
5.
Execute SP9511-003 to clear the L2 lens positioning motor setting for Yellow.
6.
Exit the SP mode.
7.
Turn off the main power switch and disconnect the power cord of the copier.
Recovery procedure for no replacement preparation of laser optics

housing unit
If you did not do the procedure in Before removing the old laser optics housing before
removing the old laser optics housing unit, you must do the following.
1.
Turn off the main power switch and disconnect the power cord of the copier.
2.
Remove the left cover and harness cover bracket (see the following "Removing the old
laser optics housing unit")
3.
Disconnect the harness [A] of the skew correction motor.
4.
Do steps 1 to 7 of "Before removing the old laser optics housing unit".
5.
Connect the harness [A] and reinstall the harness bracket and left cover.
6.
B222/B224
3-38
SM
Laser Optics
Replacement
Adjustment
Removing the old laser optics housing unit
1.
Left cover [A] (
2.
Rear fan bracket [B] for the laser housing optics unit (
3.
Front fan bracket [C] for the laser housing optics unit (
SM
x 6)
3-39
manuals4you.com
x 2,
x 2,
x 1)
x 1)
B222/B224
Laser Optics
4.
Remove the old laser optics housing unit [D] (
x 2, All
's,
x 3)
Installing a new Laser Optics Housing Unit

A new laser optics housing unit has a bracket to protect the LD units. When you
install the new unit, do not remove the bracket until near the end of the installation
procedure (the correct time is stated in the manual).
This bracket protects a capacitor on the unit. If the bracket is removed too early,
you could break the capacitor on the corner of the main frame when you install the
new unit.
1.
Push the new laser optics housing unit [A] slowly into the copier until the
bracket [B] bumps against the frame of the copier.
2.
Remove the bracket [B], and then push the new laser optics housing unit fully
into the copier (
3.
x 2, All
's,
x 3).
After installing the new laser optics housing unit

Do the following adjustment after installing the new laser optics housing unit.
1.
B222/B224
3-40
SM
2.
Adjust the main scan magnification only for black (Bk).

1.
Input the standard value [A] provided with a new laser optics housing unit for the
main scan magnification adjustment with SP2-185-001.
The value [A] is different for each laser optics housing unit.
2.
Print the test pattern (14: 1-dot trimming pattern in the SP2-109-003).
3.
Check that the left and right trim margin is within 4 1 mm. If not, change the
standard value for the main scan magnification adjustment.
3.
Adjust the main scan registration only for black (Bk).

1.
Input the registration value [B] provided with a new laser optics housing unit for the
main scan registration adjustment with SP2101-001.
The value [B] is different for each laser optics housing unit.
2.
Print the test pattern (14: 1-dot trimming pattern in the SP2-109-003).
3.
Check that the left trim margin is within 2 1 mm. If not, change the registration
value for the main scan registration adjustment.
4.
Select "0" with SP2-109-003 after printing the "1-dot trimming pattern.
5.
Do the line position adjustment.

1.
First do SP2-111-3.
2.
Then do SP2-111-1.
to -12.
6.
Exit the SP mode.
7.
After you replace the housing unit, do the adjustments in the following section
of the manual: Image Adjustment Registration.
SM
3-41
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Replacement
Adjustment
Laser Optics
Laser Optics
3.6.3 POLYGON MIRROR MOTOR AND DRIVE BOARD
1.
Laser optics housing unit (
3.6.2 "Laser Optics Housing Unit")
2.
Shutter [A] of the laser housing optics unit (
3.
Polygon mirror motor cover [B] of the laser optics housing unit (
4.
Polygon mirror motor holder [C] (
5.
Polygon mirror motor [D] (
6.
Polygon mirror motor drive board [E] (
x 4,
x 3)
x 4)
x 2)
x 1)
x 2,
x 2)
After installing the polygon mirror motor:

1.
Do the "Forced Line Position Adj. Mode c" (SP2-111-3).
2.
Then do the "Forced Line Position Adj. Mode a" (SP2-111-1).
To check if SP 2-111-1 was successful, watch the screen during the process. A message is
displayed at the end. Also, you can check the result with SP 2-194-10 to -12.
After you replace the motor, do the adjustments in the following section of the manual:
Image Adjustment Registration.
B222/B224
3-42
SM
Laser Optics
3.6.4 SHUTTER MOTOR

1.
All PCUs (
3.7.1 "PCU")
2.
Image transfer belt unit (
3.
Rear cover (
4.
Right rear cover (
5.
Controller box (
6.
Third duct (
3.7.5 "Third Duct Fan")
7.
Left cover (
3.4.2 "Left Cover")
8.
PSU bracket (
9.
Gear unit (
3.8.1 "Image Transfer Belt Unit")
3.4.3 "Rear Cover")

3.4.4. "Right Rear Cover")
3.14.7 "PSU")
3.10.1 "Gear Unit")
10. Image transfer belt contact motor (

11. Registration motor (
12. Duplex unit (
3.10.8 "Image Transfer Belt Contact Motor")
3.10.2 "Registration Motor")
3.13.1 "Duplex Unit")
13. Paper guide plate 1 and 2 (

14. Front right cover (
3.12.5 "Registration Sensor")
15. Pull out the tray 1 and 2, and image transfer belt unit.
16. Right front cover [A] ( x 2)
17. Front inner cover [B] ( x 2)
18. Remove the gear and bushing [C] from the rear frame ( x 1).
SM
3-43
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Replacement
Adjustment
3.14.3 "Controller Box")
Laser Optics
19. Remove the bushing [D] from the front frame ( x 1).
20. Registration rollers [E] and [F]
21. Remove the paper dust case [G] and two screws (at the front and rear frame
each).
22. Registration sensor bracket [H] ( x 1,

23. Paper feed unit (
B222/B224
x 2)
3.12.1 "Paper Feed Unit")
3-44
SM
24. Shutter motor [I] ( x 3,
SM
Replacement
Adjustment
Laser Optics
x 1, x 1)
3-45
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Image Creation
3.7 IMAGE CREATION

3.7.1 PCU
Do not touch the OPC drum. Do not let metal objects touch the development
sleeve.
1.
Open the front door.
2.
Lever lock [A] (
3.
Turn the drum positioning plate lever [B] and the image transfer unit lock lever
x 1)
[C] counter-clockwise.
4.
Open the drum positioning plate [D].
5.
Pull out the PCU (hold the grip while you pull it out) [E].
B222/B224
3-46
SM
Image Creation
3.7.2 DRUM UNIT AND DEVELOPMENT UNIT

The new drum unit has a front cover and a front joint. When you attach the new drum unit
to the development unit, remove a front cover and a front joint at first.
And use them for reassembling the new drum unit and development unit.
1.
If you install a new drum unit, set SP 3902-xxx to "1".

Black: 3902-009
Yellow: 3902-010
Magenta: 3902-012
If you do this, then the machine will reset the PM counter for the drum unit
automatically, after you turn the power on again.
2.
Turn the machine power off.
3.
PCU (
4.
Front cover [A] (
SM
3.7.1 "PCU")
x 2)
3-47
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Replacement
Adjustment
Cyan: 3902-011
Image Creation
Do not touch the bearing [B] after removing the front cover. The bearing is
properly applied with lubricant.
5.
Remove the bushing [C] of the development roller at the rear of the PCU (
6.
Remove the front joint [D] (
x 1,
x 1).
x 1).
The front joint [D] is firmly set. Remove it with a watchmakers or jewelers
screwdriver.
B222/B224
3-48
SM
Image Creation
7.
Drum unit [E] and Development Unit [F]

When the development unit is removed from the drum unit, clean the entrance
mylar [G] with a vacuum.
8.
If you change the development unit, do the ACC procedure. Refer to Operating
Instructions Troubleshooting Manual; Chapter 6 Maintenance Auto Color
Calibration.
Replacement
Adjustment
When reassembling the PCU
Make sure that the harness [H] is hooked as shown.
Developer
1.
Set SP 3902-xxx to "1".

Black: 3902-005
Yellow: 3902-006
Cyan: 3902-007
Magenta: 3902-008
2.
Turn the machine power off.
3.
Development unit (
SM
3.7.2 "Drum Unit and Development Unit")
3-49
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Image Creation
4.
Hopper cover [A] (hook x 3)
5.
Shake a bag of developer and pour it into the development hopper [B].
6.
Reattach the hopper cover (hook x 3)
7.
Turn the machine power on. The machine initializes the developer and resets the
PM counter for the developer. (For details of the developer initialization result,
see "Developer Initialization Result" in the "Troubleshooting" chapter.
8.
Do the ACC procedure. (Refer to operating instructions Troublshooting

Manual; Chapter 6 Maintenance Auto Color Calibration)
3.7.3 TONER COLLECTION BOTTLE

If you will install a new bottle, and the old bottle is not in a full or near-full condition, then set
SP 3902-017 to 1.
If you do this, then the machine will reset the PM counter for the bottle
If the bottle is in a full or near-full condition, it is not necessary to do this.
B222/B224
3-50
SM
Replacement
Adjustment
Image Creation
1.
Turn off the main power switch.
2.
Open the front door and remove the screw [A].
3.
4.
Pull out tray 1 [B].
5.
Open the toner collection bottle door [C].
6.
Pull out the toner collection bottle [D].
3.7.4 SECOND DUCT FAN

1.
Rear cover (
2.
Right rear cover (
3.
Open the controller box (
4.
Second duct [A] (
SM
3.4.3. "Rear Cover")

3.4.4 "Right Rear Cover")
x 2,
x 1,
x 1)
3-51
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Image Creation
5.
Split the second duct (4 hooks).
6.
Second duct fan [B]
When reinstalling the second duct fan

Make sure that the second duct fan is installed with its decal facing to the front of the
machine.
3.7.5 THIRD DUCT FAN

1.
Rear cover (
2.
Right rear cover (
3.
Controller box (
B222/B224
3.4.3 "Rear Cover")

3-52
SM
Image Creation
Third duct [A] (
x 2,
x 1)
5.
Third duct fan [B] (7 hooks)
Replacement
Adjustment
4.
When reinstalling the third duct fan

Make sure that the third duct fan is installed with its decal facing to the upper side of the
machine.
3.7.6 TONER PUMP UNIT

There are four pump units inside the machine. This procedure describes the replacement
procedure only for one unit. If you need to replace another unit, do the same as this
procedure.
Put some sheets of paper on the floor before doing this procedure. Toner may fall
on the floor.
1.
Front door (
2.
SM
3.4.3"Rear Cover")
3.8.1"Image Transfer Belt Unit")
3-53
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Image Creation
3.
All PCUs (
3.7.1"PCU")
4.
Put a sheet of paper (A3/DLT) inside the machine as shown and on the floor.
The sheet of paper on the floor is used in a later step.
5.
Release the harness [A] from the clamp (
x 1 for YCM,
x 3 for K) and hook,
and then disconnect the harness.

Avoid touching these spring terminals [B].
6.
Release the toner supply tube [C].
7.
Remove the toner pump unit [D] (
B222/B224
x 2)
3-54
SM
Image Creation
four gears. The picture on the left shows a sheet of paper that is correctly set, but the
picture on the right shows a sheet of paper that is not correctly set. This sheet of paper
prevents toner and screws from falling into the laser optics housing unit through
cutouts.
8.
Slowly remove the toner supply tube [E] from the toner pump unit by pulling the
tube right and left.
9.
Turn up the openings of the toner pump unit and toner supply tube just after
removing the tube.
If not, the toner may scatter away and fall down.
SM
3-55
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Replacement
Adjustment
Make sure that a sheet of paper is attached to the frame of the rear side and covers the
Image Creation
10. Put the toner pump unit on the sheet of paper, which has been put in step 4, with
its opening [F] up.
11. Keep the opening [G] of the toner supply tube up, and then clip the opening of
the toner supply.
When you install the new toner pump unit

Before installing the new toner pump unit, mask the opening of the old toner pump unit with
tape. Dispose of it following local rules.
B222/B224
3-56
SM
1.
Put a sheet of paper (A3/DLT) inside the machine.
2.
Turn up the opening of the toner supply tube, and then remove the object that
was used to clip the opening of the toner supply tube.
3.
Insert the opening of the toner pump unit [A] into the opening of the toner
supply tube [B] as far as possible.
4.
Connect the harness [C] to the connector of the machine.

On the above picture, the magnified picture of the connector shows the
easiest way to connect it.
5.
SM
Clamp the harness [C] (
x 1 for YCM,
x 3 for K).
3-57
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Replacement
Adjustment
Image Creation
Image Creation
Avoid touching these spring terminals [D].
6.
Pass the harness of the toner pump unit behind the hook [E], while pressing at
[F].
7.
Secure the toner supply tube with the holder [G], lifting up the edge of the holder
"very gently".
Be careful when you lift the edge of the holder, because the holder is easily
broken.
8.
Insert the toner pump unit [H] into the rear frame of the machine (
B222/B224
3-58
x 2).
SM
Image Creation
1.
Rear cover (
2.
3.
Toner end sensor [A] (
SM
Replacement
Adjustment
3.7.7 TONER END SENSOR
3.4.3 "Rear Cover")

3.4.3 "Controller Box"")
x 1, 2 hooks each)
3-59
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Image Transfer
3.8 IMAGE TRANSFER

3.8.1 IMAGE TRANSFER BELT UNIT
1.
2.
Open the front door
3.
Open the drum positioning plate. (
4.
Turn the image transfer belt unit lock lever [A] counterclockwise.
5.
Pull out the image transfer belt unit [B] halfway.
6.
Grasp the handles [C], and then pull out the image transfer belt unit fully.
3.7.1"PCU"")
3.8.2 IMAGE TRANSFER BELT CLEANING UNIT

1.
If you will install a new belt cleaning unit, then set SP 3902-015 to 1.
B222/B224
3-60
SM
Image Transfer
If you do this, then the machine will reset the PM counter for the belt cleaning
unit automatically, after you turn the power on again.
Do not use SP3902-015 or 013 if you replace the complete ITB unit.
2.
3.
4.
Open the front door
5.
Open the drum positioning plate. (
6.
Loosen the screw [A].
7.
Turn the lock lever [B] clockwise
8.
Pull out the image transfer belt cleaning unit [C].
Replacement
Adjustment
3.7.1 "PCU"")
3.8.3 IMAGE TRANSFER BELT
SM
3-61
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Image Transfer
1.
Image transfer belt cleaning unit (
3.8.2 "Image Transfer Belt Cleaning Unit")
2.
3.
Turn the image transfer unit contact lover [A] counterclockwise (as seen from
3.7.1 "PCU")
the rear).
4.
Gear [B] (hook x 1)
5.
Turn the gear cover [C] clockwise (as seen from the rear) (
6.
Image transfer belt unit top cover [D] (
7.
Three stays [E] (
B222/B224
x 1).
x 6).
x 6)
3-62
SM
Replacement
Adjustment
Image Transfer
8.
Guide plate [F] (as seen from the right side of the machine) (
x 2)
9.
Remove the two screws and then rear hold bracket [G] (as seen from the rear).
10. Remove the two screws and then front hold bracket [H] (as seen from the front).
SM
3-63
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Image Transfer
11. Put the front side of the image transfer belt unit on a corner of the table or a box
as shown.
12. Pull the tension roller [I] as shown.
13. Image transfer belt [J]
B222/B224
3-64
SM
Image Transfer
When reinstalling the image transfer belt
There is a rim [A] at each edge of the transfer belt. The ends of all the rollers ([B] for
example) in the transfer belt unit must be between the two rims.
There are two rims (width [C]: about 5 mm) on the underside of the front and
rear edges of the image transfer belt.
This belt must be installed the correct way around. When you reinstall the image
transfer belt unit, install it with the painted number [D] on the belt at the rear side of the
unit.
SM
3-65
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Replacement
Adjustment
Clean all rollers with dry cloth before installing the image transfer belt.
Image Transfer
Put "Lubricant Powder" (B132 9700) on the surface of the image transfer belt [A], while
you turn the drive gear [B] at a constant speed, as shown. (The straight arrow in the
picture shows belt movement direction.) Lubricant powder prevents the image transfer
cleaning blade from turning up.
Do not put the lubricant powder at the right side of the image transfer belt unit
(the above picture is taken from the rear). Otherwise, lubricant powder may
damage the encoder sensor.
om
justmanuals.c
B222/B224
3-66
SM
Paper Transfer
3.9 PAPER TRANSFER

3.9.1 PAPER TRANSFER ROLLER UNIT
If you will install a new paper transfer unit, then set SP 3902-016 to 1.
If you do this, then the machine will reset the PM counter for the paper transfer unit
Replacement
Adjustment
1.
2.
Release the two locks [A].
3.
Paper transfer roller unit [B]
3.9.2 PAPER TRANSFER UNIT

If you will install a new paper transfer unit, then set SP3-902-016 to 1.
If you do this, then the machine will reset the PM counter for the paper transfer unit
1.
SM
3-67
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Paper Transfer
2.
Open the duplex door [A].
3.
Right door cover [B] (
4.
5.
Right door inner cover [C] (
B222/B224
x 4)
x 3)
3-68
SM
Replacement
Adjustment
Paper Transfer
6.
Pivot bracket [D] (
x 1)
7.
Paper transfer unit [E] (
x 1, 2 springs)
3.9.3 HIGH VOLTAGE SUPPLY BOARD - DISCHARGE PLATE

1.
2.
Release the front [A] and rear pivots of the paper transfer roller case.
SM
3-69
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Paper Transfer
3.
Paper transfer roller case [B]
4.
High voltage supply board [C] (
x 3,
x 1, ground cable x 1)
3.9.4 ID SENSOR BOARD

1.
K PCU (
2.
3.
Fusing unit (
4.
B222/B224
3.7.1"PCU")
3.11.1 "Fusing Unit")
3-70
SM
5.
ID sensor unit [A] (
6.
ID sensor board [B] (
x 2,
x 2,
Replacement
Adjustment
Paper Transfer
x 1)
x 6)
Cleaning for ID sensors

ID sensors require a cleaning procedure every 320K. Do the following steps for ID sensor
cleaning.
1.
K PCU (
3.7.1 "PCU")
2.
Fusing unit (
3.
4.
Slide the ID sensor shutter [A] to the left side.
5.
Clean the ID sensors keeping the ID sensor shutter to the left.

After installing a new ID sensor unit/board

Do the following adjustment after installing a new ID sensor unit/board.
1.
SM
Plug in and turn on the main power switch of the copier.

3-71
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
2.
Enter the SP mode.
3.
Input all correction coefficients [A] for the ID sensor with the SP modes referring
to the barcode sheet provided with the new ID sensor unit/board.
For example, input "1.00" with SP3-362-013.
4.
Exit the SP mode.
3.9.5 TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY SENSOR

1.
Rear cover (
2.
Right rear cover (
3.
Temperature and humidity sensor [A] (
B222/B224
3.4.3 "Rear Cover")

3.4.4"Right Rear Cover")
3-72
x 1,
x 1)
SM
manuals4you.com
Paper Transfer
Drive Unit
Replacement
Adjustment
3.10 DRIVE UNIT
The drawing above shows the drive unit layout.
1. Fusing/paper exit motor

2. Development clutches
3. Image transfer belt contact motor
4. Toner transport motor
5. Drum/Development drive motors
6. Paper feed clutch Tray 1
7. Paper feed clutch Tray 2

8. Paper feed motor
9. Registration motor
10. Paper transfer contact motor
11. ITB drive motor
There are some motors and clutches that are not shown in the above drawing:
SM
Tray lift motor 1 and 2
Junction gate 1 motor
Duplex inverter motor
Shutter motor
Duplex/By-pass Motor
By-pass clutch
3-73
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Drive Unit
3.10.1 GEAR UNIT

1.
All PCU's
2.
Image transfer belt unit
3.
Rear cover (
4.
Controller box (
5.
Third duct (
6.
Left cover (
3.4.2 "Left Cover")
7.
PSU bracket (
8.
Remove the rear stay [A] (
9.
Remove eight clamps (small arrows) and release one clamp (large arrow).
B222/B224
3.4.3 "Rear Cover")

3.14.3 "Controller Box"")
3.14.7 "PSU")
x 3).
3-74
SM
Replacement
Adjustment
Drive Unit
10. Release six clamps (circles) and turn each harness aside.
11. Disconnect four connectors (arrows).
12. Disconnect two connectors (small arrows) and put these harnesses inside the
machine.
SM
3-75
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Drive Unit
13. Disconnect each connector (upper circles) from the drum/development drive
motors ( x 1,
x 1 each).
14. Disconnect each connector (lower circles) from the development clutches ( x
1,
x 1 each).
15. Cover [B] ( x 2)
B222/B224
3-76
SM
16. Disconnect eight connectors (circles and arrow) from the high voltage supply
board ( x 8,
x 2).
17. Release four clamps (circles) and turn the harnesses aside.
SM
3-77
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Replacement
Adjustment
Drive Unit
Drive Unit
18. Disconnect four connectors (circles) ( x 4).

19. Toner transport motor [C] ( x 3)
20. Pulley [D] (timing belt)
B222/B224
3-78
SM
Replacement
Adjustment
Drive Unit
21. Gear unit [E] ( x 8)
When installing the drive unit
Make sure that the bushing [A] is fully set in the frame of the gear unit before installing the
timing belt and pulley to the shaft [B].
Adjustment after replacing the gear unit

Do the following procedures after replacing the gear unit.
1.
2.
Enter "Copy SP" in the SP mode.
3.
Do the "Drum Phase Adjustment" with SP1-902-001.
4.
Check the result of the drum phase adjustment with SP1-902-002.

0: Success, 1: Failure due to no sampling data,
2: Failure due to insufficient number of pattern detections
SM
3-79
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Drive Unit
When the result of this adjustment is "1" or "2":
Check that all the PCUs are correctly set and that the image transfer belt unit is
correctly set.
Do the "Drum Phase Adjustment" again after checking the PCUs and image
transfer belt unit.
When the result is still "1" or "2" after checking the PCUs and image transfer belt unit:
Check that the gear unit is installed correctly.
5.
Exit the SP mode.
3.10.2 REGISTRATION MOTOR

1.
Rear cover (
3.4.3 "Rear Cover")
2.
Right rear cover (
3.
Ventilation duct (
3.14.7 "PSU")
4.
Turn the harnesses aside (
5.
Fusing power supply board fan bracket [A] ( x 2, x 1)
6.
Registration motor assembly [B] ( x 3, x 1)
7.
Registration motor [C] ( x 2, timing belt)
x 5)
3.10.3 PAPER FEED MOTOR

1.
Rear cover (
2.
Right rear cover (
B222/B224
3.4.2 "Rear Cover")

3-80
SM
Replacement
Adjustment
Drive Unit
3.
Disconnect two harnesses and release the three clamps (x 2,
4.
Paper feed motor [A] ( x 1, x 2, timing belt)
x 3).
3.10.4 DRUM/DEVELOPMENT MOTORS FOR M, C, AND Y

1.
Rear cover (
2.
PSU bracket (
3.
Open the controller box.
SM
3.4.3 "Rear Cover")

3.14.7 "PSU")
3-81
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Drive Unit
4.
Drum/Development motors (three motors, one each for MCY) [A] ( x 4, x 1

each)
3.10.5 DRUM/DEVELOPMENT MOTOR-K

1.
Rear cover (
2.
PSU bracket (
3.
Controller box (
4.
Third duct [A] ( x 2, x 1)
5.
Drum/Development motor-K [B] ( x 4, x 1)
B222/B224
3.4.3"Rear Cover")
3.14.7 "PSU")
3-82
SM
Drive Unit
3.10.6 ITB DRIVE MOTOR

1.
Rear cover (
3.4.3 "Rear Cover")
2.
Controller box (
3.
ITB drive motor [A] ( x 4, x 1)
Replacement
Adjustment
3.10.7 FUSING/PAPER EXIT MOTOR

1.
Rear cover (
2.
Controller box (
3.
Fusing/paper exit motor [A] ( x 4, x 1,
SM
3.4.3 "Rear Cover")

x 1)
3-83
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Drive Unit
3.10.8 IMAGE TRANSFER BELT CONTACT MOTOR

1.
Rear cover (
3.4.3 "Rear Cover")
2.
Open the controller box. (
3.
Transfer belt contact motor [A] ( x 2, x 2,
x 1)
3.10.9 PAPER TRANSFER CONTACT MOTOR

1.
Rear cover (
2.
Right rear cover (
3.
Release three clamps (circles) (
B222/B224
3.4.3 "Rear Cover")

x 3).
3-84
SM
4.
Stay [A] ( x 2)
5.
Paper transfer contact motor [B] ( x 2, x 2)
Replacement
Adjustment
Drive Unit
3.10.10 DUPLEX INVERTER MOTOR

1.
2.
Right door cover (
3.
Duplex door [A] (2 hooks)
4.
Duplex guide plate [B] ( x 1, stepped screw x 1; front side, 2 hooks)
5.
Right door rear cover (
SM
3.12.7 "By-pass Bottom Tray")
3.12.7 "By-pass Bottom Tray"")
3-85
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Drive Unit
6.
Duplex inverter motor bracket [C] ( x 3, x 1,
7.
Gear [D] ( x 1, belt x 1)
8.
Duplex inverter motor [E] ( x 4)
x 2, spring x 1)
3.10.11 DUPLEX/BY-PASS MOTOR

1.
Rear cover (
2.
Right rear cover (
3.
4.
Disconnect the connector [A] (
B222/B224
3.4.3 "Rear Cover"")

3.14.3 "Controller Box").
x 1)
3-86
SM
5.
Duplex/by-pass motor bracket [B] ( x 3)
6.
Duplex/by-pass motor [C] ( x 4)
Replacement
Adjustment
Drive Unit
3.10.12 TONER TRANSPORT MOTOR

1.
Rear cover (
2.
SM
3.4.3 "Rear Cover")

3-87
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Drive Unit
3.
Toner transport motor [A] (
x 3,
x 1)
3.10.13 TONER COLLECTION UNIT

1.
Remove all PCUs (
2.
Remove the image transfer belt unit (
3.
Rear cover (
4.
Controller box (
5.
Third duct (
6.
Left cover (
3.4.2 "Left Cover")
7.
PSU bracket (
8.
High voltage power supply board bracket
B222/B224
3.10.1 "Gear Unit").

3.8.1 "Image Transfer Belt Unit").
3.4.3 "Rear Cover"")

3.14.7 "PSU")
3-88
SM
9.
Toner collection unit [A] ( x 6,
Replacement
Adjustment
Drive Unit
x 1)
3.10.14 PAPER FEED CLUTCHES

1.
Rear cover (
2.
PSU bracket (
3.
Release five clamps, and then turn the harness [A] aside.
SM
3.4.3 "Rear Cover")

3.14.7 "PSU")
3-89
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Drive Unit
4.
Paper feed clutch 1 bracket [B] ( x 2, x 1, x 1)
5.
Paper feed clutch 1 [C]
6.
Paper feed clutch 2 bracket [D] ( x 2, x 1, x 1)
B222/B224
3-90
SM
7.
Replacement
Adjustment
Drive Unit
Paper feed clutch 2 [E]
3.10.15 DEVELOPMENT CLUTCH-Y

1.
Rear cover (
2.
PSU bracket (
3.
4.
Drum/development motor-Y (
5.
Disconnect the connector [A] ( x 1).
SM
3.4.3 "Rear Cover")

3.14.7 "PSU")
3.10.4 and 3.10.5 Drum/Development Motor-K")
3-91
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Drive Unit
6.
Remove the pulley and bushing [B].
7.
Turn the development clutch unit [C] counter-clockwise and then pull it out ( x
1).
8.
Development clutch-Y [D] ( x 1)
3.10.16 DEVELOPMENT CLUTCHES FOR M AND C

1.
Rear cover (
3.4.3 "Rear Cover")
2.
PSU bracket (
3.
4.
Drum/development motors for M and C (
3.14.7 "PSU")
3.14.3 "Controller Box"").
3.10.4 "Drum/Development Motors for
M, C, and Y"")
5.
Disconnect the connector for each development clutch ( x 1).
B222/B224
3-92
SM
Drive Unit
6.
Turn the development clutch unit [A] counter-clockwise and then pull it out ( x
1).
7.
Development clutches for M and C [B] ( x 1)
3.10.17 DEVELOPMENT CLUTCH-K

1.
Rear cover (
3.4.3 "Rear Cover")
2.
PSU bracket (
3.
Controller box. (
4.
Drum/development motor-K (
5.
Turn the development clutch unit [A] counter-clockwise and then pull it out ( x
3.14.7 "PSU")
Replacement
Adjustment
3.10.5 "Drum/Development Motor-K")
1).
6.
SM
Development clutch-K [B] ( x 1)
3-93
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Fusing
3.11 FUSING
3.11.1 FUSING UNIT
Turn off the main switch and wait until the fusing unit cools down before beginning
any of the procedures in this section. The fusing unit can cause serious burns.
1.
If you install a lot of new parts in the fusing unit (at PM for example), then set SP
3902-014 to "1".
If you do this, then the machine will reset the PM counter for the fusing unit
Do not do this if you replace the complete fusing unit. This is because the
fusing unit has a new detection mechanism.
2.
3.
4.
Pull out the fusing unit [A].
3.11.2 FUSING LAMP

1.
Fusing unit (
B222/B224
3-94
SM
2.
Fusing right cover [A] ( x 2; Stepped screws)
3.
Fusing upper cover [B] ( x 3; Stepped screws)
4.
Connector cover [C] ( x 1)
5.
Remove the rear terminal of the fusing lamp ( x 1)
SM
3-95
manuals4you.com
Replacement
Adjustment
Fusing
B222/B224
Fusing
6.
Fusing lamp front bracket [D] ( x 1)
7.
Remove the front terminal of the fusing lamp ( x 1)
8.
Fusing lamp [E]
3.11.3 PRESSURE ROLLER AND PRESSURE ROLLER

BEARING
1.
Fusing unit (
2.
Fusing right cover, fusing upper cover (
3.
Fusing bottom cover [A] ( x 4)
4.
Fusing lamp (
B222/B224
3.11.1"Fusing Unit)
3.1.2 "Fusing Lamp")
3.11.2)
3-96
SM
5.
Gear holder bracket [B] ( x 2)
6.
Fusing lamp rear bracket [C] ( x 1)
7.
One-way clutch gear [D] ( x 1) and idle gear [E]
8.
Pressure adjustment bracket [F] at the front side ( x 3)
Replacement
Adjustment
Fusing
Never remove the screw that is covered by the crossed-circle in the above
photo.
SM
3-97
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Fusing
9.
Upper frame [G] ( x 5, stepped screw x 4, stud screw x 1)
10. Pressure roller gear [H] (C-ring x 1)

11. Pressure roller bushing [I] at the rear side
B222/B224
3-98
SM
Replacement
Adjustment
Fusing
12. Pressure roller bushing [J] at the front side

13. Pressure roller [K]
When re-installing the pressure roller
1.
Apply "Barrierta S552R" to the front shaft of the pressure roller at 2 mm from the notch
[A], and to the rear shaft of the pressure roller at 2 mm from the edge [B]. (Apply the
lubricant to half of the circumference of the pressure roller, as shown in the lower of the
three above diagrams.)
SM
3-99
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Fusing
2.
Make sure that pressure roller bushing [C] at the front side is set as shown below.
3.
Make sure that the spring [D] is correctly hooked on the pressure lever [E] before
installing the upper frame. (The picture above on the right side shows an example of
how to do it wrong.)
4.
Follow the correct order when installing the upper frame.
1.
Secure the stepped screws [A] at the rear side first (at this time, do not fully
tighten these screws).
B222/B224
3-100
SM
2.
Secure the stepped screw [B] and stud screw [C] at the front side tightly.
3.
Secure the stepped screws [A] at the rear side tightly after securing the
stepped screw [B] and stud screw [C] at the front side.
4.
Install the pressure adjustment bracket, and then secure the other screws.
3.11.4 FERRITE ROLLER GEAR

1.
Fusing unit (
3.11.1)
2.
Ferrite roller gear [A] ( x 1)
3.11.5 FUSING ROLLER BUSHING AND TENSION ROLLER

BUSHING
1.
Fusing unit (
2.
3.
Pressure Roller (
SM
3.11.1"Fusing Unit")
3.11.1"Fusing Unit)
3.11.3"Pressure Roller and Presure Roller Bearing)
3-101
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Replacement
Adjustment
Fusing
Fusing
4.
Fusing roller gear [A] (C-ring x 1)
5.
Fusing roller bushing [B] (C-ring x 1) at the rear side
6.
Fusing roller bushing [C] (C-ring x 1) at the front side
7.
Tension roller bushings [D] (spring x 1 each)
When re-installing the fusing roller bushing and tension roller bushing
Follow points 3 and 4 explained in "When re-installing the pressure roller" (
B222/B224
3-102
3.11.3)
SM
Fusing
3.11.6 TENSION ROLLER

1.
Fusing unit (
3.11.1"Fusing Unit)
2.
3.
Pressure Roller (
4.
Tension roller bushings (
3.11.1"Fusing Unit)
3.11.3"Pressure Roller and Pressure Roller Bearing)

3.11.5"Fusing Roller Bushing and Tension Roller
Replacement
Adjustment
Bushing)
5.
Tension roller [D]
When re-installing the tension roller

Follow points 3 and 4 explained in "When re-installing the pressure roller" (
3.11.3)
3.11.7 FUSING BELT, HEATING ROLLER, HEATING ROLLER

BUSHING AND FUSING ROLLER
1.
Fusing unit (
2.
3.
Pressure Roller (
4.
Tension roller (
SM
3.11.1")
3.11.2 "Fusing Lamp"")
3.11.3"Pressure Roller and Pressure Roller Bearing")

3.11.5 "Fusing Roller Bushing and Tension Roller Bushing" ")
3-103
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Fusing
5.
Discharge brush bracket [A] ( x 1)
6.
Fusing belt sensor actuator [B] ( x 1)
7.
Slide the holder rollers [C] to the front and rear sides ( x 1 each).
8.
Slide the heating roller bushings [D] ( x 1 each).
9.
Hold both edges of the heating roller [E] and lift it in the arrow direction.
10. Heating roller unit [F], fusing roller [G] and fusing belt [H]
B222/B224
3-104
SM
11. Remove the ferrite roller actuator [I] ( x 1), while holding the shaft with the
pliers.
12. Bushing holder [J], heating roller bushing [K], gear [L]
13. Gear [M] ( x 1), bushing holder [N] and heating roller bushing [O]
14. Heating roller [P]
When re-installing the fusing belt, heating roller, fusing roller and
heating roller bushing
1.
Apply three spots of "Barrierta S552R" (the diameter of each spot must be about 3 mm
in diameter, and approximately 0.1 g in weight) to the front shaft of the fusing roller at 2
SM
3-105
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Replacement
Adjustment
Fusing
Fusing
- 3 mm from the notch [A].
2.
Apply three spots of "Barrierta S552R" (the diameter of each spot must be about 3 mm
in diameter, and approximately 0.1 g in weight) to the rear shaft of the fusing roller at 2
- 3 mm from the edge [B] (rear side of the fusing roller).
And:
Follow the points 3 and 4 explained in "When re-installing the pressure roller" (
3.11.3
"Pressure Roller and Pressure Roller Bearing"")
3.11.8 LUBRICANT ROLLER BUSHING

1.
Fusing unit (
2.
Fusing right cover (
3.
Lubricant roller unit [A] ( x 2)
4.
Lubricant roller bushings [B] (spring x 1 each)
3.11.9 LUBRICANT ROLLER AND CLEANING ROLLER

1.
Fusing unit (
2.
3.
Lubricant roller bushings (
B222/B224

3.11.8 "Lubricant Roller Bushing")
3-106
SM
4.
Replacement
Adjustment
Fusing
Lubricant roller [A] and cleaning roller [B]
3.11.10 HEATING ROLLER THERMISTOR

1.
Fusing unit (
3.11.1 "Fusing Unit"")
2.
3.
Fusing bottom cover (
4.
Heating roller thermistor with bracket [A] ( x 1, x 1)

3.11.11 PRESSURE ROLLER THERMOSTAT

1.
Fusing unit (
2.
3.
SM

3-107
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Fusing
1.
Pressure roller thermostat [A] ( x 4)
3.11.12 PRESSURE ROLLER THERMISTOR

1.
Fusing unit (
2.
3.
4.
Pressure roller thermistor [A] ( x 1)

3.11.13 FUSING ROLLER ONE-WAY CLUTCH AND IDLE GEAR

1.
Fusing unit (
2.
Fusing upper cover (
3.
4.
Gear holder bracket (
B222/B224

3.11.3 "Pressure Roller and Pressure Roller Bearing")
3.11.3 "Pressure Roller and Pressure Roller Bearing")
3-108
SM
5.
One-way clutch gear [A] (C-ring x 1)
6.
Idle gear [B]
Replacement
Adjustment
Fusing
When re-installing the idle gear
1.
Apply one spot of "Barrierta S552R" (the diameter of the spot must be about 3 mm in
diameter, and approximately 0.1 g in weight) to the idle gear shaft [A].
3.11.14 FUSING FAN

1.
Rear cover (
2.
Right rear cover (
SM
3.4.3Rear Cover")
3-109
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Fusing
3.
Fusing duct [A] ( x 1, x 1)
4.
Fusing fan [B] (hook x 5)
When installing the fusing fan

Make sure that the fusing fan is installed with its decal facing the right side of the machine.
3.11.15 PAPER EXIT FAN

1.
2.
Front right cover (
3.
Paper exit fan [A] ( x 1, hook x 2)
B222/B224
3.4.5"Operation Panel")
3-110
SM
Fusing
When installing the paper exit fan

Make sure that the paper exit fan is installed with its decal facing the rear of the machine.
3.11.16 IH (INDUCTION HEATING) INVERTER FAN

1.
Rear cover (
3.4.3 "Rear Cover")
2.
Right rear cover (
3.
IH inverter fan bracket [A] ( x 2, x 1)
4.
IH inverter fan [B] ( x 2)
Replacement
Adjustment
When installing the IH inverter fan

Make sure that the IH inverter fan is installed with its decal facing the upper side of the
machine.
3.11.17 THERMOPILE
1.
SM
Remove the image transfer belt unit.
3-111
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Fusing
2.
Left cover (
3.4.3 "Left Cover")
3.
Paper exit cover (
4.
Inner Tray (
5.
Thermopile bracket [A] ( x 1, x 1)
3.4.7 "Inner Tray")
3.11.18 FUSING BELT SENSOR AND FERRITE ROLLER HP

SENSOR
1.
2.
Front right cover (
3.
Pull out tray 1 and 2, and the image transfer belt unit.
4.
Right front cover [A] ( x 2)
5.
Front inner cover [B] ( x 2)
B222/B224
3-112
SM
Replacement
Adjustment
Fusing
x 1, x 1)
6.
Fusing belt sensor bracket [C] ( x 1,
7.
Fusing belt sensor (1 hook)
8.
Ferrite roller HP sensor bracket [D] ( x 1,
9.
Ferrite roller HP sensor (1 hook)
x 1, x 1)
3.11.19 IH COIL FAN

1.
2.
Front right cover (
3.
Pull out trays 1 and 2, and the image transfer belt unit.
4.
Right front cover and front inner cover (

3.11.8 " Fusing Belt Sensor and Ferrite
Roller HP Sensor")
5.
IH coil fan bracket [A]
6.
IH coil fan ( x 2)
SM
3-113
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Fusing
3.11.20 IH COIL UNIT

Do not push the thermostats on the IH coil unit. If you do, the thermostats will be
opened. In that case, the IH coil unit must be replaced.
1.
Fusing unit (
2.
Front right cover (
3.
4.
Paper exit cover (
5.
Inner Tray (
6.
All PCUs (
7.
Rear cover (
8.
Right rear cover (
9.
3.4.7 "Inner Tray")

3.7.1 "PCU")
10. Second duct (

11. Fusing duct (
12. IH inverter (
3.4.3 "Rear Cover")

3.7.4 "Second Duct Fan")

3.11.4 " Fusing Fan")
3.14.11 " IH Inverter")
13. IH inverter bracket [A] ( x 3)

14. Remove the ground cable [B] ( x 1)
B222/B224
3-114
SM
Replacement
Adjustment
Fusing
15. Pull the IH harness [C] in the arrow direction.

16. Remove the second duct screw (circle).
17. Pull the IH harness [D] in the arrow direction.
18. IH coil unit [E] (First release the rear side of the IH coil unit.)
SM
3-115
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Paper Feed
3.12 PAPER FEED

3.12.1 PAPER FEED UNIT
1.
Rear cover (
3.4.3 "Rear Cover")
2.
Right rear cover
3.
Duplex unit (
4.
Pull out tray 1 and tray 2.
5.
Paper guide plate [A] (hook x 2)
6.
Paper feed unit [B] (
x 2,
x 1)
3.12.2 PICK-UP, FEED AND SEPARATION ROLLERS

Tray 1 and Tray 2
1.
Paper feed unit (
2.
Roller holder [A] ( x 1)
B222/B224
3-116
SM
Paper Feed
3.
Pick-up roller [B]
4.
Feed roller [C]
5.
Separation roller [D] and torque limiter [E] ( x 1)
3.12.3 TRAY LIFT MOTOR

1.
Rear cover (
3.4.3 "Rear Cover")
2.
PSU bracket (
3.
High voltage supply board bracket (
3.14.7 "PSU")
3.14.10 " High Voltage Supply Board
4.
Replacement
Adjustment
Bracket")
Tray lift motor 1 or 2 [A] ( x 2, x 3,
x 1 each)
3.12.4 VERTICAL TRANSPORT, PAPER OVERFLOW, PAPER

END AND PAPER FEED SENSOR
1.
Rear cover (
2.
Right rear cover (
3.
Paper feed unit (
SM
3.4.3 "Rear Cover")

3-117
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Paper Feed
4.
Paper overflow sensor [A]
5.
Paper end feeler [B] and paper end sensor [C] (hook,
6.
Vertical transport sensor bracket [D] (
7.
Vertical transport sensor [E] (
8.
Paper feed sensor bracket [F] ( x 1)
9.
Paper feed sensor [G] ( x 1, hook)
x 1,
x 1 each)
x 1)
x 1, hook)
3.12.5 REGISTRATION SENSOR

1.
Rear cover (
2.
Right rear cover (
3.
Paper guide plate 1 [A] and 2 [B] (
4.
Registration sensor [C] (
B222/B224
3.4.3 "Rear Cover")

x 2 each)
x 1, hook)
3-118
SM
Paper Feed
Replacement
Adjustment
3.12.6 BY-PASS PAPER SIZE SENSOR SWITCH
1.
Open the by-pass tray [A].
2.
Move the side fences to the center.
3.
By-pass tray cover [B] ( x 4)
4.
By-pass paper size sensor [C] ( x 1)
When reinstalling this switch

1.
Adjust the projection [E] of the left side fence bar (it must be centered).
2.
Install the by-pass paper size detection switch so that the hole [D] in this switch
faces the projection [E] of the left side fence bar.
3.
Reassemble the copier.
4.
5.
Check this switch operation with SP5803-071 (By-pass paper size < Input
Check).
- Display on the LCD -
SM
3-119
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Paper Feed
Paper Size
Display
Paper Size
Display
A3 SEF
00001110
A5 SEF
00001011
B4 SEF
00001100
B6 SEF
00000011
A4 SEF
00001101
A6 SEF
00000111
B5 SEF
00001001
Smaller A6 SEF
00001111
3.12.7 BY-PASS BOTTOM TRAY

1.
2.
By-pass tray cover (
3.
Open the duplex door [A].
4.
Right door cover [B] ( x 4)
B222/B224
3.12.6 "By-pass Paper Size Sensor Switch")
3-120
SM
Replacement
Adjustment
Paper Feed
5.
Right door rear cover [C] ( x 3)
6.
Remove the screw at the front side ( x 1).
7.
Turn the harness [D] aside (
x 1), and then remove the screw at the rear side (
x 1).
SM
3-121
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Paper Feed
8.
Release the front [E] and rear [F] arms ( x 1 each).
9.
By-pass Bottom Tray [G]
3.12.8 BY-PASS PAPER END SENSOR

1.
Right door cover (
2.
By-pass feed unit cover [A] ( x 2).
B222/B224
3.12.7 "By-pass Bottom Tray"")
3-122
SM
Paper Feed
3.
By-pass paper end sensor [B] ( x 1, hook)
3.12.9 BY-PASS PICK-UP, FEED AND SEPARATION ROLLER,

TORQUE LIMITER
1.
Right door cover (
2.
By-pass feed unit cover (
3.
By-pass pick-up roller [A] (hook)
4.
By-pass feed roller [B] ( x 1)
5.
By-pass separation roller [C] ( x 1)
6.
Torque limiter [D]
Replacement
Adjustment
3.12.8 "By-pass Paper End Sensor")
3.12.10 BY-PASS FEED CLUTCH

1.
2.
Right door rear cover (
SM
3-123
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Paper Feed
3.
By-pass feed clutch holder [A] ( x 2)
4.
By-pass feed clutch [B] ( x 1,
x 1)
3.12.11 PAPER EXIT UNIT

1.
Fusing Unit (
2.
Front right cover (
3.
4.
Inner Tray (
5.
Thermopile (
3.11.17 " Thermopile")
6.
Rear cover (
3.4.3 "Rear Cover")
7.
Right rear cover (
8.
Fusing duct (
9.

3.8.1")
3.4.7 "Inner Tray")
3.11.14 " Fusing Fan"")

10. Gear cover [A] ( x 1 each)
B222/B224
3-124
SM
Paper Feed
11. Paper exit unit [B] ( x 4, x 2)
3.12.12 FUSING EXIT, PAPER OVERFLOW, JUNCTION PAPER

JAM AND PAPER EXIT SENSOR
Paper exit unit (
3.12.11 " Paper Exit Unit")
2.
Fusing exit sensor bracket [A] ( x 1, x 1)
3.
Fusing exit sensor [B] ( x 1)
4.
Paper overflow sensor [C] ( x 1, hook)
5.
Sensor bracket [D] (x 1)
6.
Junction paper jam sensor [E] ( x 1, hook)
7.
Paper exit sensor [F] ( x 1, hook)
Replacement
Adjustment
1.
SM
3-125
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Paper Feed
3.12.13 JUNCTION GATE 1 MOTOR

1.
Paper exit unit (
2.
Junction gate 1 motor bracket [A] ( x 2)
3.
Gear bracket [B] ( x 1, spring x 1)
4.
Junction gate 1 motor [C] ( x 2)
B222/B224
3.12.11 " Paper Exit Unit")
3-126
SM
Duplex Unit
3.13 DUPLEX UNIT
Replacement
Adjustment
3.13.1 DUPLEX UNIT
1.
Open the duplex door [A] and by-pass tray.
2.
Right door cover [B] ( x 4)
3.
Remove the spring [C].
4.
Rear cover (
5.
Right rear cover (
SM
3.4.3 "Rear Cover")

3-127
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Duplex Unit
6.
Wire [D] ( x 1)
7.
Duplex unit [E] ( x 1, Stud screw x 1,
x 1, x 3, ground cable x 1)
3.13.2 DUPLEX DOOR SENSOR

1.
Right door cover (
2.
3.
Duplex door sensor [A] ( x 1, hook)
3.13.3 DUPLEX ENTRANCE SENSOR

1.
Right door cover (
2.
B222/B224
3-128
SM
Replacement
Adjustment
Duplex Unit
3.
Duplex entrance guide [A] ( x1, stepped screw x 2)
4.
Duplex entrance sensor bracket [B] ( x 1, x 1)
5.
Duplex entrance sensor [C] (hook)
3.13.4 DUPLEX EXIT SENSOR

1.
Paper transfer unit (
2.
Guide plate [A] (two hooks)
3.
Duplex exit sensor [B] ( x 1, hook)
SM
3.9.2 "Paper Transfer Unit")
3-129
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
Electrical Components
3.14 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS

3.14.1 CONTROLLER UNIT
1.
Controller unit [A] ( x 5)
3.14.2 CONTROLLER BOX RIGHT COVER

1.
Rear cover (
3.4.3 "Rear Cover")
2.
Controller box right cover [A] ( x 8)
.com
manuals4you
B222/B224
3-130
SM
3.14.3 CONTROLLER BOX

When opening the controller box
Rear cover (
3.4.3 "Rear Cover")
2.
Remove six screws (circles).
3.
Open the controller box [A].
Replacement
Adjustment
1.
When removing the controller box

1.
Rear cover ("Rear Cover")
2.
Right rear cover ("Right Rear Cover")
3.
Controller box right cover (
SM
3.14.2 "Controller Box Right Cover ")
3-131
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
4.
Remove the controller box stay [A] ( x 4)
5.
Take the IOB bracket [B] aside ( x 4, x 1).
6.
Disconnect the scanner interface cable [C] ( x 2, ground cable).
7.
Release all clamps on the controller box frame.
8.
Disconnect all connectors on the BCU, IPU and mother board.
9.
Disconnect three connectors [D] at the outer controller box and three
connectors [E] at the inner controller box.
B222/B224
3-132
SM
Replacement
Adjustment
10. Lift up the controller box [D], and then remove it.
3.14.4 IOB (IN/OUT BOARD)

1.
Rear cover (
3.4.3 "Rear Cover")
2.
3.
IOB [A] ( x 7, All s, flat cable x 1)
3.14.5 BCU
1.
Rear cover (
2.
3.
Take the IOB bracket aside (
SM
3.4.3 "Rear Cover")

3-133
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
4.
BCU board [A] ( x 2, flat cable x 1, two stays)
5.
BCU bracket [B] (
x2)
When installing the new BCU

Remove the NVRAM from the old BCU. Then install it on the new BCU after you replace
the BCU. Replace the NVRAM (
3.14.16 " NVRAM Replacement Procedure"") if the
NVRAM on the old BCU is defective.

Make sure you print out the SMC reports (SP Mode Data and Logging Data)
before you replace the NVRAM.
Keep NVRAMs away from any objects that can cause static electricity. Static
electricity can damage NVRAM data.
Make sure the NVRAM is correctly installed on the BCU. Insert the NVRAM in the
NVRAM slot with the "half-moon" [C] pointing to the downward side.
Make sure that the DIP-switch settings on the old BCU are the same for the new
BCU when. Do not change the DIP switches on the BCU in the field.
3.14.6 IPU
1.
Rear cover (
2.
3.
Take the IOB bracket aside (
B222/B224
3.4.3 "Rear Cover")

3-134
SM
4.
BCU bracket [A] ( x 2)
5.
IPU board [B] ( x 6, all s)
Replacement
Adjustment
3.14.7 PSU
PSU bracket
1.
Rear cover (
3.4.3 "Rear Cover")
2.
Ventilation duct [A] ( x 2)
3.
PSU bracket [B] ( x 6, all
s, all s)
PSU board
1.
Rear cover (
2.
Ventilation duct (see "PSU bracket")
SM
3.4.3 "Rear Cover")
3-135
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
3.
PSU board [A] ( x 11, all s, all
s)
3.14.8 ITB POWER SUPPLY BOARD

1.
Rear cover (
3.4.3 "Rear Cover")
2.
3.
ITB power supply board [A] ( x 5, x 6)
3.14.9 HIGH VOLTAGE SUPPLY BOARD

1.
Rear cover (
2.
PSU bracket (
B222/B224
3.4.3 "Rear Cover")

3.14.7 "PSU")
3-136
SM
3.
High voltage supply board [A] ( x 8, All s,
Replacement
Adjustment
x 2)
3.14.10 HIGH VOLTAGE SUPPLY BOARD BRACKET

1.
Rear cover (
3.4.3 "Rear Cover")
2.
PSU bracket (
3.
High voltage supply board bracket [A] ( x 3, All s,
3.14.7 "PSU")
x 2)
3.14.11 IH INVERTER
1.
Rear cover (
2.
Right rear cover (
3.
Fusing duct (
SM
3.4.3 "Rear Cover")

3.11.14 " Fusing Fan")
3-137
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
4.
IH inverter ( x 7, x 5)
3.14.12 CONTROLLER BOARD

1.
Controller unit (
2.
HDD fan bracket (
3.
HDD unit (
4.
Two HDD interface cables [B] and harness [C]
5.
Controller slot bracket [D] (
B222/B224
3.14.1 "Controller Unit")

3.14.14" HDD Fan")
3.14.15 " HDD")
x 4)
3-138
SM
6.
Interface rails [E], NV-RAM [F], RAM-DIMM(s) [G], SD card [H]
7.
Controller board [I]
Replacement
Adjustment
When installing the new controller board

Remove the NVRAM from the old controller board. Then install it on the new controller
board after you replace the controller board. Replace the NVRAM (
"p.3-143 " NVRAM
Replacement Procedure"") if the NVRAM on the old controller board is defective.

Make sure you print out the SMC reports (SP Mode Data and Logging Data)
before you replace the NVRAM.
Keep NVRAMs away from any objects that can cause static electricity. Static
electricity can damage NVRAM data.
Make sure the NVRAM is correctly installed on the controller board.
Make sure that the DIP-switch settings on the old controller board are the same for
the new controller board. Do not change the DIP switches on the controller board
in the field.
3.14.13 MOTHER BOARD

1.
Controller unit (
2.
Rear cover (
3.
4.
IOB bracket (
5.
IPU (
SM
3.4.3 "Rear Cover")

3.14.2 Controller Box Right Cover ")
3.14.6 "IPU")
3-139
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
6.
Controller box left cover [A] ( x 9; red arrow screws do not need to be removed,
just loosen them.)
7.
8.
Mother board bracket [B] ( x 7, all s)
9.
Mother board [C] ( x 6)
B222/B224
3-140
SM
3.14.14 HDD FAN

Controller unit (
2.
HDD fan bracket [A] ( x 2, x 1,
3.
HDD fan [B] ( x 2)
Replacement
Adjustment
1.
x 1)
3.14.15 HDD
1.
Controller unit (
2.
HDD fan bracket (
SM

3.14.14 " HDD Fan")
3-141
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
3.
HDD unit [A] ( x 5, x 4)
When installing a new HDD unit

1.
Turn the main power switch on. The disk is automatically formatted.
2.
Install the stamp data using "SP5853".
3.
Switch the machine off and on to enable the fixed stamps for use.
Disposal of HDD Units

Never remove an HDD unit from the work site without the consent of the client.
If the customer has any concerns about the security of any information on the HDD,
the HDD must remain with the customer for disposal or safe keeping.
The HDD may contain proprietary or classified (Confidential, Secret) information.
Specifically, the HDD contains document server documents and data stored in
temporary files created automatically during copy job sorting and jam recovery. Such
data is stored on the HDD in a special format so it cannot normally be read but can be
recovered with illegal methods.
Reinstallation
Explain to the customer that the following information stored on the HDD is lost when the
HDD is replaced:
Document server documents
Custom-made stamps
Document server address book
The address book and document server documents (if needed) must be input again.
If you previously backed up the address book to an SD card with SP5846 051, you can use
SP 5846 052 to copy the data from the SD card to the hard disk.
B222/B224
3-142
SM
If the customer is using the Data Overwrite Security feature, the DOS function must be set
up again. For more, see Section 1 (Installation).
If the customer is using the optional Browser Unit, this unit must be installed again. For
more, see Section 1 (Installation).
3.14.16 NVRAM REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE

NVRAM on the BCU
Make sure that you have the SMC report (factory settings). This report comes
Replacement
Adjustment
1.
with the machine.

SP5-990-001) if possible.
2.
Output the SMC data (
3.
4.
Install an SD card into SD card slot 3. Then turn the main power on.
5.
Copy the NVRAM data to an SD card (
6.
Turn off the main switch. Then unplug the power cord.
7.
Replace the NVRAM on the BCU and reassemble the machine.
8.
Plug in the power cord. Then turn the main switch on.
9.
Select a paper-size type (
SP5-131-001).
10. Specify the device number and destination code of the machine.
Contact your supervisor for details on how to enter the device number and
destination code.
SC 999 or Fusing Unit Setting Error can be shown until the device number
and destination code are correctly programmed.
11. Turn the main switch off and on.
12. Copy the data from the SD card to the NVRAM (
SP5-825-001) if you have
successfully copied them to the SD card.

13. Turn the main switch off. Then remove the SD card from SD card slot 3.
15. Specify the SP and UP mode settings.
16. Do the process control self-check.
17. Do ACC (Auto Color Calibration) for the copier application program. (Refer to
instruction Troubleshhoting Manual; Chapter 6 Maintenance Auot Color
Calbration)
18. Do ACC for the printer application program.
SM
3-143
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
NVRAM on the Controller

If you change the NVRAM in the controller, and the Data Overwrite Security unit is
installed, this Data Overwrite Security unit must be replaced with a new one.
1.
Make sure that you have the SMC report (factory settings). This report comes
with the machine.
2.
Output the SMC data (
3.
Turn the main switch off. Then put a blank formatted SD card into SD card slot 3.
4.
5.
Copy the NVRAM data (
SP5-824-001) and the address book data in the HDD
(SP5846-051) to an SD card if possible.

An error message shows if local user information cannot be stored in an SD
card because the capacity is not enough.
You cannot do this procedure if the SD card is write-protected.
6.
Enter SP mode. Then print out the SMC reports ( SP5-990-001) if possible.
7.
Turn off the main switch. Then unplug the power cord.
8.
Replace the NVRAM on the controller. Then reassemble the machine.
9.
Check if the serial number shows on the operation panel. (
SP5-811-002). Input
the serial number if it does not show. (Contact your supervisor about this
setting.)
10. Plug in the power cord. Then turn the main switch on.
11. Copy the data from the SD card to the NVRAM (
(
SP5-825-001) and HDD
SP5-846-52) if you have successfully copied them to the SD card.

The counter data in the user code information clears even if step 11 is done
correctly.
An error message shows if the download is incomplete. However, you can still
use the part of the address book data that has already been downloaded in
step 11.
An error message shows when the download data does not exist in the SD
card, or, if it is already deleted.
You cannot do this procedure if the SD card is write-protected.
12. Go out of SP mode. Then turn the main switch off. Then remove the SD card
from SD card slot 3.
B222/B224
3-144
SM
14. Specify the SP and UP mode settings.
15. Do ACC (Auto Color Calibration) for the copier application program. (Refer to
Operating Instruction Troubleshooting Manual; Chapter 6 Maintenance
Auto Color Calibration)
Replacement
Adjustment
16. Do ACC for the printer application program.
SM
3-145
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
TROUBLESHOOTING
manuals4you.com
Process Control Error Conditions
4. TROUBLESHOOTING
4.1 PROCESS CONTROL ERROR CONDITIONS
4.1.1 DEVELOPER INITIALIZATION RESULT
SP-3-014-001 (Developer Initialization Result)
No.
Result
Description
Possible Causes
Action
Developer
Successfully
initialization is
completed
successfully
completed.
When done in SP mode, do
the developer initialization
Developer
A cover was opened
again. Reinstall the engine
Forced
initialization
or the main switch
main firmware if the result
termination
was forcibly
was turned off during
is the same.
terminated.
the initialization.
Turn the main switch off

and on when done at unit
replacement.
Vt is more
6
Vt error
than 0.7V
when Vcnt is
1.
Make sure that the heat seal on the

development unit is not removed.
2.
Defective TD sensor
than 4.7V
1.
Defective TD sensor
when Vcnt is
2.
Vt target settings are not correct.
Vt target
3.
Toner density error
1.
4.3V.
Vcnt is less
Vcnt error 1
0.2V.
SM
Vcnt error 2
Vt is more
than 0.7V
development unit is not removed.
4-1
B222/B224
Troubleshooting

No.
Result
Description
Possible Causes
when Vcnt is
Action
2.
Defective TD sensor
1.
4.3V and
Vcnt is less
than 4.7V
when Vcnt is
Vt target
0.2V.
Vcnt error 3
development unit is not removed
Vcnt is less
than 4.7V.
2.
Defective TD sensor
3.
Vt target settings are not correct.
4.
Toner density error
The machine starts developer initialization after you set Enable in SP3-902-005,
006, 007, or 008. Developer initialization automatically resumes when you open
and close the front door or turn the main switch off and on if an error other than
Error 8 occurs.
4.1.2 PROCESS CONTROL SELF-CHECK RESULT

Displayed number shows results of each color sensor check.
00000000 = YYCCMMKK
SP3-012-001 to -010 (Process Control Self-check Result)
No.
Result
Description
Possible Causes
Check the Vsg
Process control
11
Successfully self-check
completed
successfully
adjustment. See the "

-
Vsg Adjustment
Result" following this
completed.
41
Vt error
B222/B224
Vt maximum or
Action
table.
1.
Defective
4-2
manuals4you.com
Vt maximum error and
SM

No.
Result
Description
Possible Causes
minimum error is
development unit
Action
an image is faint:
detected.
Replace the toner

supply pump unit.
Vt maximum error and
an image is O.K:
Replace the
development unit.
Replace the IOB
board.
Vt minimum error:
Replace the
Replace the IOB

board.
Solid image is not
sufficient density:
Retry the process
control.
Replace the ID
sensors.
Replace the IOB
ID sensor
coefficient
53
(K5)
detection
board.
Not enough data
can be sampled.
Solid image is O.K.

-
Replace the ID
sensors.
error
Replace the IOB

board.
ID sensor is dirty:
Clean the ID
sensors.
Retry the process
control.
SM
4-3
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
development unit.

No.
Result
Description
Possible Causes
Action
When the K5 is
ID sensor
coefficient
54
(K5)
maximum/
minimum
error
more than the

value of
1.
ID sensor pattern
SP3-362-003 or
density is too high
less than the
or low.
value of
2.
SP3-362-004,
Same as 53
ID sensor or shutter
is defective.
the error 54 is
displayed.
55
56
57
58
Gamma
Gamma is out of
error:
range. 5.0 <
Maximum
Gamma
Gamma
Gamma is out of
error:
range.
Minimum
Gamma < 0.15
Vk error:
Maximum
Vk error:
Minimum
B222/B224
Vk is out of
range.
150 < Vk
Vk is out of
range.
Vk < 150
1.
ID sensor pattern
density is too high.
2.
Hardware
Same as 53
defective.
1.
ID sensor pattern
density is too low.
2.
Hardware
defective.
1.
Replace the toner

supply pump unit.
ID sensor pattern
density is too low.
2.
Same as 53
Hardware
Same as 53
defective.
1.
ID sensor pattern
density is too high.
2.
Background dirty
3.
Hardware defective
4-4
manuals4you.com
Same as 53
SM
59
99
Sampling
Not enough data
data error
can be sampled
during
during the
gamma
gamma
correction
correction.
Unexpected
Process control
error
fails.
1.
ID sensor pattern
density is too high
Same as 53
or low.
2.
Hardware defective
1.
Power Failure
Check the power

source.
Vsg Adjustment Result

SP3-325-001 to -010 (Vsg Adjustment Result)
Result
O.K
Description
Vsg adjustment
is correctly done.
Possible Causes
Action
Troubleshooting
No.
Clean the ID
sensor.
1.
Dirty ID sensor
(toner, dust, or
foreign material)
ID sensor
Vsg cannot be
2.
Dirty transfer belt
adjustment
adjusted within
3.
Scratched image
error
4.0 0.5V.
transfer belt
4.
Defective ID sensor
5.
Poor connection
6.
Defective IOB
Check the belt

cleaning. Clean or
replace the
transfer belt.
Replace the image
transfer belt.
Replace the ID
sensor.
Check the
connection.
Replace the IOB
board.
ID sensor output
3
ID sensor
is more than
output error
"Voffset
Threshold"
SM
1.
Defective ID sensor
2.
Poor connection
3.
Defective IOB
4-5
Replace the ID
sensor.
Check the
connection.
B222/B224

No.
Result
Description
Possible Causes
(SP3-324-004)
Action
Replace the IOB
board.
Vsg
Vsg adjustment
Adjustment
has not been
error
completed.
Other cases
Retry the
SP3-321-010.
4.1.3 LINE POSITION ADJUSTMENT RESULT

SP2-194-010 to -012 (Line Position Adjustment Result: M, C, Y)
This SP shows the number as a line position adjustment result on the LCD. It shows which
color has an error (M, Y or C).
No.
0
Result
Not done
Line position adjustment has not been done.
Completed
Line position adjustment has correctly been
successfully
done,
Cannot detect
ID sensors have not detected the patterns for
patterns
line position adjustment.
Fewer lines on
3
Description
the pattern than

the target
The patterns, which ID sensors has detected,

are not enough for line position adjustment.
Note
-
See Note
See Note
More lines on
4
the pattern than
Not used in this machine.
the target
6-9
Out of the
ID sensors has correctly detected the patterns
adjustment
for line position adjustment, but a shift of
range
patterns is out of adjustable range.
Not used
B222/B224
See Note
4-6
manuals4you.com
SM
Troubleshooting
For details, see the "Troubleshooting Guide - Line Position Adjustment" section.
SM
4-7
B222/B224
Scanner Test Mode
4.2 SCANNER TEST MODE

4.2.1 VPU TEST MODE
Output the VPU test pattern with SP4-907-001 to make sure the scanner VPU control
operates correctly. The VPU test pattern prints out after you have set the SP mode settings
and pressed the start key.
The CCD on the SBU board may be defective if the copy is abnormal and the VPU test
pattern is normal.
The following can be the cause if the copy is normal and the VPU test pattern is
abnormal:
The harness may not be correctly connected between the SBU and the IPU.
The IPU or SBU board may be defective.
4.2.2 IPU TEST MODE

You can check the IPU board with the SP mode menu, SP4-904-1.
If no error is detected, the test ends. Then the completion code shows in the operation
panel display. If an error is detected, the test is interrupted. Then an error code shows. The
table below lists the completion and error codes.
SP4-904-1 Register Access

There are 16 bits switches in this SP. Each bit indicates each CPU as followings. The error
result is displayed on the operation panel in decimal number.
0: Normal, 1: Error
Bit 0: TAURUS register
Bit 3 to 11: Not used
Bit 1: ORION register
Bit 12: Ri20 register
Bit 2: LUPUS register
SP4-904-2 Image Path

There are 16 bits switches in this SP. Each bit indicates each CPU path as followings. The
error result is displayed on the operation panel in decimal number.
0: Normal, 1: Error
B222/B224
4-8
manuals4you.com
SM
Scanner Test Mode

Bit 0: Image path from SBU to TAURUS
Bit 1: Image path from TAURUS to ORION
Bit 12: Image path from LUPUS to Ri20
Bit 2: Image path from ORION to TAURUS
Bit 13: Image path from Ri20 to GAVD
Bit 3: Image path from TAURUS to LUPUS
Bit 14 and 15: Not used
Errors may be caused by the following problems:

1.
Short circuit on the signal lines

When the IPU board is installed, a pin or two on the ASIC is damaged.
Some conductive matter or object is trapped among the pins.
Condensation
2.
Destruction of circuit elements

Over current or a defective element breaks the circuit.
3.
Abnormal power supply
4.
Troubleshooting
The required voltage is not supplied to the devices.

Overheat/overcooling
The environment is inappropriate for the board (the scanner unit).
5.
Static electricity
Static electricity of a high voltage occurs during the test.
6.
Others
The scanner and IPU are incorrectly connected.
When you have completed a check, turn the main switch off and on before you do another
check. When you have completed all necessary checks, turn the main switch off and on.
SM
4-9
B222/B224
Service Call Conditions
4.3 SERVICE CALL CONDITIONS

4.3.1 SUMMARY
The SC Table section shows the SC codes for controller errors and other errors. The latter
(not controller errors) are put into four types. The type is determined by their reset
procedures. The table shows the classification of the SC codes.
Key
Controller
errors
CTL
Definition
Reset Procedure
The error has occurred in the
See Troubleshooting Procedure
controller.
in the table.
The error involves the fusing

A
unit. The machine operation is

disabled. The user cannot reset
the error.
Turn the main switch off and on.

Reset the SC (set SP5-810-1).
The error involves one or some

B
specific units. The machine
Turn the operation switch off and
operates as usual, excluding
on.
the related units.

The error is logged. The
Other errors
C
SC-code history is updated.
The SC will not show. Only the
The machine operates as
SC history is updated.
usual.
The machine operation is
disabled. You can reset the
machine by turning the
D
operation switch or main switch

off and on. If the error occurs
Turn the operation switch or main

power switch off and on.
again, the same SC code is

displayed.
After you turn the main power switch off, wait for one second or more before you turn the
B222/B224
4-10
manuals4you.com
SM

main power switch on (
SC 672). All SCs are logged. The print log data (SP5-990-004) in
SP mode can check the latest 10 SC codes detected and total counters when the SC code
is detected.
If the problem concerns electrical circuit boards, first disconnect then reconnect
the connectors before you replace the PCBs.
If the problem concerns a motor lock, first check the mechanical load before you
replace motors or sensors.
SC Code Classification
The table shows the classification of the SC codes:
1XX
2XX
3XX
4XX
SM
Section
SC Code
Detailed section
100 -
Scanner
190 -
Unique for a specific model
200 -
Polygon motor
220 -
Synchronization control
230 -
FGATE signal related
240 -
LD control
280 -
290 -
Shutter
300 -
Charge
330 -
Drum potential
350 -
Development
380 -
400 -
Image transfer
420 -
Paper separation
430 -
Cleaning
Scanning
Laser exposure
Image development 1
Image development 2
4-11
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
Class 1

Class 1
5XX
5XX
6XX
7XX
8XX
B222/B224
Section
Paper feed / Fusing
SC Code
Detailed section
440 -
Around drum
460 -
Unit
480 -
Others
500 -
Paper feed
515 -
Duplex
520 -
Paper transport
530 -
Fan motor
540 -
Fusing
560 -
Others
570 -
600 -
Electrical counters
620 -
Mechanical counters
630 -
Account control
640 -
CSS
650 -
Network
670 -
Internal data processing
680 -
700 -
Original handling
720 -
Two-tray finisher
740 -
Booklet finisher
800 -
Error after ready condition
820 -
Diagnostics error
Paper feed / Fusing
Communication
Peripherals
Controller
4-12
manuals4you.com
SM

Class 1
Others
SC Code
Detailed section
860 -
Hard disk
880 -
900 -
Counter
920 -
Memory
990 -
Others
Troubleshooting
9XX
Section
SM
4-13
B222/B224
SC Table
4.4 SC TABLE
No.
Type
Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures)

Exposure lamp error
-001: Shading at AGC
-002: Shading at scanning
The peak white level is less than 64/255 digits (8 bits) when scanning
the shading plate. (The shading data peak does not reach the specified
threshold)
Exposure lamp defective
Lamp stabilizer defective
101
Exposure lamp connector defective
Standard white plate dirty

Scanner mirror or scanner lens out of position or dirty
SBU defective
No.
Type
120
1.
Check and clean the scanner mirror(s) and scanner lens.
2.
Check and clean the shading plate.
3.
Replace the exposure lamp.
4.
Replace the lamp stabilizer.
5.
Replace the scanner mirror(s) or scanner lens.
6.
Replace the SBU.

Scanner home position error 1
The scanner home position sensor does not detect the OFF condition
during operation.
B222/B224
4-14
manuals4you.com
SM
SC Table
Scanner motor driver defective
Scanner motor defective
Harness between SIO board and scanner motor disconnected
Scanner HP sensor defective
Harness between SBU and HP sensor disconnected
1.
Check the cable connection between the SIO board and scanner
motor.
No.
2.
Check the cable connection between the SBU and HP sensor.
3.
Replace the scanner motor.
4.
Replace the HP sensor.
Type

Scanner home position error 2
The scanner home position sensor does not detect the ON condition
during operation.
Scanner motor driver defective
Scanner motor defective
Harness between SIO board and scanner motor disconnected
121
Scanner HP sensor defective
Harness between SBU and HP sensor disconnected
1.
Check the cable connection between the SIO board and scanner
motor.
SM
2.
Check the cable connection between the SBU and HP sensor.
3.
Replace the scanner motor.
4.
Replace the HP sensor.
4-15
B222/B224
manuals4you.com
Type
Troubleshooting
No.
SC Table
No.
Type

Black level detection error
The black level cannot be adjusted within the target value during the
141
zero clamp.
Defective SBU
Replace the SBU.
No.
Type

White level detection error
The white level cannot be adjusted within the target during auto gain
control.
Dirty exposure glass or optics section
SBU board defective
142
Exposure lamp defective
Lamp stabilizer defective
No.
Type
144
-001
1.
Clean the exposure glass, white plate, mirrors, and lens.
2.
Check if the exposure lamp is lit during initialization.
3.
Check the harness connection between SBU and IPU.
4.
Replace the exposure lamp.
5.
Replace the SBU board.

SBU communication error
SBU connection error

The SBU connection cannot be detected at power on or recovery from
the energy save mode.
Insufficient power supply for SBU
B222/B224
4-16
manuals4you.com
SM
SC Table
No.
Type

Defective SBU
Defective harness
Defective detection port on the BCU
1.
Replace the harness.
2.
Replace the SBU.
3.
Replace the BCU.
SBU serial communication error

The power ON of the SBU is not detected.
Defective SIO
-002
Defective harness
1.
2.
Replace the SIO.
3.
Replace the BCU.
Troubleshooting
Defective detection port on the BCU
GASBU reset error

The serial communication does not work.
Defective SBU
-003
Defective detection circuit on the BCU
Defective harness
No.
161
Type
D
1.
Replace the SBU.
2.
Replace the BCU.
3.

IPU error
The error result of self-diagnostic by the Taurus (ASIC on the IPU) is
detected.
SM
4-17
B222/B224
SC Table
No.
Type

Defective IPU
Defective connection between IPU and SBU
No.
1.
Check the connection between IPU and SBU.
2.
Replace the IPU.
Type

Copy Data Security Unit error
The copy data security board is not detected when the copy data
security function is set "ON" with the initial setting.
A device check error occurs when the copy data security function is
165
set "ON" with the initial setting.
Incorrect installation of the copy data security board

Defective copy data security board
No.
1.
Reinstall the copy data security board.
2.
Replace the copy data security board.
Type

Serial Number Mismatch
Serial number stored in the memory does not have the correct
code.
195
NVRAM defective
BCU replaced without original NVRAM
B222/B224
1.
Check the serial number with SP5-811-002.
2.
If the stored serial number is incorrect, contact your supervisor.
4-18
manuals4you.com
SM
SC Table
No.
Type

Polygon motor error 1: ON timeout
The polygon mirror motor does not reach the targeted operating speed
within the specified time after turning on or changing speed
Defective or disconnected harness to polygon motor driver board
202
Defective polygon motor driver board
No.
1.
Replace the polygon motor.
2.
Replace the laser optics housing unit.
3.
4.
Replace the IPU.
Type

Polygon motor error 2: OFF timeout
The polygon mirror motor does leave the READY status within 3
seconds after the polygon motor switches off.
203
Disconnected or defective harness to polygon motor driver board

Defective polygon motor
No.
Type
1.
Check or replace the harness.
2.

Polygon motor error 3: XSCRDY signal error
204
The SCRDY_N signal goes HIGH (inactive) while the laser diode is
firing.
SM
4-19
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
Defective polygon motor.
SC Table
Disconnected or defective harness to polygon motor driver board

Defective polygon motor
No.
1.
2.
Type
210
Laser synchronizing detection error: end position [K]
211
Laser synchronizing detection error: end position [Y]
212
Laser synchronizing detection error: end position [M]
213
Laser synchronizing detection error: end position [C]

The laser synchronizing detection signal for the end position of LDB [K],
[Y], [M], [C] is not detected for one second after the LDB unit turned on
when detecting the main scan magnification.
Disconnected or defective harness to synchronizing detector for
end position
Defective synchronizing detector board

Defective LD board or driver
Defective IPU
No.
Type
1.
Replace the harness of the LD board.
2.
3.
Replace the IPU.
220
Laser synchronizing detection error: start position [K]: LD0
221
Laser synchronizing detection error: start position [K]: LD1
222
Laser synchronizing detection error: start position [Y]: LD0
B222/B224
4-20
manuals4you.com
SM
SC Table
No.
Type
223
Laser synchronizing detection error: start position [Y]: LD1
224
Laser synchronizing detection error: start position [M]: LD0
225
Laser synchronizing detection error: start position [M]: LD1
226
Laser synchronizing detection error: start position [C]: LD0
227
Laser synchronizing detection error: start position [C]: LD1
The laser synchronizing detection signal for the start position of the
LDB [K], [Y], [M], [C] is not output for two seconds after LDB unit turns
Disconnected cable from the laser synchronizing detection unit or

defective connection
-
Defective laser synchronizing detector
Defective LDB
Defective IPU
No.
Type
1.
Check the connectors.
2.
Replace the laser-synchronizing detector.
3.
Replace the LDB.
4.
Replace the IPU.

FGATE ON error: Bk
230
The PFGATE ON signal does not assert within 5 seconds after

processing the image in normal job or MUSIC for start position [K].
Defective ASIC (Lupus)
Poor connection between controller and IPU.
Defective IPU
SM
4-21
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
on while the polygon motor is rotating normally.
SC Table
No.
No.
Type
Type

1.
Check the connection between the controller board and the IPU.
2.
Replace the IPU.
3.
Replace the controller board.

FGATE OFF error: Bk
The PFGATE ON signal still asserts within 5 seconds after
231
processing the image in normal job or MUSIC for end position [K].
The PFGATE ON signal still asserts when the next job starts.
See SC 230 for troubleshooting details.
No.
Type

FGATE ON error: Y
232

processing the image in normal job or MUSIC for start position [Y].
No.
Type

FGATE OFF error: Y
233
processing the image in normal job or MUSIC for end position [Y].
B222/B224
4-22
manuals4you.com
SM
SC Table
No.
Type

FGATE ON error: M
234

processing the image in normal job or MUSIC for start position [M].
No.
Type

FGATE OFF error: M
235
processing the image in normal job or MUSIC for end position [M].
Troubleshooting
No.
Type

FGATE ON error: C
236

processing the image in normal job or MUSIC for start position [C].
No.
Type

FGATE OFF error: C
237
processing the image in normal job or MUSIC for end position [C].
SM
4-23
B222/B224
SC Table
No.
Type
240
LD error: Bk
241
LD error: Y
242
LD error: M
243
LD error: C
The IPU detects LDB error a few times consecutively when LDB unit
turns on after LDB initialization.
Worn-out LD
No.
Disconnected or broken harness of the LD

1.
Replace the harness of the LD.
2.
3.
Replace the IPU.
Type

Line position adjustment (MUSIC) error
Line position adjustment fails four consecutive times.
Pattern sampling error ( insufficient image density )
Defective ID sensors for the line position adjustment
Defective image transfer belt unit
Defective PCU(s)
285
B222/B224
Defective laser optics housing unit

1.
Check and reinstall the image transfer belt unit and PCUs.
2.
Check if each toner bottle has enough toner.
3.
Replace the ID sensor.
4.
Replace the image transfer belt unit.
5.
Replace the PCU(s).
6.
4-24
manuals4you.com
SM
SC Table
No.
Type

Shutter sensor time over error: Close
The shutter close sensor does not detect "ON" for 2000 msec after the
shutter motor turns on.
Defective shutter close sensor
Disconnected or broken harness
Defective shutter motor
Defective shutter
290
Shutter motor overload
No.
Type
1.
2.
Replace the shutter on the laser optics housing unit.
3.
Replace the shutter motor.
4.
Replace the shutter close sensor.
5.
Replace the IOB.
Troubleshooting
Defective IOB

Shutter overrun error 1: Close
The shutter close sensor loses the "ON" signal after the shutter was
closed.
291
C
Defective motor
Change of load to shutter motor
SM
4-25
B222/B224
SC Table
No.
Type

Shutter overrun error 2: Close
The shutter close sensor detects "ON" after SC 291 has occurred.
292
Defective motor
No.
Type

Shutter sensor time over error: Open
The shutter open sensor does not detect "ON" for 2000 msec after the
shutter motor turns on.
Defective shutter close sensor
Defective shutter motor
293
Defective shutter
Shutter motor overload

Defective IOB
B222/B224
1.
2.
3.
4.
Replace the shutter close sensor.
5.
Replace the IOB.
4-26
manuals4you.com
SM
SC Table
No.
Type

Shutter overrun error 1: Open
The shutter open sensor loses the "ON" signal after the shutter was
closed.
294
C
Defective motor
1.
No.
Type
The shutter open sensor detects "ON" after SC 291 has occurred.
295
Defective motor
1.
No.
Type

Shutter open/close sensor error
Both shutter open sensor and close sensor detect "ON" at the same
296
time.
Broken harness(es) of the shutter open/close sensors
No.
Type
300
AC charge output error [K]
301
AC charge output error [M]
302
AC charge output error [C]
SM
4-27
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
Shutter overrun error 2: Open
SC Table
No.
Type
303

AC charge output error [Y]
The measured voltage is not proper when IOB measures the charge
output for each color.
Disconnected or broken high voltage cable
Defective or not installed PCU
Defective high voltage power supply
No.
1.
Check or replace the connectors.
2.
Replace the PCU for the affected colour.
3.
Replace the high voltage power supply.
Type
360
TD sensor (Vt high) error 1: K
361
TD sensor (Vt high) error 1: M
362
TD sensor (Vt high) error 1: C
363
TD sensor (Vt high) error 1: Y

The Vt value of the black, magenta, cyan, or yellow TD sensor
exceeds the specified value (default: 4.7V) with SP3020-002 for
twenty counts.
The [Vt - Vtref] value of the black, magenta, cyan, or yellow TD
sensor exceeds the specified value (default: 5.0V) with
SP3020-001.
Black, magenta, cyan, or yellow TD sensor disconnected

Harness between TD sensor and PCU defective
Defective TD sensor.
1.
Check the black, magenta, cyan, or yellow TD sensor connector

and harness between the TD sensor and PCU for damage.
B222/B224
2.
Check the drawer connector.
3.
Replace the defective PCU.
4-28
manuals4you.com
SM
SC Table
No.
Type
364
TD sensor (Vt high) error 2: K
365
TD sensor (Vt high) error 2: M
366
TD sensor (Vt high) error 2: C
367
TD sensor (Vt high) error 2: Y

The Vt value of the black, magenta, cyan, or yellow TD sensor is below
the specified value with SP3020-004 (default: 0.5V) for 10 counts.
TD sensor harness disconnected, loose, defective
A drawer connector disconnected, loose, defective
TD sensor defective
1.
Check the black, magenta, cyan, or yellow TD sensor connector

and harness between the TD sensor and PCU for damage.
No.
Type
2.
Check the drawer connector.
3.
372
TD sensor adjustment error: K
373
TD sensor adjustment error: M
374
TD sensor adjustment error: C
375
TD sensor adjustment error: Y

During TD sensor initialization, the output value of the black, magenta,
cyan, or yellow TD sensor is not within the range of the specified value
with SP3238-001 to -004 (default: 2.7V) 0.2V
Heat seal not removed from a new developer pack
TD harness sensor disconnected, loose or defective
TD sensor defective
Harness between TD sensor and drawer disconnected, defective
SM
4-29
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
SC Table
No.
Type
No.

1.
Remove the heat seal from each PCU.
2.
Type

Drum gear position sensor error
The machine does not detect the drum position signal for 3 seconds at
the drum phase adjustment.
380
C
Dirty or defective drum gear position sensor
No.
1.
Replace the drum gear position sensor.
2.
Replace the PCU.
Type
396
Drum/Development motor error: K
397
Drum/Development motor error: M
398
Drum/Development motor error: C
399
Drum/Development motor error: Y

The machine detects a High signal from the drum/development motor
for 2 seconds after the drum/development motor turned on.
Overload on the drum/development motor
Defective drum/development motor
Defective harness
Shorted 24 V fuse on the PSU

Defective interlock system
B222/B224
1.
2.
Replace the drum/development motor.
3.
Replace the 24V fuse on the PSU.
4-30
manuals4you.com
SM
SC Table
No.
Type

ID sensor adjustment error
When the Vsg error counter reaches "3", the machine detects "SC400".
The Vsg error counter counts "1" when the Vsg detected by ID sensor is
more than the value (default: 4.5V) specified with SP3234-005 or less
than the value (default: 3.5V) specified with SP SP3234-006.
Dirty or defective ID sensor
Defective ID sensor shutter
400
1.
Check the harness of the ID sensor.
2.
Clean or replace the ID sensor.
correction coefficient with SP3362-013 to -018. For details,

refer to "ID sensor board" in the Replacement and
Adjustment section.
No.
3.
Replace the IOB.
4.
Type

Image transfer unit motor error
The motor LOCK signal is not detected for more than two seconds
while the motor START signal is on.
441
Motor overload
Defective image transfer unit motor
SM
1.
2.
Replace the IOB.
4-31
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
After replacing the ID sensor, input the ID sensor
SC Table
No.
Type

Image transfer belt contact motor error
The image transfer belt contact sensor does not detect the movement
of actuator at the sensor while the polygon motor rotates.
Dirty image transfer belt contact sensor
442
Defective image transfer belt contact motor
Disconnected connector of image transfer belt contact sensor or

motor
Disconnected cable
No.
1.
Replace the image transfer belt contact sensor.
2.
Replace the image transfer belt contact motor.
Type

Image transfer unit error
The machine detects the encoder sensor error.
Defective encoder sensor
443
Image transfer unit installation error
Defective image transfer unit motor
B222/B224
1.
Check if the image transfer unit is correctly set.
2.
Replace the image transfer unit motor.
3.
Replace the image transfer unit.
4-32
manuals4you.com
SM
SC Table
No.
Type

Paper transfer unit contact error
The paper transfer unit contact sensor does not detect the movement of
actuator at the sensor while the polygon motor rotates.
Defective paper transfer unit contact sensor
Defective paper transfer unit contact motor
452
Broken +24V fuse on PSU
Defective IOB
No.
Check the connection between the paper transfer unit and PSU.
2.
Replace the paper transfer unit contact sensor.
3.
Replace the paper transfer unit contact motor.
4.
Replace the +24V fuse on the PSU.
5.
Replace the IOB.
Type
Troubleshooting
1.

Separation power pack output error
An interrupt checks the status of the power pack every 20 ms. This SC
is issued if the BCU detects a short in the power pack 10 times at D(ac).
460
Damaged insulation on the high-voltage supply cable
Damaged insulation around the high-voltage power supply.
SM
1.
Replace the high-voltage supply cable.
2.
Replace the high-voltage power supply unit.
3.
Replace the IOB.
4-33
B222/B224
SC Table
No.
Type

Toner transport motor error
The LOCK signal is not detected for 2 seconds when the transport
motor turns on.
Toner transport motor overload
490
Defective toner transport motor
Opened +24V fuse on the PSU

Defective interlock switch
No.
1.
2.
Replace the toner transport motor.
3.
4.
Replace the interlock switch.
Type

High voltage power: Drum/ development bias output error
An error signal is detected for 0.2 seconds when charging the drum or
development.
High voltage leak
491
Broken harness
Defective drum unit or development unit

Defective high voltage supply unit
B222/B224
1.
2.
Replace the drum unit or paper transfer unit.
3.
Replace the high voltage supply unit.
4-34
manuals4you.com
SM
SC Table
No.
Type

High voltage power: Image transfer/ paper transfer bias output error
An error signal is detected for 0.2 seconds when charging the
separation, image transfer bet or paper transfer roller.
High voltage leak
492
Broken harness
Defective image transfer belt unit or paper transfer unit
No.
1.
2.
Replace the image transfer belt unit or paper transfer unit.
3.
Replace the high voltage supply unit.
Type

Temperature and humidity sensor error 2
The thermistor output of the temperature sensor was not within the
prescribed range (0.5V to 4.2V).
The thermistor output of the humidity sensor was not within the
prescribed range (0.01V to 2.4V).
498
C
Temperature and humidity sensor harness disconnected, loose,
defective
Temperature and humidity sensor defective
SM
1.
Check the connector and harness.
2.
Replace the temperature/humidity sensor.
4-35
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
Defective high voltage supply unit
SC Table
No.
Type
501
Paper Tray 1 error
502
Paper Tray 2 error

When the tray lift motor rotates counterclockwise, (if the upper limit
is not detected within 10 seconds), the machine asks the user to
reset the tray.
When the tray lift motor rotates clockwise, (if the upper limit is not
detected within 1.5 seconds), the machine asks the user to reset
the tray.
If one of these conditions occurs three consecutive times, the SC is
generated.
Disconnected or defective paper lift sensor

Disconnected or defective tray lift motor
Defective bottom plate lift mechanism
Too much paper in the tray
Defective IOB
B222/B224
1.
Check if the paper is not loaded too much.
2.
Check if the bottom plate smoothly moves up and down manually.
3.
Check and/or replace the tray lift motor.
4.
Replace the IOB.
4-36
manuals4you.com
SM
SC Table
No.
Type

Tray 3 error (Paper Feed Unit or LCT)
For the paper feed unit:
When the tray lift motor is turned on, the upper limit is not
detected within 10 seconds
For the LCT:
SC 503-01 occurs if the upper or lower limit is not detected
within 8 seconds when the tray lift motor is turned on to lift or
lower the tray.
Defective tray lift motor or connector disconnection
Defective lift sensor or connector disconnection

For the LCT:
Defective stack transport clutch or connector disconnection
Defective tray motor or connector disconnection
Defective end fence home position sensor or connector
disconnection
Defective upper limit sensor or connector disconnection
SM
1.
Check the cable connections.
2.
Check and/or replace the defective component.
4-37
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
503-01
SC Table
No.
Type

This SC is generated if the following condition occurs 3 consecutive
times.
When the tray lowers, the tray lift sensor does not go off within
1.5 sec.
For the LCT:
When the main switch is turned on or when the LCT is set, if
the end fence is not in the home position (home position
sensor ON), the tray lift motor stops.
If the upper limit does not go off for 1.5 seconds even the tray
lift motor turns on to lower the tray after the upper limit has
503-02
been detected at power on.

For the LCT:
Defective stack transport clutch or connector disconnection
Defective tray motor or connector disconnection
Defective end fence home position sensor or connector
disconnection
B222/B224
1.
2.
4-38
manuals4you.com
SM
SC Table
No.
Type

For the two-tray paper feed unit
When the tray lift motor is turned on, the upper limit is not detected
within 10 seconds. If this condition occurs three consecutive times, the
SC is generated.
For the LCT
504-01
If the upper or lower limit is not detected within 8 seconds when the tray
lift motor is turned on to lift up or lower the tray
No.
1.
2.
Type
Troubleshooting

Tray 4 error (3 Tray Paper Feed Unit)
This SC is generated if the following condition occurs 3 consecutive
times.
For the two-tray paper feed unit
When the tray lowers, the tray lift sensor does not go off within
1.5 sec.
For the LCT
504-02
If the upper limit does not go off for 1.5 seconds even the tray
lift motor turns on to lower the tray after the upper limit has
been detected at power on.
SM
1.
2.
4-39
B222/B224
SC Table
No.
Type

Junction gate 1 motor error
The junction gate 1 HP sensor does not detect the home position of
junction gate 1 for 0.15 seconds when the machine starts to detect its
home position.
The junction gate 1 HP sensor does not turn off for 0.1 seconds after
the machine has detected its home position.
Disconnected or defective junction gate 1 motor
529
Disconnected or defective junction gate 1 HP sensor
Mechanical problem (such as paper jam etc.)

Shorted 24 V fuse on the PSU
Defective IOB
No.
Type
1.
Remove any objects that obstruct junction gate 1.
2.
Replace the junction gate 1 HP sensor.
3.
Replace the junction gate 1 motor.
4.
Replace the 24 V fuse on the PSU.
5.
Replace the IOB.

Fusing fan error
The IOB does not receive the lock signal 10 seconds after turning on
the fusing fan.
530
D
Defective fusing fan motor or connector disconnection
Defective IOB
Check the connector and/or replace the fusing fan motor.
B222/B224
4-40
manuals4you.com
SM
SC Table
No.
Type

Ventilation fan (at the left side of the machine) motor-front/rear error
The IOB does not receive the lock signal for 2 seconds after turning on
the ventilation fan motor-front/rear.
531
D
Defective ventilation fan motor-front or rear
Replace the ventilation fan (at the left side of the machine) motor-front
or rear.
No.
Type
The machine does not detect the fan motor lock signal for 2 seconds
while the IH coil fan turns on.
Disconnected harness
532
Overload on the IH coil fan motor
Defective IH coil fan motor

Defective IOB
SM
1.
2.
Replace the IH coil fan.
3.
Replace the IOB
4-41
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
IH coil fan error
SC Table
No.
Type

IH inverter fan error
while the IH inverter fan turns on.
533
Overload on the IH inverter fan motor
Defective IH inverter fan motor

Defective IOB
No.
1.
2.
Replace the IH inverter fan.
3.
Replace the IOB
Type

Second duct fan error
while the second duct fan turns on.
534
Overload on the second duct fan motor
Defective second duct motor

Defective IOB
B222/B224
1.
2.
Replace the second duct fan.
3.
Replace the IOB
4-42
manuals4you.com
SM
SC Table
No.
Type

Paper exit fan error
while the paper exit fan turns on.
535
Overload on the paper exit fan motor
Defective paper exit motor
No.
Type
1.
2.
Replace the paper exit fan.
3.
Replace the IOB

Fusing/Paper exit motor error
The IOB does not receive the lock signal 10 seconds after turning on
the fusing/paper exit motor.
540
D
Motor overload
Defective fusing/paper exit motor
Replace the fusing/paper exit motor.
SM
4-43
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
Defective IOB
SC Table
No.
Type

Heating roller thermopile error
The temperature measured by the heating roller thermopile does not
reach 0C for 6 seconds.
541
Loose connection of the heating roller thermopile
Defective heating roller thermopile

Defective thermopile
No.
1.
Check if the heating roller thermopile is firmly connected.
2.
Replace the heating roller thermopile.
Type

Heating roller warm-up error 1
The heating roller temperature does not reach the ready
temperature for 190 seconds after the heating lamp on.
The heating roller temperature does not reach 80C for 18 seconds
after the IH inverter on.
542
A
Dirty or defective thermopile
Defective IH coil unit
B222/B224
1.
Check if the heating roller thermopile is firmly connected.
2.
Replace the thermopile.
3.
Replace the IH coil unit.
4-44
manuals4you.com
SM
SC Table
No.
Type

Heating roller overheat 1 (software error)
The detected fusing temperature stays at 215C for 1 second.
Defective PSU
Defective IOB
543
Defective BCU
No.
1.
Replace the PSU.
2.
Replace the IOB.
3.
Replace the BCU.
Type

Heating roller overheat 1 (hardware error)
During stand-by mode or a print job, the detected heating roller
temperature reaches 220 C.
Defective PSU
Defective IOB
544
Defective BCU
Defective fusing control system
Related SC code: SC 543
SM
1.
Replace the PSU.
2.
Replace the IOB.
3.
Replace the BCU.
4-45
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
SC Table
No.
Type

Zero cross error
The zero cross signal is detected three times even though the
heater relay is off when turning on the main power.
The zero cross signal is not detected for 3 seconds even though
the heater relay is on after turning on the main power or closing the
front door.
The detection error occurs twice or more in the 11 zero cross signal
detections. This error is defined when the detected zero cross
547
signal is less than 39.

Defective fusing relay
Defective fusing relay circuit
Shorted +24V fuse on the PSU
Unstable power supply
B222/B224
1.
Check the power supply source.
2.
3.
Replace the PSU
4-46
manuals4you.com
SM
SC Table
No.
Type

Fusing unit rotation error
The fusing belt sensor does not detect change in the actuator for 0.5
seconds after the fusing/paper exit motor has turned on.
Deformed actuator for the fusing belt sensor
Defective fusing belt sensor
548
Broken connection between IH inverter and IOB
No.
1.
Check if the fusing unit is correctly set.
2.
Check or replace the actuator for fusing belt sensor.
3.
Replace the fusing belt sensor.
4.
Replace the IH inverter.
5.
Check the connection between IH inverter and IOB.
Type
Troubleshooting
Incorrectly set fusing unit

Ferrite core rotation error
The ferrite roller HP sensor does not detect the ferrite roller home
position for 4 seconds after the fusing/paper exit motor has turned on.
Deformed actuator for the ferrite roller HP sensor
Defective ferrite roller HP sensor
Defective ferrite roller motor
549
Shorted +24V fuse on the PSU

Defective IOB
SM
1.
Replace the heating roller.
2.
Replace the ferrite roller HP sensor.
3.
Replace the ferrite roller motor.
4.
5.
Replace the IOB.
4-47
B222/B224
SC Table
No.
Type

Heating roller thermistor error
The temperature measured by the pressure roller thermistor does not
reach 0 C for 7 seconds.
551
Loose connection of pressure roller thermistor
Defective pressure roller thermistor

No.
1.
Check that the pressure roller thermistor is firmly connected.
2.
Replace the pressure roller thermistor.
Type

Heating roller warm-up error 2
The heating roller temperature does not reach the ready
temperature for 90 seconds after the heating lamp on.
The heating roller temperature does not reach 80C for 13 seconds
after the IH inverter on.
552
A
Defective thermistor
Defective IH inverter
B222/B224
1.
Check if the heating roller thermistor is firmly connected.
2.
4-48
manuals4you.com
SM
SC Table
No.
Type

Heating roller overheat (software error)
The detected heating roller temperature stays at 230C or more for 1
second.
Defective PSU
553
Defective IOB
Defective BCU
No.
1.
Replace the PSU.
2.
Replace the IOB.
3.
Replace the BCU.
Type
Troubleshooting

Heating roller overheat (hardware error)
The heating roller thermistor detects 240C or more.
Defective PSU
Defective IOB
554
Defective BCU
SM
1.
Replace the PSU.
2.
Replace the IOB.
3.
Replace the BCU.
4-49
B222/B224
SC Table
No.
Type

Zero cross frequency error
When the zero cross signal is 66 or more and it is detected 10 times or
more in 11 detections, the machine determines that input 60 Hz and
557
SC557 occurs.
Noise (High frequency)
1.
No.
Type
Check the power supply source.

Consecutive fusing jam
The paper jam counter for the fusing unit reaches 3 times. The paper
jam counter is cleared if the paper is fed correctly.
559
This SC is activated only when SP1159-001 is set to "1" (default "0").

Paper jam in the fusing unit.
Remove the paper that is jammed in the fusing unit. Then make sure
that the fusing unit is clean and has no obstacles in the paper feed path.
No.
Type

Pressure roller thermistor error
The temperature measured by the thermistor does not reach 0 C for
37 seconds.
561
Loose connection of the thermopile

B222/B224
1.
Check if the thermistor is firmly connected.
2.
Replace the thermistor.
4-50
manuals4you.com
SM
SC Table
No.
Type

Pressure roller temperature error
The temperature of the pressure roller does not reach the ready
temperature for 120 seconds after the fusing lamp has turned on.
562
Defective thermistor
Defective fusing lamp
Replace the thermistor for the pressure roller.
2.
Replace the fusing lamp.
Type

Pressure roller overheat 3 (software error)
The detected pressure roller temperature stays at 215C or more for 1
second.
Defective PSU
563
Defective IOB
Defective BCU
SM
1.
Replace the PSU.
2.
Replace the IOB.
3.
Replace the BCU.
4-51
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
No.
1.
SC Table
No.
Type

Pressure roller overheat 3 (hardware error)
The thermistor detects 220C or more.
Defective PSU
Defective IOB
564
Defective BCU
No.
1.
Replace the PSU.
2.
Replace the IOB.
3.
Replace the BCU.
Type

Pressure roller fusing lamp consecutive full power 3
When the fusing unit is not running in the ready condition, the pressure
roller fusing lamp keeps ON full power for 180 seconds or more.
565
A
Broken pressure roller fusing lamp
B222/B224
1.
Replace the pressure roller lamp.
2.
Replace the PSU.
4-52
manuals4you.com
SM
SC Table
No.
Type

IH inverter zero cross frequency error
The zero cross signal is not detected for 1 second or more after the IH
inverter has turned on.
Disconnected CN983 on the IH inverter
580
No.
1.
Check CN983 on the IH inverter.
2.
3.
Type

IH inverter input voltage error
The IH inverter detects 70V or less/140V or more for 10 seconds.
Unusual input voltage
581
Disconnected CN981 on the IH inverter

SM
1.
Check CN981 on the IH inverter.
2.
4-53
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
SC Table
No.
Type

IH inverter current error at power on
The output current from the IH inverter does not reach the proper value
when the IH inverter turns on.
Disconnected power input terminal 1 and 2
582

Defective fusing unit
No.
1.
Check the power input terminals 1 and 2.
2.
3.
4.
Replace the fusing unit.
Type

IH inverter communication error
The IH inverter does not get the communication signal from the IOB.
583
Defective IOB
Defective BCU
B222/B224
1.
Check the connection between IH inverter and IOB
2.
3.
Replace the IOB.
4.
Replace the BCU.
4-54
manuals4you.com
SM
SC Table
No.
Type

Fusing unit rotation error
The fusing belt sensor does not detect a change in the fusing unit
actuator for 0.5 seconds.
Deformed actuator for the fusing belt sensor
Defective fusing belt sensor
584
No.
Type
1.
Check if the fusing unit is correctly set.
1.
Check or replace the actuator for fusing belt sensor.
2.
Replace the fusing belt sensor.
3.
4.
Troubleshooting
Incorrectly set fusing unit

IH coil unit full power (1250W) error
The IH coil unit full power (1250W) continues for 220 seconds or more.
Defective BCU
Defective IOB
585
SM
1.
2.
Replace the BCU.
3.
Replace the IOB.
4.
5.
Replace the thermopile.
4-55
B222/B224
SC Table
No.
Type

IH coil unit rare short error
The IH inverter detects an unusual current (high current) in the IH coil
unit.
586

No.
1.
2.
Type

IH inverter high temperature error
The IH inverter detects a high temperature near Q5 (power control
circuit on the IH inverter).
Defective IH inverter fan
587
Clogged IH inverter fan intake at the right rear cover

Incorrect input paper type to the machine
B222/B224
1.
Check or clean the IH inverter fan intake.
2.
Set the correct paper type on the operation panel.
3.
4.
Replace the IH inverter fan.
4-56
manuals4you.com
SM
SC Table
No.
Type
610
Mechanical counter error: Bk
611
Mechanical counter error: FC

This SC is only for NA models.
The machine detects the mechanical counter error when SP5987-001
is set to "1".
Disconnected mechanical counter

Defective mechanical counter
No.
Type
Check or replace the mechanical counter.

ARDF communication error
After the ARDF is detected, the break signal occurs or communication
timeout occurs.
Incorrect installation of ARDF
ARDF defective
620
IPU board defective

External noise
SM
1.
Check the cable connection of the ARDF.
2.
Shut out the external noise.
3.
Replace the ARDF.
4.
Replace the IPU board.
4-57
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
1.
SC Table
No.
Type
621
Finisher communication error
622
Paper tray unit communication error

While the IOB communicates with an optional unit, an SC code is
displayed if one of following conditions occurs.
The IOB receives the break signal which is generated by the
peripherals only just after the main switch is turned on.
When the IOB does not receive an OK signal from a peripheral
100ms after sending a command to it. The IOB resends the
command. The IOB does not receive an OK signal after sending
the command 3 times.
Cable problems
IOB problems
BCU problems
PSU problems in the machine
Main board problems in the peripherals
No.
Type
1.
Check if the cables of peripherals are correctly connected.
2.
Replace the PSU if no power is supplied to peripherals.
3.
Replace the IOB or main board of peripherals.
4.
Replace the BCU.

CSS communication error
630
CTL
C
A communication error occurred during communication with the CSS.

Communication line error
Logging only.
B222/B224
4-58
manuals4you.com
SM
SC Table
No.
Type

MF accounting device error 1
The controller sends data to the accounting device, but the device does
not respond. This occurs three times.
632
CTL
B
Loose connection between the controller and the accounting device
1.
Type

After communication is established, the controller receives the brake
633
CTL
signal from the accounting device.
Loose connection between the controller and the accounting

device
1.
No.
Type
Check the connection.

The accounting device sends the controller the report that indicates a
backup RAM error has occurred.
634
SM
CTL
Defective controller of the MF accounting device
Battery error
1.
2.
Replace the controller board of the accounting device.
3.
Replace the battery.
4-59
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
No.
SC Table
No.
Type

The accounting device sends the controller the report that indicates the
battery voltage error has occurred.
CTL
635
Defective controller of the MF accounting device
No.
Battery error
1.
2.
Replace the controller board of the accounting device.
3.
Replace the battery.
Type
CTL
650
Communication error of the remote service modem (Cumin-M)
Authentication error
The authentication for the Cumin-M fails at a dial up connection.
Incorrect SP settings
-001
Disconnected telephone line

Disconnected modem board
1.
Check and set the correct user name (SP5816-156) and password
(SP5816-157).
Incorrect modem setting

Dial up fails due to the incorrect modem setting.
-004
Same as -001
1.
-005
Check and set the correct AT command (SP5819-160).
Communication line error
The supplied voltage is not sufficient due to the defective
B222/B224
4-60
manuals4you.com
SM
SC Table
No.
Type

communication line or defective connection.
Same as -001
1.
Consult with the user's local telephone company.
Incorrect network setting

Both the NIC and Cumin-M are activated at the same time.
-011
Same as -001
1.
Disable the NIC with SP5985-1.
The modem board does not work properly even though the setting of
the modem board is installed with a dial up connection.
-012
No.
Same as -001
Type
1.
Install the modem board.
2.
Check and reset the modem board setting with SP5816.
3.
Replace the modem board.

Incorrect dial up connection
-001: Program parameter error
-002: Program execution error
651
CTL
C
An unexpected error occurs when the modem (Cumin-M) tries to call

the center with a dial up connection.
Caused by a software bug
No action required because this SC does not interfere with operation of
the machine.
SM
4-61
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
Modem board error
SC Table
No.
Type

EEPROM error
Retry of EEPROM communication fails three times after the machine
669
has detected the EEPROM error.

Caused by noise
Turn the main power switch off and on.
No.
Type

No response from controller at power on
When the main power is turned on or the machine starts warming up
from energy-saving mode, the controller does not receive a command
signal from the controller.
670
CTL
Loose connection
Defective controller
Defective controller board
B222/B224
1.
Check the connection between the BCU and controller.
2.
Replace the controller.
3.
Replace the BCU.
4-62
manuals4you.com
SM
SC Table
No.
Type

Controller-to-operation panel communication error at startup
After the machine is powered on, the communication between the
controller and the operation panel is not established, or
communication with controller is interrupted after a normal startup.
After startup reset of the operation panel, the attention code or the
attention acknowledge code is not sent from the controller within 15
seconds.
After the controller issues a command to check the communication
line with the controller at 30-second intervals, the controller fails to
respond twice.
672
Troubleshooting
Controller stalled
CTL
Controller board installed incorrectly
Controller board defective

Operation panel connector loose or defective
The controller is not completely shutdown when you turn the main
switch off.
1.
Check the setting of SP5875-001. If the setting is set to "1 (OFF)",

change it to "0 (OFF)".
2.
Check the condition of the controller board.
3.
Check the condition of the operation panel.
4.
5.
Replace the operation panel.
6.
Turn the main switch off, wait for one second or more, and turn the
main switch on.
SM
4-63
B222/B224
SC Table
No.
Type

RFID: Communication error
Communication error occurs when the RFID starts to communicate
with the RFID receptor.
Retry of RFID communication fails three times after the machine
has detected the RFID communication error.
681
Defective RFID reader and writer

Disconnected ASAP I/F
No memory chip on the toner cartridge
Noise
B222/B224
1.
Replace the RFID controller board.
2.
Replace the toner cartridge.
4-64
manuals4you.com
SM
SC Table
No.
Type

Memory chip at TD sensor: Communication error
Retry of memory chip communication fails three times after the
machine has detected the memory chip communication error.
682
Damaged memory chip data
Disconnected inter face

No memory chip on the development unit
Noise
No.
Type
Replace the PCU.

RFID: Unit check error
The machine gets RFID communication error even the toner cartridges
683
have not been installed in the machine.

Caused by noise
1.
No.
Type

Memory address command error
The BCU does not receive a memory address command from the
controller 120 seconds after paper is in the position for registration.
Loose connection
687
Defective BCU
SM
1.
Check if the controller is firmly connected to the BCU.
2.
3.
Replace the BCU.
4-65
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
1.
SC Table
No.
Type

IH inverter communication error
When the machine turns on, recovers from the energy save mode
or front and right doors are opened and closed, a time out error for
communicating with the IOB occurs.
The IOB detects the break signal from the IH inverter after a
communication between the IOB and IH inverter has already been
689
detected.
The IOB fails to communicate with IH inverter three times after the
IOB has detected the break signal from the IH inverter.
Defective IOB
Defective IH inverter.
No.
1.
2.
If the error occurs again, replace the IOB and/or the IH inverter
Type

GAVD communication error
The I2C bus device ID is not identified during initialization.
A device-status error occurs during I2C bus communication.
The I2C bus communication is not established due to an error other
than a buffer shortage.
690
Loose connection
Defective IPU
Defective LD controller board
B222/B224
1.
2.
Check the cable connection.
3.
Replace the laser optics-housing unit.
4.
Replace the IPU board.
4-66
manuals4you.com
SM
No.
Type

Original stopper HP error
When the pick-up motor turns on clockwise, the original stopper HP
sensor does not detect the home position of the original stopper.
Defective original stopper HP sensor
700
Defective pick-up motor
Defective DF drive board

1.
manuals4you.com
SC Table
Replace the DF drive board if the pick-up motor does not work
No.
2.
Replace the pick-up motor.
3.
Replace the original stopper HP sensor.
Type

Pick-up roller HP error
When the pick-up motor turns on counterclockwise, the pick-up roller
HP sensor does not detect the home position of the pick-up roller.
Defective pick-up roller HP sensor
701
Defective pick-up motor
Defective DF drive board

1.
Replace the DF drive board if the pick-up motor does not work
correctly.
SM
2.
Replace the pick-up motor.
3.
Replace the pick-up roller HP sensor.
4-67
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
correctly.
SC Table
No.
Type

Finisher exit guide plate motor error
After moving away from the guide plate position sensor, the exit guide is
not detected at the home position within the prescribed time. The 1st
detection failure issues a jam error, and the 2nd failure issues this SC
code.
Guide plate motor disconnected, defective
725
Guide plate motor overloaded due to obstruction

Guide plate position sensor disconnected, defective
1.
Check the connections and cables for the components mentioned

above.
No.
2.
Check for blockages in the guide plate motor mechanism.
3.
Replace the guide plate position sensor and/or guide plate motor
4.
Replace the finisher main board.
Type

Finisher Tray 1 shift motor error
The shift roller HP sensor of the upper tray does not activate within the
prescribed time after the shift tray starts to move toward or away from
the home position. The 1st detection failure issues a jam error, and the
2nd failure issues this SC code.
Shift tray HP sensor of the upper tray disconnected, defective
730
Shift tray motor of the upper tray is disconnected, defective

Shift tray motor of the upper tray overloaded due to obstruction
1.

above.
B222/B224
2.
Check for blockages in shift motor mechanism.
3.
Replace the shift tray HP sensor and/or shift motor
4.
4-68
manuals4you.com
SM
SC Table
No.
Type

Finisher corner stapler motor error
The 1st detection failure issues a jam error, and the 2nd failure issues
this SC code.
For the 2000/3000-sheet (booklet) finisher
Staple movement is not finished after a certain time.
For the 1000-sheet finisher
The stapler motor does not switch off within the prescribed
time after operating.
The HP sensor of the staple unit does not detect the home
740
position after the staple unit moves to its home position.
Troubleshooting
The HP sensor of the staple unit detects the home position

after the staple unit moves from its home position.
Staple jam
Motor overload
Defective stapler motor
1.

above.
SM
2.
Replace the HP sensor and/or stapler motor
3.
4-69
B222/B224
SC Table
No.
Type

Finisher corner stapler rotation motor error
The stapler does not return to its home position within the specified time
after stapling.
this SC code.
741
B
Defective stapler rotation motor
Overload to the stapler rotation motor
Defective stapler rotation HP sensor
No.
Type
1.
Replace the stapler rotation motor.
2.
Replace the stapler rotation HP sensor.

Finisher stapler movement motor error
this SC code.
Staple movement is not finished for a certain time.
For the 1000-sheet finisher
742
The stapler HP sensor is not activated within the specified time

after the stapler motor turned on. (first detection: jam error,
consecutive twice detection SC code).
Motor overload
Loose connection of the stapler home position sensor
Loose connection of the stapler movement motor
Defective stapler home position sensor
Defective stapler movement motor
B222/B224
4-70
manuals4you.com
SM
SC Table
No.
Type
1.
Check the connection of the stapler movement motor.
2.
Check the connection of the stapler home position sensor.
3.
Replace the stapler home position sensor.
4.
Replace the stapler movement motor.

Booklet stapler motor error 1
this SC code.
The front stapler unit saddle-stitch motor does not start operation within
the specified time.
Troubleshooting
743
Motor overload
Loose connection of the front stapler motor
Defective front stapler motor
Replace the front stapler motor.
No.
Type

Booklet staple motor error 2
this SC code.
The rear stapler unit saddle-stitch motor does not start operation within
744
the specified time.

Motor overload
Loose connection of the rear stapler motor
Defective rear stapler motor
Replace the front stapler motor.
SM
4-71
B222/B224
SC Table
No.
Type

1000-sheet booklet finisher: Stack feed motor error
746
B
This SC is not used in this machine.
No.
Type

1000/2000/3000-sheet (booklet) finisher: Tray lift motor error
this SC code.
750
The upper tray paper height sensor does not change its status with the
specified time after the tray raises or lowers.
No.
1.
Check the connections to the shift tray motor.
2.
Defective shift tray motor.
Type

Finisher punch motor error
The punch HP sensor is not activated within the specified time after the
punch motor turned on. The 1st detection failure issues a jam error, and
the 2nd failure issues this SC code.
Punch HP sensor disconnected, defective
760
Punch motor disconnected or defective
Punch motor overload due to obstruction

1.
Check the connections and cables for the punch motor and HP
sensor.
B222/B224
2.
Check for blockages in the punch motor mechanism.
3.
Replace the punch HP sensor and/or punch motor
4.
4-72
manuals4you.com
SM
SC Table
No.
Type

Finisher folder plate motor error
The folder plate moves but is not detected at the home position within
the specified time. The 1st detection failure issues a jam error, and the
Folder plate HP sensor disconnected, defective
761
Folder plate motor disconnected, defective
Folder plate motor overloaded due to obstruction.

1.
Check the connections and cables for the folder plate motor and
No.
2.
Check for blockages in the folder plate motor mechanism.
3.
Replace the folder plate HP sensor and/or folder plate motor
4.
Type

Punch movement motor error
The punch unit moves but is not detected at the home position within
the specified time. The 1st detection failure issues a jam error, and the
763
B
Motor harness disconnected, loose, defective
Defective motor
SM
1.
Check the connections to the punch movement motor.
2.
Defective punch movement motor
4-73
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
HP sensor.
SC Table
No.
Type

Paper position sensor slide motor error
The paper position sensor moves but is not detected at the home
position within the specified time. The 1st detection failure issues a jam
error, and the 2nd failure issues this SC code.
764
B
Motor harness disconnected, loose, defective
Defective motor
No.
1.
Check the connections to the paper position sensor slide motor.
2.
Defective paper position sensor slide motor.
Type

Bridge unit error
The machine recognizes the finisher, but does not recognize the bridge
unit.
791
Defective connector
Broken harness
B222/B224
1.
Check the connections between the bridge unit and the machine.
2.
Install a new bridge unit.
4-74
manuals4you.com
SM
SC Table
No.
Type

Finisher error
The machine does not recognize the finisher, but recognizes the bridge
unit.
792
Defective connector
Defective harness
No.
1.
Check the connections between the finisher and the machine.
2.
Install a new finisher.
Type

Watch-dog error
While the system program is running, other processes do not operate at
all.
818
CTL
Software error
1.
See Note 1 at the end of the SC table
No.
819
[696E]
Type
CTL
D
Fatal error
Process error
System completely down
Defective RAM DIMM
SM
4-75
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
Incorrect installation
SC Table
No.
Type

Defective ROM DIMM
Software error
1.
Check and/or replace the RAM DIMM.
2.
Check and/or replace the ROM DIMM.
3.
See Note 1 at the end of the SC table

Memory error
Unexpected system memory size
Defective RAM DIMM
Defective ROM DIMM
[766D]
Software error
1.
Check and/or replace the RAM DIMM.
2.
Check and/or replace the ROM DIMM.
3.
Kernel stop error

The cache error trap occurs in the CPU.
[4361]
CPU cache error
1.
Kernel stop error

An error in the operation system (An error message is output.)
B222/B224
4-76
manuals4you.com
SM
SC Table
Defective CPU
Defective memory
Defective flash memory
Incorrect software
No.
820
1.
Replace the memory.
2.
Type
CTL
Self-diagnostics error: CPU
[XXXX]: Detailed error code
During the self-diagnostic, the controller CPU detects an error. There

are 47 types of error code (0001 to 4005) depending on the cause of
the error. The CPU detects an error and displays the specific error code
with the program address where the error occurs.
System firmware problem
[0001] to
[06FF]
1.
[0801] to [4005] 2.
3.

Reinstall the controller system firmware.
When the problem cannot be fixed with the above procedure, the
following information displayed on the screen needs to be fed back to a
technical support center.
SC code
Detailed error code
Program address
[0702]
[0709]
CPU/Memory Error
[070A]
SM
4-77
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
CPU error
SC Table

Defective RAM-DIMM
No.
1.
Reinstall the controller system software.
2.
Replace the RAM-DIMM.
3.
Type
821
CTL
Self-diagnostics error: ASIC

ASIC error
The write-&-verify check error has occurred in the ASIC.
[0B00]
Defective ASIC device
1.
ASIC detection error

The I/O ASIC for system control is not detected.
[0B06]
Defective ASIC
Defective North Bridge and PCI I/F
1.
SHM register error

The initialization of bus connection or read for SHM fails.
The register of SHM is different from specified value.
[0B10]
Defective connection bus
Defective SHM
1.
B222/B224
Replace the controller board
4-78
manuals4you.com
SM
SC Table
Self-diagnosis error: ASIC

The CPU checks if the ASIC timer works correctly compared with the
CPU timer. If the ASIC timer does not function in the specified range,
this SC code is displayed.
Defective RAM-DIMM
[0D05]
No.
1.
2.
Replace the RAM-DIMM.
3.
Type
CTL
822

Self-diagnostic error: HDD (Hard Disk Drive)
[3003]
Timeout error
[3004]
Command error
Troubleshooting
When the main switch is turned on or starting the self-diagnostic, the

HDD stays busy for the specified time or more.
Loose connection
Defective HDD
SM
1.
Check that the HDD is correctly connected to the controller.
2.
Replace the HDD.
3.
4-79
B222/B224
SC Table
No.
Type
CTL
823

Self-diagnostic error: NIB
MAC address check sum error
[6101]
The result of the MAC address check sum does not match the check
sum stored in ROM.
PHY IC error
[6104]
The PHY IC on the controller cannot be correctly recognized.

PHY IC loop-back error
[6105]
An error occurred during the loop-back test for the PHY IC on the
controller.
1.
No.
Type

[1401]
Self-diagnosis error: Standard NVRAM
The controller cannot recognize the standard NVRAM installed or
detects that the NVRAM is defective.
824
CTL
Loose connection
Defective standard NVRAM

B222/B224
1.
Check the standard NVRAM is firmly inserted into the socket.
2.
Replace the NVRAM.
3.
Replace the controller
4-80
manuals4you.com
SM
SC Table
No.
Type

[15FF]
Self-diagnostic Error: RTC/optional NVRAM
The RTC device is not detected.
826
CTL
RTC defective
NVRAM without RTC installed

Backup battery discharged
1.
827
Type
CTL
D

Self-diagnostic error: Standard SDRAM DIMM
Troubleshooting
No.
Replace the NVRAM with another NVRAM with an RTC device.

Verification error
Error detected during a write/verify check for the standard RAM
(SDRAM DIMM).
Loose connection
[0201]
Defective SDRAM DIMM

1.
2.
Replace the SDRAM DIMM.
3.
Resident memory error

The SPD values in all RAM DIMM are incorrect or unreadable.
Defective RAM DIMM
[0202]
Defective SPD ROM on RAM DIMM

Defective 12C bus
1.
SM
Replace the RAM DIMM.
4-81
B222/B224
SC Table
No.
Type
828
CTL
Self-diagnostic error: ROM

Check sum error 1
The boot monitor and OS program stored in the ROM DIMM is
[0101]
checked. If the check sum of the program is incorrect, this SC code

is displayed.
Check sum error 2
All areas of the ROM DIMM are checked. If the check sum of all
[0104]
programs stored in the ROM DIMM is incorrect, this SC code is

displayed.
Defective ROM DIMM
No.
Type
CTL
829
1.
Turn the main switch on and off.
2.
Replace the ROM DIMM
3.

Self-diagnosis error: optional RAM
Verification error (Slot 1)
[0401]
The data stored in the optional RAM in Slot 1 does not match the data
when reading.
Composition error (Slot 1)
[0402]
The result of checking the composition data of the optional RAM in Slot
1 on the controller is incorrect.
B222/B224
Not specified RAM DIMM installed

Defective RAM DIMM
4-82
manuals4you.com
SM
SC Table
No.
Type
No.

1.
2.
Replace the RAM DIMM.
3.
Type

IEEE1394 interface error
The 1394 interface is unusable.
Defective IEEE1394
No.
Defective controller.
B
1.
2.
Replace the IEEE1394 interface board.
3.
Type
Troubleshooting
851
CTL

Wireless LAN card not detected
The wireless LAN card is not detected before communication is
853
CTL
established, though the wireless LAN board is detected.
B
Loose connection
1.
SM
4-83
B222/B224
SC Table
No.
Type

Wireless LAN/Bluetooth card not detected
The wireless LAN/Bluetooth card is not detected after communication is
CTL
854
established, but the wireless LAN board is detected.
B
Loose connection
1.
No.
Type

Wireless LAN/Bluetooth card error
An error is detected in the wireless LAN/Bluetooth card.
855
CTL
856
No.
Loose connection
Defective wireless LAN/Bluetooth card
1.
2.
Replace the wireless LAN/Bluetooth card.
Type

USB interface error
The USB interface cannot be used due to a driver error.
857
B222/B224
CTL
Defective USB driver
Loose connection
1.
2.
Replace the USB board.
4-84
manuals4you.com
SM
SC Table
No.
Type

HDD: Initialization error
The controller detects that the hard disk fails.
860
No.
CTL
HDD not initialized
Defective HDD
1.
Reformat the HDD.
2.
Replace the HDD.
Type
The HDD does not become ready within 30 seconds after the power is
supplied to the HDD.
Loose connection
861
Defective cables
CTL
Defective HDD
SM
1.
Check the connection between the HDD and controller.
2.
Check and replace the cables.
3.
Replace the HDD.
4.
4-85
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
HDD: Reboot error
SC Table
No.
Type

HDD: Read error
The data stored in the HDD cannot be read correctly.
CTL
863
No.
Defective HDD
1.
Replace the HDD.
2.
Type

HDD: CRC error
While reading data from the HDD or storing data in the HDD, data
CTL
864
transmission fails.
D
Defective HDD
1.
No.
Type
Replace the HDD.

HDD: Access error
865
CTL
D
An error is detected while operating the HDD.

Defective HDD
Replace the HDD.
B222/B224
4-86
manuals4you.com
SM
SC Table
No.
Type

SD card authentication error
A correct license is not found in the SD card.
866
CTL
B
SD-card data is corrupted.
1.
No.
Type
Store correct data in the SD card.

SD card error
No.
CTL
The SD card is ejected from the slot.
Troubleshooting
867
D
1.
Install the SD card.
2.
Type

SD card access error
-13 to -3: File system error
Other number: Device error
868
SM
CTL
An error report is sent from the SD card reader.

An error is detected in the SD card.
D
1.
For a file system error, format the SD card on your PC.
2.
For a device error, turn the mains switch off and on.
3.
Replace the SD card.
4.
4-87
B222/B224
SC Table
No.
Type

Address book error
An error is detected in the data copied to the address book over a
network.
Defective software program
CTL
870
Defective HDD
Incorrect path to the server
No.
1.
Initialize the address book data (SP5-846-050).
2.
Initialize the user information (SP5-832-006).
3.
Replace the HDD.
Type

HDD mail data error
An error is detected in the HDD at machine initialization.
No.
Defective HDD
CTL
872
Power failure during an access to the HDD
B
1.
2.
Initialize the HDD partition (SP5-832-007).
3.
Replace the HDD.
Type

HDD mail transfer error
An error is detected in the HDD at machine initialization.
873
B222/B224
CTL
Defective HDD
Power failure during an access to the HDD

1.
Initialize the HDD partition (SP5-832-008).
2.
Replace the HDD.
4-88
manuals4you.com
SM
SC Table
No.
Type

Delete All error 1: HDD
An error is detected while all of the HDD or NVRAM are formatted
physically by the Data Overwrite Security Unit (B735).
874
CTL
Data Overwrite Security Unit (SD card) not installed
Defective HDD
Install the Data Overwrite Security Unit (B735).
2.
Replace the HDD.
Type

Delete All error 2: Data area
An error is detected while all of the HDD or NVRAM are formatted
875
CTL
logically by the Data Overwrite Security Unit (B735).
D
The logical format for the HDD fails.
1.
No.
Type
Turn the main switch off/on and try the operation again

Log Data Error
876
CTL
D
An error was detected in the handling of the log data at power on or

during machine operation. This can be caused by switching the
machine off while it is operating.
Log Data Error 1
-001
Damaged log data file in the HDD

1.
-002
Initialize the HDD with SP5832-004.
Log Data Error 2

An encryption module not installed
SM
4-89
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
No.
1.
SC Table
No.
Type

1.
Disable the log encryption setting with SP9730-004 ("0" is off.)
1.
Install the DESS module.
Log Data Error 3

Invalid log encryption key due to defective NVRAM data
-003
1.
2.
Disable the log encryption setting with SP9730-004 ("0" is off.)
Log Data Error 4

-004
Unusual log encryption function due to defective NVRAM data

1.
Log Data Error 5

Installed NVRAM or HDD which is used in another machine
-005
1.
Reinstall the previous NVRAM or HDD.
2.
Log Data Error 99

-099
Other than the above causes

1.
B222/B224
Ask your supervisor.
4-90
manuals4you.com
SM
SC Table
No.
Type

HDD Data Overwrite Security SD card error
The 'all delete' function cannot be executed but the Data Overwrite
Security Unit (B735) is installed and activated.
877
CTL
Defective SD card (B735)
SD card (B735) not installed

Replace the NVRAM and then install the new SD card (B735).
2.
Check and reinstall the SD card (B735).
Type

Troubleshooting
No.
1.
File format converter error
880
CTL
The file format converter does not respond.
Defective file format converter

1.
No.
Type
Replace the file format converter.

Electric counter error
Abnormal data in the counters.
900
SM
CTL
Defective NVRAM
1.
Check the connection between the NVRAM and controller.
2.
Replace the NVRAM.
3.
4-91
B222/B224
SC Table
No.
Type
910
External Controller Error 1
911

CTL
912
913
914
No.
The external controller alerted the machine about an error.

Please refer to the instructions for the external controller
(application).
Type

While EAC (External Application Converter), the conversion module,
was operating normally, the receipt of a power line interrupt signal from
919
CTL
D
the FLUTE serial driver was detected, or BREAK signal from the other
station was detected.
Power outage at the EFI controller
EFI controller was rebooted
Connection to EFI controller loose
B222/B224
4-92
manuals4you.com
SM
SC Table
No.
Type

Printer application error
An error is detected in the printer application program.
920
Defective software
CTL
Unexpected hardware resource (e.g., memory shortage)
D
1.
Software defective; switch off/on, or change the controller firmware

if the problem is not solved
2.
Type

Troubleshooting
No.
Insufficient memory
Printer font error

A necessary font is not found in the SD card.
921
CTL
A necessary font is not found in the SD card.
The SD card data is corrupted.

1.
No.
Type
Check that the SD card has the correct data.

Netfile function error
The management area or management file on the HDD is corrupted.
Defective HDD
Data inconsistency (e.g., caused by power failure)
925
CTL
D
When SC 860-865 keep occurring:

1.
Follow the troubleshooting procedures.
In other cases:
SM
1.
Initialize the netfile partition.
2.
Initialize the hard disk.
3.
Replace the HDD.
4-93
B222/B224
SC Table
No.
Type

Software performance error
The software makes an unexpected operation.
Defective software
CTL
990
Software error
D
1.
2.
Reinstall the controller and/or engine main firmware.
See Note 1 at the end of the SC table.
No.
Type

Software continuity error
The software has attempted to perform an unexpected operation.
However, unlike SC 990, the object of the error is continuity of the
software.
CTL
991
Software program error

Internal parameter incorrect, insufficient working memory.
1.
No.
Type
This SC is not displayed on the LCD (logging only).

Undefined error
992
CTL
D
Defective software program

An error undetectable by any other SC code occurred
B222/B224
4-94
manuals4you.com
SM
SC Table
No.
Type

Operation panel management records exceeded
An error occurred because the number of records exceeded the limit for
994
CTL
C
images managed in the service layer of the firmware. This can occur if
there if there are too many application screens open on the operation
panel.
No action required because this SC does not interfere with
operation of the machine.
Type

Controller Board Mismatch
The information on the controller board does not match that of the
995
CTL
machine
D
Wrong controller board installed
Reinstall the correct controller board for this machine.
No.
Type

Application function selection error
The application selected by the operation panel key does not start
or ends abnormally.
Software (including the software configuration) defective
997
CTL
An option required by the application (RAM, DIMM, board) is not
installed
Nesting of the fax group addresses is too complicated
1.
Check the devices necessary for the application program. If

necessary devices have not been installed, install them.
2.
SM
Check that application programs are correctly configured.
4-95
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
No.
SC Table
No.
Type

3.
For a fax operation problem, simplify the nesting of the fax group
addresses.
4.
Take necessary countermeasures specific to the application

program. If the logs can be displayed on the operation panel, see
the logs.
No.
Type

Application start error
No applications start within 60 seconds after the power is turned on.
Loose connection of RAM-DIMM, ROM-DIMM
998
CTL
Software problem
D
1.
Check the setting of SP5875-001. If the setting is set to "1 (OFF)",

change it to "0 (OFF)".
2.
Check if the RAM-DIMM and ROM-DIMM are correctly connected.
3.
4.
Note 1
If a problem always occurs in a specific condition (for example. printer driver setting, image
file), the problem may be caused by a software error. In this case, the following data and
information needs to be sent back to your product specialist. Please understand that it may
take some time to get a reply on how to solve the problem, because in some cases the
design staff in Japan must analyze the data.
Symptom / Possible Causes / Action taken
Summary sheet (SP mode Printer SP, SP1-004 [Print Summary])
SMC - All (SP5-990-001)
SMC - Logging (SP5-990-004)
Printer driver settings used when the problem occurs
All data displayed on the screen (SC code, error code, and program address where the
problem is logged.)
Image file which causes the problem, if possible
B222/B224
4-96
manuals4you.com
SM
Troubleshooting Guide
4.5 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

4.5.1 IMAGE QUALITY
The following work-flow shows the basic troubleshooting steps for the image quality
Troubleshooting
problems on this product.
SM
4-97
B222/B224
B222/B224
4-98
manuals4you.com
SM
4.5.2 LINE POSITION ADJUSTMENT

When there are color registration errors on the output, do the line position adjustment as
follows.
Use A3/DLT size paper for this adjustment.

Test
1.
Do SP2-111-003 (Mode c: rough adjustment).
2.
Use SP2-194-007 to check if the result of the line position adjustment is correct
(0: Completed successfully, 1: Not completed). If the result is "1", refer to
Countermeasure list for color registration errors.
3.
Do SP2-111-001 (Mode a: fine adjustment twice).
4.
Use SP2-194-007 to check if the result of the line position adjustment is correct
(0: Completed successfully, 1: Not completed). If the result is "1", refer to
5.
Troubleshooting
Countermeasure list for color registration errors.

Put some A3/DLT paper on the by-pass tray.
When you print a test pattern, use the by-pass tray to feed the paper.
6.
Print out test pattern "7" with SP2-109-003.
7.
Check the printed output with a loupe.
8.
If there are no color registration errors on the output, the line position
adjustment is correctly done. If not, refer to the countermeasure list for color
registration errors.
Countermeasure list for color registration errors
SM
4-99
B222/B224
After Executing SP2-111-003

Result (SP2-194)
-007
-010, -011,
Test pattern check
Possible cause/Countermeasure
-012
shutter
Defective image processing unit
White image,
Low density of test pattern
Abnormal image,
Low density
Result:
Result:
"1"
Defective BCU
1.
2.
Replace the high voltage power
"2" or "3"
supply unit.
(Line pattern
3.
detection
Do the forced process control

(SP3-011-001) or supply some toner
failure)
(SP3-015-xxx).
4.
Replace the BCU.

Defective ID sensor
Normal image, but

with color
Defective BCU
1.
registration errors
B222/B224
Replace the ID sensor shutter

solenoid.
2.
3.
Replace the BCU.
4-100
manuals4you.com
SM
Defective laser
optics housing
unit
The main scan registrations of M, C, Y are

shifted by more than 15 mm from the
main scan registration of Bk.
Defective BCU
1.
Replace the laser

optics housing
unit.
2.
One of results
(-010, -011, -012):
Replace the BCU.

Defective image
"5"
transfer belt
(Out of adjustable
Defective drive
range)
The sub scan registrations of M, C, Y are
shifted by more than 20 mm from the sub
Defective BCU
1.
scan registration of Bk.
Replace the
image transfer
belt.
2.
Replace the drum

motor.
3.
SM
4-101
Replace the BCU.
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
units
Defective ID sensor at
center
Deformed center area
on the image transfer
The main scan registration is shifted by more
belt
than 0.66 mm, but only at the central area of

the image on the output.
Defective BCU
1.
2.
Replace the image

transfer belt.
3.
Replace the BCU.

Defective PCU
Defective laser optics
housing unit
The skew for M, C, Y is more than 0.75 mm

from the main scan registration of Bk
Defective BCU
1.
Reinstall or replace the

PCU.
2.
Replace the laser

optics housing unit.
3.
Replace the BCU.

Skew correction upper
limit error
Defective BCU
Defective laser optics
Others
housing unit
1.
Replace the BCU.
2.
Replace the laser

optics housing unit.
Result:
"0"
B222/B224
- -
Do SP2-111-001 or -002.
4-102
manuals4you.com
SM
After Executing SP2-111-001
Result (SP2-194)
-007
-010, -011,
Test pattern check
Possible cause/Countermeasure
-012
shutter
Defective image processing unit
Low density of test pattern
Defective BCU
White image,
Abnormal image,
Low density
1.
2.
Replace the high voltage power
3.
"2" or "3"
Result:
(Line pattern
(SP3-011-001) or supply some
detection
toner (SP3-015-xxx).
4.
failure)
Replace the BCU.
"1"
Defective ID sensor
Normal image, but
Defective BCU
with color registration 1.
Replace the ID sensor shutter
errors
solenoid.
2.
3.
Replace the BCU.
Result: "5"
Low pattern density
(Out of
Low image density
adjustable
on the output
1.

range)
manuals4you
SM
.com
4-103
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
supply unit.
Result:
No defective component
The main scan
registrations of M, C,
Defective BCU
Y are shifted by more 1.
Do SP2-111-003 again.
than 1.4 mm from

the main scan
2.
registration of Bk.
Replace the laser optics housing

unit.
3.
Replace the BCU.

No defective component
The sub scan
Defective image transfer belt
Defective drive units
Y are shifted by more
Defective BCU
than 1.4 mm from
1.
Do SP2-111-003 again.
the sub scan
2.
Replace the image transfer belt.
registration of Bk.
3.
Replace the drum motor.
4.
Replace the BCU.

Defective ID sensor at center
The main scan
Deformed center area on the
registration is shifted
image transfer belt
by more than 0.66

mm, but only at the
central area of the
image on the output.
B222/B224
Defective BCU
1.
2.
3.
Replace the BCU.
4-104
manuals4you.com
SM
Defective PCU
The skew for M, C, Y
is more than 0.75

mm from the main
scan registration of
Bk. at the end of
the scan line?
Defective BCU
1.
Reinstall or replace the PCU.
2.

unit.
3.
Replace the BCU.

Skew correction upper limit error
Defective BCU
1.
Replace the BCU.
2.

unit.
Abnormal SP setting value of
The main scan

registration of Bk is
No color
shifted.
main scan: Bk
1.
Adjust the value with

SP2-101-001.
registration
errors
Result:
Abnormal SP setting value of
The main scan
main scan length detection: Bk
length of Bk is
"0"
1.
shifted.
Color
registration
errors
SM

SP2-185-001.
Low pattern density
Low image density

on the output
1.

4-105
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
Others
Defective ID sensor at center

The main scan
Deformed center area on the
registration is shifted,
image transfer belt
but only at the
Defective BCU
central area of the
1.
image on the output.
2.
3.
Replace the BCU.

Defective ID sensor
Defective BCU
Incorrect SP value
The main scan

Y are shifted.
1.

unit.
2.
3.
Replace the BCU.
4.

SP2-182-004 to -021.
B222/B224
4-106
manuals4you.com
SM
Defective image transfer belt

Defective drive units
Defective ID sensor
Defective BCU
The sub scan
Incorrect SP value
registrations of M, C, 1.
Y are shifted.
2.
3.
Replace the drum motor.
4.
Replace the BCU.
5.

SP2-182-022 to -039.

The skew of M, C, Y
is different.
Defective IOB
1.
2.

unit.
3.
Replace the IOB.

Defective PCU
Defective drive unit
The sub scan lines

are shifted. Shifted
Drum phase adjustment error

1.
adjustment); see Replacement
lines appear
and Adjustment Drive Unit
cyclically.
SM
Do SP1-902-001 (Drum phase
Gear Unit for details.
4-107
2.
3.
Check or replace the drive unit.
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
Defective PCU
Jam Detection
4.6 JAM DETECTION

4.6.1 PAPER JAM DISPLAY
SP7-504 shows the paper jam history.
CODE: indicates the jam code.

SIZE: indicates the paper Size Code.
Total: Indicates the total counter (SP7-502-001).
DATE: indicates the date when the jam occurred.
4.6.2 JAM CODES AND DISPLAY CODES
Jam Code
Display
SP
Description
LCD
Display
7504 1
At Power On
Paper is not fed at power on.
7504 3
Tray 1: ON
Paper is not fed from tray 1.
7504 4
Tray 2: ON
7504 5
Tray 3: ON
Paper is not fed from tray 3 (LCT).
7504 6
Tray 4: ON
7504 8
Bypass: ON
Paper is not fed from the by-pass tray.
7504 9
Duplex: ON
Paper is jammed at the duplex unit.
Vertical Transport 1:
Vertical transport sensor 1 does not
ON
detect paper from tray 1.
Vertical Transport 2:
Vertical transport sensor 2 does not
ON
detect paper from tray 2.
7504 11
7504 12
B222/B224
4-108
manuals4you.com
SM
Jam Detection
Jam Code
Display
SP
Description
LCD
Display
Vertical transport sensor 1 or relay

7504 13
Bank Transport 1
sensor does not detect paper from tray 3 Y

(LCT).
Registration: ON
7504 18
Fusing Entrance: ON
7504 19
Fusing Exit: ON
7504 20
Paper Exit: ON
7504 21
Relay Exit: ON
7504 22
Relay Transport: ON
7504 24
7504 25
7504 26
7504 27
paper.
Fusing entrance sensor does not detect
paper.
Fusing exit sensor does not detect
paper.
Tray exit sensor (bridge unit) does not

detect paper.
Relay sensor (bridge unit) does not
detect paper.
Junction gate jam sensor does not
ON
detect paper.
Duplex Exit: ON
Duplex exit sensor does not detect

paper.
Duplex Entrance: ON
Duplex entrance sensor does not detect
(In)
paper.
Duplex Entrance: ON
(Out)
1-Bin Exit Sensor
7504 51
SEF Sensor 1
Paper exit sensor does not detect paper. C
Junction Gate Feed:
7504 28
SM
Registration sensor does not detect
Duplex entrance sensor does not detect

paper again after paper has passed this
sensor.
1-bin tray exit sensor does not detect
paper.
Vertical transport sensor 1 does not turn
off.
4-109
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
7504 17
Jam Detection
Jam Code
Display
SP
Description
LCD
Display
7504 52
SEF Sensor 2
7504 53
Bank SEF Sensor 1
7504 54
Bank SEF Sensor 2
7504 57
Regist Sensor
Registration sensor does not turn off.
7504 60
Exit Sensor
Paper exit sensor does not turn off.
7504 61
Relay Exit Sensor
7504 62
Relay Sensor
7504 64
7504 65
7504 66
7504 67
7504 68
7504 100
7504 101
off.
Vertical transport sensor or relay sensor
1 does not turn off.
off.
Tray exit sensor (bridge unit) does not

turn off.
Relay sensor (bridge unit) does not turn
off.
Junction Gate Feed:
Junction gate jam sensor does not turn
OFF
off.
Duplex Exit Sensor
Duplex exit sensor does not turn off.
Duplex Entrance: OFF Duplex entrance sensor does not turn

(In)
off.
Duplex Entrance: OFF Duplex entrance sensor does not turn

(Out)
off after paper has passed this sensor.
1-Bin Exit: ON
1-bin tray exit sensor does not turn off.
Finisher Entrance
Paper does not reach to the entrance
(B408)
sensor or stay at the entrance sensor.
Finisher Shift Tray Exit

(B408)
R1-R2
Paper does not reach to the lower tray

exit sensor or stay at the lower tray exit
R1-R2
sensor.
7504 102
Finisher Staple (B408) Paper does not reach to the staple tray
B222/B224
4-110
manuals4you.com
R3-R5
SM
Jam Detection
Display
SP
Description
LCD
Display
entrance sensor or stay at the staple

tray entrance sensor.
Lower tray exit sensor does not
detect paper after the stack feed-out
7504 103
Finisher Exit (B408)
belt has fed paper.

Lower tray exit sensor still detects
R3-R5
paper after the stack feed-out belt
manuals4you.com
Jam Code
7504 104
Finisher Drive Motor
Exit guide plate HP sensor does not turn
(B408)
on or off for specified time.

Troubleshooting
has returned to the home position.
Stack height sensor does not detect

paper after the lower tray has lifted
7504 105
Finisher Tray Lift
up.
Motor (B408)
Stack height sensor still detects
R1-R2
paper after the lower tray has lifted

down.
Jogger fence HP sensor does not
turn off after the jogger fence has
7504 106
Finisher Jogger Motor
moved from its home position.
(B408)
R3-R5
turn on after the jogger fence has

returned to its home position.
Shift roller HP sensor does not turn
off after the shift roller has moved
7504 107
Finisher Shift Motor
from its home position.
(B408)
R1-R2
on after the shift roller has returned

to its home position.
7504 108
SM
Finisher Staple Motor
Stapler HP sensor does not turn off
(B408)
after the stapler has moved from its
4-111
R3-R5
B222/B224
Jam Detection
Jam Code
Display
SP
Description
LCD
Display
home position.
Stapler HP sensor does not turn on
after the stapler has returned to its
home position.
Stack feed-out belt HP sensor does
not turn off after the stack feed-out
belt has moved from its home
7504 109
Finisher Exit Motor
position.
(B408)
Stack feed-out belt HP sensor does
R3-R5
not turn on after the stack feed-out

belt has returned to its home
position.
7504 191
7504 192
7504 193
Finisher Entrance:
EUP (B804/B805)
Finisher Proof Exit:

EUP (B804/B805)
Paper does not reach the finisher

entrance sensor or stays at the finisher
entrance sensor.
Paper does not reach the proof tray exit
sensor or stays at the proof tray exit
Finisher Shift Tray
Paper does not reach the upper tray exit
Exit: EUP
sensor or stays at the upper tray exit
(B804/B805)
sensor.
Finisher Stapler Exit:

EUP (B804/B805)
R1-R4
sensor.
Stapling tray paper sensor does not
7504 194
R1-R4
turn on after the finisher entrance

sensor has turned on.
Stapling tray paper sensor does not
turn off after it has turned on.
R1-R4
[B804]:
R5-R7
[B805]:
R5-R8
Upper tray exit sensor does not turn [B804]:

7504 195
Finisher Exit: EUP
on while the stack feed-out belt is
R1-R4/
(B804/B805)
turned on.
R8-R12
Upper tray exit sensor does not turn [B805]:
B222/B224
4-112
manuals4you.com
SM
Jam Detection
Jam Code
SP
Display
Description
off after the stack feed-out belt has
LCD
Display
R8-R12
returned to its home position.
7504 196
Finisher Staple: EUP

(B804/B805)
Not used
Not used
Finisher Saddle Stitch

7504 197
Staple: EUP
(B804/B805)
Fold bottom fence HP sensor does

not turn on after the fold roller motor
7504 198
Finisher Folder: EUP

(B804 only)
Fold unit exit sensor does not turn

on after the fold rollers have
R8-R12
stopped.
Fold unit exit sensor does not turn
off after the fold rollers have
stopped.
Upper tray limit sensor does not turn
7504 199
Finisher Tray Motor:

EUP (B804/B805)
on after the upper tray has lifted up.

Upper tray limit sensor does not turn
off after the upper tray has moved
down.

turn on/off after the jogger motor
7504 200
Finisher Jogger Motor:
has turned on.
EUP (B804/B805)
Stack feed out belt HP sensor does

not turn on/off after the feed out belt
motor has turned on.
7504 201
SM
[B804]:
R1-R4/
R5-R7
[B805]:
R1-R4/
R5-R8
[B804]:
R5-R7/
R8-R12
[B805]:
R5-R8
Finisher Shift Motor:
[B804]:
EUP (B804/B805)
on/off after the shift roller motor has
R1-R4/
4-113
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
has stopped.
Jam Detection
Jam Code
SP
Display
Description
turned on.
LCD
Display
R5-R7
Exit guide plate HP sensor does not [B805]:

turn on/off after the exit guide plate
R1-R4/
R5-R8
Stacking roller HP sensor does not

turn on/off after the stacking sponge
roller motor has turned on.
Corner stapler HP sensor does not
Finisher Staple
7504 202
Moving Motor: EUP

(B804/B805)
turn on/off after the corner stapler

movement motor has turned on.
Stapler rotation HP sensor does not
turn on/off after the corner stapler
rotation motor has turned on.
Corner stapler does not finish

7504 203
Finisher Staple Motor:
stapling after a specified time.
EUP (B804/B805)
Booklet stapler does not finish

stapling after a specified time.
[B804]:
R5-R7/
R8-R12
[B805]:
R5-R8
[B804]:
R5-R7/
R8-R12
[B805]:
R5-R8
Fold plate HP sensor does not turn

on/off after the fold plate motor has
turned on.
Clamp roller HP sensor does not
turn on/off after the clamp roller
7504 204
Finisher Folder Motor:

EUP (B804 only)
retraction motor has turned on.

Fold bottom fence HP sensor does
R8-R12
not turn on/off after the fold unit

bottom fence lift motor has turned
on.
Stack junction gate HP sensor does
not turn on/off after the stack
junction gate motor has turned on.
B222/B224
4-114
manuals4you.com
SM
Jam Detection
Jam Code
Display
SP
7504 205
Finisher Exit Motor:

EUP (B804/B805)
LCD
Description
Display
Not used
Punch encoder sensor does not

turn on/off after the punch drive
Punch movement HP sensor does
7504 206
Finisher Punch Motor:
not turn on/off after the punch
EUP (B804/B805)
movement motor has turned on.
R1-R4
Paper position slide HP sensor does

not turn on/off after the paper
turned on.
7504 230
7504 231
Finisher Exit No
The machine does not get a paper exit
Response
signal from the finisher.
Finisher
The machine does not detect the
Communication Error
finisher.
Paper Size Code
Size Code
Paper Size
Size Code
Paper Size
05
A4 LEF
141
B4 SEF
06
A5 LEF
142
B5 SEF
14
B5 LEF
160
DLT SEF
38
LT LEF
164
LG SEF
44
HLT LEF
166
LT SEF
132
A3 SEF
172
HLT SEF
SM
4-115
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
position sensor slide motor has
Jam Detection
Size Code
Paper Size
Size Code
Paper Size
133
A4 SEF
255
Others
134
A5 SEF
Sensor Locations
B222/B224
4-116
manuals4you.com
SM
Electrical Component Defects
4.7 ELECTRICAL COMPONENT DEFECTS

4.7.1 SENSORS
The CN numbers in the following table are the connector numbers on the IOB.
Sensor Name/
Sensor Board Name
Active
CN
Condition
Open
S13
Duplex Door
Y)
"Open Cover" is
displayed
CN215/B9
Shorted
ID Sensor (K, M, C,
Symptom
CN239
Open/
Shrted
"Open cover" cannot be

detected.
Troubleshooting
No.
SC285
S44
ID Sensor (Front,
Center, Rear)
S17
S35
S36
S37
S38
S1
SM
Registration Sensor
Drum Gear Position

Sensor-K
Drum Gear Position
Sensor-M
Drum Gear Position
Sensor-C
Drum Gear Position
Sensor-Y
Shutter Positioning
Sensor - Open
CN107 on
Open/
BCU
Shorted
SC400
Open
Jam A (Jam8, 17)
Shorted
Jam A, B (Jam1)
CN209/A2
CN244/10
CN244/13
CN244/16
CN244/19
CN266/4
4-117
Open/
Shorted
Open/
Shorted
Open/
Shorted
Open/
Shorted
SC380/SC396
SC380/SC397
SC380/SC398
SC380/SC399
Open
SC294/295
Shorted
SC293
B222/B224

No.
S2
S31
S32
S33
S34
S52
S24
Sensor Name/
Sensor Board Name
Shutter Positioning
Sensor - Close
Active
CN
CN236/B3
Toner End Sensor - C
CN236/B6
L
CN236/
Toner End Sensor - K
B12
Rotation Sensor
Vertical Transport
Sensor 1
H/L
Open
SC291/292
Shorted
SC290
Open
CN236/B9
Image Transfer Belt
Symptom
CN266/7
Toner End Sensor - Y
Toner End Sensor -
Condition
CN223/1
Toner end cannot be

detected.
Toner end is detected
Shorted
when there is enough

toner.
Open/
Shorted
SC443
Open
Jam A (Jam3, 11)
Shorted
Jam A, B (Jam1)
CN212/A7
Paper end is not

Open
S25
Paper End
S29
Sensor 1, 2
CN212/
detected when there is

no paper in the paper
tray.
A10, B10
Paper end is detected
Shorted
when there is paper in

the paper tray.
S26
S30
S28
Paper Lift Sensor 1, 2
Vertical Transport
Sensor 2
S19
Tray 1 Paper Height
S20
Sensor 1, 2
S21
Tray 2 Paper Height
B222/B224
CN212/
Open/
A13, B13
Shorted
SC501, SC502
Open
Jam A (Jam4, 12)
Shorted
Jam A, B (Jam1)
CN212/B7
CN209/
Open/
B2, B5
Shorted
CN209/
Open/
4-118
manuals4you.com
Remaining paper
volume on the LCD is
wrong.
Remaining paper
SM

No.
S22
Sensor Name/
Sensor Board Name
Active
Sensor 1, 2
CN
B10, B13
Condition
Shorted
Symptom
volume on the LCD is

wrong.
S27
Tray 1 Paper Feed

Sensor
Tray 2 Paper Feed
Sensor
CN212/A4
CN212/A4
Open/
Shorted
Open/
Shorted
Open
SW5
Tray 1 Set Switch
S15
Sensor
CN215/
L
Jam A, B (Jam1)
Tray 1 is not detected

when tray 1 is set.
CN209/A9
Shorted
By-pass Paper Size
Jam A, B (Jam1)
B16, B17,
B19, B20
Open/
Shorted
Tray 1 is detected when

tray 1 is not set.
Paper size error
Paper on the by-pass

Open
S11
By-pass Paper
Detection Sensor
tray is not detected

when paper is set.
CN215/
A17
Paper on the by-pass

Shorted
tray is detected when

paper is not set.
S12
S9
S10
S48
SM
Fusing Entrance
Sensor
Duplex Entrance
Sensor
Duplex Exit Sensor
TD Sensor - K
Open
Jam C (Jam 18)
Shorted
Jam C (Jam 1)
Open
Jam Z (Jam 26/27)
Shorted
Jam Z (Jam 1)
Open
Jam Z (Jam 25)
Shorted
Jam Z (Jam 1)
Open/
SC372
CN215/B6
CN215/A8
CN215/
A11
CN219/A7
4-119
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
S23

No.
Sensor Name/
Sensor Board Name
Active
CN
Condition
Symptom
Shorted
S49
TD Sensor - M
S50
TD Sensor - C
S51
TD Sensor - Y
S5
Fusing Exit Sensor
CN219/
Open/
A15
Shorted
CN219/B7
Open/
Shorted
CN219/
Open/
B15
Shorted
SC373
SC374
SC375
Open
Jam C (Jam 19)
Shorted
Jam C (Jam 1)
CN232/13
Waste toner near full

Open
indicated when it is not

near full.
S18
Waste Toner Sensor
CN209/A5
Waste toner near full

Shorted
cannot be detected
when the waste toner
bottle is nearly full.
Waste toner bottle is
Open
SW4
Waste Toner Bottle

Set Switch
not detected when the

waste toner bottle is
set.
CN209/A7
Waste toner bottle is
Shorted
detected when the

waste toner bottle is not
set.
SW6
Tray 2 Paper Size

Switch
B222/B224
CN209/
L
A11, A12,
A13, A14
Open/
Shorted
4-120
manuals4you.com
Paper size error
SM

No.
Sensor Name/
Sensor Board Name
Active
CN
Condition
Symptom
SC498
Printed image has
S16
Temperature/
Humidity Sensor
CN205/1, 3
Open/
some problems such as
Shorted
rough image, dirty

background, weak
image or poor fusing.
TH2
TH1
S4
Thermopile
Thermistor
- Heating Roller
Thermistor
- Pressure Roller
Paper Exit Sensor
CN218/3
CN217/5
CN217/3
CN231/10
Open/
Shorted
Open/
Shorted
Open/
Shorted
SC541
SC551
Troubleshooting
S47
SC561
Open
Jam C (Jam 20)
Shorted
Jam C (Jam 1)
Paper overflow
message is not
Open
displayed when the

paper overflow
S6
Paper Overflow
Sensor
condition still remains.

L
CN232/16
Paper overflow
message is displayed
Shorted
when the paper

overflow condition does
not remain.
Original Width
Sensor 1
CN313/4
SIO
S41
Original Width
Sensor 2
SM
CN313/3
Open/
Original paper size
Shorted
cannot be detected.
SIO
4-121
B222/B224

No.
Sensor Name/
Sensor Board Name
Original Length
Sensor 1
Active
CN
Condition
Symptom
CN313/8
SIO
S42
Original Length
Sensor 2
S43
S39
S40
S45
S46
S8
S7
S14
S3
Original Length
Sensor 3
Scanner HP Sensor
Platen Cover Sensor
Paper Transfer
Contact Sensor
Image Transfer Belt
Contact Sensor
Ferrite Roller HP
Sensor
Fusing Belt Sensor
Junction Gate 1 HP
Sensor
Junction Paper Jam
B222/B224
CN313/9
Open/
Original paper size
SIO
Shorted
cannot be detected.
Open
SC120
Shorted
SC121
CN318/5
Open/
Platen cover open
SIO
Shorted
cannot be detected.
CN313/13
SIO
CN318/2
SIO
CN225/11
CN225/17
CN224/7
H/L
CN225/2
C215/B12
C232/7
Open/
Shorted
Open/
Shorted
Open/
Shorted
Open/
Shorted
Open/
Shorted
Open/
Shorted
4-122
manuals4you.com
SC452
SC442
SC549
SC584
SC529
Jam C (Jam 24/64)
SM
4.7.2 BLOWN FUSE CONDITIONS

Power Supply Unit
Rating
Symptom when turning on the main switch
115V
220V - 240V
FU1
15A/125V
8A/250V
FU2
10A/125V
6.3A/250V
FU3
2A/250V
1A/250V
FU4
1A/250V
1A/250V
5V power to the SIO and heater is not supplied.
FU5
5A/250V
5A/250V
5V power to the IOB not supplied.
FU6
2A/250V
2A/125V
5VS power to the IPU not supplied.
FU7
10A/125V
10A/125V
24VS power to the IOB not supplied.
FU8
10A/125V
10A/125V
24VS power to the IOB not supplied.
FU9
6.3A/125V
6.3A/125V
24V power to the IOB not supplied.
FU10
6.3A/125V
6.3A/125V
24V power to the SIO not supplied.
FU11
6.3A/125V
6.3A/125V
24V power to the IPU and MB not supplied.
FU12
6.3A/125V
6.3A/125V
24V power to the PFU or LCT not supplied.
FU13
6.3A/125V
6.3A/125V
24V power to the finisher not supplied.
FU14
5A/250V
5A/250V
SM
No response. (5V power to the PSU is not

supplied.)
No response. (5V power to the BCU and
controller is not supplied.)
5V power to the scanner heater and tray heater is
not supplied.
5V power to the IPU not supplied.
4-123
B222/B224
Troubleshooting
Fuse
IH Inverter
Rating
Fuse
Symptom when turning on the main switch
FU1
115V
220V - 240V
15A/125V
8A/250V
15V power to the IH coil unit is not supplied.

SC689 occurs.
FU2
115C
No response
FU3
115C
No response
FU4
1A/250V
15V power to the IH coil unit is not supplied.

SC689 occurs.
For continued protection against risk of fire, replace only with same type and rating
of fuse.
B222/B224
4-124
manuals4you.com
SM
SERVICE TABLES
manuals4you.com
Service Program Mode
5. SERVICE TABLES
5.1 SERVICE PROGRAM MODE
Make sure that the data-in LED () is not on before you go into the SP mode. This
LED indicates that some data is coming to the machine. When the LED is on, wait
for the copier to process the data.
5.1.1 ENABLING AND DISABLING SERVICE PROGRAM MODE

The Service Program Mode is for use by service representatives only. If this mode
is used by anyone other than service representatives for any reason, data might
be deleted or settings might be changed. In such case, product quality cannot be
guaranteed any more.
1.
Press the "Clear Mode" key (D).
2.
Use keypad to enter "107" ( ).
3.
Hold down "Clear/Stop" (D) for 3 seconds at least.
4.
Enter the Service Mode.
Service
Tables
Entering SP Mode
Exiting SP Mode
1.
Press "Exit" on the LCD twice to return to the copy window.
5.1.2 TYPES OF SP MODES

Copy SP: SP modes related to the engine functions
Printer SP: SP modes related to the controller functions
Scanner SP: SP modes related to the scanner functions
Fax SP: SP modes related to the fax functions
Select one of the Service Program modes (Copy, Printer, Scanner, or Fax) from the touch
panel as shown in the diagram below after you access the SP mode. This section explains
the functions of the Printer/Copy/Scanner SP modes. Refer to the Fax service manual for
the Fax SP modes.
SM
5-1
B222/B224
SP Mode Button Summary

Here is a short summary of the touch-panel buttons.
Opens all SP groups and sublevels.

Closes all open groups and sublevels and restores the initial SP mode display.
Opens the copy window (copy mode) so you can make test copies. Press SP
Mode (highlighted) in the copy window to return to the SP mode screen,
Enter the SP code directly with the number keys if you know the SP number. Then
press. (The required SP Mode number will be highlighted when pressing . If
not, just press the required SP Mode number.)
Press two times to leave the SP mode and return to the copy window to resume
B222/B224
5-2
manuals4you.com
SM

normal operation.
Press any Class 1 number to open a list of Class 2 SP modes.
Press to scroll the show to the previous or next group.
Press to scroll to the previous or next display in segments the size of the screen
display (page).
Press to scroll the show the previous or next line (line by line).
Press to move the highlight on the left to the previous or next selection in the list.
Switching Between SP Mode and Copy Mode for Test Printing

1.
In the SP mode, select the test print. Then press Copy Window.
2.
Use the copy window (copier mode), to select the appropriate settings (paper size,
3.
Press Start C to start the test print.
4.
Press SP Mode (highlighted) to return to the SP mode screen and repeat from step 1.
Selecting the Program Number

Program numbers have two or three levels.
1.
Refer to the Service Tables to find the SP that you want to adjust before you begin.
2.
Press the Group number on the left side SP Mode window that contains the SP that
you want to adjust.
3.
Use the scrolling buttons in the center of the SP mode window to show the SP number
that you want to open. Then press that number to expand the list.
4.
Use the center touch-panel buttons to scroll to the number and title of the item that you
want to set and press it. The small entry box on the right activates and shows the
below default or the current settings.
SM
5-3
B222/B224
Service
Tables
etc.) for the test print.
Refer to the Service Tables for the range of allowed settings.

1.
Do this procedure to enter a setting:

Press to toggle between plus and minus and use the keypad to enter the
appropriate number. The number you enter writes over the previous setting.
Press to enter the setting. (The value is not registered if you enter a number
that is out of range.)
Press Yes when you are prompted to complete the selection.
2.
If you need to perform a test print, press Copy Window to open the copy window and
select the settings for the test print. Press Start C and then press SP Mode
(highlighted) in the copy window to return to the SP mode display.
3.
Press Exit two times to return to the copy window when you are finished.
Exiting Service Mode

Press the Exit key on the touch-panel.
Service Mode Lock/Unlock

At locations where the machine contains sensitive data, the customer engineer cannot
operate the machine until the Administrator turns the service mode lock off. This function
makes sure that work on the machine is always done with the permission of the
Administrator.
1.
If you cannot go into the SP mode, ask the Administrator to log in with the User Tool
and then set Service Mode Lock to OFF after he or she logs in:
User Tools > System Settings > Administrator Tools > Service Mode Lock > OFF
This unlocks the machine and lets you get access to all the SP codes.
The CE can service the machine and turn the machine off and on. It is not
necessary to ask the Administrator to log in again each time the machine is turned
B222/B224
5-4
manuals4you.com
SM

on.
2.
Go into the SP mode and set SP5169 to 1 if you must use the printer bit switches.
3.
After machine servicing is completed:

Change SP5169 from 1 to 0.
Turn the machine off and on. Tell the administrator that you have completed
servicing the machine.
The Administrator will then set the Service Mode Lock to ON.
5.1.3 REMARKS
Display on the Control Panel Screen
The maximum number of characters which can show on the control panel screen is limited
to 30 characters. For this reason, some of the SP modes shown on the screen need to be
abbreviated. The following are abbreviations used for the SP modes for which the full
description is over 20 characters.
Paper Weight
Thin paper: 52-59 g/m2
Plain Paper: 60-81g/m2, 16-22lb.
Service
Tables
Middle Thick: 82-105g/m2, 22-28lb.

Thick Paper 1: 106-169g/m2, 28.5-44.9lb.
Thick Paper 2: 170-219g/m2, 45-58lb.
Paper Type
Paper Feed Station
N: Normal paper
P: Paper tray
MTH: Middle thick paper
B: By-pass table
TH: Thick paper

Color Mode [Color]
[K]: Black in B&W mode
[Y], [M], or [C]: Yellow, Magenta, or Cyan in Full Color mode

[YMC]: Only for Yellow, Magenta, and Cyan
[FC]: Full Color mode
[FC, K], [FC, Y], [FC, M], or [FC, C]: Black, Yellow, Magenta, or Cyan in full color mode
Print Mode
Process Speed
S: Simplex
L: Low speed (77 mm/s)
SM
5-5
B222/B224

D: Duplex
M: Middle speed (115 mm/s)

H: High speed (B224: 205, B222 154 mm/s)
Others
The following symbols are used in the SP mode tables.
FA: Factory setting
(Data may be adjusted from the default setting at the factory. Refer to the factory setting
sheets enclosed. You can find it under the jammed paper removal decal.)
DFU: Design/Factory Use only
Do not touch these SP modes in the field.
A sharp (#) to the right hand side of the mode number column means that the main switch
must be turned off and on to effect the setting change.
An asterisk (*) to the right hand side of the mode number column means that this mode is
stored in the NVRAM. If you do a RAM clear, this SP mode will be reset to the default value.
ENG and CTL show which NVRAM contains the data.
ENG: NVRAM on the BCU board
CTL: NVRAM on the controller board
The settings of each SP mode are explained in the right-hand column of the SP table in the
following way.
[Adjustable range / Default setting / Step ] Alphanumeric
If Alphanumeric is written to the right of the bracket as shown above, the setting
of the SP mode shows on the screen using alphanumeric characters instead of
only numbers. However, the settings in the bracket in the SP mode table are
explained by using only the numbers.
SSP: This denotes a Special Service Program mode setting.
B222/B224
5-6
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
5.2 COPY SERVICE MODE

5.2.1 SERVICE MODE TABLE
SP1-XXX (Feed)
[Leading Edge Registration] Leading Edge Registration Adjustment

(Tray Location, Paper Type, Color Mode), Paper Type -> Plain, Thick 1or Thick
1001
2
Adjusts the leading edge registration by changing the registration clutch
SM
001 Tray: Plain
*ENG
002 Tray: Thick 1
*ENG
003 Tray: Thick 2
*ENG
004 By-pass Table: Plain
*ENG
005 By-pass Table: Thick 1
*ENG
006 By-pass Table: Thick 2
*ENG
007 Duplex: Plain
*ENG
008 Duplex: Thick 1
*ENG
009 Tray: Thin
*ENG
010 Tray: Middle Thick
*ENG
011 By-pass: Thin
*ENG
012 By-pass: Middle Thick
*ENG
013 By-pass: Thick 3
*ENG
014 Duplex: Thin
*ENG
015 Duplex: Middle Thick
*ENG
5-7
Service
Tables
operation timing for each mode.
[9 to 9 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
[Side to Side Reg.] Side-to-Side Registration Adjustment

1002
Adjusts the side-to-side registration by changing the laser main scan start
position for each mode.
001 By-pass Table
*ENG
002 Paper Tray 1
*ENG
003 Paper Tray 2
*ENG
[4 to 4 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
004 Paper Tray 3
*ENG
005 Paper Tray 4
*ENG
006 Duplex
*ENG
[Paper Buckle] Paper Buckle Adjustment

(Tray Location, Paper Type), Paper Type: N: Normal, TH: Thick
1003
Adjusts the amount of paper buckle at the registration roller by changing the
paper feed timing.
001 Paper Tray1: Plain
*ENG
002 Paper Tray1: Thick1
*ENG
003 Paper Tray1: Thick2
*ENG
004 Paper Tray2/3/4/5: Plain
*ENG
005
006
Paper Tray2/3/4/5: Thick

1
Paper Tray2/3/4/5: Thick
2
[5 to 5 / -2 / 1 mm/step]
[5 to 5 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
*ENG
[5 to 5 / -2 / 1 mm/step]
*ENG
007 By-pass: Plain
*ENG
008 By-pass: Thick1
*ENG
009 By-pass: Thick2
*ENG
B222/B224
[5 to 5 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
[5 to 5 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
[5 to 5 / -2 / 1 mm/step]
5-8
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

010 Duplex: Plain
*ENG
[5 to 5 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
011 Duplex: Thick1
*ENG
[5 to 5 / -2 / 1 mm/step]
012 Tray 1: Thin
*ENG
013 Tray 1: Middle Thick
*ENG
014 Tray 2/3/4/5: Thin
*ENG
[5 to 5 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
[5 to 5 / -2 / 1 mm/step]
015 Tray 2/3/4/5: Middle Thick *ENG

016 By-pass: Thin
*ENG
017 By-pass: Middle Thick
*ENG
018 By-pass: Thick 3
*ENG
019 Duplex: Thin
*ENG
020 Duplex: Middle Thick
*ENG
[5 to 5 / -2 / 1 mm/step]
[5 to 5 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
[By-Pass Size Detection] By-Pass Size Detection Display

LG
*ENG
Service
Tables
1007
[5 to 5 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
[0 or 1 / 0 / ] 0: OFF, 1: ON
Enables or disables the automatic paper size detection function of the by-pass
001 tray.
This SP determines what paper size the machine detects if the detected size is
less than 8.5.
0: OFF (Letter/SEF), 1: ON (Legal/SEF)
1103
[Fusing Idling] Fusing Idling Adjustment

Extra Idling Time
*ENG [0 to 60 / 0 / 1 sec/step] Not used
001
Specifies how long the extra idling operation is executed.
Specifies how long the extra idling
016 Extra Idling Time (L)
*ENG operation is executed for each

environment.
SM
5-9
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

[0 to 250 / 60 / 1 sec/step]
Each environment is determined with
SP1112-001 and 002.
017 Extra Idling Time (H)
*ENG [0 to 250 / B222: 10, B224: 25 / 1
018 Extra Idling Time (M)
*ENG
1105
sec/step]
[Fusing Temperature] Fusing Temperature Adjustment

(Printing Mode, Roller Type, [Color], Simplex/Duplex)
Roller Type > Center and Ends: Heating roller, Pressure > Pressure roller
Paper Type -> Plain, Thin, Thick, OHP, Middle Thick, Special
Fusing Ready Temp.
*ENG
[100 to 200 / 138 / 1C/step]
001
Specifies the heating roller target temperature for the ready condition.
Fusing Ready: Offset
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 0 / 1C/step]
002 Sets the heating roller offset temperature for the printing ready condition.
Ready temperature = (Target temperature specified in SP1-105-1)
Temperature specified in this SP mode
Ends Ready: Offset
*ENG
[70 to 180 / 70 / 1C/step]
003 Sets the heating roller offset temperature at the end of the heating roller. This
value is one of the thresholds to determine if the machine is at the heating roller
target temperature during warm-up.
Ends Ready: Upper Limit *ENG
[0 to 200 / 200 / 1C/step]
004 Sets the upper limit temperature of the heating roller at the end of the heating
roller. This value is one of the thresholds to determine if the machine is at the
heating roller target temperature during warm-up.
Pressure Ready: Offset.
* ENG
[40 to 180 / B222: 70, B224: 90/ 1C/step]
005 Sets the pressure roller offset temperature. This value is one of the thresholds
to determine if the machine is at the heating roller target temperature during
warm-up.
B222/B224
5-10
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

Pressure Ready: Upper
Limit.
006
* ENG
[0 to 180 / 180 / 1C/step]
Sets the limit temperature of the pressure roller. This value is one of the
thresholds to determine if the machine is at the heating roller target
temperature during the warm-up.
Stand-By: Pressure
* ENG
[90 to 150 / 150 / 1C/step]
012
Specifies the stand-by temperature for the pressure roller.
Pressure Target Energy
016 Saver
* ENG
[90 to 150 / B222: 100, B224: 140 /

1C/step]
Specifies the temperature during the panel-off mode for the pressure roller.
The following SPs except SP1105-085 set the target operating temperatures of
the heating roller in various modes.
*ENG
032 Plain: FC: Duplex
*ENG
034 Plain: BW: Simplex
*ENG
036 Plain: BW: Duplex
*ENG
038 Thin: FC: Simplex
*ENG
040 Thin: FC: Duplex
*ENG
[100 to 200 / B222: 155, B224: 160 /

1C/step]
Service
Tables
030 Plain: FC: Simplex
[100 to 200 / 150 / 1C/step]

042 Thin: BW: Simplex
*ENG
044 Thin: BW: Duplex
*ENG
046 Thick 1: FC: Simplex
*ENG
048 Thick 1: FC: Duplex
*ENG
[100 to 200 / 170 / 1C/step]
SM
050 Thick 1: BW: Simplex
*ENG
052 Thick 1: BW: Duplex
*ENG
*ENG
[100 to 200 / 170 / 1C/step]
5-11
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

*ENG
056 OHP: FC
*ENG
[100 to 180 / 165 / 1C/step]
057 OHP: BW
*ENG
[100 to 180 / 160 / 1C/step]
058 Special 1: FC: Simplex
*ENG
060 Special 1: FC: Duplex
*ENG
[100 to 200 / 160 / 1C/step]
062 Special 1: BW: Simplex
*ENG
064 Special 1: BW: Duplex
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[100 to 200 / 160 / 1C/step]
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[100 to 200 / 160 / 1C/step]
*ENG
*ENG
Target Temp. After

Ready
*ENG
[100 to 200 / 160 / 1C/step]
082
Specifies the target temperature for the maintain mode after the machine has
reached the target temperature in warm-up mode.
Recovery Target Temp.
083
*ENG
[100 to 200 / 170 / 1C/step]
Specifies the target temperature for the print mode without printing/copying job
after the machine's recovery.
Print Start: Offset
085
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 5 / 1C/step]
Specifies the paper feed start temperature. This value is the offset temperature
in relation to the target temperature for the print ready mode.
B222/B224
5-12
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

Feed Start: Offset
086
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 5 / 1C/step]
Specifies the image processing start temperature. This value is the offset
temperature in relation to the target temperature for the print ready mode.
*ENG
[100 to 200 / 175 / 1C/step]
*ENG
093 Envelop: FC
*ENG
[100 to 180 / 160 / 1C/step]
094 Envelop: BW
095
097
Middle Thick: Middle

Speed: FC: Simplex
Speed: FC: Duplex
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[100 to 160 / 145 / 1C/step]
101
103

Speed: BW: Simplex
Speed: BW: Duplex
Middle Thick: Constant
Speed: Offset
Feed Start: Extra: Offset
104
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 55 / B222: 15, B224: 20 / 1C/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 100 / 1C/step]
Specifies the paper feed start offset temperature. This value is the offset
Print Start: Extra: Offset
105
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 100 / 1C/step]
Specifies the image processing start offset temperature. This value is the offset
Extra Rotation Temp.: L
106
*ENG
[100 to 200 / 165 / 1C/step]
Specifies the target temperature for extra idling mode in a low temperature
environment. The low temperature threshold can be adjusted with SP1112-003.
SM
5-13
B222/B224
Service
Tables
099
Copy Service Mode

Extra Rotation Temp.: M
*ENG
[100 to 200 / 160 / 1C/step]
107 Specifies the target temperature for extra idling mode in a medium temperature
environment. The medium temperature is between the low temperature
threshold (SP1112-003) and the high temperature threshold (SP1112-004).
Extra Rotation Temp.: H
*ENG
[100 to 200 / 160 / 1C/step]
108 Specifies the target temperature for extra idling mode in a high temperature
environment. The high temperature threshold can be adjusted with
SP1112-004.
111 Thick: Small Size
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
PF/PS Temp.: Extend:

O/V: Plain: FC Prn
PF/PS Temp.: Extend:
O/V: M-Thick
PF/PS Temp.: O/V:
Stand-By: Mid-Thick
PF Temp: Pressure:
Plain
PF Temp: Pressure:
Plain: FC Prn.
PF Temp: Pressure:
M-Thick: BK
PF Temp: Pressure:
M-Thick: FC
Reload Correction
Temp.: Plain: Reload
Reload Correction
Temp.: M-Thick: Reload
128 Reload Correction
B222/B224
*ENG
[100 to 170 / 155 / 1C/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / B222: 20, B224: 10 / 1C/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 5 / 1C/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 5 / 1C/step]
*ENG
[10 to 150 / 20 / 1C/step]
*ENG
[10 to 150 / B222: 65, B224: 90 /

1C/step]
*ENG
[10 to 150 / B222: 85, B224: 115 /
1C/step]
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 20 / 10 / 1C/step]
*ENG
[0 to 20 / 15 / 1C/step]
*ENG
[0 to 20 / 10 / 1C/step]
5-14
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

Temp.: M-Thick: Standby
*129
*130
PF/PS Temp: Offset

Value: Color: M
PF/Print: Offset Value:
Color: M: M-Thick
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 30 / 1C/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 5 / 1C/step]
*For Future Use
[Fusing Temperature Display] Fusing Temperature Display (Heating or

1106
Pressure)
Displays the current temperature of the heating and pressure rollers.
-
002 Fusing: Ends
003 Pressure
[20 to 250 / - / 1C/step]

The heating roller has two lamps. One
heats the center of the heating roller and
the other heats both ends of the heating
roller.
Service
Tables
001 Fusing: Center
[Forced Ready Setting]

1108
Japan use only
[0 or 1 / 0 / - ]
001 ON/OFF
*ENG
002 Target Voltage Ratio
*ENG [85 to 100 / 92 / 1%/step]
003 Measured Voltage Ratio
*ENG [70 to 120 / 100 / 1%/step]
004 Target Temperature
*ENG [110 to 155 / 155 / 1 deg/step]
1109
0: OFF, 1: ON
[Fusing Nip Band Check]

Executes the nip band measurement
001
Execute
between fusing belt and pressure roller.

If the nip band width is not 8 mm, and
SM
5-15
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

fusing is not good, replace the pressure
roller or install a new fusing unit.
Pre-Idling Time
*ENG
[0 to 120 / 240 / 1 sec/step]
002
Specifies the fusing rotation time before executing SP1109-001.
Stop Time
* ENG
[5 to 30 / 10 / 1 sec/step]
003
Specifies the time for measuring the nip.
1112
[Environmental Correction: Fusing]

Temp.: Threshold: Low
*ENG
[10 to 23 / 17 / 1C/step]
001
Specifies the threshold temperature for low temperature condition.
Temp.: Threshold: High
*ENG
[24 to 40 / 30 / 1C/step]
002
Specifies the threshold temperature for high temperature condition.
Low Temp. Correction
*ENG
[0 to 15 / 5 / 1C/step]
003 Specifies the temperature correction for the heating roller. When the low
temperature condition (specified with SP1112-001) is detected, the value of
this SP is added to the heating roller temperature.
High Temp. Correction
*ENG
[0 to 15 / 5 / 1C/step]
004 Specifies the temperature correction for the heating roller. When the high
temperature condition (specified with SP1112-002) is detected, the value of
this SP is subtracted from the heating roller temperature.
1113
[Stand-by Time]
Shift Time
*ENG
[0 to 180 / 60 / 1 sec/step]
Specifies the interval from the ready mode to the stand-by mode.
001
If the machine does not do any printing job for the time specified with this SP
after the heating roller has reached the ready temperature, the machine
returns to the stand-by mode.
B222/B224
5-16
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

Recovery Target Temp.
002
*ENG
[0 to 180 / 10 / 1 sec/step]
Specifies the time for keeping the target temperature after recovery
(SP1105-083) without any jobs.
1115
[Stand-by Idling]
Interval
001
*ENG [1 to 240 / 60 / 1 min/step]
Specifies the interval between idling during stand-by mode.

This idling during the stand-by mode prevents the roller deformation.
Idling Time
*ENG [0 to 60 / 0.7 / 0.1 sec/step]
002
Specifies the length of each idling operation during stand-by mode.
[Ends Temp. Correction] Not used
001 Mode: X1
*ENG [0 to 999 / 40 / 1 sheet/step]
002 Mode: X2
*ENG [0 to 999 / 70 / 1 sheet /step]
003 Mode: X3
*ENG [0 to 999 / 100 / 1 sheet /step]
004 Detection Hysteresis
*ENG [1 to 20 / 5 / 1deg/step]
005 Saturation Temp.
*ENG [180 to 230 / 210 / defe/step]
006 Saturation Temp.: Margin
*ENG [30 to 130 / 130 / 1deg/step]
1159
[Fusing Jam Detection]
SC Display
001
Service
Tables
1116
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1 /step]
0: Disable, 1: Enable
Enables or disables the fusing consecutive jam detection.

If this SP is set to "1" (default: 0), SC559 occurs when the machine detects the
paper jam three times consecutively at the fusing unit.
SM
5-17
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
1801
[Motor Speed Adj.] FA
001 Registration: 77: Plain
*ENG
*ENG
[2 to 2 / 0 / 0.05 %/step]
*ENG
*ENG
006 BkOpcDevMot: 205
*ENG
*ENG
[4 to 4 / 0 / 0.01 %/step]
*ENG
009 BkOpcDevMot: 77
*ENG
010 MOpcDevMot: 205
*ENG [10 to 10 / 0 / 1 /step]
011 MOpcDevMot: 154
*ENG [7 to 7 / 0 / 1 /step]
012 MOpcDevMot: 115
*ENG [9 to 9 / 0 / 1 /step]
013 MOpcDevMot: 77
*ENG [13 to 13 / 0 / 1 /step]
014 COpcDevMot: 205
*ENG [10 to 10 / 0 / 1 /step]
015 COpcDevMot: 154
*ENG [7 to 7 / 0 / 1 /step]
016 COpcDevMot: 115
*ENG [9 to 9 / 0 / 1 /step]
017 COpcDevMot: 77
*ENG [13 to 13 / 0 / 1 /step]
018 YOpcDevMot: 205
*ENG [10 to 10 / 0 / 1 /step]
019 YOpcDevMot: 154
*ENG [7 to 7 / 0 / 1 /step]
020 YOpcDevMot: 115
*ENG [9 to 9 / 0 / 1 /step]
021 YOpcDevMot: 77
*ENG [13 to 13 / 0 / 1 /step]
022 Fusing: 205
*ENG [4 to 4 / 0 / 0.01%/step]
023 Fusing: 154
*ENG [4 to 4 / 0 / 0.01%/step]
B222/B224
5-18
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

024 Fusing: 115
*ENG [4 to 4 / 1.4 / 0.01%/step]
025 Fusing: 77
*ENG [4 to 4 / 1 / 0.01%/step]
026 Image Transfer: 205
*ENG
*ENG
[4 to 4 / 0 / 0.01%/step]
*ENG
*ENG
030
Drum Drive Fine Adj.

Control
*ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / - ]
*ENG
032 Offset: 205: C
*ENG [10 to 10 / 0 / 1 /step]
033 Offset: 205: Y
*ENG
034 Offset: 154: M
*ENG
035 Offset: 154: C
*ENG [7 to 7 / 0 / 1 /step]
036 Offset: 154: Y
*ENG
037 Offset: 115: M
*ENG
038 Offset: 115: C
*ENG [9 to 9 / 0 / 1 /step]
039 Offset: 115: Y
*ENG
040 Offset: 77: M
*ENG
041 Offset: 77: C
*ENG [13 to 13 / 0 / 1 /step]
042 Offset: 77: Y
*ENG
043 Registration: 77: Thin
*ENG
044 Registration: 77: Thick 1
*ENG
Service
Tables
031 Offset: 205: M
[2 to 2 / 0.5 / 0.05 %/step]
SM
*ENG
*ENG
5-19
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

047
Registration: 115: Middle
*ENG
Thick
[2 to 2 / 0 / 0.05 %/step]
048
*ENG
Thick
050
*ENG [2 to 2 / 0.5 / 0.05 %/step]
*ENG [2 to 2 / 0 / 0.05 %/step]
Thick
*ENG [2 to 2 / 0.5 / 0.05 %/step]
052 Registration: 115: Thick1
*ENG [2 to 2 / 1 / 0.05 %/step]
054 Duplex CW: 77
*ENG [4 to 4 / 0 / 0.1 %/step]
055 Duplex CW: 115: Thick1
*ENG [4 to 4 / 0.6 / 0.1 %/step]
056
Duplex CW: 115: Middle
*ENG [4 to 4 / 1 / 0.1 %/step]
Thick
057 Duplex CW: 154: Normal
058
*ENG [4 to 4 / 0.5 / 0.1 %/step]
*ENG [4 to 4 / 1 / 0.1 %/step]
Thick
059 Duplex CW: 205: Normal
060
*ENG [4 to 4 / 0.5 / 0.1 %/step]
*ENG [4 to 4 / 1 / 0.1 %/step]
Thick
061 Duplex CCW: 115: Thick1 *ENG [4 to 4 / 0 / 0.1 %/step]
062
063
064
B222/B224
Duplex CCW: 115: Middle

Thick
Duplex CCW: 154:
*ENG [4 to 4 / 0.3 / 0.1 %/step]
Normal
Thick
*ENG [4 to 4 / 0.2 / 0.1 %/step]
*ENG [4 to 4 / 0.2 / 0.1 %/step]
5-20
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

065
066
Duplex CCW: 205:

Normal
Thick
*ENG [4 to 4 / 0.3 / 0.1 %/step]
*ENG [4 to 4 / 0.2 / 0.1 %/step]
067 Reverse CW: 115: Thick1 *ENG [4 to 4 / 0 / 0.1 %/step]
069
070
071
072
073
074
075
076
077
078
SM
Reverse CW: 115: Middle

Thick
Reverse CW: 154:
Normal
Thick
Reverse CW: 205:
Normal
Thick
Reverse CCW: 115:
Thick1
Reverse CCW: 115:
Middle Thick
Reverse CCW: 154:
Normal
Reverse CCW: 154:
Middle Thick
Reverse CCW: 205:
Normal
Reverse CCW: 205:
Middle Thick
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG [4 to 4 / 0 / 0.1 %/step]
*ENG
*ENG
Service
Tables
068
*ENG [4 to 4 / 0 / 0.1 %/step]
*ENG [4 to 4 / 0.2 / 0.1 %/step]
*ENG [4 to 4 / 0.3 / 0.1 %/step]
*ENG [4 to 4 / 0.2 / 0.1 %/step]
*ENG [4 to 4 / 0.3 / 0.1 %/step]
*ENG [4 to 4 / 0.2 / 0.1 %/step]
5-21
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

1901
[Recovery Temp. Ope. Time]
004 -
1902
*ENG [0 to 60 / 10 / 1 sec/step] Not used
[Drum Phase Adj.]
001 Execute
Execute drum phase adjustment.

Displays the result of drum phase
adjustment.
002 Result
*ENG 0: Successfully done

2: Sampling failure
3: Insufficient detection number
Turns the automatic drum phase
003 Auto Execution
*ENG adjustment on or off.

0: Off, 1: On
1907
[Paper Feed Timing Adj.] DFU
001 Pre-Feed
*ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / - ]
002 Feed Solenoid ON: Plain
*ENG [10 to 40 / 0 / 2.5 mm/step]
003 Feed Clutch OFF: Plain
*ENG [10 to 10 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
004 Feed Clutch ON: Plain
*ENG [10 to 10 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
005 Inverter Stop Position
*ENG [10 to 10 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
006 Re-Feed Stop Position
*ENG [10 to 10 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
007 By-pass Solenoid OFF
*ENG [0 to 40 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
008 By-pass Solenoid Re-ON
*ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / - ]
010 By-pass Feed Clutch ON
*ENG [10 to 10 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
012 Feed Solenoid ON: Thick
*ENG [10 to 40 / 0 / 2.5 mm/step]
013 Feed Clutch OFF: Thick
*ENG [10 to 10 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
B222/B224
5-22
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

014 Feed Clutch ON: Thick
1908
*ENG [10 to 10 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
[Paper Bank Feed Timing Adj.] DFU
006 Feed Clutch ON: Plain
*ENG
[10 to 10 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
007 Feed Clutch ON: Thick
*ENG
[Fusing Feed Start Time]

1910
Specifies the waiting time for feeding paper after the machine has entered the
print ready mode.
001 Plain: Normal Temp
*ENG
[0 to 250 / 0 / 1 sec/step]
002 Thick: Normal Temp.
003
Middle Thick Constant

Speed: Normal Temp.
007 Plain: Low Temp.
*ENG
*ENG [0 to 250 / 5 / 1 sec/step]
*ENG
008 Thick: Low Temp.
009
Middle Thick Constant

Speed: Low Temp.
Service
Tables
[0 to 250 / 0 / 1 sec/step]
*ENG
*ENG [0 to 250 / 5 / 1 sec/step]
[Stand-by Recovery Rotation Speed]

1911
Selects the line speed for increasing the fusing temperature after recovery.
001 Low Temp. Setting
*ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / -]
0: Low Speed
002 Normal temp. Setting
1912
[Capacitor Condition Display] Not used
001 Latest Capacity
SM
*ENG 1: Constant Speed (B222)/205 (B224)
*ENG [0 to 150 / 45 / 1 F/step]
5-23
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

002 Current Voltage
*ENG [0 to 50 / 0 / 0.01 V/step]
003 Charge Time
*ENG [0 to 50000 / 0 / 10 ms/step]
004 Deterioration Counter
*ENG [0 to 1000 / 0 / 1 /step]
005 Charge Current
*ENG [5 to 15 / 10 / 0.1 A/step]
1913
[Capacitor Discharge Stop Voltage Setting] Not used
001
1914
*ENG [10 to 25 / 20 / 1 V/step]
[Capacitor Deterioration Detection Condition] Not used
001 AC Input Voltage Display
*ENG [0 to 150 / 100 / 1 V/step]
002 Deterioration Counter
*ENG [10 to 250 / 30 / 1 /step]
003 AC Input Voltage
*ENG [80 to 100 / 90 / 1 V/step]
004 Capacitor Capacity
*ENG [20 to 130 / 35 / 1 F/step]
1915
[After Ready Setting]

Correction Temp.: Plain:
Reload
001
*ENG [0 to 50 / 10 / 1 deg/step]
Specifies the additional temperature for the target temperature of the plain
paper for the first print mode. This temperature is added for the time specified
with SP1915-002.
Correction Time: Plain:
Reload
*ENG [0 to 60 / 20 / 1 sec/step]
002
Specifies the time for adding the correction temperature (SP1915-001) for the
first print mode.
003
Correction Temp.:
M-Thick: Reload
B222/B224
*ENG [0 to 50 / 20 / 1 deg/step]
5-24
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

Specifies the additional temperature for the target temperature of the middle
thick paper for the first print mode. This temperature is added for the time
specified with SP1915-004.
Correction Time: M-Thick:
Reload
*ENG [0 to 60 / 20 / 1 sec/step]
004
Specifies the time for adding the correction temperature (SP1915-003) for the
first print mode.
Correction Temp.:
M-Thick: Normal
005
*ENG [0 to 50 / 10 / 1 deg/step]
Specifies the additional temperature for the target temperature of the middle
thick paper at recovery from the stand-by mode. This temperature is added for
the time specified with SP1915-006.
Correction Time: M-Thick:
Normal
*ENG [0 to 60 / 20 / 1 sec/step]
006
Specifies the time for adding the correction temperature (SP1915-005) at
1916
Service
Tables
recovery from the stand-by mode.
[CPM Down Setting]
Temp.: BW: M
*ENG
001
[100 to 200 / B222: 135, B224: 140 / 1

deg/step]
Not used
Temp.: BW: L
*ENG
002
[100 to 200 / B222: 140, B224: 145 / 1

deg/step]
Not used
Temp.: FC: M
003
*ENG
[100 to 200 / B222: 135, B224: 140 / 1

deg/step]
Not used
SM
5-25
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
Temp.: FC: L
004
*ENG
[100 to 200 / B222: 140, B224: 145 / 1

deg/step]
Not used
ON/OFF: BW: M
*ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / - ]
005
Not used
ON/OFF: BW: L
*ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / - ]
006
Not used
ON/OFF: FC: M
*ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / - ]
007
Not used
ON/OFF: FC: L
*ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / - ]
008
Not used
Non Permissive Time:
009 BW: M
*ENG [0 to 180 / 0 / 1 sec/step]
Not used
010 BW: L
*ENG [0 to 180 / 0 / 1 sec/step]
Not used
011 FC: M
*ENG [0 to 180 / 0 / 1 sec/step]
Not used
012 FC: L
*ENG [0 to 180 / 0 / 1 sec/step]
Not used
B222/B224
5-26
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
CPM: BW: M
*ENG
013
[20 to 30 / B222: 25, B224: 30 / 5

cpm/step]
Not used
CPM: BW: L
*ENG
014
[20 to 30 / B222: 25, B224: 30 / 5

cpm/step]
Not used
CPM: FC: M
*ENG
015
[20 to 30 / B222: 25, B224: 30 / 5

cpm/step]
Not used
CPM: FC: L
016
*ENG
[20 to 30 / B222: 25, B224: 30 / 5

cpm/step]
Not used
*ENG [0 to 100 / 20 / 1 deg/step]
017 Specifies the offset temperature for plain paper for the CPM down threshold.
CPM down threshold temperature for plain paper = Fusing temperature for
plain paper (SP1-105-030, -032, -034, -036) this offset value
O/V: M-Thick: BK
*ENG [0 to 100 / 25 / 1 deg/step]
Specifies the offset temperature for middle thick paper in B/W mode for the
018 CPM down threshold.
CPM down threshold temperature for middle thick paper in B/W mode = Fusing
temperature for middle thick paper in B/W mode (SP1-105-099, -101) this
offset value
SM
5-27
B222/B224
Service
Tables
O/V: Plain
Copy Service Mode
O/V: M-Thick: FC
*ENG [0 to 100 / 10 / 1 deg/step]
Specifies the offset temperature for middle thick paper in full color mode for
019 thed CPM down threshold.
CPM down threshold temperature for middle thick paper in full color mode =
Fusing temperature for middle thick paper in full color mode (SP1-105-095,
-097) this offset value
CPM Value: Plain

020
*ENG
[20 to 30 / B222: 25, B224: 30 / 5

cpm/step]
Adjusts the CPM for plain paper. This setting is activated only when the
machine enters the CPM down mode. For details, refer to "CPM Down System"
in the "Detailed Section Descriptions" section.
CPM Value: M-Thick: BK

021
*ENG
[20 to 30 / B222: 25, B224: 30 / 5

cpm/step]
Adjusts the CPM for middle thick paper in B/W mode. This setting is activated
only when the machine enters the CPM down mode. For details, refer to "CPM
Down System" in the "Detailed Section Descriptions" section.
CPM Value: M-Thick: FC

022
*ENG
[20 to 30 / B222: 25, B224: 30 / 5

cpm/step]
Adjusts the CPM for middle thick paper in full color mode. This setting is
activated only when the machine enters the CPM down mode. For details, refer
to "CPM Down System" in the "Detailed Section Descriptions" section.
Operation Time
023
*ENG [0 to 60 / 20 / 1 sec/step]
Specifies the time for keeping CPM down mode. This SP is activated only for
middle thick paper in full color mode.
B222/B224
5-28
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
Low Temp.: CPM O/V

Coeffiecient
*ENG [0 to 10 / 5 / 5 cpm/step]
024 Specifies the offset value for CPM down mode. This SP is activated only when
the machine determines that input voltage is 93% or less (SP1-916-026) and
ambient temperature is 17C or less (SP1-112-001) using middle thick paper in
full color mode.
CPM Down Enable
*ENG
025
[0 or 1 / B222: 0, B224: 1 / - ]
0: OFF, 1: ON
Enables or disables the CPM down mode.
Voltage Target
026
*ENG
[80 to 120 / 93* / 1%/step]

*Only TAIWAN: 90
Service
Tables
Specifies the threshold voltage for CPM down mode.
SM
5-29
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
1917
[Magnetic Field Roller HP Detection]

Position Replacement
*ENG [5 to 100 / 40 / 1 time/step]
001 Specifies the limit times of the ferrite roller rotation for initializing the home
position of the ferrite roller. After the ferrite roller rotates more than 40 times,
the machine starts to find the home position of the ferrite roller.
Continuous Feed Page
*ENG [100 to 1000 / 500 / 10 sheets/step]
002 Specifies the limit sheets of outputs for initializing the home position of the
ferrite roller. When the outputs are more than 500 sheets of paper, the machine
starts to find the home position of the ferrite roller.
SP2-XXX (Drum)
[Charge DC Voltage] Charge Roller DC Voltage Adjustment

2005
(Paper Type, Process Speed, Color)

Paper Type > Plain, Thick 1, Thick 2
Adjusts the DC component of the charge roller bias in the various print modes.
Charge bias (DC component) is automatically adjusted during process control;
therefore, adjusting these settings does not effect while process control mode
(SP3-041-1 Default: ON) is activated. When deactivating process control mode
with SP3-041-1, the values in these SP modes are used for printing.
001 Plain: Bk
*ENG [0 to 1000 / 690 / 10 volts/step]
002 Plain: M
*ENG
003 Plain: C
*ENG
004 Plain: Y
*ENG
005 Thick 1: Bk
*ENG
006 Thick 1: M
*ENG
007 Thick 1: C
*ENG
B222/B224
5-30
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

008 Thick 1: Y
*ENG
009 Thick 2&FINE: Bk
*ENG
010 Thick 2&FINE: M
*ENG
011 Thick 2&FINE: C
*ENG
012 Thick 2&FINE: Y
*ENG
[Charge AC Voltage] Charge Roller AC Voltage Adjustment

(Paper Type, Process Speed, Color)
Paper Type > Plain, Thick 1, Thick 2
2006
Adjusts the AC component of the charge roller bias in the various print modes.
Charge bias (AC component) is adjusted by environment correction
(SP2-007-xxx to SP2-011-xxx). These SPs are activated only when SP2-012-1
001 Plain: Bk
*ENG
002 Plain: M
*ENG
003 Plain: C
*ENG
004 Plain: Y
*ENG
005 Thick 1: Bk
*ENG
006 Thick 1: M
*ENG
Service
Tables
is set to "1: manual control".
[0 to 3 / 2.1 / 0.01 KV/step]
SM
007 Thick 1: C
*ENG
008 Thick 1: Y
*ENG
*ENG
010 Thick 2&FINE: M
*ENG
011 Thick 2&FINE: C
*ENG
012 Thick 2&FINE: Y
*ENG
5-31
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
[Charge AC Current: LL] Charge Roller AC Current Adjustment for LL

(Color)
2007
Displays/sets the AC current target of the charge roller for LL environment (Low
temperature and Low humidity). DFU
001 Environmental Target: Bk
*ENG
002 Environmental Target: M
*ENG
003 Environmental Target: C
*ENG
004 Environmental Target: Y
*ENG
[0 to 3 / B222: 1.24, B224: 1.64 / 0.01

mA/step]
[0 to 3 / B222: 1.28, B224: 1.68 / 0.01

mA/step]
[Charge AC Current: ML] Charge Roller AC Current Adjustment for MM

(Color)
2008
Displays/sets the AC current target of the charge roller for ML environment
(Meddle temperature and Low humidity). DFU
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 3 / B222: 1.21, B224: 1.6 / 0.01

mA/step]
[0 to 3 / B222: 1.25, B224: 1.65 / 0.01

mA/step]
[Charge AC Current: MM] Charge Roller AC Current Adjustment for MM

(Color)
2009
Displays/sets the AC current target of the charge roller for MM environment
(Middle temperature and Middle humidity). DFU
B222/B224
*ENG
[0 to 3 / B222: 1.16, B224: 1.53 / 0.01

mA/step]
5-32
manuals4you.com
SM
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 3 / B222: 1.2, B224: 1.58 / 0.01

mA/step]
[Charge AC Current: MH] Charge Roller AC Current Adjustment for MH

(Color)
2010
Displays/sets the AC current target of the charge roller for MH environment
(Middle temperature and High humidity). DFU
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
[0 to 3 / B222: 1.13, B224: 1.49 / 0.01

mA/step]
[0 to 3 / B222: 1.15, B224: 1.52 / 0.01
[Charge AC Current: HH] Charge Roller AC Current Adjustment for HH

(Color)
2011
Displays/sets the AC current target of the charge roller for HH environment
(High temperature and High humidity). DFU
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 3 / B222: 1. 21, B224: 1.48 / 0.01

mA/step]
[0 to 3 / B222: 1.14, B224: 1.5 / 0.01
2012
[Charge Output Control]
001 AC Voltage
SM
mA/step]
*ENG
Selects the AC voltage control type.

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
5-33
B222/B224
Service
Tables
mA/step]
Copy Service Mode

0: Process control
1: Manual control (AC voltages are decided
with SP2006.)
2013
[Environmental Correction: PCU]

Displays the environmental condition, which
is measured in absolute humidity.
[1 to 5 / / 1 /step]
001
Current Environmental:
Display
*ENG
1: LL (LL <= 4.3 g/m3)

2: ML (4.3 < ML <= 11.3 g/m3)
3: MM (11.3 < MM <= 18.0 g/m3)
4: MH (18.0 < MH <= 24.0 g/m3)
5: HH (24.0 g/m3 < HH)
Selects the environmental condition
manually.
002 Forced Setting
*ENG
[0 to 5 / 0 / 1 /step]
0: The environmental condition is
determined automatically.
1: LL, 2: ML, 3: MM, 4: MH, 5: HH
003
004
005
006
B222/B224
Absolute Humidity:
Threshold 1
Absolute Humidity:
Threshold 2
Absolute Humidity:
Threshold 3
Absolute Humidity:
Threshold 4
Changes the humidity threshold between

*ENG LL and ML.
[0 to 100 / 4.3 / 0.01 g/m3/step]
*ENG ML and MM.
[0 to 100 / 11.3 / 0.01 g/m3/step]
*ENG MM and MH.
[0 to 100 / 18.0 / 0.01 g/m3/step]
*ENG MH and HH.
[0 to 100 / 24.0 / 0.01 g/m3/step]
5-34
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

007 Current Temp.: Display
008
009
Current Relative
Humidity: Display
Current Absolute
Humidity: Display
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
Displays the current temperature.

[0 to 100 / / 1C/step]
Displays the current relative humidity.
[0 to 100 / / 1%RH/step]
Displays the absolute humidity.
[0 to 100 / / 0.01 g/m3/step]
Displays the previous environmental
010
Previous Environmental:
Display
condition, which is measured in absolute

*ENG humidity.
[1 to 5 / / 1 /step]
1: LL, 2: ML, 3: MM, 4: MH, 5: HH
012
013
Previous Relative
Humidity: Display
Previous Absolute
Humidity: Display
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
Displays the previous temperature.

[0 to 100 / / 1C/step]
Displays the previous relative humidity.
[0 to 100 / / 1%RH/step]
Displays the previous absolute humidity.
Service
Tables
011 Previous Temp.: Display
[0 to 100 / / 0.01 g/m3/step]
[Color Registration Correction] FA

These values are the parameters for the automatic line position adjustment and
2101
are adjusted at the factory. However, you must input a value for SP2101-001
after replacing the laser optics housing unit. For details, see 3.6.2 "Laser Optics
Housing Unit"" in the "Replacement and Adjustment" section. The value should
be provided with the new laser optics housing unit.
001 Main Dot: Bk
*ENG
002 Main Dot: M
*ENG
[512 to 511 / 0 / 1 dot/step]
SM
003 Main Dot: C
*ENG
004 Main Dot: Y
*ENG
005 Sub Line: Bk
*ENG [16384 to 16383 / 0 / 1 line/step]
5-35
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

006 Sub Line: M
*ENG
007 Sub Line: C
*ENG
008 Sub Line: Y
*ENG
2102
001
002
003
004
005
006
[Magnification Adjustment] DFU

Main Mag.: High Speed:
Bk
Main Mag.: Medium
Speed: Bk
Main Mag.: Low Speed:
Bk
M
Main Mag.: Medium
Speed: M
Main Mag.: Low Speed:
M
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
These are results of the main scan length
*ENG adjustment.
[0 to 560 / 280 / 1 /step]
007
008

C
Main Mag.: Medium
Speed: C
*ENG
*ENG
009 Main Mag.: Low Speed: C *ENG
010
011

Y
Main Mag.: Medium
Speed: Y
*ENG
*ENG
012 Main Mag.: Low Speed: Y *ENG
B222/B224
5-36
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
2103
[Erase Margin Adjustment] (Area, Paper Size)

Adjusts the erase margin by deleting image data at the margins.
001 Lead Edge Width
*ENG
[0 to 9.9 / 4.2 / 0.1 mm/step]
002 Trail. Edge Width
*ENG
003 Left
*ENG
[0 to 9.9 / 2 / 0.1 mm/step]
004 Right
*ENG
005 Lead Edge Width: Thin
*ENG [0 to 9.9 / 5 / 0.1 mm/step]
006 Duplex Trail. L Size
*ENG [0 to 9.9 / 1 / 0.1 mm/step]
007 Duplex Trail. M Size
*ENG [0 to 4 / 0.8 / 0.1 mm/step]
008 Duplex Trail. S Size
*ENG [0 to 4 / 0.6 / 0.1 mm/step]
009 Duplex Left Edge
*ENG
[0 to 1.5 / 0.3 / 0.1 mm/step]
2105
*ENG
Service
Tables
010 Duplex Right Edge
[LD Power Adj.] (Process Speed, Color)

Adjusts the LD power of each color for each process speed.
Each LD power setting is decided by process control.
High Speed: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Middle Speed: 111 mm/sec,
Low Speed: 77 mm/sec
001 High Speed: Bk
*ENG [50 to 120 / 100 / 1%/step]
002 High Speed: M
*ENG
003 High Speed: C
*ENG Increasing a value makes lines thicker on
004 High Speed: Y
*ENG
005 Middle Speed: Bk
*ENG
006 Middle Speed: M
*ENG
Decreasing a value makes lines thinner on

the output.
the output.
SM
5-37
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

007 Middle Speed: C
*ENG
008 Middle Speed: Y
*ENG
009 Low Speed: Bk
*ENG
010 Low Speed: M
*ENG
011 Low Speed: C
*ENG
012 Low Speed: Y
*ENG
2106
[Polygon Rotation Time]

Adjusts the time of the polygon motor rotation. DFU
001 Warming-Up
*ENG
[0 to 60 / 10 / 1 sec/step]
002 Job End
*ENG
[Image Parameter]
2107
DFU
001 Image Gamma Flag
*ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1 /step]
002 Shading Correction Flag
*ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1 /step]
[Test Pattern]
2109
Generates the test pattern using "COPY Window" tab in the LCD.
[0 to 23 / 0 / 1/step]
0 None
1: 1-dot line pattern (Vertical)
003 Pattern Selection
2: 2-dot line pattern (Vertical)

3: 1-dot line pattern (Horizontal)
4: 2-dot line pattern (Horizontal)
5: 1-dot grid pattern (Vertical)
6: 1-dot grid pattern (Horizontal)
B222/B224
5-38
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

7: 1-dot grid pattern (Fine)
8: 1-dot grid pattern (Rough)
9: 1-dot slant pattern (Fine)
10: 1-dot slant pattern (Rough)
11. 1-dot pattern
12. 2-dot pattern
13. 4-dot pattern
14. 1-dot trimming pattern
15: Cross stitch: sub-scan
16: Cross stitch: main-scan
17: Belt pattern (Horizontal)
18: Belt pattern (Vertical)
19: Checkered flag
20: Gray scale (Vertical)
21: Gray scale (Horizontal)
22: Dual beams density pattern
23: Solid
005 Color Selection
[1 to 4 / 1 / 1/step]
1: All colors, 2: Magenta, 3: Yellow, 4: Cyan
006 Density: Bk
007 Density: M
Specifies the color density for the test

pattern.
[0 to 15 / 15 / 1 /step]
SM
008 Density: C
009 Density: Y
0: Lightest density
15: Darkest density
5-39
B222/B224
Service
Tables
Specifies the color for the test pattern.
Copy Service Mode
2111
[Forced Line Position Adj.]

Executes the fine line position adjustment
twice.
001 Mode a
If this SP is not completed (NG is

displayed), do SP2111-003 first and then try
this SP again.
Executes the fine line position adjustment
002 Mode b
once.
If this SP is not completed, do SP2111-003

first and then try this SP again.
Executes the rough line position adjustment
once.
003 Mode c
After doing this SP, make sure to execute

SP2111-001 or -002. Otherwise, the line
position adjustment is not perfectly done.
2112
[TM/ID Sensor Check] ID Sensor Check FA

This SP is used to check the ID sensors at
001 Execute
the factory. The results of this SP are

displayed in SP2140 to SP2145.
[Skew Adjustment]
Specifies a skew adjustment value for the skew motor M, C or Y.
2117
These SPs must be used when a new laser optics housing unit is installed or
when SC285 occurs. For details, see "p.3-36 "Laser Optics Housing Unit"" in
the "Replacement and Adjustment" section.
001 Pulse: M
*ENG
002 Pulse: C
*ENG [50 to 50 / 0 / 1 pulse/step]
003 Pulse: Y
*ENG
B222/B224
5-40
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
2118
[Skew Adjustment]
001 Pulse: M
*ENG Changes the current skew adjustment
002 Pulse: C
*ENG
values to the values specified with SP2117.

These SPs must be used when a new laser
optics housing unit is installed or when
003 Pulse: Y
*ENG
SC285 occurs. For details, see "p.3-36

"Laser Optics Housing Unit"" in the
"Replacement and Adjustment" section.
[Skew Adjustment Display]

2119
Displays the current skew adjustment value for each skew motor.
*ENG
002 C
003 Y
*ENG
Service
Tables
001 M
[ID Sensor Check Result] DFU

2140
Displays the results of the ID sensor check.

Bk, M, C, Y: ID sensors for the process control
Front, Center, Rear: ID sensors for the automatic line position adjustment
SM
001 Bk
*ENG
002 M
*ENG
003 C
*ENG
004 Y
*ENG [0 to 1024 / - / 1/step]
005 Front
*ENG
006 Center
*ENG
007 Rear
*ENG
5-41
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
[ID Sensor Check Result: Ave.] DFU

2141
Displays the average result values of the ID sensor check.

001 Bk
*ENG
002 M
*ENG
003 C
*ENG
004 Y
*ENG [0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V/step]
005 Front
*ENG
006 Center
*ENG
007 Rear
*ENG

2142
Displays the maximum result values of the ID sensor check.

001 Maximum: Bk
*ENG
002 Maximum: M
*ENG
003 Maximum: C
*ENG
004 Maximum: Y
*ENG [0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V/step]
005 Maximum: Front
*ENG
006 Maximum: Center
*ENG
007 Maximum: Rear
*ENG
B222/B224
5-42
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

2143
Displays the minimum result values of the ID sensor check.

001 Minimum: Bk
*ENG
002 Minimum: M
*ENG
003 Minimum: C
*ENG
004 Minimum: Y
*ENG [0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V/step]
005 Minimum: Front
*ENG
006 Minimum: Center
*ENG
007 Minimum: Rear
*ENG
2144
Service
Tables

Displays the maximum result 2 values of the ID sensor check.
SM
001 Maximum 2: Bk
*ENG
002 Maximum 2: M
*ENG
003 Maximum 2: C
*ENG
004 Maximum 2: Y
*ENG [0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V/step]
005 Maximum 2: Front
*ENG
006 Maximum 2: Center
*ENG
007 Maximum 2: Rear
*ENG
5-43
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

2145
Displays the minimum result 2 values of the ID sensor check.

001 Minimum 2: Bk
*ENG
002 Minimum 2: M
*ENG
003 Minimum 2: C
*ENG
004 Minimum 2: Y
*ENG [0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V/step]
005 Minimum 2: Front
*ENG
006 Minimum 2: Center
*ENG
007 Minimum 2: Rear
*ENG
[Area Mag. Correction] LD Pulse Area Correction (Color, Area) FA

Adjusts the magnification for each area. The main scan (297 mm) is divided
into 8 areas. Area 1 is at the front side of the machine (left side of the image)
2150
and area 8 is at the rear side of the machine (right side of the image).
Decreasing a value makes the image shift to the left side on the print.
Increasing a value makes the image shift to the right side on the print.
1 pulse = 1/16 dot
027 Area0: Bk
*ENG DFU
028 Area1: Bk
*ENG Adjusts the area magnification for LD 0.
029 Area2: Bk
*ENG
030 Area3: Bk
*ENG
031 Area4: Bk
*ENG
032 Area5: Bk
*ENG
B222/B224
[256 to 255 / 0 / 1 sub-dot/step ]
5-44
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

033 Area6: Bk
*ENG
034 Area7: Bk
*ENG
035 Area8: Bk
*ENG
036 Area9: Bk
*ENG
037 Area10: Bk
*ENG
Not used
038 Area11: Bk
*ENG
039 Area12: Bk
*ENG
040 Area0: Bk
*ENG Not used
041 Area1: Bk
*ENG
042 Area2: Bk
*ENG
043 Area3: Bk
*ENG
044 Area4: Bk
045 Area5: Bk
*ENG
046 Area6: Bk
*ENG
047 Area7: Bk
*ENG
048 Area8: Bk
*ENG
049 Area9: Bk
*ENG
050 Area10: Bk
*ENG
Service
Tables
[256 to 255 / 0 / 1 sub-dot/step ]
Not used
SM
051 Area11: Bk
*ENG
052 Area12: Bk
*ENG
079 Area0: M
*ENG Not used
080 Area1: M
081 Area2: M
*ENG
[256 to 255 / 0 / 1 sub-dot/step]
5-45
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

082 Area3: M
*ENG
083 Area4: M
*ENG
084 Area5: M
*ENG
085 Area6: M
*ENG
086 Area7: M
*ENG
087 Area8: M
*ENG
088 Area9: M
*ENG
089 Area10: M
*ENG
Not used
090 Area11: M
*ENG
091 Area12: M
*ENG
092 Area0: M
*ENG Not used
093 Area1: M
*ENG
094 Area2: M
*ENG
095 Area3: M
*ENG
096 Area4: M
097 Area5: M
*ENG
098 Area6: M
*ENG
099 Area7: M
*ENG
100 Area8: M
*ENG
101 Area9: M
*ENG
102 Area10: M
*ENG
[256 to 255 / 0 / 1 sub-dot/step]
Not used
103 Area11: M
*ENG
104 Area12: M
*ENG
B222/B224
5-46
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

131 Area0: C
*ENG Not used
132 Area1: C
*ENG
133 Area2: C
*ENG
134 Area3: C
*ENG
135 Area4: C
136 Area5: C
*ENG
137 Area6: C
*ENG
138 Area7: C
*ENG
139 Area8: C
*ENG
140 Area9: C
*ENG
141 Area10: C
*ENG
[256 to 255 / 0 / 1 sub-dot/step]
Not used
SM
*ENG
143 Area12: C
*ENG
144 Area0: C
*ENG Not used
145 Area1: C
*ENG
146 Area2: C
*ENG
147 Area3: C
*ENG
148 Area4: C
149 Area5: C
*ENG
150 Area6: C
*ENG
151 Area7: C
*ENG
152 Area8: C
*ENG
153 Area9: C
*ENG Not used
Service
Tables
142 Area11: C
[256 to 255 / 0 / 1 sub-dot/step]
5-47
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

154 Area10: C
*ENG
155 Area11: C
*ENG
156 Area12: C
*ENG
183 Area0: Y
*ENG Not used
184 Area1: Y
*ENG
185 Area2: Y
*ENG
186 Area3: Y
*ENG
187 Area4: Y
188 Area5: Y
*ENG
189 Area6: Y
*ENG
190 Area7: Y
*ENG
191 Area8: Y
*ENG
192 Area9: Y
*ENG
193 Area10: Y
*ENG
[256 to 255 / 0 / 1 sub-dot/step]
Not used
194 Area11: Y
*ENG
195 Area12: Y
*ENG
196 Area0: Y
*ENG Not used
197 Area1: Y
198 Area2: Y
*ENG
199 Area3: Y
*ENG
200 Area4: Y
*ENG
201 Area5: Y
*ENG
202 Area6: Y
*ENG
B222/B224
[256 to 255 / 0 / 1 sub-dot/step]
5-48
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

203 Area7: Y
*ENG
204 Area8: Y
*ENG
205 Area9: Y
*ENG
206 Area10: Y
*ENG
Not used
207 Area11: Y
*ENG
208 Area12: Y
*ENG
[Area Shad. Correct. Setting] FA

Adjusts the area correction value for each LD power.
The main scan is divided into 16 areas. However, the image areas are limited
2152
from area 1 to area 14.

For BK and Magenta, area 1 is at the rear side of the machine (left side of the
image) and area 14 is at the front side of the machine (right side of the image).
For Cyan and Yellow, area 1 is at the front side of the machine (right side of the
SM
This is for the synchronizing detection
001 Area 0: Bk
*ENG
002 Area 1: Bk
*ENG [50 to 150 / 100 / 1 %/step]
003 Area 2: Bk
*ENG
004 Area 3: Bk
*ENG
005 Area 4: Bk
*ENG
006 Area 5: Bk
*ENG
007 Area 6: Bk
*ENG
008 Area 7: Bk
*ENG
009 Area 8: Bk
*ENG
010 Area 9: Bk
*ENG
board.
5-49
B222/B224
Service
Tables
image) and area 14 is at the rear side of the machine (left side of the image).
Copy Service Mode

011 Area 10: Bk
*ENG
012 Area 11: Bk
*ENG
013 Area 12: Bk
*ENG
014 Area 13: Bk
*ENG
015 Area 14: Bk
*ENG
016 Area 15: Bk
*ENG This is out of the image area.
033 Area 0: M
*ENG
034 Area 1: M
*ENG
035 Area 2: M
*ENG
036 Area 3: M
*ENG
037 Area 4: M
*ENG
038 Area 5: M
*ENG
039 Area 6: M
*ENG
040 Area 7: M
*ENG

board.
[50 to 150 / 100 / 1 %/step]

041 Area 8: M
*ENG
042 Area 9: M
*ENG
043 Area 10: M
*ENG
044 Area 11: M
*ENG
045 Area 12: M
*ENG
046 Area 13: M
*ENG
047 Area 14: M
*ENG
048 Area 15: M
065 Area 0: C
*ENG This is for the synchronizing detection
B222/B224
5-50
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

board.
066 Area 1: C
*ENG
067 Area 2: C
*ENG
068 Area 3: C
*ENG
069 Area 4: C
*ENG
070 Area 5: C
*ENG
071 Area 6: C
*ENG
072 Area 7: C
*ENG
[50 to 150 / 100 / 1 %/step]
SM
*ENG
074 Area 9: C
*ENG
075 Area 10: C
*ENG
076 Area 11: C
*ENG
077 Area 12: C
*ENG
078 Area 13: C
*ENG
079 Area 14: C
*ENG
080 Area 15: C
097 Area 0: Y
*ENG
098 Area 1: Y
*ENG [50 to 150 / 100 / 1 %/step]
099 Area 2: Y
*ENG
100 Area 3: Y
*ENG
101 Area 4: Y
*ENG
102 Area 5: Y
*ENG
103 Area 6: Y
*ENG
Service
Tables
073 Area 8: C

board.
5-51
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

104 Area 7: Y
*ENG
105 Area 8: Y
*ENG
106 Area 9: Y
*ENG
107 Area 10: Y
*ENG
108 Area 11: Y
*ENG
109 Area 12: Y
*ENG
110 Area 13: Y
*ENG
111 Area 14: Y
*ENG
112 Area 15: Y
2180
[Line Position Adj. Setting Clear]
001 Color Regist
002
Main Scan Length

Detection
003 MUSIC Result
004
2181
Area Magnification
Correction
DFU
DFU
DFU
DFU
[Line Position Adj. Result]

Displays the values for each correction.
"Paper Int. Mag: Subdot" indicates the magnification correction value
between two sheets of paper.
"Mag.Cor. Subdot" indicates the magnification correction value.
"M. Scan Erro." indicates the shift correction value in the main scan
direction.
"S. Scan Erro." Indicates the shift correction value in the sub scan
direction.
B222/B224
5-52
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

"M. Cor.: Dot" indicates the dot correction value in the main scan direction.
"M. Cor.: Subdot" indicates the sub dot correction value in the main scan
direction.
001
Paper Int. Mag: Subdot:

Bk
*ENG [32768 to 32767 / 0 / 1 pulse/step]
002 Mag.Cor. Subdot: Bk
*ENG [32768 to 32767 / 0 / 1 pulse/step]
003 Skew: M
*ENG
[5000 to 5000 / 0 / 0.001 um/step]
004 Bent: M
*ENG
005 M. Scan Erro.: Left: M
*ENG
006 M. Scan Erro.: Center: M
*ENG
007 M. Scan Erro.: Right: M
*ENG
008 S. Scan Erro.: Left: M
*ENG
009 S. Scan Erro.: Center: M
*ENG
010 S. Scan Erro.: Right: M
*ENG
011 M. Cor.: Dot: M
*ENG
Service
Tables
[5000 to 5000 / 0 / 0.001 um/step]
[512 to 511 / 0 / 1 dot/step]

012 M. Cor.: Subdot: M
013

M
*ENG
*ENG
014 Mag.Cor. Subdot: M
*ENG [32768 to 32767 / 0 / 1 pulse/step]
015 M. Left Mag.: Subdot: M
*ENG
016 M. Right Mag.: Subdot: M *ENG
SM
017 S. Cor.: 600 Line: M
*ENG [16384 to 16383 / 0 / 1 line/step]
018 S. Cor.: 600 Sub: M
*ENG [1 to 1 / 0 / 0.001 line/step]
019 S. Cor.: 1200 Line: M
*ENG [16384 to 16383 / 0 / 1 line/step]
020 S. Cor.: 1200 Sub: M
*ENG [1 to 1 / 0 / 0.001 line/step]
5-53
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

021 Skew: C
*ENG
[5000 to 5000 / 0 / 0.001 um/step]
022 Bent: C
*ENG
023 M. Scan Erro.: Left: C
*ENG
024 M. Scan Erro.: Center: C
*ENG [5000 to 5000 / 0 / 0.001 um/step]
025 M. Scan Erro.: Right: C
*ENG
026 S. Scan Erro.: Left: C
*ENG
027 S. Scan Erro.: Center: C
*ENG [5000 to 5000 / 0 / 0.001 um/step]
028 S. Scan Erro.: Right: C
*ENG
029 M. Cor.: Dot: C
*ENG [512 to 511 / 0 / 1 dot/step]
030 M. Cor.: Subdot: C
031

C
*ENG
032 Mag.Cor. Subdot: C
*ENG [32768 to 32767 / 0 / 1 pulse/step]
033 M. Left Mag.: Subdot: C
*ENG
034 M. Right Mag.: Subdot: C
*ENG
035 S. Cor.: 600 Line: C
*ENG [16384 to 16383 / 0 / 1 line/step]
036 S. Cor.: 600 Sub: C
*ENG [1 to 1 / 0 / 0.001 line/step]
037 S. Cor.: 1200 Line: C
*ENG [16384 to 16383 / 0 / 1 line/step]
038 S. Cor.: 1200 Sub: C
*ENG [1 to 1 / 0 / 0.001 line/step]
039 Skew: Y
*ENG
[5000 to 5000 / 0 / 0.001 um/step]
040 Bent: Y
*ENG
041 M. Scan Erro.: Left: Y
*ENG
042 M. Scan Erro.: Center: Y
*ENG [5000 to 5000 / 0 / 0.001 um/step]
043 M. Scan Erro.: Right: Y
*ENG
B222/B224
5-54
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

044 S. Scan Erro.: Left: Y
*ENG
045 S. Scan Erro.: Center: Y
*ENG [5000 to 5000 / 0 / 0.001 um/step]
046 S. Scan Erro.: Right: Y
*ENG
047 M. Cor.: Dot: Y
*ENG [512 to 511 / 0 / 1 dot/step]
048 M. Cor.: Subdot: Y
049 Paper Int. Mag: Subdot: Y *ENG

050 Mag.Cor. Subdot: Y
*ENG
051 M. Left Mag.: Subdot: Y
*ENG
052 M. Right Mag.: Subdot: Y
*ENG
053 S. Cor.: 600 Line: Y
*ENG [16384 to 16383 / 0 / 1 line/step]
054 S. Cor.: 600 Sub: Y
*ENG [1 to 1 / 0 / 0.001 line/step]
055 S. Cor.: 1200 Line: Y
*ENG [16384 to 16383 / 0 / 1 line/step]
056 S. Cor.: 1200 Sub: Y
*ENG [1 to 1 / 0 / 0.001 line/step]
Service
Tables
[32768 to 32767 / 0 / 1 dot/step]
[Line Position Adj. Offset]

2182
(Color) M. Scan: Main scan, S. Scan: Sub-scan

High: 154 (B222)/ 205 (B224) mm/sec, Medium: 115 mm/sec, Low: 77 mm/sec
001 M Magnification
*ENG Adjusts the line position manually.
002 C Magnification
*ENG
[-1 to 1 / 0 / 0.001%/step]
When line shifts are not corrected by the
automatic line position adjustment, do this
SP.
003 Y Magnification
*ENG
Increasing a value reduces the image in the

main scan direction.
Decreasing a value enlarges the image in
the main scan direction.
004-021 Adjusts the main scan registration for each color and speed.
SM
5-55
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

Decreasing a value makes the image shift to the left side on the print.
Increasing a value makes the image shift to the right side on the print.
1 dot = 21m, 1 pulse = 1.3m
Dot: Rough adjustment, Subdot: Fine adjustment. Adjust dot first, then adjust
subdot.
004 M. Scan: High: Dot: M
*ENG [-512 to 512 / 0 / 1 dot/step]
005 M. Scan: High: Subdot: M *ENG [-15 to 15 / 0 / 1 pulse/step]

006 M. Scan: Medium: Dot: M *ENG [-512 to 512 / 0 / 1 dot/step]
007
M. Scan: Medium:
Subdot: M
*ENG [-15 to 15 / 0 / 1 pulse/step]
008 M. Scan: Low: Dot: M
*ENG [-512 to 512 / 0 / 1 dot/step]
009 M. Scan: Low: Subdot: M
010 M. Scan: High: Dot: C
*ENG [-512 to 512 / 0 / 1 dot/step]
011 M. Scan: High: Subdot: C *ENG [-15 to 15 / 0 / 1 pulse/step]

012 M. Scan: Medium: Dot: C
013
M. Scan: Medium:
Subdot: C
*ENG [-512 to 512 / 0 / 1 dot/step]
014 M. Scan: Low: Dot: C
*ENG [-512 to 512 / 0 / 1 dot/step]
015 M. Scan: Low: Subdot: C
016 M. Scan: High: Dot: Y
*ENG [-512 to 512 / 0 / 1 dot/step]
017 M. Scan: High: Subdot: Y
018 M. Scan: Medium: Dot: Y
*ENG [-512 to 512 / 0 / 1 dot/step]
019
M. Scan: Medium:
Subdot: Y
020 M. Scan: Low: Dot: Y
*ENG [-512 to 512 / 0 / 1 dot/step]
021 M. Scan: Low: Subdot: Y
B222/B224
5-56
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

Adjusts the sub-scan registration for each color and speed.
022-039
Decreasing a value makes the image shift to the leading edge side on the print.
Increasing a value makes the image shift to the trailing edge side on the print.
1 line = 42m
022 S. Scan: High: Line: M
*ENG [-16384 to 16384 / 0 / 1 line/step]
023 S. Scan: High: Subline: M *ENG [1 to 1 / 0 / 0.001 /line]

024 S. Scan: Medium: Line: M *ENG [-16384 to 16384 / 0 / 1 line/step]
025
S. Scan: Medium:
Subline: M
*ENG [1 to 1 / 0 / 0.001 /line]
026 S. Scan: Low: Line: M
*ENG [-16384 to 16384 / 0 / 1 line/step]
027 S. Scan: Low: Subline: M
*ENG Not used
028 S. Scan: High: Line: C
*ENG [-16384 to 16384 / 0 / 1 line/step]
029 S. Scan: High: Subline: C *ENG [1 to 1 / 0 / 0.001 /line]
031
S. Scan: Medium:
Subline: C
Service
Tables
030 S. Scan: Medium: Line: C *ENG [-16384 to 16384 / 0 / 1 line/step]
*ENG [1 to 1 / 0 / 0.001 /line]
032 S. Scan: Low: Line: C
*ENG [-16384 to 16384 / 0 / 1 line/step]
033 S. Scan: Low: Subline: C
*ENG Not used
034 S. Scan: High: Line: Y
*ENG [-16384 to 16384 / 0 / 1 line/step]
035 S. Scan: High: Subline: Y
*ENG [1 to 1 / 0 / 0.001 /line]
036 S. Scan: Medium: Line: Y *ENG [-16384 to 16384 / 0 / 1 line/step]
037
SM
S. Scan: Medium:
Subline: Y
*ENG [1 to 1 / 0 / 0.001 /line]
038 S. Scan: Low: Line: Y
*ENG [-16384 to 16384 / 0 / 1 line/step]
039 S. Scan: Low: Subline: Y
*ENG Not used
5-57
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

2183
[Main Scan Length Detection] DFU
001 Execute: High: Bk
002 Execute: Medium: Bk
003 Execute: Low: Bk
004 Execute: High: M
005 Execute: Medium: M
006 Execute: Low: M
007 Execute: High: C
008 Execute: Medium: C
009 Execute: Low: C
010 Execute: High: Y
011 Execute: Medium: Y
012 Execute: Low: Y
2184
Executes the adjustment for the main scan

length detection manually.
[Main Scan Length Detection Target] DFU
001 Execute: Bk
002 Execute: M
003 Execute: C
004 Execute: Y
Executes the target value for the main scan

length detection.
[Main Scan Length Detection Disp.]

Displays/adjusts the target value for the main scan magnification correction of
2185
the line position adjustment.

After replacing the laser optics housing unit, input the standard value for Bk
provided with the new unit. For details, see "p.3-36 "Laser Optics Housing
B222/B224
5-58
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

Unit"" in the "Replacement Adjustment" section. It is not necessary to input the
values for the other colors; these are automatically adjusted after doing the line
position adjustment.
001 Bk
*ENG [0 to 266667 / 249449 / 1 sub-dot/step]
002 M
*ENG
003 C
*ENG DFU
004 Y
*ENG
2186
[Main Scan Length Detection] DFU
Selection
*ENG
001
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
0: OFF, 1: ON
Enables or disables the main scan length detection for the laser.
Paper Interval
*ENG [0 to 999 / 1 / 1 sec/step]
002
Freq. Selection
*ENG
003
Service
Tables
Adjusts the interval of the main scan length detection for the laser.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: D-phase, 1: D-phase and PLL
Selects the correction method of the main scan length detection for the laser.
004 Freq. Threshold
2190
001
002
003
SM
*ENG Not used
[Line Position Adj.]

Paper Int. Mag.: Subdot:
Bk
M
C
*ENG DFU
*ENG
*ENG
5-59
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

004

Y
*ENG
005 M. Scan Mag.: Subdot: M *ENG
DFU
007 M. Scan Mag.: Subdot: Y
*ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
0: Disable correction, 1: Enable correction
*ENG
008 Area Mag.: Subdot: M
*ENG
009 Area Mag.: Subdot: C
*ENG DFU
010 Area Mag.: Subdot: Y
*ENG
006 M. Scan Mag.: Subdot: C
DFU
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
011 S. Scan Cor. Setting
*ENG 0: Adjusted with Bk

1: Adjusted in minimum shift among four
colors
012 1 Line Shift Control
*ENG DFU
[MUSIC Coefficient Setting] Line Position Adjustment: Coefficient Setting

2191
DFU
ch 0: ID sensor at rear, ch 1: ID sensor at center, ch 2: ID sensor at front
001 ch 0: Filter: Front: a1
*ENG [131071 to 131071 / 125869 / 1 bit/step]
*ENG [131071 to 131071 / 60488 / 1 bit/step]
003 ch 0: Filter: Front: b0
*ENG [131071 to 131071 / 39 / 1 bit/step]
*ENG [131071 to 131071 / 77 / 1 bit/step]
*ENG [131071 to 131071 / 39 / 1 bit/step]
006 ch 0: Filter: Rear: a1
*ENG [131071 to 131071 / 128596 / 1 bit/step]
*ENG [131071 to 131071 / 63398 / 1 bit/step]
008 ch 0: Filter: Rear: b0
*ENG [131071 to 131071 / 84 / 1 bit/step]
B222/B224
5-60
manuals4you.com
SM
SM
*ENG [131071 to 131071 / 168 / 1 bit/step]
*ENG [131071 to 131071 / 84 / 1 bit/step]
*ENG [131071 to 131071 / 125869 / 1 bit/step]
*ENG [131071 to 131071 / 60488 / 1 bit/step]
*ENG [131071 to 131071 / 39 / 1 bit/step]
*ENG [131071 to 131071 / 77 / 1 bit/step]
*ENG [131071 to 131071 / 39 / 1 bit/step]
*ENG [131071 to 131071 / 128596 / 1 bit/step]
*ENG [131071 to 131071 / 63398 / 1 bit/step]
*ENG [131071 to 131071 / 84 / 1 bit/step]
*ENG [131071 to 131071 / 168 / 1 bit/step]
*ENG [131071 to 131071 / 84 / 1 bit/step]
*ENG [131071 to 131071 / 125869 / 1 bit/step]
*ENG [131071 to 131071 / 60488 / 1 bit/step]
*ENG [131071 to 131071 / 39 / 1 bit/step]
*ENG [131071 to 131071 / 77 / 1 bit/step]
*ENG [131071 to 131071 / 39 / 1 bit/step]
*ENG [131071 to 131071 / 128596 / 1 bit/step]
*ENG [131071 to 131071 / 63398 / 1 bit/step]
*ENG [131071 to 131071 / 84 / 1 bit/step]
*ENG [131071 to 131071 / 168 / 1 bit/step]
*ENG [131071 to 131071 / 84 / 1 bit/step]
031 Q Format Selection
*ENG [0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
5-61
B222/B224
Service
Tables
Copy Service Mode
Copy Service Mode

2192
[MUSIC Threshold Setting] Line Position Adjustment: Threshold Setting DFU

ch 0: ID sensor at rear, ch 1: ID sensor at center, ch 2: ID sensor at front
001 ch 0: 1st
*ENG
002 ch 0: 2nd
*ENG
[0.5 to 3 / 1.3 / 0.1 V/step]
003 ch 0: 3rd
*ENG
004 ch 0: 4th
*ENG
005 ch 1: 1st
*ENG
006 ch 1: 2nd
*ENG
[0.5 to 3 / 1.3 / 0.1 V/step]
007 ch 1: 3rd
*ENG
008 ch 1: 4th
*ENG
009 ch 2: 1st
*ENG
010 ch 2: 2nd
*ENG
[0.5 to 3 / 1.3 / 0.1 V/step]
011 ch 2: 3rd
*ENG
012 ch 2: 4th
*ENG
2193
[MUSIC Condition Set] Line Position Adjustment: Condition Setting
Auto Execution
*ENG
001
[0 or 1 / 1 / ]
0: OFF, 1: ON
Enables/disables the automatic line position adjustment

Page: Job End: BW+FC
002
*ENG
[0 to 999 / 500 / 1 page/step]
Adjusts the threshold of the line position adjustment for BW and color printing
mode after job end.
Page: Job End: FC
003
*ENG [0 to 999 / 200 / 1 page/step]
Adjusts the threshold of the line position adjustment for color printing mode
after job end.
B222/B224
5-62
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

Page: Interrupt: BW+FC
004
*ENG [0 to 999 / 200 / 1 page/step]
Adjusts the threshold of the line position adjustment for BW and color printing
mode during job.
Page: Interrupt: FC
005
*ENG [0 to 999 / 200 / 1 page/step]
Adjusts the threshold of the line position adjustment for color printing mode
during jobs.
Page: Stand-By: BW
*ENG [0 to 999 / 100 / 1 page/step]
Adjusts the threshold of the line position adjustment for BW printing mode in
006
stand-by mode. The line position adjustment is done when the number of
outputs in BW printing mode reaches the value specified with this SP and the
condition of SP2-193-008 or SP2-193-009 is satisfied.
Page: Stand-By: FC
*ENG [0 to 999 / 100 / 1 page/step]
Adjusts the threshold of the line position adjustment for BW printing mode in
007
stand-by mode. The line position adjustment is done when the number of
outputs in color printing mode reaches the value specified with this SP and the
Temp.
Service
Tables
condition of SP2-193-008 or SP2-193-009 is satisfied.

*ENG [0 to 100 / 5 / 1C/step]
Adjust the temperature change threshold for the line position adjustment (Mode
008
b: adjustment once). The timing for line position adjustment depends on the
combinations of several conditions. For details, see p.6-29 "Automatic Line
Position Adjustment" in the "Detailed Section Descriptions" section.
Time
*ENG [1 to 1440 / 300 / 1 minute/step]
Adjust the time threshold for the line position adjustment (Mode b: adjustment
009
once). The timing for line position adjustment depends on the combinations of
several conditions. For details, see p.6-29 "Automatic Line Position
Adjustment" in the "Detailed Section Descriptions" section.
Magnification
010
*ENG [0 to 10 / 1 / 0.1%/step]
Adjusts the magnification threshold for line position adjustment. If the length of
the main scan is changed by this amount since the previous MUSIC, then
SM
5-63
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

MSUIC is done again.
Temp. 2
*ENG [0 to 100 / 10 / 1C/step]
Adjust the temperature change threshold for the line position adjustment (Mode
011
a: adjustment twice). The timing for line position adjustment depends on the
combinations of several conditions. For details, see 6.5.5 "Automatic Line
Position Adjustment" in the "Detailed Section Descriptions" section.
Time 2
Adjust the time threshold for the line position adjustment (Mode a: adjustment
012
twice). The timing for line position adjustment depends on the combinations of
several conditions. For details, see 6.5.5 "Automatic Line Position Adjustment"
in the "Detailed Section Descriptions" section.
2194
[MUSIC Execution Result] Line Position Adjustment: Execution Result
001 Year
*ENG [0 to 99 / 0 / 1 year/step]
002 Month
*ENG [1 to 12 / 1 / 1 month/step]
003 Day
*ENG [1 to 31 / 1 / 1 day/step]
004 Hour
*ENG [0 to 23 / 0 / 1 hour/step]
005 Minute
006 Temperature
*ENG [0 to 100 / 0 / 1 page/step]
007 Execution Result
*ENG
008 Number of Execution
*ENG [0 to 999999 / 0 / 1 time/step]
009 Number of Failure
*ENG [0 to 999999 / 0 / 1 /step]
010 Error Result: M
*ENG [0 to 9 / 0 / 1 /step]
011 Error Result: C
*ENG
012 Error Result: Y
*ENG 2: Cannot detect patterns
B222/B224
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1 /step]
0: Completed successfully, 1: Failed
0: Not done
1: Completed successfully
5-64
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

3: Fewer lines on the pattern than the target
4: Not used
5: Out of the adjustment range
6 to 9: Not used
[MUSIC Start Time]

2197
DFU
001 MUSIC Start Time (EDT)
*ENG [10 to 40 / 20 / 10ms/step]
002 TM Sensor Position
*ENG [50 to 500 / 105.5 / 0.1mm/step]
[Music A/D Interval]

2198
DFU
001 ADC Trigger Counter
*ENG [7.5 to 20 / 10 / 0.1 m/step]
Service
Tables
[Music Error Time Setting]

2199
DFU
001 Error Detection Counter
*ENG [0.5 to 3 / 2.5 / 0.1 sec /step]
[LD Power] LD Power Control

Adjusts the fixed LD power for each line speed and color.
2221
These SPs are activated only when SP3-041-002 is set to "0".

Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Thick 1: 115 mm/sec, Thick 2&Fine: 77
mm/sec
SM
001 Plain: Bk
*ENG [0 to 200 / 100 / 1%/step]
002 Plain: M
*ENG
003 Plain: C
*ENG
004 Plain: Y
*ENG
Increasing this value makes the image

density darker.
5-65
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

005 Thick 1: Bk
*ENG
006 Thick 1: M
*ENG
007 Thick 1: C
*ENG
008 Thick 1: Y
*ENG
*ENG
010 Thick 2&FINE: M
*ENG
011 Thick 2&FINE: C
*ENG
012 Thick 2&FINE: Y
*ENG
[Development DC Bias] Development DC Bias Adjustment

Adjusts the development bias.
Development bias is automatically adjusted during process control; therefore,
adjusting these settings has no effect while Process Control (SP3-041-001
2229
Default: ON) is activated.

After deactivating Process Control with SP3-041-001, the values in these SP
modes are used for printing.
mm/sec
001 Plain: Bk
*ENG [0 to 700 / 550 / 10 V/step]
002 Plain: M
*ENG
003 Plain: C
*ENG
004 Plain: Y
*ENG
005 Thick 1: Bk
*ENG
006 Thick 1: M
*ENG
007 Thick 1: C
*ENG
008 Thick 1: Y
*ENG
B222/B224
5-66
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

009 Thick 2: Bk
*ENG
010 Thick 2: M
*ENG
011 Thick 2: C
*ENG
012 Thick 2: Y
*ENG
013 Fine: Bk
*ENG
014 Fine: M
*ENG
015 Fine: C
*ENG
016 Fine: Y
*ENG
[Temperature/Humidity: Display]
2241
001 Temperature
[128 to 127 / - / 0.1C/step]
002 Relative Humidity
[0 to 100 / - / 0.1 %RH/step]
003 Absolute Humidity
[0 to 100 / - / 0.01 g/m3/step]
2302
Service
Tables
Displays the environment temperature and humidity.
[Environmental Correction: Transfer]

Environmental Correction: Image Transfer Belt Unit
Sets the environment condition manually.
[0 to 5 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Automatic environment control
1: LL (Low temperature/ Low humidity)
002 Forced Setting
*ENG 2: ML (Middle temperature/ Low humidity)

3: MM (Middle temperature/ Middle
humidity)
4: MH (Middle temperature/ High humidity)
5: HH (High temperature/ High humidity)
003 Absolute Humidity:
SM
*ENG Adjusts the threshold value between LL and
m
.co5-67
manuals4you
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

Threshold 1
ML.
[0 to 100 / 4.3 / 0.01 g/m3/step]
004
005
006
Absolute Humidity:
Threshold 2
Absolute Humidity:
Threshold 3
Absolute Humidity:
Threshold 4
Adjusts the threshold value between ML

*ENG and MM.
[0 to 100 / 11.3 / 0.01 g/m3/step]
Adjusts the threshold value between MM
*ENG and MH.
[0 to 100 / 18 / 0.01 g/m3/step]
Adjusts the threshold value between MH
*ENG and HH.
[0 to 100 / 24 / 0.01 g/m3/step]
[Paper Size Correction]

2308
Adjusts the threshold value for the paper size correction.
[0 to 350 / 297 / 1 mm/step]
001 Threshold 1
*ENG Threshold 1 paper:

Paper is detected as "S1" size.
[0 to 350 / 257 / 1 mm/step]
002 Threshold 2
*ENG Threshold 2 paper Threshold 1:

[0 to 350 / 210 / 1 mm/step]
003 Threshold 3
*ENG Threshold 3 paper Threshold 2:

[0 to 350 / 148 / 1 mm/step]
Threshold 4 paper Threshold 3:
004 Threshold 4
*ENG Paper is detected as "S4" size.

Paper Threshold 4:
B222/B224
5-68
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
2311
[Non Image Area: Bias]

Adjusts the bias of the image transfer belt
001 Image Transfer
*ENG
between images. This value is added to the

value of the image transfer belt bias.
[10 to 250 / 100 / 5 %/step]
Adjusts the bias of the paper transfer roller
002 Paper Transfer
*ENG between images.

[0 to 200 / 5 / 1 A/step]
Adjusts the bias of the paper transfer roller
003
Paper Transfer:
Resistance FB
for measuring the resistance of the paper

*ENG transfer roller when the image processing
starts.
[0 to 200 / 30 / 1 A/step]
[P/M Pattern: Bias]

mm/sec
001 Image Transfer: Plain
*ENG
during the process control and automatic

line position control.
[0 to 80 / B222: 24, B224: 32 / 1 A /step]
002 Image Transfer: Thick 1
003
SM
Image Transfer: Thick 2 &

FINE
*ENG [0 to 80 / 18 / 1 A /step]
*ENG [0 to 80 / 12 / 1 A /step]
5-69
B222/B224
Service
Tables
2314
Copy Service Mode
2316
[Power ON: Bias]

at warming up mode after a machine has
001 Image Transfer
*ENG been turned on or any door has been

closed.
[0 to 80 / 5 / 1 A /step]
2326
[Transfer Roller CL: Bias] Transfer Roller Cleaning: Bias Adjustment

Positive
001
*ENG [0 to 5000 / 2000 / 1 V /step]
Adjusts the positive voltage of the paper transfer roller for cleaning the paper
transfer roller.
Negative
002
*ENG [0 to 200 / 50 / 1 A /step]
Adjusts the negative current of the paper transfer roller for cleaning the paper
transfer roller.
Negative: Limit Voltage
003
*ENG [0 to 5000 / 2000 / 1 V /step]
Adjusts the negative current limit of the paper transfer roller for cleaning the
paper transfer roller.
[Common: BW: Bias] Image Transfer Belt: B/W: Bias Adjustment

2351
mm/sec
Image Transfer: Plain
*ENG [0 to 80 / B222: 28, B224: 38 / 1 A]
001
Adjusts the current for the image transfer belt in B/W mode for plain paper.
Image Transfer: Thick 1
*ENG [0 to 80 / 21 / 1 A]
002
Adjusts the current for the image transfer belt in B/W mode for thick 1 paper.
B222/B224
5-70
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

FINE
*ENG [0 to 80 / 14 / 1 A]
003
Adjusts the current for the image transfer belt in B/W mode for thick 2 paper or
FINE mode.
[Common: FC: Bias] Image Transfer Belt: Full Color: Bias Adjustment
2357
mm/sec
Image Transfer: Plain: Bk
001
*ENG [0 to 80 / B222: 22, B224: 30 / 1 A]
Adjusts the current for the image transfer belt for Black in full color mode for
plain paper.
Image Transfer: Plain: M
002
*ENG [0 to 80 / B222: 22, B224: 30 / 1 A]
Adjusts the current for the image transfer belt for Magenta in full color mode for
Image Transfer: Plain: C

003
*ENG [0 to 80 / B222: 25, B224: 33 / 1 A]
Adjusts the current for the image transfer belt for Cyan in full color mode for
plain paper.
Image Transfer: Plain: Y
004
*ENG [0 to 80 / B222: 28, B224: 38 / 1 A]
Adjusts the current for the image transfer belt for Yellow in full color mode for
plain paper.
Image Transfer: Thick 1:
Bk
*ENG [0 to 80 / 17 / 1 A]
005
thick 1 paper.
SM
5-71
B222/B224
Service
Tables
plain paper.
Copy Service Mode
*ENG [0 to 80 / 17 / 1 A]
M
006
thick 1 paper.
*ENG [0 to 80 / 18 / 1 A]
C
007
thick 1 paper.
*ENG [0 to 80 / 21 / 1 A]
Y
008
thick 1 paper.
FINE: Bk
*ENG [0 to 80 / 11 / 1 A]
009
Thick 2 and fine.
FINE: M
*ENG [0 to 80 / 11 / 1 A]
010
Thick 2 and fine.
FINE: C
*ENG [0 to 80 / 12 / 1 A]
011
Thick 2 and fine.
FINE: Y
*ENG [0 to 80 / 15 / 1 A]
012
Thick 2 and fine.
B222/B224
5-72
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
[Common: LL]
Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode. When the environment is
2381
detected as LL, SP2351 and SP2357 are multiplied by these SP values.

mm/sec
*ENG [10 to 250 / 70 / 5%/step]
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
003
004

FINE
Image Transfer: P/M

Pattern
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
[10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]

*ENG P/M Pattern: When doing process control
or automatic line position adjustment.
2382
detected as ML, SP2351 and SP2357 are multiplied by these SP values.

mm/sec
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
003

FINE
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
[10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]

004
Image Transfer: P/M

Pattern
*ENG
P/M Pattern: When doing the process

control or automatic line position
adjustment.
SM
5-73
B222/B224
Service
Tables
[Common: ML]
Copy Service Mode
[Common: MM]
2383
detected as MM, SP2351 and SP2357 are multiplied by these SP values.

mm/sec
*ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
*ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
003

FINE
*ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
[10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]

004
Image Transfer: P/M
*ENG
Pattern

adjustment.
[Common: MH]
2384
detected as MH, SP2351 and SP2357 are multiplied by these SP values.

mm/sec
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
003

FINE
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
[10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]

004
Image Transfer: P/M

Pattern
*ENG

adjustment.
B222/B224
5-74
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
[Common: HH]
2385
detected as HH, SP2351 and SP2357 are multiplied by these SP values.

mm/sec
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
003

FINE
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
[10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]

004
Image Transfer: P/M

Pattern
*ENG

adjustment.
2401
Service
Tables
[Plain: Bias]
Adjusts the DC voltage of the discharge plate for plain paper.
Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Fine: 77 mm/sec
001
Separation DC: Plain: 1st

Side
*ENG
[0 to 5000 / 1500 / 10 V/step]
002
003
Separation DC: Plain:

2nd Side
Separation DC: Fine: 1st
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 5000 / 1000 / 10 V/step]
004
SM
Separation DC: Fine: 2nd

Side
*ENG
5-75
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
[Plain: Bias: BW]

2403
Adjusts the current for the paper transfer roller for plain paper in
black-and-white mode.
001
002
003
Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st

Side
Paper Transfer: Plain:
2nd Side
Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 200 / B222: 22, B224: 30 / 1 A

/step]
[0 to 200 / B222: 22, B224: 30 / 1 A
/step]
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 12 / 1 A /step]
004
Paper Transfer: FINE:

2nd Side
*ENG
[Plain: Bias: FC]

2407
Adjusts the current for the paper transfer roller for plain paper in full color mode.
001
002
003

Side
2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 200 / B222: 33, B224: 40 / 1 A

/step]
[0 to 200 / B222: 33, B224: 40 / 1 A
/step]
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 15 / 1 A /step]
004
B222/B224

2nd Side
*ENG
5-76
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
[Plain: Paper Size Correction]

2411
Adjusts the size correction coefficient for the paper transfer roller current for
each paper size. SP2403 and SP2407 are multiplied by these SP values.
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
SM
Paper Transfer: Plain :

1st Side: S1
2nd Side: S1
Side: S1
2nd Side: S1
Side: S2
2nd Side: S2
Side: S2
2nd Side: S2
Side: S3
2nd Side: S3
Side: S3
*ENG
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 100 / 5%/step]
S1 size 297 mm (Paper width)
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 120 / 5%/step]

297 mm S2 size 275 mm (Paper width)
[100 to 600 / 130 / 5%/step]
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 120 / 5%/step]
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 140 / 5%/step]

[100 to 600 / 200 / 5%/step]
[100 to 600 / 130 / 5%/step]
5-77
B222/B224
Service
Tables
001
Copy Service Mode
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020

2nd Side: S3
Side: S4
2nd Side: S4
Side: S4
2nd Side: S4
Side: S5
2nd Side: S5
Side: S5
2nd Side: S5
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 160 / 5%/step]

[100 to 600 / 220 / 5%/step]
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 140 / 5%/step]
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 180 / 5%/step]

148 mm S5 size (Paper width)
[100 to 600 / 240 / 5%/step]
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 150 / 5%/step]
*ENG
[Plain: Leading Edge Correction] Plain Paper: Leading Edge Correction

Adjusts the correction to the paper transfer roller current at the paper leading
2421
edge in each mode. SP2403 and SP2407 are multiplied by these SP values.
The paper leading edge area can be adjusted with SP2422.
001

Side
002 Paper Transfer: Plain:
B222/B224
*ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
*ENG [0 to 400 / 150 / 5%/step]
5-78
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

2nd Side
003

Side
*ENG
[0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
004

2nd Side
*ENG
Adjusts the correction to the discharge plate current at the paper leading edge
2421
in each mode. SP2401 is multiplied by these SPs values.
005
006

Page
2nd Page
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
008
SM

Page
Separation DC: Fine
2nd Page
*ENG
Service
Tables
007
*ENG
5-79
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
[Plain: Switch Timing: Lead. Edge]

Adjusts the bias/ voltage switch timing of the paper transfer roller/ discharge
2422
plate at the paper leading edge between the erase margin area and the image
area.
001
002
003

Side
2nd Side
Side
*ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
*ENG [0 to 30 / 20 / 1 mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
004
005
006

2nd Side
Page
2nd Page
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
007
008
B222/B224

Page
Page
*ENG
*ENG
5-80
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
[Plain: Trailing Edge Correction] Plain Paper: Trailing Edge Correction

Adjusts the correction coefficient to the paper transfer roller current for the
paper trailing edge in each mode. SP2403 and SP2407 are multiplied by these
2423
SP values.
The paper trailing edge area can be adjusted with SP2424.
001
002

Side
2nd Side
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
004

Side
2nd Side
*ENG
*ENG
Service
Tables
003
[Plain: Switch Timing: Trail. Edge]

Adjusts the bias/voltage switch timing of the paper transfer roller/discharge
2424
plate at the paper trailing edge between the erase margin area and the image
area.
001
002

Side
2nd Side
*ENG
*ENG
[100 to 0 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
003
004
SM
Paper Transfer: FINE (:

1st Side
2nd Side
*ENG
*ENG
5-81
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
[Plain: LL] Plain Paper: LL Environment Coefficient Adjustment

2431
001
002
003

Side
2nd Side
Side
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
004
2431
005

2nd Side
*ENG
detected as LL, SP2401 is multiplied by these SP values.
Side
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 200 / 5%/step]
006
007

2nd Side:
Separation DC: FINE: 1st
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 120 / 5%/step]
008
Separation DC: FINE:

2nd Side
*ENG
[Plain: ML] Plain Paper: ML Environment Coefficient Adjustment

2432
001 Paper Transfer: Plain: 1st *ENG

B222/B224
[10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
5-82
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

Side
002
003
004
2432
005
006
007

2nd Side
Side
2nd Side
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
detected as ML, SP2401 is multiplied by these SP values.
Side
2nd Side:
Side
*ENG [10 to 250 / 200 / 5%/step]
*ENG [10 to 250 / 170 / 5%/step]
*ENG
008

2nd Side
Service
Tables
[10 to 250 / 110 / 5%/step]

*ENG
[Plain: MM] Plain Paper: MM Environment Coefficient Adjustment

2433
001
002
003
SM

Side
2nd Side
Side
*ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
*ENG
*ENG
5-83
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

004
2433
005
006
007

2nd Side
*ENG
detected as MM, SP2401 is multiplied by these SP values.
Side
2nd Side:
Side
*ENG [10 to 250 / 170 / 5%/step]
*ENG [10 to 250 / 140 / 5%/step]
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
008

2nd Side
*ENG
[Plain: MH] Plain Paper: MH Environment Coefficient Adjustment

2434
001
002

Side
2nd Side
*ENG
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 110 / 5%/step]
003
004
2434
005
B222/B224

Side
2nd Side
*ENG
*ENG
detected as MH, SP2401 is multiplied by these SP values.
Side
*ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
5-84
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

006
007

2nd Side:
Side
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
008

2nd Side
*ENG
[Plain: HH] Plain Paper: HH Environment Coefficient Adjustment

2435
001
002

Side
2nd Side
*ENG
*ENG
003
004
2435
005
006
007

Side
2nd Side
Service
Tables
[10 to 250 / 120 / 5%/step]

*ENG
*ENG
detected as HH, SP2401 is multiplied by these SP values.
Side
2nd Side:
Side
*ENG [10 to 250 / 50 / 5%/step]
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
008
SM

2nd Side
*ENG
5-85
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
[Thin: Bias]
2451
Adjusts the DC voltage of the discharge plate for thin paper.

001

Side
*ENG
[0 to 5000 / 1500 / 10 V/step]
002
003

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 5000 / 1000 / 10 V/step]
004

Side
*ENG
[Thin: Bias: BW]

2453
Adjusts the current for the paper transfer roller for thin paper in black-and-white
mode.
001
002
003

Side
2nd Side
Side
*ENG
[0 to 200 / B222: 22, B224: 30 / 1 A
/step]
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 12 / 1 A /step]
004
B222/B224

2nd Side
*ENG
5-86
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
[Thin: Bias: FC]

2457
Adjusts the current for the paper transfer roller for thin paper in full color mode.
001
002
003

Side
2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 200 / B222: 33, B224: 40 / 1 A

/step]
[0 to 200 / B222: 33, B224: 45 / 1 A
/step]
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 15 / 1 A /step]
004

2nd Side
*ENG
[Thin: Paper Size Correction]

001
002
003
004
005
006
SM

Side: S1
2nd Side: S1
Side: S1
2nd Side: S1
Side: S2
2nd Side: S2
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 100 / 5%/step]
*ENG
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 100 / 5%/step]
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 120 / 5%/step]

[100 to 600 / 130 / 5%/step]
5-87
B222/B224
Service
Tables
2461
Copy Service Mode

007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
B222/B224

Side: S2
2nd Side: S2
Side: S3
2nd Side: S3
Side: S3
2nd Side: S3
Side: S4
2nd Side: S4
Side: S4
2nd Side: S4
Side: S5
2nd Side: S5
Side: S5
2nd Side: S5
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 120 / 5%/step]
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 140 / 5%/step]

[100 to 600 / 200 / 5%/step]
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 130 / 5%/step]
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 160 / 5%/step]

[100 to 600 / 220 / 5%/step]
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 140 / 5%/step]
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 180 / 5%/step]

[100 to 600 / 240 / 5%/step]
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 150 / 5%/step]
*ENG
5-88
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
[Thin: Leading Edge Correction] Thin Paper: Leading Edge Correction

2471
001

Side
*ENG
[0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
002
003

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
004

2nd Side
*ENG
2471
Service
Tables
in each mode. SP2451 is multiplied by these SP values.
005

Page
*ENG
[0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
006
007

2nd Page
Page
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
008
SM

Page
*ENG
5-89
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
[Thin: Switch Timing: Lead. Edge]

2472
area.
001

Side
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 0 / 2 mm/step]
002
003

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 0 / 2 mm/step]
004
005

2nd Side
Page
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 0 / 2 mm/step]
006
007

2nd Page
Page
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 0 / 2 mm/step]
008
B222/B224

Page
*ENG
5-90
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
[Thin: Trailing Edge Correction] Thin Paper: Trailing Edge Correction

2473
SP values.
001

Side
*ENG
[0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
002
003

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]

2nd Side
*ENG
Service
Tables
004
SM
5-91
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
[Thin: Switch Timing: Trail. Edge]

2474
area.
001

Side
*ENG
[100 to 0 / 0 / 2 mm/step]
002
003

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[100 to 0 / 0 / 2 mm/step]
004

2nd Side
*ENG
[Thin: LL] Thin Paper: LL Environment Coefficient Adjustment

2481
001

Side
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
002
003

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
004
B222/B224

2nd Side
*ENG
5-92
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
2481
005
Side
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 200 / 5%/step]
006
007

2nd Side:
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 120 / 5%/step]
008

2nd Side
*ENG
[Thin: ML] Thin Paper: ML Environment Coefficient Adjustment

2482
001

Side
Service
Tables
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
002
003

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
004
2482
005
SM

2nd Side
*ENG
Side
*ENG [10 to 250 / 200 / 5%/step]
5-93
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
006
007

2nd Side:
Side
*ENG [10 to 250 / 170 / 5%/step]
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 110 / 5%/step]
008

2nd Side
*ENG
[Thin: MM] Thin Paper: MM Environment Coefficient Adjustment

2483
001

Side
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
002
003

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
004
2483
005
006
B222/B224

2nd Side
*ENG
Side
2nd Side:
*ENG [10 to 250 / 170 / 5%/step]
*ENG [10 to 250 / 140 / 5%/step]
5-94
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
007

Side
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
008

2nd Side
*ENG
[Thin: MH] Thin Paper: MH Environment Coefficient Adjustment

2484
001

Side
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 110 / 5%/step]
002
003

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
004
2484
005
006
007

2nd Side
Service
Tables
[10 to 250 / 110 / 5%/step]

*ENG
Side
2nd Side:
Side
*ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
008
SM

2nd Side
*ENG
5-95
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
[Thin: HH] Thin Paper: HH Environment Coefficient Adjustment

2485
001

Side
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 120 / 5%/step]
002
003

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 120 / 5%/step]
004
2485
005
006
007

2nd Side
*ENG
Side
2nd Side:
Side
*ENG [10 to 250 / 50 / 5%/step]
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
008
B222/B224

2nd Side
*ENG
5-96
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
[Thick 1: Bias]
2501
Adjusts the DC voltage of the discharge plate for thick 1 paper.

Thick 1: 115 mm/sec, Thick 2&Fine: 77 mm/sec
001
Separation DC: Thick 1:

1st Side
*ENG
[0 to 5000 / 1000 / 10 V/step]
002
003

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 5000 / 0 / 10 V/step]
004

Side
*ENG
[Thick 1: Bias: BW]

2502
Adjusts the current for the paper transfer roller for thick 1 paper in
Service
Tables
001
Paper Transfer: Thick 1:

1st Side
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 18 / 1 A /step]
002
003

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 12 / 1 A /step]
004
SM

2nd Side
*ENG
5-97
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
[Thick 1: Bias: FC]

2507
Adjusts the current for the paper transfer roller for thick 1 paper in full color
mode.
001

1st Side
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 22 / 1 A /step]
002
003

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 15 / 1 A /step]
004

2nd Side
*ENG
[Thick 1: Paper Size Correction]

2511
001
002
003
004
005

1st Side: S1
2nd Side: S1
Side: S1
2nd Side: S1
1st Side: S2
006 Paper Transfer: Thick 1:
B222/B224
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 100 / 5%/step]
*ENG
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 100 / 5%/step]
*ENG
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 130 / 5%/step]

*ENG [100 to 600 / 150 / 5%/step]
5-98
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
SM

Side: S2
2nd Side: S2
1st Side: S3
2nd Side: S3
Side: S3
2nd Side: S3
Paper Transfer: Thick 1):
1st Side: S4
2nd Side: S4
Side: S4
2nd Side: S4
1st Side: S5
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 120 / 5%/step]
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 180 / 5%/step]

[100 to 600 / 240 / 5%/step]
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 130 / 5%/step]
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 230 / 5%/step]

[100 to 600 / 370 / 5%/step]
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 140 / 5%/step]
*ENG
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 290 / 5%/step]

5-99
B222/B224
Service
Tables
007
manuals4you.com
2nd Side: S2
Copy Service Mode
018
019
020

2nd Side: S5
Side: S5
2nd Side: S5
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 500 / 5%/step]

*ENG
[100 to 600 / 150 / 5%/step]
*ENG
[Thick 1: Leading Edge Correction] Thick 1 Paper: Leading Edge Correction

2521
001

1st Side
*ENG
[0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
002
003

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
004

2nd Side
*ENG
2521
005
B222/B224

1st Page
*ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
5-100
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
006
007

2nd Page
Page
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
008

Page
*ENG
[Thick 1: Switch Timing: Lead. Edge]

2522
area.
001

1st Side
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
003

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
Service
Tables
002
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
004
005

2nd Side
1st Page
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
006
007

2nd Page
Page
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
008
SM

Page
*ENG
5-101
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
[Thick 1: Trailing Edge Correction] Thick 1 Paper: Trailing Edge Correction

2523
SP values.
001

1st Side
*ENG
[0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
002
003

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
004

2nd Side
*ENG
[Thick 1: Switch Timing: Trail. Edge]

2524
area.
001

1st Side
*ENG
[100 to 0 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
002
003

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[100 to 0 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
004
B222/B224

2nd Side
*ENG
5-102
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
[Thick 1: LL] Thick 1 Paper: LL Environment Coefficient Adjustment

2531
001

1st Side
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
002
003

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
2531
005
006
007

2nd Side
*ENG
1st Side
2nd Side:
Side
Service
Tables
004
*ENG [10 to 250 / 180 / 5%/step]
*ENG [10 to 250 / 240 / 5%/step]
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 120 / 5%/step]
008

2nd Side
*ENG
[Thick 1: ML] Thick 1 Paper: ML Environment Coefficient Adjustment

2532
001 Paper Transfer: Thick 1:

SM
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
5-103
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

1st Side
002
003

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
004
2532
005
006
007

2nd Side
*ENG
1st Side
2nd Side:
Side
*ENG [10 to 250 / 140 / 5%/step]
*ENG [10 to 250 / 240 / 5%/step]
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 110 / 5%/step]
008

2nd Side
*ENG
[Thick 1: MM] Thick 1 Paper: MM Environment Coefficient Adjustment

2533
001

1st Side
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
002
003
B222/B224

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
5-104
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

004
2533
005
006
007

2nd Side
*ENG
1st Side
2nd Side:
Side
*ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
*ENG [10 to 250 / 200 / 5%/step]
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
008

2nd Side
*ENG
[Thick 1: MH] Thick 1 Paper: MH Environment Coefficient Adjustment

001

1st Side
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 110 / 5%/step]
002
003

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 110 / 5%/step]
004

2nd Side
*ENG
2534

005 Separation DC: Thick 1:
SM
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
5-105
B222/B224
Service
Tables
2534
Copy Service Mode

1st Side
006
007

2nd Side:
Side
*ENG [10 to 250 / 180 / 5%/step]
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
008

2nd Side
*ENG
[Thick 1: HH] Thick 1 Paper: HH Environment Coefficient Adjustment

2535
001

1st Side
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 120 / 5%/step]
002
003

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 120 / 5%/step]
004
2535
005

2nd Side
*ENG
1st Side
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
006
007
B222/B224

2nd Side:
Side
*ENG
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
5-106
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

008

2nd Side
*ENG
[Thick 2: Bias]
2551
Adjusts the DC voltage of the discharge plate for thick 2 paper.
001 Separation DC: 1st Side
*ENG
[0 to 5000 / 1000 / 10 V/step]
002 Separation DC: 2nd Side
*ENG
[Thick 2: Bias: BW]

2553
Adjusts the current for the paper transfer roller for thick 2 paper in
001 Paper Transfer: 1st Side
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 12 / 1 A /step]
*ENG
[Thick 2: Bias: FC]

2558
Adjusts the current for the paper transfer roller for thick 2 paper in full color
mode.
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 15 / 1 A /step]
002 Paper Transfer: 2nd Side
SM
*ENG
5-107
B222/B224
Service
Tables
Copy Service Mode

2561
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
B222/B224
Paper Transfer: 1st Side:
*ENG
S1
Paper Transfer: 2nd Side:
S1

S2

S3
*ENG
*ENG
S4
S4
*ENG
*ENG
S5
S5
*ENG
*ENG
S3
*ENG
*ENG
S2
[100 to 600 / 100 / 5%/step]
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 140 / 5%/step]

[100 to 600 / 160 / 5%/step]
[100 to 600 / 200 / 5%/step]
[100 to 600 / 260 / 5%/step]
[100 to 600 / 260 / 5%/step]
[100 to 600 / 430 / 5%/step]
[100 to 600 / 330 / 5%/step]
[100 to 600 / 600 / 5%/step]
5-108
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

2571

*ENG
[0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
*ENG
2571

003 Separation DC: 1st Page
*ENG
[0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]

2572
area.
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
*ENG
004 Separation DC: 2nd Page *ENG
SM
5-109
B222/B224
Service
Tables
Copy Service Mode

Adjusts the correction to the paper transfer roller current for the paper trailing
2573

*ENG
[0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
*ENG

2574

area.
*ENG
[100 to 0 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
*ENG

2581
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
2581
*ENG
003 Separation DC: 1st Side
*ENG [10 to 250 / 180 / 5%/step]
004 Separation DC: 2nd Side: *ENG [10 to 250 / 240 / 5%/step]
B222/B224
5-110
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

2582
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
2582
*ENG
*ENG [10 to 250 / 140 / 5%/step]
004 Separation DC: 2nd Page *ENG [10 to 250 / 240 / 5%/step]

2583
*ENG
Service
Tables
[10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]

2583
*ENG
*ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]

2584
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 110 / 5%/step]
SM
*ENG
5-111
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

2584
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]

2585
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 120 / 5%/step]
2585
*ENG
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
[OHP: Bias]
2601
Adjusts the DC voltage of the discharge plate for OHP.
001 Separation DC
*ENG [0 to 5000 / 1500 / 10 V/step]
[OHP: Bias: BW]

2603
Adjusts the current for the paper transfer roller for OHP in black-and-white
mode.
001 Paper Transfer
B222/B224
*ENG [0 to 200 / 12 / 1 A /step]
5-112
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
[OHP: Bias: FC]

2608
Adjusts the current for the paper transfer roller for OHP in full color mode.
001 Paper Transfer
*ENG [0 to 200 / 15 / 1 A /step]
[OHP: Paper Size Correction]

2611
*ENG
002 Paper Transfer: S2
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 100 / 5%/step]

[100 to 600 / 140 / 5%/step]
[100 to 600 / 200 / 5%/step]
[100 to 600 / 260 / 5%/step]
[100 to 600 / 330 / 5%/step]
[OHP: Leading Edge Correction] OHP: Leading Edge Correction

2621
SM
5-113
B222/B224
Service
Tables
Copy Service Mode
001 Paper Transfer
*ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
2621

002 Separation DC
*ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
[OHP: Switch Timing: Lead. Edge]

2622
area.
001 Paper Transfer
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
002 Separation DC
*ENG
[OHP: Trailing Edge Correction] OHP: Trailing Edge Correction

2623

001 Paper Transfer
*ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
[OHP: Switch Timing: Trail. Edge]

2624

area.
001 Paper Transfer
B222/B224
*ENG [100 to 0 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
5-114
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
[OHP: LL] OHP: LL Environment Coefficient Adjustment

2631
001 Paper Transfer
2631
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
002 Separation DC
*ENG [10 to 250 / 120 / 5%/step]
[OHP: ML] OHP: ML Environment Coefficient Adjustment

2632
Adjusts the environment coefficient for each mode When the environment is
001 Paper Transfer
002 Separation DC
Service
Tables
2632
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
*ENG [10 to 250 / 110 / 5%/step]
[OHP: MM] OHP: MM Environment Coefficient Adjustment

2633
001 Paper Transfer
2633
002 Separation DC
SM
*ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
*ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
5-115
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
[OHP: MH] OHP: MH Environment Coefficient Adjustment

2634
001 Paper Transfer
2634
*ENG [10 to 250 / 110 / 5%/step]
002 Separation DC
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
[OHP: HH] OHP Paper: HH Environment Coefficient Adjustment

2635
001 Paper Transfer
2635
*ENG [10 to 250 / 120 / 5%/step]
002 Separation DC
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
[Thick 3: Bias]
2650
Adjusts the DC voltage of the discharge plate for thick paper 3.
001

1st Side
*ENG
[0 to 5000 / 1000 / 10 V/step]
002
B222/B224

2nd Side
*ENG
5-116
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
[Thick 3: Bias: BW]

2651
Adjusts the current for the paper transfer roller for thick paper 3 in
001

1st Side
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 12 / 1 A /step]
002

2nd Side
*ENG
[Thick 3: Bias: FC]

2652
Adjusts the current for the paper transfer roller for thick paper 3 in full color
mode.
001

1st Side
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 15 / 1 A /step]

2nd Side
*ENG
Service
Tables
002

2653
001
002
003
SM

1st Side: S1
1st Side: S2
1st Side: S3
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 100 / 5%/step]

[100 to 600 / 140 / 5%/step]
[100 to 600 / 200 / 5%/step]
5-117
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
004
005
006
007
008
009
010

1st Side: S4
1st Side: S5
2nd Side: S1
2nd Side: S2
2nd Side: S3
2nd Side: S4
2nd Side: S5
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 260 / 5%/step]

[100 to 600 / 330 / 5%/step]
[100 to 600 / 100 / 5%/step]
[100 to 600 / 160 / 5%/step]
[100 to 600 / 260 / 5%/step]
[100 to 600 / 430 / 5%/step]
[100 to 600 / 600 / 5%/step]

2654
001

1st Side
*ENG
[0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
002
B222/B224

1st Page
*ENG
5-118
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
2654
003

2nd Side
*ENG
[0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
004

2nd Page
*ENG

2655
area.
002

1st Side
1st Page
*ENG
Service
Tables
001
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
003
004
SM

2nd Side
2nd Page
*ENG
*ENG
5-119
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

2656
001

1st Side
*ENG
[0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
002

2nd Side
*ENG

2657

area.
001

1st Side
*ENG
[100 to 0 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
002

2nd Side
*ENG

2658
001
002
B222/B224

1st Side
1st Side
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
*ENG [10 to 250 / 180 / 5%/step]
5-120
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
2658
003
004
2nd Side
2nd Side:
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
*ENG [10 to 250 / 240 / 5%/step]

2659
002
2659
003
004

1st Side
1st Side
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
*ENG [10 to 250 / 140 / 5%/step]
2nd Side
2nd Side:
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
*ENG [10 to 250 / 240 / 5%/step]

2660
001

1st Side
002 Separation DC: Thick 3:
SM
*ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
*ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
5-121
B222/B224
Service
Tables
001
Copy Service Mode

1st Side
2660
003
004
2nd Side
2nd Side:
*ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
*ENG [10 to 250 / 200 / 5%/step]

2661
001
002
2661
003
004
B222/B224

1st Side
1st Side
*ENG [10 to 250 / 110 / 5%/step]
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
2nd Side
2nd Side:
*ENG [10 to 250 / 110 / 5%/step]
*ENG [10 to 250 / 180 / 5%/step]
5-122
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

2662
001
002
2662
003
004

1st Side
1st Side
*ENG [10 to 250 / 120 / 5%/step]
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
2nd Side
2nd Side:
*ENG [10 to 250 / 120 / 5%/step]
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
2751
Service
Tables
[Special 1: Bias]
Adjusts the DC voltage of the discharge plate for special paper 1.
001

Side
*ENG
[0 to 5000 / 1500 / 10 V/step]
002
003

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 5000 / 1000 / 10 V/step]
004
SM

Side
*ENG
5-123
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
[Special 1: Bias: BW]

2753
Adjusts the current for the paper transfer roller for special paper 1 in
001

Side
*ENG
[0 to 200 / B222: 22/B224: 30 / 1 A /step]
002
003

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 12 / 1 A /step]
004

2nd Side
*ENG
[Special 1: Bias: FC]

2757
Adjusts the current for the paper transfer roller for special paper 1 in full color
mode.
001
Paper Transfer: Plain):

1st Side
*ENG
[0 to 200 / B222: 33/B224: 40 / 1 A /step]
002
003

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 15 / 1 A /step]
004
B222/B224

2nd Side
*ENG
5-124
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
[Special 1: Paper Size Correction]

2761
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
SM

Side: S1
2nd Side: S1
Side: S1
2nd Side: S1
Side: S2
2nd Side: S2
Side: S2
2nd Side: S2
Side: S3
2nd Side: S3
Side: S3
2nd Side: S3
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 100 / 5%/step]
*ENG
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 100 / 5%/step]
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 120 / 5%/step]

[100 to 600 / 130 / 5%/step]
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 120 / 5%/step]
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 140 / 5%/step]

[100 to 600 / 200 / 5%/step]
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 130 / 5%/step]
*ENG
5-125
B222/B224
Service
Tables
001
Copy Service Mode

013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020

Side: S4
2nd Side: S4
Side: S4
2nd Side: S4
Side: S5
2nd Side: S5
Side: S5
2nd Side: S5
*ENG
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 160 / 5%/step]

[100 to 600 / 220 / 5%/step]
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 140 / 5%/step]
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 180 / 5%/step]

[100 to 600 / 240 / 5%/step]
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 150 / 5%/step]
*ENG
[Special 1: Leading Edge Correction] Special 1 Paper: Leading Edge

Correction
2771
001
002

Side
2nd Side
*ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
*ENG [0 to 400 / 150 / 5%/step]
003 Paper Transfer: FINE: 1st *ENG
B222/B224
[0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
5-126
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

Side
004

2nd Side
*ENG
2771
005

Page
*ENG
[0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
006
007

2nd Page
Page
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]

Page
*ENG
Service
Tables
008
[Special 1: Switch Timing: Lead. Edge]

2772
area.
001
002
003

Side
2nd Side
Side
*ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
*ENG [0 to 30 / 20 / 1 mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
004
SM

2nd Side
*ENG
5-127
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

005

Page
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
006
007

2nd Page
Page
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
008

Page
*ENG
[Special 1: Trailing Edge Correction] Special 1 Paper: Trailing Edge

Correction
2773
001

Side
*ENG
[0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
002
003

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
004
B222/B224

2nd Side
*ENG
5-128
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
[Special 1: Switch Timing: Trail. Edge]

2774
area.
001

Side
*ENG
[100 to 0 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
002
003

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[100 to 0 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
004

2nd Side
*ENG
2781
001
002
003

Side
2nd Side
Side
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
004
SM

2nd Side
*ENG
5-129
B222/B224
Service
Tables
[Special 1: LL] Special 1 Paper: LL Environment Coefficient Adjustment
Copy Service Mode
2781
005
Side
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 200 / 5%/step]
006
007

2nd Side:
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 120 / 5%/step]
008

2nd Side
*ENG
[Special 1: ML] Special 1 Paper: ML Environment Coefficient Adjustment

2782
001

Side
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
002
003

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
004
B222/B224

2nd Side
*ENG
5-130
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
2782
005
006
007
Side
2nd Side:
Side
*ENG [10 to 250 / 200 / 5%/step]
*ENG [10 to 250 / 170 / 5%/step]
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 110 / 5%/step]
008

2nd Side
*ENG
[Special 1: MM] Special 1 Paper: MM Environment Coefficient Adjustment

2783
001

Side
Service
Tables
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
002
003

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
004
SM

2nd Side
*ENG
5-131
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
2783
005
006
007
Side
Separation DC: Plain :
2nd Side:
Side
*ENG [10 to 250 / 170 / 5%/step]
*ENG [10 to 250 / 140 / 5%/step]
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
008

2nd Side
*ENG
[Special 1: MH] Special 1 Paper: MH Environment Coefficient Adjustment

2784
001

Side
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 110 / 5%/step]
002
003

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 110 / 5%/step]
004
B222/B224

2nd Side
*ENG
5-132
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
2784
005
006
007
Side
2nd Side:
Side
*ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
008

2nd Side
*ENG
[Special 1: HH] Special 1 Paper: HH Environment Coefficient Adjustment

2785
001

Side
Service
Tables
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 120 / 5%/step]
002
003

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 120 / 5%/step]
004
SM

2nd Side
*ENG
5-133
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
2785
005
006
007
Side
2nd Side:
Side
*ENG [10 to 250 / 50 / 5%/step]
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
008

2nd Side
*ENG
[Special 2: Bias]
2801

001
002
003

Side
2nd Side
Side
*ENG [0 to 5000 / 1500 / 10 V/step]
*ENG [0 to 5000 / 1500 / 10 V/step]
*ENG
[0 to 5000 / 1000 / 10 V/step]
004

Side
*ENG

2803
B222/B224
5-134
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

001
002
003

Side
2nd Side
Side
*ENG
[0 to 200 / B222: 22/ B224: 30 / 1 A
/step]
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 12 / 1 A /step]
004

2nd Side
*ENG

2807
mode.
002
003

Side
2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 200 / B222: 33/ B224: 40 / 1 A

/step]
[0 to 200 / B222: 33/ B224: 45 / 1 A
/step]
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 15 / 1 A /step]
004

2nd Side
*ENG

2811
001
SM

Side: S1
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 100 / 5%/step]

5-135
B222/B224
Service
Tables
001
Copy Service Mode

002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
B222/B224

2nd Side: S1
Side: S1
2nd Side: S1
Side: S2
2nd Side: S2
Side: S2
2nd Side: S2
Side: S3
2nd Side: S3
Side: S3
2nd Side: S3
Side: S4
2nd Side: S4
Side: S4
*ENG
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 100 / 5%/step]
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 120 / 5%/step]

[100 to 600 / 130 / 5%/step]
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 120 / 5%/step]
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 140 / 5%/step]

[100 to 600 / 200 / 5%/step]
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 130 / 5%/step]
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 160 / 5%/step]

[100 to 600 / 220 / 5%/step]
[100 to 600 / 140 / 5%/step]
5-136
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

016
017
018
019
020

2nd Side: S4
Side: S5
2nd Side: S5
Side: S5
2nd Side: S5
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 180 / 5%/step]

[100 to 600 / 240 / 5%/step]
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 150 / 5%/step]
*ENG

Correction
2821
Service
Tables
001
002
003

Side
2nd Side
Side
*ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
*ENG [0 to 400 / 150 / 5%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
004
SM

2nd Side
*ENG
5-137
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
2821
005

Page
*ENG
[0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
006
007

2nd Page
Page
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
008

Page
*ENG

2822
area.
001
002
003

Side
2nd Side
Side
*ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
*ENG [0 to 30 / 20 / 1 mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
004
005
B222/B224

2nd Side
Page
*ENG
*ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
5-138
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

006
007

2nd Page
Page
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
008

Page
*ENG

Correction
2823
001

Side
*ENG
002
003

2nd Side
Side
Service
Tables
[0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]

*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
004
SM

2nd Side
*ENG
5-139
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

2824
area.
001

Side
*ENG
[100 to 0 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
002
003

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[100 to 0 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
004

2nd Side
*ENG

2831
001
002
003

Side
2nd Side
Side
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
004
005-008
B222/B224

2nd Side
*ENG
5-140
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

005

Side
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 200 / 5%/step]
006
007

2nd Side:
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 120 / 5%/step]
008

2nd Side
*ENG

2832
001

Side
*ENG
002
003

2nd Side
Side
Service
Tables
[10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]

*ENG
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
004
005-008
005
006
SM

2nd Side
*ENG
Side
2nd Side:
*ENG [10 to 250 / 200 / 5%/step]
*ENG [10 to 250 / 170 / 5%/step]
5-141
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
007

Side
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 110 / 5%/step]
008

2nd Side
*ENG

2833
001

Side
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
002
003

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
004
005-008
005
006
007

2nd Side
*ENG
Side
2nd Side:
Side
*ENG [10 to 250 / 170 / 5%/step]
*ENG [10 to 250 / 140 / 5%/step]
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
008
B222/B224

2nd Side
*ENG
5-142
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

2834
001

Side
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 110 / 5%/step]
002
003

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 110 / 5%/step]
005-008
005
006
007

2nd Side
*ENG
Side
2nd Side:
Side
Service
Tables
004
*ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
008
SM

2nd Side
*ENG
5-143
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

2835
001

Side
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 120 / 5%/step]
002
003

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 120 / 5%/step]
004
005-008
005
006
007

2nd Side
*ENG
Side
2nd Side:
Side
*ENG [10 to 250 / 50 / 5%/step]
*ENG [10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
008
B222/B224

2nd Side
*ENG
5-144
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
[Special 3: Bias]
2851

001

1st Side
*ENG
[0 to 5000 / 1000 / 10 V/step]
002
003

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 5000 / 0 / 10 V/step]
004

Side
*ENG

2852
Service
Tables
001

1st Side
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 18 / 1 A /step]
002
003

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 12 / 1 A /step]
004
SM

2nd Side
*ENG
5-145
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

2857
mode.
001

1st Side
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 22 / 1 A /step]
002
003

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 15 / 1 A /step]
004

2nd Side
*ENG

2861
001
002
003
004
005
B222/B224

1st Side: S1
2nd Side: S1
Side: S1
2nd Side: S1
1st Side: S2
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 100 / 5%/step]
*ENG
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 100 / 5%/step]
*ENG
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 130 / 5%/step]

5-146
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
SM

2nd Side: S2
Side: S2
2nd Side: S2
1st Side: S3
2nd Side: S3
Side: S3
2nd Side: S3
1st Side: S4
2nd Side: S4
Side: S4
2nd Side: S4
1st Side: S5
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 150 / 5%/step]

*ENG
[100 to 600 / 120 / 5%/step]
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 180 / 5%/step]

[100 to 600 / 240 / 5%/step]
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 130 / 5%/step]
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 230 / 5%/step]

[100 to 600 / 370 / 5%/step]
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 140 / 5%/step]
*ENG
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 290 / 5%/step]

5-147
B222/B224
Service
Tables
006
Copy Service Mode
018
019
020

2nd Side: S5
Side: S5
2nd Side: S5
*ENG
*ENG
[100 to 600 / 500 / 5%/step]

[100 to 600 / 150 / 5%/step]
*ENG

Correction
2871
001

1st Side
*ENG
[0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
002
003

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
004

2nd Side
*ENG
005-008
005
B222/B224

1st Page
*ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
5-148
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
006
007

2nd Page
Page
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
008

Page
*ENG

2872
area.
001

1st Side
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
003

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
Service
Tables
002
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
004
005

2nd Side
1st Page
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
006
007

2nd Page
Page
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
008
SM

Page
*ENG
5-149
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

Correction
2873
001

1st Side
*ENG
[0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
002
003

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 400 / 100 / 5%/step]
004

2nd Side
*ENG

2874
area.
001

1st Side
*ENG
[100 to 0 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
002
003

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[100 to 0 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
004
B222/B224

2nd Side
*ENG
5-150
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

2881
001

1st Side
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
002
003

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
005-008
005
006
007

2nd Side
*ENG
1st Side
2nd Side:
Side
Service
Tables
004
*ENG [10 to 250 / 180 / 5%/step]
*ENG [10 to 250 / 240 / 5%/step]
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 120 / 5%/step]
008
SM

2nd Side
*ENG
5-151
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

2882
001

1st Side
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
002
003

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
004
005-008
005
006
007

2nd Side
*ENG
1st Side
2nd Side:
Side
*ENG [10 to 250 / 140 / 5%/step]
*ENG [10 to 250 / 240 / 5%/step]
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 110 / 5%/step]
008
B222/B224

2nd Side
*ENG
5-152
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

2883
001

1st Side
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
002
003

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
005-008
005
006
007

2nd Side
*ENG
1st Side
2nd Side:
Side
Service
Tables
004
*ENG [10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
*ENG [10 to 250 / 200 / 5%/step]
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 100 / 5%/step]
008
SM

2nd Side
*ENG
5-153
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

2884
001

1st Side
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 110 / 5%/step]
002
003

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 110 / 5%/step]
004
005-008
005
006
007

2nd Side
*ENG
1st Side
2nd Side:
Side
*ENG [10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
*ENG [10 to 250 / 180 / 5%/step]
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 90 / 5%/step]
008
B222/B224

2nd Side
*ENG
5-154
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

2885
001

1st Side
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 120 / 5%/step]
002
003

2nd Side
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 120 / 5%/step]
005-008
005

2nd Side
*ENG
1st Side
Service
Tables
004
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
006
007

2nd Side:
Side
*ENG
*ENG
[10 to 250 / 80 / 5%/step]
008
SM

2nd Side
*ENG
5-155
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
[OPC Drum Brake Time]

Adjusts the time when the OPC drum motor reverses from normal rotation after
2901
job end. DFU

mm/sec
001 Plain
*ENG
002 Thick 1
*ENG [0 to 1500 / 500 / 10 msec/step]
003 Thick 2 & FINE
*ENG
[OPC Drum Reverse Time]

2902
Adjusts the time for how long the OPC drum motor reverses after job end. DFU
001 All: BW
*ENG [0 to 200 / 50 / 10 msec/step]
002 All: FC
*ENG [0 to 200 / 40 / 10 msec/step]
[Image Transfer Roller Brake Time]

Adjusts the time when the image transfer belt motor reverses from normal
2903
rotation after job end. DFU

mm/sec
003 Plain
*ENG
004 Thick 1
*ENG [0 to 1500 / 500 / 10 msec/step]
005 Thick 2 & FINE
*ENG
B222/B224
5-156
manuals4you.com
SM
[OPC Drum Reverse Time]

2904
Adjusts the time for how long the image transfer belt motor reverses after job
end. DFU
003 All
*ENG [0 to 200 / 30 / 10 msec/step]
[Drum Stop Angle]

2906
DFU
001 Y
*ENG
002 C
*ENG
003 M
*ENG
004 Bk
*ENG
Drum Gear Phase Adj.

Range
[0 to 359 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
*ENG
Service
Tables
*005
*For Future Use
[ACS Setting (FC to Bk)]

Adjusts the threshold for moving away the image transfer belt from the color
2907
PCUs. This SP moves the image transfer belt away from the color PCUs when
the number of B/W image printouts reaches the number of sheets specified
with this SP after consecutive full color image printouts in the full color mode.
If this SP is set to "0", the image transfer belt does not move away.
001 Continuous Bk Pages
SM
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
5-157
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
[Gain Adjust] Gain Adjustment of Image Transfer Belt Motor

2908
DFU
001 205 mm/sec
*ENG
002 154 mm/sec
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]]
0: Gain: High
003 115 mm/sec
*ENG 1: Gain:Low
004 77 mm/sec
*ENG
2914
[Dust Shield Shutter Motor]
001 Stop Delay: Open
*ENG DFU
002 Stop Delay: Close
*ENG
003 Open Execution
*ENG
004 Close Execution
*ENG
[1 to 50 / 38 / 1 ms/step]
Opens the shutter on the laser optics
housing unit manually for test purposes.
Closes the shutter on the laser optics
housing unit manually for test purposes.
[SecondaryFB: Threshold] Paper Transfer Roller Feed-back: Threshold

Adjustment
2930
Adjusts the threshold between high resistance (division 1) and low resistance
(division 2) at the paper transfer roller. This SP affects SP2931 to SP2939.
001 Voltage
B222/B224
*ENG [0 to 7000 / 5000 / 10 V/step]
5-158
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
[SecondaryFB: Plain]
2931
Adjusts the upper limit voltage for the paper transfer roller. These SPs are only
used for plain paper use in full color mode.
001 Limit Voltage: Division 1
*ENG [0 to 7000 / 6000 / 10 V/step]
*ENG [0 to 7000 / 5000 / 10 V/step]
[SecondaryFB: Thin]
2932
used for thin paper use in full color mode.
*ENG [0 to 7000 / 6000 / 10 V/step]
*ENG [0 to 7000 / 5000 / 10 V/step]
2933
used for special 1 paper use in full color mode.
SM
*ENG [0 to 7000 / 6000 / 10 V/step]
*ENG [0 to 7000 / 5000 / 10 V/step]
5-159
B222/B224
Service
Tables
[SecondaryFB: Special 1]
Copy Service Mode
2934
*ENG [0 to 7000 / 6000 / 10 V/step]
*ENG [0 to 7000 / 5000 / 10 V/step]
[SecondaryFB: Thick 1]
2935
used for thick 1 paper use in full color mode.
*ENG [0 to 7000 / 6000 / 10 V/step]
*ENG [0 to 7000 / 5000 / 10 V/step]
2936
*ENG [0 to 7000 / 6000 / 10 V/step]
*ENG [0 to 7000 / 5000 / 10 V/step]
2937
*ENG [0 to 7000 / 6000 / 10 V/step]
*ENG [0 to 7000 / 5000 / 10 V/step]
B222/B224
5-160
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
[SecondaryFB: OHP]
2938
used for OHP paper use in full color mode.
*ENG [0 to 7000 / 6000 / 10 V/step]
*ENG [0 to 7000 / 5000 / 10 V/step]
2939
*ENG [0 to 7000 / 6000 / 10 V/step]
*ENG [0 to 7000 / 5000 / 10 V/step]
Service
Tables
SM
5-161
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
SP3-XXX (Process)
3011
[Process Cont. Manual Execution]

Executes the normal process control
001 Normal
manually (potential control).

Check the result with SP3-325-001 and
3-012-001 after executing this SP.
002 Density Adjustment
Executes the toner density adjustment

manually.
Executes the process control that is
003 Pre-ACC
normally done before ACC.

The type of process control is selected with
SP3-041-004.
004 Full MUSIC
normally done at the same time as MUSIC.

This SP does the MUSIC (line position
adjustment) twice.
005 Normal MUSIC
normally done at the same time as MUSIC.

This SP does the MUSIC (line position
adjustment) once.
[Process Cont. Check Result] Process Control Self-check Result

Displays the result of the latest process control self-check.
3012
All colors are displayed. The results are displayed in the order Y C M K
e.g., 11 (Y) 99 (C) 11 (M) 11 (K): The self-check for Cyan failed but the others
were successful.
See 4.1.2 in the troubleshooting section for details.
001 History: Latest
B222/B224
*ENG [11111111 to 99999999 / - / 1/step]
5-162
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

002 Result: Latest 1
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[T Sensor Initial Set: Execution] Developer Initialization Setting
001 Execution: ALL
002 Execution: COL (MCY)
003 Execution: Bk
Service
Tables
3013
DFU
SM
004 Execution: M
005 Execution: C
006 Execution: Y
5-163
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
3014
[T Sensor Initial Set Result: Display] Developer Initialization Result: Display

[0 to 9999 / - / - ]
Display: YCMK
*ENG 1: Success
2 to 9: Failure
001 Displays the developer initialization result. See 4.1.1 "Developer Initialization
Result"" for details on the meaning of each code.
All colors are displayed. Values are displayed in the order Y C M Bk.
e.g., 1 (Y) 2 (C) 1 (M) 1 (Bk): Initialization of Cyan failed but the others
succeeded.
3015
[Forced Toner Supply] Forced Toner Supply ([Color])
001 Execution: ALL
002 Execution: COL (MCY)
003 Execution: Bk
004 Execution: M
005 Execution: C
006 Execution: Y
Executes the manual toner supply to the

development unit.
[Forced Toner Supply: Setting] Forced Toner Supply Setting ([Color])

3016
Specifies the manual toner supply time for each color.
001 Supply Time: Bk
*ENG
002 Supply Time: M
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 4 / 1 sec/step]
003 Supply Time: C
*ENG
004 Supply Time: Y
*ENG
B222/B224
5-164
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
[Vt Limit Error]

3020
DFU
001 Delta Vt Threshold
*ENG [0 to 5 / 5 / 0.01 V/step]
002 Upper Threshold
*ENG [0 to 5 / 4.7 / 0.01 V/step]
003
Threshold Number of
Upper counter
004 Lower Threshold
*ENG [0 to 99 / 20 / 1 time/step]
*ENG [0 to 5 / 0.5 / 0.01 V/step]
005 Number of Lower counter *ENG [0 to 99 / 10 / 1 time/step]

006 Upper Counter: Bk
*ENG
007 Upper Counter: M
*ENG
008 Upper Counter: C
*ENG
009 Upper Counter: Y
*ENG
010 Lower Counter: Bk
*ENG
011 Lower Counter: M
*ENG
012 Lower Counter: C
*ENG
013 Lower Counter: Y
*ENG
Service
Tables
[0 to 99 / 0 / 1 time/step]
[TD Sensor Initial Set] Developer Initialization Setting

3021
Specifies the developer agitation time for each color at the developer
initialization. DFU
SM
001 Agitation Time: Bk
*ENG
002 Agitation Time: M
*ENG [0 to 200 / 30 / 1 sec/step]
003 Agitation Time: C
*ENG
5-165
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
004 Agitation Time: Y
*ENG
005-008 Sets the execution flag of the developer initialization for each color. DFU
005 Execution Flag: Bk
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
006 Execution Flag: M
*ENG 0: Flag OFF, 1: Flag ON
007 Execution Flag: C
*ENG
This flag is cleared after executing TD

sensor initialization.
008 Execution Flag: Y
*ENG
Enables or disables developer initialization.
009 Prohibition
*ENG
DFU
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Enable, 1: Disable
[Toner Replenishment Mode] DFU

3022
Specifies the toner supply time for each color in the toner supply mode.
001 Number: Bk
*ENG [0 to 30 / 8 / 1 sec/step]
002 Number: M
*ENG
003 Number: C
*ENG [0 to 30 / 6 / 1 sec/step]
004 Number: Y
*ENG
005-008 Sets the execution flag for the toner supply mode for each color.
005 Execution Flag: Bk
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
006 Execution Flag: M
*ENG 0: Flag OFF, 1: Flag ON
007 Execution Flag: C
*ENG
This flag is cleared after executing TD

sensor initialization.
008 Execution Flag: Y
B222/B224
*ENG
5-166
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
3041
[Process Control Type]

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step ] Alphanumeric
0: FIXED (Use the fixed values for the
Voltage Control
001
*ENG charge DC bias and development DC bias

set with SP2-005 and SP2-229.)
1: CONTROL
Enables or disables potential control.

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step] Alphanumeric
LD Power Control
002
*ENG 0: FIXED (at the value in SP2221-xxx)

1: CONTROL (adjusted by process control)
Selects the LD power control mode.

[0 to 2 / 2 / 1/step]
0: Not Executed
Pre-ACC Process Control *ENG 1: Process Control
004
2: TC Control (TD Adjustment)

Service
Tables
3: Not used
Selects the process control mode that is done before ACC.
3043
[TD Adjustment Mode]

Repeat Number: Power
ON
*ENG [0 to 9 / 4 / 1 time/step]
Specifies the maximum number of repeats of the toner density adjustment at

power on.
001
0: Disabled, 1 to 3: Repeat number,

4: Repeat three times (No consumption mode)
5: Repeat three times (Toner is supplied only when the toner density is too low,
and toner is consumed only when the toner density is too dark.)
6 to 9: Disabled
SM
5-167
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
Repeat Number:
Initialization

the developer initialization.
002
0: Disabled, 1 to 3: Repeat number,

6 to 9: Disabled
Repeat Number: Non-use *ENG [0 to 9 / 0 / 1 time/step]
Specifies the maximum number of repeats of the toner density adjustment in
stand by mode.
003 0: Disabled, 1 to 3: Repeat number,

6 to 9: Disabled
Repeat Number: ACC

ACC.
6 to 9: Disabled
Repeat Number:
005 Recovery
Not used
B222/B224
5-168
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
Repeat Number: Job End *ENG [0 to 9 / 4 / 1 time/step]

job end.
6 to 9: Disabled
Repeat Number: Interrupt *ENG [0 to 9 / 0 / 1 time/step]
007
Specifies the maximum number of repeats of the toner density adjustment

during printing. DFU
Toner Supply Coefficient
008
*ENG [0 to 25.5 / 10 / 0.1 sec/step]
Adjusts the time for the toner supply mode when a toner density is detected to
be low.
009
*ENG [0 to 255 / 5 / 1 time/step]
Specifies the belt mark generating time for checking the black toner density
when toner density is detected to be low at the toner density adjustment.
Consumption pattern: M
010
*ENG [0 to 255 / 5 / 1 time/step]
Specifies the belt mark generating time for checking the magenta toner density
Consumption pattern: C
011
*ENG [0 to 255 / 5 / 1 time/step]
Specifies the belt mark generating time for checking the cyan toner density
Consumption pattern: Y
012
*ENG [0 to 255 / 5 / 1 time/step]
Specifies the belt mark generating time for checking the yellow toner density
SM
5-169
B222/B224
Service
Tables
Consumption pattern: Bk
Copy Service Mode
T1 Bias: Bk
*ENG [0 to 80 / B222: 22/B224: 30 / 1 A/step]
013
Adjusts the image transfer belt bias for Black.
T1 Bias: M
*ENG [0 to 80 / B222: 22/B224: 30/ 1 A/step]
014
Adjusts the image transfer belt bias for Magenta.
T1 Bias: C
*ENG [0 to 80 / B222: 25/B224: 33/ 1 A/step]
015
Adjusts the image transfer belt bias for Cyan.
T1 Bias: Y
*ENG [0 to 80 / B222: 33/B224: 45 / 1 A/step]
016
Adjusts the image transfer belt bias for Yellow.
Developer Mixing Time
*ENG [0 to 250 / 10 / 1 sec/step]
017
Specifies the developer mixing time at the toner density adjustment.
Consumption Pattern:
LD: DUTY: Bk
*ENG [0 to 15 / 15 / 1 /step]
Adjusts the LD duty for the toner consumption mode at the toner density
018
adjustment.
In toner consumption mode, toner is discharged when the detected
development gamma values (SP3611-001) exceed the target values
(SP3611-005) by more than the specified thresholds (SP3239-009).
LD: DUTY: M
*ENG [0 to 15 / 15 / 1 /step]
019
adjustment.
B222/B224
5-170
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
LD: DUTY: C
*ENG [0 to 15 / 15 / 1 /step]
020
adjustment.
LD: DUTY: Y
*ENG [0 to 15 / 15 / 1 /step]
021
adjustment.
[Toner Supply Type] Toner Supply Type ([Color])

Service
Tables
3044
Selects the toner supply method type.
001 Bk
*ENG [0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step] Alphanumeric
002 M
*ENG
003 C
*ENG 1: PID (Vtref_Fixed)
0: FIXED (with the supply rates stored with

SP 3401)
2: PID (Vtref_Control)
004 Y
SM
*ENG 3: Not used
5-171
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
[Toner End Detection Set]

3045
Enables/disables the toner alert display on the LCD.
001 ON/OFF
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Detect, 1: Not Detect
[Toner End/Near End]

3101
Displays the amount of each color toner. DFU
001 Toner Replenishment: Bk
*ENG [1 to 600 / 510 / 1 g/step]
002 Toner Replenishment: M
*ENG
003 Toner Replenishment: C
*ENG [1 to 600 / 400 / 1 g/step]
004 Toner Replenishment: Y
*ENG
005-008 Displays the consumed amount of each color toner.

005 Toner Consumption: Bk
*ENG
006 Toner Consumption: M
*ENG
[0 to 3000 / 0 / 0.001 g/step]
007 Toner Consumption: C
*ENG
008 Toner Consumption: Y
*ENG
009-012
Displays the remaining amount of each color toner. These are calculated by the
operating times of the toner supply pumps.
009 Toner Remaining: Bk
*ENG
010 Toner Remaining: M
*ENG
[50000 to 600 / 0 / 0.001 g/step]
011 Toner Remaining: C
*ENG
012 Toner Remaining: Y
*ENG
B222/B224
5-172
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
Adjusts the threshold of toner near end for each color. The toner near end
013-016
message appears on the LCD when the remaining toner amount reaches this
threshold. When one of these SPs (SP3-101-009 to 012 or -032 to -035)
reaches this threshold, toner near end is detected.
013 Near End Threshold: Bk
*ENG
014 Near End Threshold: M
*ENG
[0 to 600 / 50 / 1 g/step]
015 Near End Threshold: C
*ENG
016 Near End Threshold: Y
*ENG
017-020 DFU
017
018
Cartridge Error
Threshold: Bk
Cartridge Error
Threshold: M
*ENG
*ENG
[50000 to 0 / 50000 / 1 g/step]
020
Cartridge Error
Threshold: C
Cartridge Error
Threshold: Y
Delta Vt Threshold
*ENG
Service
Tables
019
*ENG
*ENG [0 to 5 / 0.5 / 0.01 V/step]
021 This SP is the threshold for toner end. Delta Vt: Vt-Vtref
When both this SP and SP3-101-026 occur at same time, toner end is
determined.
022-025
Displays the total delta Vt (Vt-Vtref) value for each color.

These are calculated by pixel counting.
022 Delta Vt Sum: Bk
*ENG
[0 to 655 / 0 / 0.01 V/step]
023 Delta Vt Sum: M
SM
*ENG
5-173
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
024 Delta Vt Sum: C
*ENG
025 Delta Vt Sum: Y
*ENG
026 Delta Vt Sum Threshold
*ENG [0 to 255 / 10 / 1 V/step]
027
028-031
Gamma Threshold:
Coefficient
*ENG Not used
Displays the consumed toner amount calculated with the pixel count for each
color.
028 Pixel: Consumption: Bk
*ENG
029 Pixel: Consumption: M
*ENG
[0 to 3000 / 0 / 0.001 g/step]
030 Pixel: Consumption: C
*ENG
031 Pixel: Consumption: Y
*ENG
032-035 Displays the remaining toner amount for each color, using pixel count.
032 Pixel: Remaining : Bk
*ENG
033 Pixel: Remaining : M
*ENG
[-50000 to 600 / 0 / 0.001 g/step]
034 Pixel: Remaining : C
*ENG
035 Pixel: Remaining : Y
*ENG
036-039 Adjusts the threshold of toner end for each color.

036 End Threshold: Bk
*ENG
037 End Threshold: M
*ENG
Not used
038 End Threshold: C
*ENG
039 End Threshold: Y
*ENG
040-043 Displays the pixel M/A for each color.
B222/B224
5-174
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
040 Pixel M/A: Bk
*ENG
041 Pixel M/A: M
*ENG
042 Pixel M/A: C
*ENG
043 Pixel M/A: Y
*ENG
044
Delta Vt Threshold Before

Near End
[0 to 1 / 0.4 / 0.001 mg/cm2/step]
Adjusts the delta Vt (Vt Vtref) of toner end

*ENG before toner near end is detected.
[0 to 5 / 0.5 / 0.01 V/step]
Adjusts the total delta Vt (Vt Vtref) of
045
Delta Vt Sum Threshold

Before Near End
*ENG
toner end before toner near end is

detected.
[0 to 255 / 10 / 1 V/step]
[Toner End Recovery]

3102
Adjusts the number of times toner supply is attempted for each color when the
001 Repeat: Bk
*ENG
002 Repeat: M
*ENG
Service
Tables
TD sensor continues to detect toner end during toner recovery.
[1 to 20 / 5 / 1 time/step]
SM
003 Repeat: C
*ENG
004 Repeat: Y
*ENG
5-175
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
[TE Count m: Display]

3131
Display the number of toner end detections for each color.
001 Bk
*ENG
002 M
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 0 / 1 time/step]
003 C
*ENG
004 Y
*ENG
[TD Sensor: Vt Display]

3201
Display the current voltage of the TD sensor for each color.
001 Current: Bk
*ENG
002 Current: M
*ENG
[0 to 5.5 / 0.01 / 0.01 V/step]
003 Current: C
*ENG
004 Current: Y
*ENG
[Vt Shift: Display/Set]

3211
Adjusts the Vt correction value for each line speed.

Thick 1: 115 mm/sec, Thick 2 & FINE: 77 mm/sec
001 Thick 1 Shift: Bk
*ENG
002 Thick 1 Shift: M
*ENG [0 to 5 / B222: 0.14, B224: 0.67 / 0.01
003 Thick 1 Shift: C
*ENG
004 Thick 1 Shift: Y
*ENG
005 Thick 2 & FINE Shift: Bk
*ENG [0 to 5 / B222: 0.28, B224: 0.81 / 0.01
006 Thick 2 & FINE Shift: M
*ENG
B222/B224
V/step]
V/step]
5-176
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
007 Thick 2 & FINE Shift: C
*ENG
008 Thick 2 & FINE Shift: Y
*ENG
[Vtcnt: Display/Set]
3221
Displays or adjusts the current Vtcnt value for each color.
001 Current: Bk
*ENG
002 Current: M
*ENG
[2 to 5 / 4 / 0.01 V/step]
003 Current: C
*ENG
004 Current: Y
*ENG
Displays or adjusts the Vtcnt value for each color at developer initialization.
DFU
005 Initial: Bk
*ENG
006 Initial: M
*ENG
Service
Tables
005-008
[2 to 5 / 4 / 0.01 V/step]
007 Initial: C
*ENG
008 Initial: Y
*ENG
[Vtref: Display/Set]
3222
Displays or adjusts the current Vtref value for each color.
001 Current: Bk
*ENG
002 Current: M
*ENG
[0 to 5.5 / 3 / 0.01 V/step]
SM
003 Current: C
*ENG
004 Current: Y
*ENG
5-177
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
005-008
Displays or adjusts the Vtref value for each color at developer initialization.
DFU
005 Initial: Bk
*ENG
006 Initial: M
*ENG
[0 to 5.5 / 3 / 0.01 V/step]
007 Initial: C
*ENG
008 Initial: Y
*ENG
009-012 Displays and adjusts Vtref correction by pixel coverage for each color. DFU
009 Pixel Correction: Bk
*ENG
010 Pixel Correction: M
*ENG
[-5 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01 V/step]
011 Pixel Correction: C
*ENG
012 Pixel Correction: Y
*ENG
[Vtref Upper Lower: Set] DFU

3223
Adjusts the lower or upper limit value of Vtref for each color.
001 Lower: Bk
*ENG
002 Lower: M
*ENG
[0 to 5 / 2 / 0.01 V/step]
003 Lower: C
*ENG
004 Lower: Y
*ENG
005 Upper: Bk
*ENG
006 Upper: M
*ENG
[0 to 5 / 4 / 0.01 V/step]
007 Upper: C
*ENG
008 Upper: Y
*ENG
B222/B224
5-178
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
009 Initial TC
*ENG
Adjusts the initial toner concentration.

[1 to 15 / 7 / 0.1 wt%/step]
Adjusts the upper limit of the toner
010 Upper: TC
*ENG concentration.
[1 to 15 / 10.5 / 0.1 wt%/step]
Adjusts the lower limit of the toner
011 Lower: TC
*ENG concentration.
[1 to 15 / 4 / 0.1 wt%/step]
Adjusts the upper limit of the TD sensor
012 Upper Sensitivity
*ENG sensitivity.
[0.2 to 0.5 / 0.44 / 0.001 V/wt% /step]
Adjusts the lower limit of the TD sensor
013 Lower Sensitivity
*ENG sensitivity.
[0.2 to 0.5 / 0.209 / 0.001 V/wt% /step]
015
SM
Toner Density Between H

and M
Toner Density Between M
and L
*ENG [1 to 10 / 3.4 / 0.1 wt%/step]

Service
Tables
014
*ENG [1 to 10 / 4.3 / 0.1 wt%/step]
5-179
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
[Vtref Correction: Pixel] DFU

3224
Adjusts the coefficient of Vtref correction for each coverage and color.
001
002
Low Coverage
Coefficient: Bk
Low Coverage
Coefficient: M
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 5 / 1 / 0.1 /step]
003
004
005
006
007
008
Low Coverage
Coefficient: C
Low Coverage
Coefficient: Y
High Coverage
Coefficient: Bk
High Coverage
Coefficient: M
High Coverage
Coefficient: C
High Coverage
Coefficient: Y
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG [0 to 5 / 1 / 0.01 V/step]
*ENG
*ENG [0 to 5 / 0.5 / 0.01 V/step]
*ENG
009 Low Coverage: Threshold *ENG
010
011
012
B222/B224
High Coverage:
Threshold
TC Upper Limit
Correction
Upper Limit TC: Display:
Bk
*ENG
Adjusts the threshold of the low coverage.

[0 to 20 / 3 / 0.1 %/step]
Adjusts the threshold of the high coverage.
[0 to 100 / 60 / 1 %/step]
*ENG [0 to 5 / 0.5 / 0.1 wt%/step]
*ENG [1 to 15 / 10 / 0.01 wt% /step]
5-180
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
013
014
015
016

M
C
Y
Process Control
Execution Threshold
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG [0 to 255 / 50 / 1 time/step]
[Toner Supply: Setting]

3231
Adjusts the coefficient of the toner supply time for each color. DFU
001
Conversion Coefficient:
Bk
*ENG [0.5 to 9.99 / 1.48 / 0.01 /step]
Service
Tables
002 Conversion Coefficient: M *ENG [0.5 to 9.99 / 1.67/ 0.01 /step]

003 Conversion Coefficient: C *ENG [0.5 to 9.99 / 1.45 / 0.01 /step]
004 Conversion Coefficient: Y *ENG [0.5 to 9.99 / 1.74 / 0.01 /step]
3232
[Toner Supply Coefficient: Setting] DFU
001 Vt Proportion: Bk
*ENG
002 Vt Proportion: M
*ENG
[0 to 2550 / 50 / 1 /step]
003 Vt Proportion: C
*ENG
004 Vt Proportion: Y
*ENG
005 Pixel Proportion: Bk
*ENG
[0 to 2.55 / 0.47 / 0.01 /step]
006 Pixel Proportion: M
SM
*ENG
5-181
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
007 Pixel Proportion: C
*ENG
008 Pixel Proportion: Y
*ENG
009 Vt Integral Control: Bk
*ENG
010 Vt Integral Control: M
*ENG
[0 to 2550 / 500 / 1 /step]
011 Vt Integral Control: C
*ENG
012 Vt Integral Control: Y
*ENG
013 Vt Sum Times: Bk
*ENG
014 Vt Sum Times: M
*ENG
[1 to 255 / 20 / 1 time/step]
015 Vt Sum Times: C
*ENG
016 Vt Sum Times: Y
*ENG
3233
[Pixel Proportion Coefficient 2: Setting] DFU
001 Correction Coefficient: 1
*ENG [0 to 2.55 / 1 / 0.01 /step]
*ENG [0 to 2.55 / 0.5 / 0.01 /step]
*ENG [0 to 2.55 / 0 / 0.01 /step]
*ENG [0 to 2.55 / 0.25 / 0.01 /step]
*ENG [0 to 2.55 / 0.5 / 0.01 /step]
3234
[Pixel Proportion Coefficient 3: Setting] DFU
001 Correction Value 1
*ENG [-0.1 to 0 / -0.01 / 0.01 /step]
002 Correction Value 2
*ENG [0 to 0.1 / 0.01 / 0.01 /step]
B222/B224
5-182
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
3235
[Toner Supply Coefficient: Display] DFU
001 Pixel Proportion 2: Bk
*ENG
002 Pixel Proportion 2: M
*ENG
[0 to 2.55 / 1 / 0.01 /step]
003 Pixel Proportion 2: C
*ENG
004 Pixel Proportion 2: Y
*ENG
005 Pixel Proportion 3: Bk
*ENG
006 Pixel Proportion 3: M
*ENG
[0.7 to 1.3 / 1 / 0.01 /step]
007 Pixel Proportion 3: C
*ENG
008 Pixel Proportion 3: Y
*ENG
009 Vt Integral Value: Bk
*ENG
010 Vt Integral Value: M
*ENG
011 Vt Integral Value: C
*ENG
012 Vt Integral Value: Y
*ENG
Service
Tables
[-255 to 255 / 0 / 0.01 /step]
[Toner Supply Consumption: Display] DFU

3236
Displays the toner amount of the latest toner supply for each color.
001 Latest: Bk
*ENG
002 Latest: M
*ENG
[0 to 40000 / 0 / 0.1 mg/step]
SM
003 Latest: C
*ENG
004 Latest: Y
*ENG
5-183
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
[Developer Mixing Setting]

3237
Displays the toner amount of the latest toner supply for each color. DFU
001 Mixing Time
*ENG [0 to 200 / 5 / 1 sec/step]
[Vt Target: Setting]

3238
Displays the Vt target value at developer initialization. DFU
001 Bk
*ENG
002 M
*ENG
[0 to 5 / 2.7 / 0.01 V/step]
003 C
*ENG
004 Y
*ENG
[Vtref Correction: Setting]

3239
Adjusts the parameter for Vtref correction at the process control.
001 (+)Consumption: Bk
*ENG
002 (+)Consumption: M
*ENG
003 (+)Consumption: C
*ENG
004 (+)Consumption: Y
*ENG
[0 to 1 / 0.1 / 0.01 V/step]
005 (-)Consumption: Bk
*ENG
006 (-)Consumption: M
*ENG
007 (-)Consumption: C
*ENG
008 (-)Consumption: Y
*ENG
009-012 Threshold for development gamma rank.
B222/B224
5-184
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
009 P Rank 1 Threshold
*ENG [0 to 2 / 0.2 / 0.1 /step]
*ENG [0 to 2 / 0.1 / 0.1 /step]
*ENG [-2 to 0 / -0.1 / 0.1 /step]
*ENG [-2 to 0 / -0.2 / 0.1 /step]
013-014 Threshold for image density rank on the image transfer belt.
013 T Rank 1 Threshold
*ENG [-1 to 0 / -0.2 / 0.01 V/step]
014 T Rank 2 Threshold
*ENG [0 to 1 / 0.2 / 0.01 V/step]
3241
[Background Potential Setting]
001 Coefficient: Bk
*ENG These are parameters for calculating the
002 Coefficient: M
*ENG
003 Coefficient: C
*ENG [-1000 to 1000 / 0 / 1 /step]
charge bias referring to the development

bias at process control.
004 Coefficient: Y
*ENG 0.001 x these vales) + SP3-241-005 to -008
005 Offset: Bk
*ENG These are additional values for calculating
006 Offset: M
*ENG
007 Offset: C
*ENG [0 to 255 / 140 / 1 V/step]
the charge bias referring to the

development bias at process control.
DC charge bias = Development bias x (1 +

*ENG 0.001 x SP3-241-001 to -004) + these
values
008 Offset: Y
om
ou.c
y
4
s
l
nua
ma
SM
5-185
B222/B224
Service
Tables
DC charge bias = Development bias x (1 +
Copy Service Mode
[LD Power Setting]

3242
Adjusts the coefficient for LD power control value at the process control.
001 Coefficient: Bk
*ENG
002 Coefficient: M
*ENG
[-1000 to 1000 / 75 / 1 /step]
003 Coefficient: C
*ENG
004 Coefficient: Y
*ENG
005 Offset: Bk
*ENG
006 Offset: M
*ENG
[-1000 to 1000 / 65 / 1 /step]
007 Offset: C
*ENG
008 Offset: Y
*ENG
[Coverage]
3251
These (-001 to -016) are coefficients for SP3-222-009 to -012.
001 Latest Pixel: Bk
*ENG
002 Latest Pixel: M
*ENG Displays the latest coverage for each color.
003 Latest Pixel: C
*ENG
004 Latest Pixel: Y
*ENG
[0 to 9999 / 0 / 1 cm2/step]
Displays the average coverage of each color for the Vtref correction.
005-008 "Average S" is defined when the number of developed pages does not reach
the number specified with SP3251-017.
005 Average S: Bk
*ENG
006 Average S: M
*ENG [0 to 100 / 5 / 0.01 %/step]
007 Average S: C
*ENG
B222/B224
5-186
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
008 Average S: Y
*ENG
009-012 "Average M" is defined when the number of developed pages does not reach
the number specified with SP3251-018.
009 Average M: Bk
*ENG
010 Average M: M
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 5 / 0.01 %/step]
011 Average M: C
*ENG
012 Average M: Y
*ENG
013-016 "Average L" is defined when the number of developed pages does not reach
the number specified with SP3-251-019.
013 Average L: Bk
*ENG
014 Average L: M
*ENG
015 Average L: C
*ENG
016 Average L: Y
*ENG
Service
Tables
[0 to 100 / 5 / 0.01 %/step]
017-019 Adjusts the threshold for SP3-251-005 to -016.
SM
017 Total Page Setting: S
018 Total Page Setting: M
019 Total Page Setting: L
5-187
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
024-027 Displays the latest coverage ratio for each color.

024 Latest Coverage: Bk
*ENG
025 Latest Coverage: M
*ENG
[0 to 100 / - / 0.01 %/step]
026 Latest Coverage: C
*ENG
027 Latest Coverage: Y
*ENG
[ID Sensor Detection Value: Vofset]

3311
Displays the ID sensor (regular) offset voltage for Vsg adjustments.
001 Voffset reg: Bk
*ENG
002 Voffset reg: M
*ENG
[0 to 5.5 / - / 0.01 V/step]
003 Voffset reg: C
*ENG
004 Voffset reg: Y
*ENG
005-007 Displays the ID sensor (diffusion) offset voltage for Vsg adjustments.
005 Voffset dif: M
*ENG
006 Voffset dif: C
*ENG [0 to 5.5 / - / 0.01 V/step]
007 Voffset dif: Y
*ENG
008-010 Displays the ID sensor offset voltage for Vsg adjustments.

008 Voffset TM (Front)
*ENG
009 Voffset TM (Center)
*ENG [0 to 5.5 / - / 0.01 V/step]
010 Voffset TM (Rear)
*ENG
B222/B224
5-188
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
[ID Sensor Detection Value: Vsgave]

3313
Not used
001 Vsgave reg: Bk
*ENG
002 Vsgave reg: M
*ENG
[0 to 5.5 / - / 0.01 V/step]
003 Vsgave reg: C
*ENG
004 Vsgave reg: Y
*ENG
005-007 Not used

005 Vsgave dif: M
*ENG
006 Vsgave dif: C
*ENG [0 to 5.5 / - / 0.01 V/step]
007 Vsgave dif: Y
*ENG
008 Vsgave TM (Front)
*ENG
009 Vsgave TM (Center)
*ENG [0 to 5.5 / - / 0.01 V/step]
010 Vsgave TM (Rear)
*ENG
3321
[Vsg Adjustment: Execution]
010 P/TM Sensor All
SM
Service
Tables
008-010 Not used
Execute the ID sensor initialization setting

for all sensors
5-189
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
[Vsg Adjustment Result: Vsg]

3322
Displays the result value of the Vsg adjustment for each sensor.
001 Vsg reg: Bk
*ENG
002 Vsg reg: M
*ENG
[0 to 5.5 / - / 0.01 V/step]
003 Vsg reg: C
*ENG
004 Vsg reg: Y
*ENG
005 Vsg dif: M
*ENG
006 Vsg dif: C
*ENG [0 to 5.5 / - / 0.01 V/step]
007 Vsg dif: Y
*ENG
008 Vsg TM (Front)
*ENG
009 Vsg TM (Center)
*ENG [0 to 5.5 / - / 0.01 V/step]
010 Vsg TM (Rear)
*ENG
3323
[Vsg Adjustment Result: Ifsg] DFU
001 Ifsg: Bk
*ENG
002 Ifsg: M
*ENG
[0 to 50 / - / 0.1 mA/step]
003 Ifsg: C
*ENG
004 Ifsg: Y
*ENG
005 Ifsg TM (Front)
*ENG
006 Ifsg TM (Center)
*ENG [0 to 50 / - / 0.1 mA/step]
007 Ifsg TM (Rear)
*ENG
B222/B224
5-190
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
3324
[Vsg Adjustment: Set] DFU
002 Vofset Error Counter
*ENG
[0 to 99 / - / 0.1 time/step]
003 Vofset Error Counter
*ENG
004 Vofset Threshold
*ENG [0 to 5 / 1 / 0.01 V/step]
005 Vsg Upper Threshold
*ENG [0 to 5 / 4.5 / 0.01 V/step]
006 Vsg Lower Threshold
*ENG [0 to 5 / 3.5 / 0.01 V/step]
[Vsg Adjustment Result]

Displays the result of the Vsg adjustment.
3325
The displayed numbers mean the result of each sensor (sensor for Front,
sensor for Bk, sensor for Cyan, sensor for Center, sensor for Magenta, sensor
for Yellow and sensor for Rear).
*ENG
002 Latest 1
*ENG
003 Latest 2
*ENG
004 Latest 3
*ENG [1111111 to 9999999 / 9999999 / 1 /step]
005 Latest 4
*ENG
Service
Tables
001 Latest
9: Unexpected error
3: Offset voltage error
SM
006 Latest 5
*ENG 2: Vsg adjustment value error
007 Latest 6
*ENG
008 Latest 7
*ENG
009 Latest 8
*ENG
010 Latest 9
*ENG
1: O.K
5-191
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
3361
[ID Sensor Sensitivity: Display] Not Used
001 K2K (Latest)
*ENG
002 K5K (Latest)
*ENG
003 K2M (Latest)
*ENG
004 K5M (Latest)
*ENG
[0 to 5 / - / 0.0001 /step]
005 K2C (Latest)
*ENG
006 K5C (Latest)
*ENG
007 K2Y (Latest)
*ENG
008 K5Y (Latest)
*ENG
3362
[ID Sensor Sensitivity: Setting] DFU
001 K2: Upper
*ENG [0 to 1 / 0.32 / 0.01 /step]
002 K2: Lower
*ENG [0 to 1 / 0.22 / 0.01 /step]
003 K5: Upper
*ENG [0 to 10 / 5 / 0.01 /step]
004 K5: Lower
*ENG [0 to 10 / 0.5 / 0.01 /step]
005 Kn: Lower
*ENG [0 to 1 / 0.1 / 0.01 /step]
006 Kn: Upper
*ENG [0 to 1 / 1 / 0.01 /step]
007 K5 Edit Point
*ENG [0 to 1 / 0.15 / 0.01 /step]
008 K5 Target Voltage
*ENG [0 to 5 / 1.63 / 0.01 V/step]
009 K5 Approximate Method
*ENG
010
B222/B224
K2: Upper/Lower Limit

Coefficient 1
[0 to 1 / 1 / 1 /step]
0:Linear, 1: Curve
*ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 0.01 /step]
5-192
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
011
012
K2: Upper Limit

Correction
K2: Lower Limit
Correction
*ENG [0.2 to 0.4 / 0.07 / 0.01 /step]
*ENG [0.2 to 0.4 / 0.07 / 0.01 /step]
013 Diffusion Correction: M
*ENG
014 Diffusion Correction: C
*ENG [0.75 to 1.35 / 1 / 0.01 /step]
015 Diffusion Correction: Y
*ENG
016 K2: Check: M
*ENG
017 K2: Check: C
*ENG [0 to 1 / 0.25 / 0.001 /step]
018 K2: Check: Y
*ENG
3363
[ID Pattern Timing Setting] DFU

Adjusts the detection timing for the process
*ENG control pattern.
Service
Tables
001 Scan YCMBk
[-500 to 500 / 13.7 / 1 mm/step]

Adjusts the timing when the paper transfer
002
Paper Transfer Release

Start Time
*ENG
unit is kept away from the image transfer

belt.
[0 to 2500 / 0 / 1 msec/step]
Adjusts the processing timing for the
003 Delay Time
*ENG process control pattern.

[0 to 2500 / 600 / 1 msec/step]
Adjusts the processing timing for the
004 MUSIC Delay Time
*ENG
pattern that is used for the line position

adjustment.
[-2500 to 2500 / 300 / 1 msec/step]
SM
5-193
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
3371
[M/A Calculation] DFU
001 Correction Coefficient: Bk *ENG [0.5 to 2.0 / 1.04 / 0.01 /step]

002 Correction Coefficient: M
*ENG [0.5 to 2.0 / 0.98 / 0.01 /step]
003 Correction Coefficient: C
*ENG [0.5 to 2.0 / 1.11 / 0.01 /step]
004 Correction Coefficient: Y
*ENG [0.5 to 2.0 / 0.91 / 0.01 /step]
[Fixed Supply Mode]

3401
Adjusts the toner supply rate in the fixed toner supply mode.
001 Fixed Rate: Bk
*ENG
002 Fixed Rate: M
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 5 / 1 %/step]
These SPs are used only when SP3-044 is
003 Fixed Rate: C
*ENG set to "1".
004 Fixed Rate: Y
*ENG
[Toner Supply Rate: Display]

3411
Displays the current toner supply rate.
001 Latest: Bk
*ENG
002 Latest: M
*ENG
[0 to 100 / - / 1 %/step]
003 Latest: C
*ENG
004 Latest: Y
*ENG
B222/B224
5-194
manuals4you.com
SM
3421
[Toner Supply Range]
001 Upper Limit: Bk
*ENG
002 Upper Limit: M
*ENG
Adjusts the toner supply rate during

printing.
003 Upper Limit: C
*ENG [0 to 100 / 100 / 1%/step]
004 Upper Limit: Y
*ENG
005
Minimum Supply Time:

Bk
006 Minimum Supply Time: M
*ENG
*ENG
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
Adjusts the minimum toner supply time.

[0 to 1000 / 0 / 1 msec/step]
007 Minimum Supply Time: C
*ENG
008 Minimum Supply Time: Y
*ENG
[Toner Supply Carry Over: Display] DFU
001 Bk
*ENG
002 M
*ENG
Service
Tables
3451
[0 to 10000 / 0 / 1 msec/step]
003 C
*ENG
004 Y
*ENG
3452
[Toner Supply Carry Over: Setting] DFU
001 Maximum: Bk
*ENG
002 Maximum: M
*ENG
[0 to 10000 / 1000 / 1 msec/step]
SM
003 Maximum: C
*ENG
004 Maximum: Y
*ENG
5-195
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
[Process Control Target M/A]

3501
Adjusts the target M/A.
001 Maximum M/A: Bk
*ENG
002 Maximum M/A: M
2
*ENG [0 to 1 / 0.42 / 0.001 mg/cm /step]
003 Maximum M/A: C
*ENG
004 Maximum M/A: Y
*ENG [0 to 1 / 0.43 / 0.001 mg/cm2/step]
[Image Quality Adj. Counter: Display]

3510
Displays the total page counter for each adjustment mode.
001 Potential Control: BW
*ENG
002 Potential Control: FC
*ENG
003 Power ON: BW
*ENG
004 Power ON: FC
*ENG
[0 to 2000 / 0 / 1 page/step]
005 MUSIC: BW
*ENG
006 MUSIC: FC
*ENG
007 Vsg Adj.
*ENG
008 Charge AC Control
*ENG
B222/B224
5-196
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
[Execution Interval: Setting]

3511
Adjusts the threshold for each adjustment mode.
002
003
004
005
006
Job End: Potential

Control: BW
Job End: Potential
Control: FC
Interrupt: Potential
Control: BW
Control: FC
Initial: Potential Control:
BW
Initial: Potential Control:
FC
007 Vsg Adj. Counter
008
Charge AC Control
Counter
*ENG [0 to 2000 / 250 / 1 page/step]
*ENG [0 to 2000 / 100 / 1 page/step]
*ENG [0 to 2000 / 500 / 1 page/step]
*ENG [0 to 2000 / 200 / 1 page/step]
*ENG [0 to 2000 / 200 / 1 page/step]
*ENG [0 to 2000 / 100 / 1 page/step]
*ENG [0 to 2000 / 500 / 1 page/step]
*ENG [0 to 2000 / 500 / 1 page/step]
019 Environmental Correction *ENG
020 Gamma Correction
*ENG
021 Non-use Time Correction
*ENG
022
SM
Correction Coefficient 1:
JE: BW
Service
Tables
001
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1 /step]
0: Not Correct (OFF), 1: Correct (ON)
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1 /step]
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1 /step]
*ENG [0 to 1 / 0.2 / 0.01 page/step]
5-197
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
031
JE: BW
JE: FC
JE: FC
Interrupt: BW
Interrupt: BW
Interrupt: FC
Interrupt: FC
Max. Number Correction
Threshold
Max. Number Correction
Counter
*ENG [0 to 1 / 1 / 0.01/step]
*ENG [0 to 1 / 0.5 / 0.01/step]
*ENG [0 to 1 / 1 / 0.01/step]
*ENG [0 to 1 / 0.1 / 0.01/step]
*ENG [0 to 1 / 1 / 0.01/step]
*ENG [0 to 1 / 0.25 / 0.01/step]
*ENG [0 to 1 / 1 / 0.01/step]
*ENG [0 to 99 / 2 / 1/step]
*ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
[Image Quality Adj.: Interval]

3512
Adjusts the timing for execution of process control and line position adjustment.
001 During Job
*ENG [0 to 100 / 30 / 1 page/step]
002 During Stand-by
B222/B224
5-198
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
[PCU Motor Stop Time: Bk]

3513
Displays the last time that the PCU motors stopped.

These are used for process control execution timing.
001 Year
*ENG [0 to 99 / 0 / 1/step]
002 Month
*ENG [1 to 12 / 1 / 1/step]
003 Date
*ENG [1 to 31 / 1 / 1/step]
004 Hour
*ENG [0 to 23 / 0 / 1/step]
005 Minute
*ENG [0 to 59 / 0 / 1/step]
[Environmental Display: Job End]

3514
Displays the environmental conditions for the last job.
001 Temperature
*ENG [-1280 to 1270 / 0 / 0.1C/step]
002 Relative Humidity
*ENG [0 to 1000 / - / 0.1%RH/step]
003 Absolute Humidity
*ENG [0 to 1000 / - / 0.1 g/cm3/step]
Service
Tables
These are used for process control execution timing.
[Execution Interval: Display]

3515
Displays the current interval for process control execution.

When the machine calculates the timing for process control, it uses a number
of conditions. These are the results after considering all the conditions.
001
002
SM
Job End: Potential

Control: BW
Job End: Potential
Control: FC
*ENG [0 to 2000 / / 1 page/step]
5-199
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
003
004
Control: BW
Control: FC
[Refresh Mode] DFU

While making prints with low coverage, the developer is agitated with less toner
3516
consumption and the toner carrier attraction tends to increase. This may cause
low image density or poor transfer (white dots). To prevent this, the coagulated
toner or overcharged toner has to be consumed by performing the refresh
mode.
001
002
Dev. Motor Rotation:

Display: Bk
Display: M
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 1000 / 0 / 1 m/step]
003
004

Display: C
Display: Y
*ENG
*ENG
005 Rotation Threshold
*ENG [0 to 1000 / 1 / 1 m/step]
006 Pixel Coverage Sum: Bk
*ENG
007 Pixel Coverage Sum: M
2
*ENG [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 cm /step]
008 Pixel Coverage Sum: C
*ENG
B222/B224
5-200
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
009 Pixel Coverage Sum: Y
*ENG
010 Required Area: Bk
*ENG
011 Required Area: M
*ENG
012 Required Area: C
*ENG
013 Required Area: Y
*ENG
014 Refresh Threshold: Bk
*ENG
015 Refresh Threshold: M
*ENG
016 Refresh Threshold: C
*ENG
017 Refresh Threshold: Y
*ENG
019
Pattern Generation
Number: Bk
Pattern Generation
Number: M
[0 to 255 / 34 / 1 cm2/m/step]
*ENG
*ENG
Service
Tables
018
[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 cm2/step]
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1 time/step]
020
021
022
023
SM
Pattern Generation
Number: C
Pattern Generation
Number: Y
Pattern Generation
Number: Upper limit
Toner Consumption
Pattern Area
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 time/step]
*ENG [10 to 2550 / 320 / 10 cm2/step]
024 Supply Coefficient
*ENG [0 to 2.55 / 1 / 0.01/step]
025 Job End Area Coefficient
*ENG [0.1 to 25.5 / 1 / 0.1/step]
026 Job End Vb Coefficient
*ENG [0 to 100 / 40 / 1%/step]
5-201
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
027 Job End Length
*ENG [0 to 56 / 25 / 1mm/step]
028 Job End Supply
*ENG [0 to 1 / 0.45 / 0.001 mg/cm2/step]
[Blade damage prevention mode]

3517
Adjusts the threshold temperature for preventing the cleaning blade at the drum
unit from being damaged. If the temperature is above this value, the drum
reverses briefly at the end of the job to prevent the blade from flipping over.
001
3518
Execution Temp.
Threshold
*ENG [0 to 50/ 40 / 1C/step]
[Image Quality Adj. Execution Flag] DFU
001 Toner End Recovery: Bk
*ENG
002 Toner End Recovery: M
*ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
003 Toner End Recovery: C
*ENG
004 Toner End Recovery: Y
*ENG
005 Vsg Adj.
*ENG
006 Developer Mixing
*ENG
007 Process Control
*ENG
008 MUSIC
*ENG
009 Drum Phase Adj.
*ENG
B222/B224
0: OFF. 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: OFF. 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: OFF. 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: OFF. 1: ON
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
0: OFF. 1: ON (once), 2: ON (twice)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: OFF. 1: ON
5-202
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
010 Charge AC Control
011
Blade Damage
Prevention
*ENG
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: OFF. 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: OFF. 1: ON
[Toner End Prohibition Setting]

3519
Enables or disables each adjustment at toner near end.
001 Process Control
*ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
002 MUSIC
*ENG
003 TC Adj.
*ENG
0: Permit (adjustment is done even toner

near end condition)
1: Forbid (adjustment is not done at toner
near end condition)
[Initial Process Control Setting]
When the current condition has changed by more than the values of these SPs
when compared with the conditions at the previous operation, the process
control at power on is executed.
002 Non-use Time Setting
003 Temperature Range
*ENG [0 to 99 / 10 / 1C/step]
004 Relative Humidity Range
*ENG [0 to 99 / 50 / 1 %RH/step]
005 Absolute Humidity Range *ENG [0 to 99 / 6 / 1 g/m3/step]
SM
5-203
B222/B224
Service
Tables
Adjusts the threshold for the process control at power on.

3522
Copy Service Mode
[Non-use Time Process Control Setting]

Adjusts the threshold for the process control at stand-by.
3531
When the current condition has changed by more than the values of these SPs
when compared with the conditions at the previous operation, the process
control at stand-by is executed.
001 Non-use Time Setting
002 Temperature Range
*ENG [0 to 99 / 10 / 1C/step]
003 Relative Humidity Range
*ENG [0 to 99 / 50 / 1 %RH/step]
004 Absolute Humidity Range *ENG [0 to 99 / 6 / 1 g/m3/step]
005
3611
Maximum Execution
Number
Adjusts the maximum execution time for the

*ENG process control at stand-by.
[0 to 99 / 10 / 1 time/step]
[Development Gamma: Display/Set]
001 Bk (Current)
*ENG
002 M (Current)
*ENG
Displays the current development gamma

for each color.
003 C (Current)
*ENG [0 to 5 / - / 0.01 mg/cm2/kV /step]
004 Y (Current)
*ENG
005 Bk (Target Display)
*ENG Displays the target development gamma for
006 M (Target Display)
each color.
*ENG [0 to 5 / 0.85 / 0.01 mg/cm2/kV /step]
007 C (Target Display)
008 Y (Target Display)
B222/B224
5-204
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
Displays the standard target development

009 Bk (Standard Target Set)
*ENG gamma for each color.

[0 to 5 / 0.9 / 0.01 mg/cm2/kV /step]
010 M (Standard Target Set)
*ENG
011 C (Standard Target Set)
2
*ENG [0 to 5 / 0.8 / 0.01 mg/cm /kV /step]
012 Y (Standard Target Set)
*ENG
Turns on or off the environmental correction
013 Environmental Correction *ENG
for target development gamma.

[0 or 1 / 1 / - ]
0: Not Correct, 1: Correct
[Vk Display]
3612
001 Bk
*ENG
002 M
*ENG
Service
Tables
Displays Vk for each color.
[-300 to 300 / - / 1 V/step]

003 C
*ENG
004 Y
*ENG
[Development DC Control: Display]

Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec, Thick 2 & FINE: 77 mm/sec
3621
Displays the development DC bias adjusted with the process control for each
line speed and color.
SM
001 Plain: Bk
*ENG
002 Plain: M
*ENG [0 to 700 / 550 / 1 -V/step]
003 Plain: C
*ENG
5-205
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
004 Plain: Y
*ENG
009 Thick 2 & FINE: Bk
*ENG
010 Thick 2 & FINE: M
*ENG
[0 to 700 / 550 / 1 -V/step]
011 Thick 2 & FINE: C
*ENG
012 Thick 2 & FINE: Y
*ENG
[Charge DC Control: Display]

3631
Displays the charge DC voltage adjusted with the process control for each line
speed and color.
001 Plain: Bk
*ENG
002 Plain: M
*ENG
[0 to 2000 / 690 / 1 -V/step]
003 Plain: C
*ENG
004 Plain: Y
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 2000 / 690 / 1 -V/step]
*ENG
*ENG
B222/B224
5-206
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
[Charge AC Control: Display]

Plain: 154 (B222)/205 (B224) mm/sec
3641
Displays the charge AC voltage adjusted with the process control for each
color.
001 Plain: Bk
*ENG
002 Plain: M
*ENG
[0 to 3 / 1.75 / 0.01 kV/step]
003 Plain: C
*ENG
004 Plain: Y
*ENG
[LD Power Control: Display]

3651
001 Plain: Bk
*ENG
002 Plain: M
*ENG
Service
Tables
Displays the LD power adjusted for each environment.
[0 to 200 / 100 / 1 %/step]

003 Plain: C
*ENG
004 Plain: Y
*ENG
005 Thick 1: Bk
*ENG
006 Thick 1: M
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 100 / 1 %/step]
SM
007 Thick 1: C
*ENG
008 Thick 1: Y
*ENG
5-207
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 100 / 1 %/step]
*ENG
*ENG
[HST Concentration Control: Set]

TD Sensor: Toner Concentration Control Setting
3710
Selects the toner concentration control method by HST memory, which is in the
TD sensor.
001
Control Method:
Selection
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 1 / - ]
0: Not Use, 1: Use
[HST Concentration Control: Bk]

3711
Displays the factory settings of the black PCU.
001 Vcnt
*ENG [0 to 5 / 4 / 0.1 V/step]
002 Vt
*ENG [0 to 5 / 2.5 / 0.1 V/step]
003 Sensitivity: HL
*ENG [0 to 5 / 2.5 / 0.1 V/step]
004 Sensitivity: HM
*ENG [0 to 5 / 1.3 / 0.1 V/step]
005 Sensitivity: ML
*ENG [0 to 5 / 1.2 / 0.1 V/step]
006 Set Detection
*ENG [0 to 5 / 1 / 0.1 V/step]
007 Without Developer
*ENG [0 to 5 / 1.2 / 0.1 V/step]
008 With Developer
*ENG [0 to 5 / 1.3 / 0.1 V/step]
009 Serial Number 1
*ENG [0 to 255 / - / 1 V/step]
B222/B224
5-208
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
010 Serial Number 2
*ENG
011 Adjustment: Vt
*ENG [0 to 5 / 3 / 0.1 V/step]
012 Adjustment: Vtref
*ENG [0 to 5 / 3 / 0.1 V/step]
013 Adjustment: Vtcnt
*ENG [0 to 5 / 4 / 0.01 V/step]
014 Adjustment: Gamma
*ENG [0 to 2.55 / 0 / 0.01 mg/cm2/kV /step]
015 Adjustment: Vcnt Result
*ENG [0 to 9 / 9 / 1 /step]
[HST Concentration Control: M]

3712
001 Vcnt
*ENG [0 to 5 / 4 / 0.1 V/step]
002 Vt
*ENG [0 to 5 / 2.5 / 0.1 V/step]
003 Sensitivity: HL
*ENG [0 to 5 / 2.5 / 0.1 V/step]
004 Sensitivity: HM
*ENG [0 to 5 / 1.3 / 0.1 V/step]
005 Sensitivity: ML
*ENG [0 to 5 / 1.2 / 0.1 V/step]
006 Set Detection
*ENG [0 to 5 / 1 / 0.1 V/step]
*ENG [0 to 5 / 1.2 / 0.1 V/step]
008 With Developer
*ENG [0 to 5 / 1.3 / 0.1 V/step]
009 Serial Number 1
*ENG
Service
Tables
Displays the factory settings of the magenta PCU.
[0 to 255 / - / 1 V/step]
SM
010 Serial Number 2
*ENG
011 Adjustment: Vt
*ENG [0 to 5 / 3 / 0.1 V/step]
*ENG [0 to 5 / 3 / 0.1 V/step]
*ENG [0 to 5 / 4 / 0.01 V/step]
5-209
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
*ENG [0 to 9 / 9 / 1 /step]
[HST Concentration Control: C]

3713
Displays the factory settings of the cyan PCU.
001 Vcnt
*ENG [0 to 5 / 4 / 0.1 V/step]
002 Vt
*ENG [0 to 5 / 2.5 / 0.1 V/step]
003 Sensitivity: HL
*ENG [0 to 5 / 2.5 / 0.1 V/step]
004 Sensitivity: HM
*ENG [0 to 5 / 1.3 / 0.1 V/step]
005 Sensitivity: ML
*ENG [0 to 5 / 1.2 / 0.1 V/step]
006 Set Detection
*ENG [0 to 5 / 1 / 0.1 V/step]
*ENG [0 to 5 / 1.2 / 0.1 V/step]
008 With Developer
*ENG [0 to 5 / 1.3 / 0.1 V/step]
009 Serial Number 1
*ENG
[0 to 255 / - / 1 V/step]
010 Serial Number 2
*ENG
011 Adjustment: Vt
*ENG [0 to 5 / 3 / 0.1 V/step]
*ENG [0 to 5 / 3 / 0.1 V/step]
*ENG [0 to 5 / 4 / 0.01 V/step]
*ENG [0 to 9 / 9 / 1 /step]
B222/B224
5-210
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
[HST Concentration Control: Y]

3714
Displays the factory settings of the yellow PCU.
001 Vcnt
*ENG [0 to 5 / 4 / 0.1 V/step]
002 Vt
*ENG [0 to 5 / 2.5 / 0.1 V/step]
003 Sensitivity: HL
*ENG [0 to 5 / 2.5 / 0.1 V/step]
004 Sensitivity: HM
*ENG [0 to 5 / 1.3 / 0.1 V/step]
005 Sensitivity: ML
*ENG [0 to 5 / 1.2 / 0.1 V/step]
006 Set Detection
*ENG [0 to 5 / 1 / 0.1 V/step]
*ENG [0 to 5 / 1.2 / 0.1 V/step]
008 With Developer
*ENG [0 to 5 / 1.3 / 0.1 V/step]
009 Serial Number 1
*ENG
[0 to 255 / - / 1 V/step]
SM
*ENG
011 Adjustment: Vt
*ENG [0 to 5 / 3 / 0.1 V/step]
*ENG [0 to 5 / 3 / 0.1 V/step]
*ENG [0 to 5 / 4 / 0.01 V/step]
*ENG [0 to 9 / 9 / 1 /step]
5-211
Service
Tables
010 Serial Number 2
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
[Toner Collection Bottle Full Detection]

3800
Displays/ adjusts the toner collection bottle detection settings. These SPs are
used for NRS.
001 Condition
*CTL [0 to 4 / 0 / 1 /step]
002 Detection Times
*CTL [0 to 50 / - / 1 /step]
003 Print Page After Near Full
*CTL [0 to 1000 / 0 / 1 sheet/step]
004
005
Pixel Count After Near

Full
Pixel Count After

Replacement
008 Coefficient
*CTL [0 to 200000 / - / 1 cm2/step]
Displays the pixel counter after

*CTL replacement of toner collection bottle.
[0 to 200000 / - / 1 cm2/step]
*ENG [0.5 to 1.5 / 1 / 0.1 /step]
Enables or disables the calling for NRS.
[0 or 1 / 1 / - ]
0: Enable NRS calling
1: Disable NRS calling
NOTE:
011 Notice Setting
*ENG If the toner collection bottle has been

replaced before the machine detects used
toner near full when this setting is set to "0",
the machine cannot detect toner collection
bottle near full. In that case, set
SP3-902-017 to "1".
B222/B224
5-212
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
[Toner Collection Bottle Full Detection]

3900
Turns toner collection bottle full detection on or off.
001 ON/OFF Setting
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 1 / - ]
0: OFF, 1: ON
[New PCU Detection]

3901
Turns new PCU detection on or off.
001 ON/OFF Setting
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 1 / - ]
0: OFF, 1: ON
[Manual New Unit Set]

3902
Turns the new unit detection flag for each PM unit on or off.
The use of these counters is explained in the PM section and in the relevant
SM
001 Development Unit: Bk
*ENG
002 Development Unit: Y
*ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / - ]
003 Development Unit: C
*ENG
004 Development Unit: M
*ENG
005 Developer: Bk
*ENG
006 Developer: Y
*ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / - ]
007 Developer: C
*ENG
008 Developer: M
*ENG
Service
Tables
parts of section 3 (Replacement and Adjustment).
0: OFF, 1: ON
0: OFF, 1: ON
5-213
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
009 PCU: Bk
*ENG
010 PCU: Y
*ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / - ]
011 PCU: M
*ENG
012 PCU: C
*ENG
013 Image Transfer Unit
*ENG
014 Fusing Unit
*ENG 0: OFF, 1: ON
015 Cleaning Unit
*ENG
016 Paper Transfer Unit
*ENG 3902-015: This is for the image transfer belt

cleaning unit.
*ENG
0: OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / - ]
Do not use 3902-013 if you only change the
017 Toner Collection Bottle
cleaning unit.
SP4-XXX (Scanner)
[Sub Scan Magnification Adjustment]

4008
Adjusts the sub-scan magnification by changing the scanner motor speed.
001
Sub Scan Magnification

Adjustment
*CTL
[-1.0 to 1.0 / 0 / 0.1%/step] FA
[Leading Edge Registration Adjustment]

4010
Adjusts the leading edge registration by changing the scanning start timing in
the sub-scan direction.
001
B222/B224
*CTL [-2.0 to 2.0 / 0 / 0.1 mm/step] FA
5-214
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
[Side-to-Side registration Adjustment]

4011
Adjusts the side-to-side registration by changing the scanning start timing in

the main scan direction.
001 -
*CTL [-2.5 to 2.5 / 0 / 0.1 mm/step ] FA
[Scanner Erase Margin: Scale] Scanner: Erase Margin: Scale

4012
Sets the blank margin at each side for erasing the original shadow caused by
the gap between the original and the scale.
001 Book: Leading Edge

002 Book: Trailing Edge
*ENG [0 to 3.0 / 0 / 0.1 mm/step ] FA
003 Book: Left
004 Book: Right
007 ADF: Right
Service
Tables
005 ADF: Leading Edge

*ENG [0 to 3.0 / 0 / 0.1 mm/step ] FA
008 ADF: Left
[Scanner Free Run]

4013
Performs the scanner free run with the exposure lamp on or off in the following
mode.
Full color mode / Full Size / A3 or DLT
001 Lamp: ON
-
002 Lamp: OFF
SM
5-215
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
[Scan]
4014
Execute the scanner free fun with each mode.
001 HP Detection Enable
Scanner free run with HP sensor check.
002 HP Detection Disable
Scanner free run without HP sensor check.
4020
[Dust Check]
Turns the ADF scan glass dust check on/
001 Detection: ON/OFF
*ENG
off.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1 /step]
0: OFF, 1: ON
Selects the detect level.
002 Dust Detect: Level
*ENG
[0 to 8 / 4 / 1 /step]
0: lowest detection level
8: highest detection level
Selects the level of the sub scan line
correction when using the ARDF.
[0 to 4 / 0 / 1 /step]
003 Correction Level
*ENG
0: Off
1: Weakest
2: Weak
3: Strong
4: Strongest
B222/B224
5-216
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
[APS Operation Check]

4301
Displays a code that represents the original size detected by the original
sensors. (See 5.2.2 "Input Check Table"".)
001 APS Operation Check
[APS Min Size (A5/HLT/16K)]

4303
Specifies the result of the detection when the outputs from the original sensors
are all OFF.
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1 /step]
0: No Original
001
APS Min. Size

(A5/HLT/16K)
*ENG
1: A5-Lengthwise (16K SEF if 4305 is set to

3)
2: A5-Sideways (16K LEF if 4305 is set to
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1 /step]
0: Normal Detection (the machine detects
4305
[8K/16K Detection]
*ENG
A4/LT size as A4 or LT, depending on the

paper size setting)
1: A4-Sideways LT-Lengthwise
2: LT-Sideways A4-Lengthwise
3: 8K 16K
001 This program enables the machine to automatically recognize the 8K/16K size.
SM
5-217
B222/B224
Service
Tables
3)
Copy Service Mode
[Scanner Erase Margin] *ENG

4400
Set the Mask for Original.

These SPs set the area to be masked during platen (book) mode scanning.
001 Book: Leading Edge
002 Book: Trailing Edge
003 Book: Left
[0 to 3.0 / 0 / 0.1 mm/step]
004 Book: Right

005 ADF: Leading Edge
007 ADF: Right
008 ADF: Left
[IPU Test Pattern]

4417
Selects the IPU test pattern.
[0 to 24 / 0 / 1/step ]
001
0: Scanned image
13: Grid pattern CMYK
1: Gradation main scan A
14: Color patch CMYK
2: Gradation main scan B
15: Gray pattern (1)
3: Gradation main scan C
16: Gray pattern (2)
4: Gradation main scan D
17: Gray Pattern (3)
Test Pattern
5: Gradation sub scan (1)
18: Shading pattern
Selection
6: Grid pattern
19: Thin line pattern
7: Slant grid pattern
20: Scanned + Grid pattern
8: Gradation RGBCMYK
21: Scanned + Gray scale
9: UCR pattern
22: Scanned + Color patch
10: Color patch 16 (1)
23: Scanned + Slant Grid C
11: Color patch 16 (2)
24: Scanned + Slant Grid D
12: Color patch 64
B222/B224
5-218
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
[ICI Output Selection]

4429
Adjusts the ICI output density level.
001 -
*ENG
[32 to 255 / 128 / 1 /step]

255: Strongest density
[Saturation Adjustment]
4440
Adjusts the level of saturation for copying.
[0 to 5 / 3 / 1 /step]
0: High
1: Lowest
001 Saturation Adj. 1
*ENG 2: Lower
3: Default
4: Higher
4450
Service
Tables
5: Highest
[Scan Image Path Selection]

Black Subtraction ON/OFF
[0 or 1 / 1 / - ] 0: OFF, 1: ON
001
Uses or does not use the black reduction image path.
SH ON/OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1 /step] 0: ON, 1: OFF
002
Uses or does not use the shading image path.
[Digital AE Set] DFU

4460
Specifies the level of deleting the background in the ADS mode. You can adjust
its level for each scanning method (platen, ADF).
SM
001 Lower Limit
*ENG [0 to 1024 / 364 / 4 digit/step]
002 Background Level
*ENG [512 to 1532 / 972 / 1 digit/step]
5-219
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
[ACC Target Density]

4501
Selects the ACC result.
001 Copy: Bk: Text
*ENG
002 Copy: M: Text
*ENG
003 Copy: C: Text
*ENG
004 Copy: Y: Text
*ENG [0 to 10 / 5 / 1 /step]
005 Copy: Bk: Photo
*ENG
006 Copy: M: Photo
*ENG
007 Copy: C: Photo
*ENG
008 Copy: Y: Photo
*ENG
10: Darkest density
[ACC Offset: Light]

4505
Adjusts the offset correction for light areas of the ACC pattern.
001 Self Machine: Bk
*ENG
002 Self Machine: M
*ENG
[-128 to 127 / 0 / 1 /step]
003 Self Machine: C
*ENG
004 Self Machine: Y
*ENG
005 Other Machine: Bk
*ENG
006 Other Machine: M
*ENG
Reserved
007 Other Machine: C
*ENG
008 Other Machine: Y
*ENG
B222/B224
5-220
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
[ACC Offset: Dark]

4506
Adjusts the offset correction for dark areas of the ACC pattern.
001 Self Machine: Bk
*ENG
002 Self Machine: M
*ENG
[-128 to 127 / 0 / 1 /step]
003 Self Machine: C
*ENG
004 Self Machine: Y
*ENG
005 Other Machine: Bk
*ENG
006 Other Machine: M
*ENG
Reserved
007 Other Machine: C
*ENG
008 Other Machine: Y
*ENG
4540
This SP corrects the printer coverage of 12 hues (RY, YR, YG, etc. x 4 Colors
[R, G, B, Option]) for a total of 48 parameters.
001-004 RY Phase: Option/R/G/B

005-008 YR Phase: Option/R/G/B
*ENG Specifies the printer vector correction

value.
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1 /step]
009-012 YG Phase: Option/R/G/B

013-016 GY Phase: Option/R/G/B
017-020 GC Phase: Option/R/G/B
021-024 CG Phase: Option/R/G/B
025-028 CB Phase: Option/R/G/B
029-032 BC Phase: Option/R/G/B
033-036 BM Phase: Option/R/G/B
SM
5-221
B222/B224
Service
Tables
[Printer Vector Correction]
Copy Service Mode

037-040 MB Phase: Option/R/G/B
041-044 MR Phase: Option/R/G/B
045-048 RM Phase: Option/R/G/B
4550
[Scanner Application: text/Printing] DFU
4551
[Scanner Application: text] DFU
4552
[Scanner Application: text (Drop Out Coor)] DFU
4553
[Scanner Application: textPhoto] DFU
4554
[Scanner Application: Photo] DFU
4565
[Scanner Application: GrayScale] DFU
4570
[Scanner Application: Color: TextPhoto] DFU
4571
[Scanner Application: Color: Glossy Photo] DFU
4572
[Scanner Application: AutoColor] DFU

MTF: 0 (Off), 1-15
(Strong)
*ENG
[0 to 15 / 8 / 1 /step]
0: MTF Off
-005
Sets the MTF level (Modulation Transfer Function) designed to improve image
contrast. Set higher for stronger effect, lower for weaker effect.
Smoothing: 0 (x1), 1-7
-006 (Strong)
*ENG [0 to 7 / 4 / 1 /step]
Use to remove "jaggies" if they appear. Set higher for smoother images.
Brightness: 1255
*ENG [1 to 255 / 128 / 1 /step]
-007
Set higher for darker, set lower for lighter.
Contrast: 1255
*ENG [1 to 255 / 128 / 1 /step]
-008
Set higher for more contrast, set lower for less contrast.
B222/B224
5-222
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
Independent Dot Erase

(0), 1-7 (Strong)
-009
*ENG [0 to 7 / 0 / 1 /step]
Sets the erasure level of Irregular Dots. Set higher for stronger effect, lower for
weaker effect.
0: Not activated
4580
[FAX Application: Text/Chart] DFU
4581
[FAX Application: Text] DFU
4582
[FAX Application: Text/Photo] DFU
4583
[FAX Application: Photo] DFU
4584
[FAX Application: Original 1] DFU
4585
[FAX Application: Original 2] DFU
(Strong)
*ENG
[0 to 15 / 8 / 1 /step]
0: MTF Off
-005
Sets the MTF level (Modulation Transfer Function) designed to improve image
contrast. Set higher for stronger effect, lower for weaker effect.
Smoothing: 0 (x1), 1-7
-006 (Strong)
*ENG [0 to 7 / 4 / 1 /step]
Use to remove "jaggies" if they appear. Set higher for smoother images.
Brightness: 1255
*ENG [1 to 255 / 128 / 1 /step]
-007
Set higher for darker, set lower for lighter.
Contrast: 1255
*ENG [1 to 255 / 128 / 1 /step]
-008
Set higher for more contrast, set lower for less contrast.
SM
5-223
B222/B224
Service
Tables
MTF: 0 (Off), 1-15
Copy Service Mode
Independent Dot Erase
*ENG [0 to 7 / 0 / 1 /step]
(0), 1-7 (Strong)

-009
Selects the contrast level for B/W the Text mode. Sets the erasure level of
Irregular Dots. Set higher for stronger effect, lower for weaker effect.
0: Not activated
Texture Erase: 0
*ENG [0 to 2 / 0 / 1 /step]
-010 Sets the erasure level of textures. Set higher for stronger effect, lower for
weaker effect. This SP (suffix "-010") only exists in SP4580, 4582 and 4583.
0: Not activated
4600
[SBU Version Display]
001 -
4602
Displays the ID of the SBU.
[Scanner Memory Access]
001 Scanner Memory Access
002 Address Set
Enables the read and write check for the

SBU registers.
Not used
003 Data Set
4603
[AGC Execution]
001 HP Detection Enable
Executes the AGC.
002 HP Detection Disable
DFU
B222/B224
5-224
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
4604
[FGATE Open/Close] DFU

Opens or closes the FGATE signal. This
SP automatically returns to the default
001 -
status (close) after exiting this SP.

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: OFF, 1: ON
4606
[White Balance Target: R] DFU

This value is the target value of red for the
001 -
*ENG white level adjustment.

[0 to 1024 / 784 / 1 digit/step]
4607
[White Balance Target: G] DFU

This value is the target value of green for
001 -
*ENG the white level adjustment.
4608
Service
Tables
[0 to 1024 / 784 / 1 digit/step]
[White Balance Target: B] DFU

This value is the target value of blue for
001 -
*ENG the white level adjustment.

[0 to 1024 / 784 / 1 digit/step]
SM
5-225
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
4623
[Black Level Fine Adj. Display]

RE: Red Even signal, RO: Red Odd signal
Displays the black offset value (rough
001 Latest: RE Color
adjustment) for the even red signal in the

CCD circuit board (color printing speed).
[0 to 255 / 128 / 1 digit/step]
002 Latest: RO Color
adjustment) for the odd red signal in the

Displays the black offset value (fine


005 Latest: RE BW
CCD circuit board (black and white printing

speed).
[0 to 255 / 128 / 1 digit/step]
006 Latest: RO BW

speed).
007 Latest: RE BW

speed).
B222/B224
5-226
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

008 Latest: RO BW

speed).
4624
[Black Level Rough Adj. Display]

GE: Green Even signal, GO: Green Odd signal
adjustment) for the even green signal in
001 Latest: GE Color
the CCD circuit board (color printing

speed).
[0 to 255 / 128 / 1 digit/step]
002 Latest: GO Color
adjustment) for the odd green signal in the


speed).

005 Latest: GE BW
the CCD circuit board (black and white

printing speed).
[0 to 255 / 128 / 1 digit/step]
SM
5-227
B222/B224
Service
Tables
Copy Service Mode

006 Latest: GO BW

speed).
007 Latest: GE BW

printing speed).
008 Latest: GO BW

speed).
4625

BE: Blue Even signal, BO: Blue Odd signal
001 Latest: BE Color
adjustment) for the even blue signal in the

[0 to 255 / 128 / 1 digit/step]
002 Latest: BO Color
adjustment) for the odd blue signal in the



B222/B224
5-228
manuals4you.com
SM

005 Latest: BE BW

speed).
[0 to255 / 128 / 1 digit/step]
006 Latest: BO BW

speed).
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode

007 Latest: BE BW

speed).
008 Latest: BO BW

Service
Tables
speed).
[Gain Adjustment]
4628
Displays the gain value of the amplifiers on the controller for Red.
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1 digit/step]
SM
003 Latest: RE BW
004 Latest: RO BW
5-229
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
[Gain Adjustment]
4629
Displays the gain value of the amplifiers on the controller for Green.
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1 digit/step]
003 Latest: GE BW
004 Latest: GO BW
[Gain Adjustment]
4630
Displays the gain value of the amplifiers on the controller for Blue.
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1 digit/step]
003 Latest: BE BW
004 Latest: BO BW
[Black Level Adj. Loop] Black Level Adjustment Loop Counter

4640
Displays the black level adjustment time for each mode.

The black level adjustment is done twice. The 1st adjustment decides the
reference value for the 2nd adjustment.
001 Adj. 1 Number: Color
002 Adj. 1 Number: BW
003 Adj. 2 Number: Color
004 Adj. 2 Number: BW
B222/B224
1st adjustment
[0 to 20 / 0 / 1 /step]
2nd adjustment
[0 to 20 / 0 / 1 /step]
5-230
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
[White Level Adj. Loop] White Level Adjustment Loop Counter

4641
Displays the white level adjustment time for each mode.
001 Adj. Number: Color
[0 to 20 / 0 / 1 /step]
002 Adj. Number: BW
[Scan Adj. Time Out Error]

4646
Displays the result of the AGC adjustment.

If the AGC adjustment fails, SC141 (B/W mode) or SC142 (Color mode)
occurs.
001 Black Offset Correction 1
002 Black Offset Correction 2
003 White Offset Correction
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: OK, 1: AGC adjustment failure
Service
Tables
[Read Hard Error]

4647
Displays the result of the SBU connection check.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Power-ON
0: OK, 1: SBU connection check failure

If the SBU connection check fails,
SC141-001, -002 or -003 occurs.
SM
5-231
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
4654
[Black Level Fine Adj. Display]

Displays the previous black offset value
001
Last Correct Value: RE

Color
(rough adjustment) for the even red signal

*ENG in the CCD circuit board (color printing
speed).
[0 to 255 / 112 / 1 digit/step]
002
Last Correct Value: RO

Color
*ENG
(rough adjustment) for the odd red signal

in the CCD circuit board (color printing
speed).
003

Color
(fine adjustment) for the even red signal in

*ENG the CCD circuit board (color printing
speed).
[0 to 255 / 128 / 1 digit/step]
004

Color
*ENG
(fine adjustment) for the odd red signal in

speed).
005

BW
(rough adjustment) for the even red signal

*ENG in the CCD circuit board (black and white
printing speed).
[0 to 255 / 112 / 1 digit/step]
006

BW
*ENG
(rough adjustment) for the odd red signal

in the CCD circuit board (black and white
printing speed).
B222/B224
5-232
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
007

BW
(fine adjustment) for the even red signal in

*ENG the CCD circuit board (black and white
printing speed).
[0 to 255 / 128 / 1 digit/step]
008

BW
*ENG
(fine adjustment) for the odd red signal in

printing speed).
4655

Color
(rough adjustment) for the even green

*ENG signal in the CCD circuit board (color
printing speed).
[0 to 255 / 112 / 1 digit/step]
002
Last Correct Value: GO

Color
*ENG
(rough adjustment) for the odd green

signal in the CCD circuit board (color
printing speed).
003
Last Correct Value: GE

Color
(fine adjustment) for the even green signal

speed).
[0 to 255 / 128 / 1 digit/step]
004

Color
*ENG
(fine adjustment) for the odd green signal

speed).
SM
5-233
B222/B224
Service
Tables
001
Copy Service Mode
005

BW
(rough adjustment) for the even green

*ENG signal in the CCD circuit board (black and
white printing speed).
[0 to 255 / 112 / 1 digit/step]
006

BW
*ENG
(rough adjustment) for the odd green

signal in the CCD circuit board (black and
007

BW
(fine adjustment) for the even green signal

printing speed).
[0 to 255 / 128 / 1 digit/step]
008

BW
*ENG
(fine adjustment) for the odd green signal

printing speed).
4656

001
Last Correct Value: BE

Color
(rough adjustment) for the even blue

printing speed).
[0 to 255 / 112 / 1 digit/step]
002
Last Correct Value: BO

Color
*ENG
(rough adjustment) for the odd blue signal

speed).
B222/B224
5-234
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
003

Color
(fine adjustment) for the even blue signal

speed).
[0 to 255 / 128 / 1 digit/step]
004

Color
*ENG
(fine adjustment) for the odd blue signal in

speed).
005

BW
(rough adjustment) for the even blue

[0 to 255 / 112 / 1 digit/step]

BW
*ENG

printing speed).
007

BW
(fine adjustment) for the even blue signal

printing speed).
[0 to 255 / 128 / 1 digit/step]
008

BW
*ENG

printing speed).
SM
5-235
B222/B224
Service
Tables
006
Copy Service Mode
[Gain Adjustment]
4658
Displays the previous gain value of the amplifiers on the controller for Red.
001
002

Color
Color
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1 digit/step]
003
004

BW
BW
*ENG
*ENG
[Gain Adjustment]
4659
Displays the previous gain value of the amplifiers on the controller for Green.
001
002

Color
Color
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1 digit/step]
003
004
B222/B224

BW
BW
*ENG
*ENG
5-236
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
[Gain Adjustment]
4660
Displays the previous gain value of the amplifiers on the controller for Blue.
001
002

Color
Color
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1 digit/step]
003
004
4661

BW
BW
*ENG
*ENG
[Black Level 2 Rough Adj. Display]

001

Color
value (rough adjustment) for the even red

printing speed).
[0 to 255 / 112 / 1 digit/step]
Displays the previous 2nd black offset
002

Color
*ENG
value (rough adjustment) for the odd red

printing speed).
003

Color
value (fine adjustment) for the even red

printing speed).
[0 to 255 / 128 / 1 digit/step]
SM
5-237
B222/B224
Service
Tables
Copy Service Mode

004

Color
*ENG
value (fine adjustment) for the odd red

printing speed).
005

BW
value (rough adjustment) for the even red

[0 to 255 / 112 / 1 digit/step]
Displays the previous 2nd
006

BW
*ENG
black offset
value (rough adjustment) for the odd red

007

BW
value (fine adjustment) for the even red

[0 to 255 / 128 / 1 digit/step]
008

BW
*ENG
value (fine adjustment) for the odd red

4662

001

Color
value (rough adjustment) for the even

*ENG green signal in the CCD circuit board (color
printing speed).
[0 to 255 / 112 / 1 digit/step]
B222/B224
5-238
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

002

Color
*ENG
value (rough adjustment) for the odd green

printing speed).
003

Color
value (fine adjustment) for the even green

printing speed).
[0 to 255 / 128 / 1 digit/step]
004

Color
*ENG
value (fine adjustment) for the odd green

printing speed).
BW
value (rough adjustment) for the even

*ENG green signal in the CCD circuit board (black
and white printing speed).
Service
Tables
005
[0 to 255 / 112 / 1 digit/step]

006

BW
*ENG
value (rough adjustment) for the odd green

007

BW
value (fine adjustment) for the even green

[0 to 255 / 128 / 1 digit/step]
SM
5-239
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

008

BW
*ENG
value (fine adjustment) for the odd green

4663

Displays the previous 2nd black offset value
001

Color
(rough adjustment) for the even blue signal

speed).
[0 to 255 / 112 / 1 digit/step]
002

Color
*ENG

speed).
003

Color
(fine adjustment) for the even blue signal in

*ENG the CCD circuit board (color printing
speed).
[0 to 255 / 128 / 1 digit/step]
004

Color
*ENG

speed).
005

BW
(rough adjustment) for the even blue signal

printing speed).
[0 to 255 / 112 / 1 digit/step]
B222/B224
5-240
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

006

BW
*ENG

printing speed).
007

BW
(fine adjustment) for the even blue signal in

*ENG the CCD circuit board (black and white
printing speed).
[0 to 255 / 128 / 1 digit/step]
008

BW
*ENG

Service
Tables
printing speed).
SM
5-241
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
4673

Displays the factory setting values of the
black level adjustment for the even red
001 Factory Setting: RE Color *ENG signal in the CCD circuit board (color
printing speed)..
[0 to 255 / 112 / 1 digit/step]
002 Factory Setting: RO Color *ENG
black level adjustment (rough adjustment)

for the odd red signal in the CCD circuit
board (color printing speed).
black level adjustment (fine adjustment) for
003 Factory Setting: RE Color *ENG the even red signal in the CCD circuit board
(color printing speed).
[0 to 255 / 128 / 1 digit/step]

the odd red signal in the CCD circuit board
005 Factory Setting: RE BW
*ENG for the even red signal in the CCD circuit

board (black and white printing speed).
[0 to 255 / 112 / 1 digit/step]
006 Factory Setting: RO BW
*ENG

for the odd red signal in the CCD circuit
B222/B224
5-242
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

*ENG the even red signal in the CCD circuit board

(black and white printing speed).
[0 to 255 / 128 / 1 digit/step]
*ENG

the odd red signal in the CCD circuit board
4674

001 Factory Setting: GE Color *ENG for the even green signal in the CCD circuit
[0 to 255 / 112 / 1 digit/step]

002 Factory Setting: GO Color *ENG

for the odd green signal in the CCD circuit
003 Factory Setting: GE Color *ENG the even green signal in the CCD circuit
[0 to 255 / 128 / 1 digit/step]

the odd green signal in the CCD circuit
SM
5-243
B222/B224
Service
Tables
Copy Service Mode

005 Factory Setting: GE BW
*ENG for the even green signal in the CCD circuit

[0 to 255 / 112 / 1 digit/step]
006 Factory Setting: GO BW
*ENG

for the odd green signal in the CCD circuit
*ENG the even green signal in the CCD circuit

[0 to 255 / 128 / 1 digit/step]
*ENG

the odd green signal in the CCD circuit
4675

001 Factory Setting: BE Color *ENG for the even blue signal in the CCD circuit
[0 to 255 / 112 / 1 digit/step]
002 Factory Setting: BO Color *ENG

for the odd blue signal in the CCD circuit
B222/B224
5-244
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

003 Factory Setting: BE Color *ENG the even blue signal in the CCD circuit
[0 to 255 / 128 / 1 digit/step]

the odd blue signal in the CCD circuit board
005 Factory Setting: BE BW
*ENG for the even blue signal in the CCD circuit

[0 to 255 / 112 / 1 digit/step]
*ENG

for the odd blue signal in the CCD circuit
*ENG the even blue signal in the CCD circuit

[0 to 255 / 128 / 1 digit/step]
008 Factory Setting: BO BW
*ENG

the odd blue signal in the CCD circuit board
SM
5-245
B222/B224
Service
Tables
Copy Service Mode
[Gain Adjustment]
4677
Displays the factory setting values of the gain adjustment for Red.
001 Factory Setting: RE Color *ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1 digit/step]
*ENG
*ENG
[Gain Adjustment]
4678
Displays the factory setting values of the gain adjustment for Green.
001 Factory Setting: GE Color *ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1 digit/step]
*ENG
*ENG
[Gain Adjustment]
4679
Displays the factory setting values of the gain adjustment for Blue.
001 Factory Setting: BE Color *ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1 digit/step]
*ENG
*ENG
B222/B224
5-246
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
[Gray Balance Set: R] DFU

4685
Adjusts the gray balance of the red signal for each scanning mode.
001 Book Read
*ENG
[-512 to 511 / -240 / 1 digit/step]
002 DF Read
*ENG
[Gray Balance Set: G] DFU

4686
Adjusts the gray balance of the green signal for each scanning mode.
001 Book Read
*ENG
[-512 to 511 / -240 / 1 digit/step]
002 DF Read
*ENG
[Gray Balance Set: B] DFU

4687
Adjusts the gray balance of the blue signal for each scanning mode.
*ENG
Service
Tables
001 Book Read
[-512 to 511 / -240 / 1 digit/step]

002 DF Read
*ENG
[DF: Density Adjustment]

4688
Adjusts the white shading parameter when scanning an image with the ARDF.
Adjusts the density level if the ID of outputs made in the DF and Platen mode is
different.
001 -
SM
*ENG [50 to 150 / 100 / 1 %/ step ]
5-247
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
[White Level Peak Read]

4690
Displays the peak level of the white level scanning.
001 RE
002 RO
[0 to 1024 / 0 / 1 digit/step]
003 RE: Bk
004 RO: Bk

4691
001 GE
002 GO
[0 to 1024 / 0 / 1 digit/step]
003 GE: Bk
004 GO: Bk

4692
001 BE
002 BO
[0 to 1024 / 0 / 1 digit/step]
003 BE: Bk
004 BO: Bk
B222/B224
5-248
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
[Black Level Peak Read]

4693
Displays the peak level of the black level scanning.
001 RE
002 RO
[0 to 1024 / 0 / 1 digit/step]
003 RE: Bk
004 RO: Bk

4694
001 GE
002 GO
003 GE: Bk
004 GO: Bk
Service
Tables
[0 to 1024 / 0 / 1 digit/step]

4695
001 BE
002 BO
[0 to 1024 / 0 / 1 digit/step]
SM
003 BE: Bk
004 BO: Bk
5-249
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
4802
[DF Shading FreeRun]

Executes the scanner free run of shading
001 Lamp ON
-
movement with exposure lamp on or off.

Press "OFF" to stop this free run.
002 Lamp OFF
Otherwise, the free run lasts.
4804
[Home Position]
001 Lamp ON
4806
Executes the scanner HP detection.
[Carriage Save]
Moves the carriage from the scanner home
position.
001 Lamp ON
Dust may fall through the DF exposure

glass. Therefore, do this SP when you
transport the machine a long distance.
[ACC Data Display]

4902
This SP outputs the final data read at the end of ACC execution.
A zero is returned if there was an error reading the data.
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1 /step]
001 R DATA1
*ENG Photo C Patch Level 1 (8-bit)
002 G DATA1
*ENG Photo M Patch Level 1 (8-bit)
003 B DATA1
*ENG Photo Y Patch Level 1 (8-bit)
004 R DATA2
*ENG Photo C Patch Level 17 (8-bit)
005 G DATA2
*ENG Photo M Patch Level 17(8-bit)
006 B DATA2
*ENG Photo Y Patch Level 17 (8-bit)
B222/B224
5-250
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
4904
[Scanner IPU Board Test]

Bit0: TAURUS register
Bit1: ORION register
Bit2: LUPUS register
Test1
Bit3 to 11: Not used

Bit12: Ri20
001

0: OK, 1: Error
Performs a write and read check of the ASICs on the IPU board and displays
the result.
Bit0: Image path from SBU to TAURUS
Bit1: Image path from TAURUS to ORION
Bit2: Image path from ORION to TAURUS
Bit3: Image path from TAURUS to LUPUS
Test2
002
Bit13: Image path from Ri20 to GAVD

Bit14 and 15: Not used
0: OK, 1: Error
Performs an image path check on the IPU board and displays the result.
[Dither Selection] DFU

4905
Changes the parameters for error diffusion.
4905 1 Dither Selection
SM
*ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 /step] DFU
5-251
B222/B224
Service
Tables
Bit12: Image path from LUPUS to Ri20
Copy Service Mode
4907
[SBU Test Pattern Change]

[0 to 255 / 0 / 1 /step]
0: Default (Scanning Image)
Test Pattern: R
4907 1
1: Grid pattern
2: Gradation main scan
3: Gradation sub scan
4 to 250: Default (Scanning Image)
Selects the test pattern generated by the controller board.
[Manual Gamma Adj.]

4918
Adjusts the offset data of the printer gamma for yellow in Photo mode.
See 3.3.6 in the Replacement and Adjustment for how to use.
Enter the manual gamma adjustment
009 Change
screen (-001 to 008). For details, see 3.3.6

"Printer Gamma Correction"" in the section
"Replace and Adjustment".
B222/B224
5-252
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
[IPU Image Pass Selection ]

4991
Selects the image path.

Enter the number to be selected using the 10-key pad.
RGB Frame Memory
*ENG [0 to 14 / 2 / 1 /step ]
0: Scanner input RGB images

1: Scanner I/F RGB images
2: RGB images done by Shading correction (Shading ON, Black offset ON)
3: Shading data
4: Inner pattern data: Gray scale
001
5: RGB images done by Line skipping correction

6: RGB images done by Digital AE
7: RGB images done by Vertical line correction
8: RGB image done by Scanner gamma correction
9: RGB image done by Filtering correction
10: RGB images done by Full color ADS
4993
Service
Tables
11: RGB image done by Color correction
[High Light Correction]

Selects the Highlight correction level.
001 Sensitivity Selection
*ENG
[0 to 9 / 4 / 1 /step]
0: weakest sensitivity
9: strongest sensitivity
Selects the range level of Highlight
correction.
002 Range Selection
*ENG [0 to 9 / 4 / 1 /step]
0: weakest skew correction,
9: strongest skew correction
SM
5-253
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
[Text/Photo Detection Level Adj.]

4994
Selects the definition level between Text and Photo for high compression PDF.
[0 to 2 / 1 / 1 /step]
001
PDF Sensitivity Level

text/photo
*ENG
0: Text priority
1: Normal
2: Photo priority
SP5-XXX (Mode)
[mm/inch Display Selection]

5024
Display units (mm or inch) for custom paper sizes.
001 0:mm 1:inch
*CTL
0: mm (Europe/Asia)
1: inch (USA)
[Accounting Counter]
5045
Selects the counting method.

NOTE: The counting method can be changed only once, regardless of whether
the counter value is negative or positive.
[0 or 1 / 0 / - ]
001 Counter Method
*CTL 0: Developments
1: Prints
[Paper Display]
5047
Turns on or off the printed paper display on the LCD.
001 -
B222/B224
*CTL
[0 or 1 / 0 / - ]
0: OFF, 1: ON
5-254
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
[Toner Refill Detection Display]

5051
Enables or disables the toner refill detection display.
5051 1
Toner Refill Detection

Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / - ] Alphanumeric
*CTL 0: ON
1: OFF
[Display IP Address]
5055
Display or does not display the IP address on the LCD.
001 -
*CTL
[0 or 1 / 0 / - ]
0: OFF 1: ON
[Coverage Counter Display]

5056
Display or does not display the coverage counter on the LCD.
*CTL
[0 or 1 / 0 / - ]
Service
Tables
001 -
0: Not display, 1: Display
[Toner Remaining Icon Display]

5061
Display or does not display the remaining toner display icon on the LCD.
001 -
*CTL
[0 or 1 / 0 / - ]
0: Not display, 1: Display
[Parts PM Display Setting]

5062
Display or does not display the PM part yield on the LCD. Not used in this
model
001 -
SM
*CTL
[0 or 1 / 1 / - ]
0: ON, 1: OFF
5-255
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
[A3/DLT Double Count] SSP

*5104
Specifies whether the counter is double clicked for A3/DLT size prints.
When you have to change this SP, ask your supervisor.
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1 /step]
0: NO (Normal count)
5104 1 Double Count
*CTL 1: YES (Double count)

2: YES except By-pass (Normal count for
unknown size)
*For Future Use
5112
[Non-Std. Paper Sel.] Non-Standard Paper Selection

Determines whether a non-standard paper size can be input for the universal
cassette trays (Tray 2, and Optional paper tray unit trays 1 and 2)
001
[0 or 1/ 0 / - ]
0: OFF
1: ON, If 1 is selected, the customer will be able to input a non-standard
paper size using the UP mode.
5113
[Optional Counter Type]

This program specifies the counter type.
0: None, 1: Key card (RK 3, 4)
001
Default Optional Counter

Type
*CTL
2: Key card (down), 3: Prepaid card

4: Coin rack, 5: MF key card
8: Key counter + Vendor
9: Bar-code Printer
B222/B224
5-256
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
This program specifies the external counter

type.
002
External Optional
Counter Type
*CTL
0: None
1: Expansion Device 1
5114
[Optional Counter I/F]
001 MF Key Card Extension
5118
[Disable Copying]
*CTL
[0: Not installed/ 1: Installed (scanning

accounting)]
*CTL [0: Not disabled/ 1: Disabled]
001 This program disables copying.
001
5121
001
[Mode Clear Opt.

Counter Removal]
*CTL
[0: Yes (removed)/ 1: Standby (installed

but not used)/ 2: No (not removed)]
This program updates the information on the optional counter. When you install
or remove an optional counter, check the settings.
[Counter Up Timing]
*CTL [0: Feed/ 1: Exit]
This program specifies when the counter goes up. The settings refer to paper
feed and paper exit respectively.
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1 /step]
5126
[F Size Original Setting] *ENG
0: 8 1/2" x 13" (Foolscap)

1: 8 1/4" x 13" (Folio)
2: 8" x 13" (F)
001 Selects F size original setting.
SM
5-257
B222/B224
Service
Tables
5120
Copy Service Mode
5127
[APS Mode]
*CTL [0: Not disabled/ 1: Disabled]
001 This program disables the APS.
5128
[Code Mode With Key/Card Option] *CTL -
001 DFU
5131
001
5150
[Paper Size Type

Selection]
*ENG [0: JP (Japan)/ 1: NA / 2: EU]
The program selects a paper size system from the following alternatives: the
AB system (0), the LT system (1), and the AF system (2).
[By-Pass Length
Setting]
*CTL [0: OFF/ 1: ON]
Determines whether the transfer sheet from the by-pass tray is used or not.
001 Normally the paper length for sub scanning paper from the by-pass tray is
limited to 600 mm, but this can be extended with this SP to 1260 mm.
5162
[App. Switch Method]
*CTL [0: Soft Key Set/ 1: Hard Key Set]
001 This program specifies the switch that selects an application program.
[Fax Printing Mode at Optional]

5167
Enables or disables the automatic print out without an accounting device. This
SP is used when the receiving fax is accounted by an external accounting
device.
001
B222/B224
Fax Printing Mode at

Optional Counter Off
[0 or 1 / 0 / - ]
*CTL
0: Automatic printing
1: No automatic printing
5-258
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
[CE Login]
5169
If you will change the printer bit switches, you must log in to service mode with
this SP before you go into the printer SP mode.
[0 or 1 / 0 / - ]
001 CE Login
*CTL
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
[By-pass Size Error Detection]

5179
Turns on or off the by-pass tray size error message.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: OFF
001 -
*ENG
1: ON (Paper size error message is

displayed when the paper jam occurs due
to the wrong direction of set paper in
Service
Tables
by-pass mode.)
[Size Adjust]
5181
Adjusts the paper size for each tray.
SM
001 TRAY 1
*ENG
002 TRAY 2: 1
*ENG
003 TRAY 2: 2
*ENG
004 TRAY 2: 3
*ENG
[0 to 3 / 0 (EU/ASIA), 1 (NA) / 1 /step]

0: A4 LEF, 1: LT LEF, 2: B5 LEF, 3: A5 LEF
[0 or 1 / 0 (EU/ASIA), 1 (NA) / - ]
0: A4 LEF, 1: LT LEF
[0 or 1 / 0 (EU/ASIA), 1 (NA) / - ]
0: A3, 1: DLT
[0 or 1 / 0 (EU/ASIA), 1 (NA) / - ]
0: B4, 1: LG
5-259
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
005 TRAY 2: 4
*ENG
006 TRAY 3: 1 (LCT)
*ENG
007 TRAY 3: 2 (LCT)
*ENG
008 TRAY 3: 3 (LCT)
*ENG
009 TRAY 3: 4 (LCT)
*ENG
010 TRAY 4: 1
*ENG
011 TRAY 4: 2
*ENG
012 TRAY 4: 3
*ENG
013 TRAY 4: 4
*ENG
014 TRAY 5: 1
*ENG
015 TRAY 5: 2
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 (EU/ASIA), 1 (NA) / - ]
0: B5 LEF, 1: Exe LEF
[0 or 1 / 0 (EU/ASIA), 1 (NA) / - ]
[0 or 1 / 0 (EU/ASIA), 1 (NA) / - ]
0: A3, 1: DLT
[0 or 1 / 0 (EU/ASIA), 1 (NA) / - ]
0: B4, 1: LG
[0 or 1 / 0 (EU/ASIA), 1 (NA) / - ]
[0 or 1 / 0 (EU/ASIA), 1 (NA) / - ]
[0 or 1 / 0 (EU/ASIA), 1 (NA) / - ]
0: A3, 1: DLT
[0 or 1 / 0 (EU/ASIA), 1 (NA) / - ]
0: B4, 1: LG
[0 or 1 / 0 (EU/ASIA), 1 (NA) / - ]

016 TRAY 5: 3
*ENG
017 TRAY 5: 4
*ENG
B222/B224
5-260
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
[RK 4]
5186
Enables or disables the prevention for RK4 (accounting device) disconnection.

If the RK4 is disconnected for 10 seconds when this SP is set to "1 (Enable)",
the machine automatically jams a sheet of paper and stops.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 -
*ENG 0: Disable
1: Enable
5212
[Page Numbering]
*CTL
This program adjusts the position of the second side page numbers.
A " value" moves the page number positions to the left edge. A "+ value"
moves the page number positions to the right edge.
004
Duplex Printout Right/Left

Position
Duplex Printout High/Low
Position
[10 to 10 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
[10 to 10 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
Service
Tables
003
[Set Time]
Adjusts the RTC (real time clock) time setting for the local time zone.
Examples: For Japan (+9 GMT), enter 540 (9 hours x 60 min.)
DOM: +540 (Tokyo)
5302
NA: -300 (New York)

EU: + 60 (Paris)
CH: +480 (Peking)
TW: +480 (Taipei)
AS: +480 (Hong Kong)
002 Time Difference
SM
*CTL
#
[-1440 to 1440 / Area / 1 min./step ]
5-261
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
5307
[Summer Time]
[ 0 to 1 / NA, EU, ASIA / 1 /step]
0: Disabled
Setting
1: Enabled
NA and EUR: 1, ASIA: 0
001
Enables or disables the summer time mode.
Make sure that both SP5-307-3 and -4 are correctly set. Otherwise,
this SP is not activated even if this SP is set to "1".
003 Rule Set (Start)
Specifies the start setting for the summer time mode.
There are 8 digits in this SP. For months 1 to 9, the "0" cannot be input in the
first digit, so the eight-digit setting for -2 or -3 becomes a seven-digit setting.
1st and 2nd digits: The month. [1 to 12]
3rd digit: The week of the month. [1 to 5]
4th digit: The day of the week. [0 to 6 = Sunday to Saturday]
5th and 6th digits: The hour. [00 to 23]
7th digit: The length of the advanced time. [0 to 9 / 1 hour
/step]
8th digit: The length of the advanced time. [0 to 5 / 10 minutes /step]

For example: 3500010 (EU default)
The timer is advanced by 1 hour at am 0:00 on the 5th Sunday in March
The digits are counted from the left.
Make sure that SP5-307-1 is set to "1".
B222/B224
5-262
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
Rev. 10/2006
004 Rule Set (End)
Specifies the end setting for the summer time mode.

There are 8 digits in this SP.
1st and 2nd digits: The month. [1 to 12]
3rd digit: The week of the month. [0 to 5]
4th digit: The day of the week. [0 to 7 = Sunday to Saturday]
5th and 6th digits: The hour. [00 to 23]
The 7th and 8 digits must be set to "00".
5401
The digits are counted from the left.
Make sure that SP5-307-1 is set to "1".
[Access Control]
Assign default access privileges of users to

their own documents on the Document
Server.
0: Read only (default)
1: Edit
2: Edit/delete
3: Full control
103 Default Document ACL
5404
200 SDK1 Unique ID
ID is overwritten by SAS (VAS) when

*CTL This
you install or uninstall the SDK application.
SDK1 Certification
201 Method
*CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 /step]
210 SDK2 Unique ID
*CTL -
SDK2 Certification
211 Method
*CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 /step]
220 SDK3 Unique ID
*CTL -
SDK3 Certification
221 Method
*CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 /step]
[User Code Counter Clear]

001 UCodeCtrClr
SM
Clears all counters for users.
5-263
B222/B224
Service
Tables
When installing the SDK application, SAS (VAS) adjusts the following settings.
DFU
Copy Service Mode
5501
*CTL -
[PM Alarm]
[0 to 9999 / 0 / 1 /step]
0: Alarm off
001 PM Alarm Level
1 to 9999: Alarm goes off when Value (1 to 9999)

x 1000 PM counter
[0 or 1 / 1 / ]
0: No alarm sounds
002 Original Count Alarm
1: Alarm sounds after the number of originals

passing through the ARDF 10,000
5504
*CTL -
[Jam Alarm]
Sets the alarm to sound for the specified jam level (document misfeeds are
not included).
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1 /step]
001 0: Zero (Off)
1: Low (2.5K jams)
2: Medium (3K jams)
3: High (6K jams)
[Error Alarm]
Sets the error alarm level.
The error alarm counter counts "1" when any SC is detected. However, the
5505
error alarm counter decreases by "1" when an SC is not detected during a set
number of copied sheets (for example, default 1500 sheets).
The error alarm occurs when the SC error alarm counter reaches "5".
001 -
B222/B224
*CTL
[0 to 255 / 19 (B222/B224) / 100 copies

/step]
5-264
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
5507
[Supply Alarm]
*CTL
001 Paper Supply Alarm
0: Off, 1: On, DFU
002 Staple Supply Alarm
0: Off, 1: On, Japan only
003 Toner Supply Alarm
0: Off, 1: On, DFU
128 Interval :Others

132 Interval :A3
133 Interval :A4
134 Interval :A5
141 Interval :B4
[250 to 10000 / 1000 / 1 /step] DFU
142 Interval :B5
160 Interval :DLT
Service
Tables
164 Interval :LG

166 Interval :LT
172 Interval :HLT
SM
5-265
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
5508*
*CTL -
[CC Call]
Jam Remains
001*
Enables/disables initiating a call for an unattended paper jam.
Continuous Jams
002*
Enables/disables initiating a call for consecutive paper jams.
Continuous Door Open
003*
Enables/disables initiating a call when the front door remains open.
Jam Detection: Time Length
011*
[3 to 30 / 10 / 1 minute /step]
Sets the time a jam must remain before it becomes an unattended paper
jam. This setting is enabled only when SP5508-004 is set to "1".
Jam Detection: Continuous
Count
[2 to 10 / 5 / 1 /step]
012*
Sets the number of consecutive paper jams required to initiate a call. This
setting is enabled only when SP5508-004 is set to "1".
Door Open: Time Length
[3 to 30 / 10 / 1 /step]
013* Sets the length of time the door remains open before the machine initiates a
call.
This setting is enabled only when SP5-508-004 is set to "1".
Jam Operation: Time Length

021*
0: Automatic Call
1: Audible Warning at Machine
Determines what happens when a paper jam is left unattended.
022*
B222/B224
Jam Operation: Continuous
0: Automatic Call
Count
1: Audible Warning at Machine
5-266
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
Determines what happens when consecutive paper jams occur.

Door Operation: Time Length
0: OFF, 1: ON
Determines what happens if the door remains open (15 min.).

023*
Displays a warning if set to ON. Pressing the call button will contact the
service center. This setting is available for setting only if SP5508-004 is set to
"1".
[SC/Alarm Setting]
5515
*CTL
With NRS (New Remote Service) in use, these SP codes can be set to issue
an SC call when an SC error occurs. If this SP is switched off, the SC call is
not issued when an SC error occurs.
001
002
SC Call
Service Parts Near End
Call
[0 or 1 / 1 / - ]
Service Parts End Call
004
User Call
006
CE Call
SM
Service
Tables
0: Off
003
1: On
5-267
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
007
Communication Test Call

Machine Information
008
Notice
009
Alarm Notice
010
Non Genuine Toner
[0 or 1 / 1 / - ]
Alarm
0: Off
1: On
Supply Automatic
011
Ordering Call
Supply Management
012
Report Call
Jam/Door Open Call
*013
*For Future Use
[Individual PM Part
5516
Alarm Call]
*CTL
Enables or disables the PM part alarm call.

001 Disable/ Enable Setting
[0 or 1 / 1 / - ]
0: Not Send, 1: Send
Displays the condition of the PM part alarm call.
002 Alarm Flag
[0 or 1 / 1 / - ]
0: Ready (to send), 1: Already Send
Clears the alarm flag (SP5-516-002).
003 Alarm Flag Clear
Do this SP after servicing for PM parts. So,

SP5-516-002 is set to "0".
B222/B224
5-268
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
5610
[ACC Factory Setting]

Recall
004
Recalls the factory settings.
Overwrite
005
Overwrites the current values onto the factory settings.
Previous Setting
006
Recalls the previous settings.
5611
[Toner Color in 2C]
B-C
*ENG
001
[0 to 128 / 100 / 1 /step]

128: Darkest density
B-M
*ENG
002
[0 to 128 / 100 / 1 /step]

Adjusts the Magenta correction value of the blue signal in two-color mode.
G-C
*ENG
003
[0 to 128 / 100 / 1 /step]

Adjusts the Cyan correction value of the blue signal in two-color mode.
G-Y
*ENG
004
[0 to 128 / 100 / 1 /step]

Adjusts the Yellow correction value of the blue signal in two-color mode.
R-M
005
*ENG
[0 to 128 / 100 / 1 /step]

Adjusts the Magenta correction value of the blue signal in two-color mode.
SM
5-269
B222/B224
Service
Tables
Adjusts the Cyan correction value of the blue signal in two-color mode.
Copy Service Mode
R-Y
*ENG
006
[0 to 128 / 100 / 1 /step]

Adjusts the Yellow correction value of the blue signal in two-color mode.
5618
[Color Mode Display Selection]

[0 or 1 / 1 / - ]
-
*CTL
001
0: ACS, Colour, Black & White, Two Colour,

Single colour
1: ACD, Full Colour, Black & White
Selects the color selection display on the LCD.
[Memory Clear]
5801
NOTE: For more information, see NOTE 1 following "SP8-xxx" table.

001 All Clear
Resets all correction data for process control and all software counters, and
returns all modes and adjustments to their default values.
Use this SP only after replacing the NVRAM, or after the copier has
malfunctioned due to a damaged NVRAM.
002 Engine
Clears the engine settings.

003 SCS
Clears the system settings.
IMH Memory Clr
004
Clears IMH data. DFU
B222/B224
5-270
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
MCS
005
Clears MCS data. DFU
Copier Application
006
Clears the copy application settings.
Fax Application
007
Clears the fax application settings.
Printer Application
008
Clears the printer application settings.
Scanner Application
009
Clears the scanner application settings.
Web Service/Network
Application
010
Service
Tables
Delete the netfile application management files and thumbnails, and

initializes the job login ID.
NCS
011 Initializes the system default and interface settings (IP address also),
SmartDeviceMonitor for
Admin, WebStatusMonitor settings, and the TELNET settings.
R-FAX
012
Initializes the job login ID, SmartDeviceMonitor for

Admin, job history, and local storage file numbers.
IPU
013
Initializes the IPU settings.
SM
5-271
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
Clear DCS Settings
014
Initializes the DCS (Delivery Control Service) settings.
Clear UCS Settings
015
Initializes the UCS (User Information Control Service) settings.
MIRS Setting
016
Initializes the MIRS (Machine Information Report Service) settings.
CCS
017
Initializes the CCS (Certification and Charge-control Service) settings.
SRM Memory Clr
018
Initializes the SRM (System Resource Manager) settings.
LCS
019
Initializes the LCS (Log Count Service) settings.
WebUapl
020
Initializes the WebUapl settings.
B222/B224
5-272
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
[Free Run]
Performs a free run on the copier engine.
The machine starts free run in the same condition as the sequence
5802
of A4/LT, A3 or A4 SEF printing from the 1st or 2nd tray. Therefore,

the correct paper should be loaded in the 1st tray or 2nd tray, but
paper is not fed.
The main switch has to be turned off and on after using the free run
mode for a test.
-
002 TRAY2: A3: FC
003 TRAY2: A4SEF: FC
5803
[Input Check]
5804
[Output Check]
See 5.2.2 "Input Check Table"" in this

section.
See 5.2.3 "Output Check Table"" in this
section.
[SC Reset]
5810
Resets a type A service call condition.
Turn the main switch off and on after resetting the SC code.
001 Fusing SC Reset
5811
[Machine Serial] Machine Serial Number Display

002 Display
SM
*ENG Displays the machine serial number.
5-273
B222/B224
Service
Tables
001 TRAY1: A4LEF: FC
Copy Service Mode
5812
[Service Tel. No. Setting]

Service
*CTL -
Sets the telephone number for a service representative. This number is

001 printed on the Counter List, which can be printed with the users Counter
menu.
This can be up to 20 characters (both numbers and alphabetic characters can
be input).
Facsimile
*CTL -
Sets the fax or telephone number for a service representative. This number is
002
printed on the Counter List.

This can be up to 20 characters (both numbers and alphabetic characters can
be input).
Supply
003
*CTL -
Use this to input the telephone number of your supplier for consumables.
Enter the number and press #.
Operation
004
*CTL -
Use this to input the telephone number of your sales agency. Enter the
number and press #.
5816
*CTL -
[Remote Service]
I/F Setting
Selects the remote service setting.

001 [0 to 2 / 2 / 1 /step]
0: Remote service off
1: CSS remote service on
2: NRS remote service on
B222/B224
5-274
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
CE Call
Performs the CE Call at the start or end of the service.
002 [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 /step]
0: Start of the service
1: End of the service
NOTE: This SP is activated only when SP 5816-001 is set to 1.
Function Flag
Enables or disables the remote service function.
003
[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 /step]
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Device Information Call Display Setting
Displays or does not display the device information call content.
*006
[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 /step]
0: Not displayed
Service
Tables
1: Displayed
SSL Disable
Uses or does not use the RCG certification by SSL when calling the RCG.
007
[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 /step]
0: Uses the RCG certification
1: Does no use the RCG certification
RCG Connect Timeout
008
Specifies the connect timeout interval when calling the RCG.

[1 to 90 / 10 / 1 second /step]
RCG Write Timeout
009
Specifies the write timeout interval when calling the RCG.

[1 to 100 / 60 / 1 second /step]
* For Future Use
SM
5-275
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
RCG Read Timeout

010
Specifies the read timeout interval when calling the RCG.

[1 to 100 / 60 / 1 second /step]
Port 80 Enable
Enables/disables access via port 80 to the SOAP method.

011
[0 or 1 / 0 / ]
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
RCG C Registed
021 This SP displays the Cumin installation end flag.

0: Installation not completed
1: Installation completed
RCG C Registed Detail
This SP displays the Cumin installation status.
022
0: Basil not registered

1: Basil registered
2: Device registered
Connect Type (N/M)
This SP displays and selects the Cumin connection method.
023
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1 /step
0: Internet connection
1: Dial-up connection
061 Cert. Expire Timing DFU Proximity of the expiration of the certification.
This SP setting determines if the proxy server is
062 Use Proxy
used when the machine communicates with the

service center.
B222/B224
5-276
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
Proxy Host
This SP sets the address of the proxy server used for communication
between Cumin-N and the gateway. Use this SP to set up or display the
customer proxy server address. The address is necessary to set up Cumin-N.
063
The address display is limited to 128 characters. Characters beyond
the 128 character are ignored.
This address is customer information and is not printed in the SMC
report.
Proxy Port Number
This SP sets the port number of the proxy server used for communication
between Cumin-N and the gateway. This setting is necessary to set up
064
Cumin-N.
This port number is customer information and is not printed in the
Service
Tables
SMC report.
Proxy User Name
This SP sets the HTTP proxy certification user name.
065
The length of the name is limited to 31 characters. Any character

beyond the 31st character is ignored.
This name is customer information and is not printed in the SMC
report.
Proxy Password
This SP sets the HTTP proxy certification password.
066
The length of the password is limited to 31 characters. Any character

beyond the 31st character is ignored.
This name is customer information and is not printed in the SMC
report.
SM
5-277
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

067 CERT: Up State
Displays the status of the certification update.
0
11
12
The certification used by Cumin is set correctly.

The certification request (setAuthKey) for update has been received
from the GW URL and certification is presently being updated.
The certification update is completed and the GW URL is being notified
of the successful update.
The certification update failed, and the GW URL is being notified of the
failed update.
The period of the certification has expired and new request for an
update is being sent to the GW URL.
A rescue update for certification has been issued and a rescue
certification setting is in progress for the rescue GW connection.
The rescue certification setting is completed and the GW URL is being
notified of the certification update request.
The notification of the request for certification update has completed
13
successfully, and the system is waiting for the certification update

request from the rescue GW URL.
14
15
16
The notification of the certification request has been received from the
rescue GW controller, and the certification is being stored.
The certification has been stored, and the GW URL is being notified of
the successful completion of this event.
The storing of the certification has failed, and the GW URL is being
notified of the failure of this event.
The certification update request has been received from the GW URL,
17
the GW URL was notified of the results of the update after it was
completed, but an certification error has been received, and the rescue
certification is being recorded.
B222/B224
5-278
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

18
The rescue certification of No. 17 has been recorded, and the GW URL
is being notified of the failure of the certification update.
CERT: Error
Displays a number code that describes the reason for the request for update
of the certification.
1
068
2
Normal. There is no request for certification update in progress.

Request for certification update in progress. The current certification
has expired.
An SSL error notification has been issued. Issued after the certification
has expired.
Notification of shift from a common authentication to an individual
certification.
Notification of a common certification without ID2.
Notification that no certification was issued.
Notification that GW URL does not exist.
Service
Tables
069 CERT: Up ID
The ID of the request for certification.
083 Firmware Up Status
Displays the status of the firmware update.

This setting determines if the firmware can be
084 Non-HDD Firm Up
updated, even without the HDD installed.

0: Not allowed update
1: Allowed update
This SP setting determines if the operator can
confirm the previous version of the firmware before
the firmware update execution. If the option to
085 Firm Up User Check
confirm the previous version is selected, a

notification is sent to the system manager and the
firmware update is done with the firmware files
from the URL.
SM
5-279
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

Allows the service technician to confirm the size of
086 Firmware Size
the firmware data files during the firmware update

execution.
087 CERT: Macro Version
088 CERT: PAC Version
Displays the macro version of the NRS

certification.
Displays the PAC version of the NRS certification.
Displays ID2 for the NRS certification. Spaces are
089 CERT: ID2 Code
displayed as underscores (_). Asteriskes ()

indicate that no NRS certification exists.
Displays the common name of the NRS
090 CERT: Subject
certification subject. CN = the following 17 bytes.

Spaces are displayed as underscores (_).
Asterisks () indicate that no DESS exists.
091 CERT: Serial Number
Displays serial number for the NRS certification.

Asterisks () indicate that no DESS exists.
Displays the common name of the issuer of the
092 CERT: Issuer
NRS certification. CN = the following 30 bytes.

Asteriskes () indicate that no DESS exists.
093 CERT: Valid Start
094 CERT: Valid End
Displays the start time of the period for which the

current NRS certification is enabled.
Displays the end time of the period for which the
current NRS certification is enabled.
Selection Country
Select from the list the name of the country where Cumin-M is installed in the
machine. After selecting the country, you must also set the following SP
150 codes for Cumin-M:
SP5816-153
SP5816-154
SP5816-161
0: Japan, 1: USA, 2: Canada, 3: UK, 4: Germany, 5: France, 6: Italy,
B222/B224
5-280
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

7: Netherlands, 8: Belgium, 9: Luxembourg, 10: Spain
Line Type Authentication Judgment
Touch [Execute].
Setting this SP classifies the telephone line where Cumin-M is connected as
either dial-up or push type, so Cumin-M can automatically distinguish the
151 number that connects to the outside line.
The current progress, success, or failure of this execution can be
displayed with SP5816-152.
If the execution succeeded, SP5816-153 will display the result for
confirmation and SP5816-154 will display the telephone number for the
connection to the outside line.
Line Type Judgment Result
Displays a number to show the result of the execution of SP5816 151. Here is
a list of what the numbers mean.
0: Success
1: In progress (no result yet). Please wait.
Service
Tables
2: Line abnormal
152
3: Cannot detect dial tone automatically

4: Line is disconnected
5: Insufficient electrical power supply
6: Line classification not supported
7: Error because fax transmission in progress ioctl() occurred.
8: Other error occurred
9: Line classification still in progress. Please wait.
Selection Dial/Push
This SP displays the classification (tone or pulse) of the telephone line to the
access point for Cumin-M. The numbered displayed (0 or 1) is the result of
153 the execution of SP5816 151. However, this setting can also be changed
manually.
[0 to 1/ 0 / 1 /step]
0: Tone Dialing Phone
1: Pulse Dialing Phone
SM
5-281
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

Inside Japan "2" may also be displayed:
0: Tone Dialing Phone
1: Pulse Dialing Phone 10PPS
2: Pulse Dialing Phone 20PPS
Outside Line/Outgoing Number
The SP sets the number that switches to PSTN for the outside connection for
Cumin-M in a system that employs a PBX (internal line).
If the execution of SP5816 151 has succeeded and Cumin-M has
connected to the external line, this SP display is completely blank.
154
If Cumin-M has connected to an internal line, then the number of the

connection to the external line is displayed.
If Cumin-M has connected to an external line, a comma is displayed with
the number. The comma is inserted for a 2 sec. pause.
The number setting for the external line can be entered manually
(including commas).
Dial Up User Name
Use this SP to set a user name for access to remote dial up. Follow these
156 rules when setting a user name:

Name length: Up to 32 characters
Spaces and # allowed but the entire entry must be enclosed by double
quotation marks (").
Dial Up Password
Use this SP to set a password for access to remote dial up. Follow these
157 rules when setting a user name:
Name length: Up to 32 characters
Spaces and # allowed but the entire entry must be enclosed by double
quotation marks (").
B222/B224
5-282
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
Local Phone Number

Use this SP to set the telephone number of the line where Cumin-M is
161
connected. This number is transmitted to and used by the Call Center to

return calls.
Limit: 24 numbers (numbers only)
Connection Timing Adjustment: Incoming
When the Call Center calls out to a Cumin-M modem, it sends a repeating ID
tone (*#1#). This SP sets the line remains open to send these ID tones after
162
the number of the Cumin-M modem is dialed up and connected.

[0 to 24 / 1 / 1 /step]
The actual amount of time is this setting x 2 sec. For example, if you set "2"
the line will remain open for 4 sec.
Access Point
This is the number of the dial-up access point for Cumin-M. If no setting is
163 done for this SP code, then a preset value (determined by the country
Service
Tables
selected) is used.
Default: 0
Allowed: Up to 16 alphanumeric characters
164 Line Connecting
This SP sets the connection conditions for the customer. This setting
dedicates the line to Cumin-M only, or sets the line for sharing between
Cumin-M and a fax unit.
[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 /step]
0: Sharing Fax
1: No Sharing Fax
If this setting is changed, the copier must be cycled off and on.
SP5816 187 determines whether the off-hook button can be used to
interrupt a Cumin-M transmission in progress to open the line for fax
transaction.
SM
5-283
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

173 Modem Serial Number
This SP displays the serial number registered for

the Cumin-M.
Retransmission Limit
Normally, it is best to allow unlimited time for certification and ID2 update
requests, and for the notification that the certification has been completed.
174
However, Cumin-M generates charges based on transmission time for the

customer, so a limit is placed upon the time allowed for these transactions.
If these transactions cannot be completed within the allowed time, do this SP
to cancel the time restriction.
FAX TX Priority
This SP determines whether pushing the off-hook button will interrupt a

187 Cumin-M transmission in progress to open the line for fax transaction. This
SP can be used only if SP5816 164 is set to "0".
[0 or 1/ 0 / - ]
200 Manual Polling
Executes the manual polling.
Regist: Status
Displays a number that indicates the status of the NRS service device.
0: Neither the NRS device nor Cumin device are set.
1: The Cumin device is being set. Only Box registration is completed. In this
201
status the Basil unit cannot answer a polling request.

2: The Cumin device is set. In this status the Basil unit cannot answer a
polling request.
3: The NRS device is being set. In this status the Cumin device cannot be set.
4: The NRS module has not started.
202 Letter Number
203 Confirm Execute
Allows entry of the number of the request needed

for the Cumin device.
Executes the inquiry request to the NRS GW URL.
204 Confirm Result

Displays a number that indicates the result of the inquiry executed with
B222/B224
5-284
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
manuals4you.com
SP5816 203.
0: Succeeded
1: Inquiry number error
2: Registration in progress
3: Proxy error (proxy enabled)
4: Proxy error (proxy disabled)
5: Proxy error (Illegal user name or password)
6: Communication error
7: Certification update error
8: Other error
9: Inquiry executing
Confirm Place
205 Displays the result of the notification sent to the device from the GW URL in
answer to the inquiry request. Displayed only when the result is registered at
the GW URL.
206 Register Execute
Executes Cumin Registration.
Service
Tables
Register Result
Displays a number that indicates the registration result.
0: Succeeded
2: Registration in progress
3: Proxy error (proxy enabled)
207
4: Proxy error (proxy disabled)

5: Proxy error (Illegal user name or password)
6: Communication error
7: Certification update error
8: Other error
9: Registration executing
208 Error Code

Displays a number that describes the error code that was issued when either
SP5816-204 or SP5816-207 was executed.
Cause
SM
Code
5-285
Meaning
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

-11001
Chat parameter error
-11002
Chat execution error
-11003
Unexpected error
Illegal Modem
Parameter
-12002
acquiring device status.

Attempted registration without execution
Operation Error,
Incorrect Setting
Inquiry, registration attempted without
-12003
of an inquiry and no previous

registration.
-12004
Attempted setting with illegal entries for

certification and ID2.
Attempted dial up overseas without the
-2385
correct international prefix for the

telephone number.
Error Caused by
Response from GW
-2387
Not supported at the Service Center
-2389
Database out of service
-2390
Program out of service
-2391
Two registrations for same device
-2392
Parameter error
-2393
Basil not managed
-2394
Device not managed
-2395
Box ID for Basil is illegal
-2396
Device ID for Basil is illegal
-2397
Incorrect ID2 format
-2398
Incorrect request number format
URL
209 @Remote Setting Clear
B222/B224
Releases the machine from its Cumin setup.
5-286
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

250 CommLog Print
5821
Prints the communication log.
[Remote Service Address]

Sets the PI device code. After you change
this setting, you must turn the machine off
001 CSS-PI Device Code
and on.
*CTL [0 to 4 / 0 / 1 /step]
Sets the IP address of the RCG (Remote
002 RCG IP Address
Communication Gate) destination for call

processing at the remote service center.
[NV-RAM Data Upload]

Uploads the UP and SP mode data (except for counters and the serial
5824
number) from the NVRAM to an SD card. For details, see 5.6.6 "NVRAM
Data Upload/Download"" in this section.
#
Service
Tables
5824 1 NV-RAM Data Upload
[NV-RAM Data Download]

5825
Downloads the UP and SP mode data from an SD card to the NVRAM. For
details, see 5.6.6 "NVRAM Data Upload/Download"" in this section.
5825 1 NV-RAM Download
5828
[Network Setting]
050
1284 Compatibility
(Centro)
*CTL Enables or disables 1284 Compatibility.

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1 / step]
0: Disabled, 1: Enabled
Enables or disables ECP Compatibility.
052 ECP (Centro)
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1 / step]
SM
5-287
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
This SP is activated only when

SP5-828-50 is set to "1".
Enables/disables Job Spooling.
065 Job Spooling
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / step]
Treatment of the job when a spooled job exists at
066
Job Spooling Clear:
power on.
Start Time
0: ON (Data is cleared)
1: OFF (Automatically printed)
Validates or invalidates the job spooling function
for each protocol.
0: Validates
1: Invalidates
bit0: LPR
069 Job Spooling (Protocol)
bit1: FTP
bit2: IPP
bit3: SMB
bit4: BMLinkS
bit5: DIPRINT
bit6: sftp
bit7: (Reserved)
Enables or disables the Telnet protocol.
090 TELNET (0: OFF 1: ON) [0 or 1 / 1 / ]

Enables or disables the Web operation.
091 Web (0: OFF 1: ON)
[0 or 1 / 1 / ]
This is the IPv6 local address link referenced on
145
Active IPv6 Link Local
the Ethernet or wireless LAN (802.11b) in the
Address
format:
"Link Local Address" + "Prefix Length"
B222/B224
5-288
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

The IPv6 address consists of a total 128 bits
configured in 8 blocks of 16 bits each.
147
149
151
Active IPv6 Stateless

Address 1
Address 2
These SPs are the IPv6 status addresses (1 to 5)

referenced on the Ethernet or wireless LAN
(802.11b) in the format:
Address 3
"Status Address" + "Prefix Length"

153
155
Address 4
Address 5
This SP is the IPv6 manually set address
referenced on the Ethernet or wireless LAN
(802.11b) in the format:
"Manual Set Address" + "Prefix Length"
This SP is the IPv6 gateway address referenced
158 IPv6 Gateway Address
on the Ethernet or wireless LAN (802.11b). The

IPv6 address consists of a total 128 bits configured
in 8 blocks of 16 bits each.
160 Action Mode (IPv6)

Enables or disables the automatic setting for IPv6
161
IPv6 Stateless Auto
stateless.
Setting
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1 /step]
SM
5-289
B222/B224
Service
Tables
156 IPv6 Manual Address
Copy Service Mode
5832
[HDD] HDD Initialization
*CTL -
001 HDD Formatting (ALL)

002 HDD Formatting (IMH)
003
004
005
HDD Formatting
(Thumbnail)
HDD Formatting (Job
Log)
HDD Formatting (Printer
Fonts)
Initializes the hard disk. Use this SP mode only if
006
HDD Formatting (User
there is a hard disk error.
Info)
007 Mail RX Data

008 Mail TX Data
009
HDD Formatting (Data for

a Design)
010 HDD Formatting (Log)
011
B222/B224
HDD Formatting (Ridoc

I/F)
5-290
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
5836
[Capture Settings]
*CTL -
Capture Function (0:Off 1:On)

001
With this function disabled, the settings related to the capture feature cannot
be initialized, displayed, or selected.
Panel Setting
0: Displayed, 1: Not displayed
002
Displays or does not display the capture function buttons.
5836-71 to 5836-78, Copier and Printer Document Reduction
The following 6 SP modes set the default reduction for stored documents
sent to the document management server via the MLB.
071 Reduction for Copy Color
0: 1to-1, 1: 1/2, 2: 1/3, 3: 1/4
072 Reduction for Copy B&W Text
0: 1to-1, 1: 1/2, 2: 1/3, 3: 1/4
073 Reduction for Copy B&W Other
0: 1to-1, 1: 1/2, 2: 1/3, 3: 1/4
074 Reduction for Printer Color
0: 1to-1, 1: 1/2, 2: 1/3, 3: 1/4
075 Reduction for Printer B&W
0: 1to-1, 1: 1/2, 2: 1/3, 3: 1/4
076 Reduction for Printer B&W HQ
0: 1to-1, 1: 1/2, 2: 1/3, 3: 1/4
Service
Tables
Enabled only when optional MLB (Media Link Board) is installed.
077 Reduction for Printer Color 1200 1: 1/2, 3: 1/4, 4: 1/6, 5: 1/8 (2: skipped)
078 Reduction for Printer B&W 1200 1: 1/2, 3: 1/4, 4: 1/6, 5: 1/8 (2: skipped)
SM
5-291
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
5836-81 to 5836-86, Stored document format

The following 6 SP modes set Sets the default format for stored documents
sent to the document management server via the MLB.
0: JFIF/JPEG, 1: TIFF/MMR,
2: TIFF/MH, 3: TIFF/MR
081 Format for Copy Color
This SP is not used in this model.
082 Format for Copy B&W Text
083 Format Copy B&W Other
084 Format for Printer Color
This SP is not used in this model.

085 Format for Printer B&W
086 Format for Printer B&W HQ
Default for JPEG
[5 to 95 / 50 / 1 /step]
091 Sets the JPEG format default for documents sent to the document
management server via the MLB with JPEG selected as the format.
B222/B224
5-292
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
5839
[IEEE1394]
*CTL Turns the cycle master function on/off.
007 Cycle Master
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1 /step]
0: OFF
1: ON
008 BCR mode
Selects either Standard, 'IRM Color Copy', or

'Always Effective'.
Turns the IRM 1394a check on/off.
[0 or 1 / 0 / - ]
009 IRM 1394a Check
0: OFF
1: ON
If the IRM is not defined as 1394a standard, its
node is used as IRM.
[0 or 1 / 1 / - ]
010 Unique ID
0: OFF
Prevents initiators from logging on or makes

initiators log off.
[0 or 1 / 1 / - ]
011 Logout
0: OFF (Prevents the initiators, having already

logged on, to log on if they try to log on.)
1: ON (Makes initiators, having already logged on,
to log off if they try to log on.)
Allows/disallows an initiator to exclusively log on.
012 Login
[0 or 1 / 0 / - ]
0: OFF (Disallows)
1: ON (Allows)
013 Login MAX
SM
Specifies the maximum initiators able to log on.

[0 to 63 / 8 / 1 /step]
5-293
B222/B224
Service
Tables
1: ON
Copy Service Mode
5840
[IEEE 802.11b]
[1 to 11 or 13 / 11 or 13 / 1 /step]
Channel Max
*CTL Europe/Asia: 1 to 13
NA/ Asia: 1 to 11
Sets the maximum number of channels available for data transmission via the
006
wireless LAN. The number of channels available varies according to location.

The default settings are set for the maximum end of the range for each area.
Adjust the upper 4 bits to set the maximum number of channels. DFU
Do not change the setting.
[1 to 11 or 13 / 1 / 1 /step]
Channel Min
*CTL Europe: 1 to 13
NA/ Asia: 1 to 11
Sets the minimum number of channels available for data transmission via the
007
wireless LAN. The number of channels available varies according to location.

The default settings are set for the minimum end of the range for each area.
Adjust the lower 4 bits to set the minimum number of channels. DFU
Do not change the setting.
Selects the WEP key.
[00 to 11 / 00 / 1 binary]
011 WEP key Select
*CTL
00: Key #1
01: Key #2 (Reserved)
B222/B224
5-294
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
5841
[Supply Name Setting]
001
002
003
004
Toner Name Setting:

Black
Toner Name Setting:
Cyan
Toner Name Setting:
Yellow
Toner Name Setting:
Magenta
Specifies supply names. These appear on
007 OrgStamp
011 Staple Std1
*CTL the screen when the user presses the

Inquiry button in the user tools screen.
012 Staple Std2

013 Staple Std3
Service
Tables
014 Staple Std4

021 Staple Bind 1
022 Staple Bind 2
023 Staple Bind 3
SM
5-295
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
5842
[GWWS Analysis Mode] DFU

Default: 00000000 do not change
001 Setting 1
*CTL
Netfiles: Jobs to be printed from the

document server using a PC and the
DeskTopBinder software
Adjusts the debug program modesetting.
Bit7: 5682 mmseg-log setting
002 Setting 2
*CTL 0: Date/Hour/Minute/Second
1: Minute/Second/Msec.
0 to 6: Not used
5844
[USB]
Transfer Rate
*CTL
001
0x01: Full speed

0x04: Auto Change
Adjusts the USB transfer rate.

002 Vendor ID
*CTL Displays the vendor ID. DFU
003 Product ID
*CTL Displays the product ID. DFU
004 Device Release Number *CTL
B222/B224
Displays the development release version

number. DFU
5-296
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
[Delivery Server
Setting]
5845
*CTL
Provides items for delivery server settings.

FTP Port No.
[0 to 65535 / 3670 / 1 /step]
001
Sets the FTP port number used when image files to the Scan Router Server.
IP Address (Primary)
002
Range: 000.000.000.000 to 255.255.255.255
Use this SP to set the Scan Router Server address. The IP address under the
transfer tab can be referenced by the initial system setting.
Delivery Error Display Time
[0 to 999 / 300 / 1 second /step]
006 Use this setting to determine the length of time the prompt message is
displayed when a test error occurs during document transfer with the NetFile
application and an external device.
Range: 000.000.000.000 to 255.255.255.255
008 Specifies the IP address assigned to the computer designated to function as

the secondary delivery server of Scan Router. This SP allows only the setting
of the IP address without reference to the DNS setting.
Delivery Server Model
[0 to 4/ 0 / 1 /step]
Allows changing the model of the delivery server registered by the I/O device.
0: Unknown
009
1: SG1 Provided
2: SG1 Package
3: SG2 Provided
4: SG2 Package
SM
5-297
B222/B224
Service
Tables
IP Address (Secondary)
Copy Service Mode
010 Delivery Svr Capability
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1 /step]
Bit7 = 1 Comment information exits

Bit6 = 1 Direct specification of mail address possible
Bit5 = 1 Mail RX confirmation setting possible
Bit4 = 1 Address book automatic update function exists
Changes the
capability of
the registered
Bit3 = 1 Fax RX delivery function exists

Bit2 = 1 Sender password function exists
that the I/O

device
registered.
Bit1 = 1 Function to link MK-1 user and Sender exists

Bit0 = 1 Sender specification required (if set to 1, Bit6 is set
to 0)
Delivery Svr Capability (Ext)
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1 /step]
Changes the capability of the registered that the I/O device registered.
011
Bit7 = 1 Address book usage limitation (Limitation for each authorized user)
Bit6 = 1 RDH authorization link
Bit5 to 0: Not used
Server Scheme (Primary) DFU
013
This is used for the scan router program.
Server Port Number (Primary) DFU
014
Server URL Path (Primary) DFU
015
Server Scheme (Secondary) DFU
016
B222/B224
5-298
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
Server Port Number (Secondary) DFU

017
Server URL Path (Secondary) DFU
018
Capture Server Scheme DFU
019
Capture Server Port Number DFU
020
Capture Server URL Path DFU
021
Service
Tables
SM
5-299
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
5846
[UCS Settings]
*CTL
Machine ID (For Delivery Server)
Displays ID
Displays the unique device ID in use by the delivery server directory. The
001
value is only displayed and cannot be changed. This ID is created from the
NIC MAC or IEEE 1394 EUI. The ID is displayed as either 6-byle or 8-byte
binary.
Machine ID Clear (For Delivery Server)
Clears ID
Clears the unique ID of the device used as the name in the file transfer
002
directory. Execute this SP if the connection of the device to the delivery

server is unstable. After clearing the ID, the ID will be established again
automatically by cycling the machine off and on.
Maximum Entries
[2000 to 20000/ 2000 /1 /step]
003 Changes the maximum number of entries that UCS can handle.
If a value smaller than the present value is set, the UCS managed data is
cleared, and the data (excluding user code information) is displayed.
Delivery Server Retry Timer
006
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1 /step]
Sets the interval for retry attempts when the delivery server fails to acquire
the delivery server address book.
Delivery Server Retry Times
007
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1 /step]
Sets the number of retry attempts when the delivery server fails to acquire
the delivery server address book.
Delivery Server Maximum Entries
[2000 to 50000 / 2000 /

1/step]
008
Sets the maximum number account entries of the delivery server user
information managed by UCS.
B222/B224
5-300
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
LDAP Search Timeout
[1 to 255 / 60 / 1 /step]
010
Sets the length of the timeout for the search of the LDAP server.
Addr Book Migration (SD => HDD)
040
Fill Addr Acl Info.
This SP must be executed immediately after installation of an HDD unit in a
basic machine that previously had no HDD. The first time the machine is
powered on with the new HDD installed, the system automatically takes the
address book from the NVRAM and writes it onto the new HDD. However, the
new address book on the HDD can be accessed only by the system
administrator at this stage. Executing this SP by the service technician
immediately after power on grants full address book access to all users.
041
Procedure
1. Turn the machine off.
3. Turn the machine on.

4. The address book and its initial data are created on the HDD automatically.
5. However, at this point the address book can be accessed by only the
system administrator or key operator.
6. Enter the SP mode and do SP5846 041. After this SP executes
successfully, any user can access the address book.
047 Initialize Local Addr Book
048 Initialize Delivery Addr Book
049 Initialize LDAP Addr Book
SM
Clears the local address book information,

including the user code.
Clears the distribution address book
information, except the user code.
Clears the LDAP address book information,
except the user code.
5-301
B222/B224
Service
Tables
2. Install the new HDD.
Copy Service Mode
050 Initialize All Addr Book
051 Backup All Addr Book
052 Restore All Addr Book
Clears all directory information managed by

UCS, including all user codes.
Uploads all directory information to the SD
card.
Downloads all directory information from the
SD card.
Deletes the address book data from the SD
card in the service slot.
Deletes only the files that were uploaded from
this machine.
This feature does not work if the card is
053 Clear Backup Info
write-protected.
After you do this SP, go out of the SP

mode, and then turn the power off.
Do not remove the SD card until the
Power LED stops flashing.
Search Option
This SP uses bit switches to set up the fuzzy search options for the UCS local
address book.
Bit: Meaning
060
0: Checks both upper/lower case characters

1: Japan Only
2: Japan Only
3: Japan Only
4 to 7: Not Used
Complexity Option 1
Use this SP to set the conditions for password entry to access the local
062
address book. Specifically, this SP limits the password entry to upper case
and sets the length of the password.
[0 to 32 / 0 / 1 /step]
B222/B224
5-302
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
This SP does not normally require adjustment.

This SP is enabled only after the system administrator has set up a
group password policy to control access to the address book.
063 Complexity Option 2 DFU
Specifies the FTP port for getting a
091 FTP Auth Port Setting
distribution server address book that is used

in the identification mode.
[0 to 65535 / 3671 / 1 /step]
[Rep Resolution Reduction]
Shows the status of the encryption function

for the address book data.
*CTL
5847 1 through 5847 8 changes the default settings of image data transferred
externally by the Net File page reference function. [ 0 to 5 / 2 / 1 /step]
5847
5847 21 sets the default for JPEG image quality of image files handled by
NetFile.
Net files are jobs to be printed from the document server using a PC and
the DeskTopBinder software.
001 Rate for Copy Color
2:1/3x
002 Rate for Copy B&W Text

0: 1x
003 Rate for Copy B&W Other
SM
004 Rate for Printer Color
2:1/3x
005 Rate for Printer B&W
0:1x
5-303
B222/B224
Service
Tables
094 Encryption Stat
Copy Service Mode
Network Quality Default for JPEG

Sets the default value for the quality of JPEG images sent as NetFile pages.
021
This function is available only with the MLB (Media Link Board) option
installed.
[5 to 95 / 50 / 1 /step]
*CTL
[Web Service]
5848 2 sets the 4-bit switch assignment for the access control setting. Setting
5848
of 0001 has no effect on access and delivery from Scan Router.

5848 100 sets the maximum size allowed for downloaded images. The
default is equal to 1 gigabyte.
001
ACC Ctrl: Netfile Protocol

(Lower 4 bits only)
Bit switch settings.
0000: No access control

0001: Denies access to DeskTop Binder. Access and deliveries from Scan
Router have no effect on capture.
002
003
004
Access Ctrl: Repository (only

Lower 4 bits)

0001: Denies access to DeskTop Binder.
0010: No writing control
Access Control: Doc. Svr.

Print (Lower 4 bits)
Access Control: User
Directory (only Lower 4 bits)
Switches access control on and off.

005
007
B222/B224
Access Cntl: For Cherry(only
0001: Denies access to DeskTop Binder.
lower 4bits)
Access Ctrl: Comm. Log Fax
(Lower 4 bits)
5-304
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
009
011
021
022
100
Access Ctrl: Job Ctrl (Lower

4 bits)
Access Ctrl: Device
management (Lower 4 bits)
Access Ctrl: Delivery (Lower
4 bits)
Access Ctrl: uAdministration
(Lower 4bits)
Repository: Download Image

Max. Size
Specifies the max size of the image data that

the machine can download.
[1 to 1024 / 1024 / 1 MB /step]
210 Setting: LogType: Job1

211 Setting: LogType: Job2
Service
Tables
212 Setting: LogType: Access

213 Setting: Primary Srv
NIA
214 Setting: Secondary Srv
215 Setting: Start Time
216 Setting: Interval Time
217 Setting: Timing
SM
5-305
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
5849
*CTL
[Installation Date]
The Counter Clear Day has been changed
5849 1 Display
to Installation Date or Inst. Date.

Determines whether the installation date is
printed on the printout for the total counter.
5849 2 Switch to Print
[0 or 1 / 1 / - ]
0: OFF (No Print)
1: ON (Print)
5850
[Address Book Function]
*CTL
Replacement of Circuit Classification Japan Only

003 The machine is sold ready to use with a G3 line. This SP allows you to switch
all at once to convert to G4 after you add a G4 line. Conversely, if for some
reason the G4 line becomes unusable, you can easily switch back to G3.
[Bluetooth Mode]
5851
Sets the operation mode for the Bluetooth Unit. Press either key.
[0:Public] [1: Private]
[Stamp Data Download]

Use this SP to download the fixed stamp data stored in the firmware of the
ROM and copy it to the HDD. This SP can be executed as many times as
5853
required. This SP must be executed after replacing or formatting the hard

disks.
This SP can be executed only with the hard disks installed.
B222/B224
5-306
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
[Remote ROM Update]

5856
Allows the technician to upgrade the firmware using a local port (IEEE1284)
when updating the remote ROM.
[0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
002 Local Port
*CTL 0: Disable
1: Enable
5857
5857 1
[Save Debug Log]
*CTL
On/Off (1:ON 0:OFF)
0: OFF, 1: ON
Switches the debug log feature on and off. The debug log cannot be captured
until this feature is switched on.
Target (2: HDD 3: SD)
2: HDD, 3: SD Card
5857 2 Selects the storage device to save debug logs information when the
conditions set with SP5-858 are satisfied.
Service
Tables
[ 2 to 3 / 2 / 1 /step]
Save to HDD
Saves the debug log of the input SC number in memory to the HDD.
005
A unique file name is generated to avoid overwriting existing file names on

the SD Card. Up to 4MB can be copied to an SD Card. 4 MB segments can
be copied one by one to each SD Card.
Save to SD Card
006
Saves the debug log of the input SC number in memory to the SD card.
009 Copy HDD to SD Card (Latest 4 MB)
010 Copy HDD to SD Card (Latest 4 MB Any Key)
011 Erase HDD Debug Data
SM
5-307
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
012 Erase SD Card Debug Data

013 Free Space on SD Card
014 Copy SD to SD (Latest 4 MB)
015 Copy SD to SD (Latest 4 MB Any Key)
016 Make HDD Debug
017 Make SD Debug
[Debug Save When]
*CTL
These SPs select the content of the debugging information to be saved to the
5858
destination selected by SP5857-002.

SP5858-3 stores one SC specified by number. Refer to Section 4 for a list of
SC error codes.
Turns on/off the debug save for SC codes
001 Engine SC Error
generated by copier engine errors.

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/ step]
0: OFF, 1: ON
Turns on/off the debug save for SC codes
002 Controller SC Error
generated by GW controller errors.

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/ step]
0: OFF, 1: ON
003 Any SC Error
[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 /step]
Turns on/off the debug save for jam errors.
004 Jam
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/ step]
0: OFF, 1: ON
B222/B224
5-308
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
5859
[Debug Save Key No.]
*CTL -
001 Key 1
002 Key 2
003 Key 3
004 Key 4
These SPs allow you to set up to 10 keys for log
005 Key 5
006 Key 6
files for functions that use common memory on the

controller board.
[9999999 to 9999999 / 0 / ]
007 Key 7
008 Key 8
009 Key 9
010 Key 10
[SMTP/POP3/IMAP4]
*CTL
020 Partial Mail Receive Timeout
Service
Tables
5860
[1 to 168 / 72 / ]
Sets the amount of time to wait before saving a mail that breaks up during
reception. The received mail is discarded if the remaining portion of the mail is
not received during this prescribed time.
021 MDN Response RFC2298 Compliance
[0 to 1 / 1 / ]
Determines whether RFC2298 compliance is switched on for MDN reply mail.

0: No
1: Yes
.com
manuals4you
SM
5-309
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
022 SMTP Auth. From Field Replacement
[0 to 1 / 0 / ]
Determines whether the FROM item of the mail header is switched to the
validated account after the SMTP server is validated.
0: No. From item not switched.
1: Yes. From item switched.
025 SMTP Auth. Direct Setting
[0 or 1 / 0 / ]
Selects the authentication method for SMPT.

Bit switch:
Bit 0: LOGIN
Bit 1: PLAIN
Bit 2: CRAM MD5
Bit 3: DIGEST MD5
This SP is activated only when SMTP authorization is enabled by UP
mode.
5866
[E-mail Alert] Not Used

Enables or disables the E-mail alert
001 Report Validity
function.
[0 or 1 / 0 / ] 0: Enabled, 1: Disabled
Adds or does not add the date field to the
005 Add Date Field
*CTL
header of the alert mail.

[0 or 1 / 0 / ]
0: Not added, 1: Added
B222/B224
5-310
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
5870
[Common Key Info Writing]

Writes to flash ROM the common proof for
001 Writing
*CTL
validating the device for NRS

specifications.
5873
[SD Card Appli Move]

This SP copies the application programs from the
001 Move Exec
original SD card in SD card slot 3 to an SD card in

SD card slot 1 or 2 (slot 1 has the priority to be
copied).
This SP copies back the application programs from
an SD card in SD Card Slot 3 to the original SD
002 Undo Exec
card in SD card slot 1 or 2 (slot 1 has the priority to

be copied). Use this menu when you have
mistakenly copied some programs by using "Move
5875
Service
Tables
Exec" (SP5873-1).
[SC Auto Reboot]

Enables or disables the automatic reboot
function when an SC error occurs.
[0 or 1/ 0 / ]
0: The machine reboots automatically
when the machine issues an SC error and
001 Reboot Setting
*CTL
logs the SC error code. If the same SC

occurs again, the machine does not
reboot.
1: The machine does not reboot when an
SC error occurs.
The reboot is not executed for Type A or C
SC codes.
SM
5-311
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
Selects the reboot method for SC.

002 Reboot Type
*CTL
[0 or 1 / 0 / -]
0: Manual reboot, 1: Automatic reboot
5878
[Option Setup]
Enables the Data Overwrite Security unit.
001 Option Setup
Press "EXECUTE" on the operation panel.

Then turn the machine off and on.
5881
[Fixed Phrase Block Erasing]
001 -
Deletes the fixed phrase.
[Line Speed Selection]

5883
Selects the line speed for middle thick paper.
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1 /step]
001 Middle Thick
*ENG
0: MID CARD: Half Speed (115 mm/sec)

1: MID CARD: Normal Speed (B222: 154,
B224: 205 mm/sec)
B222/B224
5-312
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
[WIM Settings] Web Image Monitor Settings

5885
Close or disclose the functions of web image monitor.
0: OFF, 1: ON
Bit Meaning
0: Forbid all document server access (1)
1: Forbid user mode access (1)
020
Document Server ACC

Ctrl
*CTL
2: Forbid print function (1)

3: Forbid fax TX (1)
4: Forbid scan sending (1)
5: Forbid downloading (1)
6: Forbid delete (1)
7: Reserved
[Permit ROM Updating] DFU

5886
This SP determines whether the ROM can be updated.
SM
*CTL
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Service
Tables
001 -
0: ON, 1: OFF
5-313
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
[Plug & Play Maker/Model Name] Plug & Play Name Selection
Specifies the manufacturer and model name. These names are registered in
5907
the NVRAM. If the NVRAM becomes defective, these names should be

re-registered.
[0 to 11 / 0 / 1 /step ] FA
0: RICOH Aficio MP C3500
1: RICOH Aficio MP C4500
2: SAVIN C3535
3: SAVIN C4540
4: Gestetner MPC 3500/DSc535
001 Plug/Play
*ENG 5: Gestetner MPC 4500/DSc545

6: NRG MP C3500
7: NRG MP C4500
8: infotec ISC3535
9: infotec ISC4540
10: LANIER MP C3500/LD435c
11: LANIER MP C4500/LD445c
5913
[Switchover Permission Time]

Print Application Timer
*CTL
[3 to 30 / 3 / 1 second /step]
002 Sets the amount of time to elapse while the machine is in standby mode (and
the operation panel keys have not been used) before another application can
gain control of the display.
B222/B224
5-314
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
5967
[Copy Server Set

Function]
*CTL
0: ON, 1: OFF
Enables and disables the document server. This is a security measure that
prevents image data from being left in the temporary area of the HDD. After
changing this setting, you must switch the main switch off and on to enable the
new setting.
[Cherry Server]
5974
Specifies which version of ScanRouter, Lite or Full, is installed.
001 Cherry Server
*CTL
[0 or 1 / 0 / ]
0: Lite
1: Full
[Device Setting]
The NIC and USB support features are built into the GW controller. Use this
SP to enable and disable these features. In order to use the NIC and USB
functions built into the controller board, these SP codes must be set to "1".
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1 /step]
0: Disable, 1: Enable, 2: Function limitation
When the "Function limitation" is set, "On board NIC" is
limited only for the NRS or LDAP/NT authentication.
001 On Board NIC
Other network applications than NRS or

LDAP/NT authentication are not available when
this SP is set to "2". Even though you can change
the initial settings of those network applications,
the settings do not work.
002
SM
On Board USB
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
5-315
B222/B224
Service
Tables
5985
Copy Service Mode
5987
[Counter Falsification Prevention]

This SP detects that a mechanical counter device is
removed. If it is detected, SC610 occurs.
001 0: OFF / 1: ON
The mechanical counter is provided only for
NA model.
[SP print mode]

5990
Prints out the SMC sheets.
001 All (Data List)
002 SP (Mode Data List)
003 User Program
004 Logging Data
005 Diagnostic Report
006 Non-Default
007 NIB Summary
008 Capture Log
021 Copier User Program
022 Scanner SP
023 Scanner User Program
B222/B224
5-316
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
[Fusing Cont mode] Fusing Control Mode

5998
Turns the silent fusing warm-up mode on or off.
[0 or 1 / 1 / - ]
001 fast/silent
*ENG 0: Silent (less noise)

1: Fast (less time)
SP6-XXX (Peripherals)
6006
[ADF Adj.] ADF Adjustment

Adjusts the side-to-side and leading registration of originals with the ARDF.
001 Side-to-Side Registration
Registration
*ENG
[-5.0 to 5.0 / 0 / 0.1 mm/step ]
Adjusts the amount of paper buckle to correct original skew for the front and
rear sides.
005 Buckle: Duplex Front
*ENG [-5.0 to 5.0 / 0 / 0.1 mm/step ]
006 Buckle: Duplex Rear
Adjusts the erase margin at the original trailing edge.
007 Rear Edge Erase
SM
*ENG [-5.0 to 5.0 / 0 / 0.1 mm/step ]
5-317
B222/B224
Service
Tables
003
Leading Edge
[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0 / 0.1 mm/step ]
Copy Service Mode
[ADF Input Check]

6007
Displays the signals received from the sensors and switches of the ARDF.
Only Bit 0 is used for ADF input check.
001
002
003
Original Length 1 (B5

Detection Sensor)
Original Length 2 (A4
Detection Sensor)
Original Length 3 (LG
Detection Sensor)
004 Original Width 1

0: Paper not detected

1: Paper detected
008 Orginal Width 5

009 Original Detection
010 Separation
011 Skew Correction
012 Scan Orginal
013 Registration
014 Exit
015 Feed Cover
016 Lift Up
B222/B224
0: ADF cover close

1: ADF cover open
0: ADF close
1: ADF open
5-318
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
017 Inverter
018 Pick Up Roller HP
019 Orginal Set HP
[ADF Output Check]

6008
Activates the electrical components for functional check.

It is not possible to activate more than one component at the same time.
001 Pickup Motor Forward

002 Pickup Motor Reverse
003 Feed Motor Forward
Feed Motor Forward rotation
004 Feed Motor Reverse
Feed Motor-Reverse rotation
005 Relay Motor Forward
Transport Motor- Forward rotation

Transport Motor- Forward rotation
Service
Tables
006 Relay Motor Reverse

007 Inverter Motor Forward
008 Inverter Roller Reverse
*009 Feed Clutch

*010 Feed Solenoid
Pick-up Solenoid
011 Inverter Solenoid
012 Stamp
Stamp Solenoid
* For Future Use
SM
5-319
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
[ADF Free Run]

6009
Performs a DF free run in simplex, duplex mode or stamp mode.
001 Free Run Simplex Motion
002 Free Run Duplex Motion
003 Free Run Stamp Motion
[Stamp Position Adj.] Fax Stamp Position Adjustment

6010
Adjusts the horizontal position of the stamp on the scanned originals.
6010 1 Stamp Position Adj.
*ENG [-5.0 to 5.0 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
[Original Size Detection Priority] Original Size Detection Priority

6016
Specifies the original size for a size detected by the original sensor, since
original sensors cannot recognize all sizes.
[0 or 1 / 0 / - ]
*ENG 0: Setting 1
1: Setting 2
001
Original Size Detection
NA
Setting 1
Setting 2
DLT SEF
Folio SEF 11" x 15"
LG SEF
Foolscap SEF
LT SEF
US EXE 8" x 10"
LT LEF
US EXE LEF
DLT SEF
8K 267 x 390 mm
LT SEF
16K 195 x 267 mm
LT LEF
16K 267 x 195 mm
Priority
EU/
ASIA
B222/B224
5-320
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
[DF Magnification Adj.] DF Magnification Adjustment

6017
Adjusts the magnification in the sub-scan direction for the ARDF.
001 DF Magnification Adj.
*CTL [-5.0 to 5.0 / 0 / 0.1 %/step]
[Skew Correction Moving Setting]

6020
Turns the original skew correction in the ARDF for all original sizes on or off.
[0 or 1 / 0 / - ]
001 -
*ENG 0: Off (only for small original sizes)

1: On (for all original sizes)
[Punch Position: Sub Scan]

6128
001 Domestic (Japan) 2Hole
*ENG
002 North America 3Hole
*ENG
003 Europe 4Hole
*ENG [-7.5 to 7.5 / 0 / 0.5 mm/step]]
004 North Europe 4Hole
*ENG
*ENG
Service
Tables
Adjusts the punching position in the sub scan direction.
[Punch Position: Main Scan]

6129
Adjusts the punching position in the main scan direction.
SM
001 Domestic (Japan) 2Hole
*ENG
002 North America 3Hole
*ENG [-2.0 to 2.0 / 0 / 0.4 mm/step]]
003 Europe 4Hole
*ENG
5-321
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
*ENG
*ENG
[Skew Correction: Buckle Adj.]

6130
Adjusts the paper buckle for each paper size.
001 A3T (SEF)
*ENG
002 B4T (SEF)
*ENG
003 A4T (SEF)
*ENG
004 A4Y (LEF)
*ENG
005 B5T (SEF)
*ENG
006 B5Y (LEF)
*ENG
[-5.0 to 5.0 / 0 / 0.25 mm/step]]
007 DLT-T (SEF)
*ENG
008 LG-T (SEF)
*ENG
009 LT-T (SEF)
*ENG
010 LT-Y (LEF)
*ENG
011 12" x 18"
*ENG
012 Other
*ENG
[Skew Correction Control]

6131
Selects the skew correction control for each paper size. These are only
activated for B804/B805.
001 A3T (SEF)
*ENG [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]]
0: No (No skew correction)
002 B4T (SEF)
B222/B224
*ENG 1: Roller Stop Skew Correction

2: Roller Reverse Skew Correction
5-322
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
*ENG
004 A4Y (LEF)
*ENG
005 B5T (SEF)
*ENG
006 B5Y (LEF)
*ENG
007 DLT-T (SEF)
*ENG
008 LG-T (SEF)
*ENG
009 LT-T (SEF)
*ENG
010 LT-Y (LEF)
*ENG
011 12" x 18"
*ENG
012 Other
*ENG
Service
Tables
003 A4T (SEF)
SM
5-323
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
[Jogger Fence Fine Adj]

6132
This SP adjusts the distance between the jogger fences and the sides of the
stack on the finisher stapling tray in the (Booklet) Finisher B804/B805. The
adjustment is done perpendicular to the direction of paper feed.
001 A3T (SEF)
*ENG
002 B4T (SEF)
*ENG
003 A4T (SEF)
*ENG
004 A4Y (LEF)
*ENG
005 B5T (SEF)
*ENG
006 B5Y (LEF)
*ENG jogger fences and the sides of the stack.
007 DLT-T (SEF)
*ENG
[-1.5 to 1.5 / 0 / 1/step]

+ Value: Increases distance between
- Value: Decreases the distance between

the jogger fences and the sides of the
008 LG-T (SEF)
*ENG stack.
009 LT-T (SEF)
*ENG
010 LT-Y (LEF)
*ENG
011 12" x 18"
*ENG
012 Other
*ENG
[Staple Position Adjustment]

6133
Adjusts the staple position for each finisher (B408/B804/B805).

+ Value: Moves the staple position to the rear side.
- Value: Moves the staple position to the front side.
001
B222/B224
Finisher
(B408/B804/B805)
*ENG [-3.5 to 3.5 / 0 / 1/step]
5-324
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
6134
[Saddle Stitch Position Adjustment]
User
Use this SP to adjust the stapling position of the booklet stapler when paper is
SP
stapled and folded in the Booklet Finisher B804.

001 A3 SEF
002 B4 SEF
003 A4 SEF
[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0 / 0.2 mm/step]

+ Value: Shifts staple position toward the crease.
- Value: Shifts staple position away from the crease.
004 B5 SEF
005 DLT-T (SEF)
006 LG-T (SEF)
007 LT-T (SEF)
008 12" x 18"
6135
Service
Tables
009 Other
[Folder Position Adj.]
User SP
This SP corrects the folding position when paper is stapled and folded in the
Booklet Finisher B804.
001 A3 SEF
002 B4 SEF
[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0 / 0.2 mm/step]

+ Value: Shifts staple position toward the crease.
- Value: Shifts staple position away from the crease.
003 A4 SEF
004 B5 SEF
005 DLT-T (SEF)
006 LG-T (SEF)
007 LT-T (SEF)
008 12" x 18"
SM
5-325
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

009 Other
6136
[Folding Number]
User SP
Sets the number of times that folding is done in the Booklet Finisher B804.
001 -
[2 to 30 / 2 / 1 time/step]
[Finisher Free Run]

6137
These SPs are used only for B793 finisher.
001 Free Run 1
Free run for paper edge stapling.
002 Free Run 2
Free run for booklet stapling.
003 Free Run 3
004 Free Run 4
6138
Shipping free run. Simulates standby conditions during

shipping.
DFU
[FIN (TIG) INPUT Check] Finisher (B793) Input Check

Displays the signals received from sensors and switches of the booklet finisher.
(
6139
5.2.2 "Input Check Table"")
[FIN (KIN) INPUT Check] Finisher (B408) Input Check

(
6140
5.2.2"Input Check Table"")
[FIN (EUP) INPUT Check] Finisher (B804/B805) Input Check

Displays the signals received from sensors and switches of the (booklet)
finisher. (
B222/B224
5.2.2"Input Check Table"")
5-326
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
6143
[FIN (TIG) OUPUT Check] Finisher (B793) Output Check

(
6144
5.2.3 "Output Check Table"")
[FIN (KIN) OUPUT Check] Finisher (B408) Output Check

(
6145
5.2.3"Output Check Table"")
[FIN (EUP) OUPUT Check] Finisher (B804/B805) Output Check

Displays the signals received from sensors and switches of the (booklet)
finisher. (
6147
5.2.3"Output Check Table"")
[FIN (JAK) OUPUT Check]
6148
Service
Tables
[Jogger Fine Adj] *ENG Fine Adjust Output Jogger Unit Fences
001 A3T (SEF)

002 B4T (SEF)
003 A4T (SEF)
This SP corrects the distance between the jogger fences

and the sides of the stack when the output jogger unit
attached to the side of the machine jogs sheets as they exit
the finisher.
+ Value:
004 A4Y LEF)

005 B5Y (LEF)
Increases distance between jogger fences and the sides of

the stack.
- Value:
006 A5Y (LEF)

007 DLT-T (SEF)
Decreases the distance between the jogger fences and the

sides of the stack.
[-1.5 to 1.5 / 0 / 0.5 mm/step]
008 LG-T (SEF)

009 LT-T (SEF)
SM
5-327
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

010 LT-Y (LEF)
011 HLT-Y (LEF)
012 Other
[Max. Pre-Stack
Sheet]
6149
*ENG Number of Pre-Stack Sheets
This SP sets the number of sheets sent to the pre-stack tray.

Note:
You may need to adjust this setting or switch it off when feeding thick or slick
paper.
001 -
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1 sheet/step]
SP7-XXX (Data Log)
[Total SC Counter]
7401
Displays the number of SC codes detected.
7401 1 SC Counter
*CTL [0 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step ]
[SC History]
7403
Logs the SC codes detected.

The 10 most recently detected SC Codes are not displayed on the screen, but
can be seen on the SMC (logging) outputs.
7403 1 Latest
*CTL -
7403 2 Latest 1
7403 3 Latest 2
7403 4 Latest 3
7403 5 Latest 4
B222/B224
5-328
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

7403 6 Latest 5
7403 7 Latest 6
7403 8 Latest 7
7403 9 Latest 8
7403 10 Latest 9
[Total Paper Jam Counter]

7502
Displays the total number of jams detected.
7502 1 Total Jam
*
CTL
[0 to 9999 / 0 / 1 sheet/step ]
[Total Original Jam Counter]

7503
Displays the total number of original jams.
*CTL [0 to 9999 / 0 / 1 original/step ]
Service
Tables
7503 1 Original Jam counter
[Paper Jam Location]

ON: On check, OFF: Off Check
7504
Displays the number of jams according to the location where jams were
detected.
NOTE: The LCT is counted as the 3rd feed station.
SM
7504 1 At Power On
*CTL For details, see the "p.4-108 "Jam
7504 3 Tray 1: ON
*CTL
7504 4 Tray 2: ON
*CTL
7504 5 Tray 3: ON
*CTL
7504 6 Tray 4: ON
*CTL
7504 8 Bypass: ON
*CTL
Detection"" in the Troubleshooting (section

4)".
5-329
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

7504 9 Duplex: ON
*CTL
7504 11 Vertical Transport 1: ON *CTL

7504 12 Vertical Transport 2: ON *CTL
7504 13 Bank Transport 1
*CTL
7504 17 Registration: ON
*CTL
*7504 18 Fusing Entrance: ON
*CTL
7504 19 Fusing Exit: ON
*CTL
7504 20 Paper Exit: ON
*CTL
7504 21 Relay Exit: ON
*CTL
7504 22 Relay Transport : ON
*CTL
7504 24 Junction Gate Feed: ON

*CTL
7504 25 Duplex Exit: ON
7504 26 Duplex Reverse: ON
*CTL
7504 27 Duplex Entrance: ON
*CTL
7504 28 1 Bin Exit Sensor
*CTL
7504 51 SEF Sensor 1
*CTL
7504 52 SEF Sensor 2
*CTL
7504 53 Bank SEF Sensor 1
*CTL
7504 54 Bank SEF Sensor 2
*CTL
7504 57 Regist Sensor
*CTL
*7504 59 Fusing Exit Sensor
*CTL
7504 60 Exit Sensor
*CTL
7504 61 Relay Exit Sensor
*CTL
*For Future Use
B222/B224
5-330
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
7504 62 Relay Sensor
7504 64
*CTL
Junction Gate
Feed:OFF
*CTL
7504 65 Duplex Exit Sensor
7504 66
Duplex Entrance
Sensor
*CTL
*7504 68 1-Bin Exit: ON
*CTL
7504 100 Finisher Entrance
*CTL
7504 101 Finisher Shift Tray Exit *CTL

7504 102 Finisher Staple
*CTL
7504 103 Finisher Exit
*CTL
7504 104 Finisher Drive Motor
*CTL
Finisher Tray Lift

Motor
*CTL
7504 106 Finisher Jogger Motor
*CTL
7504 107 Finisher Shift Motor
*CTL
7504 108 Finisher Staple Motor
*CTL
7504 109 Finisher Exit Motor
*CTL
*7504 130
Finisher Entrance
*7504 131 Finisher Proof Exit
Service
Tables
7504 105
*CTL
*CTL
*7504 132 Finisher Shift Tray Exit *CTL

*7504 133 Finisher Staple Exit
*CTL
*7504 134 Finisher Exit
*CTL
*For Future Use
SM
5-331
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
*7504 135 Finisher Folding
*CTL
*7504 136 Finisher Folding Exit
*CTL
*7504 137 Finisher Guide Motor
*CTL
*7504 138
Finisher Staple
Moving Motor
7504 139 Finisher Punch Motor
*7504 140
Finisher Tray Lift

Motor
*7504 141 Finisher Jogger Motor
*7504 142
*7504 143
Finisher Shift Roller

Motor
Finisher Folding Plate
Motor
7504 144 Finisher Staple Motor

*7504 145 Finisher Exit Motor
*7504 146
*7504 147
*7504 148
Finisher Stack 1
Release Motor
Finisher Stack 2
Release Motor
Finisher Stopper
Motor
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*7504 160 Finisher Entrance: ON *CTL
*7504 161
Finisher Entrance:
OFF
*CTL
*For Future Use
B222/B224
5-332
manuals4you.com
SM
*7504 162 Finisher Stack Exit
*CTL
*7504 163 Finisher Staple
*CTL
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
*7504 164 Finisher Staple Cancel *CTL

*7504 165 Finisher Jogger Motor
*7504 166
Finisher Pickup Lift

Motor
*CTL
*CTL
*7504 167 Finisher Staple Slide
*CTL
*7504 168 Finisher Stack Tray
*CTL
7504 230
7504 231
Finisher Belt Lift

Solenoid
Finisher Exit No
Response
Finisher
Communication Error
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
Service
Tables
*7504 169
*For Future Use
[Original Jam Detection]

7505
Displays the total number of original jams by location.
7505 1 At Power On
*CTL -
7505 3 Separation : ON
7505 4 Skew Correction: ON
7505 5 Reading Entrance: ON
7505 6 Registration: ON
7505 7 Read Exit Sensor : ON
7505 8 Paper Exit: ON
SM
5-333
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

7505 53 Separation OFF
7505 54 Skew Correction: OFF
7505 55 Reading Entrance: OFF
7505 56 Registration: OFF
7505 57 Reading Exit Sensor: OFF
7505 58 Paper Exit: OFF
[Jam Count by Paper Size]

7506
Displays the number of jams according to the paper size.
7506 5 A4 LEF
7506 6 A5 LEF
7506 14 B5 LEF
7506 38 LT LEF
7506 44 HLT LEF
7506 132 A3 SEF
7506 133 A4 SEF
7506 134 A5 SEF
*CTL [0 to 9999 / 0 / 1 sheet/step ]
7506 141 B4 SEF

7506 142 B5 SEF
7506 160 DLT SEF
7506 164 LG SEF
7506 166 LT SEF
7506 172 HLT SEF
7506 255 Others
B222/B224
5-334
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
[Plotter Jam History]

7507
Displays the 10 most recently detected paper jams.
7507 1 Latest
7507 2 Latest 1
7507 3 Latest 2
7507 4 Latest 3
7507 5 Latest 4
*CTL 7507 6 Latest 5
7507 7 Latest 6
7507 8 Latest 7
7507 9 Latest 8
Service
Tables
7507 10 Latest 9
[Original Jam History]

7508
Displays the 10 most recently detected original jams.
7508 1 Latest
*CTL -
7508 2 Latest-1
7508 3 Latest-2
7508 4 Latest-3
7508 5 Latest-4
7508 6 Latest-5
7508 7 Latest-6
7508 8 Latest-7
SM
5-335
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

7508 9 Latest-8
7508 10 Latest-9
7801
[ROM No./Firmware Version]
7801 255 Engine
7803
Displays all versions and ROM numbers in

SP7-910 and SP7-911.
[PM Counter Display]

(Page, Unit, [Color])
Displays the number of sheets printed for each current maintenance unit.
PM counters click up based on the number of A4 (LT) LEF size sheets
printed. Therefore, the A3 (DLT) Double Count is activated. The Double Count
cannot be deactivated.
When a unit is replaced, the machine automatically detects that the new unit
is installed. Then, the current PM counter value is automatically moved to the
PM Counter - Previous (SP7-906-1 to 10) and is reset to 0.
The total number of sheets printed with the last unit replaced can be checked
with SP7-906-1 to 10.
NOTE: The LCT is counted as the 3rd feed station.
7803 1 Paper
*ENG [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 page/step ]
7803 2 Page: PCU: Bk

7803 3 Page: PCU: M
7803 4 Page: PCU: C
7803 5 Page: PCU: Y
7803 6
7803 7
B222/B224
Page: Development
Unit: Bk
Page: Development
Unit: M
5-336
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

7803 8
7803 9
Page: Development
Unit: C
Page: Development
Unit: Y
7803 10 Page: Developer: Bk

7803 11 Page: Developer: M
7803 12 Page: Developer: C
7803 13 Page: Developer: Y
7803 14 Page: Image Transfer
7803 15 Page: Cleaning Unit
7803 16 Page: Fusing Unit
7803 18
Page: Paper Transfer

Unit
Page: Toner Collection
Bottle
Displays the number of revolutions of motors or clutches for each current
maintenance unit.
[ 0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 revolution/step ]
When a unit is replaced, the machine automatically detects that the new unit
is installed. Then, the current PM counter value is automatically moved to the
PM Counter - Previous (SP7-906-11 to 20) and is reset to 0. The total
number of revolutions made with the last unit replaced can be checked with
SP7-906-11 to 20.
SM
5-337
B222/B224
Service
Tables
7803 17
Copy Service Mode
7803 31 Rotation: PCU: Bk

7803 32 Rotation: PCU: M
7803 33 Rotation: PCU: C
7803 34 Rotation: PCU: Y
7803 35
7803 36
7803 37
7803 38
Rotation: Development
Unit: Bk
Unit: M
Unit: C
Unit: Y
*ENG [0 to 999999999 / - / 1 mm/step ]
7803 39 Rotation: Developer: Bk

7803 40 Rotation: Developer: M
7803 41 Rotation: Developer: C
7803 42 Rotation: Developer: Y
7803 43
Rotation: Image
Transfer Belt
7803 44 Rotation: Cleaning Unit

7803 45 Rotation: Fusing Unit
7803 46
B222/B224
Rotation: Paper
Transfer Unit
5-338
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
7803 47
Measurement: Toner
Collection bottle
Displays the value given by the following formula:
(Current revolution Target revolution) 100. This shows how much of the
units expected lifetime has been used up.
The Rotation% counter is based on rotations, not prints. If the number of
rotations reaches the limit, the machine enters the end condition for that unit.
If the print count lifetime is reached first, the machine also enters the end
condition, even though the R% counter is still less than 100%.
7803 61 Rotation (%): PCU: Bk
*ENG [0 to 255 / - / 1 %/step]
7803 62 Rotation (%): PCU: M

7803 63 Rotation (%): PCU: C
7803 64 Rotation (%): PCU: Y
7803 66
7803 67
7803 68
7803 69
7803 70
7803 71
Rotation (%):
Development Unit: Bk
Service
Tables
7803 65
Rotation (%):
Development Unit: M
Rotation (%):
Development Unit: C
Rotation (%):
Development Unit: Y
Rotation (%):
Developer: Bk
Rotation (%):
Developer: M
Rotation (%):
Developer: C
7803 72 Rotation (%):
SM
5-339
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

Developer: Y
7803 73
7803 74
7803 75
7803 76
B222/B224
Rotation (%): Image

Transfer
Rotation (%): Cleaning
Unit
Rotation (%): Fusing
Unit
Rotation (%): Paper
Transfer Unit
5-340
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
7803 77
Measurement (%):
Toner Collection bottle
(Current printouts Target printouts) 100. This shows how much of the
units expected lifetime has been used up.
The Page% counter is based on printouts, not revolutions. If the number of
printouts reaches the limit, the machine enters the end condition for that unit.
If the revolution count lifetime is reached first, the machine also enters the
end condition, even though the Page% counter is still less than 100%.
7803 91 Page (%): PCU: Bk

7803 92 Page (%): PCU: M
7803 93 Page (%): PCU: C
7803 94 Page (%): PCU: Y
7803 96
7803 97
7803 98
7803 99
Page (%): Development

Unit: Bk
Service
Tables
7803 95

Unit: M
*ENG [0 to 255 / - / 1 %/step]
Unit: C
Unit: Y
Page (%): Developer:
Bk
7803 100 Page (%): Developer: M

7803 101 Page (%): Developer: C
7803 102 Page (%): Developer: Y
SM
5-341
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
7803 103
Page (%): Image

Transfer
7803 104 Page (%): Cleaning Unit

7803 105 Page (%): Fusing Unit
7803 106
7804
Page (%): Paper

Transfer Unit
[PM Counter Reset] PM Counter Clear

(Unit, [Color])
Clears the PM counter.
Press the Enter key after the machine asks Execute?, which will store the
PM counter value in SP7-906 (PM Counter - Previous) and reset the value of
the current PM counter (SP7-803) to 0.
7804 1 Paper
7804 2 PCU: K
7804 3 PCU: M
7804 4 PCU: C
7804 5 PCU: Y
7804 6 PCU: All
7804 7 Development Unit: Bk
7804 8 Development Unit: M
7804 9 Development Unit: C
7804 10 Development Unit: Y
7804 11 Development Unit: All
7804 12 Developer: Bk
B222/B224
5-342
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

7804 13 Developer: M
7804 14 Developer: C
7804 15 Developer: Y
7804 16 Developer: All
7804 17 Image Transfer Belt
7804 18 Cleaning Unit
7804 19 Fusing Unit
7804 20 Paper Transfer Unit
7804 21 Toner Collection Bottle
7804 100 All
[SC/Jam Counter Reset]

7807
7807 1 SC/Jam Clear
7826
Service
Tables
Clears the counters related to SC codes and paper jams.

-
[MF Error Counter] Japan Only
7826 1 Error Total

7826 2 Error Staple
7827
[MF Error Counter Clear] Japan Only
[Self-Diagnose Result Display]

7832
Displays the result of the diagnostics.
7832 1 Diag. Result
SM
*CTL -
5-343
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
ACC Counter
7835
.
7835 1 Copy All
*CTL 7835 2 Printer ACC
Total Memory Size

7836
Displays the memory capacity of the controller system.
[DF Scan Glass Dust Check Counter]

7852
Counts the number of occurrences (0 to 65,535) when dust was detected on

the scanning glass of the ADF or resets the dust detection counter. Counting is
done only if SP4-020-1 (ADF Scan Glass Dust Check) is switched on.
7852 1 Dust Detection Counter
7852 2
Dust Detection Clear

Counter
*CTL
[0 to 9999 / - / 1 /step]
*CTL
[0 to 9999 / - / 1 /step]
[Replacement Counter]
7853
Displays the PM parts replacement number.
7853 1 PCU: Bk
*CTL
7853 2 PCU: M
*CTL
7853 3 PCU: C
*CTL
7853 4 PCU: Y
*CTL
7853 5 Development Unit: Bk
*CTL
7853 6 Development Unit: M
*CTL
7853 7 Development Unit: C
*CTL
B222/B224
[0 to 255 / - / 1 /step]
5-344
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

7853 8 Development Unit: Y
*CTL
7853 9 Developer: Bk
*CTL
7853 10 Developer: M
*CTL
7853 11 Developer: C
*CTL
7853 12 Developer: Y
*CTL
7853 13 Image Transfer
*CTL
*CTL
7853 15 Fusing Unit
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
[Assert Info]
7901
Records the location where a problem is detected in the program. The data
Service
Tables
stored in this SP is used for problem analysis. DFU

7901 1 File Name
7901 2 Number of Lines
*CTL -
7901 3 Location
SM
5-345
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
[Prev. Unit PM Counter]

7906
(Page or Rotations, Unit, [Color]), Dev.: Development Unit

Displays the number of sheets printed with the previous maintenance units.
*ENG [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 page/step ]
7906 2 Page: PCU: M

7906 3 Page: PCU: C
7906 4 Page: PCU: Y
7906 5
7906 6
7906 7
7906 8
Page: Development
Unit: Bk
Page: Development
Unit: M
Page: Development
Unit: C
Page: Development
Unit: Y

7906 13 Page: Image Transfer
7906 16
B222/B224

Unit
5-346
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

7906 17
Page: Toner Collection

Bottle
Displays the number of revolutions for motors or clutches in the previous
maintenance units.
*ENG [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 mm/step ]

7906 36
7906 37
7906 38
Unit: Bk
Unit: M
Unit: C
Service
Tables
7906 35
Unit: Y

7906 43
Rotation: Image
Transfer Belt

7906 46
SM
Rotation: Paper
Transfer Unit
5-347
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

7906 47
Measurement: Toner
Collection bottle
Displays the number of sheets printed with the previous maintenance unit or
toner cartridge.
7906 61 Rotation (%): PCU: Bk
*ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %/step ]
7906 62 Rotation (%): PCU: M

7906 63 Rotation (%): PCU: C
7906 64 Rotation (%): PCU: Y
7906 65
7906 66
7906 67
7906 68
7906 69
7906 70
7906 71
7906 72
7906 73
7906 74
B222/B224
Rotation (%):
Rotation (%):
Development Unit: M
Rotation (%):
Development Unit: C
Rotation (%):
Development Unit: Y
Rotation (%):
Developer: Bk
Rotation (%):
Developer: M
Rotation (%):
Developer: C
Rotation (%):
Developer: Y
Rotation (%): Image
Transfer
Rotation (%): Cleaning
Unit
5-348
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

7906 75
7906 76
7906 77
Rotation (%): Fusing

Unit
Rotation (%): Paper
Transfer Unit
Measurement (%):
Toner Collection bottle
(Current count Yield count) x 100, where Current count is the current
values in the counter for the part, and Yield count is the recommended yield.
7906 91 Page (%): PCU: Bk
*ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %/step ]
7906 92 Page (%): PCU: M

7906 93 Page (%): PCU: C
7906 94 Page (%): PCU: Y
7906 96
7906 97
7906 98
7906 99

Unit: Bk
Service
Tables
7906 95

Unit: M
Unit: C
Unit: Y
Page (%): Developer:
Bk
7906 100 Page (%): Developer: M

7906 101 Page (%): Developer: C
7906 102 Page (%): Developer: Y
7906 103 Page (%): Image
SM
5-349
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

Transfer
7906 104 Page (%): Cleaning Unit
7906 105 Page (%): Fusing Unit
7906 106
Page (%): Paper

Transfer Unit
[Toner Bottle Bk]

7931
Displays the toner bottle information for Bk.
*ENG
7931 1 Machine Serial ID

7931 2 Cartridge Ver
7931 3 Brand ID
7931 4 Area ID
7931 5 Product ID
7931 6 Color ID
7931 7 Maintenance ID
7931 8 New Product Information
7931 9 Recycle Counter
7931 10 Date
7931 11 Serial No.
7931 12 Toner Remaining
7931 13 EDP Code
7931 14 End History
7931 15 Refill Information
7931 16 Attachment: Total
B222/B224
5-350
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

Counter
7931 17
Attachment: Color
Counter
7931 18 End: Total Counter

7931 19 End: Color Counter
7931 20 Attachment Date
7931 21 End Date
[Toner Bottle M]
7932
Displays the toner bottle information for M.
*ENG

7932 3 Brand ID
Service
Tables
7932 4 Area ID
7932 5 Product ID
7932 6 Color ID
7932 10 Date
7932 11 Serial No.
7932 13 EDP Code
7932 14 End History
SM
5-351
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

7932 16
7932 17
Attachment: Total
Counter
Attachment: Color
Counter

7932 21 End Date
[Toner Bottle C]
7933
Displays the toner bottle information for C.
*ENG

7933 3 Brand ID
7933 4 Area ID
7933 5 Product ID
7933 6 Color ID
7933 10 Date
7933 11 Serial No.
B222/B224
5-352
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

7933 13 EDP Code
7933 14 End History
7933 16
7933 17
Attachment: Total
Counter
Attachment: Color
Counter

7933 21 End Date
[Toner Bottle Y]
7934
Service
Tables
Displays the toner bottle information for Y.

*ENG

7934 3 Brand ID
7934 4 Area ID
7934 5 Product ID
7934 6 Color ID
7934 10 Date
SM
5-353
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

7934 11 Serial No.
7934 13 EDP Code
7934 14 End History
7934 16
7934 17
Attachment: Total
Counter
Attachment: Color
Counter

7934 21 End Date
7935
[Toner Bottle Log 1/2/3/4/5: Bk]
7935 1 Serial No.

7935 3
*ENG
Displays the toner bottle information log 1

for Bk.
Attachment: Total
Counter
7935 4 Serial No.

7935 6

for Bk.
Attachment: Total
Counter
7935 7 Serial No.

B222/B224
*ENG
*ENG Displays the toner bottle information log 3

for Bk.
5-354
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

7935 9
Attachment: Total
Counter
7935 10 Serial No.

7935 12
*ENG

for Bk.
Attachment: Total
Counter
7935 13 Serial No.

7935 15
7936
*ENG

for Bk.
Attachment: Total
Counter
[Toner Bottle Log 1/2/3/4/5: M]
7936 1 Serial No.
7936 3
*ENG

for M.
Service
Tables

Attachment: Total
Counter
7936 4 Serial No.

7936 6
*ENG

for M.
Attachment: Total
Counter
7936 7 Serial No.

7936 9

for M.
Attachment: Total
Counter
7936 10 Serial No.

SM
*ENG
*ENG Displays the toner bottle information log 4

for M.
5-355
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

7936 12
Attachment: Total
Counter
7936 13 Serial No.

7936 15
7937
*ENG

for M.
Attachment: Total
Counter
[Toner Bottle Log 1/2/3/4/5: C]
7937 1 Serial No.

7937 3
*ENG

for C.
Attachment: Total
Counter
7937 4 Serial No.

7937 6
*ENG

for C.
Attachment: Total
Counter
7937 7 Serial No.

7937 9
*ENG

for C.
Attachment: Total
Counter
7937 10 Serial No.

7937 12
B222/B224
*ENG

for C.
Attachment: Total
Counter
5-356
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
7937 13 Serial No.

7937 15
7938
*ENG

for C.
Attachment: Total
Counter
[Toner Bottle Log 1/2/3/4/5: Y]
7938 1 Serial No.

7938 3
*ENG

for Y.
Attachment: Total
Counter
7938 4 Serial No.


for Y.
Attachment: Total
Counter
Service
Tables
7938 6
*ENG
7938 7 Serial No.

7938 9
*ENG

for Y.
Attachment: Total
Counter
7938 10 Serial No.

7938 12
SM
*ENG

for Y.
Attachment: Total
Counter
5-357
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
7938 13 Serial No.

7938 15
*ENG

for Y.
Attachment: Total
Counter
[Unit Replacement Date]

7950
Displays the replacement date of each PM unit.
7950 1 Image Transfer Belt
*ENG
7950 4 Fusing Unit

[Remaining Day Counter]

7951
Displays the remaining unit life of each PM unit.
*ENG [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 day/step]
7951 2 Page: PCU: M

7951 3 Page: PCU: C
7951 4 Page: PCU: Y
7951 5
7951 6
7951 7
B222/B224
Page: Development
Unit: Bk
Page: Development
Unit: M
Page: Development
Unit: C
5-358
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

7951 8
Page: Development
Unit: Y

7951 13
Page: Image Transfer

Belt

7951 16

Unit
*ENG [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 day/step]
Service
Tables

7951 35
7951 36
7951 37
7951 38
Unit: Bk
Unit: M
Unit: C
Unit: Y

SM
5-359
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

7951 43
Rotation: Image
Transfer Belt

7951 46
7951 47
Rotation: Paper
Transfer Unit
Measurement: Toner
Collection bottle
[PM Yield Setting]

7952
Adjusts the unit yield of each PM unit.
7952 1
Rotation: Image
Transfer Belt
*CTL [0 to 999999999 / 199566000 / 1 mm/step]
*CTL [0 to 999999999 / 94783000 / 1 mm/step]
*CTL [0 to 999999999 / 350000000 / 1 mm/step]
7952 4
7952 11
Rotation: Paper
Transfer Unit
Page: Image Transfer
Belt
*CTL [0 to 999999999 / 149674000/ 1 mm/step]
*CTL [0 to 999999 / 320000 / 1 sheet/step]
*CTL [0 to 999999 / 160000 / 1 sheet/step]
*CTL [0 to 999999 / 160000 / 1 sheet/step]
7952 14
B222/B224

Unit
*CTL [0 to 999999 / 240000/ 1 sheet/step]
5-360
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
7952 21
Day Threshold: PCU:

Bk
7952 22 Day Threshold: PCU: M

7952 23 Day Threshold: PCU: C
*CTL
Adjusts the threshold day for the near end

fro each PM unit.
[1 to 30 / 15 / 1 day/step]
These threshold days are used for NRS
alarms.
7952 24 Day Threshold: PCU: Y
7952 26
7952 27
7952 28
7952 29
7952 30
7952 31
7952 32
7952 33
7952 34
7952 35
SM
Day Threshold:
Day Threshold:
Development Unit: M
Day Threshold:
Development Unit: C
Day Threshold:
Development Unit: Y
Day Threshold:
Service
Tables
7952 25
Developer: Bk
Day Threshold:
Developer: M
Day Threshold:
Developer: C
Day Threshold:
Developer: Y
Day Threshold: Image
Transfer Belt
Day Threshold:
Cleaning Unit
Day Threshold: Fusing
Unit
5-361
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

7952 36
7952 37
7953
Day Threshold: Paper

Transfer Unit]
Day Threshold: Toner
Collection Botte
[Operation Env. Log: PCU: Bk]

Displays the PCU rotation distance in each specified operation environment.
T: Temperature (C), H: Relative Humidity (%)
7953 1 T<=5: 0<=H<30
*CTL [0 to 99999999 / - / 1 mm/step]
7953 2 T<=5: 30<=H<55

7953 3 T<=5: 55<=H<80
7953 4 T<=5: 80<=H<=100
7953 5 5<T<15: 0<=H<30
7953 6 5<T<15: 30<=H<55
7953 7 5<T<15: 55<=H<80
7953 8 5<T<15: 80<=H<=100
7953 9 15<=T<25: 0<=H<30
7953 10 15<=T<25: 30<=H<55
7953 11 15<=T<25: 55<=H<80
7953 12
15<=T<25:
80<=H<=100
7953 13 25<=T<30: 0<=H<30

7953 14 25<=T<30: 30<=H<55
7953 15 25<=T<30: 55<=H<80
7953 16 25<=T<30:
B222/B224
5-362
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

80<=H<=100
7953 17 30<=T: 0<=H<30
7953 18 30<=T: 30<=H<55

7952 19 30<=T: 55<=H<80
7952 20 30<=T: 80<=H<=100
[Operation Env. Log Clear]

7954
Clears the operation environment log.
7954 1
SP8-xxx: Data Log2

Many of these counters are provided for features that are currently not available, such as
Service
Tables
sending color faxes, and so on. However, here are some Group 8 codes that when used in
combination with others, can provide useful information.
SP Numbers
What They Do
SP8 211 to SP8 216 The number of pages scanned to the document server.
SP8 401 to SP8 406 The number of pages printed from the document server
SP8 691 to SP8 696 The number of pages sent from the document server
Specifically, the following questions can be answered:

How is the document server actually being used?
What application is using the document server most frequently?
What data in the document server is being reused?
Most of the SPs in this group are prefixed with a letter that indicates the mode of operation
(the mode of operation is referred to as an application). Before reading the Group 8
Service Table, make sure that you understand what these prefixes mean.
SM
5-363
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
Prefixes
What it means
T:
Total: (Grand Total).
C:
Copy application.
F:
Fax application.
Grand total of the items counted for all applications

(C, F, P, etc.)..
Totals (pages, jobs, etc.) executed for each

application when the job was not stored on the
P:
Print application.
S:
Scan application.
document server.
Totals (jobs, pages, etc.) for the document server.

The L: counters work differently case by case.
Sometimes, they count jobs/pages stored on the
document server; this can be in document server
L:
Local storage
(document server)
mode (from the document server window), or from

another mode, such as from a printer driver or by
pressing the Store File button in the Copy mode
window. Sometimes, they include occasions when
the user uses a file that is already on the document
server. Each counter will be discussed case by
case.
O:
Other applications
Refers to network applications such as Web Image
(external network
Monitor. Utilities developed with the SDK (Software
applications, for
Development Kit) will also be counted with this
example)
group in the future.
The Group 8 SP codes are limited to 17 characters, forced by the necessity of displaying
them on the small LCDs of printers and faxes that also use these SPs. Read over the list of
abbreviations below and refer to it again if you see the name of an SP that you do not
understand.
B222/B224
5-364
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
Key for Abbreviations
Abbreviation
What it means
By, e.g. T:Jobs/Apl = Total Jobs by Application
>
More (2> 2 or more, 4> 4 or more
AddBook
Address Book
Apl
Application
B/W
Black & White
Bk
Black
Cyan
ColCr
Color Create
ColMode
Color Mode
Comb
Combine
Comp
Compression
Deliv
Delivery
Service
Tables
Designated Application. The application (Copy, Fax, Scan,

DesApl
Print) used to store the job on the document server, for

example.
Dev Counter
Development Count, no. of pages developed.
Dup, Duplex
Duplex, printing on both sides
Emul
Emulation
FC
Full Color
FIN
Post-print processing, i.e. finishing (punching, stapling, etc.)
Full Bleed
No Margins
SM
5-365
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

Abbreviation
GenCopy
What it means
Generation Copy Mode
Get Print Counter. For jobs 10 pages or less, this counter does
GPC
not count up. For jobs larger than 10 pages, this counter counts
up by the number that is in excess of 10 (e.g., for an 11-page
job, the counter counts up 11-10 =1)
IFax
ImgEdt
Internet Fax
Image Edit performed on the original with the copier GUI, e.g.
border removal, adding stamps, page numbers, etc.
Black (YMCK)
LS
Local Storage. Refers to the document server.
LSize
Large (paper) Size
Mag
Magnification
MC
One color (monochrome)

New Remote Service, which allows a service center to monitor
NRS
machines remotely. NRS is used overseas, CSS is used in

Japan.
Org
Original for scanning
OrgJam
Original Jam
Print Job Manager/Desk Top Editor: A pair of utilities that allows
Palm 2
print jobs to be distributed evenly among the printers on the

network, and allows files to moved around, combined, and
converted to different formats.
PC
Personal Computer
Pages. A page is the total scanned surface of the original.
PGS
Duplex pages count as two pages, and A3 simplex count as two

pages if the A3/DLT counter SP is switched ON.
B222/B224
5-366
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

Abbreviation
What it means
PJob
Print Jobs
Ppr
Paper
PrtJam
Printer (plotter) Jam
PrtPGS
Print Pages
Red (Toner Remaining). Applies to the wide format model A2
only. This machine is under development and currently not
Rez
Resolution
SC
Service Code (Error SC code displayed)
Scn
Scan
Sim, Simplex
Simplex, printing on 1 side.
S-to-Email
Scan-to-E-mail
SMC
SMC report printed with SP5990. All of the Group 8 counters

are recorded in the SMC report.
Svr
Server
TonEnd
Toner End
TonSave
Toner Save
TXJob
Send, Transmission
YMC
Yellow, Magenta, Cyan
YMCK
Yellow, Magenta, Cyan, Black
SM
5-367
B222/B224
Service
Tables
available.
Copy Service Mode
All of the Group 8 SPs are reset with SP5 801 1 Memory All Clear.
8 001
8 002
T:Total Jobs
*CTL
These SPs count the number of times each
C:Total Jobs
*CTL
application is used to do a job.

[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 003
F:Total Jobs
*CTL
8 004
P:Total Jobs
*CTL
Note: The L: counter is the total number of times the

other applications are used to send a job to the
document server, plus the number of times a file
8 005
S:Total Jobs
*CTL
8 006
L:Total Jobs
*CTL
already on the document server is used.
These SPs reveal the number of times an application is used, not the number of pages
processed.
When an application is opened for image input or output, this counts as one job.
Interrupted jobs (paper jams, etc.) are counted, even though they do not finish.
Only jobs executed by the customer are counted. Jobs executed by the customer
engineer using the SP modes are not counted.
When using secure printing (when a password is required to start the print job), the job
is counted at the time when either Delete Data or Specify Output is specified.
A job is counted as a fax job when the job is stored for sending.
When a fax is received to fax memory, the F: counter increments but the L: counter
does not (the document server is not used).
A fax broadcast counts as one job for the F: counter (the fax destinations in the
broadcast are not counted separately).
A fax broadcast is counted only after all the faxes have been sent to their destinations.
If one transmission generates an error, then the broadcast will not be counted until the
transmission has been completed.
A printed fax report counts as one job for the F: counter.
The F: counter does not distinguish between fax sending or receiving.
When a copy job on the document server is printed, SP8022 also increments, and
when a print job stored on the document server is printed, SP8024 also increments.
When an original is both copied and stored on the document server, the C: and L:
B222/B224
5-368
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

counters both increment.
When a print job is stored on the document server, only the L: counter increments.
When the user presses the Document Server button to store the job on the document
server, only the L: counter increments.
When the user enters document server mode and prints data stored on the document
server, only the L: counter increments.
When an image received from Palm 2 is received and stored, the L: counter
increments.
When the customer prints a report (user code list, for example), the O: counter
increments. However, for fax reports and reports executed from the fax application, the
F: counter increments.
8 011
T:Jobs/LS
*CTL
8 012
C:Jobs/LS
*CTL
8 013
F:Jobs/LS
*CTL
8 014
P:Jobs/LS
*CTL
8 015
S:Jobs/LS
*CTL
8 016
L:Jobs/LS
*CTL
8 017
O:Jobs/LS
*CTL
These SPs count the number of jobs stored to the

document server by each application, to reveal how
local storage is being used for input.
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
from within the document server mode screen at
the operation panel.
When a scan job is sent to the document server, the S: counter increments. When you
enter document server mode and then scan an original, the L: counter increments.
When a print job is sent to the document server, the P: counter increments.
When a network application sends data to the document server, the O: counter
increments.
When an image from Palm 2 is stored on the document server, the O: counter
increments.
When a fax is sent to the document server, the F: counter increments.
8 021
T:Pjob/LS
*CTL
8 022
C:Pjob/LS
*CTL
SM
These SPs reveal how files printed from the

document server were stored on the document
5-369
B222/B224
Service
Tables
The L: counter counts the number of jobs stored
Copy Service Mode

8 023
F:Pjob/LS
*CTL
8 024
P:Pjob/LS
*CTL
8 025
S:Pjob/LS
*CTL
8 026
L:Pjob/LS
*CTL
8 027
O:Pjob/LS
*CTL
server originally.
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
The L: counter counts the number of jobs
stored from within the document server mode
screen at the operation panel.
When a copy job stored on the document server is printed with another application, the
C: counter increments.
When an application like DeskTopBinder merges a copy job that was stored on the
document server with a print job that was stored on the document server, the C: and P:
counters both increment.
When a job already on the document server is printed with another application, the L:
counter increments.
When a scanner job stored on the document server is printed with another application,
the S: counter increments. If the original was scanned from within document server
mode, then the L: counter increments.
When images stored on the document server by a network application (including Palm
2), are printed with another application, the O: counter increments.
When a copy job stored on the document server is printed with a network application
(Web Image Monitor, for example), the C: counter increments.
When a fax on the document server is printed, the F: counter increments.
8 031
T:Pjob/DesApl
*CTL
8 032
C:Pjob/DesApl
*CTL
8 033
F:Pjob/DesApl
*CTL
8 034
P:Pjob/DesApl
*CTL
8 035
S:Pjob/DesApl
*CTL
8 036
L:Pjob/DesApl
*CTL
8 037
O:Pjob/DesApl
*CTL
These SPs reveal what applications were

used to output documents from the document
server.
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
B222/B224
printed from within the document server mode

5-370
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

When documents already stored on the document server are printed, the count for the
application that started the print job is incremented.
When the print job is started from a network application (Desk Top Binder, Web Image
Monitor, etc.) the L: counter increments.
8 041
T:TX Jobs/LS
*CTL
8 042
C:TX Jobs/LS
*CTL
8 043
F:TX Jobs/LS
*CTL
8 044
P:TX Jobs/LS
*CTL
8 045
S:TX Jobs/LS
*CTL
8 046
L:TX Jobs/LS
*CTL
8 047
O:TX Jobs/LS
*CTL
These SPs count the applications that stored

files on the document server that were later
accessed for transmission over the telephone
line or over a network (attached to an e-mail,
or as a fax image by I-Fax).
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
Note: Jobs merged for sending are counted
separately.
scanned from within the document server
mode screen at the operation panel.
When images stored on the document server by a network application or Palm2 are
sent as an e-mail, the O: counter increments.
8 051
T:TX Jobs/DesApl
*CTL
8 052
C:TX Jobs/DesApl
*CTL
8 053
F:TX Jobs/DesApl
*CTL
8 054
P:TX Jobs/DesApl
*CTL
8 055
S:TX Jobs/DesApl
*CTL
8 056
L:TX Jobs/DesApl
*CTL
These SPs count the applications used to

send files from the document server over the
telephone line or over a network (attached to
an e-mail, or as a fax image by I-Fax). Jobs
merged for sending are counted separately.
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
The L: counter counts the number of jobs sent
from within the document server mode screen
at the operation panel.
8 057
O:TX Jobs/DesApl
*CTL
If the send is started from Desk Top Binder or Web Image Monitor, for example, then
the O: counter increments.
SM
5-371
B222/B224
Service
Tables
When a stored copy job is sent from the document server, the C: counter increments.
Copy Service Mode
T:FIN Jobs
8 061
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs total the finishing methods. The finishing method is specified by
the application.
C:FIN Jobs
8 062
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs total finishing methods for copy jobs only. The finishing method
is specified by the application.
F:FIN Jobs
8 063
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs total finishing methods for fax jobs only. The finishing method is
specified by the application.
Note: Finishing features for fax jobs are not available at this time.
P:FIN Jobs
8 064
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs total finishing methods for print jobs only. The finishing method
S:FIN Jobs
8 065
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs total finishing methods for scan jobs only. The finishing method
Note: Finishing features for scan jobs are not available at this time.
L:FIN Jobs
8 066
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs total finishing methods for jobs output from within the document
server mode screen at the operation panel. The finishing method is
specified from the print window within document server mode.
B222/B224
5-372
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
O:FIN Jobs
8 067
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs total finishing methods for jobs executed by an external

application, over the network. The finishing method is specified by the
application.
Number of jobs started in Sort mode. When a stored copy job is
8 06x 1 Sort
set for Sort and then stored on the document server, the L:
counter increments. (See SP8 066 1)
8 06x 2 Stack
Number of jobs started out of Sort mode.
8 06x 3 Staple
Number of jobs started in Staple mode.
8 06x 5 Z-Fold
8 06x 6 Punch
8 06x 7 Other
Number of jobs started in Booklet mode. If the machine is in

staple mode, the Staple counter also increments.
Number of jobs started In any mode other than the Booklet mode
and set for folding (Z-fold).
Number of jobs started in Punch mode. When Punch is set for a
print job, the P: counter increments. (See SP8 064 6.)
Reserved. Not used.
T:Jobs/PGS
8 071
Service
Tables
8 06x 4 Booklet
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the number of jobs broken down by the number of pages
in the job, regardless of which application was used.
C:Jobs/PGS
8 072
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count and calculate the number of copy jobs by size based on
the number of pages in the job.
SM
5-373
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
F:Jobs/PGS
8 073
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count and calculate the number of fax jobs by size based on
P:Jobs/PGS
8 074
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count and calculate the number of print jobs by size based on
S:Jobs/PGS
8 075
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count and calculate the number of scan jobs by size based on
L:Jobs/PGS
8 076
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count and calculate the number of jobs printed from within the
document server mode window at the operation panel, by the number of
pages in the job.
O:Jobs/PGS
8 077
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count and calculate the number of Other application jobs
(Web Image Monitor, Palm 2, etc.) by size based on the number of pages
in the job.
8 07x 1 1 Page
8 07x 8
21 to 50 Pages
8 07x 2 2 Pages
8 07x 9
51 to 100 Pages
8 07x 3 3 Pages
8 07x 10
101 to 300 Pages
8 07x 4 4 Pages
8 07x 11
301 to 500 Pages
8 07x 5 5 Pages
8 07x 12
501 to 700 Pages
8 07x 6 6 to 10 Pages
8 07x 13
701 to 1000 Pages
8 07x 7 11 to 20 Pages
8 07x 14
1001 to Pages
B222/B224
5-374
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
For example: When a copy job stored on the document server is printed in document
server mode, the appropriate L: counter (SP8076 0xx) increments.
Printing a fax report counts as a job and increments the F: counter (SP 8073).
Interrupted jobs (paper jam, etc.) are counted, even though they do not finish.
If a job is paused and re-started, it counts as one job.
If the finisher runs out of staples during a print and staple job, then the job is counted at
the time the error occurs.
For copy jobs (SP 8072) and scan jobs (SP 8075), the total is calculated by multiplying
the number of sets of copies by the number of pages scanned. (One duplex page
counts as 2.)
The first test print and subsequent test prints to adjust settings are added to the
number of pages of the copy job (SP 8072).
When printing the first page of a job from within the document server screen, the page
is counted.
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the total number of jobs (color or black-and-white) sent
8 111
by fax, either directly or using a file stored on the document server, on a

telephone line.
Note: Color fax sending is not available at this time.
F: FAX TX Jobs
8 113
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the total number of jobs (color or black-and-white) sent
by fax directly on a telephone line.
8 11x 1 B/W
8 11x 2 Color
These counters count jobs, not pages.

This SP counts fax jobs sent over a telephone line with a fax application, including
documents stored on the document server.
SM
5-375
B222/B224
Service
Tables
T:FAX TX Jobs
Copy Service Mode
If the mode is changed during the job, the job will count with the mode set when the job
started.
If the same document is faxed to both a public fax line and an I-Fax at a destination
where both are available, then this counter increments, and the I-Fax counter (8 12x)
also increments.
The fax job is counted when the job is scanned for sending, not when the job is sent.
T:IFAX TX Jobs
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the total number of jobs (color or black-and-white) sent,
8 121
either directly or using a file stored on the document server, as fax images
using I-Fax.
F: IFAX TX Jobs
8 123
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the number of jobs (color or black-and-white) sent (not
stored on the document server), as fax images using I-Fax.
8 12x 1 B/W
8 12x 2 Color

The counters for color are provided for future use; the color fax feature is not available
at this time.
The fax job is counted when the job is scanned for sending, not when the job is sent.
B222/B224
5-376
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
T:S-to-Email Jobs
8 131
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the total number of jobs (color or black-and-white)

scanned and attached to an e-mail, regardless of whether the document
server was used or not.
S: S-to-Email Jobs
8 135
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the number of jobs (color or black-and-white) scanned

and attached to e-mail, without storing the original on the document
server.
8 13x 1 B/W
8 13x 2 Color
8 13x 3 ACS
color or black-and-white then counted.

If the job is cancelled during scanning, or if the job is cancelled while the document is
waiting to be sent, the job is not counted.
If the job is cancelled during sending, it may or may not be counted, depending on
what stage of the process had been reached when the job was cancelled.
If several jobs are combined for sending to the Scan Router, Scan-to-Email, or
Scan-to-PC, or if one job is sent to more than one destination. each send is counted
separately. For example, if the same document is sent by Scan-to-Email as well as
Scan-to-PC, then it is counted twice (once for Scan-to-Email and once for
Scan-to-PC).
T:Deliv Jobs/Svr
8 141
*CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]

scanned and sent to a Scan Router server.
8 145
SM
S: Deliv Jobs/Svr
*CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
5-377
B222/B224
Service
Tables
If the job is stored on the document server, after the job is stored it is determined to be
Copy Service Mode

These SPs count the number of jobs (color or black-and-white) scanned in
scanner mode and sent to a Scan Router server.
8 14x 1 B/W
8 14x 2 Color
8 14x 3 ACS

The jobs are counted even though the arrival and reception of the jobs at the Scan
Router server cannot be confirmed.
If even one color image is mixed with black-and-white images, then the job is counted
as a Color job.
If the job is cancelled during scanning, or if the job is cancelled while the document is
waiting to be delivered, the job is not counted.
Even if several files are combined for sending, the transmission counts as one job.
T:Deliv Jobs/PC
8 151
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]

scanned and sent to a folder on a PC (Scan-to-PC).
Note: At the present time, 8 151 and 8 155 perform identical counts.
S:Deliv Jobs/PC
8 155
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]

scanned and sent with Scan-to-PC.
8 15x 1 B/W
8 15x 2 Color
8 15x 3 ACS
B222/B224
5-378
manuals4you.com
SM

If the job is cancelled during scanning, it is not counted.
If the job is cancelled while it is waiting to be sent, the job is not counted.
Even if several files are combined for sending, the transmission counts as one job.
8 161
T:PCFAX TX Jobs
*CTL
These SPs count the number of PC Fax

transmission jobs. A job is counted from when
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
it is registered for sending, not when it is sent.

8 163
F:PCFAX TX Jobs
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
Note: At the present time, these counters
perform identical counts.
This counts fax jobs started from a PC using a PC fax application, and sending the
8 191
T:Total Scan PGS
*CTL
8 192
C:Total Scan PGS
*CTL
8 193
F:Total Scan PGS
*CTL
8 195
S:Total Scan PGS
*CTL
8 196
L:Total Scan PGS
*CTL
These SPs count the pages scanned by each

application that uses the scanner to scan
images.
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
SP 8 191 to 8 196 count the number of scanned sides of pages, not the number of
physical pages.
These counters do not count reading user stamp data, or reading color charts to adjust
color.
Previews done with a scanner driver are not counted.
A count is done only after all images of a job have been scanned.
Scans made in SP mode are not counted.
SM
5-379
B222/B224
Service
Tables
data out to the destination from the PC through the copier.
Copy Service Mode
Examples
If 3 B5 pages and 1 A3 page are scanned with the scanner application but not stored,
the S: count is 4.
If both sides of 3 A4 sheets are copied and stored to the document server using the
Store File button in the Copy mode window, the C: count is 6 and the L: count is 6.
If both sides of 3 A4 sheets are copied but not stored, the C: count is 6.
If you enter document server mode then scan 6 pages, the L: count is 6.
T:LSize Scan PGS
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the total number of large pages input with the scanner
8 201
for scan and copy jobs. Large size paper (A3/DLT) scanned for fax
transmission are not counted.
Note: These counters are displayed in the SMC Report, and in the User
Tools display.
F: LSize Scan PGS
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 203
for fax transmission.

Tools display.
S:LSize Scan PGS
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 205
for scan jobs only.
Large size paper (A3/DLT) scanned for fax
transmission are not counted.

Tools display.
B222/B224
5-380
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
8 211
T:Scan PGS/LS
*CTL
8 212
C:Scan PGS/LS
*CTL
8 213
F:Scan PGS/LS
*CTL
8 215
S:Scan PGS/LS
*CTL
8 216
L:Scan PGS/LS
*CTL
These SPs count the number of pages

scanned into the document server .
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
The L: counter counts the number of pages
screen at the operation panel, and with the
Store File button from within the Copy mode
screen
Reading user stamp data is not counted.

If a job is cancelled, the pages output as far as the cancellation are counted.
If the scanner application scans and stores 3 B5 sheets and 1 A4 sheet, the S: count is
4.
If pages are copied but not stored on the document server, these counters do not
change.
If both sides of 3 A4 sheets are copied and stored to the document server, the C: count
is 6 and the L: count is 6.
ADF Org Feeds

8 221
Service
Tables
If you enter document server mode then scan 6 pages, the L: count is 6.
*CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the number of pages fed through the ADF for front and
back side scanning.
Number of front sides fed for scanning:
With an ADF that can scan both sides simultaneously, the Front
side count is the same as the number of pages fed for either
8 221 1
Front
simplex or duplex scanning.

With an ADF that cannot scan both sides simultaneously, the
Front side count is the same as the number of pages fed for
duplex front side scanning. (The front side is determined by which
side the user loads face up.)
SM
5-381
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
Number of rear sides fed for scanning:

With an ADF that can scan both sides simultaneously, the Back
count is the same as the number of pages fed for duplex
8 221 2
Back
scanning.
With an ADF that cannot scan both sides simultaneously, the
Back count is the same as the number of pages fed for duplex
rear-side scanning.
When 1 sheet is fed for duplex scanning the Front count is 1 and the Back count is 1.
If a jam occurs during the job, recovery processing is not counted to avoid double
counting. Also, the pages are not counted if the jam occurs before the first sheet is
output.
Scan PGS/Mode
8 231
*CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the number of pages scanned by each ADF mode to
determine the work load on the ADF.
8 231 1 Large Volume
8 231 2 SADF
8 231 3 Mixed Size
8 231 4 Custom Size
8 231 5 Platen
Selectable. Large copy jobs that cannot be

loaded in the ADF at one time.
Selectable. Feeding pages one by one through
the ADF.
Selectable. Select Mixed Sizes on the operation
panel.
Selectable. Originals of non-standard size.
Book mode. Raising the ADF and placing the
original directly on the platen.
If the scan mode is changed during the job, for example, if the user switches from ADF
to Platen mode, the count is done for the last selected mode.
The user cannot select mixed sizes or non-standard sizes with the fax application so if
the originals page sizes are mixed or non-standard, these are not counted.
B222/B224
5-382
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
If the user selects Mixed Sizes for copying in the platen mode, the Mixed Size count
is enabled.
In the SADF mode if the user copies 1 page in platen mode and then copies 2 pages
with SADF, the Platen count is 1 and the SADF count is 3.
T:Scan PGS/Org
8 241
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the total number of scanned pages by original type for all
jobs, regardless of which application was used.
C:Scan PGS/Org
8 242
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the number of pages scanned by original type for Copy
jobs.
F:Scan PGS/Org
8 243
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the number of pages scanned by original type for Fax
jobs.
8 245
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the number of pages scanned by original type for Scan
jobs.
L:Scan PGS/Org
8 246
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the number of pages scanned and stored from within the
document server mode screen at the operation panel, and with the Store
File button from within the Copy mode screen
8 241
8 242
8 243
8 245
8 246
8 24x 1: Text
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
8 24x 2: Text/Photo
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
8 24x 3: Photo
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
8 24x 4: GenCopy, Pale
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
SM
5-383
B222/B224
Service
Tables
S:Scan PGS/Org
Copy Service Mode
8 24x 5: Map
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
8 24x 6: Normal/Detail
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
8 24x 7: Fine/Super Fine
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
8 24x 8: Binary
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
8 24x 9: Grayscale
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
8 24x 10: Color
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
8 24x 11: Other
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
If the scan mode is changed during the job, for example, if the user switches from ADF
to Platen mode, the count is done for the last selected mode.
8 251
T:Scan PGS/ImgEdt
*CTL
8 252
C:Scan PGS/ImgEdt
*CTL
8 254
P:Scan PGS/ImgEdt
*CTL
8 256
L:Scan PGS/ImgEdt
*CTL
These SPs show how many times Image Edit

features have been selected at the operation
panel for each application. Some examples of
these editing features are:
Erase> Border
Erase> Center
Image Repeat
Centering
Positive/Negative
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 257
O:Scan PGS/ImgEdt
*CTL
Note: The count totals the number of times the

edit features have been used. A detailed
breakdown of exactly which features have
been used is not given.
The L: counter counts the number of pages stored from within the document server mode
screen at the operation panel, and with the Store File button from within the Copy mode
screen.
B222/B224
5-384
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
8 261
T:Scan PGS/ColCr
*CTL
8 262
C:Scan PGS/ ColCr
*CTL
8 266
L:Scn PGS/ColCr
*CTL
8 26x 1 Color Conversion

These SPs show how many times color creation
8 26x 2 Color Erase
features have been selected at the operation

8 26x 3 Background
panel.
8 26x 4 Other
8 281
T:Scan PGS/TWAIN
*CTL

scanned using a TWAIN driver. These
counters reveal how the TWAIN driver is used
for delivery functions.
8 285
S:Scan PGS/TWAIN
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
Note: At the present time, these counters
8 291
T:Scan PGS/Stamp
*CTL
8 293
F:Scan PGS/Stamp
*CTL
8 295
S:Scan PGS/Stamp
*CTL
Service
Tables
perform identical counts.

stamped with the stamp in the ADF unit.
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
screen at the operation panel, and with the
8 296
L:Scan PGS/Stamp
*CTL
Store File button from within the Copy mode

screen
SM
5-385
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
T:Scan PGS/Size
8 301
*CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by size the total number of pages scanned by all
applications. Use these totals to compare original page size (scanning)
and output (printing) page size [SP 8-441].
C:Scan PGS/Size
8 302
*CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by size the total number of pages scanned by the Copy
application. Use these totals to compare original page size (scanning) and
output (printing) page size [SP 8-442].
F:Scan PGS/Size
8 303
*CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by size the total number of pages scanned by the Fax
output page size [SP 8-443].
S:Scan PGS/Size
8 305
*CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by size the total number of pages scanned by the Scan
output page size [SP 8-445].
L:Scan PGS/Size
*CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by size the total number of pages scanned and stored
8 306
from within the document server mode screen at the operation panel, and
with the Store File button from within the Copy mode screen. Use these
totals to compare original page size (scanning) and output page size [SP
8-446].
B222/B224
5-386
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
8 30x 1 A3
8 30x 2 A4
8 30x 3 A5
8 30x 4 B4
8 30x 5 B5
8 30x 6 DLT
8 30x 7 LG
8 30x 8 LT
8 30x 9 HLT
8 30x 10 Full Bleed
8 30x 254 Other (Standard)
T:Scan PGS/Rez
8 311
*CTL
Service
Tables
8 30x 255 Other (Custom)
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by resolution setting the total number of pages scanned
by applications that can specify resolution settings.
S: Scan PGS/Rez
8 315
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by resolution setting the total number of pages scanned
by applications that can specify resolution settings.
Note: At the present time, SP8-311 and SP8-315 perform identical counts.
8 31x 1
1200dpi <
8 31x 2
600dpi to 1199dpi
SM
5-387
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
8 31x 3
400dpi to 599dpi
8 31x 4
200dpi to 399dpi
8 31x 5
< 199dpi
Copy resolution settings are fixed so they are not counted.

The Fax application does not allow finely-adjusted resolution settings so no count is
done for the Fax application.
8 381
T:Total PrtPGS
*CTL
8 382
C:Total PrtPGS
*CTL
8 383
F:Total PrtPGS
*CTL
8 384
P:Total PrtPGS
*CTL
8 385
S:Total PrtPGS
*CTL
8 386
L:Total PrtPGS
*CTL
8 387
O:Total PrtPGS
*CTL
These SPs count the number of pages printed

by the customer. The counter for the
application used for storing the pages
increments.
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
screen at the operation panel. Pages stored
with the Store File button from within the Copy
mode screen go to the C: counter.
When the A3/DLT double count function is switched on with SP5104, 1 A3/DLT page is
counted as 2.
When several documents are merged for a print job, the number of pages stored are
counted for the application that stored them.
These counters are used primarily to calculate charges on use of the machine, so the
following pages are not counted as printed pages:
Blank pages in a duplex printing job.
Blank pages inserted as document covers, chapter title sheets, and slip sheets.
Reports printed to confirm counts.
All reports done in the service mode (service summaries, engine maintenance
reports, etc.)
Test prints for machine image adjustment.
Error notification reports.
Partially printed pages as the result of a copier jam.
B222/B224
5-388
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
LSize PrtPGS
8 391
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count pages printed on paper sizes A3/DLT and larger.
Note: In addition to being displayed in the SMC Report, these counters
are also displayed in the User Tools display on the copy machine.
8 401
T:PrtPGS/LS
*CTL
8 402
C:PrtPGS/LS
*CTL
These SPs count the number of pages printed

from the document server. The counter for the
application used to print the pages is
8 403
F:PrtPGS/LS
*CTL
8 404
P:PrtPGS/LS
*CTL
incremented.
8 405
S:PrtPGS/LS
*CTL
8 406
L:PrtPGS/LS
*CTL

[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
Print jobs done with Web Image Monitor and Desk Top Binder are added to the L:
Fax jobs done with Web Image Monitor and Desk Top Binder are added to the F:
count.
This SP counts the amount of paper

(front/back counted as 1 page) used for duplex
8 411
Prints/Duplex
*CTL
printing. Last pages printed only on one side

are not counted.
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
SM
5-389
B222/B224
Service
Tables
count.
Copy Service Mode
T:PrtPGS/Dup Comb
8 421
*CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by binding and combine, and n-Up settings the number
of pages processed for printing. This is the total for all applications.
C:PrtPGS/Dup Comb
8 422
*CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
of pages processed for printing by the copier application.
F:PrtPGS/Dup Comb
8 423
*CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
of pages processed for printing by the fax application.
P:PrtPGS/Dup Comb
8 424
*CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
of pages processed for printing by the printer application.
S:PrtPGS/Dup Comb
8 425
*CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
of pages processed for printing by the scanner application.
L:PrtPGS/Dup Comb
8 426
*CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
of pages processed for printing from within the document server mode
window at the operation panel.
O:PrtPGS/Dup Comb
8 427
*CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
of pages processed for printing by Other applications
8 42x 1 Simplex> Duplex

8 42x 2 Duplex> Duplex
8 42x 3 Book> Duplex
B222/B224
5-390
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

8 42x 4 Simplex Combine
8 42x 5 Duplex Combine
8 42x 6 2>
2 pages on 1 side (2-Up)
8 42x 7 4>
8 42x 8 6>
8 42x 9 8>
8 42x 10 9>
8 42x 11 16>
8 42x 12 Booklet
8 42x 13 Magazine
These counts (SP8 421 to SP8 427) are especially useful for customers who need to
improve their compliance with ISO standards for the reduction of paper consumption.
Here is a summary of how the counters work for Booklet and Magazine modes:
Booklet
Original
Pages
SM
Magazine
Count
Original
Pages
Count
5-391
B222/B224
Service
Tables
Pages that are only partially printed with the n-Up functions are counted as 1 page.
Copy Service Mode
T:PrtPGS/ImgEdt
8 431
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the total number of pages output with the three features
below, regardless of which application was used.
C:PrtPGS/ImgEdt
8 432
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
below with the copy application.
P:PrtPGS/ImgEdt
8 434
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
below with the print application.
L:PrtPGS/ImgEdt
8 436
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the total number of pages output from within the
document server mode window at the operation panel with the three
features below.
O:PrtPGS/ImgEdt
8 437
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
below with Other applications.
8 43x 1 Cover/Slip Sheet
B222/B224
Total number of covers or slip sheets inserted. The

count for a cover printed on both sides counts 2.
5-392
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
8 43x 2 Series/Book
The number of pages printed in series (one side) or

printed as a book with booklet right/left pagination.
The number of pages printed where stamps were
8 43x 3 User Stamp
applied, including page numbering and date

stamping.
T:PrtPGS/Ppr Size
8 441
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by print paper size the number of pages printed by all
applications.
C:PrtPGS/Ppr Size
8 442
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by print paper size the number of pages printed by the
copy application.
F:PrtPGS/Ppr Size
8 443
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
P:PrtPGS/Ppr Size
8 444
*CTL
Service
Tables
fax application.
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
printer application.
S:PrtPGS/Ppr Size
8 445
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
scanner application.
L:PrtPGS/Ppr Size
8 446
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by print paper size the number of pages printed from
within the document server mode window at the operation panel.
SM
5-393
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
O:PrtPGS/Ppr Size
8 447
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by print paper size the number of pages printed by Other
applications.
8 44x 1 A3
8 44x 2 A4
8 44x 3 A5
8 44x 4 B4
8 44x 5 B5
8 44x 6 DLT
8 44x 7 LG
8 44x 8 LT
8 44x 9 HLT
8 44x 10 Full Bleed
8 44x 254 Other (Standard)
8 44x 255 Other (Custom)
These counters do not distinguish between LEF and SEF.
PrtPGS/Ppr Tray
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 451
These SPs count the number of sheets fed from each paper feed station.
8 451 1 Bypass
Bypass Tray
8 451 2 Tray 1
Copier
8 451 3 Tray 2
Copier
B222/B224
5-394
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
8 451 4 Tray 3
Paper Tray Unit (Option)
8 451 5 Tray 4
Paper Tray Unit (Option)
8 451 6 Tray 5
LCT (Option)
8 451 7 Tray 6
Currently not used.
8 451 8 Tray 7
Currently not used.
8 451 9 Tray 8
Currently not used.
8 451 10 Tray 9
Currently not used.
T:PrtPGS/Ppr Type
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by paper type the number pages printed by all
applications.
These counters are not the same as the PM counter. The PM counter
8 461
is based on feed timing to accurately measure the service life of the
Blank sheets (covers, chapter covers, slip sheets) are also counted.
During duplex printing, pages printed on both sides count as 1, and a
page printed on one side counts as 1.
C:PrtPGS/Ppr Type
8 462
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by paper type the number pages printed by the copy
application.
F:PrtPGS/Ppr Type
8 463
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by paper type the number pages printed by the fax
application.
P:PrtPGS/Ppr Type
8 464
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by paper type the number pages printed by the printer
application.
SM
5-395
B222/B224
Service
Tables
feed rollers. However, these counts are based on output timing.
Copy Service Mode

L:PrtPGS/Ppr Type
8 466
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by paper type the number pages printed from within the
document server mode window at the operation panel.
8 46x 1 Normal
8 46x 2 Recycled
8 46x 3 Special
8 46x 4 Thick
8 46x 5 Normal (Back)
8 46x 6 Thick (Back)
8 46x 7 OHP
8 46x 8 Other
PrtPGS/Mag
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 471
These SPs count by magnification rate the number of pages printed.
8 471 1 < 49%
8 471 2 50% to 99%
8 471 3 100%
8 471 4 101% to 200%
8 471 5 201% <
Counts are done for magnification adjusted for pages, not only on the operation panel
but performed remotely with an external network application capable of performing
magnification adjustment as well.
Magnification adjustments done with printer drivers with PC applications such as Excel
are also counted.
Magnification adjustments done for adjustments after they have been stored on the
document server are not counted.
B222/B224
5-396
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
Magnification adjustments performed automatically during Auto Reduce/Enlarge

copying are counted.
The magnification rates of blank cover sheets, slip sheets, etc. are automatically
assigned a rate of 100%.
8 481
T:PrtPGS/TonSave
*CTL
8 484
P:PrtPGS/TonSave
*CTL
These SPs count the number of pages printed with the Toner Save feature
switched on.
Note: These SPs return the same results as this SP is limited to the Print
application.
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 492
8 493
8 496
8 497
T:PrtPGS/Col
Mode
C:PrtPGS/Col
Mode
F:PrtPGS/Col
Mode
L:PrtPGS/Col
Mode
O:PrtPGS/Col
Mode
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
printed in the Color Mode by each application.
*CTL
*CTL
8 49x 1 B/W
8 49x 2 Single Color
8 49x 3 Two Color
8 49x 4 Full Color
SM
5-397
B222/B224
Service
Tables
8 491
Copy Service Mode
8 501
T:PrtPGS/Col
Mode
*CTL
8 504
8 507
P:PrtPGS/Col
Mode
O:PrtPGS/Col
Mode
*CTL printed in the Color Mode by the print

application.
*CTL
8 50x 1 B/W
8 50x 2 Mono Color
8 50x 3 Full Color
8 50x 4 Single Color
8 50x 5 Two Color
T:PrtPGS/Emul
8 511
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by printer emulation mode the total number of pages
printed.
P:PrtPGS/Emul
8 514
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by printer emulation mode the total number of pages
printed.
8 514 1
RPCS
8 514 2
RPDL
8 514 3
PS3
8 514 4
R98
8 514 5
R16
8 514 6
GL/GL2
B222/B224
5-398
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
8 514 7
R55
8 514 8
RTIFF
8 514 9
PDF
8 514 10
PCL5e/5c
8 514 11
PCL XL
8 514 12
IPDL-C
8 514 13
BM-Links
8 514 14
Other
Japan Only
SP8 511 and SP8 514 return the same results as they are both limited to the Print
application.
Print jobs output to the document server are not counted.
8 521
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1]
These SPs count by finishing mode the total number of pages printed by
all applications.
C:PrtPGS/FIN
8 522
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1]
the Copy application.
F:PrtPGS/FIN
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1]
8 523
the Fax application.

NOTE: Print finishing options for received faxes are currently not
available.
SM
5-399
B222/B224
Service
Tables
T:PrtPGS/FIN
Copy Service Mode
P:PrtPGS/FIN
8 524
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1]
the Print application.
S:PrtPGS/FIN
8 525
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1]
the Scanner application.
L:PrtPGS/FIN
8 526
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1]
These SPs count by finishing mode the total number of pages printed from
within the document server mode window at the operation panel.
8 52x 1 Sort
8 52x 2 Stack
8 52x 3 Staple
8 52x 4 Booklet
8 52x 5 Z-Fold
8 52x 6 Punch
8 52x 7 Other
If stapling is selected for finishing and the stack is too large for stapling, the
unstapled pages are still counted.
The counts for staple finishing are based on output to the staple tray, so jam
recoveries are counted.
B222/B224
5-400
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
This SP counts the amount of staples used by the

8 531
Staples
*CTL
machine.
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1]
T:Counter
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1]
These SPs count the total output broken down by color output, regardless
8 581
of the application used. In addition to being displayed in the SMC Report,

these counters are also displayed in the User Tools display on the copy
machine.
8 581 1 Total
8 581 2 Total: Full Color
8 581 3 B&W/Single Color
8 581 4 Development: CMY
Service
Tables
8 581 5 Development: K
8 581 6 Copy: Color
8 581 7 Copy: B/W
8 581 8 Print: Color
8 581 9 Print: B/W
8 581 10 Total: Color
8 581 11 Total: B/W
8 581 12 Full Color: A3
8 581 13 Full Color: B4 JIS or Smaller
8 581 14 Full Color Print
SM
5-401
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
8 581 15 Mono Color Print

8 581 16 Full Color GPC
8 582
C:Counter
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the total output of the copy application broken down by
color output.
8 582 1 B/W
8 582 2 Single Color
8 582 3 Two Color
8 582 4 Full Color
8 583
F:Counter
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the total output of the fax application broken down by
color output.
8 583 1 B/W
8 584
P:Counter
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the total output of the print application broken down by
color output.
8 584 1 B/W
8 584 2 Mono Color
8 584 3 Full Color
B222/B224
5-402
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode

8 584 5 Two Color
8 586
L:Counter
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the total output of the local storage broken down by color
output.
8 582 1 B/W
8 582 3 Two Color
8 582 4 Full Color
O:Counter
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the totals for A3/DLT paper use, number of duplex pages
printed, and the number of staples used. These totals are for Other (O:)
applications only.
8 591 1 A3/DLT
8 591 2 Duplex
SM
5-403
B222/B224
Service
Tables
8 591
*CTL
Copy Service Mode
Coverage Counter
8 601
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the total coverage for each color and the total printout
pages for each printing mode.
8 601 1 B/W
8 601 2 Color
8 601 11 B/W Printing Pages
8 601 12 Color Printing Pages
T:FAX TX PGS
8 631
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by color mode the number of pages sent by fax to a
telephone number.
F:FAX TX PGS
8 633
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by color mode the number of pages sent by fax to a
telephone number.
8 63x 1 B/W
8 63x 2 Color
If a document has color and black-and-white pages mixed, the pages are counted
separately as B/W or Color.
At the present time, this feature is provided for the Fax application only so SP8631 and
SP8633 are the same.
The counts include error pages.
If a document is sent to more than one destination with a Group transmission, the
count is done for each destination.
Polling transmissions are counted but polling RX are not.
Relay, memory, and confidential mailbox transmissions and are counted for each
destination.
B222/B224
5-404
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
T:IFAX TX PGS
8 641
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by color mode the number of pages sent by fax to as fax
images using I-Fax.
F:IFAX TX PGS
8 643
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by color mode the number of pages sent by Fax as fax
images using I-Fax.
8 64x 1 B/W
8 64x 2 Color
If a document has color and black-and-white pages mixed, the pages are counted
separately as B/W or Color.
At the present time, this feature is provided for the Fax application only so SP8641 and
SP8643 are the same.
The counts include error pages.
Service
Tables
If a document is sent to more than one destination with a Group transmission, the
count is done for each destination.
Polling transmissions are counted but polling RX are not.
Relay, memory, and confidential mailbox transmissions and are counted for each
destination.
T:S-to-Email PGS
8 651
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by color mode the total number of pages attached to an
e-mail for both the Scan and document server applications.
S-to-Email PGS
8 655
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by color mode the total number of pages attached to an
e-mail for the Scan application only.
8 65x 1 B/W
8 65x 2 Color
SM
5-405
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
The count for B/W and Color pages is done after the document is stored on the
HDD. If the job is cancelled before it is stored, the pages are not counted.
If Scan-to-Email is used to send a 10-page document to 5 addresses, the count is
10 (the pages are sent to the same SMTP server together).
If Scan-to-PC is used to send a 10-page document to 5 folders, the count is 50
(the document is sent to each destination of the SMB/FTP server).
Due to restrictions on some devices, if Scan-to-Email is used to send a 10-page
document to a large number of destinations, the count may be divided and
counted separately. For example, if a 10-page document is sent to 200 addresses,
the count is 10 for the first 100 destinations and the count is also 10 for the second
100 destinations, for a total of 20.).
T:Deliv PGS/Svr
8 661
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by color mode the total number of pages sent to a Scan
Router server by both Scan and LS applications.
Deliv PGS/Svr
8 665
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by color mode the total number of pages sent to a Scan
Router server by the Scan application.
8 66x 1 B/W
8 66x 2 Color
The B/W and Color counts are done after the document is stored on the HDD of
the Scan Router server.
If the job is canceled before storage on the Scan Router server finishes, the
counts are not done.
The count is executed even if regardless of confirmation of the arrival at the Scan
Router server.
B222/B224
5-406
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
T:Deliv PGS/PC
8 671
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by color mode the total number of pages sent to a folder
on a PC (Scan-to-PC) with the Scan and LS applications.
Deliv PGS/PC
8 675
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by color mode the total number of pages sent with
Scan-to-PC with the Scan application.
8 67x 1 B/W
8 67x 2 Color
8 681
T:PCFAX TXPGS
*CTL These SPs count the number of pages sent by

PC Fax. These SPs are provided for the Fax
application only, so the counts for SP8 681 and
8 683
F:PCFAX TXPGS
*CTL SP8 683 are the same.
This counts pages sent from a PC using a PC fax application, from the PC through the
copier to the destination.
When sending the same message to more than one place using broadcasting, the
pages are only counted once. (For example, a 10-page fax is sent to location A and
location B. The counter goes up by 10, not 20.)
8 691
T:TX PGS/LS
*CTL These SPs count the number of pages sent from
8 692
C:TX PGS/LS
*CTL
8 693
F:TX PGS/LS
*CTL incremented.
8 694
P:TX PGS/LS
*CTL
8 695
S:TX PGS/LS
*CTL stored from within the document server mode
the document server. The counter for the

application that was used to store the pages is
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
screen at the operation panel. Pages stored with

8 696
L:TX PGS/LS
*CTL
the Store File button from within the Copy mode

screen go to the C: counter.
SM
5-407
B222/B224
Service
Tables
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
Copy Service Mode
Print jobs done with Web Image Monitor and Desk Top Binder are added to the
count.
If several documents are merged for sending, the number of pages stored are
counted for the application that stored them.
When several documents are sent by a Fax broadcast, the F: count is done for the
number of pages sent to each destination.
TX PGS/Port
8 701
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the number of pages sent by the physical port used to
send them. For example, if a 3-page original is sent to 4 destinations via
ISDN G4, the count for ISDN (G3, G4) is 12.
8 701 1 PSTN-1
8 701 2 PSTN-2
8 701 3 PSTN-3
8 701 4 ISDN (G3,G4)
8 701 5 Network
8 711
T:Scan PGS/Comp
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
S:Scan PGS/Comp
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 715
These SPs count the number of pages sent by each compression mode.
8 715 1 JPEG/JPEG2000
8 715 2 TIFF(Multi/Single)
8 715 3 PDF
8 715 4 Other
B222/B224
5-408
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
RX PGS/Port
8 741
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the number of pages received by the physical port used to
receive them.
8 741 1 PSTN-1
8 741 2 PSTN-2
8 741 3 PSTN-3
8 741 4 ISDN (G3,G4)
8 741 5 Network
Dev Counter
8 771
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the frequency of use (number of rotations of the

development rollers) for black and other color toners.
Service
Tables
8 771 1 Total
8 771 2 K
8 771 3 Y
8 771 4 M
8 771 5 C
Toner Bottle Info.

8 781
*ENG
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs display the number of already replaced toner bottles.

NOTE: Currently, the data in SP7-833-011 through 014 and the data in
SP8-781-001 through 004 are the same.
8 781 1 Toner: BK
SM
The number of black-toner bottles
5-409
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
8 781 2 Toner: Y
The number of yellow-toner bottles
8 781 3 Toner: M
The number of magenta-toner bottles
8 781 4 Toner: C
The number of cyan-toner bottles
This SP displays the percent of space

8 791
LS Memory Remain
*CTL
available on the document server for

storing documents.
[0 to 100 / 0 / 1]
Toner Remain
*CTL
[0 to 100/ 0 / 1]
These SPs display the percent of toner remaining for each color. This SP
8 801
allows the user to check the toner supply at any time.

Note: This precise method of measuring remaining toner supply (1%
steps) is better than other machines in the market that can only measure in
increments of 10 (10% steps).
8 801 1 K
8 801 2 Y
8 801 3 M
8 801 4 C
Coverage Count:
0-10%
*ENG
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 851
These SPs display the number of scanned sheets on which the coverage
of each color is from 0% to 10%.
8 851 11 0 to 2%: BK
8 851 31 5 to 7%: BK
8 851 12 0 to 2%: Y
8 851 32 5 to 7%: Y
B222/B224
5-410
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
8 851 13 0 to 2%: M
8 851 33 5 to 7%: M
8 851 14 0 to 2%: C
8 851 34 5 to 7%: C
8 851 21 3 to 4%: BK
8 851 41 8 to 10%: BK
8 851 22 3 to 4%: Y
8 851 42 8 to 10%: Y
8 851 23 3 to 4%: M
8 851 43 8 to 10%: M
8 851 24 3 to 4%: C
8 851 44 8 to 10%: C
Coverage Count:
11-20%
*ENG
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 861
8 861 1 BK
Service
Tables
8 861 2 Y
8 861 3 M
8 861 4 C
Coverage Count:
21-30%
*ENG
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 871
8 871 1 BK
8 871 2 Y
8 871 3 M
8 871 4 C
SM
5-411
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
Coverage Count:
31%-
*ENG
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 881
of each color is 31% or higher.
8 881 1 BK
8 881 2 Y
8 881 3 M
8 881 4 C
Printing PGS:
Present Ink
*ENG
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 891
These SPs display the amount of the remaining current toner for each
color.
8 891 1 BK
8 891 2 Y
8 891 3 M
8 891 4 C
Printing PGS: Log:

Latest 1
*ENG
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 901
These SPs display the amount of the remaining previous toner for each
color.
8 901 1 BK
8 901 2 Y
B222/B224
5-412
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
8 901 3 M
8 901 4 C
Printing PGS: Log:

Latest 2
*ENG
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 911
These SPs display the amount of the remaining 2nd previous toner for
each color.
8 911 1 BK
8 911 2 Y
8 911 3 M
8 911 4 C
8 921
Total
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
Displays the total coverage and total printout number for each color.
8 921 1 BK (%)
8 921 2 Y (%)
8 921 3 M (%)
8 921 4 C (%)
8 921 14 BK (Page)
8 921 15 Y (Page)
8 921 16 M (Page)
8 921 17 C (Page)
SM
5-413
B222/B224
Service
Tables
Coverage Count:
Copy Service Mode
Machine Status
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count the amount of time the machine spends in each
8 941
operation mode. These SPs are useful for customers who need to
investigate machine operation for improvement in their compliance with
ISO Standards.
Engine operation time. Does not include time while
8 941 1 Operation Time
controller is saving data to HDD (while engine is not

operating).
Engine not operating. Includes time while controller
8 941 2 Standby Time
saves data to HDD. Does not include time spent in

Energy Save, Low Power, or Off modes.
8 941 3 Energy Save Time
Includes time while the machine is performing

background printing.
Includes time in Energy Save mode with Engine on.
8 941 4 Low Power Time
Includes time while machine is performing

background printing.
Includes time while machine is performing
8 941 5 Off Mode Time
background printing. Does not include time machine

remains powered off with the power switches.
8 941 6 SC
8 941 7 PrtJam
8 941 8 OrgJam
Total time when SC errors have been staying.

Total time when paper jams have been staying
during printing.
Total time when original jams have been staying
during scanning.
8 941 9 Supply PM Unit End Total time when toner end has been staying
B222/B224
5-414
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
AddBook Register
8 951
*CTL
These SPs count the number of events when the machine manages data
registration.
8 951 1 User Code
User code registrations.
8 951 2 Mail Address
Mail address registrations.
8 951 3 Fax Destination
Fax destination registrations.

[0 to 9999999/ 0 /
8 951 5
Group destination registrations.
Transfer
Fax relay destination registrations
Request
for relay TX.
8 951 6 F-Code
8 951 7 Copy Program
8 951 8 Fax Program
F-Code box registrations.

Copy application registrations with
the Program (job settings) feature.
Fax application registrations with
the Program (job settings) feature.
Printer application registrations
8 951 9 Printer Program
1]
[0 to 255 / 0 / 255]
with the Program (job settings)

feature.
8 951 10
Scanner
Program
Scanner application registrations

with the Program (job settings)
feature.
Adomin. Counter List
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8 999
Displays the total coverage and total printout number for each color.
8 999 1 Total
8 999 2 Copy: Full Color
SM
5-415
B222/B224
Service
Tables
8 951 4 Group
Copy Service Mode
8 999 3 Copy: BW
8 999 4 Copy: Single Color
8 999 5 Copy: Two Color
8 999 6 Printer Full Color
8 999 7 Printer BW
8 999 8 Printer Single Color
8 999 9 Printer Two Color
8 999 10 Fax Print: BW
8 999 12 A3/DLT
8 999 13 Duplex
8 999 14 Coverage: Color (%)
8 999 15 Coverage: BW (%)
8 999 16
8 999 17
8 999 101
8 999 102
Coverage: Color
Print Page (%)
Coverage: BW Print
Page (%)
Transmission Total:
Color
Transmission Total:
BW
8 999 103 FAX Transmission
B222/B224
5-416
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
8 999 104
8 999 105
Scanner
Transmission: Color
Scanner
Transmission: BW
SP9-XXX: Others
9511
Skew Origin Set
*CTL
001 M: Skew Motor

These SPs reset the skew correction value
002 C: Skew Motor
(SP2-119-001 to -003) to "0".
003 Y: Skew Motor
[Pressure Roller Condition]

Normal: Threshold:
Upper Limit
001
Service
Tables
9911
*ENG [0 to 200 / 140 / 1 deg/step]
Specifies the threshold temperature of the pressure roller between M (middle)

and H (high). This SP is referred when the input voltage of the IH inverter is
more than 93% (adjustable with SP1-916-026).
Normal: Threshold:
Lower Limit
002
*ENG [0 to 200 / 120 / 1 deg/step]
Specifies the threshold temperature of the pressure roller between L (low) and
M (middle). This SP is referred when the input voltage of the IH inverter is more
than 93% (adjustable with SP1-916-026).
SM
5-417
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1 /step]
0: No effect
Coefficient: Low
*ENG 1: Normal
2: High
003
3: Highest
DFU
Adjusts the coefficient value of the temperature correction for ferrite roller
rotation when the the fusing unit is in the low temperature.
004 Coefficient: Mid.
*ENG [0 to 3 / 1 / 1 /step] DFU
005 Coefficient: High
*ENG [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 /step] DFU
Stand-by: Threshold:
Upper Limit
006
*ENG [0 to 200 / 180 / 1 deg/step]

and H (high). This SP is referred when the input voltage of the IH inverter is
93% or less (adjustable with SP1-916-026).
Stand-by: Threshold:
Lower Limit
007
*ENG [0 to 200 / 120 / 1 deg/step]
M (middle). This SP is referred when the input voltage of the IH inverter is 93%
or less (adjustable with SP1-916-026).
Mid. Thick: A3:
Threshold: Upper Limit
008
*ENG [0 to 200 / 200 / 1 deg/step]

and H (high). This SP is referred when the paper of 275 mm width or more is
used in the middle thick paper and 205/154 mm/sec line speed mode.
B222/B224
5-418
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
Mid. Thick: A3:

Threshold: Lower Limit
009
*ENG [0 to 200 / 190 / 1 deg/step]
M (middle). This SP is referred when the paper of 275 mm width or more is
used in the middle thick paper and 205/154 mm/sec line speed mode.
[Target Angle] Ferrite Roller Paper Size Adjustment DFU
001 A3/DLT
*ENG [0 to 960 / 323 / 1 PULSE/step]
002 B4
*ENG [0 to 960 / 381 / 1 PULSE/step]
003 A4/LT
*ENG [0 to 960 / 400 / 1 PULSE/step]
004 B5
*ENG [0 to 960 / 498 / 1 PULSE/step]
005 A5/HLT
*ENG [0 to 960 / 525 / 1 PULSE/step]
006 B6
*ENG [0 to 960 / 525 / 1 PULSE/step]
007 A6
*ENG [0 to 960 / 525 / 1 PULSE/step]
9921
Page Correction Setting *CTL
Service
Tables
9912

[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
[Repeat Print Temp.Correction]

9965
These SPs are used for Preventing the fusing temperature overheating due to
a multiple printing job.
JOB Interval: Plain
*ENG [0 to 120 / 30 / 1 sec/step]
001 Specifies the job interval time in plain paper mode. The machine does not enter
the temperature correction mode for preventing the overheating for the time
specified with this SP.
SM
5-419
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
JOB Interval: M-Thick
*ENG [0 to 120 / 30 / 1 sec/step]
002 Specifies the job interval time in middle thick paper mode. The machine does
not enter the temperature correction mode for preventing the overheating for
the time specified with this SP.
Shift Time
*ENG [0 to 1200 / 600 / 10 sec/step]
003 Specifies the threshold time for entering the temperature correction mode. If a
job continues for the time specified with this SP, the machine enteres the
temperature correction mode.
Offset Value: Plain: Low
Temp.
*ENG [0 to 20 / 5 / 1 deg/step]
004 Specified the offset temperature for the plain paper in the low temperature. The
machine decreases this temperature when a job continues for 600 seconds
(adjustable with SP9-965-003) and the environment temperature is 17C or
less.
Offset Value: Plain:
Normal/High Temp.
*ENG [0 to 20 / 5 / 1 deg/step]
005 Specified the offset temperature for the plain paper in the low temperature. The
machine decreases this temperature when a job continues for 600 seconds
(adjustable with SP9-965-003) and the environment temperature is more than
17C and 30C or less.
006
Offset Value: M-Thick:

Low Temp.
*ENG [0 to 20 / 5 / 1 deg/step]
Specified the offset temperature for the middle thick paper in the middle
temperature. The machine decreases this temperature when a job continues
for 600 seconds (adjustable with SP9-965-003) and the environment
temperature is 17C or less.
B222/B224
5-420
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
Offset Value: M-Thick:

Normal/High Temp.
*ENG [0 to 20 / 5 / 1 deg/step]
007 Specified the offset temperature for the middle thick paper in the middle
temperature. The machine decreases this temperature when a job continues
for 600 seconds (adjustable with SP9-965-003) and the environment
temperature is more than 17C and 30C or less.
Memory Clear (SP5-801)

The following tables list the items that are cleared. The serial number information,
meter charge setting and meter charge counters (SP8-581, 582, 583, 584, and
586) are not cleared.
5801
[Memory Clear]
Resets all correction data for process control and
5801 1 All Clear
all software counters, and returns all modes and
5801 2 ENG All
Service
Tables
adjustments to their default values.

Clears the engine settings.
Initializes default system settings, SCS (System
5801 3 SCS
Control Service) settings, operation display

coordinates, and ROM update information.
No SP modes are cleared. But, all files stored in
5801 4 IMH
the HDD are cleared.

(IMH: Image Memory Handler)
5801 5 MCS
5801 6 Copier application
No SP modes are cleared.

(MCS: Memory Control Service)
Initializes all copier application settings.
Initializes the fax reset time, job login ID, all TX/RX
5801 7 Fax application
settings, local storage file numbers, and off-hook

timer.
SM
5-421
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode

The following service settings:
Bit switches
Gamma settings (User & Service)
Toner Limit
The following user settings:
5801 8 Printer application
Tray Priority
Menu Protect
System Setting except for setting of
Energy Saver
I/F Setup (I/O Buffer and I/O Timeout)
PCL Menu
5801 9 Scanner application
5801 10 Netfile application
5801 11 NCS
5801 12 R-Fax
5801 13 IPU
5801 14 Clear DCS Settings
5801 15 Clear UCS Settings
5801 16 MIRS Setting
5801 17 CCS
B222/B224
Initializes the scanner defaults for the scanner and

all the scanner SP modes.
Deletes the network file application management
files and thumbnails, and initializes the job login ID.
All setting of Network Setup (User Menu)
(NCS: Network Control Service)
Initializes the job login ID, SmartDeviceMonitor for
Admin, job history, and local storage file numbers.
Initilaize the IPU setting.
Initializes the DCS (Delivery Control Service)
settings.
Initializes the UCS (User Information Control
Service) settings.
Initializes the MIRS (Machine Information Report
Service) settings.
Initializes the CCS (Certification and
Charge-control Service) settings.
5-422
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
5998
[Memory Clear]
All engine related SP modes except for the
following:
5998 1 ENG Setting
Serial number information

SP modes related to meter charge
Counters and logging data
5998 2 ENG Counter
All counters and logging data related to engine
5.2.2 INPUT CHECK TABLE

When entering the Input Check mode, 8 digits display the result for a section. Each digit
corresponds to a different device as shown in the table.
Result
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
Service
Tables
Bit No.
Copier
Reading
5803
Bit
Description
0
Interlock Release Detection
5803 1
Interlock Release Detection 1
Front door open
Interlock Release Detection 2
Front door open
5803 2 Right Cover Open/Closed
SM
Closed
5-423
Front door
closed
Front door
closed
Open
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
5803 3 Toner Collection Bottle Set
Set
Not set
Not contact
Contact
Not contact
Contact
5803 10 Drum Motor: Bk: Lock
Normal
Lock error
5803 13 Toner Relay Motor: Lock
Normal
Lock error
5803 14 Fusing Exit Motor: Lock
Normal
Lock error
5803 15 Image Transfer Motor: Lock
Normal
Lock error
5803 16 Laser Optics Fan: Front Lock
Normal
Lock error
5803 17 Laser Optics Fan: Rear Lock
Normal
Lock error
5803 18 Fusing Exhaust Fan: Lock
Normal
Lock error
5803 20 IH Power Cooling Fan: Lock
Normal
Lock error
5803 27 Toner Collection Full Sensor
Not full
Full
Actuator not
Actuator
detected
detected
Actuator not
Actuator
detected
detected
Actuator not
Actuator
detected
detected
Actuator not
Actuator
detected
detected
Not HP
HP
5803 4
5803 9
Image Transfer Contact/Release

Position
Paper Transfer Contact/Release
Position
5803 28 Drum Phase Sensor: Bk
5803 29 Drum Phase Sensor: M
5803 30 Drum Phase Sensor: C
5803 31 Drum Phase Sensor: Y
5803 33 IH Magnetic Field Switch HP Sensor 1
B222/B224
5-424
manuals4you.com
SM
Actuator not
Actuator
detected
detected
5803 35 Toner End Sensor: Bk
Toner end
Toner remaining
5803 36 Toner End Sensor: M
Toner end
Toner remaining
5803 37 Toner End Sensor: C
Toner end
Toner remaining
5803 38 Toner End Sensor: Y
Toner end
Toner remaining
5803 39 Fusing Destination Detection: DOM
Set
Not set
5803 40 Fusing Destination Detection: NA
Set
Not set
5803 41 Fusing Destination Detection: EU
Set
Not set
5803 42 Keycard: Set
Set
Not set
5803 43 Mechanical Counter Bk: Set
Not set
Set
5803 44 Mechanical Counter FC: Set
Not set
Set
5803 45 Key Counter: Set
Set
Not set
5803 46 Fusing New Unit Detection
New
Not new
5803 48 Tray 1 Set Detection
Set
Not set
5803 34 Fusing Rotation Sensor
5803 49 Tray 1 Paper End
No paper
remaining
5803 50 Tray 1 Paper Height Detection 1
See table 1 following this table.
5803 52 Tray 1 Lift Detection
Not upper limit
Upper limit
5803 53 Tray 2 Set Detection
Set
Not set
5803 54 Tray 2 Paper End
SM
Paper
No paper
5-425
Paper
remaining
B222/B224
Service
Tables
Copy Service Mode
Copy Service Mode
5803 57 Tray 2 Lift Detection
Not upper limit
5803 58 Tray 2 Paper Size
5803 59 Registration Sensor
Paper detected
5803 60 Relay Sensor 1 (Paper feed sensor 1)
Paper detected
5803 61 Relay Sensor 2 (Paper feed sensor 2)
Paper detected
5803 62 Paper Feed Sensor 1
Paper detected
5803 63 Paper Feed Sensor 2
Paper detected
5803 64 Fusing Entrance Sensor
Paper detected
Paper not
5803 65 Fusing Exit Sensor
detected
5803 66 Exit Sensor
Paper detected
5803 67 Exit Full Detection
Paper not full
5803 68 Junction Gate Relay Detection
5803 69 Junction Gate HP Detection

5803 70 By-pass Tray Paper End
B222/B224
Upper limit
Paper detected
Paper not
detected
Paper not
detected
Paper not
detected
Paper not
detected
Paper not
detected
Paper not
detected
Paper detected
Paper not
detected
Paper full
Paper not
detected
Not HP
HP
Paper remaining
No paper
5-426
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
5803 72 Bridge Exit
Paper detected
5803 73 Bridge Relay Sensor
Paper detected
5803 74 Bridge Paper Full
Paper not
detected
Paper not
detected
Paper not full
Paper full
Set
Not set
5803 76 Bridge Exit Cover Detection
Closed
Open
5803 77 Bridge Relay Cover Detection
Closed
Open
5803 75 Bridge Unit Set
5803 78 Duplex Entrance Sensor
Paper detected
5803 79 Duplex Exit Sensor
Paper detected
5803 80 Duplex Open/Closed Detection

5803 81 Duplex Feed Cover
5803 82 1 Bin Tray Set Detection
5803 87
5803 88
Paper not
detected
Open
Open
Closed
Set
Not set
detected
Bank SEF (Vertical transport sensor 1/
Paper not
Relay sensor) Sensor3
detected
Bank SEF (Vertical transport sensor
Paper not
2) Sensor4
detected
Paper not
5803 89 Bank Feed Sensor 3
detected
Closed
Paper not
5803 83 1 Bin Tray Sensor
Paper not
detected
Paper detected
Paper detected
Paper detected
Paper detected
co
.
u
o
4y
ls
nua
ma
SM
5-427
B222/B224
Service
Tables
5803 71 By-Pass Paper Size
Copy Service Mode
Paper not
detected
5803 91 Bank Relay Cover Detection
Paper detected
Closed
Open
5803 92 Bank Vertical Transport Sensor 5
Not used
Not used
Closed (LD5V
Open
ON)
(LD5V OFF)
*5803 95 Tube Cooling Fan: Lock
Normal
Lock error
5803 96 New Transfer Detection
Not new
New
5803 101 PP: D: SC Detection
SC detected
No SC
5803 102 PP: CB: SC Detection
SC detected
No SC
5803 103 PP: TTS: SC Detection
SC detected
No SC
5803 104 Fusing Coil Fan: Lock
Normal
Lock error
5803 105 Exit Fan: Lock
Normal
Lock error
5803 106 Duct Fan 2: Lock
Normal
Lock error
5803 107 Duct Fan 3: Lock
Normal
Lock error
5803 108 Laser Optics Shutter Sensor 1
Shutter open
Shutter closed
5803 109 Laser Optics Shutter Sensor 2
Shutter closed
Shutter open
Switch off
Switch on
(Power off)
(Power on)
5803 111 Drum Motor: M: Lock
Normal
Lock error
5803 112 Drum Motor: Y: Lock
Normal
Lock error
5803 113 Drum Motor: C: Lock
Normal
Lock error
5803 94 GAVD Open/Closed Detection
5803 110 Interlock Detection 2
B222/B224
5-428
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
5803 200 Scanner HP Sensor
Not HP
HP
5803 201 Platen Cover Sensor
Open
Closed
*For Future Use
1000-Sheet Booklet Finisher (B793)

2000/3000-Sheet (Booklet) Finisher (B804, B805)
Reading
Bit
Description
0
Paper not
6140 1 Entrance Sensor
detected
Paper not
6140 2 Proof Exit Sensor
detected
6140 3 Proof Full Detection Sensor
6140 4 Trailing Edge Detection: Shift
Paper
detected*1
detected*1
Paper not
detected
6140 8 Exit Guide Plate HP Sensor
Not HP
6140 9 Paper Detection Sensor: Staple
SM
Paper not
Not HP
6140 7 Shift Exit Sensor
5-429
Paper detected
Full
detected
6140 6 Shift HP Sensor
Paper detected
Not Full
Paper not
6140 5 Staple Exit Sensor
Paper not
detected
Paper detected
HP
Paper detected
HP
Paper detected
B222/B224
Service
Tables
6140
Copy Service Mode
6140 10 Paper Detection Sensor: Shift
Paper not
detected
Paper detected
6140 11 Paper Full Sensor: 2000-Sheet
Not Full
Full
6140 12 Oscillating Back Roller HP Sensor
Not HP
HP
6140 13 Jogger HP Sensor
Not HP
HP
HP
Not HP
6140 14 Exit Junction Gate HP Sensor
Paper not
6140 15 Staple Tray Paper Sensor
detected
Paper detected
6140 16 Staple Moving HP Sensor
Not HP
HP
6140 17 Skew HP Sensor
Not HP
HP
Not Limit
Limit
6140 19 DOOR SW
Closed
Open
6140 20 Stapler 1 Rotation
Not HP
HP
6140 18 Limit SW
Staple not
6140 21 Staple Detection
detected
6140 22 Staple Leading Edge Detection
Staple not
detected
Staple detected
Staple detected
6140 23 Punch Moving HP Sensor
Not HP
HP
6140 24 Punch Registration HP Sensor
Not HP
HP
6140 25
Punch Registratioin Detection
Paper not
Sensor
detected
Paper detected
6140 26 Punch Chad Full Sensor
Not Full
Full
6140 27 Punch HP
Not HP
HP
B222/B224
5-430
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
6140 28 Punch Selection DIPSW 1
See *1
6140 29 Punch Selection DiPSW 2
See *1
Stack Junction Gate Open/Closed

HP Sensor
6140 31 Leading Edge Detection Sensor
6140 32 Drive Roller HP Sensor
HP
Paper not
detected
Not HP
Paper detected
HP
Paper not
6140 33 Arrival Sensor
detected
Paper detected
6140 34 Rear Edge Fence HP Sensor
Not HP
HP
6140 35 Folder Cam HP Sensor
Not HP
HP
6140 36 Folder Plate HP Sensor
Not HP
HP
Paper not
6140 37 Folder Pass Sensor
detected
Paper not
6140 38 Saddle Full Sensor: Front
detected*
6140 40
detected*
Saddle Stitch Stapler 1 Rotation:

Front
6140 41 Saddle Stitch Detection: Front
6140 42
Paper not
6140 39 Saddle Full Sensor: Rear
SM
Not HP
Saddle Stitch Leading Edge
Not HP
Staple not
detected
Staple not
Detection: Front
detected
5-431
Paper detected
Paper detected*2
Paper detected*2
HP
Staple detected
Staple detected
B222/B224
Service
Tables
6140 30
Copy Service Mode
6140 43
Saddle Stitch Stapler 1 Rotation:

Rear
6140 44 Saddle Stitch Detection: Rear
6140 45
Saddle Stitch Leading Edge
Not HP
Staple not
detected
Staple not
Detection: Rear
detected
6140 46 Full Sensor: 3000-Sheet
Not Full
HP
Staple detected
Staple detected
Full
6140 47 Exit Jogger HP Sensor: Front
Not used in the machine
6140 48 Exit Jogger HP Sensor: Rear
6140 49 Exit Jogger HP Sensor: Rear
*1: Combination of DIP SW 1 and SW 2
DIP SW 1
DIP SW 2
Punch Type
Japan
Europe
North America
North Europe
*2: Please refer to "Lower Tray (B804 Only)" in the Service Manual for the "2000/3000
(Booklet) Finisher".
B222/B224
5-432
manuals4you.com
SM
Reading
Bit
Description
0
6139 1 Entrance Sensor
6139 2
6139 3
6139 4
6139 5
Paper detected
Shift Exit Sensor
Paper not
(Lower Tray Exit Sensor)
detected
Staple Entrance Sensor

(Stapler Tray Entrance Sensor)
Staple Moving HP Sensor
(Stapler HP Sensor)
Jogger HP Sensor
(Jogger Fence HP Sensor)
6139 6 Stack Feed-out Belt HP Sensor
6139 9 Staple Sensor
6139 11
SM
Home position
Staple detected
Exit Guide Plate HP

(Exit Guide Plate HP Sensor)
5-433
Paper not
detected
Home position
Staple detected
6139 10 Staple READY Detection
Paper detected
Not home position
Not home position
(Staple Rotation HP Sensor)
detected
Home position
detected
Staple Rotation Sensor
Paper not
Not home position
Paper not
6139 7 Staple Tray Paper Sensor
6139 8
Paper detected
Not home position
Not home
position
Paper detected
Home position
Staple not
detected
Staple not
detected
Home position
B222/B224
Service
Tables
6139
manuals4you.com
Copy Service Mode
Copy Service Mode
6139 12 Shift HP Sensor
Not home position
Home position
Output tray not
Output tray
detected
detected
Lower limit
Not lower limit
Not full
Full
Not home position
Home position
*6141 13 Staple HP Sensor
Not home position
Home position
*6141 14 Staple Near Empty Sensor
Staple near empty
Staple remaining
6139 13
6139 14
6139 15
*6141 12
*6141 15
Paper Sensor
(Stack Height Sensor)
Tray Lower Sensor
(Lower Tray Lower Limit Sensor)
Proof Full Sensor
(Paper Limit Sensor)
Pick Roller Sensor
(Pick-Up Roller Unit HP Sensor)
Staple Self Prime Sensor
Staple not
(End Fence Detection Sensor)
*6141 16 Top Cover Sensor
*6141 17
Staple Cover Sensor

(Front Cover Switch)
Staple detected
detected
Closed
Open
Closed
Open
*For Future Use
Table 1: Paper Height Sensor

0: Deactivated, 1: Activated (actuator inside sensor)
Remaining paper
Paper height sensor 1
Paper height sensor 2
Full
Nearly full
Near end
Almost empty
B222/B224
5-434
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
Table 2: Paper Size Switch (Tray 2)

Switch 1 is used for tray set detection.
0: Pushed, 1: Not pushed
Switch Location
North America
Europe/Asia
11" x 17" SEF*1
A3 SEF*1
(A3 SEF)
(11" x 17" SEF)
8.5" x 14" SEF *2
B4 SEF *2
(B4 SEF)
(8.5" x 14" SEF)
A4 SEF
A4 SEF
8.5" x 11" SEF
8.5" x 11" SEF
B5 SEF
B5 SEF
11" x 81/2" LEF*3
A4 LEF*3
(A4 LEF)
(11" x 81/2" LEF)
10.5" x 7.25" LEF*4
B5 LEF*4
(B5 LEF)
(10.5" x 7.25" LEF)
A5 LEF
A5 LEF
Service
Tables
Models
*1: The machine detects either 11" x 17" SEF or A3 SEF, depending on the setting
of SP 5-181-003.
*2: The machine detects either 8.5" x 14" SEF or B4 SEF, depending on the setting
of SP 5-181-004.
*3: The machine detects either 11" x 81/2" LEF or A4 LEF, depending on the
setting of SP 5-181-002.
*4: The machine detects either B5 LEF or 10.5" x 7.25" LEF, depending on the
setting of SP 5-181-005.
SM
5-435
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
Table 3: Paper Size (By-pass Table)

Models
Bit No.
North America
Europe/Asia
11" x 17" SEF*1
A3 SEF*1
(11" x 8.5" LEF)
(A4 LEF)
11" x 17" SEF*1
A3 SEF*1
(11" x 8.5" LEF)
(A4 LEF)
8.5" x 11" SEF*1
A4 SEF*1
(8.5" x 11" SEF*2)
(A5 LEF)
8.5" x 11" SEF*1
A4 SEF*1
(8.5" x 11" SEF*2)
(B5 LEF)
5.5" x 8.5" SEF
A5 LEF
5.5" x 8.5" SEF
A5 LEF
5.5" x 8.5" SEF
A5 LEF
5.5" x 8.5" SEF
A6 LEF
B222/B224
5-436
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
*1: When the machine determines that the paper feed direction is "LEF", it
considers that the paper size is bracketed size.
Table 4: APS Original Size Detection
Original Size
Length Sensor
Width
Sensor
SP4-301
display
Metric version
Inch version
L3
L2
L1
W1
W2
A3
11" x 17"
00011111
B4
10" x 14"
00011110
8.5 x 14
00011100
A4 LEF
8.5" x 11"
00000011
B5 LEF
00000010
A4 SEF
11" x 8.5"
00001100
B5 SEF
00000100
00000000
F4
8.5" x 13", 8.25" x
13", or 8" x 13"
SP 5126 controls the
A5 LEF/ SEF
SM
5.5" x 8.5",
8.5" x 5.5"
5-437
B222/B224
Service
Tables
size that is detected
Copy Service Mode
5.2.3 OUTPUT CHECK TABLE

Copier
5804
Display
5804 1 Image Transfer Motor
5804 2
5804 3
5804 4
5804 5
5804 6
5804 7
5804 8
5804 9
5804 10
5804 11
B222/B224
Drum Motor: Bk: Full

Speed
Drum Motor: Bk:
Medium Speed
Drum Motor: Bk: Low
Speed
Drum Motor: M: Full
Speed
Drum Motor: M: Middle
Speed
Drum Motor: M: Low
Speed
Drum Motor: C: Full
Speed
Drum Motor: C: Middle
Speed
Drum Motor: C: Low
Speed
Drum Motor: Y: Full
Speed
Description
Image Transfer Belt Contact Motor
Drum/Development Drive Motor-K: 154/205 mm/s
Drum/Development Drive Motor-K: 115 mm/s
Drum/Development Drive Motor-K: 77 mm/s
Drum/Development Drive Motor-M: 154/205 mm/s
Drum/Development Drive Motor-M: 115 mm/s
Drum/Development Drive Motor-M: 77 mm/s
Drum/Development Drive Motor-C: 154/205 mm/s
Drum/Development Drive Motor-C: 115 mm/s
Drum/Development Drive Motor- C: 77 mm/s
Drum/Development Drive Motor-Y: 154/205 mm/s
5-438
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
5804 13
Drum Motor: Y: Middle

Speed
Drum Motor: Y: Low
Speed
5804 20 Toner Relay Motor
5804 21
5804 22
IH Magnetic Field
Switch Motor: Forward
IH Magnetic Field
Switch Motor: Reverse
5804 23 Paper Transfer Motor
5804 24
5804 25
5804 26
5804 27
5804 28
5804 29
5804 30
Drum/Development Drive Motor-Y: 115 mm/s
Drum/Development Drive Motor-Y: 77 mm/s
Toner Transport Motor
Ferrite Roller Motor - Forward
Ferrite Roller Motor - Reverse
Paper Transfer Roller Contact Motor
Image Transfer Motor:
Image Transfer Belt Unit Drive Motor: 154/205
Full Speed
mm/s

Medium Speed
Low Speed
Fusing Exit Motor: Full
Speed
Fusing Exit Motor:
Medium Speed
Fusing Exit Motor: Low
Speed
Development Clutch:
Bk
Image Transfer Belt Unit Drive Motor: 115 mm/s
Image Transfer Belt Unit Drive Motor: 77 mm/s
Fusing/Paper Exit Motor: 154/205 mm/s
Fusing/Paper Exit Motor: 115 mm/s
Fusing/Paper Exit Motor: 77 mm/s
Development Clutch-K
5804 31 Development Clutch: M
Development Clutch-M
5804 32 Development Clutch: C
Development Clutch-C
SM
5-439
B222/B224
Service
Tables
5804 12
Copy Service Mode
5804 33 Development Clutch: Y
Development Clutch-Y
5804 36 Toner Supply Pump: Bk Toner Supply Clutch: Bk

5804 37 Toner Supply Pump: M
Toner Supply Clutch: M
5804 38 Toner Supply Pump: C
Toner Supply Clutch: C
5804 39 Toner Supply Pump: Y
Toner Supply Clutch: Y
5804 40
5804 42
5804 44
5804 45
5804 46
Front Laser Optics Fan:

High Speed
Rear Laser Optics Fan:
High Speed
Fusing Exhaust Fan:
High Speed
Fusing Exhaust Fan:
Low Speed
Drive Unit Cooling Fan:
High Speed
Ventilation Fan - Front
Ventilation Fan - Rear
Fusing Fan: High Speed
Fusing Fan: Low Speed
Electrical Section
5804 47 Cooling Fan: High
IH Inverter Fan
Speed
5804 54 PSU Fan1: High Speed
5804 56
Dust Shield Shutter

Motor
PSU Fan 1: High Speed
Shutter Motor (Laser Optics Housing Unit)
5804 57 TM Sensor Shutter SOL ID Sensor Shutter Solenoid
5804 58
B222/B224
TM Sensor LED Output:

F
ID Sensor LED Output: Front
5-440
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
5804 60
5804 61
5804 62
5804 63
5804 64

C
R
P Sensor LED Output:
Bk
M
C
Y
ID Sensor LED Output: Center
ID Sensor LED Output: Rear
ID Sensor (mirror reflection) - K: LED Output
ID Sensor (mirror reflection) - M: LED Output
ID Sensor (mirror reflection) - C: LED Output
ID Sensor (mirror reflection) - Y: LED Output
5804 65 ST Sensor Output: Bk
ID Sensor (diffusion) - K: LED Output
5804 66 ST Sensor Output: M
ID Sensor (diffusion) - M: LED Output
5804 67 ST Sensor Output: C
ID Sensor (diffusion) - C: LED Output
5804 68 ST Sensor Output: Y
ID Sensor (diffusion) - Y: LED Output
5804 69 Toner End Sensor: Bk
Toner End Sensor - K
5804 70 Toner End Sensor: M
Toner End Sensor - M
5804 71 Toner End Sensor: C
Toner End Sensor - C
5804 72 Toner End Sensor: Y
Toner End Sensor - Y
5804 73 Separation Voltage
Discharge Plate Voltage
5804 74
SM
Image Transfer Output:

Bk
Service
Tables
5804 59
Image Transfer Belt Unit Bias Output: K
5-441
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
5804 75
5804 76
5804 77

M
C
Y
Image Transfer Belt Unit Bias Output: M
Image Transfer Belt Unit Bias Output: C
Image Transfer Belt Unit Bias Output: Y
5804 78 Charge DC Output: Bk
Drum Charge DC Voltage Output: K
5804 79 Charge DC Output: M
Drum Charge DC Voltage Output: M
5804 80 Charge DC Output: C
Drum Charge DC Voltage Output: C
5804 81 Charge DC Output: Y
Drum Charge DC Voltage Output: Y
5804 82
5804 83
5804 84
5804 85
5804 86
5804 87
5804 88
5804 89
B222/B224
Charge AC Output: Bk:

Full Speed
Medium Speed
Low Speed
Drum Charge AC Voltage Output: K: 154/205 mm/s
Drum Charge AC Voltage Output: K: 115 mm/s
Drum Charge AC Voltage Output: K: 77 mm/s
Charge AC Output: M:
Drum Charge AC Voltage Output: M: 154/205
Full Speed
mm/s
Medium Speed
Low Speed
Charge AC Output: C:
Full Speed
Medium Speed
Drum Charge AC Voltage Output: M: 115 mm/s
Drum Charge AC Voltage Output: M: 77 mm/s
Drum Charge AC Voltage Output: C: 154/205 mm/s
Drum Charge AC Voltage Output: C: 115 mm/s
5-442
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
5804 90
5804 91
5804 92
5804 93
5804 94
Low Speed
Charge AC Output: Y:
Full Speed
Medium Speed
Low Speed
Development Output:
Bk
Drum Charge AC Voltage Output: C: 77 mm/s
Drum Charge AC Voltage Output: Y: 154/205 mm/s
Drum Charge AC Voltage Output: Y: 115 mm/s
Drum Charge AC Voltage Output: Y: 77 mm/s
Development Bias Output: Bk
5804 95 Development Output: M Development Bias Output: M

5804 96 Development Output: C Development Bias Output: C
5804 98
5804 99
Paper Transfer Output

+
Paper Transfer Output
Development Bias Output: Y
Paper Transfer Roller Output: Positive current
Paper Transfer Roller Output: Negative current
5804 100 PCL: Bk
Toner Supply Motor Clutch: K
5804 101 PCL: M
Toner Supply Motor Clutch: M
5804 102 PCL: C
Toner Supply Motor Clutch: C
5804 103 PCL: Y
Toner Supply Motor Clutch: Y
5804 104 Polygon Motor: LL
Polygon Motor: 77 mm/s
5804 105 Polygon Motor: L
Polygon Motor: 115 mm/s
5804 107 Polygon Motor: HH
Polygon Motor: 154/205 mm/s
SM
5-443
B222/B224
Service
Tables
5804 97 Development Output: Y
Copy Service Mode
5804 109 Feed Motor: 77mm/s
Paper Feed Motor: 77 mm/s
5804 118 Feed CL1
Tray 1 Paper Feed Clutch
5804 119 Feed CL2
Tray 2 Paper Feed Clutch
5804 121 Pick-Up Solenoid 1
Pick-up Solenoid: Tray 1
5804 122 Pick-Up Solenoid 2
Pick-up Solenoid: Tray 2
5804 123 Regist Motor: 77mm/s
Registration Motor: 77 mm/s
5804 124 Regist Motor: 115mm/s
Registration Motor: 115 mm/s
5804 126 Regist Motor: 154/mm/s Registration Motor: 154 mm/s

5804 127 Right Motor: 205mm/s
Right Motor 205 mm/s
5804 128 Tray Lock SOL
Tray Lock Solenoid
5804 129 Up Motor1: Up
Tray Lift Motor 1: Lift Up
5804 130 Up Motor1: Down
Tray Lift Motor 1: Lift Down
5804 131 Up Motor2: Up
Tray Lift Motor 2: Lift Up
5804 132 Up Motor2: Down
Tray Lift Motor 2: Lift Down
5804 133
B222/B224
Junction Gate Motor:

Clockwise
Junction Gate 2 Motor: Clockwise
5-444
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
Junction Gate Motor:

Counterclockwise
Junction Gate 2 Motor: Counterclockwise
5804 135 Junction Gate SOL
DuplexInverter Solenoid
5804 136 By-pass Feed Clutch
By-pass Feed Clutch
5804 137
5804 138
5804 139
5804 140
5804 141
5804 143
5804 144
5804 146
5804 147
5804 149
5804 151
SM
By-pass Pick-Up
Solenoid
Duplex Motor CW:
77mm/s
Duplex Motor CW:
115mm/s
Duplex Motor CW:
138mm/s
Duplex Motor CW:
205mm/s
Duplex Motor CCW:
77mm/s
Duplex Motor CCW:
115mm/s
Duplex Motor CCW:
154mm/s
Duplex Motor CCW:
205mm/s
Inverter Motor CW:
77mm/s
Inverter Motor CCW:
77mm/s
By-pass Pick-Up Solenoid
Duplex/By-pass Motor: CW 77 mm/s

Service
Tables
5804 134
Duplex/By-pass Motor: CCW 77 mm/s
Duplex Inverter Motor: CW 77 mm/s
Duplex Inverter Motor: CCW 77 mm/s
5-445
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
5804 153 Relay Motor: 77mm/s
Bridge Unit Transport Motor: 77 mm/s
5804 158
5804 159
5804 160
5804 161
Relay Junction gate

Solenoid
Relay Cooling Fan:
Strong
Relay Cooling Fan:
weak
Not used
Not used
1 Bin Junction Gate
Junction Gate Solenoid: Bridge Unit/ Junction Gate
Solenoid
1 Solenoid
5804 163 Bank Motor: 77mm/s
5804 169 Bank Feed CL3
B222/B224
Bridge Unit Junction Gate Solenoid
Paper Feed (Tray) Motor: 77 mm/s (Optional Paper

Feed Unit or LCT)
Paper Feed (Tray)Motor: 115 mm/s (Optional
Paper Feed Unit or LCT)
Paper Feed Clutch 3
(Optional Paper Feed Unit: Tray 3 or LCT)
5-446
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
5804 171 Bank Pickup SOL3
5804 172 Bank Pickup SOL4
Paper Feed Clutch 4 (Optional Paper Feed Unit:

Tray 4)
Pickup Solenoid 3
(Optional Paper Feed Unit: Tray 3 or LCT)
Pickup Solenoid 4 (Optional Paper Feed Unit: Tray
4)
5804 173 Bank Tray Lock SO
Tray Lock Solenoid for Tray 3 and Tray 4
5804 176 Toner Bottle Clutch: K
Toner Bottle Clutch - K
5804 177 Toner Bottle Clutch: M
Toner Bottle Clutch - M
5804 178 Toner Bottle Clutch: C
Toner Bottle Clutch - C
5804 179 Toner Bottle Clutch: Y
Toner Bottle Clutch - Y
5804 180 Bank Motor 2: 77mm/s
5804 186 Bank Feed Clutch 5
SM
Paper Feed Motor 2: 77 mm/s (Optional Paper

Feed Unit)
Feed Unit)
Feed Unit)
Feed Unit)
Feed Unit)
Feed Unit)
-
5-447
B222/B224
Service
Tables
5804 170 Bank Feed CL4
Copy Service Mode
5804 187
5804 188
Bank Pick-Up Solenoid

5
Bank Tray Lock
Solenoid 2
5804 190 Relay Motor: Reset
Drive Motor (Bridge Unit): Reset
5804 191 Relay Motor: Enable
Drive Motor (Bridge Unit): Enable
5804 192 RFID ON/OFF:K
RFID ON/OFF - K
5804 193 RFID ON/OFF:M
RFID ON/OFF - M
5804 194 RFID ON/OFF:C
RFID ON/OFF - C
5804 195 RFID ON/OFF:Y
RFID ON/OFF - Y
5804 196 RFID COM ON:K
RFID Communication ON - K
5804 197 RFID COM ON:M
RFID Communication ON - M
5804 198 RFID COM ON:C
RFID Communication ON - C
5804 199 RFID COM ON:Y
RFID Communication ON - Y
5804 202 Scanner Lamp
Scanner Exposure Lamp
5804 208 Fusing Coil Fan
IH Coil Fan
5804 209 IH Power Fan
IH Inverter Fan
5804 210 Exit Fan: High Speed
Paper Exit Fan: High Speed
5804 211 Exit Fan: Low Speed
Paper Exit Fan: Low Speed
5804 212 Duct Fan 2: High Speed Second Fan: High Speed
5804 213 Duct Fan 2: Low Speed
Second Fan: Low Speed
5804 214 Duct Fan 3: High Speed Third Fan: High Speed
B222/B224
5-448
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
5804 215 Duct Fan 3: Low Speed
Third Fan: Low Speed
5804 216 LD1: K
LD1: K
5804 217 LD2: K
LD2: K
5804 218 LD1: M
LD1: M
5804 219 LD2: M
LD2: M
5804 220 LD1: C
LD1: C
5804 221 LD2: C
LD2: C
5804 222 LD1: Y
LD1: Y
5804 223 LD2: Y
LD2: Y
5804 225
5804 226
5804 227
5804 228
5804 229
SM
Duplex Inverter Motor:

CW: 205mm/s
CW: 154mm/s
CW: 115mm/s
CCW: 205mm/s
CCW: 154mm/s
CCW: 115mm/s

Service
Tables
5804 224
5-449
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
1000-Sheet Booklet Finisher (B793)

SP6-143-xxx are not used in this machine.
6144
Display
Description
6144 1 Relay Up Motor
Upper Transport Motor
6144 2 Relay Down Motor
Lower Transport Motor
6144 3 Exit Motor
6144 4
Proof Junction
Gate SOL
Tray Junction Gate Solenoid
6144 5 Tray Up Motor
Lower Tray Lift Motor
6144 6 Jogger Motor
Jogger Fence Motor
6144 7
Staple Moving
Motor
6144 8 Staple Motor
6144 9
6144 10
6144 11
Staple Junction
Gate SOL
Positioning Roller
Solenoid
Stack Feed-out
Motor
6144 12 Shift Motor
6144 13
B222/B224
Exit Guide Plate

Motor
Stapler Motor
Stapler Hammer
Stapler Junction Gate Solenoid
Positioning Roller Solenoid
5-450
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
2000/3000-Sheet (Booklet) Finisher
6145
Display
Description
6145 1 Entrance Motor
Finisher Entrance Motor
6145 2 Upper Feed Motor
6145 3 Lower Feed Motor
6145 4 Exit Motor
Upper/Proof Tray Exit Motor
6145 5 Knock Roller Motor Clamp Roller Retraction Motor
6145 7
Exit Guide Plate

Open/Close Motor
6145 8 Tray Lift Motor
6145 9
Oscillating Back
Roller Motor
6145 10 Jogger Motor
6145 11
6145 12
Motor
Staple Moving
Motor
Exit Guide Plate Motor
Upper Tray Lift Motor
Stacking Sponge Roller Motor
Jogger Fence Motor
Feed Out Belt Motor
Corner Stapler Movement Motor
6145 13 Staple Skew Motor
Corner Stapler Rotation Motor
6145 14 Staple Motor
Corner Stapler EH530
6145 15
SM
Stack Feed-out
Shift Roller Motor
Upper Junction
Gate Solenoid
Service
Tables
6145 6 Shift Motor
Proof Junction Gate Solenoid
5-451
B222/B224
Copy Service Mode
6145 16
Lower Junction
Gate Solenoid
6145 17 Knock Solenoid
6145 18
6145 19
Trailing Edge Hold

Solenoid
Saddle Stitch Hold
Solonoid
Stapling Tray Junction Gate Solenoid
Stapling Edge Pressure Plate Solenoid
Booklet Pressure Roller Solenoid
Stack Junction
6145 20 Gate Open/Close
Stack Junction Gate Motor
Motor
Trailing Edge
6145 21 Fence Moving
Fold Unit Bottom Fence Lift Motor
Motor
6145 22
6145 23
Saddle Stitch
Staple Motor: Front
Saddle Stitch
Staple Motor: Rear
6145 24 Folder Plate Motor
Booklet Stapler EH185R: Front
Booklet Stapler EH185R: Rear
Fold Plate Motor
6145 25 Folder Roller Motor Fold Roller Motor
6145 26
Drive Roller
Oscillating Motor
6145 27 Punch Motor
6145 28
B222/B224
Punch Moving
Motor
Positioning Roller Motor
Punch Drive Motor
Punch Movement Motor
5-452
manuals4you.com
SM
Copy Service Mode
6145 29
6145 30
6145 31
6145 32
Punch Registration
Detection Motor
Exit Jogger Motor:
Front
Exit Jogger Motor:
Rear
Exit Jogger
Release Motor
Paper Position Sensor Slide Motor
5.2.4 TEST PATTERN PRINTING

Printing Test pattern: SP2-109
Some of these test patterns are used for copy image adjustments but most are used
Do not operate the machine until the test pattern is printed out completely.
Otherwise, an SC occurs.
1.
Enter the SP mode and select SP2-109-003.
2.
Enter the number for the test pattern that you want to print and press [#].
3.
When you want to select the single color of Magenta, Yellow or Cyan for printing a test
pattern, select the color with SP2-109-005 (2: Magenta, 3: Yellow, 4: Cyan).
4.
When you want to change the density of printing a test pattern, select the density with
SP2-109-006 to -009 for each color.
If you select "0" with SP2-109-006 to -009, the color to be adjusted to "0" does
not come up on a test pattern.
5.
When you are prompted to confirm your selection, touch "Yes" to select the test pattern
for printing.
6.
Touch "Copy Window" to open the copy window, then select the settings for the test
print (paper size etc.).
SM
5-453
B222/B224
Service
Tables
primarily for design testing.
Copy Service Mode
If you want to use black and white printing, touch "Black & White" on the LCD.
If you want to use color printing, touch "Full Colour" on the LCD.
7.
Press the "Start" key to start the test print.
8.
After checking the test pattern, touch "SP Mode" on the LCD to return to the SP mode
display.
9.
Reset all settings to the default values.
10. Touch "Exit" twice to exit SP mode.
No.
Pattern
No.
Pattern
None
12
2-dot pattern
1-dot line pattern (Vertical)
13
4-dot pattern
2-dot line pattern (Vertical)
14
1-dot trimming pattern
1-dot line pattern (Horizontal)
15
Cross stitch: sub-scan
2-dot line pattern (Horizontal)
16
Cross stitch: main-scan
1-dot grid pattern (Vertical)
17
Belt pattern (Horizontal)
1-dot grid pattern (Horizontal)
18
Belt pattern (Vertical)
1-dot grid pattern (Fine)
19
Checkered flag
1-dot grid pattern (Rough)
20
Gray scale (Vertical)
1-dot slant pattern (Fine)
21
Gray scale (Horizontal)
10
1-dot slant pattern (Rough)
22
Dual beam density pattern
11
1-dot pattern
23
Solid
B222/B224
5-454
manuals4you.com
SM
Printer Service Mode
5.3 PRINTER SERVICE MODE

5.3.1 SP1-XXX (SERVICE MODE)
1001
[Bit Switch]
1001 1 Bit Switch 1 Settings

*CTL Adjusts the bit switch settings. DFU
1003
Service
Tables
[Clear Setting]
Initialize Printer System
1003 1
Initializes settings in the System menu of the user mode.
1003 3 Delete Program
1004
[Print Summary]
Print Summary
1004 1
Prints the service summary sheet (a summary of all the controller settings).
SM
5-455
B222/B224
1005
[Display Version]
Disp. Version
1005 1
Displays the version of the controller firmware.
1006
[Sample/Locked Print]
*CTL 0: Linked, 1: On
Enables and disables the document server. When you select 0, the document
1006 1
server is enabled or disabled in accordance with Copy Service Mode SP5-967.

When you select 1, the document server is enabled regardless of Copy
Service Mode SP5-967.
[Data Recall]
1101
Recalls a set of gamma settings. This can be either a) the factory setting, b)
the previous setting, or c) the current setting.
1101 1 Factory
1101 2 Previous
*CTL
1101 3 Current
1101 4 ACC
[Resolution Setting]
1102
Selects the printing mode (resolution) for the printer gamma adjustment.
1102 1
B222/B224
2400x600 Photo, 1800x600 Photo, 600 x 600 Photo, 2400x600 Text,

1800x600, Text, 600x600 Text
5-456
manuals4you.com
SM
[Test Page]
1103
Prints the test page to check the color balance before and after the gamma
adjustment.
1103 1 Color Gray Scale

1103 2 Color Pattern
[Gamma Adjustment]
1104
Adjusts the printer gamma for the mode selected in the Mode Selection
menu.
1104 1 Black: Highlight
*CTL [0 to 30 / 15 / 1/step ]
1104 2 Black: Shadow

1104 3 Black: Middle
Service
Tables
1104 4 Black: IDmax

1104 21 Cyan: Highlight
1104 22 Cyan: Shadow
1104 23 Cyan: Middle
1104 24 Cyan: IDmax
1104 41 Magenta: Highlight
1104 42 Magenta: Shadow
1104 43 Magenta: Middle
1104 44 Magenta: IDmax
1104 61 Yellow: Highlight
1104 62 Yellow: Shadow
1104 63 Yellow: Middle
SM
5-457
B222/B224

1104 64 Yellow: IDmax
[Save Tone Control Value]

Stores the print gamma adjusted with the Gamma Adj. menu item as the
1105
current setting. Before the machine stores the new current setting", it moves
the data currently stored as the current setting to the previous setting
memory storage location.
1105 1 Save Tone Control Value
[Toner Limit]
1106
Adjusts the maximum toner amount for image development.
1106 1 Toner Limit Value
B222/B224
*CTL [100 to 400 / 260 / 1 %/step ]
5-458
manuals4you.com
SM
Scanner SP Mode
5.4 SCANNER SP MODE

5.4.1 SP1-XXX (SYSTEM AND OTHERS)
[Compression Type]
1004
Selects the compression type for binary picture processing.
1004 1 Compression Type
*CTL
[1 to 3 / 1 / 1/step ]
1: MH, 2: MR, 3: MMR
[Erase margin]
1005
Creates an erase margin for all edges of the scanned image.

If the machine has scanned the edge of the original, create a margin. This SP is
activated only when the machine uses TWAIN scanning.
1009
[Remote scan disable]
*CTL [0 to 5 / 0 / 1 mm/step ]
*CTL
Service
Tables
1005 1 Range from 0 to 5 mm
[0 or 1 / 0 / - ]
0: enable, 1: disable
1009 1 Enable or disable remote scan.
1010
[Non Display Clear

Light PDF]
*CTL
[0 or 1 / 0 / - ]
0: Display, 1: No display
1010 1 Enable or disable remote scan.
SM
5-459
B222/B224
Scanner SP Mode
5.4.2 SP2-XXX (SCANNING-IMAGE QUALITY)
[Compression Level (Gray-scale)]

2021
Selects the compression ratio for grayscale processing mode (JPEG) for the
three settings that can be selected at the operation panel.
2021 1 Level 3 (Middle Image Quality)
[5 to 95 / 40 / 1 /step ]
2021 2 Level 2 (High Image Quality)
[5 to 95 / 50 / 1 /step ]
2021 3 Level 4 (Low Image Quality)
*CTL [5 to 95 / 30 / 1 /step ]
2021 4 Level 1 (Highest Image Quality)
[5 to 95 / 60 / 1 /step ]
2021 5 Level 5 (Lowest Image Quality)
[5 to 95 / 20 / 1 /step ]
[Compression ratio of ClearLight PDF]

2024
Selects the compression ratio for clearlight PDF for the two settings that can be
selected at the operation panel.
2024 1 Compression Ratio (Normal image)
[5 to 95 / 25 / 1 /step ]
*CTL
2024 2 Compression Ratio (High comp image)
B222/B224
[5 to 95 / 20 / 1 /step ]
5-460
manuals4you.com
SM
Reboot/System Setting Reset
5.5 REBOOT/SYSTEM SETTING RESET

5.5.1 SOFTWARE RESET
You can reboot the software with one of the following two procedures:
1.
2.
Press and hold down
together for over 10 seconds. When the machine beeps
once, release both buttons. After Now loading. Please wait shows for a few seconds,
the copy window will open. The machine is ready for normal operation.
5.5.2 SYSTEM SETTINGS AND COPY SETTING RESET

System Setting Reset
The system settings in the UP mode can be reset to their defaults. Use the following
procedure.
1.
Press User Tools/Counter
2.
Hold down
and then press System Settings.
first.
Service
Tables
You must press
3.
Press yes when the message prompts you to confirm that you want to reset the system
settings.
4.
Press exit when the message tells you that the settings have been reset.
Copier Setting Reset

Use the following procedure to reset the copy settings in the UP mode to their defaults.
1.
Press User Tools/Counter
2.
Hold down
and then press Copier/Document Server Settings.
You must press
SM
first.
5-461
B222/B224
Reboot/System Setting Reset
3.
Press Yes when the message prompts you to confirm that you want to reset the
Copier Document Server settings.
4.
Press exit when the message tells you that the settings have been reset.
B222/B224
5-462
manuals4you.com
SM
Firmware Update
5.6 FIRMWARE UPDATE

To update the firmware for this machine, you must have the new version of the firmware
downloaded onto an SD (Secure Digital) Card. The SD Card is inserted into SD Card Slot 3
on the right side of the controller box.
5.6.1 TYPE OF FIRMWARE

There are 19 types of firmware as shown below.
Engine
System/Copy
Application
Printer Application
Feature application
BCU Flash ROM

Flash ROM on the
Operating system
Feature application
Application
firmware
Printer engine control
Netfile Application
Scanner
Location of
Function
controller board
Printer/scanner
SD card
Printer/scanner
SD card
Printer/scanner
Feature application
SD card
Flash ROM on the
Message shown
Engine
System/Copy
NetworkDocBox
Service
Tables
Type of firmware
SD Printer
SD Scanner
Fax Application
Feature application
NIB
Network Interface
Operation Panel
Panel control
Jam Animation
Jam animation
Fax FCU
Fax control
FCU
GWFCU 3-3
Remote Fax
Fax control
Printer/scanner
Fax (option)
SM
controller board
Flash ROM on the
controller board
Operation Panel
Flash ROM on the
controller board
5-463
Fax
Network
OpePanel.
Animation
B222/B224
Firmware Update
SD card
Language firmware
Language
Two languages can be
(16 languages)
selected from 16
Operation Panel
LANG
languages.
WebDocBox
WebSys
PS3
Document server
Printer/scanner
application
SD card
Web Service application
Page description
language (PostScript3)
PictBridge
PictBridge control
DESS
Security control
ARDF
ARDF control
Finisher
(B804/805 only)
Printer/scanner
SD card
PS3 SD card
PictBridge SD
card
Flash ROM on the
controller board
ARDF
Finisher (B793
Finisher control
only)
Web Uapl
Web Support
Option PS3
Option PctBrgd
Security Module
ADF
Finisher
5.6.2 BEFORE YOU BEGIN

An SD card is a precision device. Always observe the following precautions when you
handle SD cards:
Always switch the machine off before you insert an SD card. Never insert the SD card
into the slot with the power on.
Do not remove the SD card from the service slot after the power has been switched on.
Never switch the machine off while the firmware is downloading from the SD card.
Keep SD cards in a safe location where they are not exposed to high temperature, high
humidity, or exposure to direct sunlight.
Always handle SD cards with care. Do not bend or scratch them. Do not let the SD
card get exposed to shock or vibration.
B222/B224
5-464
manuals4you.com
SM
Firmware Update
Make sure that the write protection of an SD card is unlocked when you download an
application to it. If not, downloading fails and a download error (e.g. Error Code 44)
occurs during a firmware upgrade.
Keep the following points in mind when you use the firmware update software:
Upload means to send data from the machine to the SD card. Download means to
send data from the SD card to the machine.
To select an item on the LCD, touch the appropriate button on the soft touch-screen of
the LCD, or, press the appropriate number key on the 10-key pad of the operation
panel. For example, when Exit (0) shows on the screen you can touch the Exit button
on the screen, or, press the button on the operation panel of the copier.
Make sure that the machine is disconnected from the network to prevent a print job for
arriving while the firmware update is in progress before you start the firmware update
procedure.
5.6.3 UPDATING FIRMWARE

Preparation
1.
If the SD card is blank, copy the entire romdata folder onto the SD card.
2.
If the card already contains the romdata folder, copy the B221 folder onto the card.
Service
Tables
If the card already contains folders up to B221, copy the necessary firmware files (e.g.
B221xxxx.fwu) into this folder.
Do not put multiple machine firmware programs on the same SD card. Copy the
only model firmware you want.
1.
Turn the main power switch off.
2.
Remove the slot cover ( x 1).
3.
Insert the SD card into SD Card Slot 3. Make sure the label on the SD card faces
the rear side of the machine.
4.
Slowly push the SD card into the slot so it locks in place. You will hear it click.
Make sure the SD card locks in place.
To remove the SD, push it in to unlock the spring lock. Then release it so it
pops out of the slot.
5.
Disconnect the network cable from the copier if the machine is connected to a
network.
6.
SM
Open The Front Cover (See Note)
5-465
B222/B224
Firmware Update
7.
Switch the main power switch on. After about 45 seconds, the initial version
update screen appears on the LCD in English.
If the front cover is not open, the firmware update may not complete
correctly
8.
On the screen, touch the button or press the corresponding number key on the
operation panel to select the item in the menu that you want to update.
ROM/NEW
What it means
Tells you the number of the module and name of the version currently
ROM:
installed. The first line is the module number, the second line the
version name.
NEW:
Tells you the number of the module and name version on the SD card.
The first line is the module number, the second line the version name.
Controller, engine and operation panel firmware cannot be updated at the

same time. It is recommended to update firmware modules one by one.
9.
Touch UpDate (#) (or ) to start the update.

The progress bar does not show for the operation panel firmware after you
touch OpPanel. The power on key flashes on and off at 0.5 s intervals when
the LCDC firmware is updating. The power key flashes on and off at 3 s
intervals when the update is finished.
10. The "Update is Done" message appears on the operation panel after completing
the updating. The message differs depending on the firmware that has been
updated.
11. Switch the copier main power switch off when you see the Update is Done
message or follow the procedure that is displayed on the operation panel.
12. Press in the SD card to release it. Then remove it from the slot.
13. Switch the copier on for normal operation.
B222/B224
5-466
manuals4you.com
SM
Firmware Update
Error Messages
An error message shows in the first line if an error occurs during the download.
The error code consists of the letter E and a number. The example above shows
error E24 displayed.
For details, refer to the Error Message Table. (
5.6.9
"Handling Firmware Update Errors"")

Firmware Update Error
If a firmware update error occurs, this means the update was cancelled during the update
Recovery after Power Loss

If the ROM update is interrupted as a result of accidental loss of power while the firmware
is updating, then the correct operation of the machine cannot be guaranteed after the
machine is switched on again. If the ROM update does not complete successfully for any
reason, then in order to ensure the correct operation of the machine, the ROM update error
will continue to show until the ROM is updated successfully.
In this case, insert the card again and switch on the machine to continue the firmware
download automatically from the card without the menu display.
5.6.4 UPDATING THE LCDC FOR THE OPERATION PANEL

Do the following procedure to update the LCDC (LCD Control Board).
1.
Turn the copier main switch off.
2.
Remove the SD slot cover ( x 1).
3.
Insert the SD card into SD Card Slot 3.
4.
Switch the copier main switch on.
5.
The initial screen opens in English after about 45 seconds.
SM
5-467
B222/B224
Service
Tables
because the module selected for update was not on the SD card.
Firmware Update
6.
Touch Ope Panel.xx.
7.
"xx" differs depending on the destination.
8.
Touch
9.
Downloading starts after about 9 seconds.
UpDate(#) or () to start the update.
10. The operation panel goes off and the main power on key flashes in red at 0.5 s
intervals when the data is downloading. The same key starts flashing in green at
1 s intervals when the update is finished.
11. Switch the copier main power switch off and remove the SD card. Then switch
the copier on.
5.6.5 DOWNLOADING STAMP DATA

The stamp data should be downloaded from the controller firmware to the hard disks at the
following times:
After the hard disks have been replaced.
The print data contains the controller software. Execute SP 5853 to download the fixed
stamp data required by the hard disks.
1.
Enter the SP mode.
2.
Select SP5853 and then press EXECUTE. The following screen opens while
the stamp data is downloading.
The download is finished when the message prompts you to close.
3.
Press the Exit button. Then turn the copier off and on again.
B222/B224
5-468
manuals4you.com
SM
Firmware Update
5.6.6 NVRAM DATA UPLOAD/DOWNLOAD

Uploading Content of NVRAM to an SD card
Do the following procedure to upload SP code settings from NVRAM to an SD card.
This data should always be uploaded to an SD card before the NVRAM is

replaced.
Make sure that the write protection of an SD card is unlocked
1.
Do SP5990-001 (SMC Print) before you switch the machine off. You will need a
record of the NVRAM settings if the upload fails.
2.
Switch the copier main power switch off.
3.
4.
Insert the SD card into SD card slot 3. Then switch the copier on.
5.
Execute SP5824-001 (NVRAM Data Upload) and then press the Execute key.
6.
The following files are coped to an NVRAM folder on the SD card when the
upload procedure is finished. The file is saved to the path and the following
filename:
Service
Tables
NVRAM<serial number>.NV
Here is an example with Serial Number K5000017114:
NVRAMK5000017114.NV
7.
In order to prevent an error during the download, be sure to mark the SD card
that holds the uploaded data with the number of the machine from which the
data was uploaded.
You can upload NVRAM data from more than one machine to the same SD
card.
Downloading an SD Card to NVRAM

Do the following procedure to download SP data from an SD card to the NVRAM in the
machine.
The NVRAM data down load may fail if the SD card with the NVRAM data is damaged,
or if the connection between the controller and BCU is defective.
Do the download procedure again if the download fails.
Do the following procedure if the second attempt fails:
SM
5-469
B222/B224
Firmware Update
Enter the NVRAM data manually using the SMC print you created before uploading the
NVRAM data.
1.
2.
3.
Insert the SD card with the NVRAM data into SD Card Slot 3.
4.
Switch the copier main power switch on.
5.
Do SP5825-001 (NVRAM Data Download) and press the Execute key.

The serial number of the file on the SD card must match the serial number of
the machine for the NVRAM data to download successfully. The download
fails if the serial numbers do not match.
This procedure does not download the following data to the NVRAM:
Total Count
C/O, P/O Count
5.6.7 ADDRESS BOOK UPLOAD/DOWNLOAD

Information List
The following information is possible to be uploaded and downloaded.
Information
Registration No.
Select Title
User Code
Folder
E-mail
Local Authentication
Protection Code
Folder Authentication
Fax Destination
Account ACL
Fax Option
New Document Initial
Group Name
ACL
Key Display
LDAP Authentication
B222/B224
5-470
manuals4you.com
SM
Firmware Update
Download
1.
Prepare a formatted SD card.
2.
Make sure that the write-protection on the SD card is off.
3.
Turn off the main power switch of the main machine.
4.
Remove the SD slot cover at the left rear side of the machine ( x 1).
5.
Install the SD card into the SD card slot 3 (for service use).
6.
7.
Enter the SP mode.
8.
Do SP5-846-051 (Backup All Addr Book).
9.
Exit the SP mode, and then turn off the main power switch.
10. Remove the SD card form the SD card slot 3.

11. Install the SD slot cover.
If the capacity of SD card is not enough to store the local user information, an
error message is displayed.
Carefully handle the SD card, which contains user information. Do not take it
Service
Tables
back to your location.
Upload
1.
Turn off the main power switch of the main machine.
2.
Remove the SD slot cover at the left rear side of the machine ( x 1).
3.
Install the SD card, which has already been uploaded, into the SD card slot 3.
4.
5.
Enter the SP mode.
6.
Do SP5-846-052 (Restore All Addr Book).
7.
Exit the SP mode, and then turn off the main power switch.
8.
Remove the SD card form the SD card slot 3.
9.
Install the SD slot cover.
SM
5-471
B222/B224
Firmware Update
The counter in the user code information is initialized after uploading.

The information of an administrator and supervisor cannot be downloaded nor
uploaded.
If there is no data of address book information in the SD card, an error message is
displayed.
5.6.8 INSTALLING ANOTHER LANGUAGE

Many languages are available. But you can only switch between two languages at a time.
Do the following procedure to select the two languages you want. You can select both of
the languages you want from the user interface on the operation panel.
1.
2.
3.
Insert the SD card with the language data into SD Card Slot 3.
4.
Switch the copier main power switch on. The initial screen opens after about 45
seconds.
5.
Touch Language Data (2) on the screen (or press ).
6.
Touch LANG. 1(1) or LANG. 2(2)"
B222/B224
5-472
manuals4you.com
SM
Firmware Update
Key
LANG. 1(1)
LANG. 1(2)
Exit(0)
7.
What it does
Touch this button on the screen (or press on the 10-key pad) to
open the next screen so you can select the 1st language.
Touch this button on the screen (or press on the 10-key pad) to
open the next screen so you can select the 2nd language.
Touch this key on the screen (or press on the 10-key pad) to
quit the update procedure and return to normal screen.
Touch LANG 1(1) to select the 1st Language. Touch LANG (2) to select the
Service
Tables
2nd Language.
8.
Touch the appropriate button on the screen (or press the number on the
10-keypad) to select a language as the 1st (or 2nd) language.
If a language is already selected, it will show in reverse.
Touching Exit (0) returns you to the previous screen.
9.
If you do not see the language that you want to select, touch (7) or (9) on
the screen (or press or ) to show more choices.
The Download Screen opens after you select a language.
The 1st or 2nd language selected for updating shows.
1.
The following show to right of the selection:
2.
The first column shows the language currently selected
The 2nd column shows the language selected to replace that language.
The example below shows that the download will replace Japanese with Italian as
the 1st language.
SM
5-473
B222/B224
Firmware Update
10. Touch Update(#) on the screen (or press) to start the download.
Another screen with a progress bar does not show when the language is downloading.
The following occur at the time the language is downloading:
The operation panel switches off.
The LED on the power on key flashes rapidly.
11. After the message of installation completed has shown on the LCD, switch the
copier main power switch off. Then remove the SD card from the slot.
12. Switch the copier main power switch on to resume normal operation.
5.6.9 HANDLING FIRMWARE UPDATE ERRORS

An error message shows in the first line if an error occurs during a download. The error
code consists of the letter E and a number (E20, for example).
Error Message Table
Code
Meaning
Solution
20
Cannot map logical address
Make sure the SD card is inserted correctly.
21
Cannot access memory
HDD connection incorrect or replace hard disks.
Cannot decompress
Incorrect ROM data on the SD card, or data is
compressed data
corrupted.
22
B222/B224
5-474
manuals4you.com
SM
Firmware Update
24
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
40
42
SM
Error occurred when ROM
Controller program abnormal. If the second
update program started
attempt fails, replace controller board.
SD card access error
No HDD available for stamp

data download
Data incorrect for continuous

download
Data incorrect after download

interrupted
Incorrect SD card version
Make sure SD card inserted correctly, or use

another SD card.
HDD connection incorrect or replace hard disks.
Insert the SD card with the remaining data

required for the download, the re-start the
procedure.
Execute the recovery procedure for the intended
module download, then repeat the installation
procedure.
Incorrect ROM data on the SD card, or data is
corrupted.
Module mismatch - Correct
SD update data is incorrect. Acquire the correct
module is not on the SD
data (Japan, Overseas, OEM, etc.) then install
card)
again.
Module mismatch Module
SD update data is incorrect. The data on the SD
on SD card is not for this
card is for another machine. Acquire correct
machine
update data then install again.
Cannot write module

Cause other than E34, E35
Engine module download

failed

Replace the update data for the module on the
SD card and try again, or replace the BCU
board.
Operation panel module
download failed
SD card and try again, or replace the LCDC.
5-475
B222/B224
Service
Tables
23
Firmware Update
43
44
50
Stamp data module
download failed
SD card and try again, or replace the hard disks.
Controller module download

failed
B222/B224
SD card and tray again, or replace controller

board.
Electronic confirmation check

failed

5-476
manuals4you.com
SM
SD Card Appli Move
5.7 SD CARD APPLI MOVE

5.7.1 OVERVIEW
The service program SD Card Appli Move (SP5-873) lets you to copy application
programs from one SD card to another SD card.
Slot 1 and Slot 2 are used to store application programs. But there are 3 possible
applications (PostScript 3, DOS unit, PictBridge). You cannot run application programs
from Slot 3. However you can move application programs from Slot 3 to either Slot 1 or Slot
2 with the following procedure (if there are cards in slots 1 and 2, Slot 1 will be used).
For this model, the printer/scanner card in slot 1 has enough space for the PictBridge and
the DOS applications. Use the card that is already in slot 1 (printer/scanner card). Do not
remove the printer/scanner card from slot 1.
The procedures in this section will assume that you use slot 1.
If you want to use slot 2, you must first turn the machine power off, remove the SD card
from slot 1, and turn the power on again. You can then do the following procedure, and the
application will go to the card in slot 2.
Choose a SD card with enough space.
2.
Enter SP5873 SD Card Appli Move. Then move the application from the SD Card in
Service
Tables
1.
Slot 3 to the Slot you want.
If you move the application to slot 1, use the card that is already in slot 1
(printer/scanner card). Do not remove the printer/scanner card from slot 1.
Do steps 1-2 again if you want to move another application program.
3.
Exit the SP mode
Use caution when you do the SD Card Appli Move procedure:

1.
The data necessary for authentication is transferred with the application

program from an SD card to another SD card. Authentication fails if you try to
use the SD card after you copy the application program from one card to another
card.
2.
Do not use the SD card if it has been used by the user on the computer. Normal
operation is not guaranteed when such an SD card is used.
SM
5-477
B222/B224
SD Card Appli Move
x 2).
3.
Remove the cover [A] (
4.
Keep the SD card in the place [B] after you copy the application program from
one card to another card. This is done for the following reasons:
1.
The SD card can be the only proof that the user is licensed to use the application
program.
2.
5.
You may need to check the SD card and its data to solve a problem in the future.
You cannot copy PostScript data to another SD card. You have to copy other
data to the same SD card that stores PostScript data.
5.7.2 MOVE EXEC

The menu Move Exec (SP5-873-001) lets you copy application programs from the original
SD card to another SD card.
1.
2.
Make sure that an SD card is in SD Card Slot 1. The application program is

copied into this SD card.
3.
Insert the SD card (having stored the application program) to SD Card Slot 3.
The application program is copied from this SD card.
4.
5.
Start the SP mode.
6.
Select SP5-873-001 Move Exec.
7.
8.
B222/B224
5-478
manuals4you.com
SM
SD Card Appli Move

9.

5.7.3 UNDO EXEC

The menu Undo Exec (SP5-873-002) lets you copy back application programs from an
SD card to the original SD card. You can use this program when, for example, you have
mistakenly copied some programs by using Move Exec (SP5-873-001).
1.
2.
Insert the original SD card in SD Card Slot 3. The application program is copied
back into this card.
3.
Insert the SD card (having stored the application program) to SD Card Slot 1.
4.
5.
Start the SP mode.
6.
Select SP5-873-002 Undo Exec.
7.
8.
9.
Service
Tables
The application program is copied back from this SD card.
This step assumes that the application programs in the SD card are used by
the machine.
SM
5-479
B222/B224
Controller Self-Diagnostics
5.8 CONTROLLER SELF-DIAGNOSTICS

5.8.1 OVERVIEW
There are three types of self-diagnostics for the controller.
1.
Power-on self-diagnostics: The machine automatically starts the self-diagnostics just

after the power has been turned on.
2.
SC detection: The machine automatically detects SC conditions at power-on or during

operation.
The following shows the workflow of the power-on and detailed self-diagnostics.
B222/B224
5-480
manuals4you.com
SM
Using the Debug Log
5.9 USING THE DEBUG LOG

This machine provides a Save Debug Log feature that allows the Customer Engineer to
save and retrieve error information for analysis.
Every time an error occurs, debug information is recorded in volatile memory. But this
information is lost when the machine is switched off and on.
To capture this debug information, the Save Debug Log feature provides two main features:
Switching on the debug feature so error information is saved directly to the HDD for
later retrieval.
Copying the error information from the HDD to an SD card.
Do the following procedure below to set up the machine so the error information is saved
automatically to the HDD when a user has problems with the machine. Then ask the user
to reproduce the problem.
5.9.1 SWITCHING ON AND SETTING UP SAVE DEBUG LOG

The debug information cannot be saved until the Save Debug Log function has been
switched on and a target has been selected.
Enter the SP mode and switch the Save Debug Log feature on.
Press
then use the 10-key pad to enter
Press and hold down
Service
Tables
1.
for more than 3 seconds.
Touch Copy SP.

On the LCD panel, open SP5857.
2.
Under 5857 Save Debug Log, touch 1 On/Off.
3.
On the control panel keypad, press 1. Then press
. This switches the Save
Debug Log feature on.

The default setting is 0 (OFF). This feature must be switched on in order for
the debug information to be saved.
SM
5-481
B222/B224
Using the Debug Log
4.
Select the target destination where the debug information will be saved. Under
5857 Save Debug Log, touch 2 Target, enter 2 with the operation panel key
to select the hard disk as the target destination. Then press
Select 3 SD Card to save the debug information directly to the SD card if it is

inserted in the service slot.
5.
Now touch 5858 and specify the events that you want to record in the debug
log. SP5858 (Debug Save When) provides the following items for selection.
Engine SC Error
Saves data when an engine-related SC

code is generated.
Saves debug data when a
Controller SC Error
controller-related SC Code is
generated.
Any SC Error
Jam
Saves data only for the SC code that

you specify by entering code number.
Saves data for jams.
More than one event can be selected.

Example 1: To Select Items 1, 2, 4
Touch the appropriate items(s). Press ON for each selection. This example shows
Engine SC Error selected.
B222/B224
5-482
manuals4you.com
SM
Using the Debug Log
Example 2: To Specify an SC Code

Touch 3 Any SC Error, enter the 3-digit SC code number with the control panel
. This example shows an entry for SC670.
For details about SC code numbers, please refer to the SC tables in Section 4.
Troubleshooting.
6.
Select one or more memory modules for reading and recording debug
information. Touch 5859.
Under 5859 press the necessary key item for the module that you want to record.
Enter the appropriate 4-digit number. Then press
Refer to the two tables below for the 4-digit numbers to enter for each key.
The example below shows Key 1 with 2222 entered.
SM
5-483
B222/B224
Service
Tables
number keys. Then press
Using the Debug Log

The following keys can be set with the corresponding numbers. (The initials in
parentheses indicate the names of the modules.)
4-Digit Entries for Keys 1 to 10
Key No.
Copy
Printer
2222 (SCS)
14000 (SRM)
256 (IMH)
1000 (ECS)
1025 (MCS)
Scanner
Web
4848 (COPY)
4400 (GPS)
5375 (Scan)
5682 (NFA)
2224 (BCU)
4500 (PDL)
5682 (NFA)
6600 (WebDB)
3000 (UCS)
3300 (PTS)
4600
(GPS-PM)
2000 (NCS)
2000 (NCS)
6666 (WebSys)
10
2224 (BCU)
4126 (DCS)
2000 (NCS)
The default settings for Keys 1 to 10 are all zero (0).

Key to Acronyms
Acronym
Meaning
Acronym
Meaning
ECS
Engine Control Service
NFA
Net File Application
GPS
GW Print Service
PDL
Printer Design Language
PTS
Print Server
GSP-PM
B222/B224
GW Print Service Print

Module
5-484
manuals4you.com
SM
Using the Debug Log
IMH
Image Memory Handler
SCS
MCS
Memory Control Service
SRM
NCS
Network Control Service
WebDB
System Control Service

System Resource
Management
Web Document Box
(Document Server)
The machine is now set to record the debugging information automatically on the HDD (the
target selected with SP5857-002) for the events that you selected with SP5858 and the
memory modules selected with SP5859.
Please keep the following important points in mind when you do this setting:
Note that the number entries for Keys 1 to 5 are the same for the Copy, Printer,
Scanner, and Web memory modules.
The initial settings are all zero.
These settings remain in effect until you change them. Be sure to check all the settings,
especially the settings for Keys 6 to 10. To switch off a key setting, enter a zero for that
You can select any number of keys from 1 to 10 (or all) by entering the corresponding
4-digit numbers from the table.
You cannot mix settings for the groups (COPY, PRINTER, etc.) for 006 to 010. For
example, if you want to create a PRINTER debug log you must select the settings from
the 9 available selections for the PRINTER column only.
One area of the disk is reserved to store the debug log. The size of this area is limited
to 4 MB.
SM
5-485
B222/B224
Service
Tables
key.
Using the Debug Log
5.9.2 RETRIEVING THE DEBUG LOG FROM THE HDD

Retrieve the debug log by copying it from the hard disk to an SD card.
1.
Insert the SD card into the service slot of the copier.
2.
Enter the SP mode and execute SP5857-009 (Copy HDD to SD Card (Latest 4
MB)) to write the debugging data to the SD card.
3.
Use a card reader to copy the file and send it for analysis to your local Ricoh
representative by email. You can also send the SD card by regular mail if you
want.
5.9.3 RECORDING ERRORS MANUALLY

SC errors and jams only are recorded to the debug log automatically. Please instruct the
user to do the following immediately after occurrence to save the debug data for any other
errors that occur while the customer engineer is not on site. Such problems also include a
controller or panel freeze.
You must previously switch on the Save Debug Feature (SP5857-001) and select
the hard disk as the save destination (SP5857-002) if you want to use this feature.
(Clear Modes).on the operation panel when the error occurs.
1.
Press
2.
On the control panel, enter 01. Then hold down
for at least 3 seconds until
the machine beeps and then release it. This saves the debug log to the hard disk
for later retrieval with an SD card by the service representatives.
3.
Switch the machine off and on to resume operation.

The debug information for the error is saved on the hard disk. This lets the service
representative retrieve it on their next visit by copying it from the HDD to an SD card.
5.9.4 NEW DEBUG LOG CODES

SP5857-015 Copy SD Card-to-SD Card: Any Desired Key
This SP copies the log on an SD card (the file that contains the information written directly
from shared memory) to a log specified by key number. The copy operation is executed in
the log directory of the SD card inserted in the same slot. (This function does not copy from
one slot to another.) Each SD card can hold up to 4 MB of file data. Unique file names are
created for the data during the copy operation to prevent overwriting files of the same name.
B222/B224
5-486
manuals4you.com
SM
Using the Debug Log

This means that log data from more than one machine can be copied onto the same SC
card. This command does not execute if there is no log on the HDD for the name of the
specified key.
SP5857-016 Create a File on HDD to Store a Log

This SP creates a 32 MB file to store a log on the HDD. However, this is not a completely
empty file. The created file will hold the number 2225 as the SCS key number and other
non-volatile information. Even if this SP is not executed, a file is created on the HDD when
the first log is stored on the HDD (it takes some time to complete this operation). This
creates the possibility that the machine may be switched off and on before the log can be
created completely. If you execute this SP to create the log file beforehand, this will greatly
reduce the amount of time required to acquire the log information and save onto the HDD.
With the file already created on the HDD for the log file, the data only needs to be recorded.
A new log file does not need to be created. To create a new log file, do SP5857-011 to
delete the debug log data from the HDD. Then do SP5857-016.
SP5857-017 Create a File on SD Card to Store a Log

This SP creates a 4 MB file to store a log on an SD card. However, this is not a completely
non-volatile information. Even if this SP is not executed, a file is created on the SD card
when the first log is stored on the SD card (it takes some time to complete this operation).
This creates the possibility that the machine may be switched off and on before the log can
be created completely. If you execute this SP to create the log file beforehand, this will
greatly reduce the amount of time required to acquire the log information and save onto the
SD card. With the file already created on the SD card for the log file, the data only needs to
be recorded; a new log file does not require creation. To create a new log file, do
SP5857-012 to delete the debug log data from the SD card. Then do SP5857-017.
SM
5-487
B222/B224
Service
Tables
empty file. The created file will hold the number 2225 as the SCS key number and other
Dip Switches
5.10 DIP SWITCHES

5.10.1 CONTROLLER BOARD
DIP SW No.
2 to 8
OFF
ON
Boot-up from Flash

Memory
Boot-up from SD card
Factory Use Only: Do not change the switch

settings.
5.10.2 BCU BOARD
DIP SW No.
1 and 2
B222/B224
OFF
ON
Factory Use Only: Do not change the switch

settings.
5-488
manuals4you.com
SM
DETAILED SECTION DESCRIPTIONS
manuals4you.com
Overview
6. DETAILED SECTION DESCRIPTIONS

6.1 OVERVIEW
Detailed
Descriptions
6.1.1 COMPONENT LAYOUT
1. Scanner HP sensor
14. Paper transfer roller
2. ADF exposure glass
15. Registration roller
3. 2nd scanner (2nd carriage)
16. By-pass feed table
4. Exposure glass
17. Tray 2
5. Scanner lamp
18. Tray 1
6. 1st scanner (1st carriage)
19. Toner collection bottle
7. Original width sensor
20. Laser optics housing unit
SM
6-1
B222/B224
Overview
8. Scanner motor
21. PCU (4 colors)
9. Original length sensor
22. Image transfer belt cleaning unit
10. Lens block
23. Image transfer belt unit
11. Sensor board unit (SBU)
24. Toner bottle (4 colors)
12. Duplex unit
25. ID sensor
13. Fusing unit
26. IH coil unit
6.1.2 PAPER PATH
15
1. Original tray
8. Tray 3: Optional paper feed unit/LCT
2. Original exit tray
9. Tray 4: Optional paper feed unit
3. Duplex inverter
10. Finisher booklet stapler (Optional)
4. Duplex feed
11. Finisher stapler (Optional)
B222/B224
6-2
manuals4you.com
SM
Overview
5. By-pass tray feed
12. Finisher upper tray (Optional)
6. Tray 1 feed
13. Finisher proof tray (Optional)
7. Tray 2 feed
14. Inner Tray

15. Bridge Unit
The 2000/3000-sheet (booklet) finisher and 1000-sheet finisher require the bridge unit
(B227) and either two-tray paper feed unit (B800) or the LCT (B801).
Detailed
Descriptions
6.1.3 DRIVE LAYOUT
1. Scanner motor:
Drives the scanner unit.
2. Toner supply clutch-K and
Turns on/off the drive power to the toner supply unit (Bk
SM
6-3
B222/B224
Overview
-CMY:
and -CMY).
3.ITB (Image Transfer Belt)
Moves the ITB into contact and away from the color
contact motor:
PCUs.
Drives the toner attraction pumps and the toner collection
4. Toner transport motor:
coils from the PCUs, from the transfer belt unit, and inside
the toner collection bottle. Also rotates the toner bottles.
5. Development clutch (Bk, Y, Turns on/off the drive power to the development unit (Bk,
M, C):
Y, M, C).
6. Drum/Development drive
Drives the color drum unit and development unit (Bk, Y,
motor (Bk, Y, M, C)
M, C).
7. Paper feed clutch
Switches the drive power between the tray 1 and tray 2.
8. Paper feed motor:
9. By-pass feed clutch:
Drives the paper feed mechanisms (tray 1/tray 2/by-pass

tray).
Turns on/off the drive power to the by-pass pick-up, feed
and separation rollers.
10. Registration motor:
Drives the registration roller.
11. By-pass/duplex feed
Drives the by-pass pick-up, feed and separation roller,
motor:
and duplex transport rollers.
12. Paper transfer contact
Moves the paper transfer roller in contact with the image
motor:
transfer belt.
13. ITB drive motor:
Drives the image transfer belt unit.
14. Duplex Inverter motor:
Drives the duplex inverter gate.
15. Fusing/paper exit motor
Drives the fusing unit and paper exit section
16. Junction gate 1 motor:
Opens and closes junction gate 1.
B222/B224
6-4
manuals4you.com
SM
Overview
6.1.4 BOARD STRUCTURE

Overview
In the diagram, MLB is the File Format Converter

Descriptions
BCU (Base Engine Control Unit):
The BCU controls all the mechanical components and the following functions:
Detailed
Descriptions
Engine sequence
Engine operation
Polygon motor control
Controller:
The controller connects to the IPU through a PCI bus. The controller handles the following
functions:
Machine-to-host interface
Operation panel interface
Network interface
Interfacing and control of the optional IEEE1284, Bluetooth, IEEE1394, IEEE802.11b
(wireless LAN), USB Host, HDD, and DRAM DIMM
IPU:
The Image Processing Unit is a large-scale integrated circuit. This unit processes digital
SM
6-5
B222/B224
Overview
signals.
LD Drive Board:
This is the laser diode drive circuit board.
SBU:
The Sensor Board Unit has a CCD (charge-coupled device) and an analog-to-digital
conversion circuit.
Operation Panel Board:
This controls the display panel, the LED and the keypad.
Scanner I/O Board (SIO):
The scanner I/O board is a circuit board that transmits control signals and image data.
I/O Board (IOB):
Contains drivers for motors and other mechanical components.
Motherboard:
Connects the controller board to the IPU.
FCU:
The FCU (fax controller unit) controls the fax programs and communicates with the
controller to share copier resources.
6.1.5 PRINTING PROCESS
This machine uses four PCUs, and four laser beams for color printing. Each PCU consists
of the drum unit and the development unit. Each drum unit has a drum, charge roller,
cleaning brush, and blade. From the left, the PCU stations are yellow, cyan, magenta, and
black.
The drum [A] is charged with a negative voltage, and is exposed by the laser from the laser
optics housing unit [B]. The laser neutralizes the negative charge on the surface of the
drum. So, the white parts of the image correspond to areas of the drum that still have a high
B222/B224
6-6
manuals4you.com
SM
Overview
negative charge. The toner has a negative charge, and it moves to the areas of the drum
that have the smallest negative charge (i.e., the areas written by the laser beam).
The image on each drum is moved to the transfer belt by the positive bias that is applied to
the transfer belt [C]. All four toners are put on the belt at the same time. Then, the
completed four-color image is moved to the paper by a negative charge applied to the ITB
drive roller [D] (the transfer roller [E] is an idle roller).
1.
Drum charge: The charge roller gives the drum a negative charge
2.
Laser exposure: The laser beam from the laser diode (LD) goes through the lens and
mirrors and reaches the drum. The machine turns the laser beam on and off to make a
latent image on the drum.
3.
Development: The development roller carries negatively charged toner to the latent
image on the drum surface. This machine uses four independent development units
(one for each color).
4.
Transfer:
Image transfer: Bias rollers opposite the OPC drums transfer toner from the drums to
the transfer belt. Four toner images are super-imposed onto the belt.
Paper transfer: Then, the ITB drive roller pushes the toner from the transfer belt to the
paper (the transfer roller is an idle roller).
5.
Cleaning for OPC drum: The cleaning brush and blade remove remaining toner on
the drum surface after image transfer to the paper.
6.
Quenching for OPC drum: Quenching is done by illuminating the whole area of the
drum with the laser at the end of every job.
Cleaning and quenching for transfer belt: The cleaning brush and blade clean the
belt surface. The grounding roller inside the transfer belt unit removes the remaining
charge on the belt.
8.
SM
ID sensors: The ID sensors detect the density of ID sensor patterns on the transfer
6-7
B222/B224
Detailed
Descriptions
7.
Overview
belt.
The ID sensor board contains three ID sensors for the line position adjustment (front,
center, and rear) and four ID sensors for the process control. On this board, there are 7
ID sensors in total, as follows.
[A]: Line position adjustment (front)
[B]: Process control (K)
[C]: Process control (C)
[D]: Line position adjustment (center)
[E] Process control (M)
[F]: Process control (Y)
[G]: Line position adjustment (rear)
The ID sensor output is used for the following:
Process control and for automatic line position
Skew correction
Color registration adjustments for the latent image.
B222/B224
6-8
manuals4you.com
SM
Process Control
6.2 PROCESS CONTROL

6.2.1 OVERVIEW
This machine has the following two forms of process control:
Potential control
Toner supply control
The following machine components are used for process control:
Four ID (image density) sensors (black, magenta, cyan and yellow).
TD sensor.
Normally, process control is not disabled. If process control is disabled, fixed supply mode
is used for toner supply, and the VREF stored in SP 3222 is used.
6.2.2 POTENTIAL CONTROL

Overview
The machine determines VD using the ID sensor output, and then determines VB and VL.
VD: Drum potential without exposure to adjust this, the machine adjusts the charge
roller voltage.
VB: Development bias
VL: Drum potential at the strongest exposure to adjust this, the machine adjusts the
laser power
for toner supply control.

If potential control is disabled (SP3-041-001 is set to "0"), VD and VB are fixed by the
following SP mode settings.
SP2-005 for VD, SP2-229 for VB
If LD power control is disabled (SP3-041-002 is set to "0"), the LD power is fixed by the
following SP mode setting.
SP2-221 for VL
Process Control Self Check

This machine uses the process control self check method to do the potential control. The
machine uses seven types of process control self check. These are categorized according
to their execution timing.
The counter (SP3-510) is reset if a self-check is done (except for a forced self-check).
SM
6-9
B222/B224
Detailed
Descriptions
At the same time, the machine also determines VREF: Reference TD sensor output, used
Process Control
T = Temperature change between the temperature of the previous process control and
the current temperature
RH = RH (Relative Humidity) change between the relative humidity of the previous
process control and the current relative humidity
AH = AH (Absolute Humidity) change between the absolute humidity of the previous
process control and the current absolute humidity
1.
Manual execution (forced): This is done when SP3-011-1 is used.
2.
Initial
This starts automatically when the power is turned on, or, when the machine recovers
from energy saver mode.
This is done automatically if one of these conditions occurs.
a) T is greater than or equal to Temperature Threshold (SP3-522-003: 10C)
b) RH is greater than or equal to Relative Humidity Threshold (SP3-522-004:
50%RH)
c) AH is greater than or equal to Absolute Humidity Threshold (SP3-522-005: 6
g/m3)
d) If the following conditions both occur.
BW Counter (SP3-510-003) is greater than or equal to Execution Interval
(SP3-511-005)
OR
FC Counter (SP3-510-004) is greater than or equal to Execution Interval
(SP3-511-006)
Non-use Time is greater than or equal to SP3522-002 (default: 6 hours)
3.
Interval: Job End

This starts automatically at the end of a print job if the following condition occurs:
(SP3-515-001)
OR
(SP3-515-002)
4.
Interval: During a Job

This interrupts printing and then starts automatically if the following condition occurs:
(SP3-515-003)
OR
B222/B224
6-10
manuals4you.com
SM
Process Control
After process control is completed, the machine continues to make prints.

5.
In standby mode
This is done automatically if one of these conditions occurs.
a) T is greater than or equal to Temperature Threshold (SP3-531-002: 10C)
b) RH is greater than or equal to Relative Humidity Threshold (SP3-531-003:
50%RH)
c) AH is greater than or equal to Absolute Humidity Threshold (SP3-531-004: 6
g/m3)
d) Non-use Time is greater than or equal to SP3-531-001 (default: 6 hours)
It is not done if the machine is in energy saver mode.
manuals4you.com
(SP3-515-004)
The default non-use time is 6 hours (see condition d above), so normally it will only be
done if the user disables energy saver mode.
6.
After Toner End Recovery

This starts after recovery from a toner end condition.
7.
After Developer Initialization

Developer initialization occurs automatically in the following conditions:
After a new development unit has been installed
After new developer is installed and 3902-005 to 008 is done, depending on the
Detailed
Descriptions
color (see Maintenance for details).
SM
6-11
B222/B224
Process Control
6.2.3 PROCESS CONTROL SELF CHECK PROCEDURE
Step 1: VSG Adjustment

This machine uses four ID sensors (direct reflection type) for the process control. Each
sensor detects a pattern for each color (see the Printing Process section).
The ID sensor checks the bare transfer belts reflectivity. Then the machine calibrates the
ID sensor until its output when reading the bare transfer belt (known as VSG) is as follows.
VSG = 4.0 0.5 Volts
This calibration compensates for the transfer belts condition and the ID sensor condition.
For example, dirt on the surface of the belt or ID sensor.
VSG adjustment is always done during initial process control. But, at other times, it is only
done if the VSG adjustment counter (SP3-510-007) is more than the value set with
SP3-511-007 (default: 500) during a job or at job end.
SC400 is displayed if VSG is out of adjustment range sequentially 3 times.
SP3-321: Forced VSG Adjustment for each sensor
SP 3-325: Shows the results of the VSG adjustment (automatic or forced VSG adjustment)
- 7 digits (Front, Bk, C, Center, M, Y, Rear)
B222/B224
6-12
manuals4you.com
SM
Process Control
Step 2: ID Sensor Solid Pattern Generation
First, the machine agitates the developer for between 15 and 30 seconds until the
fluctuation in TD sensor output becomes less than 0.3V.
Second, the machine makes the grade patterns (see the diagram). This 10-grade pattern is
made in black, yellow, cyan, and magenta (40 squares in total).
The machine first makes the first five grades for each color (the first 20 squares), and
then the second five grades for each color (the remaining 20 squares).
The patterns are made by changing the development bias and charge roller voltage. The
difference between development bias and charge roller voltage is always the same. But,
the development potential changes for each pattern.
The development potential is the difference between the development bias and the
charge remaining on the drum where the laser writes a black area. The development
bias changes for each grade, and the charge on black areas of the image is always the
same, so the development potential also changes.
Step 3: Sensor Pattern Detection
The ID sensor measures the light reflected from each grade of the pattern, to detect the
Step 4: Toner Amount Calculation

The machine calculates the amount of toner on the transfer belt that is required to make
each of the 10 grades of the sensor pattern. To do this, the machine uses the output values
of the ID sensor from each grade of the pattern.
The amounts of toner are expressed as M/A (mass per unit area, mg/cm2)
Step 5: VD, VB, VL Selection and VTREF Adjustment
The machine determines the relationship between the amount of toner on the transfer belt
and the development bias for each of the 10 grades.
From this, the machine determines the best VD to get the target M/A for each color. Then,
based on this VD, the machine determines the best VB and VL. This process ensures that
enough toner is deposited to make black pixels.
The machine also adjusts VTREF (toner density target) at the same time so that the
development gamma used by the machine fall within the target development gamma range
SM
6-13
B222/B224
Detailed
Descriptions
densities of each grade. This data goes to memory.
Process Control
stored in the machines software. If it does not fall within this range, the amount of toner
deposited on the latent image will be too high or too low.
6.2.4 TONER DENSITY ADJUSTMENT MODE

If the toner density becomes too high or too low because of an incorrect development
gamma, this is corrected by process control (see the previous section). But sometimes, it
takes many copies before the toner density comes to the correct value.
Toner density adjustment mode can be used to bring the toner concentration to the correct
level much more quickly, if users complain about the toner density.
SP 3-043 controls when the toner density adjustment mode is done.
To do the toner density adjustment mode manually, execute SP 3-011-2.
It is also done automatically before ACC, if SP3-041-4 is set to "2: TC Control" (this is the
default setting).
During this procedure, the machine generates ID sensor patterns and detects the current
development gamma. The gamma must be within 0.2 of the target development gamma.
If the current gamma is too high (above the target by 0.2 or more: 0.2 limit is set with
SP3-239-009), the machine consumes toner in the development unit until the development
gamma is within the correct range. To consume toner, the machine generates solid
patterns.
If the current gamma is too low (below the target by more than 0.2: 0.2 limit is set with
SP3-239-012), the machine supplies toner to the development unit until the development
gamma is within the correct range.
6.2.5 TONER SUPPLY CONTROL

Overview
Toner supply control determines how long the toner supply clutch turns on. This determines
the amount of toner supplied. This is done before every development for each color.
Toner supply control uses the following factors:
Density of the toner in the developer (detected by the TD sensor) - VREF, VT
Pixel count: Determines how much toner was used for the page
The image density is kept constant by adjusting the density of toner in the development unit.
At the same time, it accommodates changes in the development conditions through the
potential control mechanism. Environmental changes and the number of prints made are
also used in the calculation.
The amount of toner supplied is determined by the on time of the toner supply clutch. The
B222/B224
6-14
manuals4you.com
SM
Process Control
total on time for each toner supply clutch is stored in the memory chip for the relevant
toner cartridge. The machine supplies the calculated amount of toner for each color.
Toner Supply Control Modes

This machine has three toner supply control modes. You can select them with SP3-044-1
to -4.
1.
Fixed supply mode

This mode is used when the TD sensor becomes faulty. You can adjust the amount of
toner supply with SP3-401-1 to -4 if the image density is incorrect (the default setting is
5%).
2.
PID (Proportional Integral Differential) control mode (Fixed VTREF)

This mode is used when the ID sensor becomes faulty. Only the TD sensor is used to
control toner supply. The machine uses the VTREF that is stored in SP3-222-1 to -4.
3.
PID (Proportional Integral Differential) control mode

This is the default toner supply control mode. The TD sensor, ID sensor, and pixel
count are used in this mode. VTREF is adjusted by process control.
The machine automatically changes the toner supply mode to fixed supply mode if the TD
sensor is broken. However, the supply amount will be 70% of the normal fixed value to
prevent too high image density.
The machine automatically changes the toner supply mode to PID control mode (Fixed
Vtref) if the ID sensors are broken.
Detailed
Descriptions
6.2.6 TONER NEAR END/TONER END DETECTION
SM
6-15
B222/B224
Process Control
Toner Near End
The controller considers the following information to determine the toner near end status:
Operation time counter of the toner attraction pump [A]
Pixel counter
These values are both stored in the memory chip [B] on the toner cartridge, and copied
from the memory chip to the NVRAM on the BCU.
If either value indicates that the amount of remaining toner is 50g or less, the machine
enters the near-end condition.
Toner End
To determine the toner end status, the machine uses the TD sensor [C] in the development
unit. The machine must first be in a toner near-end condition, or toner end cannot be
detected.
Toner end is detected if both the following conditions occur:
VT VTREF greater than or equal to "0.5" (SP3-101-021)
SUM (VT VTREF) greater than or equal to "10" (SP3-101-026)
The machine cannot print until the toner cartridge is replaced after it detects toner end for
black. The machine can print in black and white only if cyan, magenta, or yellow are in a
toner end condition during standby mode. At this time the machine cannot do color print
jobs.
If the yellow, cyan, or magenta toner ends during a color-printing job, the job is
suspended until toner is supplied. If new color toner is not installed, the user can
print black-and-white jobs only.
Toner End Recovery
The machine assumes that the toner cartridge has been replaced if either of the following
occurs when the near-end or end status exists:
The front door is opened and closed.
The main switch is turned off and on.
Then the machine starts to supply toner to the development unit. After supplying toner, the
machine clears the toner near-end or end status if the following condition is detected:
Toner end sensor detects that toner is supplied.
The machine tries to supply toner for a maximum of 5 times (SP 3-102).
6.2.7 DEVELOPER INITIALIZATION

When is it done?
When you install new developer, you must set the following SPs to "1" before you turn the
B222/B224
6-16
manuals4you.com
SM
Process Control
power off. Then, the machine will reset the PM counters automatically. Developer
initialization will also be done automatically.
Black: SP3902-005
Yellow: SP3902-006
Cyan: SP3902-007
Magenta: SP3902-008
When a new development unit or PCU is installed, the machine detects the new unit
automatically and initializes the developer.
How is it done?
The procedure is as follows.
1.
The machine agitates the developer for 30 seconds.
2.
The machine adjusts VCNT (control voltage for TD sensor) so that VT (TD sensor output)
becomes within 2.7 0.2.
3.
The machine keeps this as VTREF if it is successful. SC372 to SC375 is displayed if it

fails sequentially 3 times.
The result of developer initialization can be checked with SP3-014.

During developer initialization, the machine forcibly supplies toner because there is no
toner inside the toner transport tube at installation. Then the machine does the process
Detailed
Descriptions
control self check.
SM
6-17
B222/B224
Scanning
6.3 SCANNING
6.3.1 OVERVIEW
1. Scanner HP sensor
7. Sensor board unit (SBU)
2. ADF exposure glass
8. Lens block
3. 2nd scanner (2nd carriage)
9. Original length sensor
4. Scanner lamp
10. Scanner motor
5. 1st scanner (1st carriage)
11. Original width sensor
6. Exposure glass
The original on the exposure glass or ARDF exposure glass reflects the light emitted from
the scanner lamp. The reflected light goes to the CCD on the sensor board by way of the
1st and 2nd scanners. The sensor board converts the CCD analog signals into digital
signals.
When the original is manually placed on the exposure glass, the scanner motor pulls the
1st and 2nd scanners via mechanical linkage. The original is scanned from left to right.
When the original is fed from the optional ARDF, it is automatically transported onto the
ARDF exposure glass, and to the original exit. The original does not stay on the glass; but
goes to the exit. The 1st and 2nd scanners stay at their home positions.
B222/B224
6-18
manuals4you.com
SM
Scanning
6.3.2 SCANNER DRIVE
The scanner motor [A] drives the 1st scanner [B] and the 2nd scanner [C] through the
scanner drive pulley, scanner drive shaft [D], and two scanner wires [E].
Book mode The SBU board controls the scanner drive motor. The 2nd scanner speed is half that of the
1st scanner.
In reduction or enlargement mode, the scanning speed depends on the magnification ratio.
The returning speed is always the same, whether in full size or magnification mode. The
image length change in the sub scan direction is done by changing the scanner motor
speed. In the main scan direction it is done by image processing on the IPU board.
speed with SP4-008.

ARDF mode The scanners always stay in their home position (the scanner HP sensor [F] detects the 1st
scanner) to scan the original. The ARDF motor feeds the original through the ARDF. In
reduction/enlargement mode, the image length change in the sub-scan direction is done by
changing the ARDF motor speed. Magnification in the main scan direction is done in the
IPU board. This is the same as for book mode.
You can adjust magnification in the sub-scan direction by changing the ARDF motor speed
with SP6-017.
SM
6-19
B222/B224
Detailed
Descriptions
You can adjust the magnification in the sub-scan direction by changing the scanner motor
Scanning
6.3.3 ORIGINAL SIZE DETECTION
The original width sensors [A] detect the original width. The original length sensors [B]
detect the original length.
The SBU controller on the SBU board checks each sensor status when the platen
cover sensor [C] is activated as it is closed. It detects the original size by the on/off
signals it gets from each sensor.
If the copy is made with the platen cover fully open, the SBU controller on the SBU
determines the original size from the sensor outputs after the Start key is pressed.
Original Size
Length Sensor
Width
Sensor
SP4-301
display
Metric version
Inch version
L3
L2
L1
W1
W2
A3
11" x 17"
00011111
B4
10" x 14"
00011110
B222/B224
6-20
manuals4you.com
SM
Scanning
F4
8.5" x 13", 8.25" x
13", or 8" x 13"
8.5 x 14
00011100
A4 LEF
8.5" x 11"
00000011
B5 LEF
00000010
A4 SEF
11" x 8.5"
00001100
B5 SEF
00000100
00000000
SP 5126 controls the

size that is detected
A5 LEF/ SEF
5.5" x 8.5",
8.5" x 5.5"
O: Paper present, X: Paper not present

The above table shows the outputs of the sensors for each original size. This original size
detection method eliminates the necessity for a pre-scan and increases the machines
productivity.
However, if the by-pass tray is used, the machine assumes that the copy paper is
lengthwise (L). For example, if A4 sideways paper is placed on the by-pass tray, the
sensors is disregarded.
Refer to the ARDF manual for more information on original size detection with the ARDF.
6.3.4 ANTI-CONDENSATION HEATER

The anti-condensation heater is available as an optional unit. The anti-condensation heater
prevents condensation on the mirrors. Condensation can occur when the scanner unit is,
for example, moved from a cold room to a warm room. Condensation can cause abnormal
images.
SM
6-21
B222/B224
Detailed
Descriptions
machine assumes it is A3 paper and scans a full A3 area. Information from the original size
Image Processing
6.4 IMAGE PROCESSING

6.4.1 OVERVIEW
6.4.2 SBU (SENSOR BOARD UNIT)

SBU
The VPU (Video Processor Unit) does the following functions:
Black level correction
White level correction
Gradation calibration
ADS control (Background Density)
Creating the SBU test pattern
Operation Summary
The signals from the 3-line CCD, one line for each color (R, G, B) and 2 analog signals per
line (ODD, EVEN), are sampled by the ASIC and converted to digital signals in the 10-bit
A/D converter. This is the first phase of processing the data scanned from the original.
Storing Operation Settings
The controller stores the SBU settings. These values must be restored after the lens block
is replaced:
B222/B224
6-22
manuals4you.com
SM
Image Processing
SP4-008-001
Sub Scan Mag
Sub Scan Magnification Adjustment
SP4-010-001
Sub Scan Reg
Sub Scan Registration Adjustment
SP4-011-001
Main Scan Reg
Main Scan Registration Adjustment
SBU Test Mode

There is an SP code to create a test pattern which can be used as a diagnostic tool to
troubleshoot problems in the SBU:
SP4907-001 SBU Pattern - Test Pattern
To print the pattern:
Select the pattern to print.
Touch "Copy Window" then press the Start key twice.
6.4.3 IPU (IMAGE PROCESSING UNIT)

The IPU does the following:
Controls the scanner
Processes the image signals from the SBU and sends them over the PCI bus to the
controller memory
Receives the image processing signals sent over the PCI bus from the controller
memory, processes them, then outputs them to the VGAVD.
Controls the relay of power and signals

Image processing, ADS correction, and line width correction are done on the IPU board for
all the digital data sent from the SBU. Finally, the processed data is sent to the printer as
digital signals (4 bits/pixel).
SM
6-23
B222/B224
Detailed
Descriptions
Outputs the control signals for the ARDF
Laser Exposure
6.5 LASER EXPOSURE

6.5.1 OVERVIEW
1. Synchronizing detector board: Y/C-E

2. LD unit-Y
10. Synchronizing detector board: Bk/M-E
3. LD unit-C
11. Polygon mirror motor
4. LD unit-Bk
12. Synchronizing detector board: Y/C-S
5. LD unit-M
6. Synchronizing detector board: Bk/M-S
7. L1 lens-Bk/M
8. L2 lens-Bk
9. L2 lens-M
13. L2 lens-C
14. L2 lens-Y
15. L1 lens-Y/C
This machine uses four LD units and one polygon mirror motor to produce latent images on
four OPC drums (one drum for each color toner). In the B224 model, two laser beams are
used for each color except for OHP/Thick paper type in 600 x 600 dpi mode.
There are two hexagonal mirrors. Each mirror reflects beams from two LD units.
Laser exposure for black and magenta starts from the rear side of the drum. But for yellow
and cyan it starts from the front side of the drum. This is because the units for black and
B222/B224
6-24
manuals4you.com
SM
Laser Exposure
magenta are on the other side of the polygon mirror from the units for yellow and cyan.
6.5.2 OPTICAL PATH
The laser beams for black [A] and yellow [B] are directed to the upper part of the polygon
mirror [C]. Laser beams for magenta [D] and cyan [E] are directed to the lower part of the
polygon mirror [C].
The L2 lens [F] corrects the main scan line. Without this component, the line bends out
towards the middle of the main scan. The central bend of the L2 lens is adjusted in the
factory.
Mode
B/W
Resolution
(dpi)
600 x 600
(except
OHP/Thick
paper)
Color
600 x 600
4bits
600 x 600
(except
OHP/Thick
paper)
SM
600 x 600
4bits
Polygon
Process line
Copy speed
speed (mm/s)
(cpm)
B222: 36,377
B222: 154
B222: 35
Only B224:
B224: 24,212
B224: 205
B224: 45
2 beams
36,377
77
B222: 36,377
B222: 154
B222: 35
Only B224:
B224: 24,212
B224: 205
B224: 40
2 beams
36,377
77
motor speed
(rpm)
6-25
Remarks
B222: 17.5
B224: 17.5
B222: 17.5
B224: 17.5
B222/B224
Detailed
Descriptions
The speed of the polygon mirror depends on the selected mode and model (see below).
Laser Exposure
600 x 600
27,165
115
36,377
77
25 (B/W)
22.5 (Color)
OHP/Thick
600 x 600
4bits
17.5
6.5.3 LASER SYNCHRONIZING DETECTORS
Overview
The machine has four laser synchronizing detector boards (LSD). There is one at each
corner of the laser optics-housing unit.
The four LSD boards detect the following:
[A]: Scanning end position for yellow and cyan
[B]: Scanning start position for yellow and cyan
[C]: Scanning end position for magenta and black
[D]: Scanning start position for magenta and black.
The machine recognizes each color from the time that they are detected.
Main Scan Start Detection
For magenta and black, the LSD at the rear detects the start of the main scan. For yellow
and cyan, the LSD at the front detects the start of the main scan. The arrow [E] indicates
the scanning direction.
Clock Frequency Adjustment
B222/B224
6-26
manuals4you.com
SM
Laser Exposure
Each LSD ensures that the number of laser clock pulses in the main scan is constant. If the
count for one particular beam varies from normal, the LD clock frequency for that beam is
adjusted.
If the board at the end position is defective, the clock frequency cannot be adjusted. At this
time, you must disable the detection feature with SP2-186-1.
6.5.4 LD SAFETY SWITCH
Detailed
Descriptions
Model B222
SM
6-27
B222/B224
Laser Exposure
Model B224
A relay on the PSU ensures technician and user safety. It also prevents the laser beam
from turning on during servicing. This relay turns off when the front cover, upper left cover,
or right door is opened. At this time it cuts the power (+5V) supplied to the LD board for
each color through the IPU.
The safety switches are opened or closed by the front door or right door, and this opens the
relay.
PMAC: Precise Pulse Modulation ASIC on C-MOS technology
LDB: LD Drive Board (included in the LD Unit)
Error Messages
Along with other switches, the LD safety switches help show error messages related to
external covers. When one or more covers are open, the messages, Cover is open. and
Close the indicated cover, show with a diagram. The diagram shows which cover is open.
B222/B224
6-28
manuals4you.com
SM
Laser Exposure
6.5.5 AUTOMATIC LINE POSITION ADJUSTMENT

Overview
CC, KK, YY, MM: Spaces between two lines of the same color
KC, KY, KM: Spaces between a black line and a color line
During automatic line position adjustment, the line patterns above are created eight times
measured by the front, center, and rear ID sensors. The controller takes the average of the
spaces. Then it adjusts the following positions and magnification:
Sub scan line position for CMY
Main scan line position for CMY
Magnification ratio for CKMY
Skew for CMY
The transfer belt-cleaning unit cleans the transfer belt after the patterns are measured.
SC285 shows if an error is detected four times consecutively.
Summary of Each Adjustment

Sub scan line position for YCM
The adjustment of the sub-scan line position for YCM is based on the line position for K
(color registration). The machine measures the gaps between the lines of each color in the
pattern on the transfer belt. If the gaps for a color are not correct, the machine moves the
SM
6-29
B222/B224
Detailed
Descriptions
on the transfer belt. The spaces between the lines (CC, KK, YY, MM, KC, KY, KM) are
Laser Exposure
image of the color up or down the sub scan axis. To do this, it changes the laser write
timing for that color.
Main scan line position for YCM
If the machine detects that the image is out of position in the main scan direction, it
changes the laser write start timing for each scan line.
Magnification adjustment for KYCM
If the machine detects that magnification adjustment is necessary, it changes the LD clock
frequency for the required color.
Skew for YCM
The adjustment of the skew for YCM is based on the line position for K.
Adjustment Conditions
Line position adjustment can be turned on or off with SP2-193-001. However, it is normally
recommended to turn on this function.
Line position adjustment timing depends on several SP mode settings. These are
described below.
t = Time since the previous line position adjustment
T = Temperature change between the temperature of the previous line position
adjustment and the current temperature
Forced (SP2-111-001 to -003):
This activates the line position adjustment manually. There are three types of line position
adjustment mode. See the SP table for details.
Initial:
This starts automatically when the power is turned on, or when the machine recovers from
the energy saver mode.
Line position adjustment is automatically done twice if one of these conditions occurs:
1.
t > Time threshold (SP2-193-012: [default: 600 minutes])
2.
T > Temperature threshold (SP2-193-011: [default: 10C])
Line position adjustment is automatically done once if one of these conditions occurs:
1.
2.
Interval: During job:

This interrupts printing and then starts automatically if one of these conditions occurs when
the machine checks at the sheet interval specified with SP3-512-001 (default: 30 pages).
1.
B222/B224
6-30
manuals4you.com
SM
Laser Exposure
2.
3.
B/W counter (SP3-510-005) + Color counter (SP3-510-006) > Output threshold for all
outputs (SP2-193-004: [default: 200 pages])
4.
Color counter > Output threshold for color outputs (SP2-193-005: [default: 200 pages])
Interval: Job end:

This starts automatically at the end of a print job.
1.
2.
3.
B/W counter (SP3-510-005) + Color counter (SP3-510-006) > Output threshold for all
outputs (SP2-193-002: [default: 500 pages])
4.
Color counter > Output threshold for color outputs (SP2-193-003: [default: 200 pages])
Front door open/close:

This starts automatically when the front door is opened/closed.
1.
2.
In stand-by mode:
This is automatically done once if both conditions occur at the same time. However, it is
not done if the machine is in the energy saver mode.
1.
t > Time threshold (SP2-193-009: [default: 300 minutes]) or T > Temperature

threshold (SP2-193-008: [default: 5C])
B/W counter (SP3-510-005) > Output threshold for B/W outputs (SP2-193-002:
[default: 500 pages]) or Color counter > Output threshold for color outputs
(SP2-193-003: [default: 200 pages])
After new PCU or Image Transfer Belt Unit detection

When the machine detects a new unit (one of the PCUs or the Image Transfer Belt Unit),
line position adjustment is automatically done twice.
If the main scan magnification changes
This is detected by the main scan synchronization detectors at each end of the scan line for
each color.
If the magnification changes by more than 1% (threshold adjustable SP2-193-010), line
position adjustment is done again.
SM
6-31
B222/B224
Detailed
Descriptions
2.
Laser Exposure
Main Scan Skew Adjustment
The L2 lens positioning motors for magenta [A], cyan [B], and yellow [C] adjust the angle of
the L2 lens [D] respectively, based on the L2 lens position for black. This mechanism
corrects main scan skew.
ID Sensors
There are seven ID sensors. Three of them are for the line position adjustment. Four of
them are for process control. The ID sensor shutter [A] covers the sensors when the
machine is idle.
When the ID sensor shutter solenoid [B] is activated, ID sensor shutter [A] slides to the left.
This mechanism prevents the ID sensors from becoming dirty with toner or dust.
B222/B224
6-32
manuals4you.com
SM
Laser Exposure
6.5.6 SHUTTER MECHANISM
The laser optics housing unit has a shutter. As a result, toner and other dust do not fall on
the glass of the laser optics housing. The shutter motor [A] moves the shutter [B] in the
direction of the arrow with the cam [C] (to open: black arrow direction, to close: white arrow
direction).
First, the actuator [D] stays at the shutter closed sensor [E]. The shutter motor opens the
shutter and the actuator moves to the shutter open sensor position [F] after the polygon
Finally, the shutter motor closes the shutter and the actuator moves back to the shutter
One of SC290 to 296 occurs if the output of the shutter open [F] or closed sensor [E] does
not change after the shutter motor turned on.
SM
6-33
B222/B224
Detailed
Descriptions
closed sensor position [E] after the polygon motor has turned off.
PCU (Photo Conductor Unit)
6.6 PCU (PHOTO CONDUCTOR UNIT)

6.6.1 OVERVIEW
1. OPC drum
2. Cleaning blade
3. Brush roller
4. Lubricant bar
5. Lubricant application blade
6. Cleaning roller (charge roller)
7. Charge roller (non-contact)

8. TD sensor/ID chip
9. Mixing auger
10. Development roller
11. Inner pressure adjustment filter
This machine has four tandem PCUs. Therefore, four color developments are possible
during one paper path. This improves the productivity of outputs in color printing mode.
Each PCU contains identical components (drum unit, development unit and so on), but the
PCUs are not interchangeable.
The diameter of the drum is 40 mm (circumference: about 125.7 mm).
The photoconductor gap between a drum and the corresponding development roller is not
possible to adjust because these are assembled as a PCU at the factory.
The ID chip is part of the TD sensor assembly. The ID chip contains counters and other
data about the PCU, drum unit, and development unit. If you replace the development unit
with a new one, the counter information for the drum unit is not kept on the new ID chip.
B222/B224
6-34
manuals4you.com
SM
6.6.2 AROUND THE DRUM

Drum Drive
Each PCU has its own drum/development drive motor [A]. The drum/development motor
drives the drum [B] of each PCU.
Also, each drive gear has its own drum gear position sensor [C]. The drum gear position
sensor detects the position of each drum gear, so that the four PCUs are aligned. The
signal from these sensors are used for "Phase Control" as described next. This motor is a
brushless DC motor. This helps to reduce the drive noise.
Phase Control Mechanism

The machine uses the drum gear position sensors to detect if the drum motors rotate.
the machine to initialize the relative positions of the gears when the main switch is turned
on, and during initializing. This prevents phase fluctuation between printouts that is caused
by incorrect gear meshing at the start of the job.
There is an interrupter on each drum gear. The drum gear position sensors [C] detect the
positions of these interrupters. This mechanism makes sure that output quality does not
vary.
Immediately after the machine power turns on, recovers from the energy saver mode, or
the front door is opened and closed, the machine executes the drum phase adjustment if
one of the following conditions occurs:
When a new PCU is installed.
When a new image transfer belt unit is installed.
Also, if the machine detects a shift in the drum positions during the line position adjustment,
the machine executes the drum phase adjustment.
SM
6-35
B222/B224
Detailed
Descriptions
SC380 shows when it detects that the drum motor is not moving. These sensors also help
Drum Charge and Quenching
This machine uses a non-contact charge roller [A] to reduce ozone. The non-contact
charge roller gives the drum surface a negative charge. The high voltage supply board,
which is located at the rear of the machine, applies a dc and ac voltage (at a constant
current) to the roller. The ac voltage helps to ensure that the charge given to the drum is as
uniform as possible.
The machine automatically controls the charge roller voltage if automatic process control is
enabled (i.e., if SP3-041-1 is set to "CONTROL"). However, if process control is switched
off, (i.e., if SP3-041-1 is set to "FIXED"), the dc voltage is the value stored in SP2-001-1 to
-12 (do not adjust in the field unless advised to do so).
The diameter of the charge roller is 12.5 mm (circumference about 39.3 mm). The gap
between a drum and the corresponding charge roller is about 50 micrometers.
The cleaning roller [B], which always contacts the charge roller, cleans the charge roller.
Quenching is done by illuminating the whole area of the drum with the laser at the end of
every job.
B222/B224
6-36
manuals4you.com
SM
Drum Cleaning
The cleaning blade [A] scrapes off the used toner that stays on the drum. The toner
collection auger [B] transports the used toner towards the toner collection duct. Then it
toner removal easy the next time the drum rotates past the cleaning blade.
If the temperature is above the value of SP3-517, the drum reverses briefly at the end of
the job to prevent the blade from flipping over.
The brush roller rubs against the lubricant bar [D] and lubricates the drum surface.
Lubricant is uniformly applied on the surface of the drum by the lubricant application blade
[E].
The toner collection auger [B] in each PCU is driven by gears [F] at the end of the drum.
This toner then goes to the toner collection bottle (
" 6.8.1 "Toner Collection Path and
Drive"" in this section).
SM
6-37
B222/B224
Detailed
Descriptions
goes to the toner collection duct. The brush roller [C] put lubricant on the drum to make
6.6.3 DEVELOPMENT
Development Operation
This machine uses a dual-component development system and has four development units
(which are included in the drum units), one for each color. Each contains 225 g of
developer when it is new. The developer in each unit is supplied to the development roller
[A] by the two mixing augers [B] and attracted onto the surface of its roller.
The TD sensor [C] in the development unit and four ID sensors above the ITB control toner
density. Each development unit has a TD sensor. The TD sensor contains an ID chip in
which some information about the development unit is stored.
The diameter of the development roller is 18 mm (circumference about 56.5 mm).
B222/B224
6-38
manuals4you.com
SM
manuals4you.com
Drive
Each color (K, Y, M, C) has its own drum/development drive motor [A] and development
clutch [B]. Each drum/development motor drives the development roller through gears and
development clutch. The gear trains are shown in the diagram.
Detailed
Descriptions
Developer Agitation
Two mixing augers [A] circulate the developer forward and backward to agitate the
developer.
This happens at the following times:
SM
6-39
B222/B224

During process control self check
During toner supply
During development.
Filters [B] on the top of the developer hopper make sure that the internal pressure does not
become too high. These ducts are sealed not to let the toner solidify before installing.
This development unit does not operate very well if it has been placed in the condition of
over 50C during transportation. The toner inside the development unit can become solid at
temperatures higher that this value. A developer initialization error shows if the toner does
become solid. At this time, you must do the following procedure:
You should also do this procedure when you install a new development unit.
1.
Remove the (old) development unit.
2.
Keep the (new) development unit level and shake it several times from side to side.
3.
Install it in the machine.
Development Bias
The PSU supplies development bias to the development roller via the receptacle at the rear
of each development unit.
There is a dc bias voltage.
The machine automatically controls the dc bias if the automatic process control is enabled
(i.e., if SP3-041-001 is set to "1: CONTROL"). However, if process control is switched off,
(i.e., if SP3-041-001 is set to "0: FIXED"), the dc bias is the value stored in SP3-621-001 to
-012 (do not adjust in the field unless advised to do so).
B222/B224
6-40
manuals4you.com
SM
New Unit Detection
The TD sensor [A] in the development unit has an ID chip that contains the new unit
detection flag. The machine detects that a PCU is new if the flag in the ID chip is activated.
The machine automatically does the following adjustments when detecting the new unit
detection flag.
PM counter clear for items related to the PCU
Developer initialization
Charge roller voltage control
Process control
Line position adjustment
Detailed
Descriptions
If the PM counter clear fails, clear the following SPs manually.

SP3-902-1 to -4
SP3-902-5 to -8
SP3-902-9 to -12
SM
6-41
B222/B224
Toner Supply
6.7 TONER SUPPLY

6.7.1 OVERVIEW
1. Toner bottle (each color)
4. Toner attraction pump (each color)
2. Memory chip (each color)
5. Development unit (each color)
3. Toner end sensor (each color)
6. TD sensor (each color)
This machine uses four toner bottles. Each bottle has a spiral groove in it and its groove
moves toner to the toner attraction pump. And the toner attraction pump transports the
toner to the development unit.
The toner end sensor is attached to the toner supply tube. The toner end sensor and the
output from the process control define when the machine detects toner end.
B222/B224
6-42
manuals4you.com
SM
Toner Supply
6.7.2 TONER SUPPLY MECHANISM

Toner supply from toner bottle to toner attraction pump
The toner transport motor [A] rotates the toner bottle-Bk via gears and a clutch. It also
rotates the toner bottle-Y, -C, -M via gears, clutches and timing belts.
Each bottle has a spiral groove, and this groove moves toner to the mouth [B] of the bottle.
Here, toner spills into a hopper [C]. The opening [D] of the toner hopper is normally closed
if the toner bottle is not installed in the machine. When the toner bottle is installed in the
machine, the transport tube [E] pushes the toner hopper shutter [F] and then the opening of
the toner hopper is open.
The toner passes part of the way along the transport tube towards the toner attraction
Toner Near End Detection

The toner end sensors [G] detect toner near end conditions (
"6.2.6 "Toner Near
End/Toner End Detection"").
SM
6-43
B222/B224
Detailed
Descriptions
pump. The toner goes through the toner end sensor [G].
Toner Supply
Toner supply from toner attraction pump to development unit
Each toner attraction pump [A] is driven by the toner transport motor [B]. Each toner
attraction pump has the same mechanism. The pump (toner attraction pump) has the
following components:
Toner supply clutch [C]
Rubber tube
Rotor [D]
The above components attract the toner in the toner transport tube [E] toward the
development unit.
The toner supply clutch controls the rotor, which draws the toner in from the cartridge and
passes it to the development unit. When supplying toner, the clutch turns on and off as
many times as necessary to supply the necessary amount of toner. The amount of toner
depends on the results of toner supply control.
Shutter Mechanism
The development unit and toner attraction pump each have a shutter mechanism. The
shutter [F] on the pump opens when the development unit is placed in the machine. At the
same time, the pump opens the shutter [G] in the development unit. When both shutters
are open, toner can enter the development unit from the toner attraction pump.
The shutter springs pull and close the shutter when the development unit is removed.
B222/B224
6-44
manuals4you.com
SM
Toner Supply
6.7.3 TONER CARTRIDGE

RFID (Radio Frequency ID)
Each toner cartridge of this machine has a RFID chip [A]. This stores the total on time of
the toner supply clutch. This is used to calculate the amount of toner remaining in the toner
cartridge. The chip is also used to detect whether the cartridge is installed (if the cartridge
is not installed, the machine does not detect a signal from the memory chip).
Detailed
Descriptions
The RFID transmits its data to the RFID antenna board [B] without any contact.
SM
6-45
B222/B224
Waste Toner Collection
6.8 WASTE TONER COLLECTION

6.8.1 TONER COLLECTION PATH AND DRIVE
From PCU
The used toner from the collection augers in the four PCUs drops into the toner collection
duct from the four openings [A][B][C][D] at the front of the PCUs. The toner collection auger
[E] in the duct transports this used toner towards the toner collection bottle [F]. The coil [E]
is driven by the toner transport motor [G]. The openings and PCUs correspond as follows:
Yellow
[A], Cyan
[B], Magenta
[C], Black
[D].
From Image Transfer Belt Unit
The toner collection auger [A] moves the used toner from the image transfer belt and the
B222/B224
6-46
manuals4you.com
SM

used toner drops into the toner collection duct [B]. The toner collection coil [C] moves the
used toner to the opening [D] at the rear of the toner collection bottle. The toner transport
motor [E] drives the toner collection coil.
Used Toner Distribution Mechanism
The toner collection bottle has two openings (front and rear). The opening at the front is for
the toner from the PCUs, and the opening at the rear is for the toner from the image
transfer belt.
To distribute the toner inside the bottle evenly, the auger [A] moves the toner to the center
area. The mixing auger has two spirals in different directions. As a result, it is possible to
gather the toner in the center area of the toner collection bottle even if the mixing auger
always rotates in the same direction. The toner transport motor [B] drives the mixing auger
6.8.2 TONER COLLECTION BOTTLE SET/ NEAR-FULL/ FULL

DETECTION
The toner collection bottle has a projection at its rear side. When the toner collection bottle
is set, this projection pushes the waste toner bottle set switch at the rear of the machine. As
a result, the machine detects that the toner collection bottle is installed.
SM
6-47
B222/B224
Detailed
Descriptions
via a timing belt and gears.

The bottle near-full/full detection mechanism is above the bottle. When the used toner
pushes up the used toner feeler [A], the waste toner sensor [B] turns off
At this time, the machine detects that the toner collection bottle is almost full, and displays
a message.
After this, when 500 sheets of paper have been copied, the machine detects that the toner
collection bottle is full, and the machine stops.
B222/B224
6-48
manuals4you.com
SM
Image Transfer and Paper Separation
6.9 IMAGE TRANSFER AND PAPER SEPARATION

6.9.1 IMAGE TRANSFER
Overview
1. Image transfer belt (ITB)
6. Lubricant application roller
2. ID sensor
7. Toner collection auger
3. ITB drive roller
8. Cleaning blade
9. Cleaning roller
5. Rotation encoder
10. Image transfer roller
The toner is moved from the four drums to the ITB by the four image transfer rollers. This is
arrow above the C and M drums on the diagram shows the direction of ITB rotation.
The ITB drive roller then moves the four-color toner image from the transfer belt to the
paper. The paper transfer roller is an idle roller.
The cleaning unit in the transfer unit cleans the belt surface with the cleaning blade and
roller. The used toner collected from the belt is transported to the toner collection bottle.
There are seven ID sensors. Three of them are for the line position adjustment. Four of
them are for process control.
SM
6-49
B222/B224
Detailed
Descriptions
done with one rotation of the ITB (four toner images are super-imposed onto the belt). The
ITB (Image Transfer Belt) Drive

Drive Motor
The ITB drive motor [A] drives the image transfer belt [B] and the cleaning unit via gears
and the ITB drive roller [C]. The speed of ITB drive depends on the process line speed (
6.5.2 "Optical Path").
Transfer belt speed control
This machine uses the rotation encoder to control the transfer belt speed.
The encoder [A] is on one of the rollers. This encoder checks the rotation speed of the
image transfer belt. The controller analyzes the signals from the encoder. Then it adjusts
the rotation speed of the image transfer belt.
The encoder contains a disk that has 550 notches on its surface [B]. These notches are
read by the sensor [C]. The controller counts the number of notches that the sensor has
read in the unit of time. If the sensor has read an unusually large number of notches or an
unusually small number of notches, the controller ignores such unusual signals. Therefore,
incorrect reading does not affect the rotation speed.
B222/B224
6-50
manuals4you.com
SM
Filter H:
The number of notches read by the sensor when the rotation speed of the transfer belt is at
its highest possible value.
Filter L:
The number of notches read by the sensor when the rotation speed of the transfer belt is at
its lowest possible value.
Detailed
Descriptions
ITB Current
Each image transfer roller [A] applies current to the image transfer belt to attract the toner
from each drum [B]. The high voltage supply board supplies current to the image transfer
rollers and grounds the belt at roller [C].
The bias that is applied to the image transfer belt is automatically corrected for paper size,
temperature (measured by the temperature/humidity sensor at the rear lower right side of
the machine).
The other rollers are grounded to neutralize the belt surface.
SM
6-51
B222/B224
Transfer belt cleaning
The ITB-cleaning unit removes toner (during printing) and the ID sensor patterns (during
process control or automatic line position adjustment) on the belt. Belt cleaning is
completed while the image transfer belt makes one rotation. The ITB drive motor drives the
ITB-cleaning unit.
The cleaning brush [A] always contacts the image transfer belt [B], and removes used toner
from the belt. The cleaning blade [C] in the cleaning unit scrapes the toner off the image
transfer belt. Then the toner collection auger [F] transports the toner towards the toner
collection duct.
The lubricant application roller [D] applies lubricant [E] to the image transfer belt to make
toner removal easy.
To drive the cleaning unit, the transfer belt rotates gear [G], and gears at the front of the
transfer unit drive the auger [F] and the rollers [A, D] in the cleaning unit.
B222/B224
6-52
manuals4you.com
SM
ITB (Image Transfer Belt) Contact
Mechanism
The ITB contact and release mechanism increases the lifetime of the image transfer belt
and drums.
The drum for black always contacts the belt. But the image transfer belt moves away from
the other drums during monochrome printing.
In the standby mode, the image transfer belt contacts only the black drum. It moves away
from the black drum when you turn the release lever counterclockwise.
When the machine prints a color page, the machine waits until the previous page has gone
through the paper transfer unit. Then the ITB contact motor [A] turns on and a cam [B]
moves the left side [C] of the image transfer belt downward, so that it contacts the other
The machine does not release the image transfer belt from the color drums during the job,
even if a monochrome page comes again. This is because the total printing speed reduces
if the ITB changes position.
But, if you change SP2-907-001 away from the default setting of zero, the image transfer
belt will move away from the color drums if the number of consecutive black-and-white
prints reaches the value of SP 2907-001.
The belt moves away from the color drums if the job is interrupted by any error except a
power failure.
The image transfer belt contact sensor [D] detects if the image transfer belt contacts the
color PCUs.
If a power failure occurs when the image transfer belt is in contact with the drums,
the belt stays in this position. If you want to remove the image transfer belt unit
SM
6-53
B222/B224
Detailed
Descriptions
three drums.

while the power is still off, you must release the belt. To do this, swing out the
controller box. Then turn the drive gear [B] manually.
Transfer Belt Sensor

The ITB contact sensor [D] operates as the detection sensor during machine initialization,
and also as the position sensor during machine operations.
Before machine initialization, the left side of the image transfer belt is in the home position.
When initialization starts, the ITB contact motor lowers the left side until the actuator has
passed the sensor. Then ITB contact motor lifts up the left side to its home position. This
action actuates the sensor in a certain pattern.
The table lists the sensor actuation patterns.
Machine status
Sensor pattern
Initialization
Operation
On
Standby (Default)
On
B/W printing
On
Color Printing
Off
Off
On
Off
On
On: The actuator is out of the sensor.

Off: The actuator is interrupting the sensor.
B222/B224
6-54
manuals4you.com
SM
6.9.2 PAPER TRANSFER AND SEPARATION

Overview
4. Image transfer roller
2. Discharge plate
5. Image transfer belt
3. ITB drive roller
6. OPC drum
Detailed
Descriptions
The paper transfer unit consists of the paper transfer roller and discharge plate. This unit
completes the toner transfer to the paper.
PTR (Paper Transfer Roller) Drive
SM
6-55
B222/B224
P.P.: Power Pack (ITB power supply board)

The toner is moved from the OPC [A] onto the surface of the image transfer belt [B] by a
positive charge from the image transfer roller (immediately above the drum, not shown
here). The ITB drive roller [C], which is given a negative charge, pushes the toner to the
paper [D].
The paper transfer roller [E] presses the paper against the image transfer belt [B] (with a
spring that is under tension from the paper transfer roller contact motor), and grounds the
charge from the ITB drive roller [C]. (The paper transfer roller does not have a drive
mechanism. This roller is driven by the image transfer belt.)
Finally, the discharge plate [E], which is given an AC charge, discharges the paper.
The discharge plate receives its charge from a different high voltage power supply board
than the ITB drive roller.
PTR (Paper Transfer Roller) Contact and Separation
B222/B224
6-56
manuals4you.com
SM

The paper transfer contact motor [A] keeps the paper transfer roller [B] in contact with the
image transfer belt [C]. This motor has the paper transfer HP sensor [D] inside. The paper
transfer HP sensor detects if the paper transfer roller is in contact with the image transfer
belt. Only when the machine executes the line position adjustment or process control, the
Detailed
Descriptions
paper transfer unit keeps away from the image transfer belt.
SM
6-57
B222/B224
Paper Feed
6.10 PAPER FEED

6.10.1 OVERVIEW
1. Pick-up roller - tray 1

2. Separation roller - tray 1
3. Feed roller - tray 1
4. Registration roller
5. Transport roller - By-pass feed
6. Feed roller - By-pass feed
7. Pick-up roller - By-pass feed
8. Separation roller - By-pass feed

9. Vertical transport roller 1
10. Vertical transport roller 2
11. Feed roller - tray 2
12. Separation roller - tray 2
13. Paper tray 2
14. Pick-up roller - tray 2
15. Paper tray 1
There are two paper trays (500 sheets each), and a by-pass feed table (100 sheets).
The paper feed mechanism uses an FRR system for tray 1, 2 and by-pass tray.
Tray 1 can hold A4 or letter paper only. Tray 2 can hold a range of sizes.
B222/B224
6-58
manuals4you.com
SM
Paper Feed
6.10.2 DRIVE TRAY 1, TRAY 2, AND BY-PASS TRAY

Tray 1 and Tray2
The paper feed motor [A] drives the pick-up and feed mechanisms in tray 1 [B], tray 2 [C]. It
uses clutches and complex trains of gears to do this.
When tray 1 and tray 2 are inside the machine, their pick-up rollers [D][E] are always in
contact with each top sheet of the paper stack (
6.10.4 "Paper Lift Trays 1 and 2").
When the paper feed clutch [F] for tray 1 turns on, the pick-up, feed [J] and separation [K]
rollers start rotating to feed the paper. The paper from tray 2 is also fed in the same way.
The paper feed clutch stays on until shortly after the registration sensor activates.
Detailed
Descriptions
By-pass Tray
The pick-up roller [A] of the by-pass tray stays away from the top of the stack of paper until
the by-pass pick-up solenoid turns on.
The duplex/by-pass motor [D] drives the pick-up, feed [B] and separation roller [C] through
the by-pass clutch [E] and gears.
SM
6-59
B222/B224
Paper Feed
6.10.3 PAPER PICK-UP
When the tray is installed in the machine, the rear [A] of the tray pushes the lever [B], and
this lever pushes down the pick-up roller [C] onto the paper. This turns the paper lift sensor
[D] "OFF".
When the paper feed sensor [E] detects the trailing edge of the paper, the pick-up solenoid
[F] turns on and off. This lifts the pick-up roller from the top of the stack paper briefly and
then releases the pick-up roller. This makes paper pick-up more effective.
The paper feed sensor [E] also controls the paper feed clutch "ON" and "OFF" timing.
B222/B224
6-60
manuals4you.com
SM
Paper Feed
6.10.4 PAPER LIFT TRAYS 1 AND 2
The rear end of the paper tray pushes the tray set switch (for tray 2, this is the paper size
switch). As a result, the machine detects that the paper tray is installed.
When the machine detects that a tray has been placed in the machine, the tray lift motor [A]
rotates and the coupling gear [B] on the tray lift motor engages the pin [C] on the lift arm
shaft [D]. Then the tray lift arm lifts the tray bottom plate [E] until the paper lift sensor [F] for
the tray detects that the top of the stack is at the paper feed position.
When the tray is removed from the machine, the connection between the coupling gear
and lift arm shaft is disengaged, and the tray bottom plate lowers. After that, the coupling
gear is moved to its home position.
Detailed
Descriptions
6.10.5 PAPER SIZE DETECTION TRAYS 1 & 2
There is no size switch for tray 1. The paper size is fixed at either A4 or LT (LEF for both
sizes). You can change the size setting with SP5-181-1.
SM
6-61
B222/B224
Paper Feed
For tray 2, there are four paper size switches [A] working in combination. Switch 1 (right
end) is for tray set detection. The other three switches detect the paper size as shown in
the table below. The actuator [B] is moved by the end plate [C].
Models
North America
Switch Location
Europe/Asia
SW4
SW3
SW2
DLT (A3) SEF*1
A3 (DLT) SEF*1
LG (B4) SEF*2
B4 (LG) SEF*2
A4 SEF
A4 SEF
LT SEF
LT SEF
B5 SEF
B5 SEF
LT (A4) LEF*3
A4 (LT) LEF*3
Exe (B5) LEF*4
B5 (Exe) LEF*4
A5 LEF
A5 LEF
*1: The machine detects either DLT SEF or A3 SEF, depending on the setting of
SP5-181-3.
*2: The machine detects either LG SEF or B4 SEF, depending on the setting of
SP5-181-4.
*3: The machine detects either LT LEF or A4 LEF, depending on the setting of
SP5-181-2.
*4: The machine detects either Exe LEF or B5 LEF, depending on the setting of
SP5-181-5
SP 5-181-6 to 13 does similar functions for the optional paper trays.
The machine disables paper feed from a tray if the paper size cannot be detected (if the
paper size actuator is broken or no tray is installed).
For non-standard paper sizes, if they are not visible on the user tool screen for selecting
paper sizes, then set SP 5112 to "1". If the user selects one of these sizes, auto paper size
selection is disabled.
B222/B224
6-62
manuals4you.com
SM
Paper Feed
6.10.6 PAPER HEIGHT DETECTION TRAYS 1 & 2
Two paper height sensors [A] [B] and actuator [C] are built into the paper tray lift motor. The
paper height sensors, detect the amount of paper in the tray.
The actuator [C] has two semi-circles, and it is engaged with the lift arm shaft via gears.
The paper height sensors detect the paper amount depending on the position of the two
semi-circles. The list shown below shows the detection combination of the two sensors.
The paper remaining status bar is displayed in the tray selection icon on the LCD.
100%
(Status bar x 4)
70%
(Status bar x 3)
30%
(Status bar x 2)
10%
(Status bar x 1)
Paper height sensor 1 [A]
Paper height sensor 2 [B]
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
Detailed
Descriptions
Remaining paper
OFF: No actuator
SM
6-63
B222/B224
Paper Feed
6.10.7 PAPER END DETECTION TRAYS 1 & 2
The paper stack raises the paper end feeler [A] and the paper end sensor [B] deactivates if
there is some paper in the paper tray.
When the paper tray runs out of paper, the paper end feeler [A] drops into the cutout in the
tray bottom plate. At this time the paper end sensor [B] activates.
B222/B224
6-64
manuals4you.com
SM
Paper Feed
6.10.8 REGISTRATION
The registration motor [A] drives the registration roller [B] with a complex train of gears.
The machine makes a paper buckle at the registration roller to correct paper skew. You can
adjust the paper buckle with SP1-003.
6.10.9 PAPER FEED LINE SPEED

This machine has three process line speeds (for feed from registration roller to fusing unit).
Model B222
Mode
Resolution
Line speed (mm/s)
Print speed (cpm)
Plain/
600 x 600 dpi
154
35
600 x 600 dpi 4-bits
77
17.5
600 x 600 dpi
115
77
Middle Thick
OHP/Thick
SM
6-65
25 (B/W)
22.5 (Color)
17.5
B222/B224
Detailed
Descriptions
The line speeds depend on the selected mode.
Paper Feed
Model B224
Mode
Resolution
Line speed (mm/s)
Plain/
600 x 600 dpi
205
77
600 x 600 dpi
115
77
Print speed (cpm)

45 (B/W)
40 (Color)
Middle Thick
OHP/Thick
17.5
25 (B/W)
22.5 (Color)
17.5
6.10.10 TRAY LOCK MECHANISM

This machine has two types of tray lock mechanism.
Tray Lock at the Front
The lock at the front prevents the tray from coming out of the machine during transporting
or shipping. When you pull the handle [A], the lock lever [B] is lowered. As a result, you can
pull out the tray.
B222/B224
6-66
manuals4you.com
SM
Paper Feed
Tray Lock at the Rear
This mechanism is only activated when the machine detects a paper jam. The lock at the
rear prevents the tray from coming out from the machine when the paper is jammed. If the
tray is removed while the paper is jammed, the paper may be split in two pieces. This
makes it difficult to remove the jammed paper.
If the paper is jammed, the tray lock solenoid [A] turns on and activates the lock lever [B].
The lock lever [B] locks tray 1 [C] and tray 2 [D].
Detailed
Descriptions
6.10.11 PAPER DUST COLLECTION
The two mylars [A] scrape the paper dust from the registration idle roller [B]. The paper
dust falls down into the paper dust container [C].
SM
6-67
B222/B224
Paper Feed
6.10.12 BY-PASS PAPER SEPARATION
When the by-pass paper detection [A] sensor detects paper and the machine gets a
by-pass printing job, the by-pass solenoid [B] drops the pick-up roller [C] onto the top of the
paper stack on the by-pass tray. After that, the pick-up roller moves one sheet of paper to
the feed roller.
This machine uses an FRR (Feed and Reverse Roller) system for feeding paper.
There is friction between the feed roller [E] and separation roller [D]. This friction separates
the top sheet of paper from the stack.
6.10.13 BY-PASS PAPER SIZE DETECTION
There are two paper side plates [A] on the by-pass tray. These connect with the paper size
sensor [B] through a rack-and-pinion mechanism.
B222/B224
6-68
manuals4you.com
SM
Fusing
6.11 FUSING
1. Heating roller
10. Cleaning roller
2. Fusing belt
11. Lubricant roller
3. Thermopile
12. Pressure roller thermostat
4. Tension roller
13. Pressure roller thermistor
5. Fusing roller
14. Fusing belt thermistor
6. Stripper plate
15. Fusing belt sensor
7. Stripper pawl
16. Ferrite roller HP sensor
8. Pressure roller
17. IH coil unit
9. Pressure roller fusing lamp
18. Heating roller thermostat
Detailed
Descriptions
6.11.1 OVERVIEW
This machine uses an IH (Induction Heating) system for the heating roller. This system
increases the temperature more quickly than a fusing lamp heating system.
A belt fusing system is used. This has a faster warm-up time than a conventional fusing
and pressure roller system.
The fusing roller is made of sponge, which flattens slightly, also increasing the fusing
nip. This roller does not contain a fusing lamp.
The fusing belt thermistor, pressure roller thermistor and thermopile control the
temperature of heating roller and pressure roller. The thermopile is a non-contact
SM
6-69
B222/B224
Fusing
sensor. The thermopile detects the temperature at the center of the fusing belt, and the
thermistor detects the temperature at the end.
Temperature is normally controlled by turning the fusing lamp and the IH system on
and off.
The lubricant roller supplies a small amount of oil to the pressure roller through the
cleaning roller. An oil supply unit is not necessary because the amount of oil supplied
to the pressure roller is small.
6.11.2 FUSING UNIT DRIVE
Belt and Rollers

The fusing/paper exit motor [A] drives the pressure roller [B] and the fusing roller [C]
through the gear train. The heating roller [D] is driven by the pressure with the fusing belt
[E]. The lubricant roller [F] and cleaning roller [G] are driven by the friction with the pressure
roller.
Lubricant Mechanism
The lubricant roller [F] contains silicone oil in its material. The lubricant roller applies small
amount of silicone oil to the pressure roller to reduce the friction between the pressure
roller and thermistor, and stripper pawl so that white lines on the output are reduced.
The cleaning roller [G] cleans the lubricant roller to remove the residual toner stuck to the
lubricant roller.
B222/B224
6-70
manuals4you.com
SM
Fusing
6.11.3 IH (INDUCTION HEATING) SYSTEM

Basic IH System
When high frequency current [B] is applied to the IH coil unit, a magnetic field [C] occurs
around the IH coil [A]. This magnetic field makes eddy currents [D] and the heating roller
[E] becomes hot. (During warm up, 1250 W is applied to the IH coil unit and during paper
feed, 950 W is applied.)
Detailed
Descriptions
Paper Size Correction
The ferrite roller [A] in the heating roller has a bronze plate [B] for paper size temperature
SM
6-71
B222/B224
Fusing
correction. The area that is covered with the bronze plate does not generate the same
amount of heat as other parts. The temperature correction for paper size is used for seven
paper sizes (A3, B4, A4, B5, A5, B6, and A6). The ferrite roller motor [C] rotates the ferrite
roller [A] to the correct position for the selected paper size.
The ferrite roller HP sensor [D] detects when this roller is at home position. The ferrite roller
is moved to its home position at the end of every job.
6.11.4 PRESSURE RELEASE MECHANISM
The pressure levers [A] put the proper pressure to the nip between the pressure roller [B]
and fusing belt [C]. When releasing these levers, the pressure roller moves away from the
fusing belt. If a paper jam occurs in the fusing unit, releasing these levers make jammed
paper easily removed.
B222/B224
6-72
manuals4you.com
SM
Fusing
6.11.5 FUSING TEMPERATURE CONTROL

Components
[A]: Thermostat (Heating roller)
[E]: Pressure roller fusing lamp
[B]: Thermopile
[F]: Thermistor (non-contact)
[C]: Thermistor (contact)
[G]: Ferrite roller HP sensor
[D]: Thermostat: (Pressure roller)
[H]: Fusing belt sensor
When the main switch turns on, the CPU turns on the IH coil unit and the fusing lamp. The
CPU raises the temperature to the printing temperature.

The fusing temperature for each mode is as follows. These are set by SP 1105.
If the ferrite roller does not rotate, it will overheat. The fusing belt sensor [H] detects if the
ferrite roller stops rotating, and an SC occurs.
SM
6-73
B222/B224
Detailed
Descriptions
IH coil unit and lamp stay on until the thermistor detects the standby temperature. Then the
Fusing
Fusing Temperatures
[A]: Heating roller temperature

[B]: Pressure roller temperature
[C]: Heating roller target temperature for the ready condition
[D]: Extra idling target temperature
[E]: Idling target temperature
[F]: Heating roller target temperature for the print condition
[G]: CPM down threshold temperature
[H]: Pressure roller target temperature
Warm-up mode [1]:
The machine uses the following formulas to decide the actual heating roller target
temperature for the warm-up mode.
If the ambient temperature 17C (adjustable with SP1-112-001)
T1 = T2 + T3
T1: Actual target temperature
T2: Heating roller target temperature for the ready condition (adjustable with
SP1-105-001, default: 138C)
T3: Environment correction (adjustable with SP1-112-003, default: 5C)
T1 = T2 - T4
SP1-105-001, default: 138C)
T4: Environment correction (adjustable with SP1-112-004, default: 0C)
If 17C (adjustable with SP1-112-001) < Ambient temperature < 30C (adjustable with
SP1-112-002)
B222/B224
6-74
manuals4you.com
SM
Fusing
T1 = T2
SP1-105-001, default: 138C)
The machine determines that the temperature of the fusing unit is at the target temperature
for the ready condition when all the conditions below occur.
The thermopile detects the specified temperature.
Specified temperature = T2 - T4
SP1-105-001, default: 138C)
T4: Offset temperature for the ready condition (adjustable with SP1-105-002, default:
0C)
The thermistor of the heating roller detects the specified temperature.
T5 Specified temperature T6
T5 = T2 (default: 138C) - 70C (adjustable with SP1-105-003)
T6 = 200C (adjustable with SP1-105-004)
The thermistor of the pressure roller detects the specified temperature.
T7 Specified temperature T8
T7 = T2 (default: 138C) - 70C (B222)/90C (B224) (adjustable with SP1-105-005)
T8 = 180C (adjustable with SP1-105-006)
Extra idling mode [2]:
The machine uses the extra idling when some conditions occur.
In this condition, the temperature of the heating roller is kept at 165C (adjustable with
SP1-105-106) for 60 seconds (adjustable with SP1-103-016).
SP1-105-108) for 10 seconds (B222)/25 seconds (B224) (adjustable with
SP1-103-017).
If 17C Ambient temperature 30C
SP1-105-107) for 10 seconds (B222)/25 seconds (B224) (adjustable with
SP1-103-018).
Maintain mode for the ready condition temperature [3]:
The temperature of the heating roller is kept at 160C (adjustable with SP1-105-082) for 60
seconds (adjustable with SP1-113-001) after the temperature of the fusing unit reaches the
SM
6-75
B222/B224
Detailed
Descriptions
Fusing
temperature for the ready condition.
Stand-by mode [4]:
The machine turns off the IH coil unit (heating roller) and then turns on the pressure roller
lamp. The temperature of the pressure roller is kept at 150C (adjustable with
SP1-105-012).
The machine also executes the idling rotation in the stand-by mode for 0.7 seconds
(adjustable with SP1-115-002) every 60 minutes (adjustable with SP SP1-115-001).
Print ready mode [5]:
The machine turns off the pressure roller lamp and turns on the IH coil unit (heating roller)
when the machine recovers.
If the machine does not get any printing/copying job, the target temperature after recovery
is 170C (adjustable with SP1-105-083). But if the machine does not get any
printing/copying job for 10 seconds (adjustable with SP1-113-002), the machine turns off
the IH coil unit (heating roller), turns on the pressure roller lamp, and then returns to the
stand-by mode.
If the machine gets a printing/copying job, the machine uses the following formulas to
decide the actual heating roller target temperature for feeding paper and processing the
image (this is the print ready mode).
Ta = Tb + Tc
Ta: Actual target temperature for printing
Tb: Heating roller target temperature for each paper type (adjustable with
SP1-105-030 to -080)
Tc: Environment correction (adjustable with SP1-112-003, default: 5C)
Ta = Tb - Tc
SP1-105-030 to -080)
If 17C (adjustable with SP1-112-001) Ambient temperature
30C (adjustable
with SP1-112-002)
Ta = Tb
Ta: Actual target temperature
SP1-105-030 to -080)
B222/B224
6-76
manuals4you.com
SM
Fusing
The machine starts to feed paper after an interval of S1 (Feeding wait mode [7]) after one
of the conditions below has occurred. However, the machine automatically starts to feed
paper if one of conditions below does not occur for 300 seconds after the machine has
entered the stand-by mode.
S1 is adjustable with SP1-910-001 to -003 and -007 to -009.
The thermopile detects the specified temperature after the machine has recovered.
Specified temperature = Ta - 5C (adjustable with SP1-105-086)
Ta = Tb + Tc
SP1-105-030 to -080)
The thermopile detects the specified temperature in the maintain mode for the ready
condition temperature [3].
Ta = Tb - Tc
SP1-105-030 to -080)
The machine starts to process the image when one of the conditions below occurs.
However, the machine automatically starts to process the image if one of the conditions
below does not occur for 300 seconds after the machine has entered the stand-by mode.
Detailed
Descriptions
The thermopile detects the specified temperature.

Ta = Tb + Tc
SP1-105-030 to -080)
The thermopile detects the specified temperature in the maintain mode for the ready
condition temperature [3].
Ta = Tb - Td
SM
6-77
B222/B224
Fusing
SP1-105-030 to -080)
Td: Environment correction (adjustable with SP1-112-004, default: 0C)
Print mode [6]:
The machine prints or makes copies, keeping the temperature at Ta.
If the machine stays in the maintain mode for the ready condition temperature [3], the
machine waits until the fusing temperature reaches the specified temperature and then
keeps this temperature for 20 seconds (adjustable with SP1-915-002, -004 or -006).
Specified temperature = Ta + 10C (adjustable with SP1-915-001, -003 or -005).
CPM down limit mode [8]:
CPM down mode is not allowed for a certain time interval.
CPM down mode [9]:
This machine uses CPM down mode to prevent image offset on outputs when the fusing
temperature goes below a specified temperature in some conditions. This mode is only
used at line speeds of 205 or 154 mm/sec.
Mode
Temperature of Heating Roller
Temperature of Pressure
(C)
Roller (C)
138C
Warm-up mode
138C - 0C (SP1105-002)
- 70C (B222)/ - 90C (B224)

(SP1105-005)
Actual target temperature for

Print start
each paper type - 0C
--
(SP1105-085)
Actual target temperature for
Feed start
each paper type - 5C
(SP1105-086)
Standby mode
Energy saver (panel
off) mode
150C (SP1105-012)
100C (B222)/ 140C (B224)
(SP1105-016)
B222: 155C / B224: 160C

Plain paper
(SP1105-030, -032, -034 and
--
-036)
B222/B224
6-78
manuals4you.com
SM
Fusing
Thin paper
Temperature of Heating Roller
Temperature of Pressure
(C)
Roller (C)
150C (SP1105-038, -40, -42 and

-044)
Middle thick paper

(middle speed)
Middle thick paper

(High speed)
Thick 1 paper
145C
(SP1105-095, -097 and -099)
--
--
Middle thick (middle speed) +

15C (B222)/ 20C (B224)
--
(SP1105-103)
170C (SP1105-046, -048, -050
and -052)
--
Thick 2 paper
170C (SP1105-054, -055)
--
Thick 3 paper
175C (SP1105-089 and -091)
--
165C (SP1105-056)
--
160C (SP1105-057)
--
160C (SP1105-058 to -080)
--
OHP (full color)

OHP
(black-and-white)
Special paper
Detailed
Descriptions
Mode
- Paper Weights Thin paper: Below 60 g/m2 (16 lb.)

Normal plain paper: 60 90 g/m2 (16 24 lb.)
Middle Thick: 90 105 g/m2 (24 28 lb.)
Thick 1: 106 169 g/m2 (28.5 44.9 lb.)
Thick 2: 170 219 g/m2 (45 58 lb.)
Thick 3: 220 253 g/m2 (58.5 67 lb.)
Temperature Corrections
- Corrections for ambient temperature (SP 1112) If the room temperature is below 17C, the heating roller temperature is increased by
5C with SP1112-003 (default: 5C).
If the room temperature is above 30C, the heating roller temperature can be
SM
6-79
B222/B224
Fusing
decreased with SP1112-004 (default: 0C).
Overheat Protection
The CPU cuts power to the fusing lamp at the following times:
The heating roller or pressure roller temperature becomes higher than 215C for one
second or more. SC 543 and SC 553 for the heating roller or SC 563 for the pressure
roller show for this condition.
The heating roller or pressure roller temperature reaches 220C. SC 544 and SC 554
for the heating roller or SC 564 for the pressure roller show for this condition.
The following components are used if thermistor or thermopile overheat protection fails.
Two thermostats for the IH inverter (heating roller) and two thermofuses for the
pressure roller in series with the common ground line of the fusing lamp.
Do not push the two thermostats for the heating roller at the IH coil unit.
Otherwise, these thermostats are opened. As a result, the IH coil unit must be
replaced.
If one of the thermostat temperatures becomes higher than 234C, it opens and
cuts power to the IH inverter.
If the other thermostat temperature becomes higher than 235C, it also opens and
cuts power to the IH inverter.
If either of the two thermofuse temperatures becomes higher than 149C, the
thermofuse opens and cuts power to the fusing lamp.
These thermofuses make a series circuit.

In either case, the machine stops operation.
6.11.6 CPM DOWN SYSTEM

CPM Down Control
When this machine gets a sequence of coping/printing jobs at a high line speed mode
(B222: 154 mm/sec, B224: 205 mm/sec) and some conditions occur, the machine
decreases the CPM to prevent offset on outputs due to insufficient fusing temperature. This
mode can be turned on or turned off with SP1-916-025 (default: "OFF" for B222, "ON" for
B224).
CPM down mode has two steps (1 and 2).
For a full-color printing job using middle-thick paper, the machine enters step 1, and then
step 2. For other types of printing job, the machine enters step 2 only.
B222/B224
6-80
manuals4you.com
SM
Fusing
Step 1 (Only for full color mode using middle thick paper)
If the input voltage from IH inverter to the IH coil > 93% (adjustable with SP1-916-23) and
ambient temperature 17C (adjustable with SP1-112-001):
The machine decreases the CPM to 25cpm (B222) or 30cpm (B224) (adjustable with
If input voltage 93% (adjustable with SP1-916-23) and ambient temperature > 17C
(adjustable with SP1-112-001):
If input voltage 93% (adjustable with SP1-916-23) and ambient temperature 17C
(adjustable with SP1-112-001):
SP1-916-022 and SP1-916-024) for 20 seconds (adjustable with SP1-916-023).
Step 2
When the fusing temperature goes below the print ready temperature for plain paper:
SP1-916-020).
When the fusing temperature goes below the print ready temperature for middle thick
paper in B/W mode:
Detailed
Descriptions
SP1-916-021).
om
justmanuals.c
SM
6-81
B222/B224
Fusing
6.11.7 ENERGY SAVER MODES

Overview
When the machine is not being used, the energy saver function reduces power
consumption by decreasing the fusing temperature.
This machine has the following two types of energy saver modes:
1.
Panel-off mode
2.
Auto Off mode
These modes are controlled by the following UP mode:

Panel off timer: User Tools System Settings Timer Setting Panel Off Timer
Auto off timer: User Tools System Settings Timer Setting Auto Off Timer
Panel Off Mode

Entering the panel off mode
The machine enters the panel off mode when one of the following is done:
The panel off timer runs out.
The Clear Mode/Energy Saver Key is held down for one second.
If the value in the panel off timer is larger than that in the auto off timer, the machine goes
into the auto off mode. At this time it does not go into the panel off mode. To make the panel
off mode effective, specify a value smaller than the values in the auto off timer.
What happens in panel off mode
When the machine is in the panel off mode, the fusing lamp is kept at the temperatures
B222/B224
6-82
manuals4you.com
SM
Fusing
indicated in the table at the bottom of the page. The operation panel indicators are turned
off except for the Energy Saver LED and the Power LED.
If the controller receives an image print out command from an application program (e.g. to
print incoming fax data or to print data from a PC), the temperature of heating roller (IH coil
unit) rises to print the data.
Return to stand-by mode
The machine returns to stand-by mode if one of the following is done:
The Clear Mode/Energy Saver Mode key is pressed
Any key on the operation panel or touch panel screen is pressed
An original is placed in the ADF
The ADF is lifted
A sheet of paper is placed in the by-pass feed table
The return time from the panel off mode is less than 30 seconds.
Mode
Operation
Switch
Panel off
Energy
Saver
On
Fusing Temperature
+24V
Pressure roller: 150C
On
LED
On
System
+5V
On
Auto Off Mode

There are two Auto Off modes: Off Stand-by mode and Off mode. The difference between
mode.
Entering off stand-by and off modes
The machine enters the Off Stand-by mode or Off Mode when one of the following is done.
The auto off timer runs out.
The operation switch is pressed to turn the power off.
If one or more of the following conditions exists, the machine enters Off Stand-by mode. If
none of these conditions exist, the machine enters the Off Mode.
Error or SC condition
Image data is stored in the memory
During memory TX or polling RX
The handset is off hook
An original is in the ARDF
The ARDF is open
SM
6-83
B222/B224
Detailed
Descriptions
Off Stand-by mode and Off mode is the machines condition when it enters the Auto Off
Fusing
Off Stand-by mode
The system +5V is still supplied to all components. When the machine detects a ringing
signal or receives a stream of data for a print job, the +24V supply is activated. At this time
the machine automatically prints the incoming message or executes the print job.
Off Mode
The system +5V supply also turns off. However, +5VE (+5V for energy saver mode) is still
activated. When the machine detects a ringing signal, off-hook signal, or receives a print
job, the machine returns to the Off Stand-by mode and the system +5V and +24V supplies
are activated.
Returning to stand-by mode
The machine returns to stand-by mode when the operation switch is pressed. The return
time is less than 45 seconds.
Mode
Off
Stand-by
Off
Operation
Switch
Energy
Saver
Fusing Lamp
+24V
LED
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off (On when

printing)
Off
System
+5V
On
On
Off
Off
Note
+5VE is
supplied
6.11.8 NEW UNIT DETECTION

Fusing Unit, Image Transfer Belt Unit
The fusing unit and image transfer belt unit each have a fuse. When the machine detects
that the fuse is intact, the machine determines that a new unit is installed. Then a short time
later, the fuse blows.
PCU, Development Unit

The development unit (as part of the PCU, or as a separate development unit) contains an
ID chip. The ID chip contains information that tells the machine that the unit is new.
B222/B224
6-84
manuals4you.com
SM
Paper Exit
6.12 PAPER EXIT
1. Paper exit sensor
4. Junction gate 2
2. Paper overflow sensor
5. Junction gate 1
3. Junction gate jam sensor
6: Paper exit rollers
This machine has two junction gates:

Junction gate 1 switches the paper feed direction to the standard output tray path or
the duplex unit path/1-bin tray path. This gate is controlled by the junction gate 1 motor.
When the junction gate 1 HP sensor detects that the gate is at home position, the
standard output tray path is opened.
Junction gate 2 switches the paper feed direction to the 1-bin tray path or duplex unit
path. This gate is controlled by the junction gate solenoid in the 1-bin tray. If the 1-bin
tray is not installed, junction gate 2 does not move (the 1-bin tray path is always
closed).
The fusing/paper exit motor drives the paper exit rollers.
SM
6-85
B222/B224
Detailed
Descriptions
6.12.1 OVERVIEW
Paper Exit
6.12.2 JUNCTION GATE MECHANISM

To the Standard Tray
The paper exit rollers [A] feed paper to the standard output tray. These rollers are driven by
the fusing/paper exit motor [B].
When a sheet of paper stays in the paper exit unit, the paper exit sensor [C] detects the
paper jam and a jam message is displayed.
When outputs push up the tray full actuator [D], the paper overflow sensor [E] detects that
standard output tray is full,a jam message is displayed.
B222/B224
6-86
manuals4you.com
SM
Paper Exit
To the 1-bin Tray or Duplex Unit
When duplex mode or 1-bin tray mode is selected, junction gate 1 [A] closes the paper path
to the standard tray. And then, junction gate 2 [B] switches the paper feed direction to the
1-bin tray or the duplex unit. The paper transport roller [C] is driven by the fusing/paper exit
motor [D]. The junction gate jam sensor [E] in the 1-bin tray path detects paper jams in the
path to the 1-bin tray. The duplex entrance sensor [F] detects paper jams in the path to the
SM
Detailed
Descriptions
duplex unit.
6-87
B222/B224
Duplex Unit
6.13 DUPLEX UNIT

6.13.1 OVERVIEW
1. Duplex inverter plate
4. Duplex transport rollers
2. Duplex entrance sensor
5: Duplex exit sensor
3. Duplex inverter rollers
6. Duplex/by-pass transport roller
The duplex inverter rollers move the paper to the inverter path, and then feed it backwards
to the duplex paper feed path. The duplex transport rollers move paper to the waiting
position (just before the duplex/by-pass transport roller).
The duplex/by-pass transport roller moves the paper to the registration roller. This roller is
also used for by-pass mode as the by-pass transport roller. But the by-pass tray cannot be
used with duplex mode.
The duplex entrance sensor and duplex exit sensor control the timing for duplex paper
feed.
B222/B224
6-88
manuals4you.com
SM
Duplex Unit
6.13.2 DUPLEX DRIVE
The duplex inverter motor [A] drives the following:

Duplex inverter rollers [B]
Duplex transport rollers [C]
The duplex/by-pass motor [D] drives the following:
Duplex/by-pass transport roller [E]
The duplex entrance sensor [F] and duplex exit sensor [G] control the interleave movement
Detailed
Descriptions
and detect paper jams.
SM
6-89
B222/B224
Duplex Unit
6.13.3 INVERTER MECHANISM
The paper is fed to the duplex path in duplex mode after junction gate 1 [A] opens the
duplex path. The duplex inverter motor moves the paper into the inverter, as far as the
switching back position.
Then, after the duplex entrance sensor [C] detects the trailing edge of the paper, the duplex
inverter motor stops, and the duplex inverter plate [B] opens the duplex feed path (the plate
is opened by the duplex inverter solenoid). Then, the duplex inverter motor reverses and
moves the paper from the switching position to the duplex feed path.
In the duplex feed path, the paper is fed by the transport rollers (these rollers are driven by
the duplex inverter motor) and the duplex/by-pass transport roller (this roller is driven by the
duplex/by-pass motor). When the machine gets a multi-page duplex printing job, the duplex
exit sensor [D] controls the duplex inverter motor and duplex/by-pass motor to synchronize
the duplex feed timing.
B222/B224
6-90
manuals4you.com
SM
Duplex Unit
6.13.4 DUPLEX OPERATION

Up to A4/LT (81/2" x 11") LEF
There are four sheets of paper in the paper feed path at the same time. The interleave
method is used.
The drawing above shows the paper movement with the interleave method for five sheets
of paper. The printing is done as follows:
Detailed
Descriptions
From A4/LT (8 1/2" x 11") LEF to 400mm length
There are two sheets of paper in the paper feed path at the same time. The interleave
method is used. For sheets longer than 400 mm, there is no interleaving.
The drawing above shows the paper movement with the interleave method for three sheets
of paper. The printing is done as follows:
SM
6-91
B222/B224
Duplex Unit
B222/B224
6-92
manuals4you.com
SM
Printer Functions
6.14 PRINTER FUNCTIONS

6.14.1 OVERVIEW
The controller is based on the GW architecture.
TRUMPET:
This is one of the GW-architecture ASICs:
GW architecture ASIC. It controls the interface with the CPU and controls these functions:
memory, local bus interrupts, PCI bus, video data, HDD, SD card for booting and image
processing.
QUENA:
IO control ASIC. It controls the network, operation panel, USB port, SD cards.
SDRAM DIMM (2 slots):
The controller has 1024-MB resident SDRAM.
Flash ROM:
32 MB flash ROM programmed for the boot system.
SD card:
The 32 MB SD card installed in the SD card slot #1 includes the program for network
SM
6-93
B222/B224
Detailed
Descriptions
CPU: RM7935C-835 MHz
Printer Functions
application, printer, PCL5c, PS3 and RPCS applications and internal printer fonts.
NVRAM:
128 KB for the machine parameters, logged data and a record of the number of pages
printed for each User Code.
Network Interface:
100BASE-TX/10BASE-T
USB Interface:
USB2.0
IEEE 1394 Interface (option):
Supports a data transfer speed of up to 400 Mbps.
IEEE 1284 Interface (option):
This is a parallel printer port.
IEEE 802.11b (option):
This lets you connect the machine to a wireless network.
Bluetooth (option):
This lets you connect the machine to a Bluetooth network.
USB Host (option):
This is for the connection of an external device (digital camera etc.).
I/F Slot
Item
Slot A
IEEE 1394, IEEE 1284, IEEE 802.11b or Bluetooth
Slot B
USB Host
Slot C
Not used
Slot D
File format converter
HDD:
3.5 HDD x 2 (80 GB) can be connected using the IDE interface.
SD Card slots:
Slot 1: Standard SD card (standard printer/scanner application SD card)
Slot 2: Optional application (for PostScript 3, Data Overwrite Security Unit or
PictBridge)
Slot 3: Firmware upgrade or Browser Unit (RDS Ricoh Document Server)
B222/B224
6-94
manuals4you.com
SM
Printer Functions
6.14.2 HARD DISK

Overview
The capacity of the hard disk is 80 GB (40 GB x 2). The controller partitions it into several
drives and allocates them for different functions. You can initialize these partitions as
SP5-832). The table lists the contents of the hard disk.
Contents
Capacity (MB)
21,528
Volatile/
Initialization
Nonvolatile
(SP5-832)
Nonvolatile
Images (IMH)
002
39,176
Volatile
Thumbnails
2400
Nonvolatile
003
Job Logs
200
Nonvolatile
004
Printer fonts
500
Nonvolatile
005
User information
300
Nonvolatile
006
Mail RX data
200
Nonvolatile
007
Mail TX data
1,000
Nonvolatile
008
Designer data
512
Nonvolatile
009
Logs
150
Nonvolatile
Net interfaces
500
Nonvolatile
011
Volatile: The data is lost when you turn the main switch off.
Nonvolatile: The data is not lost when you turn the main switch off.
6.14.3 CONTROLLER FUNCTIONS

Sample Print
This feature was formerly known as Proof Print. This function gives users a chance to
check the print results before starting a multiple-set print run.
The size of the hard disk partition for the sample print feature is 38 GB. This partition is
SM
6-95
B222/B224
Detailed
Descriptions
necessary (
Printer Functions
also used by the collation and locked print features.
The partition can hold up to 2000 files, including files stored using locked print.
The partition can hold a log containing up to 30 errors, excluding jobs stored using
locked print.
The maximum number of pages is 9,000, including jobs using locked print and
collation.
Locked Print
Using this feature, the print job is stored in the machine but will not be printed until the user
inputs an ID and a password at the machines operation panel. These ID and password
must match the ID and password that has been input with the printer driver.
Stored data is automatically deleted after it is printed.
Stored data can be manually deleted at the operation panel.
The partition can hold up to 2,000 files, including files stored using sample print.
The partition can hold a log containing up to 30 errors, excluding logs stored using
locked print.
The maximum number of pages is 9,000, including jobs using sample print and
collation.
Locked print uses the same hard disk partition (38 GB) as sample print and collation.
Hold Print
Using this feature, the print job is stored in the machine but will not be printed until the user
inputs an ID at the machines operation panel. This ID must match the ID that has been
input with the printer driver.
Stored data is automatically deleted after it is printed.
Stored Print/ Store and Print

Using this feature, the same stored files can be printed repeatedly without PC operation or
stored files can be printed during receiving files even the file data has not been received
completely.
6.14.4 JOB SPOOLING

Print data can be spooled (stored) in the machines HDD, and the machine starts to print
when data transfer is complete. Since the machine stores all data first before printing, the
host computer is freed up more quickly.
B222/B224
6-96
manuals4you.com
SM
Printer Functions
The supported print protocols are IPP, LPR, SMB, BM LinkS, DIPRINT, FTP and
sftp. The default setting for this feature is off. The user must use web image
monitor to enable this feature.
The size of the HDD partition for job spooling is 1 GB.
The partition can hold up to 5000 files.
Related SP Modes
Job spooling can be turned on and off using the SP mode (SP5-828-069) for each protocol.
The machine does not spool jobs when job spooling is switched off with the SP mode, even
when the customer switches it on with the user mode.
Paper Source Selection
The Tray Priority setting determines the start of the tray search when the user selects
Auto Tray Select with the driver. The machine searches paper trays for the specified
paper size and type.
When no tray contains paper that matches the paper size and type specified by the driver,
the controller stops printing until the user loads the correct paper.
The Tray Priority setting can be specified in the following menu:
> System Settings
> Tray Paper Settings > Paper Tray Priority: Printer.
The by-pass feed table is not part of the tray search.

Tray Locking
If Tray Locking is enabled for a tray, the controller skips the locked tray in the tray search
process.
SM
6-97
B222/B224
Detailed
Descriptions
Tray Priority (Auto Tray Select)
Printer Functions
The Tray Locking setting can be specified in the following menu:
> System Settings
> Tray Paper Settings > Paper Type: Tray # > Apply Auto Paper Select (where the #
indicates the tray number).
The by-pass feed table cannot be unlocked (Tray Locking is always enabled).
Manual Tray Select
If the selected tray does not have the paper size and type specified by the driver, the
controller stops printing until the user loads the correct paper.
Auto Continue
Overview
When this function is enabled, the machine waits for a specified period (0, 1, 5, 10, 15
minutes) for the correct paper size and type to be set in the tray. If the timer runs out, the
machine starts printing, even if there is no paper tray which matches the paper size and
paper type specified by the driver.
The machine searches for a paper tray in the following way:
The interval can be set with the following menu:
> Printer Features > System >
Auto Continue.
The default setting for this feature is Off.

Auto Tray Select
When there is no paper tray that matches the paper size and type specified by the driver,
the machine searches for any tray that has paper, and prints from the first tray it finds. The
start of the tray search is the tray selected as the priority tray.
Manual Tray Select
B222/B224
6-98
manuals4you.com
SM
Printer Functions
The machine prints from the selected tray even if the paper size and type do not match the
setting specified from the driver.
If Auto Continue is disabled, the machine waits until the user loads the correct paper in
Detailed
Descriptions
the tray.
SM
6-99
B222/B224
PictBridge
6.15 PICTBRIDGE
6.15.1 GENERAL FUNCTION
The PictBridge function can make a PictBridge-standard DSC (Digital Still Camera)
connect with the machine using a USB cable. As a result, photographs in the DSC can be
printed directly with a machine that has the PictBridge application.
Photo image format

Exif/JPEG
JFIF
TIFF/MMR (Ricoh cameras only)
It is possible to connect more than one DSC at the same time, but it is only
possible to print from one DSC. If more than one DSC is connected, you can only
print from the first DSC that was connected.
6.15.2 PRINTING FUNCTION LIST

The availability of these functions depends on each DSC function. If the DSC has the same
functions as below, these functions are available.
Name
Requirement for
PictBridge Standard
B222/B244
Single image printing
Must
Available
Selected image printing
Must
Available
DPOF printing
Recommended
Not available
All image printing
Must
Available
Index printing
Recommended
Available
Trimming
Recommended
Available
Multiple number printing
Must
Available
B222/B224
6-100
manuals4you.com
SM
PictBridge
Date and file name printing
Recommended
Available
Paper size
Must
Available
Image print size
Recommended
Available
Multi-Image-Layout (N-up)
Recommended
Available
Edge-to-edge borderless printing
Recommended
Not available
Printing quality
Optional
Available
Color matching
Optional
Available
Paper type specification
Optional
Available
Form printing
Ricoh
Available
Camera memo printing
Ricoh
Available
6.15.3 PRINTING FUNCTION DESCRIPTION

Single image printing
This function can print an image displayed on the DSC. The image is enlarged and rotated
Detailed
Descriptions
to match the paper, but the image aspect ratio is not changed.
SM
6-101
B222/B224
PictBridge
Selected image printing

This function can print two or more images selected from the display on the DSC. If
landscape and portrait images are mixed in one job, the paper feed direction is fixed
following the first image direction.
DPOF (Digital Print Order Format) printing

This function is not available in this machine.
All image printing

This function can print all images in the DSC.
Index printing
This function can print all images as thumbnail photos with index format. The size of the
photos is fixed at 20 mm x 20 mm.
Paper Size
Number of Photos
A3
192
16 x 12
A4
96
12 x 8
A5
40
8x5
Letter
80
10 x 8
B4
140
14 x 10
Some digital cameras have a limitation on the maximum photo number in a print
job. If the number of photos in a page is more than the maximum photo number in
a job, a form feed may be inserted between the thumbnail photos.
Trimming
This function can print a part of an image by specifying a clip area.
Multiple number printing

This function can print multiple images from the same image according to ordered number
and layout. If the photos are printed with a multiple number printing function, and there are
an odd number of photos in a page, the photo will not be printed.
B222/B224
6-102
manuals4you.com
SM
PictBridge
If a layout is not selected (like 2 up or 4 up for example), each image will be printed
on one page.
Example 1: Photo A: 2, Photo B: 3 with 4-up printing
In this case, Page 2 will not be printed.
Example 2: Photo A: 2, Photo B: 4 with 2-up printing

In this case, all photos will be printed.
This function can impose a date stamp and file name under each image. A data stamp and
file name are imposed in the following style:
Position: It is centered under each image.
Font color: Black
Font type: Arial
Font size: 6 pt to 16 pt depending on printing size
SM
6-103
B222/B224
Detailed
Descriptions
Date and file name printing
PictBridge
Image print size (Fixed size printing)
[A]: Specified printing size, [B]: Paper

This function can print images with the size specified on the camera.
The image is enlarged to match the specified size.
The image is not rotated.
The image aspect ratio is not changed.
If the specified aspect ratio is different from the image aspect ratio, the image aspect
ratio is automatically adjusted to the specified aspect ratio even this deletes part of the
image.
If the new ratios of height and width magnification are different, the larger
magnification ratio is used to adjust the image to the specified printing size.
An error occurs if the specified size is larger than the actual paper size.
3.25 x 2.5
8cm x 6cm
5 x 2.5
10cm x 7cm
6 x 4
13cm x 9cm
7 x 5
15cm x 10cm
10 x 8
18cm x 13cm
254mm x 178mm
21cm x 15cm
110mm x 74mm
24cm x 18
89mm x 55mm
148mm x 100mm
B222/B224
6-104
manuals4you.com
SM
PictBridge
Multi-Image-Layout (N-up)
manuals4you.com
This function can print multiple images on the specified paper.
Number of images
Vertical x Horizontal images
Paper direction
2x1
Portrait
2x2
Landscape
4x2
Portrait
3x3
Landscape
16
4x4
Landscape
25
5x5
Landscape
32
8x4
Portrait
36
6x6
Landscape
49
7x7
Landscape
64
8x8
Landscape
The number of images printed on a page can be as shown in the following list.
SM
Paper size
Number of images
2L (5 x 7)
2, 4, 8, 9
6-105
B222/B224
Detailed
Descriptions
The number and arrangement of images can be specified as shown in the following list.
PictBridge
Postcard
2, 4
100mm x 150mm
2, 4
4 x 6
2, 4, 8, 9
8 x 10
2, 4, 8, 9, 16, 25, 32
Letter
2, 4, 8, 9, 16, 25, 32
11 x 17
2, 4, 8, 9, 16, 25, 32, 49, 64
A3
2, 4, 8, 9, 16, 25, 32, 49, 64
A4
2, 4, 8, 9, 16, 25, 32
A5
2, 4, 8, 9, 16
A6
2, 4, 8
B4
2, 4, 8, 9, 16, 25, 32, 49
B5
2, 4, 8, 9, 16, 25
B6
2, 4, 8, 9
A form feed may be inserted between images depending on the DSC in use. Also,
printing in the specified way may not be possible depending on the specification
for the number of images to be printed.
Edge-to-edge borderless printing

This function is not available in this machine.
Printing quality
This function can print images in the selected printing quality.
Normal or Default
600dpi x 600dpi (2bit)
Fine
600dpi x 600dpi (4bit)
B222/B224
6-106
manuals4you.com
SM
PictBridge
Color matching
This function can optimize colors when printing images.
OFF or Default
Gradation
ON
Saturation
Paper type specification

This function can match the paper type names between the machine and DSC. When this
function sends the machine's paper type information to the DSC, the names of paper types
displayed on the DSC's screen are different from the names displayed on the machine. So,
it is possible to match the paper type names with this function.
Default
Auto tray selection
Plain paper
Plain or recycled paper
Form printing
Detailed
Descriptions
This function can print images in a predetermined layout format.
[A]: Image size A4: 170mm x 128mm LT: 174.5mm x 120mm

[B]: Image size A4: 120mm x 90mm LT: 112.5mm x 92mm
SM
6-107
B222/B224
PictBridge
[C]: Image size A4: 86mm x 65mm LT: 88mm x 61mm
[D]: Image size A4: 86mm x 65mm LT: 88mm x 61mm
[E]: Image size A4: 152.4mm x 108mm LT: 156.7mm x 102.6mm
Camera memo printing

This function can print text data with an image if it is attached to the image.
B222/B224
6-108
manuals4you.com
SM
6.16 COPY DATA SECURITY UNIT

6.16.1 GENERAL FUNCTION
This function can prevent unauthorized copying by making a special masking pattern with
an embedded message when an original is printed. This enables the machine to make
grayed-out output when it is copied.
Confidential documents can never be duplicated on a machine that has the optional Copy
Data Security Unit.
The embedded messages appear when a confidential document is copied on a machine
without an optional Copy Data Security Unit.
However, some MFP functions are disabled if this function is enabled.
Reduction less than 50% is disabled.
Scanner/Fax application is disabled.
Detailed
Descriptions
When copying on a machine with an optional Copy Data Security Unit
SM
6-109
B222/B224
When copying on a machine without an optional Copy Data Security

Unit
Setting
This function can be turned on or off with a user tool (User Tools < System Settings
<Administrator Tool).
Related SC
If the "Copy Data Security Unit" is removed when the Copy Data Security Setting is On,
SC165 occurs. This SC prevents someone from removing the Copy Data Security Unit
"illegally.
6.16.2 MASK TYPE FOR COPYING

This function can prevent unauthorized copying by making masking patterns with an
embedded message when making an original print. Masking patterns are good for printing
documents that must not be copied. The embedded messages appear when the document
is copied.
Five print densities (level 1 to 5) can be selected for the masking patterns. (Default: level 3)
and 10 masking patterns can be selected from the RPCS driver.
B222/B224
6-110
manuals4you.com
SM
Some digital MFPs might not be able to detect the masking patterns. If the density
of masking patterns on the output print is too light due to the settings of the
Detailed
Descriptions
machine or a mechanical problem, the pattern might not be detected.
SM
6-111
B222/B224
File Format Converter (MLB)
6.17 FILE FORMAT CONVERTER (MLB)

In this machine, this conversion is hardware-based, using the optional File Format
Converter. Without the File Format Converter, copy and print jobs cannot be downloaded to
a PC (or e-Cabinet) from the document server.
Two common target formats are provided for conversion to files that can be selected by the
SP modes: These are JPEG and TIFF.
In scanner mode, users can select file format from TIFF, JPEG, or PDF. The time to create
TIFF and JPEG files is shortened with the File Format Converter, especially for high
scanning resolution and large image size. When the customer selects PDF, the machine
creates a TIFF or JPEG file from the scanned image first. Then it converts it to PDF.
Therefore, the total time to create a PDF is also shortened with the File Format Converter.
B222/B224
6-112
manuals4you.com
SM
Data Overwrite Security Unit (B735)
6.18 DATA OVERWRITE SECURITY UNIT (B735)

6.18.1 AUTO ERASE MEMORY
A document scanned in the copier or scanner mode, or data sent from a printer driver for
printing, is stored temporarily on the hard disk of the machine. The document stays in the
hard disk as temporary data even after the copy or print job is completed. Auto Erase
Memory erases the temporary data on the hard disk by writing over it.
Types of Data Overwritten and Not Overwritten

The following table shows the types of data that can or cannot be overwritten by Auto
Erase Memory.
Copier
Copy jobs
1) Print jobs
Printer
2) Sample Print/Locked Print jobs(*1)

3) Spool Printing jobs
1) Scanned files sent by e-mail
2) Files sent by Scan to Folder
Data overwritten by
Auto Erase Memory
Scanner(*2)
3) Documents sent or retrieved by using Web

Image Monitor, Desk Top Binder, or Scan
Fax
Document
Server
PC fax print jobs, Internet fax transmission jobs

Temporary data that still remains in the
Document Server even after user erases the
data in the Document Server.
1) Documents stored by the user in the Document Server using

Data not overwritten
the Copier, Printer or Scanner functions
by Auto Erase
2) Information registered in the Address Book (*3)
Memory
3) Counters stored under each user code

4) Network setting
SM
6-113
B222/B224
Detailed
Descriptions
Router
Data Overwrite Security Unit (B735)

*1: A Sample Print or Locked Print job can only be overwritten after it has been
executed.
*2: Temporary data via TWAIN scanner function are not originally stored in HDD.
You can use TWAIN scanner functions together with the DOS unit.
*3: Data stored in the Address Book can be encrypted for security.
Overwrite timing
Overwriting starts automatically once a copy, print or scanner job is completed.
Copier, printer and scanner functions take priority over the Data Overwrite function. If a
copier, printer or scanner job comes while a previous job is being overwritten, the overwrite
process is automatically interrupted until the next job is completed.
B222/B224
6-114
manuals4you.com
SM
SPECIFICATIONS
manuals4you.com
General Specifications
7. SPECIFICATIONS
7.1 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
7.1.1 MAIN FRAME
Configuration:
Print Process:
Number of scans:
Resolution:
Gradation:
Desktop
Laser beam scanning & Dry electrostatic transfer system
4 drums tandem method
1
Scan: 600 dpi
Print: 600 dpi
Scan: 600dpi 4 bits/pixel
Print: 600dpi 4 bits/pixel, 2 bits/pixel, 1 bit/pixel
Original type:
Sheets, book, objects
Maximum original size:
A3/11" x 17"
Original reference
position:
Left rear corner, ad hoc lists
Normal (ADF 1 to 1, LT/ A4 LEF)

B222: 35 cpm (color/black & white)
B224: 45 cpm (black & white) or 40 cpm (color)
Specifications
Thick 1 (169 g/m2 or less)

Copy speed:
B224 25 cpm (color/black & white)

B222: 17.5 cpm (color/black & white)
B224 17.5 cpm (color/black & white)
SM
7-1
B222/B224
B224 15 cpm (color/black & white)
B222
Color: 8 seconds or less (A4/LT LEF)
First copy (normal
Black & white: 4.9 seconds or less (A4/LT LEF)
mode):
B224
Color: 7 seconds or less (A4/LT LEF)
Black & white: 4.5 seconds or less (A4/LT LEF)
Warm-up time:
B222: 45 seconds or less (23C, 50%)

B224: 60 seconds or less (23C, 50%)
Standard tray: 550 sheets x 2
Print Paper Capacity:

2
(80 g/m , 20 lb)
By-pass tray: 100 sheets

Optional paper feed tray: 550 sheets x 2
LCT: 2000 sheets
(Refer to Supported Paper Sizes.)
-
Minimum
Tray 1
Print Paper Size:
Maximum
A4/8.5" x 11" (LEF)

A5 (LEF)/
Tray 2
8.5" x 11"
By-pass
90 x 148 mm
A5 (LEF)/
Optional Tray
8.5" x 11"
LCT
A3/11" x 17"
305 x 600 mm
A3/11" x 17"
A4/8.5" x 11" (LEF)
Standard tray: 60 to 216 g/m2 (16 to 57 lb.)

Printing Paper Weight:
Optional paper tray: 60 to 216 g/m2 (16 to 57 lb.)

By-pass tray: 52 to 253 g/m2 (14 to 67 lb.)
Duplex unit: 60 to 169 g/m2 (16 to 45 lb.)
Standard exit tray: 500 sheets or more (face down)*1
Output Paper Capacity: 1-bin Tray: 125 (80 g/m2)

1000-sheet finisher 250 + 1000 sheets (80 g/m2)
B222/B224
7-2
manuals4you.com
SM
2000-sheet booklet finisher: 250 + 2000 sheets (80 g/m2)
3000-sheet booklet finisher: 250 + 3000 sheets (80 g/m2)
*1: T6200, A4 LEF
Continuous copy:
Up to 999 sheets
Arbitrary: From 25 to 400% (1% step)
Fixed:
North America
Europe
25%
25%
50%
50%
65%
61%
73%
71%
78%
82%
85%
87%
93%
93%
100%
100%
121%
115%
129%
122%
155%
141%
200%
200%
400%
400%
Memory:
Power Source:
Power Consumption:
SM
Specifications
Zoom:
Standard: 1024 MB
120 V, 60 Hz: More than 12A (for North America)
220 V 240 V, 50/60 Hz: More than 8A (for Europe/ASIA)
-
120V
7-3
220 - 240V
B222/B224
Maximum
1440 W or less
1500 W or less
8 W or less
8 W or less
Energy Saver
Model
State
Mainframe
Standby
Complete system
(*1)
44 dB(A)
44 dB(A)
or Less
or Less
68 dB(A)
72 dB(A)
or Less
or Less
47 dB(A)
47 dB(A)
or Less
or Less
68 dB(A)
72 dB(A)
or Less
or Less
B222
Noise Emission:
Operating
(Sound Power Level)

Standby
B224
Operating
(*1) The complete system consists of mainframe, ARDF, finisher, and LCT.
The above measurements were made in accordance with Ricoh standard methodology.
Dimensions (W x D x H):
Copier: 670 x 677 x 760 mm (26.4" x 26.7" x 29.9")
Copier + PFU or LCT: 670 x 677 x 1020 mm (26.4" x 26.7" x 40.2")
Weight:
B222/B224
Less than 130 kg (286 lb.) [with ARDF excluding toner]
7-4
manuals4you.com
SM
Printer
7.2 PRINTER
PCL 6/5c
RPCS (Refined Printing Command Stream)
Printer Languages:
Adobe PostScript 3 (optional)

PDF Direct (optional)
PictBridge (optional)
PCL 5c:
300 x 300 dpi : Available only in B/W mode
600 x 600 dpi : Fast (1 bit), Standard (2 bits), Fine (4 bits)
PCL 6:
Resolution and
Gradation:

RPCS:
600 x 600 dpi, 1,800 x 600 dpi*, 9600 dpi x 600 dpi*
*1,800 x 600 dpi = 600 x 600 dpi (2 bits)
*9600 dpi x 600 dpi* = 600 x 600 dpi (4 bits)
PS3:
B222:
35 ppm in Plain/Middle Thick mode
25/17.5/15 ppm in Thick/OHP mode (depending on paper type)
Printing speed:
B224:
45 ppm (black and white) in Plain/Middle Thick mode
40 ppm (color) in Plain/Middle Thick mode
Specifications
25/17.5/15 ppm in Thick/OHP mode (depending on paper type)

PCL 6/5c (Standard):
35 Intelli fonts
10 TrueType fonts
Resident Fonts:
13 International fonts
1 Bitmap font
Adobe PostScript 3 (Optional):
136 fonts (24 Type 2 fonts, 112 Type 14 fonts)
SM
7-5
B222/B224
Printer
USB 2.0: Standard
Ethernet (100 Base-TX/10 Base-T): Standard
IEEE1284 parallel x 1: Optional
Host Interfaces:
IEEE1394: Optional
IEEE802.11b (Wireless LAN): Optional
Bluetooth (Wireless): Optional
USB Host: Optional
Network Protocols:
B222/B224
TCP/IP (IPv4, IPv6), IPX/SPX, AppleTalk (Auto Switching)
7-6
manuals4you.com
SM
Scanner
7.3 SCANNER
Standard Scanner
Main scan/Sub scan
Resolution:
600 dpi
Twain Mode:
Available scanning
100 to1200 dpi
Resolution Range:
Delivery Mode:
100/200/300/400/600 dpi
Grayscales:
1 bit or 8 bits/pixel each for RGB

Scan to E-mail / Folder:
Scanning
BW: 63 ppm (A4LEF / BW Text / Line Art / 200dpi /Compression:
Throughput
On (MH))
(ARDF mode):
FC: 38 ppm (A4LEF / FC Text / Photo / 200dpi / Compression:

Standard)
Interface:
Ethernet (100 Base-TX/10 Base-T for TCP/IP), IEEE 1394 (IP

Over 1394), Wireless LAN
B&W: TIFF (MH, MR, MMR)
Method:
Gray Scale, Full Color: JPEG
Specifications
Compression
SM
7-7
B222/B224
Supported Paper Sizes
7.4 SUPPORTED PAPER SIZES

7.4.1 PAPER FEED
BT: By-pass Tray, T1: Tray 1, T2/3/4: Tray 2/3/4, LCT: Large Capacity Tray,
DU: Duplex Unit
Paper
A3 W
A3 SEF
A4 SEF
A4 LEF
A5 SEF
A5 LEF
A6 SEF
B4 SEF
B5 SEF
B5 LEF
B6 SEF
B222/B224
North America
Size (W x
L)
12" x 18"
297 x
420mm
210 x
297mm
297 x
210mm
148 x
210mm
210 x
148mm
105 x
148mm
257 x
364mm
182 x
257mm
257 x
182mm
128 x
Europe/Asia
DU
BT
T1
T2/3/4 LCT
BT
T1
7-8
manuals4you.com
T2/3/4 LCT
SM
Paper
North America
Size (W x
L)
Europe/Asia
DU
BT
T1
T2/3/4 LCT
BT
T1
T2/3/4 LCT
Ledger
11" x 17"
Letter SEF
8.5" x 11"
Letter LEF
11" x 8.5"
Legal SEF
8.5" x 14"
8.25" x 14"
5.5" x 8.5"
8" x 13"
8.5" x 13"
8.25" x 13"
11" x 15"
10" x 14"
8" x 10"
Government
Legal SEF
Half Letter
SEF
Executive
SEF
Executive
LEF
F SEF
Foolscap
SEF
7.25" x
10.5"
10.5" x
7.25"
Folio SEF
8K
16K SEF
SM
267 x
390mm
195 x
267mm
7-9
B222/B224
Specifications
182mm
Paper
16K LEF
L)
267 x
195mm
Custom
Com10 Env.
Monarch
Env.
4.125" x
9.5"
3.875" x
7.5"
C6 Env.
C5 Env.
DL Env.
North America
Size (W x
114 x
162mm
162 x
229mm
110 x
220mm
Europe/Asia
DU
BT
T1
T2/3/4 LCT
BT
T1
T2/3/4 LCT
Remarks:
Supported: the sensor detects the paper size.
Supported: the user specifies the paper size.
Supported: depends on a technician adjustment
Not supported
7.4.2 PAPER EXIT

2000/3000 Sheet Booklet Finisher
MF: Main Frame, Prf: Proof, Clr: Clear, Shf: Shift, Stp: Staple, SS: Saddle Stitch,
2P: 2 Holes Punch, N2P: North Europe 2 Holes, 3P: 3 Holes Punch,
B222/B224
7-10
manuals4you.com
SM

Punch 4 P: 4 Holes Punch, N4P: North Europe 4 Holes Punch
2000/3000-sheet booklet finisher

Size (W x L)
MF
Prf Clr Shf Stp SS 2P/N2P
A3 W
A3 SEF
A4 SEF
A4 LEF
A5 SEF
A5 LEF
A6 SEF
B4 SEF
B5 SEF
B5 LEF
B6 SEF
12" x 18"
297 x 420
mm
210 x 297
mm
297 x 210
mm
148 x 210
mm
210 x 148
mm
105 x 148
mm
257 x 364
mm
182 x 257
mm
257 x 182
mm
128 x 182
mm
3P
4P
N4P
30
15
30
15
50
15
50
30
15
Y*4
Y*4
50
15
50
Ledger
11" x 17"
30
15
Letter SEF
8.5" x 11"
50
15
Letter LEF
11" x 8.5"
50
SM
7-11
B222/B224
Specifications
Paper

Paper
Size (W x L)
MF
Legal SEF
Government
Legal SEF
Half Letter
SEF
Executive
SEF
Executive
LEF
F SEF
Foolscap
SEF
3P
4P
N4P
8.5" x 14"
30
15
8.25" x 14"
30
5.5" x 8.5"
7.25" x 10.5"
50
10.5" x 7.25"
50
8" x 13"
30
8.5" x 13"
30
8.25" x 13"
30
11" x 15"
30
10" x 14"
30
8" x 10"
50
30
50
50
Y*3
Y*3
Y*3
Y*3
Folio SEF
8K
16K SEF
16K LEF
267 x 390
mm
195 x 267
mm
267 x 195
mm
Custom
Com10 Env.
B222/B224
4.125" x 9.5"
7-12
manuals4you.com
SM

Paper
Size (W x L)
MF
Monarch
Env.
C6 Env.
C5 Env.
DL Env.
3.875" x 7.5"
114 x 162
mm
162 x 229
mm
110 x 220
mm
3P
4P
N4P
*1
*2
Remarks:
Supported
15
Output up to 15 sheets
30
50
Not supported
*2: Minimum 100 mm or more, Maximum 600 mm or less

Longer paper (feed length) than DLT (432 mm) is not guaranteed in this mode.
*3: Minimum 100 mm for 2P, 230 mm for 3P, 255 mm for 4P, 125 mm for N4P
*4: Corner stapling is not available in this mode.
1000-Sheet Finisher
MF: Main Frame, Prf: Proof, Clr: Clear, Shf: Shift, Stp: Staple
SM
7-13
B222/B224
Specifications
*1: Minimum 100 mm or more, Maximum 600 mm or less
Paper
A3 W
Size
(W x L)
1000-sheet finisher
MF
1 Bin
Prf
Clr
Shf
Stp
12" x 18"
30
A3 SEF
297 x 420 mm
30
A4 SEF
210 x 297 mm
50
A4 LEF
297 x 210 mm
50
A5 SEF
148 x 210 mm
A5 LEF
210 x 148 mm
A6 SEF
105 x 148 mm
B4 SEF
257 x 364 mm
30
B5 SEF
182 x 257 mm
50
B5 LEF
257 x 182 mm
50
B6 SEF
128 x 182 mm
Ledger
11" x 17"
30
Letter SEF
8.5" x 11"
50
Letter LEF
11" x 8.5"
50
Legal SEF
8.5" x 14"
30
8.25" x 14"
30
5.5" x 8.5"
Executive SEF
7.25" x 10.5"
50
Executive LEF
10.5" x 7.25"
50
8" x 13"
30
Government
Legal SEF
Half Letter
SEF
F SEF
B222/B224
7-14
manuals4you.com
SM

Size
Paper
(W x L)
Foolscap SEF
1000-sheet finisher
MF
1 Bin
Prf
Clr
Shf
Stp
8.5" x 13"
30
8.25" x 13"
30
11" x 15"
30
10" x 14"
30
8" x 10"
30
8K
267 x 390 mm
30
16K SEF
195 x 267 mm
50
16K LEF
267 x 195 mm
50
Folio SEF
Custom
Com10 Env.
4.125" x 9.5"
Monarch Env.
3.875" x 7.5"
C6 Env.
114 x 162 mm
C5 Env.
162 x 229 mm
DL Env.
110 x 220 mm
Supported
30
50
SM
Specifications
Remarks:
Not supported
7-15
B222/B224
7.4.3 PLATEN/ARDF ORIGINAL SIZE DETECTION
Platen
ARDF
Platen
ARDF
Inches
Inches
Metric
Metric
A3 (297 x 420) SEF
Y*3
B4 (257 x 364) SEF
Y*3
A4 (210 x 297) SEF
Y*1
Y*3
A4 (297 x 210) LEF
Y*3
Y*3
B5 (182 x 257) SEF
Y*3
B5 (257 x 182) LEF
Y*3
A5 (148 x 210) SEF
-*1
A5 (210 x 148) LEF
-*1
B6 (128 x 182) SEF
B6 (182 x 128) LEF
11" x 17" (DLT)
Y*2
Y*2
11" x 15"
y*2
10" x 14"
8.5" x 14" (LG)
Y*2
8.5" x 13" (F4)
y*2
Y*4
Y*4
8.25" x 13"
Y*4
Y*4
8" x 13"(F)
Y*4
Y*4
8.5" x 11" (LT)
Y*3
Y*2
Y*3
Y*2
11" x 8.5" (LT)
Y*3
Y*2
Y*3
Y*2
y*2
Size
(width x length) [mm]
8" x 10"
B222/B224
7-16
manuals4you.com
SM

5.5" x 8.5" (HLT)
-*1
8.5" x 5.5" (HLT)
-*1
8K (267 x 390)
Y*3
y*2
16K L (195 x 267)
Y*3
y*2
16K S (267 x 195)
Y*3
y*2
y*2
7.25" x 10.5"
(Executive)
10.5" x 7.25"
(Executive)
*1: Use SP4-303 to detect original sizes as A5 lengthwise/HLT when the message Can-t
detect original size shows.
*2: The machine can detect the paper size depending on the setting of SP6-016-1. In
default setting, "Y" is detected. "y" can be detected if you change setting of SP6-016-1.
*3: The machine can detect the paper size depending on the setting of SP4-305-1.
Specifications
*4: The machine can detect the paper size depending on the setting of SP5-126-1.
SM
7-17
B222/B224
Software Accessories
7.5 SOFTWARE ACCESSORIES

The printer drivers and utility software are provided as following two CD-ROMs
1: Printer Drivers and Utilities CD-ROM
2: Scanner/PostScript Drivers and Utilities CD-ROM.
An auto-run installer lets you to select the components you want to install.
7.5.1 PRINTER DRIVERS
Printer
Windows
Windows
Windows
Language
95/98/ME
NT4.0
2000/XP/2003
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
PS3 *2)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
RPCS
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
PCL 5c
/ PCL6
Macintosh
The PCL5c/6 and RPCS drivers are provided on the printer drivers CD-ROM
The PS drivers are provided on the Scanner/PostScript Drivers and Utilities
CD-ROM.
The printer drivers for Windows NT 4.0 are only for the Intel x86 platform. There is
no Windows NT 4.0 printer driver for the PowerPC, Alpha, or MIPS platforms.
The PS3 drivers are all genuine AdobePS drivers, except for Windows
2000/XP/2003. Windows 2000 uses Microsoft PS. A PPD file for each operating
system is provided with the driver.
The PS3 driver for Macintosh supports Mac OS X 10.1 or later versions.
B222/B224
7-18
manuals4you.com
SM
7.5.2 SCANNER AND LAN FAX DRIVERS
Printer
Windows
Windows
Windows
Language
95/98/ME
NT4.0
2000/XP/2003
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Network
TWAIN
LAN-FAX
Macintosh
The Network TWAIN and LAN FAX drivers are provided on the scanner drivers
CD-ROM.
This software lets you fax documents directly form your PC. Address Book Editor
and Cover Sheet Editor are to be installed as well. (These require the optional fax
unit.)
7.5.3 UTILITY SOFTWARE
Software
(Win9x/ME, 2000/XP/2003, NT4)
SmartDeviceMonitor for Admin

(Win9x/ME, 2000/XP/2003, NT4)
A font management utility with screen fonts for the

printer
This is provided on the printer drivers CD-ROM
A printer management utility for network
administrators. NIB setup utilities are also available.
A printer management utility for client users.
A utility for peer-to-peer printing over a NetBEUI or
DeskTopBinder
SmartDeviceMonitor for Client
(Win9x/ME, 2000/XP/2003, NT4)
TCP/IP network.
A peer-to-peer print utility over a TCP/IP network.
This provides the parallel printing and recovery
printing features.
SM
7-19
B222/B224
Specifications
Font Manager 2000
Description
IEEE1394 Utility
(Win2000/XP)
This utility deletes a print port for IEEE1394 in

Win2000.
A utility for peer-to-peer printing over a NetBEUI or
Printer Utility for Mac
TCP This software provides several convenient
(Mac)
functions for printing from Macintosh clients.

This is provided on the scanner drivers CD-ROM
DeskTopBinder Lite itself can be used as personal
DeskTopBinder Lite
(Win9x/ME, 2000/XP/2003, NT4)
document management software and can manage

both image data converted from paper documents
and application files saved in each clients PC.
This is provided on the scanner drivers CD-ROM
B222/B224
7-20
manuals4you.com
SM
Machine Configuration
7.6 MACHINE CONFIGURATION
Item
Mainframe
Platen cover
Machine
Call
Code
out
B222/B224
[A]
G329
[B]
Remarks
One from the two
2000/3000-sheet
(booklet) finisher
B802
[C]
One from [F] and [G];
B804/B805
[G]
Requires [H] and one from [D] and

[E]
Punch unit: 3/2 holes
B702-17
Requires [G]
Punch unit: 4/2 holes
B702-27
Requires [G]
Punch unit: 4 holes
B702-28
Requires [G]
SM
7-21
B222/B224
Specifications
ARDF
Item
Machine
Call
Code
out
Remarks
One from [F] and [G];

1000-sheet finisher
B408
[F]
Requires [H] and one from [D] and

[E]
LCT
B801
[D]
One from the two
Two-tray paper feed unit
B800
[E]
1-bin tray
B803
[I]
Bridge unit
B227
[H]
Scanner Accessibility
Option
B222/B224
B838
7-22
manuals4you.com
SM
Machine
Call
code
out
USB 2.0:
Standard
Ethernet:
Standard
IEEE 1284
B679-17
[C]
IEEE 1394
B581-41
[D]
Wireless LAN
G813-45
[E]
Bluetooth
B826-17
[F]
B818-17
USB Host
B825-17
[B]
B609-04
[A]
B770-17
[I]
PostScript 3
B839-04
Data Overwrite Security Unit
B735-18
PictBridge
B824-01
Browser Unit
B828-01
Item
Remark
You can only install one of these

at a time.
Remote Communication Gate

Type CM1
[G]
[H]
Standard
You can only install one of these

in SD slot 2 at a time.
In SD slot 3
Specifications
Hard Disk Drive
SM
7-23
B222/B224
Optional Equipment
7.7 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT

7.7.1 ARDF
Size
A3 to A5, DLT to HLT
Weight
40 to 128 g/m2 (11 to 34 lb.)
Size
A3 to A5, DLT to HLT
Weight
52 to 128 g/m2 (14 to 34 lb.)
Simplex
Paper Size/Weight:
Duplex
Table Capacity:
100 sheets (81.4 g/m2, 22 lb)
Original Standard Position:
Rear left corner
Separation:
Feed belt and separation roller
Original Transport:
Roller transport
Original Feed Order:
From the top original

Copy
32 to 200 %
Color
32.6 to 200 %
Black & white
48.9 to 200 %
Supported Magnification
Ratios:
Fax
Power Source:
DC 24V, 5V from the scanner unit
Power Consumption:
Less than 60W
Dimensions (W D H):
570 mm x 520 mm x 135 mm (22.4x20.5x5.3)
Weight:
Less than 12kg (26.5 lb.)
B222/B224
7-24
manuals4you.com
SM
Optional Equipment
7.7.2 PAPER FEED UNIT
Paper Feed System:
FRR
Paper Height Detection:
5 steps (100%, 70%, 30%, 10% (Near end), and Empty)
Capacity:
500 sheets x 2 trays
Paper Weight:
60 to 169 g/m2 (16 to 45 lb.)
Paper Size:
A3 SEF to A5, DLT SEF to HLT
Power Source:
DC 24V, 5V (from the main frame)
Power Consumption:
Less than 50 W (Max.)/ Less than 35 W (Ave,)
580 mm x 620 mm x 260 mm (22.8" x 24.4" x 10.2")
Weight:
25 kg (55 lb.)
7.7.3 LARGE CAPACITY TRAY
A4 LEF/LT LEF
Paper Weight:
60 g/m2 to 169 g/m2, 16 lb. to 45 lb.
Tray Capacity:
2,000 sheets (80 g/m2, 20lb.)
Remaining Paper Detection:
5 steps (100%, 67%, 32%, 6%, Empty): Right Tray
Power Source:
DC 24 V, 5 V (from copier/printer)
Power Consumption:
50 W (Max.)/30 W (Ave.)
Weight:
25 kg (55 lb.)
Size (W x D x H):
580 mm x 620 mm x 260 mm (22.8" x 24.4" x 10.2")
SM
7-25
Specifications
Paper Size:
B222/B224
Optional Equipment
7.7.4 3000-SHEET FINISHER
Finisher
Dimension (w x d x h)
657 mm x 613 mm x 960 mm (25.9 x 24.1 x 37.8)

Less than 54 kg (119 lb.) (no punch unit)
Weight
Less than 56 kg (123.5 lb.) (with punch unit)
Power Consumption
Less than 96 W
Noise
Less than 75 db
Configuration
Console type attached base-unit
Power Source
From base-unit
Stack Capacity
Proof Tray
Paper Size
Paper Weight
250 sheets: A4, 8.5 x 11 or smaller

50 sheets: B4, 8.5 x 14 or larger
A5-A3 SEF, A6 SEF, A6 SEF
5.5 x 8.5-11 x 17 SEF, 12 x 18 SEF
52 g/m2 - 163 g/m2 (14 lb. - 43 lb.)
3,000 sheets
A4 LEF, 8.5" x 11 LEF

A3 SEF, A4 SEF, B4 SEF, B5, 11 x
1,500 sheets
Stack Capacity
100 sheets
Paper Size
Paper Weight
B222/B224
SEF,
12 x 18 SEF
500 sheets
Shift Tray
17 SEF, 8.5 x 14 SEF, 8.5 x 11
A5 LEF
A5 SEF, B6 SEF, A6 SEF,
5.5 x 8.5 SEF
A5 - A3 SEF, A6 SEF, B6 SEF, 5.5 x 8.5- 11 x 17

SEF, 12 x 18 SEF
52 g/m2 - 256 g/m2 (14 lb. - 68 lb.)
7-26
manuals4you.com
SM
Optional Equipment
Staples
B5 - A3
Paper Size
8.5 x 11 - 11 x 17, 12 x 18
Paper Weight
64 g/m2 - 90 g/m2 (14 lb. - 24 lb.)
Staple Position
Top, Bottom, 2 Staple, Top-slant

Same Paper
Size
Stapling
50 sheets
A4, 8.5" x 11 or smaller
30 sheets
B4, 8.5" x 14" or larger
Capacity
A4 LEF + A3 SEF,
Mixed Paper
30 sheets
Size
Staple Replenishment
B5 LEF + B4 SEF,
8.5" x11 LEF + 11 x 17 SEF
Cartridge exchange / 5000 pins per cartridge

Paper Size
Pages/Set
Sets
20 - 50 pages
150 - 60 sets
2 - 19 pages
150 sets
15 - 50 pages
100 - 30 sets
2 - 14 pages
100 sets
15 - 30 pages
100 - 33 sets
2 - 14 pages
100 sets
2 - 30 pages
50 set
A4 LEF, 8.5 x 11 LEF

Stapled Stack Capacity
(same size)
A4 SEF, B5, 8.5 x 11

SEF
Stapled Stack Capacity

(mixed sizes)
SM
A4 LEF & A3 SEF, B5

LEF & B4 SEF, 8.5 x11
LEF & 11 x 17 SEF
7-27
B222/B224
Specifications
Others
Optional Equipment
7.7.5 2000-SHEET BOOKLET FINISHER
Finisher
Dimension
WxDxH
657 mm x 613 mm x 960 mm (25.9 x 24.1 x 37.8")

Less than 63 kg (138.6 lb.) (no punch unit)
Weight
Less than 65 kg (143 lb.) (with punch unit)
Power Consumption
Less than 96 W
Noise
Less than 75 db
Configuration
Console type attached base-unit
Power Source
From base-unit
Stack Capacity
Proof Tray
Paper Size
Paper Weight
250 sheets: A4, 8.5 x 11 or smaller

50 sheets: B4, 8.5 x 14 or larger
A5 - A3 SEF, A6 SEF, A6 LEF
5.5" x 8.5" to 11 x 17 SEF, 12x18 SEF
52 g/m2 - 163 g/m2 (14 lb. - 43 lb.)
2,000
Shift Tray
sheets
1,000
Stack Capacity
sheets
A3 SEF, A4 SEF, B4 SEF, B5

11 x 17 SEF, 8.5" x 14 SEF,
8.5" x 11 SEF, 12x18 SEF
500 sheets A5 LEF
100 sheets
Paper Size
B222/B224
A5 SEF, B6 SEF, A6 SEF, 5.5" x 8.5"

SEF
A5 - A3 SEF, A6 SEF, B6 SEF

5.5" x 8.5" to 11 x 17 SEF, 12 x 18 SEF
7-28
manuals4you.com
SM
Optional Equipment
52 g/m2 - 256 g/m2 (14 lb. - 68 lb.)
Paper Weight
Staple
Paper Size
B5-A3, 8.5" x 11 - 11 x 17, 12 x 18
Paper Weight
64 g/m2 - 90 g/m2, 17 lb. Bond - 28 lb. Bond
Staple Position
Top, Bottom, 2 Staple, Top-slant

Same Paper
Size
Mixed Paper
Staples Capacity
Size
50 sheets
A4, 8.5" x 11 or smaller
30 sheets
B4, 8.5" x 14 or larger

A4 LEF & A3 SEF, B5 LEF & B4
30 sheets
SEF, 8.5" x 11 LEF & 11 x 17

SEF
A4 SEF, A3 SEF, B5 SEF, B4 SEF,
Booklet Stapling
15 sheets
8.5" x 11 SEF, 8.5 x 14 SEF,

11 x 17 SEF, 12 x 18 SEF
Corner staple
5,000 staples per

cartridge
Staple Replenishment
Booklet staple
2,000 staples per

cartridge
13 - 50 pages

2 - 12 pages
Specifications
10 - 50 pages
Same Size
A4 SEF, B5, 8.5 x 11 SEF
Corner Staple
2 - 9 pages
Capacity
10 - 30 pages
Others
2 - 9 pages
Mixed Size
SM
A4 LEF + A3 SEF
B5 LEF + B4 SEF
7-29
2 - 30 pages
B222/B224
Optional Equipment
8.5 x 11 LEF + 11 x 17 SEF
Booklet Staple
Capacity
2 - 5 pages
A4 SEF, A3 SEF, B5 SEF, B4 SEF

8.5 x 11 SEF, 8.5 x 14 SEF, 11 x 17 SEF
6 - 10 pages
12 x 18 SEF
11 - 15 pages
7.7.6 PUNCH UNIT FOR 2000/3000-SHEET (BOOKLET)

FINISHER
Available Punch Units
Punch Waste Replenishment
NA
2/3 holes switchable
EU
2/4 holes switchable
Scandinavia
4 holes
NA 2-holes
Up to 5,000 sheets
NA 3-holes
Up to 5,000 sheets
EU 2-holes
Up to 14,000 sheets
EU 4-holes
Up to 7,000 sheets
Scandinavia
4-holes
Up to 7,000 sheets
52 g/m2 - 163 g/m2, 14 lb Bond - 43 lb Bond / 90 lb
Paper Weight
Index / 60 lb Cover
Paper Sizes
SEF
A5 to A3, 5.5" x 8.5" to 11 x 17
LEF
A5 to A4, 5.5" x 8.5" , 8.5" x 11
SEF
A3, B4, 11 x 17
LEF
A4, B5, 8.5" x 11
SEF
A5 to A3, 5.5" x 8.5" to 11 x 17
NA 2-holes
NA 3-holes
EU 2-holes
B222/B224
7-30
manuals4you.com
SM
Optional Equipment
LEF
A5 to A4, 5.5" x 8.5", 8.5" x 11
SEF
A3, B4, 11x17
LEF
A4, B5, 8.5" x 11
SEF
A5 to A3, 5.5" x 8.5" to 11 x 17
LEF
A5 to A4, 5.5" x 8.5", 8.5" x 11
EU 4-holes
Scandinavia
4-holes
7.7.7 1000-SHEET FINISHER

Upper Tray
Paper Size:
Paper Weight:
A3 to A6
11" x 17" to 5.5" x 8.5"
60 to 157 g/m2 (16 to 42 lb.)
250 sheets (A4 LEF/8.5" x 11" SEF or smaller)
Paper Capacity:
50 sheets (A4, 8.5" x 11" or smaller)

30 sheets (B4, 8.5" x 14" or larger)
Lower Tray
No staple mode:
Paper Size:
A3 to B5, DLT to HLT

Staple mode:
Paper Weight:
Stapler Capacity:
SM
Specifications
A3, B4, A4, B5, DLT to LT

No staple mode: 60 to 157 g/m2 (16 to 42 lb)
Staple mode: 64 to 90 g/m2 (17 to 24 lb)
30 sheets (A3, B4, DLT, LG)
50 sheets (A4, B5 LEF, LT)
7-31
B222/B224
Optional Equipment
No staple mode:
1,000 sheets (A4/LT or smaller: 80 g/m2, 20 lb.)
500 sheets (A3, B4, DLT, LG: 80 g/m2, 20 lb.)
Staple mode: (80 g/m2, 20 lb., number of sets)
Set Size
Paper Capacity:
10 to 50
2 to 9
Size
10 to 30
31 to 50
100
100 to 20
100 to 20
A4/LT SEF
100
50 to 10
50 to 10
A3, B4, DLT, LG
50
50 to 10
A4/LT LEF
B5 LEF
Staple positions:
1 Staple: 2 positions (Front, Rear)

2 Staples: 2 positions (Upper, Left)
Staple Replenishment:
Cartridge (5,000 staples/cartridge)
Power Source:
DC 24 V, 5 V (from the copier/printer)
Power Consumption:
50 W
Weight:
25 kg (55.2 lbs)
Dimensions
(W x D x H):
527 x 520 x 790 mm (20.8" x 20.5" x 31.1")
7.7.8 BRIDGE UNIT
Standard sizes
A6 SEF to A3, HLT to DLT
Paper Size:
Non-standard sizes
Width: 90 to 305 mm
Length: 148 to 600 mm
Paper Weight:
B222/B224
52 g/m2 to 253 g/m2, 16 lb. to 78 lb.
7-32
manuals4you.com
SM
Optional Equipment
Power Source:
DC 24 V, 5 V (form the copier/printer)
415 mm x 412 mm x 111 mm (16.3" x 16.2" x 4.4")
Weight
5 kg (11 lb.)
7.7.9 1-BIN TRAY UNIT
Paper Size:
Standard Size:
A3 /DLT to A6/ HLT SEF
60 to 169 g/m2, 16 to 45 lb.
Tray Capacity:
125 sheets (80 g/m2, 20 lb., A4)
Power Source:
DC 24 V, 5 V (from the copier)
Power Consumption:
Less than 1 W
Weight:
2 kg
Size (W x D x H):
465 mm x 440 mm x 219 mm (18.3x17.3x8.6)
Specifications
Paper Weight:
SM
7-33
B222/B224
E
To CN510
To CN540
-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
CN19- 1
CN18- 1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
CN919
N.C. - 1
N.C. - 2
CN914
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
M/B1: PON_ENG
M/B1:+5VE
M/B1:+5VE
M/B1:+5VE
M/B1:+5VE
M/B1:GND
M/B1:GND
M/B1:+12V
M/B1:GND
M/B1:GND
M/B1:+24V
N.C.
CN902 IH-PSU
- 1 AC-OUT/L
- 2 AC-OUT/N
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
CN25- 1
CN24- 1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
CN984
+12V - 1
GND - 2
CN981
-1
-2
CN985
-1
+15V OUT
-2
N.C.
-3
+15V IN
IH Inverter Board
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
(F3)
Ferrite Roller Motor M11
S48
1
2
3
4
5
6
TD Sensor:M
S49
1
2
3
4
5
6
TD Sensor:C
S50
1
2
3
4
5
6
TD Sensor:K
TS2
-6
-5
5
TD Sensor:Y
S51
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
IOB
5
4
3
2
1
3
2
1
CN224
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
+24VS2
A
/A
B
/B
GND
Ferrite Roller HP
+5V
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
CN219
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
B10
B11
B12
B13
B14
B15
B16
N.C.
N.C.
SCL
SDA
PWM
+5V
FB
GND
N.C.
N.C.
SCL
SDA
PWM
+5V
FB
GND
N.C.
N.C.
SCL
SDA
PWM
+5V
FB
GND
N.C.
N.C.
SCL
SDA
PWM
+5V
FB
GND
+24VS1
[t24]
GND
[t5]
+5V
GND
[t5]
+5V
GND
[t5]
+5V
GND
[s5]
+5V
+24VS1
[t24]
GND
[t5]
+5V
GND
[t5]
+5V
GND
[t5]
+5V
GND
[s5]
+5V
+24V
[t24]
+24V
[t24]
GND
Set Detect
+24V
Control
CN237
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
2
1
2
1
4
3
2
1
Tray1
S29 S30
Paper Lift Sensor
S28
Paper End Sensor
S27
Paper Feed Sensor
SOL6
Vertical Transport Sensor
Paper Lift Sensor
S26
Pick-up Solenoid
S25
Paper End Sensor
Vertical Transport Sensor
Pick-up Solenoid
Paper Feed Sensor
S23 S24
SOL5
CN254
1
2
3
4
5
6
6
5
4
3
2
1
+24VS2
[t24]
+24VS2
[t24]
+24VS2
[t24]
+24VS2
[t24]
+24VS2
[t24]
+24VS2
[t24]
+24VS2
[t24]
+24VS2
[t24]
End[t5]
GND
+5V
End[t5]
GND
+5V
End[t5]
GND
+5V
End[t5]
GND
+5V
CN236
- A1
- A2
- A3
- A4
- A5
- A6
- A7
- A8
- A9
-A10
-A11
-A12
-A13
-A14
- B1
- B2
- B3
- B4
- B5
- B6
- B7
- B8
- B9
-B10
-B11
-B12
-B13
-B14
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
Tray2
RFID (PCB6)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
CL4 Toner Supply Clutch:K

CL5 Toner Supply Clutch:M
CL6 Toner Supply Clutch:C
CL7 Toner Supply Clutch:Y
CL8
Toner Bottle Clutch:K
CL9 Toner Bottle Clutch:M

CL10
Toner Bottle Clutch:C
CL11
Toner Bottle Clutch:Y
S31
Toner End Sensor:Y
S32
Toner End Sensor:C
S33
Toner End Sensor:M
S34
Toner End Sensor:K
CN244
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
-13
-14
-15
-16
-17
-18
-19
-20
Speed Select
Clock
Brake
Rotation
Start
Lock
+5V
GND
GND
GND
+24VS2
+24VS2
N.C.
Speed Select
Clock
Brake
Rotation
Start
Lock
+5V
GND
GND
GND
+24VS2
+24VS2
N.C.
CN203
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
-13
-14
-15
-16
-17
-18
-19
-20
-21
-22
-23
-24
-25
-26
Speed Selection
Clock
Brake
Rotation
Start
Lock
+5V
GND
GND
GND
+24VS2
+24VS2
Speed Select
Clock
Brake
Rotation
Start
Lock
+5V
GND
GND
GND
+24VS2
+24VS2
CN204
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
-13
-14
-15
-16
-17
-18
-19
-20
-21
-22
-23
-24
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
CN210
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Clock
N.C.
Rotation
Start
Lock
+5V
GND
GND
GND
+24VS2
+24VS2
Toner Supply Unit
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
+24V
[t24]
+24V
[t24]
+24V
[t24]
+24V
[t24]
GND
Drum Gear Position-K
+5V
GND
Drum Gear Position-M
+5V
GND
Drum Gear Position-C
+5V
GND
Drum Gear Position-Y
+5V
(PCB5)
CN212
- A1
- A2
- A3
- A4
- A5
- A6
- A7
- A8
- A9
-A10
-A11
-A12
-A13
-A14
- B1
- B2
- B3
- B4
- B5
- B6
- B7
- B8
- B9
-B10
-B11
-B12
-B13
-B14
M10
Tray2 Lift Motor
Tray2 Paper Height Sensor1
S22
S21
RXD
TXD
Fusing Belt Sensor
IH Enable[s5]
PWM
+5V
GND
[s24]
Lock[t5]
GND
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
S19 S20
Tray1 Lift Motor
M9
SOL4
S18
Tray Lock Solenoid
S17
Tray1 Set Switch
M8
SW6
Tray2 Paper Size Switch
M7
Waste Toner Bottle Set Switch
3
2
1
3
2
1
M6
1
2
3
3
2
1
3
2
1
2
1
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
2
1
1
2
3
1
2
3
SW4 SW5
CL2 CL3
Toner
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
(F4)
Toner
Toner
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
CN 3
1
2
3G
4
C D
RXD
TXD
GND
GND
+5V
+5V
GND
CN222
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
3
-9
2
-10
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
IH Inverter FAN8
Fan
(PCB8)
TS1
-2
T3
CN 1
-1
CN 3
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
Waste Toner Sensor
1
2
3
4
5
6
By-pass Paper Size Sensor
6
5
4
3
2
1
CL1
S15
By-pass Feed Clutch
Duplex Door Sensor
Junction Gate1 HP Sensor
Fusing Entrance Sensor
High Voltage
Supply Board
- Discharge Plate (PCB9)
SOL3
By-pass Pick-up Solenoid
Duplex Inverter Solenoid
SOL2
S12
S13 S14
CN910
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
NA
EU
L1
Pressure Roller
Fusing Lamp
Thermostat:Pressure Roller
Thermister Pressure Roller

Thermister Heating Roller
TH2
TH1
Thermopile
Image Transfer Belt Contact Motor

M5
CN 2
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
S46
4
3
2
1
Paper Transfer Roller Contact Motor
Image Transfer Belt Contact Sensor
Fusing Fan
Paper Transfer Roller Contact Sensor
IH Coil Fan
Paper Overflow Sensor
Fusing Belt Sensor
Paper Exit Sensor
Fusing Exit Sensor
Junction Paper Jam Sensor
Junction Gate1 Motor
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
2
1
2
1
2
1
4
3
2
1
3
2
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
Duplex/By-pass Unit
S11
By-pass Paper Detection Sensor
3
2
1
S10
SW3
Right Door Open Switch
M2
Duplex Entrance Sensor
S9
1
2
3
6
5
4
3
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
2
1
2
1
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
2
1
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
DC Line
Pulse Signal
Signal Direction
Ready Low
Ready High
Voltage
Duplex Exit Sensor
Bridge Unit
(Option)
Duplex Inverter Motor
M4
Coil
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
GND
+5V
TXD
RXD
Reset
GND
1Bin Tray Unit 5VE

ZeroCross
Fusing Pressure Roller Heater Trigger
CN228
Fan Control
-1
Fusing Roller Heater
Encorder Clock
-2
+24V
Speed Select
-3
Anti-condensation[s24]
Clock
-4
Brake
-5
Rotation
CN201
-6
Start
- 1 +24V
-7
Lock
- 2 +24VS1
-8
+5V
- 3 +24VS1
-9
GND
- 4 +24VS2
-10
GND
-11
- 5 +24VS2
GND
-12
- 6 GND
+24VS2
- 7 GND
-13
+24VS2
- 8 GND
-14
Clock
- 9 GND
-15
Brake
-10 +5V
-16
Rotation
-17
Start
-18
Lock
-19
+5V
-20
GND
-21
GND
-22
GND
-23
+24VS2
-24
+24VS2
-25
N.C.
-26
N.C.
Ferrite Roller HP Sensor S8
(F4)
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
S45
S7
Common
T2
S47
S16
SYMBOL TABLE
s
t
FAN6 FAN7
T1
CN15 CN14
Registration Sensor
FFC
CN229
3
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
ID Sensor Shutter Solenoid
CN151
S6
CN221
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
CN982
-7
-6
-5
-4
FU4
-3
NA:250V-1A - 2
-1
FU1
NA:125V-15A
EU/AA:250V-8A
+15V OUT
N.C.
N.C.
+15V IN
CN209
- A1
- A2
- A3
- A4
- A5
- A6
- A7
- A8
- A9
-A10
-A11
-A12
-A13
-A14
-A15
-A16
-A17
- B1
- B2
- B3
- B4
- B5
- B6
- B7
- B8
- B9
-B10
-B11
-B12
-B13
-B14
-B15
-B16
-B17
[s24]
Lock[t5]
GND
CN107
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
S5
Fusing Unit
Paper Feed Motor
CN263
3 -1
2 -2
1 -3
FB:ID Sensor:Front
FB:ID Sensor:Center
FB:ID Sensor:Rear
PWM:ID Sensor:Front
PWM:ID Sensor:Center
PWM:ID Sensor:Rear
S4
+24V
+24VS1
+24VS1
+24VS2
+24VS2
GND
GND
GND
GND
N.C.
+5V
EU Only
Registration Motor
[s24]
Lock[t5]
GND
M3
S3
FAN12
PSU Fan2
6
5
4
3
2
1
6
5
4
3
2
1
6
5
4
3
2
1
CN268
3 -1
2 -2
1 -3
BCU
Duplex/By-pass Motor
[s24]
Lock[t5]
GND
S44
IH Coil Unit
CN216
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
-13
-14
-15
-16
-17
-18
CN264
3 -1
2 -2
1 -3
CN103
FAN11
CN983
-1
-2
-3
-4
TS4
TS3
CN917
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
B (F3)
Thermostat: IH
Signal Name
XINT0_EIO2
XINT1_EIO3
XINT0_EIO3
XINT0_EIO4
GND
D7
D6
GND
D5
D4
GND
D3
D2
GND
D1
D0
XRESET
XCS_EIO1
XCS_EIO2
XCS_EIO3
XCS_EIO4
GND
XRE
GND
XWE
RXD
N.C.
TXD
+5V
+5V
GND
GND
Toner
CN909
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
PSU Fan1
BCU>
(CN151)
No.
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
Tray2 Paper Feed Clutch
Motor(-)
Motor(+)
GND
Shutter Sensor1[t5]
+5V
GND
Shutter Sensor2[t5]
+5V
ID Sensor
Signal Name
SCL_I
SDA_I
GND
TXD_ADF_O
RXD_ADF_I
GND
A31(LSB)
GND
A30
A29
GND
A28
A27
GND
A26
A25
GND
A24
A23
GND
A22
A21
GND
TR_ENCD2
XINT0_EIO1
CN214
-1
-2
-3
-4
CN266
8
1
7
2
6
3
5
4
4
5
3
6
2
7
1
8
SOL1
CN2
CN2
(PCB4)
AC-IN/N
CN903 Pressure Roller Fusing Lamp

- 1 AC-OUT/L
T6
T7
T8
T9
T10
CN802
CN800
CN1
CN1
<IOB
(CN229)
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
(PCB7)
- 2 AC-OUT/N
CN001
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
6
5
4
3
2
1
CN311
CN233
-A1
-A2
-A3
-A4
-A5
-A6
-A7
-A8
-A9
-B1
-B2
-B3
-B4
-B5
-B6
-B7
-B8
-B9
Paper Exit Fan FAN5
SIO>
(CN331)
Signal Name
GND
XSMD_VR1
XSMD_EN
XSMD_DIR
PONSENS_N
XSMD_M1
ACSMASKGT
GND
GND
GND
AKS
APS5
APS4
APS1
GND
GND
GND
GND
+24V
+24V
+24V
+24V
2
1
2
1
Third Duct Fan FAN4
PCU
No.
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
B10
B11
B12
B13
B14
B15
Tray1 Paper Feed Clutch
Second Duct Fan FAN3
T1
T2
T3
T4
T5
T6
T7
T8
Signal Name
APS2
APS3
XAPS_ON
XHPS
XLAMP_ON
ADF_RXD
DOCSET
ADF_TXD
XDFGATE
XSMD_M2
XSMD_CLK
SMD_RST
XSMD_VR3
XSMD_VR2
GND
CN205
-1
-2
-3
-4
S2
Develop:Y
Charge:Y
Develop:C
Charge:C
Develop:M
Charge:M
Develop:K
Charge:K
No.
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
High Voltage
Supply Board
IPU
CN501
AC-IN/L
T901
<BCU
(CN103)
(PCB3)
T900
T:Y T1
T:C T2
T:M T3
T:K T4
TS T5
4
3
2
1
S1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
(PCB2)
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Shutter Position
Sensor1
Shutter Position
Sensor2
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
Inlet
GND
CN215
- A1
- A2
- A3
- A4
- A5
- A6
- A7
- A8
- A9
-A10
-A11
-A12
-A13
-A14
-A15
-A16
-A17
-A18
-A19
-A20
- B1
- B2
- B3
- B4
- B5
- B6
- B7
- B8
- B9
-B10
-B11
-B12
-B13
-B14
-B15
-B16
-B17
-B18
-B19
-B20
Shutter Motor M1
ITB Power Supply

Board
CN501
CN101
M:/A
M:/B
M:+24V
M:B
M:A
C:/A
C:/B
C:+24V
C:B
C:A
Y:/A
Y:/B
Y:+24V
Y:B
Y:A
L
GND
N
24VS
24VS
CN241
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
PFU or LCT
(Option)
24V-ON
24V-ON
-3
-4
AC IN
T900
CN906-3
CN904-1,-2,CN905-1,-2
CN909-7,CN912-1
CN910-11
CN913-3
CN911-1
CN911-2
CN910-1
CN912-6,-7,-8,-9
CN913-8,CN914-11,-12
CN917-4,-5,-6,-7
CN918-5,-6,-7.-8
CN913-1,-2
PSU
CN918
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
Conncter No.
CN239
-1
FB:ID Sensor:M:Diffused Reflection
-2
FB:ID Sensor:C:Diffused Reflection
-3
FB:ID Sensor:Y:Diffused Reflection
-4
FB:ID Sensor:K
-5
B
FB:ID Sensor:M
-6
+24VS1
FB:ID Sensor:C
-7
A
FB:ID Sensor:Y
-8
/B
LED:K
-9
+24VS1
LED:M
-10
/A
LED:C
-11
GND
LED:Y
-12
[t5]
GND
-13
+5V
+5V
GND
[t5]
+5V
CN267
[s5]
2
1
GND
+24VS2 - 1
1
2
+24VS1
[t24] - 2
[t24]
[s5]
GND
+24VS1
[t24]
SC Detection[t5]
CN232
PWV
5
-1
+24VS2
GND
4
-2
A
+24VS1
3
-3
/A
GND
2
-4
B
[t5]
1
-5
/B
+5V
12
-6
GND
GND
11
-7
[t5]
[t5]
10
-8
+5V
+5V
9
-9
GND
GND
8
-10
[t5]
[t5]
-11
7
+5V
+5V
-12
6
+5V
+24V
-13
5
[s5]
[t24]
-14
4
GND
Sensor2[t5]
-15
3
GND
Sensor1[t5]
-16
2
[s5]
GND
-17
1
+5V
Sensor4[t5]
Sensor3[t5]
CN225
-1
3
GND
-2
2
Fusing Belt Sensor
-3
1
+5V
-4
3
Temperature
[s24]
5
2
GND
Lock [t5]
6
1
Humidity
GND
7
3
+5V
[s24]
8
2
Lock [t5]
9
1
GND
5
-10
+5V
+24V
-11
4
Position Detect [t5]
[t24]
-12
3
GND
+24V
-13
2
Drive(-)
[t24]
-14
1
Drive(+)
-15
N.C.
-16
5
+5V
-17
4
Position Detect [t5]
B
-18
3
GND
+24VS1
-19
2
Drive(-)
A
-20
1
Drive(+)
/B
+24VS1
/A
CN218
B
3
-1
+5V - 1
+24VS1
-2
2
GND - 2
A
-3
1
Temperature - 3
/B
+24VS1
/A
/B
+24VS1
B
/A
CN217
+24VS1
-1
New Fusing Detect [t5]
A
-2
GND
-3
Thermister-Pressure Roller
-4
GND
-5
Thermister-Heating Roller
-6
GND
-7
JPN
GND
-8
NA
[t5]
-9
EU
+5V
-10
GND
GND
-11
N.C.
[s5]
-12
N.C.
+5V
[t5]
GND
[t5]
GND
Sensor1[t5]
Sensor2[t5]
Sensor3[t5]
GND
Sensor4[t5]
+24V
[t24]
GND
[t5]
+5V
GND
[t5]
+5V
Motor(-)
Motor(+)
GND
[t5]
+5V
GND
[t5]
+5V
Motor(-)
Motor(+)
N.C.
Laser Optics Housing Unit

(WTL Positioning Motor)
CN208
12
1
11
2
10
3
9
4
8
5
7
6
6
7
5
8
4
3
9
2
10
1
11
12 11
13 10
14 9
15 8
16 7
17 6
18 5
19 4
20 3
21 2
22 1
Image Transfer
Belt Rotation
Sensor
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
CN242
15
-1
14
-2
13
-3
12
-4
11
-5
10
-6
9
-7
8
-8
7
-9
6
-10
5
-11
4
-12
3
-13
2
-14
1
-15
CN253
1
10
2
9
3
8
4
7
5
6
6
5
7
4
8
3
9
2
10
1
S52
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
AC-L
AC-N
CN911
-1
-2
Image Transfer Belt Unit

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Rating
15A / 8A
10A / 6.3A
2A / 1A
1A / 1A
5A / 5A
2A / 2A
10A / 10A
10A / 10A
6.3A / 6.3A
6.3A / 6.3A
6.3A / 6.3A
6.3A / 6.3A
6.3A / 6.3A
5A / 5A
AC-L-ON
AC-N-ON
-3
-4
SW2
SIO
CN311
[s24]
Lock[t5]
GND
[s24]
Lock[t5]
GND
CN906
-1
-2
Interlock Switch
6
5
4
3
2
1
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Ventilation
Fan - Rear FAN2
CN265
6 1
5 2
4 3
3 4
2 5
1 6
1
2
3
4
5
6
3
2
1
3
2
1
Ventilation
Fan - Front FAN1
- 3 AC-OUT/L
- 7 AC-OUT/N
H3
Main Switch
GND
+5V
N.C.
Paper Feed Sensor [t5]
Paper Exit Sensor [t5]
Bridge Motor : Reset
Bridge Motor : Speed Select
GND
+24V
+24V
GND
Bridge Motor : Enable [t5]
Bridge Unit Set [t5]
PWM:Bridge Solenoid [s5]
Bridge Motor : Clock
Bridge FAN [s5]
Paper Feed Cover Sensor [s5]
Paper Exit Cover Sensor [s5]
1BIN Tray
(Option)
CN234
6
1
5
2
4
3
3
4
2
5
1
6
PWM:AC Charge:Y
PWM:AC Charge:C
PWM:AC Charge:M
PWM:AC Charge:K
PWM:DC Charge:Y
PWM:DC Charge:C
PWM:DC Charge:M
+24V
PWM:DC Charge:K
X1BIN_SOL[t24]
N.C.
X1BIN_SET[t5]
GND
GND
+24VS2
X1BIN_SNS[t5]
+24VS2
+5VE
SC Detection[t5]
PWM:Develop:Y
PWM:Develop:C
PWM:Develop:M
PWM:Develop:K
FB:AC Charge:Y
FB:AC Charge:C
FB:AC Charge:M
FB:AC Charge:K
AC Charge:Frequency Select2
AC Charge:Frequency Select1
FUSE 1
FUSE 2
FUSE 3
FUSE 4
FUSE 5
FUSE 6
FUSE 7
FUSE 8
FUSE 9
FUSE10
FUSE11
FUSE12
FUSE13
FUSE14
- 4 AC-OUT/L
- 8 AC-OUT/N
N/A
SW1
CN801
SC Detect[t5]
FB:Second Transfer:PWM:Second Transfer:PWM:Second Transfer:+
PWM:First Transfer:Y
PWM:First Trasfer:C
PWM:First Transfer:M
PWM:First Transfer:K
GND
+24VS2
1
2
3
4
5
6
H2
Anti-condensation
Heater-Scanner (Option)
Fuses
- 2 AC-OUT/L
- 6 AC-OUT/N
MB
CN538
CN223
1 6
Rotation Detector
2 5
New Detection Trigger[s5]
3 4
+5V
4 3
GND
5 2
New Detection[s5]
6 1
+24VS1
6
5
4
3
2
1
Anti-condensation
Heater-Option Tray (Option)
Temperature/Humidity Sensor
H1
Finisher (Option)
GND
GND
GND
GND
+24V
+24V
+24V
+24V
CN905
- 1 AC-OUT/L
- 5 AC-OUT/N
GND
GND
RXD
TXD
+5VE
+5VE
MKB:+5V
Key Counter Detection[t5]
MKB:b0
MKB:b1
MKB:b2
MKB:b3
MKB:b4
MKB:b5
MKB:b6
MKB:b7
MKB:GND
Control
MKB:+24V
CN238
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
N/A
Anti-condensation
Heater-Standard Tray (Option)
Counter Interface Board (Option)

(PCB1)
CN751
N/A
CN753
IPU:+5V
IPU:+5V
IPU:+5VS
IPU:GND
IPU:GND
IPU:GND
IPU:GND
IPU:+24V
SIO:+5VE
SIO:GND
SIO:GND
SIO:GND
SIO:GND
SIO:+24V
SIO:+24V
SIO:+24V
SIO:+24V
CN913
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
CN912
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
N/A
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
M12
Image Transfer
Belt Unit Drive Motor
M13
Fusing/Paper
Exit Motor
CL12
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
3
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
Development Clutch:K
CL13
Development Clutch:M
CL14
Development Clutch:C
CL15
Development Clutch:Y
S35
Drum Gear Position

Sensor:K
S36 Drum Gear Position
Sensor:M
Sensor:C
Sensor:Y
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Drum/Development
M14 Motor:C
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Drum/Development
M15 Motor:Y
Drive
Unit
Drum/Development
M16 Motor:K
Drum/Development
M17 Motor:M
2
Toner Transport
M18 Motor
Bk Col
CO
Key Counter
(Option)
To CN310
M/B
(Option NA only)
IPU
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
B222/B224 POINT TO POINT DIAGRAM (1/2)
SIO
Mechanical Counter
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Counter
manuals4you.com
G
NC(OP4_ONLINE_LED_ON!)
CSSTXD
CSSRXD
PONENG!
PONPCI!
PSAVE_FCU
GND
PCLKE1
GND
PCLKE4
GND
+12V
+12V
+12V
+5VE
+5VE
+5VE
+5VE
+5VE
+5VE
+5VE
+5VE
INTC!
INTB!
REQ3!
GNT3!
REQ2!
GNT2!
GND
PCIAD31
PCIAD29
PCIAD27
PCIAD25
GND
PCIAD23
PCIAD21
PCIAD19
PCIAD17
GND
C_BE3!
C_BE1!
PME!
TRDY!
FRAME!
STOP!
SERR!
GND
PCIAD15
PCIAD13
PCIAD11
PCIAD9
GND
PCIAD7
PCIAD5
PCIAD3
PCIAD1
GND
C_BE7!
C_BE5!
64ACK!
NC(INTE!)
GND
PCIAD63
PCIAD61
Name
PCIAD59
PCIAD57
GND
PCIAD55
PCIAD53
PCIAD51
PCIAD49
GND
PCIAD47
PCIAD45
PCIAD43
PCIAD41
GND
PCIAD39
PCIAD37
PCIAD35
PCIAD33
GND
PERXD
INTF!
OP2_RCLK
OP2_RXD
NC(SD_CMDDIR)
NC(SD_DTDIR)
GNT5
PCLKE6
GND
NC(SD-DT0)
NC(SD-DT1)
NC(SD-DT2)
NC(SD-DT3)
GND
ENGRDY1!
ENGRDY2!
PW_SW!
WKUP_L!
WKUP_E
NC(OP4_RST!)
RESERVED
VDET_EPCI
+3.3VE
PCLKE3
GND
PCLKE2
GND
NC(PCLKE5)
GND
+12V
+12V
+12V
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
GND
XSMD_VR2
XSMD_VR3
SMD_RST
XSMD_CLK
XSMD_M2
XDFGATE
TXD
DOCSET
RXD
LAMPON
XHPS
APSON
APS3
APS2
GND
APS1
APS4
APS5
AKS
GND
GND
GND
ACSMASKGT
XSMD_M1
PONSENS_N
XSMD_DIR
XSMD_EN
XSMD_VR1
GND
Name
RX+
RXN.C.
N.C.
TX+
TXN.C.
N.C.
LINK_LEDLINK_LED+
SPEED LEDSPEED LED+
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
GND
A30
XCSICIB
XRD
IPU_D(0)
IPU_D(2)
IPU_D(4)
IPU_D(6)
GND
ICIB_INT
P.D
GND
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
GND
D0_G(6)
D0_G(4)
D0_G(3)
D0_G(1)
GND
GND
GND
3.3V
GND
GND
GND
5V
5V
OPU
CN310
s
t
[
GND
PCI_AD33
PCI_AD35
PCI_AD37
PCI_AD39
GND
PCI_AD41
PCI_AD43
PCI_AD45
PCI_AD47
GND
PCI_AD49
PCI_AD51
PCI_AD53
PCI_AD55
GND
PCI_AD57
PCI_AD59
PCI_AD61
PCI_AD63
GND
PCI_CBE 4
PCI_CBE 6
REQ64_N
PCI_AD0
GND
PCI_AD2
PCI_AD4
PCI_AD6
PCI_CBE 0
GND
PCI_AD9
PCI_AD11
PCI_AD13
PCI_AD15
GND
PCI_PAR_N
PCI_PR_N
PCI_DEV_N
PCI_IRY_N
GND
PCI_CBE 2
PCI_AD17
PCI_AD19
PCI_AD21
GND
PCI_AD23
PCI_CBE 3
PCI_AD25
PCI_AD27
GND
PCI_AD29
PCI_AD31
PCI_GNT_N
P_RST_N
GND
GND
GND
ENGRDY_N
WKUP_L
GND
VDET_PCI
NC
GND
NC
5V
GND
5VE
5VE
5VE
Name
3.3VE_RST_N
SBU_SYDO
SBU_SYDI
SBU_SYCLK
SBU_SYCS_N
GAVD_SYHS_N
GAVD_SYDO
GAVD_SYDI
GAVD_SYCLK
GAVD_SYCS_N
IPU_IRQ1_N
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
1.8V
1.8V
1.8V
1.8V
3.3V
5V
3.3V
5V
3.3V
5V
GND
GND
GND
IPU_D15
IPU_D14
IPU_D13
IPU_D12
IPU_D11
IPU_D10
IPU_D9
IPU_D8
TAURUS2_CS_N
TAURUS1_CS_N
No.
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
<I/F Card Slot A,B>(CN109,111)

Name
IPU_A31
IPU_A30
IPU_A29
IPU_A28
IPU_A27
IPU_A26
IPU_A25
IPU_A24
IPU_A23
IPU_A22
IPU_A21
IPU_A20
IPU_D7
IPU_D6
IPU_D5
IPU_D4
IPU_D3
IPU_D2
IPU_D1
IPU_D0
IPU_RST_N
IPU_WR_N
IPU_RD_N
LUPUS_CS_N
PONSENS_N
GND
ICIB_CS_N
IPU_A19
IPU_A18
IPU_A17
IPU_A16
IPU_IRQ2_N
XSLEAD
XSSCAN
IPU_DIR
RI20_CS_N
ORION_CS_N
ACSMASKGT
AKS
DOCSET
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
43
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
MB(CN535) - FCUIF-A(CN560)>
No.
Name
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
NC
NC
GND
PCI_AD2
PCI_AD3
GND
PCI_AD5
PCI_AD7
PCI_CBE0
PCI_AD10
PCI_AD11
PCI_AD13
GND
PCI_AD15
PAR
PCIPERR
PCISTOP
PCITRDY
PCIFRAME
PCI_CBE2
PCI_AD18
PCI_AD20
PCI_AD21
PCI_AD23
PCI_CBE3
PCI_AD26
PCI_AD27
PCI_AD29
PCI_AD30
GNT2_N
INTB_N
PME_N
GND
PONPCI_N
PSAVE_FCU
VDET_EPCI
PONENG_N
N.C.
5VE
5VE
No.
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
Name
24V
24V
N.C.
N.C.
PCI_AD0
GND
GND
PCI_AD1
GND
RESERVE
PCI_AD4
PCI_AD6
PCI_AD8
PCI_AD9
GND
PCI_AD12
GND
PCI_AD14
PCI_CBE1
PCISERR
GND
PCIDEVSEL
PCIIRDY
PCI_AD16
PCI_AD17
PCI_AD19
GND
PCI_AD22
PCI_AD24
PCI_AD25
GND
PCI_AD28
GND
PCI_AD31
REQ2_N
PCIRST_N
GND
PCICLKE2
GND
GND
-1
-2
-3
-4
-1
-2
-3
-4
CN114
CN113
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
CN700
CN 4
CN103
CN 2
CTL
Name(#1)
GND
INTA_SL1#
GND
RESERVED
GND
CLKRUN
GND
RST#
GND
PCLK_SL1
GND
GNT_SL1#
GND
REQ_SL1#
GND
PME#
AD31
AD30
AD29
AD28
AD27
AD26
GND
AD25
AD24
C_BE3
GND
IDSEL_SL1
AD23
AD22
GND
AD21
AD20
AD19
GND
AD18
AD17
AD16
GND
C_BE2
FRAME#
IRDY#
GND
TRDY#
DEVSEL#
STOP#
GND
PERR#
SERR
PAR
GND
C_BE1
AD15
AD14
GND
AD13
AD12
AD11
GND
AD10
AD9
AD8
GND
C_BE0
AD7
AD6
AD5
AD4
AD3
AD2
+3.3V
AD1
+3.3V
AD0
+3.3V
RESERVED
+3.3V
RESERVED
+3.3V
RESERVED
+3.3V
RESERVED
1284buf(+5V)
RESERVED
1284buf(+5V)
RESERVED
+3.3Vaux
+24V
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
Name(#2)
GND
INTA_SL2#
GND
RESERVED
GND
CLKRUN
GND
RST#
GND
PCLK_SL2
GND
GNT_SL2#
GND
REQ_SL2#
GND
PME#
AD31
AD30
AD29
AD28
AD27
AD26
GND
AD25
AD24
C_BE3
GND
IDSEL_SL2
AD23
AD22
GND
AD21
AD20
AD19
GND
AD18
AD17
AD16
GND
C_BE2
FRAME#
IRDY#
GND
TRDY#
DEVSEL#
STOP#
GND
PERR#
SERR
PAR
GND
C_BE1
AD15
AD14
GND
AD13
AD12
AD11
GND
AD10
AD9
AD8
GND
C_BE0
AD7
AD6
AD5
AD4
AD3
AD2
+3.3V
AD1
+3.3V
AD0
+3.3V
RESERVED
+3.3V
RESERVED
+3.3V
RESERVED
+3.3V
RESERVED
1284buf(+5V)
RESERVED
1284buf(+5V)
RESERVED
+3.3Vaux
+24V
12
11
10
CN101
DIMM
SLOT2
DDR_DIMM
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
W
V
U
+12V
GND
H3H3+
H2H2+
H1H1+
SD Card
Slot 3
FAX Option
I/F Card
Slot B(Option)
CN109
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
-13
CN 1
CN536
-13
-12
-11
-10
-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
CN531
6
5
4
3
2
1
Key Counter I/F Option

CN001
LINE1
8
+24V
CN600
CN601
CN561
CN630
N/A
MBU
CN605
1
2
SP
Speaker
BAT
CN537
1
2
3
4
5
6
+5VE
RXD
TXD
GND
N.C.
N.C.
FCUIF-A
Ext Telephone (Option)
4
3
2
1
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
1
2
3
4
5
6
CN540
N/A
I/F Card
Slot D (Option)
CN538
+5VE
+5VE
TXD
RXD
GND
GND
PONENG_N
5VE
5VE
5VE
5VE
GND
GND
12V
GND
GND
24V
CN535
(PCB28)
TEL
CN608
GND
CN560
CN500
CN532
CN510
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
CN534
LINE3
CN622
GWFCU3
BAT
CN533
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
SG3
SD-RAM
DIMM:
32MB
(PC100)
IEEE1394,IEEE1284,IEEE802,11,Bluetooth
CN100
MB
PSU
CN914
CN690
CN662
LINE2
CN623
I/F Card
Slot B(Option)
+24V
+24V
+5V
+5V
TXD
TX Clock
GND
RX Clock
RXD
GND
RX Request
LED Power
Power ON
(PCB27)
SG3
CN660
CN603
USB Host
SD CARD
SLOT2
CN663 CN690
NVRAM
M23
Laser Optics
Housing Unit
G3 Option
DDR_DIMM
(512MB)
CCUIF
CN111
SD CARD
SLOT1
LVDS(MB)
Polygon Motor
(512MB)
(PCB29)
Power ON
+5VE
Rx Request
GND
RXD(-)
RXD(+)
RX Clock(-)
RX Clock(+)
TX Clock(-)
TX Clock(+)
TXD(-)
TXD(+)
+24V - 1
+24V - 2
+24V - 3
CN102
CN105
DIMM
SLOT1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
M22
L2 Lens Positioning
Motor :Y
L2 Lens Positioning
Motor :C
M21
5V
5V
5VS
GND
GND
GND
GND
24V
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
HDD2
FAN10
-12
-11
-10
-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
CN 3
-3
-2
-1
-2
-1
+5V - 1
+5V - 2
CN 6
CN 5
ETHER
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
L2 Lens Positioning
Motor :M
M20
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
CN 8
CN 7
Laser Synchronizing-YC:E
+5V
GND
Laser Synchronizing-YC:S
+5V
GND
Laser Synchronizing-MK:E
+5V
GND
Laser Synchronizing-MK:S
+5V
GND
Laser Synchronizing
Detector Board
CN505
14 26
15 25
16 24
17 23
18 22
19 21
20 20
21 19
22 18
23 17
24 16
25 15
26 14
1
13
2
12
3
11
4
10
5
9
6
8
7
7
8
6
9
5
10 4
11 3
12 2
13 1
+5VS
LD2:LDLVL:C
LD2:APCEN:C[t5]
LD2:LDOFF:C[s5]
GND
GND
LDERR:C[t5]
GND
LD1:LDOFF:C:[s5]
LD1:APCEN:C[t5]
LD1:LDLVL:C
+5VS
N.C.
+5VS
LD2:LDLVL:Y
LD2:APCEN:Y[t5]
LD2:LDOFF:Y[s5]
GND
GND
LDERR:Y[t5]
GND
LD1:LDOFF:Y[s5]
LD1:APCEN:Y[t5]
LD1:LDLVL:y
+5VS
N.C.
5
4
3
2
1
(PCB21)
PCB14 PCB15 PCB16 PCB17
IPU
1
2
3
4
5
PSU
CN913
SYMBOL TABLE
GND
PCI_AD32
PCI_AD34
PCI_AD36
PCI_AD38
GND
PCI_AD40
PCI_AD42
PCI_AD44
PCI_AD46
GND
PCI_AD48
PCI_AD50
PCI_AD52
PCI_AD54
GND
PCI_AD56
PCI_AD58
PCI_AD60
PCI_AD62
GND
PCI_PAR64
PCI_CBE 5
PCI_CBE 7
ACK64_N
GND
PCI_AD1
PCI_AD3
PCI_AD5
PCI_AD7
GND
PCI_AD8
PCI_AD10
PCI_AD12
PCI_AD14
GND
PCI_CBE 1
PCI_SR_N
PCI_SP_N
PCI_TRY
GND
PCI_FM
PCI_AD16
PCI_AD18
PCI_AD20
GND
PCI_AD22
PCI_IDSEL1
PCI_AD24
PCI_AD26
GND
PCI_AD28
PCI_AD30
PCI_REQ_N
PCI_INT
GND
PCI_CLK
GND
PONSENS
WKUP_E
GND
PONPCI
GND
GND
NC
5V
GND
5VE
5VE
5VE
<IPU - BCU>
(CN501) (CN101)
Name
BAT
USB
Polygon Motor
Control Board
CN506
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
+24V
GND
ON
Ready
Clock
CN507
1
5
2
4
3
3
4
2
5
1
IOB CN242
3
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
6
5
4
3
2
1
6
5
4
3
2
1
1LD:LD1-4
2LD:LD1-8
Cpoy Data Security Unit

(Option)
No.
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
HDD FAN
HDD1
(PCB26)
LVDS(OPU)
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
LD Unit - Y (PCB13)
CN508
Name
-12
-11
-10
-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
Original Length
Sensor3 (EU only)
2 1
1 2
Original Length
Sensor1,2
SBU FAN
Original Width
Sensor1,2
LDD:C:LD2:LDD2+
LDD:C:LD2:LDD2GND
GND
LDD:C:LD1:LDD1LDD:C:LD1:LDD1+
LDD:Y:LD2:LDD2+
LDD:Y:LD2:LDD2GND
GND
LDD:Y:LD1:LDD1LDD:Y:LD1:LDD1+
N.C.
CN503
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
2
3
4
5
6
13
7
6
5
4
3
2
13
12
11
10
9
8
1
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
2
3
4
5
6
13
LDD:K:LD2:LDD2+
LDD:K:LD2:LDD2GND
GND
LDD:K:LD1:LDD1LDD:K:LD1:LDD1+
LDD:M:LD2:LDD2+
LDD:M:LD2:LDD2GND
GND
LDD:M:LD1:LDD1LDD:M:LD1:LDD1+
CN502
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1LD:LD1-4
2LD:LD1-8
5VEP
5VEP
5VEP
GND
NC(3.3VEP)
NC(3.3VEP)
NC(3.3VEP)
IDSEL2
(RESERVE)
GND
(RESERVE)
(RESERVE)
GND
(RESERVE)
GND
RST#
VDET_EPCI
AD(31)
AD(29)
GND
AD(27)
AD(25)
CMD(3)
AD(23)
GND
AD(21)
AD(19)
AD(17)
CMD(2)
GND
PCIIRDY#
PCIDEVSEL#
PCIPERR#
PAR
GND
AD(15)
AD(13)
AD(11)
AD(9)
GND
CMD(0)
AD(6)
AD(4)
AD(2)
GND
AD(0)
PCI64REQ#
CMD(6)
CMD(4)
GND
AD(63)
AD(61)
AD(59)
AD(57)
GND
AD(55)
AD(53)
AD(51)
AD(49)
GND
AD(47)
AD(45)
AD(43)
AD(41)
GND
AD(39)
AD(37)
AD(35)
AD(33)
GND
(PCB20)
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
+5VS
LD2:LDLVL:K
LD2:APCEN:K[t5]
LD2:LDOFF:K[s5]
GND
GND
LDERR:K[t5]
GND
LD1:LDOFF:K[s5]
LD1:APCEN:K[t5]
LD1:LDLVL:K
+5VS
+5VS
LD2:LDLVL:M
LD2:APCEN:M[t5]
LD2:LDOFF:M[s5]
GND
GND
LDERR:M[t5]
GND
LD1:LDOFF:M[s5]
LD1:APCEN:M[t5]
LD1:LDLVL:M
+5VS
CN504
13 24
14 23
15 22
16 21
17 20
18 19
19 18
20 17
21 16
22 15
23 14
24 13
1
12
2
11
3
10
4
9
5
8
6
7
7
6
8
5
9
4
10 3
11 2
12 1
LD Unit - C (PCB12)
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
Name
OPU-R
Scanner Accessibility Unit

(Option)
SBU
FAN9
No.
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
B10
B11
B12
B13
B14
B15
B16
B17
B18
B19
B20
B21
B22
B23
B24
B25
B26
B27
B28
B29
B30
B31
B32
B33
B34
B35
B36
B37
B38
B39
B40
B41
B42
B43
B44
B45
B46
B47
B48
B49
B50
B51
B52
B53
B54
B55
B56
B57
B58
B59
B60
B61
B62
B63
B64
B65
B66
B67
B68
B69
B70
2
1
(PCB25)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
S43
Name
NC(3.3VE)
5VEP
5VEP
GND
NC(3.3VEP)
NC(3.3VEP)
NC(3.3VEP)
PCIREQ3#
PCIGNT3#
GND
PCIINTC#
PCIPME#
GND
PCLK_VL3
GND
(RESERVE)
(RESERVE)
AD(30)
AD(28)
GND
AD(26)
AD(24)
(RESERVE)
AD(22)
GND
AD(20)
AD(18)
AD(16)
PCIFRAME#
GND
PCITRDY#
PCISTOP#
PCISERR#
CMD(1)
GND
AD(14)
AD(12)
AD(10)
AD(8)
GND
AD(7)
AD(5)
AD(3)
AD(1)
GND
PCI64ACK#
CMD(7)
CMD(5)
PCI64PAR
GND
AD(62)
AD(60)
AD(58)
AD(56)
GND
AD(54)
AD(52)
AD(50)
AD(48)
GND
AD(46)
AD(44)
AD(42)
AD(40)
GND
AD(38)
AD(36)
AD(34)
AD(32)
GND
(PCB24)
OPU-L
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
2
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
S42
No.
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
A20
A21
A22
A23
A24
A25
A26
A27
A28
A29
A30
A31
A32
A33
A34
A35
A36
A37
A38
A39
A40
A41
A42
A43
A44
A45
A46
A47
A48
A49
A50
A51
A52
A53
A54
A55
A56
A57
A58
A59
A60
A61
A62
A63
A64
A65
A66
A67
A68
A69
A70
LCDC
CN315
S41
<IPU - MB>
(CN500) - (CN532)
<I/F Card Slot D>(CN533)
1
2
CN317
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
6
5
4
3
2
1
6
5
4
3
2
1
1LD:LD1-4
2LD:LD1-8
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1LD:LD1-4
2LD:LD1-8
LD Unit - M (PCB11)
Name
XIDE1RST
GND
DD7
DD8
DD6
DD9
DD5
DD10
DD4
DD11
DD3
DD12
DD2
DD13
DD1
DD14
DD0
DD15
GND
KEYPIN
IDE1DRQ
GND
XIDE1IOW
GND
XIDE1IOR
GND
IDE1IORDY
CSEL
XIDE1DACK
GND
IDE1INT
RESERVED
IDE1AD1
XPDIAG
IDE1AD0
IDE1AD2
XIDE1CS0
XIDE1CS1
XDASP
GND
(PCB23)
CN300
CN509
LD Unit - K (PCB10)
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
CN106
CN318
BCU
CN101
CN501
IPU
<HDD>(CN113,114)
LCD Back
Light Driver
TFT:W-VGA:
CN301
5V
5V
5V
GND
GND
XCNICIB
XIFGATE
XILSYNC
IPUCLK0_O
D0_G(0)
D0_G(2)
GND
D0_G(5)
D0_G(7)
N.C.
N.C.
GND
N.C.
N.C.
P.D
P.D
XIPURST0
IPU_D(7)
IPU_D(5)
IPU_D(3)
IPU_D(1)
GND
XWS
GND
A31
LCD(PCB22)
CN313
Scanner Unit
Name
Name
VBUS
D+
DVGND
No.
1
2
3
4
Name
SD1_DT(3)
SD_CMD(1)
GND
3VDUAL
SDCLK1
GND
SD1_DT(0)
SD1_DT(1)
SD1_DT(2)
-SD_CD(1)
GND
-SD_WP(1)
PSU
CN912
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
1
2
3
4
5
6
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
(PCB19)
No.
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
<USB Host>
(CN105)
<SD-CARD I/F>
(CN106,107,108)
<ETHER>
(CN103)
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
GND
XSLSYNC
XSLEAD
SYDO
XSYCS
TA2+
TB2+
TC2+
LVDSCK2+
GND
TB1+
TC1+
LVDSCK1+
GND
GND
XCNSBU
GND
LVDSCK1TC1TB1GND
LVDSCK2TC2TB2TA2SYCLK
SYDI
GND
XSFGATE
GND
Name
CN108
Scanner
H.P Sensor
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
No.
/A
XAPSON
+24V
+5VS
/B
XAPS2
A
XAPS1
+24V
GND
B
XAPSON
+5VS
GND
XAPS3
HPS
XAPS4
+5V
GND
GND
XAPSON
AKS
+5VS
+5V
XAPS5
N.C.
+24V
GND
Exposure Lamp ON
+24V
GND
GND
Exposure Lamp Clock
+5V
+10V
GND
GND
+5VE
GND
GND
GND
GND
+3.3V
GND
+3.3V
GND
+3.3V
+24V
GND
+24V
GND
+24V
+6V
+24V
+6V
LAMPGT
LAMPCLK
N.C.
+5VEDS
TXD:ADF
DOCSET
RXD:ADF
ADF Gate
+5V
GND
ACS Mask
GND
GND
GND
GND
+24V
+24V
+24V
+24V
N.C.
CN103
CN311
Name
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Name
3
2
1
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
CN314
SIO
No.
PCIAD58
PCIAD56
GND
PCIAD54
PCIAD52
PCIAD50
PCIAD48
GND
PCIAD46
PCIAD44
PCIAD42
PCIAD40
GND
PCIAD38
PCIAD36
PCIAD34
PCIAD32
GND
PETXD
PONSENS!
OP_TCLK
OP2_TXD
OP2_REQ
REQ5
NC(SD_DT_EN!)
NC(SD_CMD_EN!)
GND
NC(SDCLK!)
NC(SDCD!)
NC(SD_CMD!)
NC(SDWP!)
GND
NC(OP4_CLK)
NC(OP4_CS!)
NC(OP4_SDA)
NC(OP4_IRQ!)
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
Lamp
Stabilizer
(PCB18)
S39 S40
CN312
BCU
CN103
Name
<Copy Data Security Unit> CN508(IPU)
(CN300) - (CN509)
CN112
+5VE
+5VE
+5VE
+5VE
+5VE
+5VE
+5VE
+5V
INTD!
INTA!
NC(REQ6!)
NC(GNT6!)
REQ1!
GNT1!
GND
PCIAD30
PCIAD28
PCIAD26
PCIAD24
GND
PCIAD22
PCIAD20
PCIAD18
PCIAD16
GND
C_BE2!
C_BE0!
PCIRST!
DEVSEL!
IRDY!
PERR!
PAR
GND
PCIAD14
PCIAD12
PCIAD10
PCIAD8
GND
PCIAD6
PCIAD4
PCIAD2
PCIAD0
GND
C_BE6!
C_BE4!
64REQ!
64PAR
GND
PCIAD62
PCIAD60
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
M19
No.
<SBU - IPU>
No.
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
B10
B11
B12
B13
B14
B15
12VHDD -1
GND -2
GND -3
5VHDD -4
Name
Name
CN107
No.
MDT(42)
MDT(46)
MDT(43)
MDT(47)
VCC2.5
VCC2.5
VCC2.5
CLKOTL(1)
GND
CLKOTH(1)
GND
GND
MDT(48)
MDT(52)
MDT(49)
MDT(53)
VCC2.5
VCC2.5
DQS_SR(6)
DM_SR(6)
MDT(50)
MDT(54)
GND
GND
MDT(51)
MDT(55)
MDT(56)
MDT(60)
VCC2.5
VCC2.5
MDT(57)
MDT(61)
DQS_SR(7)
DM_SR(7)
GND
GND
MDT(58)
MDT(62)
MDT(59)
MDT(63)
VCC2.5
VCC2.5
SMBUSD
SA0
SMBUSC
SA1
VCC2.5
SA2
VDDID
NC
ARDF
(Option)
10
<SIO - BCU>
(CN311) - (CN103)
No.
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
B10
B11
B12
B13
B14
B15
LED Power
Power ON
Name
L2
Exposure Lamp
No.
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
GND
GND
MDT(19)
MDT(23)
MDT(24)
MDT(28)
VCC2.5
VCC2.5
MDT(25)
MDT(29)
DQS_SR(3)
DM_SR(3)
GND
GND
MDT(26)
MDT(30)
MDT(27)
MDT(31)
VCC2.5
VCC2.5
MECC_SR(0)
MECC_SR(4)
MECC_SR(1)
MECC_SR(5)
GND
GND
DQS_SR(8)
DM_SR(8)
MECC_SR(2)
MECC_SR(6)
VCC2.5
VCC2.5
MECC_SR(3)
MECC_SR(7)
NC
NC
GND
GND
CLKOTH(2)
GND
CLKOTL(2)
VCC2.5
VCC2.5
VCC2.5
_CKEA_SR(1)
_CKEA_SR(0)
A13:NC
NC
MAB_SR(12)
MAB_SR(11)
Name
MAB_SR(9)
MAB_SR(8)
GND
GND
MAA_SR(7)
MAA_SR(6)
MAA_SR(5)
MAA_SR(4)
MAA_SR(3)
MAA_SR(2)
MAA_SR(1)
MAA_SR(0)
VCC2.5
VCC2.5
MAA_SR(10)
MAA_SR(14)
MAA_SR(13)
_RASA_SR
_WEA_SR
_CASA_SR
_CS_SR(0)
_CS_SR(1)
NC
NC
GND
GND
MDT(32)
MDT(36)
MDT(33)
MDT(37)
VCC2.5
VCC2.5
DQS_SR(4)
DM_SR(4)
MDT(34)
MDT(38)
GND
GND
MDT(35)
MDT(39)
MDT(40)
MDT(44)
VCC2.5
VCC2.5
MDT(41)
MDT(45)
DQS_SR(5)
DM_SR(5)
GND
GND
1 HV
5 LV
No.
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
-1
-2
-3
-4
VREF
VREF
GND
GND
MDT(0)
MDT(4)
MDT(1)
MDT(5)
VCC2.5
VCC2.5
DQS_SR(0)
DM_SR(0)
MDT(2)
MDT(6)
GND
GND
MDT(3)
MDT(7)
MDT(8)
MDT(12)
VCC2.5
VCC2.5
MDT(9)
MDT(13)
DQS_SR(1)
DM_SR(1)
GND
GND
MDT(10)
MDT(14)
MDT(11)
MDT(15)
VCC2.5
VCC2.5
CLKOTH(0)
VCC2.5
CLKOTL(0)
GND
GND
GND
MDT(16)
MDT(20)
MDT(17)
MDT(21)
VCC2.5
VCC2.5
DQS_SR(2)
DM_SR(2)
MDT(18)
MDT(22)
Name
-1
-2
-3
-4
No.
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
Scanner
Drive Motor
11
Name
Platen Cover
Sensor
12
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
<MB(CN531) - CTL(CN100)>
(CN101,102)
<DDR-SDRAM DIMM I/F>
+24V
+5V
+5V
TXD
TX Clock
GND
RX Clock
RXD
GND
RX Request
B222/B224 POINT TO POINT DIAGRAM (2/2)
Cummin-M
(Option)
CSS1
CSS2 CSS3
DC Line
Pulse Signal
Signal Direction
Ready Low
Ready High
Voltage
12
11
10
16
3
5
11
5
6
7
6
7
8
15
9
7
8
9
10
10
10
14
B222V104.WMF
11
B222V101A.WMF
13
B222V102.WMF
11
12
Fig-1
13
14
12
Fig-3
15
1
Fig-4
B230V105.WMF
Fig-2
3
4
3
4
11
15
5
10
9
8
7
22
21
19
6
4
Fig-5
10
17
B222V105.WMF
12
18
16 15
13
14
Fig-6
12
11
B222V106.WMF
13
20
14
11
10
4
Fig-7
6
8
B222V107.WMF
B222V108.WMF
Fig-8
manuals4you.com
13
3
4
5
6
12
12
6
11
10
11
10
B222V109A.WMF
Fig-9
Fig-10
4
5
11
7
10
8
B222V111.WMF
Fig-11
B222V110.WMF
Symbol Index No.

PCBs
PCB1
PCB2
9-3
PCB3
9-8
PCB4
9-13
PCB5
9-12
PCB6
5-1
PCB7
9-9
PCB8
10-5
PCB9
11-9
PCB10
6-9
PCB11
6-11
PCB12
6-12
PCB13
6-13
PCB14
6-21
PCB15
6-17
PCB16
6-15
PCB17
6-10
PCB18
1-1
PCB19
1-3
PCB20
1-6
PCB21
6-16
PCB22
6-2
PCB23
6-3
PCB24
6-22
PCB25
6-1
PCB26
6-4
PCB27
9-1
PCB28
9-2
PCB29
9-4
Counter Interface Board

ITB Power Supply Board
High Voltage Supply Board
BCU
IOB
RFID
PSU
IH Inverter Board
High Voltage Supply Board - Discharge Plate
LD Unit-K
LD Unit-M
LD Unit-C
LD Unit-Y
Laser Synchronizing Detector Board-YC-E
Laser Synchronizing Detector Board-YC-S
Laser Synchronizing Detector Board-MK-E
Laser Synchronizing Detector Board-MK-S
Lamp Stabilizer
SIO
SBU
Polygon Motor Control Board
LCD
LCD Back Light Driver
LCDC
OPU-L
OPU-R
IPU
MB
CTL
B6
B4
B4
B3
G2
I6
F5
G4
C1
A8
B8
B8
B8
C8
C8
C8
C8
B10
B10
C9
D9
E10
E10
E10
D10
E10
C8
G8
G9
Heaters
H1
H2
H3
Anti-condensation Heater - Standard Tray (Option)

Anti-condensation Heater - Option Tray (Option)
Anti-condensation Heater - Sccaner
Scanner (Option)
D6
D6
D5
3-13
3-13
1-11
Description
P to P
Symbol Index No.

Sensors
S1
4-6
S2
4-7
S3
11-4
S4
11-1
S5
11-11
S6
11-2
S7
10-9
S8
10-10
S9
2-1
S10
2-6
S11
2-10
S12
11-10
S13
2-2
S14
2-3
S15
2-9
S16
4-5
S17
4-4
S18
5-6
S19
3-6
S20
3-7
S21
6-11
S22
6-11
S23
3-16
S24
3-4
S25
3-1
S26
3-2
S27
3-16
S28
3-4
S29
3-1
S30
3-2
S31
5-10
S32
5-8
9
S33
5-9
8
S34
5-11
S35
8-1
S36
8-2
S37
8-3
S38
8-4
S39
1-12
S40
1-2
S41
1-9
S42
1-8
S43
1-5
S44
4-3
S45
11-5
S46
7-2
S47
4-1
S48
7-3
S49
7-5
S50
7-6
S51
7-7
S52
7-4
FANs
FAN1
4-10
FAN2
4-11
FAN3
10-3
FAN4
10-7
FAN5
10-12
FAN6
10-11
FAN7
10-4
FAN8
10-6
FAN9
1-7
FAN10
9-6
FAN11
9-11
FAN12
9-10
Others
TS1
6-8
TS2
6-8
TS3
10-1
TS4
10-1
TH1
6-7
TH2
6-5
HDD1
9-5
HDD2
9-5
10-8
Description
P to P
Shutter Position1
Shutter Position2
Junction Paper Jam
Paper Exit
Fusing Exit
Paper Overflow
Fusing Belt
Ferrite Roller HP
Duplex Entrance
Duplex Exit
By-pass Paper Detection
detection
Fusing Entrance
Duplex Door
Junction Gate1 HP
By-pass Paper Size
Temperature/Humidity
Registration
Waste Toner
Tray1 Paper Feed
Tray1 Vertical Transport
Tray1 Paper End
Tray1 Paper Lift
Tray2 Paper feed
Tray2 Vertical Transport
Tray2 Paper End
Tray2 Paper Lift
Toner End Sensor:Y
Toner End Sensor:C
Toner End Sensor:M
Toner End Sensor:K
Drum Gear Position Sensor:K
Drum Gear Position Sensor:M
Drum Gear Position Sensor:C
Drum Gear Position Sensor:Y
Scanner H.P
Platen Cover
Original Width Sensor1,2
Original Length Sensor1,2
Original Length Sensor3
ID Sensor
Paper Transfer Roller Contact
Image Transfer Belt Contact
Thermopile
TD Sensor:K
TD Sensor:M
TD Sensor:C
TD Sensor:Y
Image Transfer Belt Rotation
A2
A2
D3
D3
D3
D3
D3
G3
C1
C1
C1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
E1
E1
F1
F1
F1
F1
G1
G1
G1
G1
G1
G1
G1
G1
I5
I5
I5
I5
I4
I4
I4
I4
B10
B10
B10
B10
B10
C3
D3
E3
E3
G3
G3
G3
G3
C5
Ventilation Fan - Front

Ventilation Fan - Rear
Second Duct
Third Duct
Paper Exit
IH Coil
Fusing
IH Inverter
SBU
HDD
PSU FAN1
PSU FAN2
A3
A3
A2
A2
A2
D3
D3
G4
B9
G10
F5
F5
Thermostat - Pressure Roller

Thermostat - Pressure Roller
Thermostat - IH
Thermostat - IH
Thermistor - Pressure Roller
Thermistor - Heating Roller
HDD1
HDD2
IH Coil Unit
F3
F3
F4
F4
E3
E3
F10
G10
F4
Symbol Index No.

Motors
M1
4-8
M2
2-5
M3
11-3
M4
11-6
M5
7-1
M6
11-7
M7
11-8
M8
3-9
M9
3-5
M10
3-11
M11
10-2
M12
8-14
M13
8-15
M14
8-8
M15
8-6
M16
8-12
M17
8-10
M18
8-5
M19
1-4
M20
6-14
M21
6-18
M22
6-19
M23
6-20
Description
P to P
Shutter
Duplex Inverter
Junction Gate1
Paper Transfer Roller Contact
Image Transfer Belt Contact
Duplex/By-pass
Registration
Paper Feed
Tray1 Lift
Tray2 Lift
Ferrite Roller
Image Transfer Belt Unit Drive
Fusing/Paper Exit
Drum/Development Motor:C
Drum/Development Motor:Y
Drum/Development Motor:K
Drum/Development Motor:M
Toner Transport
Scanner Drive
WTL Positioning Motor:M
WTL Positioning Motor:C
WTL Positioning Motor:Y
Polygon
A2
C1
D3
D3
E3
E1
E1
E1
F1
F1
G4
I5
I4
I3
I3
I3
I2
I2
B10
C8
C8
D8
D8
Clutches
CL1
CL2
CL3
CL4
CL5
CL6
CL7
CL8
CL9
CL10
CL11
CL12
CL13
CL14
CL15
2-7
3-8
3-10
5-2
5-3
5-4
5-5
5-12
5-15
5-14
5-13
8-13
8-11
8-9
8-7
By-pass Feed
Tray1 Paper Feed
Tray2 Paper Feed
Toner Supply Clutch:K
Toner Supply Clutch:M
Toner Supply Clutch:C
Toner Supply Clutch:Y
Toner Bottle Clutch - K
Toner Bottle Clutch - M
Toner Bottle Clutch - C
Toner Bottle Clutch - Y
Development Clutch:K
Development Clutch:M
Development Clutch:C
Development Clutch:Y
D1
D1
D1
I6
I6
I6
I6
I6
I5
I5
I5
I4
I4
I4
I4
Solenoids
SOL1
SOL2
SOL3
SOL4
SOL5
SOL6
4-2
2-11
2-8
3-14
3-3
3-3
ID Sensor Shutter
Duplex Inverter
By-pass Pick-up
Tray Lock
Tray1 Pick-up
Tray2 Pick-up
C3
C1
C1
F1
G1
G1
Switches
SW1
SW2
SW3
SW4
SW5
SW6
9-7
4-9
2-4
5-7
3-15
3-12
Main
Interlock
Right Door Open
Waste Toner Bottle Set
Tray1 Set
Tray2 Paper Size
E5
E5
C1
E1
F1
F1
Lamps
L1
L2
6-6
1-10
Pressure Roller Fusing Lamp

Exposure Lamp
F3
B10
B227 Point to Point Diagram
A
PCB
B2275110
JCN1
S2
SW
2
CN1
SW2
Left Guide Switch
SW1
Right Guide Switch
Relay Sensor
S2
SW
1
3
2
1
CN2
1
2
3
CN3
1
2
3
4
5
6
Junction Gate Solenoid
CN4
6
5
4
3
2
1
SOL1
A
COM(A)
AB
COM(B)
B-
S1
PCB 1
GND[0]
[5]
Vcc(+5V)[5]
2
1
3
2
1
2
1
2
1
CN7
A[0/24]
Vaa(+24V)[24]
A-[0/24]
B[0/24]
Vaa(+24V)[24]
B-[0/24]
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
CN6
Vaa(+24V)[24]
[24]
GND[0]
[5]
Vcc(+5V)[5]
[5]
GND[0]
[5]
GND[0]
CN601
[24]Vaa(+24V)
[0]PGND
[0/5]
[0/5]
[0/5]
[0/5]
[0/5]
[5]Vcc(+5V)
[0]SGND
[0/5]
[0/5]
[0/5]
[0/5]
[0/5]
[0/5]
[0/5]
[0]PGND
[24]Vaa(+24V)
CN602
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
CN604
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
CN600
CN8
1-10
1-9
1-8
1-7
1-6
1-5
1-4
1-3
1-2
1-1
2-9
2-8
2-7
2-6
2-5
2-4
2-3
2-2
2-1
CN9
1-1
1-2
1-3
1-4
1-5
1-6
1-7
1-8
1-9
1-10
2-1
2-2
2-3
2-4
2-5
2-6
2-7
2-8
2-9
JCN100
Vaa(24V)
PGND
SM_BRICNT
SM_BRIRST_N
SEN_BRIPAPOUT_P
SEN_BRIFEED_P
SEN_BRIPAPFULL_N
Vcc(5V)
SGND
SEN_BRIPAPOUTCV_P
SEN_BRIFEEDCV_P
FAN_BRI_P
SM_BRICLK
SOL_BRIPWM
SEN_BRISET_N
SM_BRIENA_N
PGND
Vaa(24V)
JCN
Main Frame
S1
M1
Drive Motor
Tray Exit Sensor
SYMBOL TABLE
DC Line
Pulse Signal
Signal Direction
Ready
Low
SYMBOL
TABLE
AC LINE
High
DC LINE ReadyHigh
Low
[ ]
[
]
Voltage
manuals4you.com
Symbol
Motors
M1
Name
Index No. P-to-P
Drive
B5
Tray Exit
Relay
4
7
C5
B5
2
1
B5
B5
B3-C4
B5
Sensors
S1
S2
Switches
SW1 Right Guide
SW2 Left Guide
PCBs
PCB1 Bridge Unit Control
Magnetic Clutches
MC1 Junction Gate
10
FINISHER (B408) Point to Point Diagram
S1
Paper Limit Sn.
S2
CN205-3
-2
-1
Shift H.P. Sn.
S4
CN206-3
-2
-1
Lower Tray Exit Sn.
S9
Exit Guide Plate

H.P. Sn.
S7
Stapler H.P. Sn.
S6
CN209-3
-2
-1
Stapler Tray
Entrance Sn.
S8
CN210-3
-2
-1
Lower Tray
Lower Limit Sn.
S11
CN211-3
-2
-1
Stack Height Sn.
S10
CN212-3
-2
-1
CN305-1
-2
-3
Stapler Tray Paper

Sn.
S12
CN213-3
-2
-1
CN306-1
-2
-3
S5
CN214-3
-2
-1
CN306-4
-5
-6
S3
CN215-3
-2
-1
Stack Feed-out Belt

H.P. Sn.
Jogger Fence H.P.
Sn.
CN302-1
-2
-3
CN208-3
-2
-1
CN303-1
-2
-3
CN302
CN207-3
-2
-1
CN301
CN301-1
-2
-3
CN303
CN111-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
CN219-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
+24V
+24V
N.C.
A [24 24/0]
A [24 24/0]
B [24 24/0]
B [24 24/0]
N.C.
+24V
+24V
N.C.
A [24 24/0]
A [24 24/0]
B [24 24/0]
B [24 24/0]
CN112-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
-13
-14
-15
CN220-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
CN304-1
-2
-3
+24V
+24V
N.C.
GND
A [24 24/0]
["5] Lower Tray Lower Limit Sensor
A [24 24/0]
+5V
B [24 24/0]
B [24 24/0]
GND
N.C.
["5] Stack Height Sensor
Lower Tray Lift Motor -[!24]
+5V
Lower Tray Lift Motor +[!24]
CN113-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
CN307-2
-1
+24V
["24] Upper Cover Switch
CN104-3
-4
-5
[!5] Entrance Sensor

GND
+5V
CN301-3
-2
-1
CN105-1
-2
-3
+5V
[!5] Paper Limit Sensor
GND
CN302-3
-2
-1
CN105-4
-5
-6
CN105-7
-8
-9
-10
GND
["5] Shift H.P. Sensor
+5V
N.C.
GND
[!5] Lower Tray Exit Sensor
+5V
CN303-3
-2
-1
CN105-11
-12
-13
CN304-3
-2
-1
GND
["5] Exit Guide Plate H.P. Sensor
+5V
CN106-1
-2
-3
GND
["5] Stapler H.P. Sensor
+5V
CN106-4
-5
-6
[!5] Stapler Tray Entrance Sensor

GND
+5V
CN106-7
-8
-9
CN107-1
-2
-3
CN306-6
-5
-4
CN107-4
-5
-6
GND
["5] Stapler Tray Paper Sensor
+5V
+24V
Tray Junction Gate [!24]
CN114-1
-2
CN224-2
-1
CN306-3
-2
-1
CN107-7
-8
-9
+24V
GND
Stapler Junction Gate [!24]
["5] Stack Feed-out Belt H.P.Sensor
+5V
+24V
Positioning Roller [!24]
GND
["5] Jogger Fence H.P. Sensor
+5V
+5V
Stapler Rotation Sensor ["5]
CN114-3
-4
CN225-2
-1
CN115-1
-2
CN226-2
-1
CN107-10
-11
-12
!
"
[
CN222-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
CN305-3
-2
-1
SYMBOL TABLE
DC Line
Pulse Signal
Signal Direction
CN221-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
Ready High
Ready Low
] Voltage
CN216
+24V
+24V
N.C.
A [24 24/0]
A [24 24/0]
B [24 24/0]
B [24 24/0]
CN104-1
-2
CN217
CN218-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
+24V
["24] Lower Tray Upper Limit Switch
CN218-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
M9
Shift Motor
CN219-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
M6
Exit Guide Plate

Motor
CN220-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
M5
Stack Feed-out Motor
M3
Jogger Fence Motor
CN221-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
CN222-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
M10
Stapler Motor
Lower Tray
Lift Motor
CN307-1
-2
CN224-1
-2
SOL1 Tray Junction Gate
CN225-1
-2
SOL2 Stapler Junction Gate
CN226-1
-2
SOL3 Positioning Roller
CN223-1
-2
M8
Staple Sheet Sensor ["5]

Staple Sensor ["5]
GND
CN116-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
CN227-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
S14
S13
S15
Stapler Rotation Sn.

Staple Sheet Sn.
Staple Sn.
Staple Hammer Motor -[!24]

Staple Hammer Motor -[!24]
Staple Hammer Motor +[!24]
Staple Hammer Motor +[!24]
CN116-6
-7
-8
-9
CN228-4
-3
-2
-1
M4
Staple Hammer
Motor
T2
Exit Motor
Lower Transport
Motor
CN218
CN110-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
CN103-1
-2
M7
CN219
Entrance Sn.
CN300-2
-1
Upper Transport
Motor
CN220
SW3
CN204-3
-2
-1
CN300
CN300-1
-2
M1
M2
CN221
SW1
+24V
["24] Front Door Safety Switch
CN217-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
CN222
CN102-1
-2
CN304
Upper Cover
Switch
SW2
CN305
+24V
A [24 24/0]
A [24 24/0]
B [24 24/0]
B [24 24/0]
+24V
T1
CN306
Front Door
Safety Switch
Lower Tray Upper
Limit Switch
+24V
+24V
N.C.
A [24 24/0]
A [24 24/0]
B [24 24/0]
B [24 24/0]
CN109-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
GND
GND
+5V
+5V
RXD
ZESM
TXD
+5V
CN217-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
CN
307
Main PCB
(PCB 1)
CN216-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
CN
224
CN101-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
CN108-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
-13
-14
-15
CN
225
Main
Frame
CN216-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
+24V
+24V
N.C.
A [24 24/0]
A [24 24/0]
B [24 24/0]
B [24 24/0]
N.C.
+24V
+24V
N.C.
A [24 24/0]
A [24 24/0]
B [24 24/0]
B [24 24/0]
N.C.
+24V
+24V
+24V
+24V
GND
GND
GND
GND
CN
226
CN100-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
Rev. 10/2003
T3
manuals4you.com
Staple Unit
10
1000-SHEET FINISHER (B408) ELECTRICAL COMPONENT LAYOUT

2
Index No.
P to P
Upper Transport
Lower Transport
Jogger Fence
Staple Hammer
Stack Feed-out
Exit Guide Plate
Exit
Lower Tray Lift
Shift
Stapler
32
29
26
17
27
4
31
23
11
25
A9
B9
E9
G4
D9
C9
B9
F9
C9
E9
Sensors
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
S8
S9
S10
S11
S12
S13
S14
S15
Entrance
Paper Limit
Jogger Fence HP
Shift HP
Stack Feed-out Belt HP
Stapler HP
Exit Guide Plate HP
Stapler Tray Entrance
Lower Tray Exit
Stack Height
Lower Tray Lower Limit
Stapler Tray Paper
Staple Sheet
Stapler Rotation HP
Staple
3
2
12
10
19
14
5
15
8
7
24
16
18
20
21
C2
D2
F2
D2
F2
E2
D2
E2
D2
F2
E2
F2
G9
G9
G9
Solenoids
SOL1
SOL2
SOL3
Tray Junction Gate

Stapler Junction Gate
Positioning Roller
22
30
13
F9
F9
F9
26
Switches
SW1
SW2
SW3
Lower Tray Upper Limit

Front Door Safety
Upper Cover
9
6
1
C2
C2
C2
25
PCBs
PCB1
Main
28
A5
11
4
10
12
19
9
B408D102.WMF
18
13
20
22
14
32
31
21
30
15
29
16
17
28
23
27
24
B408D104.WMF
B408D103.WMF
Symbol
Motors
M1
M2
M3
M4
M5
M6
M7
M8
M9
M10
Name
Lower Paper
End Sensor
S7
CN13
1
S6
Lower Lift
Sensor
S8
CN13
2
Lower Vertical
Transport Sensor 2
S5
Upper Paper
Feed Clutch
C
L1
Lower Paper
Feed Clutch
C
L2
Tray Lock
SOL3
Solenoid
SYMBOL TABLE
DC Line
Pulse Signal
Lower Tray
Lift Motor
M
2
M
3
CN228
Upper Tray
Lift Motor
CN227
CN100
Main Board
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
[24]
[24]
[24]
[24]
[24]
[24]
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
CN222
1
2
3
4
5
6
CN133
1
2
3
4
5
6
CN136
CN102
CN140
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
2
1
2
1
[24]Vaa(+24)
[24]
[0]CGND
[5]
[5]Vcc(+5V)
[0]CGND
[5]
[5]Vcc(+5V)
[0]CGND
[5]
[5]Vcc(+5V)
[0]CGND
[5]
[5]Vcc(+5V)
[5]
[5]
[5]
[0]
[5]
[5]
[5]
[5]
[0]
[5]
CN201
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
[24]Vaa(+24)
[24]
[0]CGND
[5]
[5]Vcc(+5V)
[0]CGND
[5]
[5]Vcc(+5V)
[0]CGND
[5]
[5]Vcc(+5V)
[0]CGND
[5]
[5]Vcc(+5V)
NC
A[0/24]
Vaa.sw(+24V)[24]
A-[0/24]
B[0/24]
Vaa.sw(+24V)[24]
B-[0/24]
CN104
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
CN103
Lower Paper
Feed Sensor
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
CN202
Lower Pick-up
SOL2
Solenoid
[24]Vaa(+24V)
[24]
NC
[24]Vaa.sw(+24V)
CN203
S4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
CN142
CN12
6
Upper Lift
Sensor
CN128
S3
JCN128
Upper Paper
End Sensor
CN12
9
S2
CN12
7
Upper Vertical
Transport Sensor 1
S1
CN12
4
Upper Paper
Feed Sensor
CN12
5
Upper Pick-up SOL1

Solenoid
4
3
2
1
1
3
2
CN225 CN224 CN223
N.O
[0/5]TXD
[0/5]RXD
[0]CGND
[0]CGND
[5]Vcc(+5V)
[5]Vcc(+5V)
[0]AGND
[0]AGND
[0]AGND
[0]AGND
[24]Vaa(+24V)
[24]Vaa(+24V)
[24]Vaa(+24V)
[24]Vaa(+24V)
Tray Heater
H
1
N.C
COM
JCN123
Vertical Transport
Guide SW3
CN12
2
1
2
CN123
1
2
CN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
CN101
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
CN13
0
HOT
NEUTRAL
CN
CN121
NC
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
NC
RXD[0/5] 14
TXD[0/5] 13
CGND[0] 12
CGND[0] 11
Vcc(+5V)[5] 10
Vcc(+5V)[5] 9
AGND[0] 8
AGND[0] 7
AGND[0] 6
AGND[0] 5
Vaa(+24V)[24] 4
Vaa(+24V)[24] 3
Vaa(+24V)[24] 2
Vaa(+24V)[24] 1
CN120
Main Frame
Paper Height 2[0/5]

[0]
Paper Height 1[0/5]
(+)[24]
(-)[24]
Paper Height 2[0/5]
[0]
Paper Height 1[0/5]
(+)[24]
(-)[24]
Signal Direction
Ready Low
Ready High
[
PCB1
Voltage
manuals4you.com
M1
Feed Motor
Upper Paper
Size SW1
Lower Paper
Size SW2
Symbol
Motors
Name
Feed Motor
M1
M2
Lower Tray Lift Motor
M3
Sensors
Upper Paper Feed
S1
Upper Vertical Transport 1
S2
Upper Paper End
S3
Upper Lift
S4
Lower Paper Feed
S5
Lower Vertical Transport 2
S6
Lower Paper End
S7
Lower Lift
S8
Index No. P-to-P

2
3
4
B7
E3
E3
17
14
15
5
16
12
13
8
C2
C2
C2
C2
D2
D2
D2
D2
Solenoids
SOL1 Upper Pick-up
SOL2 Lower Pick-up
SOL3 Tray Lock
Switches
SW1 Upper Paper Size
SW2 Lower Paper Size
SW3 Vertical Transport Guide
7
11
20
C2
D2
E3
21
19
10
C7
C7
B2
Magnetic Clutches
MC1 Upper Paper Feed
MC2 Lower Paper Feed
6
9
E3
E3
A5-F5
18
B2-3
PCBs
PCB1 Main Board
Others
Optional Tray Heater
H1
S5
CN13
2
Paper Height
Sensor 2
S6
CN13
3
Paper Height
Sensor 3
S7
Lower Limit
Sensor
S8
Tray Set Switch
SW2
Left Tray
Set Switch
SW3
CN13 CN13
8
7
S9
Right Tray End

Fence Sensor
Pulse Signal
Stack Transport
Clutch
Tray Lock
Solenoid
Tray Lift
Motor
C
L2
SOL2
M
2
CN22 CN22 CN22 CN22

7
6
5
4
C
L1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
CN142
CN144
CN222
CN201
CN103
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
S11
Left tray
Paper Sensor
S12
Paper Height
Sensor -4
S13
Paper Height
Sensor -5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
[24]
[24]
[24]
[24]
[24]
[24]
[24]
[24]
Ready Low
Ready High
[
Voltage
End Fence
HP Sensor
S10
Signal Direction
Tray Motor
CN12
8
[0]CGND
[5]
[5]Vcc(+5V)
[0]CGND
[5]
[0]CGND
[5]
[0]CGND
[5]
[5]Vcc(+5V)
RES[0/5]
TXD0[0/5]
RXD0[0/5]
MD0[5]
MD1[5]
I/O0
I/O1
I/O2
CGND[0]
Vcc(+5V)[5]
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
M1
CN12
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Vcc(+5V)
[5]
CGND
Vcc(+5V)
[5]
CGND
Vcc(+5V)
[5]
CGND
Vcc(+5V)
[5]
[0]CGND
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
CN13
0
3
2
1
2
1
2
1
3
2
1
[0]CGND
[5]
[5]Vcc(+5V)
[0]CGND
[5]
[5]Vcc(+5V)
[0]CGND
[5]
[5]Vcc(+5V)
A[0/24]
Vaa.sw(+24V)[24]
A-[0/24]
B[0/24]
Vaa.sw(+24V)[24]
B-[0/24]
CN13
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Paper Feed
Clutch
DC Line
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
3
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
E
SYMBOL TABLE
[24]Vaa(+24)
[24]
[0]CGND
[5]
[5]Vcc(+5V)
[0]CGND
[5]
[5]Vcc(+5V)
[0]CGND
[5]
[5]Vcc(+5V)
[0]CGND
[5]
[5]Vcc(+5V)
NC
Main Board
CN300
Paper Height
Sensor 1
CN13
9
S4
CN13
4
Lift Sensor
S3
CN100
Paper End Sensor
CN101
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
CN104
S2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
CN105
Relay Sensor
[24]
[24]
NC
Vaa.sw[24]
CN202
S1
4
3
2
1
1
3
2
CN140
Paper Feed
Sensor
[0/5]TXD0
[0/5]RXD0
[0]CGND
[0]CGND
[5]Vcc(+5V)
[5]Vcc(+5V)
[0]AGND
[0]AGND
[0]AGND
[0]AGND
[24]Vaa(+24V)
[24]Vaa(+24V)
[24]Vaa(+24V)
[24]Vaa(+24V)
Tray Heater
H
1
JCN12
3
Pick-up
SOL1
Solenoid
CN12
2
N.O
CN12
3
N.C
CN12
4
COM
CN12
5
Vertical
Guide SW1
CN12
6
1
2
CN12
7
1
2
CN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
CN102
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
CN13
6
HOT
NEUTRAL
CN
CN121
NC
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
NC
RXD[0/5] 14
TXD[0/5] 13
CGND[0] 12
CGND[0] 11
Vcc(+5V)[5] 10
Vcc(+5V)[5] 9
AGND[0] 8
AGND[0] 7
AGND[0] 6
AGND[0] 5
Vaa(+24V)[24] 4
Vaa(+24V)[24] 3
Vaa(+24V)[24] 2
Vaa(+24V)[24] 1
CN120
Main Frame
PCB 1
manuals4you.com
Symbol
Motors
Name
Tray Motor
M1
Tray Lift Motor
M2
Sensors
Index No. P-to-P

3
16
B7
E3
10
9
11
4
17
18
19
21
2
24
23
15
14
C2
C2
C2
C2
D2
D2
D2
D2
E2
C7
C7
C7
D7
Solenoids
SOL1 Pick-up
SOL2 Tray Lock
6
8
C2
E3
Switches
SW1 Vertical Guide
SW2 Right Tray Set
SW3 Left Tray set
7
20
13
B2
E2
E2
Magnetic Clutches
MC1 Paper Feed
MC2 Stack Transport
5
12
E3
E3
A5-F5
22
B2-3
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
S8
S9
S10
S11
S12
S13
Paper Feed
Relay
Paper End
Lift
Paper Height 1
Paper Height 2
Paper Height 3
Lower Limit
Right Tray End Fence
End Fence HP
Left Tray Paper
Paper Height 4
Paper Height 5
PCBs
PCB1 Main Board
Others
Optional Tray Heater
H1
N.C.
+24VIN
+24VIN
+24VIN
+24VIN
GND(24V)
GND(24V)
GND(24V)
GND(24V)
ACSMASKGT
GND(5V)
N.C.
FGATE
RxD
ZESM
TxD
+5VE(ZESM)
Original Width 5 Sn.

Separation Sn.
Skew Correction Sn.
Scanning Entrance Sn.
Original Set Sn.
DF Position Sn.
Registration Sn.
Original Exit Sn.
CN201-9
CN101-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
CN102-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
CN202-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
CN710-1
-2
-3
CN712-1
-2
-3
CN713-1
-2
-3
CN714-1
-2
-3
CN715-1
-2
-3
CN510-15
-14
-13
-12
-11
-10
-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
CN722-1
-2
-3
CN723-1
-2
-3
CN724-1
-2
-3
CN711-1
-2
-3
CN520-12
-11
-10
-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
CN510-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
-13
-14
-15
CN520-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
CN104-12
-11
-10
-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
CN105-3
-2
-1
CN741-1
-2
-3
CN721-1
-2
-3
CN731-1
-2
-3
CN103-15
-14
-13
-12
-11
-10
-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
CN531-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
CN531-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
CN108-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
N.C.
+24VIN
+24VIN
+24VIN
+24VIN
GND(24V)
GND(24V)
GND(24V)
GND(24V)
ACSMASKGT
GND(5V)
N.C.
FGATE
RxD
ZESM
TxD
+5VE(ZESM)
+5V
WSIZE5_SN
GND2
+5V
WSIZE4_SN
GND2
+5V
WSIZE3_SN
GND2
+5V
WSIZE2_SN
GND2
+5V
WSIZE1_SN
GND2
+5V
SEP_SN
GND2
+5V
SKEW_SN
GND2
+5V
ENT_SN
GND2
+5V
ZESM
GND2
+5V
LIFTUP_SN
GND2
+5V
ORIGINAL_SN
GND2
+5V
ZESM
GND2
CN151-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
CN821-2
-5
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
-13
-14
CN822-3
-9
+24V
INVERTER_A
CN152-1
-2
CN851-3
-1
INVERTER_XA
+24V
INVERTER_B
INVERTER_XB
-3
-4
-5
-6
-5
-9
-7
-11
+24V
+24V
N.C.
PICKUP_A
PICKUP_XA
PICKUP_B
PICKUP_XB
CN110-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
+24V
+24V
N.C.
FEED_A
FEED_XA
FEED_B
FEED_XB
+24V
+24V
N.C.
READ_A
READ_XA
READ_B
READ_XB
JUNCTIONG_SOL
+24V
XSTAMP_SOL
+24V
+5V
LG_DETECT
GND2
+5V
A4_DETECT_SN
GND2
+5V
B5_DETECT_SN
GND2
+5V
TRAILING_SN
GND2
+5V
STOPPER_HP_SN
GND2
+5V
LEFT_COVER_SN
GND2
+5V
P_UP_ROLLER_HP_SN
GND2
-1
-3
-4
-6
-1
-5
-7
-11
CN801-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
CN550-3
-1
CN550-1
-3
CN112-4
-5
CN831-2
-1
CN831-1
-2
CN500-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
CN500-12
-11
-10
-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
CN107-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
Transport Motor
Inverter Motor
CN801-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
CN153-1
-3
CN106-12
-11
-10
-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
Feed Motor
Pick-up Motor
CN841-3
-1
Junction Gate Sol.
Stamp Sol.
CN704-1
-2
-3
CN705-1
-2
-3
CN706-1
-2
-3
CN732-1
-4
-3
CN703-1
-2
-3
CN702-1
-2
-3
CN701-1
-2
-3
DC Line
Pulse Signal
Signal Direction
Ready Low
Ready High
] Voltage
manuals4you.com
Original Length 3 Sn.

Original Length 2Sn.
Original Length 1 Sn.
Original Trailing Edge Sn.
Original Stopper HP Sn.

Left Cover Sn.
Pick-up Roller HP Sn.
manuals4you.com
Symbol Index No.
Motors
M1
5
M2
9
M3
3
M4
8
Clutches
S1
1
S2
2
S3
4
S4
6
S5
7
S6
10
S7
11
S8
12
S9
14
S10
15
S11
17
S12
18
S13
20
S14
21
S15
22
S16
23
S17
24
S18
25
S19
Solenoids
SOL1
16
SOL2
19
PCB
13
PCB1
Description
P to P
Pick-up
Feed
Transport
Inverter
C7
A7
B7
B7
Scanning Entrance
Skew Correction
Left Cover
Pick-up Roller HP
Original Stopper HP
Original length 1
Original length 2
Original length 3
Original Trailing Edge
Original Set
Separation
Original Exit
Registration
Original Width 5
Original Width 4
Original Width 3
Original Width 2
Original Width 1
DF Position
D2
D2
F7
F7
E7
E7
E7
D7
E7
E2
D2
E2
E2
C2
C2
C2
C2
D2
E2
Stamp
Junction Gate
D7
D7
ARDF Drive Board
F5
2000/3000 SHEET
SHEETFINISHER
FINISHER(B700/B701)POINT
TOPOINT
POINTDIAGRAM(1/2)
DIAGRAM(1/2)
2000/3000
(B804/B805)POINT TO
A
Shift Roller HP Sensor
Upper Tray Exit Sensor
Exit Guide Plate HP Sensor
Upper Tray Paper Height Sensor

(Staple Mode)
Upper Tray Paper Height Sensor
(NON-Staple Mode)
Proof Tray Exit Sensor
Proof Tray Full Sensor
Upper Tray Limit Sensor
Stacking Roller HP Sensor
Stapling Tray Paper Sensor
Jogger Fence HP Sensor
S5
S6
Corner Stapler HP Sensor
Stapler Rotation HP Sensor
S8
CN409-3
-2
-1
S10
S11
Upper Tray Full Sensor

(B700/B701)
Upper Tray Full Sensor
(B701 only)
Punch Movement HP Sensor
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
3
2
1
1
2
3
CN442-3
-2
-1
CN304-3
-2
-1
S16
CN414-3
-2
-1
S17
CN423-3
-2
-1
1
2
3
S18
CN424-3
-2
-1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
CN425-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
M9
CN106-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
-13
6
5
4
3
2
1
S15
S21
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
CN104-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
-13
-14
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
CN107-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
-13
-14
-15
-16
-17
-18
-19
-20
-21
-22
CN418-3
-2
-1
Paper Position Side

HP Sensor
Punch HP Sensor
Punch Encoder Sensor
M7
S22
S23
S24
CN605-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
CN656-3
-2
-1
CN651-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
CN652-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
CN655-3
-2
-1
CN659-3
-2
-1
CN658-3
-2
-1
GND2[0]
5V[5]
5V[5]
TXD
ZESM
RXD
5VE[5]
N.C
CN6 -1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
CN801-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
Option
I/F
Main Frame
I/F
CN302-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
CN100-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
CN301-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
CN101-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
NC
[24]24V
[24]24V
[24]24V
[24]24V
[0]GND1
[0]GND1
[0]GND1
[0]GND1
A-COM[24]
B-COM[24]
N.C
A[24 0/24]
A[24 0/24]
B[24 0/24]
B[24 0/24]
A-COM[24]
B-COM[24]
N.C
A[24 0/24]
A[24 0/24]
B[24 0/24]
B[24 0/24]
[0]GND2
[0]GND2
[5]5V
[5]5V
RXD
ZESM
TXD
[5]5VE
CN1 -1
-2
A-COM[24]
B-COM[24]
N.C
A[24 0/24]
A[24 0/24]
B[24 0/24]
B[24 0/24]
A-COM[24]
B-COM[24]
N.C
A[24 0/24]
A[24 0/24]
B[24 0/24]
B[24 0/24]
[0]GND
[%5]
[5]5V
N.C
[0]GND
[#5]
[5]5V
[0]GND
[#5]
[5]5V
[0]GND
[%5]
[5]5V
Finisher Entrance
Sensor
S1
CN401-3
-2
-1
Pre-stack Tray
Exit Sensor
S2
CN405-3
-2
-1
Paper Position
Sensor
S3
Punch Hopper
Full Sensor
[0]GND2
Stapler Tray Detection
[0]GND2
[%5]
[5]5V
[0]GND2
[%5]
[5]5V
N.C
N.C
F.G
[0]GND2
[%5]
[5]5V
S4
CN657-3
-2
-1
1
2
3
CN653-3
-2
-1
Jogger Unit
(Option)
[0]GND2
[%5]
[5]5V
[0]GND2
[%5]
[5]5V
[5]5V
Hammer Rotation
Cartridge Detection
Staple Detection
[0]GND2
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
[0]GND2
[#5]
[5]5V
[0]GND2
[#5]
[5]5V
CN601-17
-16
-15
-14
-13
-12
-11
-10
-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
[0]GND
[%5]
[5]5V
N.C
N.C
A-COM[24]
B-COM[24]
N.C
A[24 0/24]
A[24 0/24]
B[24 0/24]
B[24 0/24]
CN606-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
-13
A-COM[24]
B-COM[24]
N.C
A[24 0/24]
A[24 0/24]
B[24 0/24]
B[24 0/24]
N.C
N.C
N.C
GND
[%5]
[5]5V
CN603-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
[0]GND
[#5]
[5]5V
[0]GND
[#5]
[5]5V
CN602-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
CN131-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
-13
-14
-15
-16
-17
CN130-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
Punch Drive Motor:IN1

Punch Drive Motor:IN2
Punch Drive Motor:ON
Punch Drive Motor:CW
N.C
Punch Drive MotorM:CLK
Paper Position Sensor Slide Motor:ON
Paper Position Sensor Slide Motor:CW
N.C
Paper Position Sensor Slide Motor:CLK
Paper Position Slide HP
Punch Movement HP
Punch HP
Punch Control CLK
Punch Unit Ditection
Punch Holes Detection 1
Punch Holes Detection 2
Booklet
Stapler Board
(PCB2)
[24]24V-SW1
[24]24V-SW1
[ 0 ] G N D 1 -1 3
[ 0 ] G N D 1 -1 3
[5]5V
[0]GND2
1
2
3
4
3
2
1
CN901-20
-19
-18
-17
-16
-15
-14
-13
-12
-11
-10
-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
3
2
1
CN101-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
-13
[24]24V
[24]24V-SW
[0]GND1
[%5]
[5]5V
[0]GND1
[%5]
[5]5V
N.C
5V[5]
[%5]
[0]GND1
[5]5V
[0]GND1
[#5]
A-COM[24]
B-COM[24]
N.C
A[24 0/24]
A[24 0/24]
B[24 0/24]
B[24 0/24]
Punch Unit
CN140-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
-13
-14
-15
-16
-17
-18
-19
-20
[24]24V-SW
[24]24V-SW
[0]GND
[0]GND
[5]5V
[0]GND2
Front Jogger Motor:CLK
Front Jogger Motor:CW
Front Jogger Motor:ON
Rear Jogger Motor:CLK
Rear Jogger Motor:CW
Rear Jogger Motor:ON
Jogger Lift:CLK
Jogger Lift:CW
Jogger Lift:ON
Jogger HP:Front
Jogger HP:Rear
Jogger Lift HP
Jogger Motor:ENABLE
Jogger Unit Set Detection
CN701-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
CN120-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
[24]24V-SW2
[24]24V-SW2
[24]24V-SW2
[0]GND1-8
[0]GND1-8
[0]GND1-8
[5]5V
[0]GND2
CN711-40
-39
-38
-37
-36
-35
-34
-33
-32
-31
-30
-29
-28
-27
-26
-25
-24
-23
-22
-21
-20
-19
-18
-17
-16
-15
-14
-13
-12
-11
-10
-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
CN121-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
-13
-14
-15
-16
-17
-18
-19
-20
-21
-22
-23
-24
-25
-26
-27
-28
-29
-30
-31
-32
-33
-34
-35
-36
-37
-38
-39
-40
Booklet Pressure Roller:SOL

Fold Motor CLK
Bottom Fence Motor:CLK
Stack Junction Gate Motor:CW
Stack Junction Gate Motor:ON
Bottom Fence Motor:CW
Bottom Fence Motor:ON
Bottom Fence Motor:Current Chauge
Clamp Roller Motor:CW
Clamp Roller Motor:ON
Front Booklet Retraction Motor IN1
Front Booklet Retraction Motor IN2
Rear Booklet Motor IN1
Fold Plate Moter:CW
Fold Plate Moter:ON
Fold Reller Motor:CW
RESET
Fold Roller Motor:ON
Fold Roller Motor:Current Control
Lower Tray Paper Detection
Lower Tray Full
Fold Unit Eutrance Sensor
Bottom Fance HP
Fold Plate HP
Fold Cam HP
Fold Unit Exit
Stack Junction Gate HP
Clamp Roller Retraction HP
Front Booklet Stepler Hammer
Front Booklet Cartridge Detection
Front Booklet Staple Deteciton
Rear Booklet Stepler Hammer
Rear Booklet Cartridge Detection
Rear Booklet Staple Deteciton
Booklet Stapler Board Detection
Stack Present Sensor
Clamp Roller Retraction Motor:CLK
Booklet Pressure Roller: SOL
Stack Junction Gate Motor:CLK
CN108-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
A-COM[24]
B-COM[24]
N.C
A[24 0/24]
A[24 0/24]
B[24 0/24]
B[24 0/24]
N.C
[#24]
[#24]
[0]
[0]
[#24]
N.C
[#24]
N.C
24V[24]
N.C
[#24]
N.C
A-COM[24]
B-COM[24]
N.C
A[24 0/24]
A[24 0/24]
B[24 0/24]
B[24 0/24]
CN505-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
CN506-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
4
3
2
1
CN207-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
M18
Shift Roller Motor
M14
M4
M19
CN552-2
-1
SOL Stapling Tray Junction

2
Gate Solenoid
CN553-2
-1
SOL Stapling Edge Pressure

4
Plate Solenoid
CN554-2
-1
SOL
3
M15
Jogger Fence Motor
M5
Feed Out Belt Motor
M6
Corner Stapler
Movement Motor
M13
Corner Stapler
Rotation Motor
CN516-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
CN517-4
-3
-2
-1
M20
CN508-2
-1
CN206-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
M2
SOL
1
CN515-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
CN551-2
-1
CN511-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
CN209-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
CN105-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
CN522-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
CN510-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
CN208-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
-13
-14
-15
M3
CN504-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Entrance Motor
CN502-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
CN203-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
24V[24]
[%24]
24V[24]
[%24]
N.C
24V[24]
[%24]
24V[24]
[%24]
M1
CN503-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
CN202-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
-13
-14
CN205-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
-13
-14
A-COM[24]
B-COM[24]
N.C
A[24 0/24]
A[24 0/24]
B[24 0/24]
B[24 0/24]
CN501-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
CN201-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
-13
-14
A-COM[24]
B-COM[24]
N.C
A[24 0/24]
A[24 0/24]
B[24 0/24]
B[24 0/24]
A-COM[24]
B-COM[24]
N.C
A[24 0/24]
A[24 0/24]
B[24 0/24]
B[24 0/24]
A-COM[24]
B-COM[24]
N.C
A[24 0/24]
A[24 0/24]
B[24 0/24]
B[24 0/24]
N.C
A-COM[24]
B-COM[24]
N.C
A[24 0/24]
A[24 0/24]
B[24 0/24]
B[24 0/24]
Punch Unit Board

(PCB3)
1
Punch Drive Motor
CN802-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
CN419-3
-2
-1
2
Paper Position Sensor
Slide Motor
CN5 -1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
T1
T2
CN403-3
-2
-1
CN412-3
-2
-1
S20
24V[24]
24V[24]
24V[24]
24V[24]
GND1[0]
GND1[0]
GND1[0]
GND1[0]
NC
SW1
4
3
2
1
S13
S19
[0]GND
[%5]
[5]5V
[0]GND
[#5]
[5]5V
[0]GND
[%5]
[5]5V
NC
[0]GND
[%5]
[5]5V
[0]GND
[#5]
[5]5V
Front Door Safety Switch
CN402-3
-2
-1
CN410-3
-2
-1
S14
1
2
3
CN102-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
-13
-14
-15
-16
CN410-3
-2
-1
S12
Stapler:EH-530
CN415-3
-2
-1
CN408-3
-2
-1
4
Stack Feed-Out Belt HP Sensor
CN406-3
-2
-1
S7
S9
M
21
SW2
SW
T1
SW
T2
CN517-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
Upper Tray Limit Switch
M10
SYMBOL TABLE
M24
Main Board
(PCB1)
Punch Unit
V
W
[
DC Line
Pulse Signal
Signal Direction
Ready Low
Ready High
Voltage
manuals4you.com
2000/3000 SHEET FINISHER (B804/B805)POINT TO POINT DIAGRAM(2/2)

A
Clamp Roller HP Sensor
Fold Unit Entrance Sensor
Stack Junction gate HP

Sensor
Fold Bottom Fence HP Sensor
CN429-3
-2
-1
S25
CN430-3
-2
-1
S26
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
S27
6
5
4
3
2
1
CN431-3
-2
-1
S28
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
CN432-3
-2
-1
Fold Plate HP Sensor
S29
CN433-3
-2
-1
Fold Cam HP Sensor
S30
Fold Unit Exit Sensor
S31
CN335-3
-2
-1
S32
CN437-3
-2
-1
M22
Booklet Stapler
EH185R: Front
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
CN417-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
Booklet Stapler
EH185R: Rear
DC Line
Pulse Signal
Signal Direction
Ready Low
Ready High
Voltage
Lower Tray Full

Sensor - Rear
Lower Tray Full

Sensor - Front
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
CN703-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
-13
-14
-15
-16
-17
-18
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
CN709-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
CN333-3
-2
-1
S33
CN435-3
-2
-1
S34
B
CN704-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
CN705-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
-13
-14
-15
-16
-17
-18
-19
-20
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
CN514-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
M23
V
W
CN702-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
[0]GND2
[%5]
[5]5V
[0]GND2
[%5]
[5]5V
N.C
[0]GND2
[%5]
[5]5V
[0]GND2
[%5]
[5]5V
N.C
[0]GND2
[%5]
[5]5V
N.C
Fold Roller Motor Curret Control

Fold Roller Motor:ON
RESET
Fold Roller Motor:CW
Fold Plate Motor:ON
Fold Plate Motor:CW
Front Booklet Motor IN2
Front Booklet Motor IN1
Clamp Roller Retraction Motor:ON
Clamp Roller Retraction Motor:CW
Bottom Fence Motor:Curreut Change
Bottom Fence Motor:ON
Bottom Fence Motor:CW
Stack Junction Gate Motor:ON
Stack Junction Gate Motor:CW
Bottom Fence Motor:CLK
Fold Roller Motor:CLK
Pressure Plate:SOL
Stack Junction Gate Motor:CLK
Booklet Pressure Roller:SOL
Clamp Roller Retraction Motor:CLK
Booklet Detection
Rear Booklet Staple Deteciton
Rear Booklet Cartridge Deteciton
Rear Booklet Hammer
Front Booklet Staple Detection
Front Booklet Cartridge Deteciton
Front Booklet Hammer
Clamp Roller HP
Stack Junction Gate HP
Fold Unit Exit
Fold Cam HP
Fold Plate HP
Bottom Fence HP
Fold Unit Eutrance
Lower Tray Full
Lower Tray Paper Detection
[0]GND2
N.C
Front Booklet Staple Detection
[5]5V
Front Booklet Cartridge Detection
[0]GND2
N.C
Rear Booklet Staple Detection
[5]5V
Rear Booklet Cartridge Detection
A-COM[24]
B-COM[24]
N.C
A[24 0/24]
A[24 0/24]
B[24 0/24]
B[24 0/24]
A-COM[24]
B-COM[24]
N.C
A[24 0/24]
A[24 0/24]
B[24 0/24]
B[24 0/24]
A-COM[24]
B-COM[24]
N.C
A[24 0/24]
A[24 0/24]
B[24 0/24]
B[24 0/24]
N.C
Front Booklet Staple Motor: +

Front Booklet Staple Motor: +
Front Booklet Staple Motor: Front Booklet Staple Motor: F.G
F.G
[0]GND2
[5]5V
Front Booklet Staple Hammer
N.C
Rear Booklet Staple Motor: +
Rear Booklet Staple Motor: +
Rear Booklet Staple Motor: Rear Booklet Staple Motor: F.G
F.G
[0]GND2
[5]5V
Rear Booklet Staple Hammer
N.C
A-COM[24]
B-COM[24]
N.C
A[24 0/24]
A[24 0/24]
B[24 0/24]
B[24 0/24]
A-COM[24]
B-COM[24]
N.C
A[24 0/24]
A[24 0/24]
B[24 0/24]
B[24 0/24]
[0]GND2
[#5]
[5]5V
[0]GND2
[#5]
[5]5V

24V[24]
CN701-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
CN120-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
CN711-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
-13
-14
-15
-16
-17
-18
-19
-20
-21
-22
-23
-24
-25
-26
-27
-28
-29
-30
-31
-32
-33
-34
-35
-36
-37
-38
-39
-40
CN121-40
-39
-38
-37
-36
-35
-34
-33
-32
-31
-30
-29
-28
-27
-26
-25
-24
-23
-22
-21
-20
-19
-18
-17
-16
-15
-14
-13
-12
-11
-10
-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
CN706-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
CN512-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
CN707-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
-13
-14
-15
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
CN518-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
CN519-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
CN708-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
-13
-14
CN520-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
CN710-1
-2
CN555-2
-1
Main Board
I/F
M17
M8
Clamp Roller Retraction Motor
M16
CN521-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
GND2[0]
5V[5]
GND1-8[0]
GND1-8[0]
GND1-8[0]
24V-SW2[24]
24V-SW2[24]
24V-SW2[24]
[0]GND2
[#5]
[5]5V
N.C
[0]GND2
[#5]
[5]5V
N.C
[0]GND2
[%5]
[5]5V
N.C
Booklet Stapler Board

(PCB2)
CN513-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
SYMBOL TABLE
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
3
2
1
CN420-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
CN415-3
-2
-1
M11
Fold Plate Motor
M12
Fold Roller Motor
SOL
5
2
1
20
19
21
34
35
36
18
37
17
16
48
22
15
38
33
14
39
8
9
23
10
13
32
24
11
12
40
41
31
30
47
29
28
26
27
42
46
25
44
45
49
50
60
59
61
62
63
64
65
51
58
52
66
68
57
53
56
67
55
54
manuals4you.com
43
Symble Name
Boards (PCB)
PCB1 Main Board
PCB2 Booklet Stapler Board
PCB3 Punch Unit Board
Motors
M1
Entrance Motor
M2
M3
M4
M5
Feed Out Belt Motor
M6
Corner Stapler Movement Motor
M7
Paper Position Sensor Slide Motor
M8
Clamp Roller Retraction Motor
M9
M10
M11
Fold Plate Motor
M12
Fold Roller Motor
M13
Corner Stapler Rotation Motor
M14
M15
Jogger Fence Motor
M16
M17
M18
Shift Roller Motor
M19
M20
M21
M22
Booklet Stapler EH185R: Front
M23
Booklet Stapler EH185R: Rear
M24
Punch Drive Motor
Index
No.
P to P
Page
29
32
62
E1
E4
C1
1/2
2/2
1/2
21
3
20
1
37
42
63
57
68
12
51
50
45
26
40
53
48
16
17
44
19
39
38
60
I6
I5
I6
I4
I3
I2
B2
H3
B2
I1
H2
H1
I2
I5
I3
H2
H3
15
I4
I2
I2
B3
B2
B1
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
2/2
1/2
1/2
2/2
2/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
2/2
2/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
Symble Name
Sensors
S1
Finisher Entrance Sensor
S2
Pre-stack Tray Exit Sensor
S3
Paper Position Sensor
S4
Punch Hopper Full Sensor
S5
Shift Roller HP Sensor
S6
Upper Tray Exit Sensor
S7
Exit Guide Plate HP Sensor
S8
Upper Tray Paper Height Sensor (Staple Mode)
S9
Upper Tray Paper Height Sensor (Non-Staple Mode)
S10
Proof Tray Exit Sensor
S11
Proof Tray Full Sensor
S12
Upper Tray Limit Sensor
S13
Stacking Roller HP Sensor
S14
Stapling Tray Paper Sensor
S15
Jogger Fence HP Sensor
S16
Stack Feed-Out Belt HP Sensor
S17
Corner Stapler HP Sensor
S18
Stapler Rotation HP Sensor
S19
Upper Tray Full Sensor (B700/B701)
S20
Upper Tray Full Sensor (B701 only)
S21
Punch Movement HP Sensor
S22
Paper Position Side HP Sensor
S23
Punch HP Sensor
S24
Punch Encoder Sensor
S25
Clamp Roller HP Sensor
S26
Fold Unit Entrance Sensor
S27
Stack Junction Gate HP Sensor
S28
Fold Bottom Fence HP Sensor
S29
Fold Plate HP Sensor
S30
Fold Cam HP Sensor
S31
Fold Unit Exit Sensor
S32
S33
Lower Tray Full Sensor - Rear
S34
Lower Tray Full Sensor - Front
Solenoids
SOL1
SOL2
Stapling Tray Junction Gate Solenoid
SOL3
SOL4
Stapling Edge Pressure Plate Solenoid
SOL5
Switches
SW1
Front Door Safety Switch
SW2
Upper Tray Limit SW
Index
No.
P to P
Page
7
23
65
66
15
13
4
14
8
5
6
9
11
43
41
36
46
47
31
30
67
64
61
59
49
56
35
55
52
54
58
34
28
27
E5
E5
E5
E4
B6
B6
B6
B6
B5
B5
B5
B5
B5
B4
B4
B4
B4
B4
B3
B3
B2
B2
B1
B1
B6
B6
B5
B5
B5
B5
B4
B4
B1
B1
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
18
2
25
24
33
I4
I4
I4
I4
H5
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
2/2
22
10
E5
I1
1/2
1/2
B222/B224
PARTS CATALOG
002826MIU
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
PARTS CATALOG
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
PARTS CATALOG
002826MIU (01/23/07)
manuals4you.com
It is the reader's responsibility when discussing the information contained

within this document to maintain a level of confidentiality that is in the best
interest of Ricoh Corporation and its member companies.
NO PART OF THIS DOCUMENT MAY BE REPRODUCED IN ANY
FASHION AND DISTRIBUTED WITHOUT THE PRIOR
PERMISSION OF RICOH CORPORATION.
All product names, domain names or product illustrations, including desktop images,
used in this document are trademarks, registered trademarks or the property of their
respective companies.
They are used throughout this book in an informational or editorial fashion only and for
the benefit of such companies. No such use, or the use of any trade name, or web
site is intended to convey endorsement or other affiliation with Ricoh products.
2006 RICOH Corporation. All rights reserved.
manuals4you.com
LEGEND
PRODUCT CODE
B222
B224
B227
B408
B702
B771
B772
B800
B801
B802
B803
B804
B805
B838
G329
COMPANY
GESTETNER
LANIER
RICOH
DSc535
LD435c
Aficio MP C3500
DSc545
LD445c
Aficio MP C4500
Bridge Unit BU3000
Finisher SR790
Punch Unit Type 3260
Fax Option Type C4500
G3 Interface Unit Type C4500
Paper Feed Unit PB3000
LCIT PB3010
Auto Reverse Document Feeder DF3010
1 Bin Tray BN3010
Booklet Finisher SR3020
Finisher SR3030
Scanner Accessibility Option Type 4045
Platen Cover Type 3800C
manuals4you.com
SAVIN
C3535
C4540
DOCUMENTATION HISTORY
REV. NO.
*
DATE
09/2006
COMMENTS
Original Printing
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
TABLE OF CONTENTS
B222/B224 PARTS LOCATION AND LIST
Location of unit....................................................... 3
1.Exterior 1 (B222/B224) ....................................... 12
2.Exterior 2 (B222/B224) ....................................... 14
3.Exterior 3 (B222/B224) ....................................... 16
4.Operation Panel (B222/B224) ............................ 18
5.ARDF Exterior (B222/B224) ............................... 20
6.Original Feed 1 (B222/B224).............................. 22
7.Original Feed 2 (B222/B224).............................. 24
8.Original Feed 3 (B222/B224).............................. 26
9.Original Transfer 1 (B222/B224) ........................ 28
10.Original Transfer 2 (B222/B224) ....................... 30
11.Original Transfer 3 (B222/B224) ....................... 32
12.ARDF Drive Section 1 (B222/B224) .................. 34
13.ARDF Drive Section 2 (B222/B224) .................. 36
14.ARDF Electrical Section (B222/B224)............... 38
15.ARDF Frame Section (B222/B224) ................... 40
16.Scanner Section 1 (B222/B224)........................ 42
19.LD unit (B222/B224) .......................................... 48
20.1st Paper Tray (B222/B224).............................. 50
21.2nd Paper Tray (B222/B224) ............................ 52
22.Paper Feed Section (B222/B224) ..................... 54
23.Paper Registration (B222/B224) ....................... 56
24.By-pass Feed Section 1 (B222/B224) ............... 58
25.By-pass Feed Section 2 (B222/B224) ............... 60

26.Toner Supply Unit 1 (B222/B224)...................... 62
27.Toner Supply Unit 2 (B222/B224)...................... 64
28.Paper Separation (B222/B224) ......................... 66
29.Fusing unit 1 (B222/B224)................................. 68
30.Fusing unit 2 (B222/B224)................................. 70
31.Fusing unit 3 (B222/B224)................................. 72
32.Paper Exit Section 1 (B222/B224)..................... 74
33.Paper Exit Section 2 (B222/B224)..................... 76
34.Duplex Unit 1 (B222/B224)................................ 78
35.Duplex Unit 2 (B222/B224)................................ 80
36.Duplex Unit 3 (B222/B224)................................ 82
37.Duplex Unit 4 (B222/B224)................................ 84
38.Duplex Unit 5 (B222/B224)................................ 86
39.Electrical Section 1 (B222/B224)....................... 88
43.Controller Unit (B222/B224) .............................. 96
44.Drive Section 1 (B222/B224) ............................. 98
45.Drive Section 2 (B222/B224) ............................ 100
46.Drive Section 3 (B222/B224) ............................ 102
47.Drive Section 4 (B222/B224) ............................ 104
48.Drive Section 5 (B222/B224) ............................ 106
49.Frame Section 1 (B222/B224) .......................... 108
50.Frame Section 2 (B222/B224) .......................... 110
manuals4you.com
51.Frame Section 3 (B222/B224)...........................112

52.Frame Section 4 (B222/B224)...........................114
53.IOB Board (B222/B224) ....................................116
54.IPU Board (B222/B224).....................................126
55.Controller Board (B222/B224)...........................138
56.Accessories (B222/B224)..................................156
57.Decals and Documents (B222/B224)................158
58.Special Tools (B222/B224) ...............................162
B222/B224 PARTS INDEX
PARTS INDEX .......................................................... 2
BRIDGE UNIT BU3000 B227 PARTS LOCATION AND LIST
1.BRIDGE UNIT 1 (B227) ....................................... 2
2.BRIDGE UNIT 2 (B227) ....................................... 4
BRIDGE UNIT BU3000 B227 PARTS INDEX
PARTS INDEX .......................................................... 2
FINISHER SR790 B408 PARTS LOCATION AND LIST
1.EXTERIOR (B408) ............................................... 2
2.TRANSPORT SECTION (B408) .......................... 4
3.PAPER EXIT SECTION 1 (B408) ........................ 6
4.PAPER EXIT SECTION 2 (B408) ........................ 8
5.VERTICAL TRANSPORT (B408)........................ 10
6.STAPLE SECTION 1 (B408)............................... 12
7.STAPLE SECTION 2 (B408)............................... 14
8.STAPLE SECTION 3 (B408)............................... 16
9.SHIFT TRAY DRIVE (B408) ............................... 18
10.DRIVE SECTION (B408) ................................... 20
11.ELECTRICAL SECTION (B408) ........................ 22
12.DECALS AND DOCUMENTS (B408) ................ 24
FINISHER SR790 B408 PARTS INDEX

PARTS INDEX .......................................................... 2
PUNCH UNIT TYPE 3260 B702 PARTS LOCATION AND LIST
1.Punch Unit 1 (B702) ............................................. 2
2.Punch Unit 2 (B702) ............................................. 4
PUNCH UNIT TYPE 3260 B702 PARTS INDEX
PARTS INDEX .......................................................... 2
FAX OPTION TYPE C4500 B771 PARTS LOCATION AND LIST
1.Fax Option (B771) ................................................ 2
2.GWFCU3 - NA (B771).......................................... 4
3.GWFCU3 - EU (B771)......................................... 12
FAX OPTION TYPE C4500 B771 PARTS INDEX
PARTS INDEX .......................................................... 2
G3 INTERFACE UNIT TYPE C4500 B772 PARTS LOCATION
AND LIST
1.G3 Unit (B772)...................................................... 2
2.SG3-NEO:NA (B772) ........................................... 4
3.SG3-NEO:EU (B772) .......................................... 12
G3 INTERFACE UNIT TYPE C4500 B772 PARTS INDEX
PARTS INDEX .......................................................... 2
PAPER FEED UNIT PB3000 B800 PARTS LOCATION AND
LIST
1.EXTERIOR (B800) ............................................... 2
2.FRAME SECTION (B800) .................................... 4
3.PAPER TRAY (B800)........................................... 6
4.PAPER FEED SECTION (B800).......................... 8

6.DRIVE SECTION (B800).................................... 12
7.DECALS AND DOCUMENTS (B800) ................ 14
PAPER FEED UNIT PB3000 B800 PARTS INDEX
PARTS INDEX ......................................................... 2
LCIT PB3010 B801 PARTS LOCATION AND LIST
1.EXTERIOR 1 (B801) ........................................... 2
2.EXTERIOR 2 (B801) ........................................... 4
3.RIGHT TRAY 1 (B801) ........................................ 6
4.RIGHT TRAY 2 (B801) ........................................ 8
5.LEFT TRAY (B801) ............................................ 10
6.PAPER FEED SECTION (B801)........................ 12
8.DRIVE SECTION (B801).................................... 16
LCIT PB3010 B801 PARTS INDEX
PARTS INDEX ......................................................... 2
ARDF DF3010 B802 PARTS LOCATION AND LIST
1.Exterior (B802) .................................................... 2
2.Original Feed 1 (B802) ........................................ 4
3.Original Feed 2 (B802) ........................................ 6
4.Original Feed 3 (B802) ........................................ 8
5.Original Transfer 1 (B802) .................................. 10
8.Drive Section 1 (B802) ....................................... 16
9.Drive Section 2 (B802) ....................................... 18
10.Electrical Section (B802) ................................... 20
11.Frame Section (B802) ....................................... 22
12.Decals and Documents (B802) ......................... 24
ARDF DF3010 B802 PARTS INDEX

PARTS INDEX.......................................................... 2
1 BIN TRAY BN3010 B803 PARTS LOCATION AND LIST
1.1Bin Tray (B803).................................................. 2
1 BIN TRAY BN3010 B803 PARTS INDEX
PARTS INDEX.......................................................... 2
BOOKLET FINISHER SR3020 B804 PARTS LOCATION AND
LIST
1.Exterior (B804)..................................................... 2
2.Paper Transfer (B804)......................................... 4
3.Shift Transfer Section 1 (B804) ........................... 6
5.Shift Transfer Section 3 (B804) .......................... 10
6.Paper Exit 1 (B804) ............................................ 12
7.Paper Exit 2 (B804) ............................................ 14
8.Staple Transfer Section 1 (B804) ....................... 16
10.Staple Tray 1 (B804).......................................... 20
11.Staple Tray 2 (B804).......................................... 22
12.Staple Tray 3 (B804).......................................... 24
13.Staple Tray 4 (B804).......................................... 26
14.Staple Tray 5 (B804).......................................... 28
15.Staple Tray 6 (B804).......................................... 30
16.Paper fold Section 1 (B804) .............................. 32
19.Shift Tray (B804)................................................ 38
20.Drive Section 1 (B804) ...................................... 40
21.Drive Section 2 (B804) ...................................... 42
22.Drive Section 3 (B804) ...................................... 44
manuals4you.com

24.Frame Section (B804)........................................ 48
25.Decals and Documents (B804).......................... 50
SCANNER ACCESSIBILITY OPTION TYPE 4045 B838 PARTS

LOCATION AND LIST
1.Scanner Accessibility Option (B838) .................. 2
BOOKLET FINISHER SR3020 B804 PARTS INDEX

PARTS INDEX.......................................................... 2
SCANNER ACCESSIBILITY OPTION TYPE 4045 B838 PARTS

INDEX
PARTS INDEX.......................................................... 2
FINISHER SR3030 B805 PARTS LOCATION AND LIST

1.Exterior (B805)..................................................... 2
2.Paper Transfer (B805) ......................................... 4
5.Shift Transfer Section 3 (B805) .......................... 10
6.Paper Exit 1 (B805) ............................................ 12
7.Paper Exit 2 (B805) ............................................ 14
10.Staple Tray 1 (B805).......................................... 20
11.Staple Tray 2 (B805).......................................... 22
12.Staple Tray 3 (B805).......................................... 24
13.Staple Tray 4 (B805).......................................... 26
14.Shift Tray (B805)................................................ 28
15.Drive Section 1 (B805)....................................... 30
16.Drive Section 2 (B805)....................................... 32
17.Drive Section 3 (B805)....................................... 34
19.Frame Section (B805)........................................ 38
20.Decals and Documents (B805).......................... 40
FINISHER SR3030 B805 PARTS INDEX
PARTS INDEX.......................................................... 2
PLATEN COVER TYPE 3800C G329 PARTS LOCATION AND

LIST
1.Platen Cover (G329) ............................................ 2
PLATEN COVER TYPE 3800C G329 PARTS INDEX
PARTS INDEX.......................................................... 2
B222/B224
PARTS LOCATION AND LIST
manuals4you.com
This section instructs you as to the numbers and names of parts on this machine
manuals4you.com
LOCATIONS OF UNITS
1. Exterior 1 (B222/B224)
See Page 13
4. Operation Panel (B222/B224)
See Page 19
B222/B224
See Page 15
5. ARDF Exterior (B222/B224)
See Page 17
6. Original Feed 1 (B222/B224)
See Page 21
See Page 23
Parts Location and List
manuals4you.com
LOCATIONS OF UNITS
See Page 25
10. Original Transfer 2 (B222/B224)
See Page 31
B222/B224
See Page 27
See Page 33
See Page 29
12. ARDF Drive Section 1 (B222/B224)
See Page 35
LOCATIONS OF UNITS
13. ARDF Drive Section 2 (B222/B224)
See Page 37
16. Scanner Section 1 (B222/B224)
See Page 43
B222/B224
14. ARDF Electrical Section (B222/B224)
15. ARDF Frame Section (B222/B224)
See Page 39
See Page 41
See Page 45
See Page 47
manuals4you.com
LOCATIONS OF UNITS
19. LD unit (B222/B224)
See Page 49
22. Paper Feed Section (B222/B224)
See Page 55
B222/B224
20. 1st Paper Tray (B222/B224)
See Page 51
23. Paper Registration (B222/B224)
See Page 57
21. 2nd Paper Tray (B222/B224)
See Page 53
24. By-pass Feed Section 1 (B222/B224)
See Page 59
LOCATIONS OF UNITS
25. By-pass Feed Section 2 (B222/B224)
See Page 61
28. Paper Separation (B222/B224)
See Page 67
B222/B224
26. Toner Supply Unit 1 (B222/B224)
27. Toner Supply Unit 2 (B222/B224)
See Page 63
29. Fusing unit 1 (B222/B224)
See Page 65
See Page 69
See Page 71
manuals4you.com
LOCATIONS OF UNITS
See Page 73
34. Duplex Unit 1 (B222/B224)
See Page 79
B222/B224
32. Paper Exit Section 1 (B222/B224)
See Page 75
See Page 81
33. Paper Exit Section 2 (B222/B224)
See Page 77
See Page 83
LOCATIONS OF UNITS
See Page 85
40. Electrical Section 2 (B222/B224)
See Page 91
B222/B224
See Page 87
See Page 89
See Page 93
See Page 95
manuals4you.com
LOCATIONS OF UNITS
43. Controller Unit (B222/B224)
See Page 97
46. Drive Section 3 (B222/B224)
See Page 103
B222/B224
See Page 99
See Page 105
10
See Page 101

See Page 107
LOCATIONS OF UNITS
49. Frame Section 1 (B222/B224)
See Page 109
See Page 111
See Page 113
See Page 115
B222/B224
11
manuals4you.com
1.Exterior 1 (B222/B224)
101
25
101
2
26
24
14
101
101
101
10
14
8
21
7
16
15
101
103
101
22
18
23
102
17
101
12
11
24
20
19
101
101
13
13
B222/B224
12
Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
13
14
15
16
Part No.
B223 1283
B223 1348
B223 1281
B223 1255
B238 1372
B223 1254
B132 1573
AA02 1030
B223 1277
B223 1242
B223 1253
B222 8331
B222 8332
B222 8333
B222 8334
B222 8335
B222 8336
B222 8337
B222 8338
B222 8339
B222 8343
B224 8331
B224 8332
B224 8333
B224 8334
B224 8335
B224 8336
B224 8337
B224 8338
B224 8339
B224 8343
G020 1332
AA14 3823
B224 1251
B223 1246
B222/B224
Description
Cover:Left:Middle
Filter:Image Forming MD
Cover:Left
Cover - Main Switch
Decal - Main Switch(on-off)
Collection Bottlecover - Front
Decal - Power Source:Off
Magnet Catch
Ozone Filter:No.1
Inner Cover - Left
Emblem Cover
Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1c:RIC
Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1c:SVN
Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1c:GES:NA
Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1c:LAN:NA
Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1c:INF
Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1c:NSA
Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1c:REX
Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1c:GES:EU
Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1c:LAN:EU
Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1c:GES:AA
Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1d:RIC
Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1d:SVN
Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1d:GES:NA
Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1d:LAN:NA
Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1d:INF
Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1d:NSA
Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1d:REX
Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1d:GES:EU
Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1d:LAN:EU
Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1d:GES:AA
Hinge - Front Cover
Tapping Screw
Cover:Front:EU
Guide Plate:Scanner
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
5
1
1
101
102
103
Part No.
B024 1264
B223 1256
B223 1279
B238 1380
B223 1272
B223 1276
B223 1274
B223 1293
B223 1292
B223 1291
Description
Magnet Catch
Sheet:Misfeed Removal
Cleaner:Shield Glass:Ass'y
Cover - Right
Cover:Right:Rear
Filter:Right Rear
Cover:Right Rear:Fan
Cap:Cover:Rear
Cover:Rear:Upper
Cover:Rear
Qty Per
Assembly
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
0451 3008N Tapping Screw - M3x8

0450 3012N Tapping Screw:3x12
13
manuals4you.com
101
101
12
101
2
101
11
101
13
101
10
6
102
103
102
101
9
8
101
101
101
101
101
B222/B224
14
Index
No.
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
11
12
12
13
Part No.
B223 1818
B222 1818
B223 1282
B223 4487
B223 4486
B223 1260
B223 1262
B223 1263
B223 1261
B223 1266
B223 1273
B223 1819
B222 1819
B223 1820
B222 1820
B223 1278
B222/B224
Description
Cover:Scanner:Left
Cover:Scanner:Left:EU
Cover:Left:Upper
Exit End Fence
Exit Tray
Cover:Upper
Cover:Inner Back:Upper
Cover - Inner Back Middle
Cover:Inner Back
Cover:Paper Exit Unit:Upper
Cover:Right:Upper Middle
Cover:Scanner:Right
Cover:Scanner:Right:EU
Cover:Scanner:Rear
Cover:Scanner:Rear:EU
Ozone Filter:No.2
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
101
102
103
Part No.
Description
Qty Per
Assembly

0353 0030N Screw:M3X3
0353 0050N Screw-m3x5
15
manuals4you.com
1
7
101
8
9
3
4
101
102
101
21
14
10
11
102
101
21
22
102
21
17
102
18
16
101
26
101
19
103
20
25
12
105
13
24
101
15
102
105
104
25
27
23
B222/B224
16
Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
Part No.
B223 1241
B238 3364
B238 3365
B238 3366
B238 3367
B223 1244
B238 1368
GA00 3030
GA00 3032
GA00 3031
GA00 3033
B223 1304
B238 1362
B223 1300
B223 1303
B223 1318
B223 1306
B223 1319
B223 1315
B223 1316
B223 1317
B223 1264
B223 1123
B238 2615
AG07 1012
B223 1243
B223 1271
B222/B224
Description
Inner Cover:Upper:Left
Decal:Colored Display:BK:Inner Cover
Decal:Colored Display:Y:Inner Cover
Decal:Colored Display:C:Inner Cover
Decal:Colored Display:M:Inner Cover
Inner Cover - Middle
Decal - Cleaning
Decal - Shielding Plate Y
Decal - Shielding Plate C
Decal - Shielding Plate M
Decal - Shielding Plate K
Stopper:Lever:Drum Stay
Decal - Misfeed Removal B1
Drum Stay PCU Ass'y
Drum Stay Lever
Spring
Drum Stay
Wire
Ball Bearing Plate
Ball Bearing Clip
Screw
Cover:Front Right
Hinge - Cover Drum Stay
Case - Remove Paper Dust
Magnet Catch:Ass'y
Inner Cover:Upper:Right
Cover:Right:Front
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
4
6
1
1
1
2
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
0451 3008N
0450 3010N
0451 3012N
0454 3006Q
0454 3008Q
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Tapping Screw - M3x8

Tapping Screw:3x12
Tapping Screw:3x8
17
manuals4you.com
4.Operation Panel (B222/B224)

32,38
36
35
33
3,32
34
2
1
103
4
13
101
37
101
104
14
17
102
101
105
101
7
16
24
23
10
18
101
11
22
102
102
21
15
16
17 20
102
25
28
27
26
30
19
101
29
102
101
101
12
101
101
101
B222/B224
31
101
101
18
101
Rev. 01/22/2007
4.Operation Panel (B222/B224)

Index
No.
*
*
1
2
3
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Part No.
B224 1411
B224 1412
B238 1547
B238 1511
B238 1575
B238 1581
B223 1475
B238 1480
B238 1481
B238 1527
B238 1533
B223 1461
B223 1462
B223 1486
B238 1484
B238 1548
B238 1519
B223 1507
B223 1494
B238 1534
B238 1535
B223 1498
B223 1487
B238 1505
B238 1508
B238 1584
B238 1583
B238 1504
B238 1506
B238 1509
B238 1552
B238 1550
B238 1549
B238 1483
B238 1482
B222/B224
Description
Operation Panel: NA
Operation Panel: EU
Spacer - Keytop
Keytop - Counter
Keytop - Scanner NA
Keytop - Scanner EU
PCB OP-L
Harness - OP-R 10p
Harness - OP-R 13p
Operation Panel Bracket
Insulator
PCB: APC1: LCDC: NA
PCB: LCDC: EU
Invertor - TFT
Harness - Inverter
Operation Panel Bracket - Right
Lens - Front
Shading Plate: Touch Panel: Ass'y
Touch Panel - W-VGA F
LCD Spacer A
LCD Spacer B
LCD - TFT W-VGA MV
Cable - FFC TFT LCD
Keytop - Clear/Stop
Keytop 10 Key
Keytop 10 Key NA
Keytop - Clear Modes
Keytop - Start
Keytop - Try Print
Keytop - Interrupt
Keytop - Kantan
Keytop - Login
Keytop - Power Source
Harness - OP-L 13p
Harness - OP-L 12p
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
31
32
33
33
34
34
35
35
36
37
38
38
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
Part No.
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
B238 1470
B223 1518
B238 1572
B238 1578
B238 1571
B238 1577
B223 1595
B222 1595
B237 1595
B223 1596
B238 1574
B238 1580
PCB OP-R
Keytop - Blank FB
Keytop - Doc NA
Keytop - Doc EU
Keytop - Copy NA
Keytop - Copy EU
Cover: Scanner: Front
Cover: Scanner: Front: EU
Decal - Caution Original
Cover: Front Right: Upper
Keytop - Printer NA
Keytop - Printer EU
0450 3010N
0353 0060N
1105 0511
1105 0598
1105 0032

Bind Screw - M3x6
Harness Clamp - LWS-0306ZC
Clamp:LWSS-1N
Clamp
19
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
manuals4you.com
5.ARDF Exterior (B222/B224)
1
12
11
13
101
8
101
14
7
15
16
22
7
101
23
20
9
17
18
21
23
24
10
19
102
4
19
5
102
25
26
6
102
B222/B224
20
102
5.ARDF Exterior (B222/B224)

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
Part No.
B652 2379
A859 7211
A548 6121
B802 4411
B802 6013
5215 2621
B802 4712
B802 4511
B802 2551
B802 2581
B802 2526
B789 6031
B802 2522
B802 2536
B802 2532
B802 6011
B802 2571
A858 4676
A858 4671
GW01 0007
B802 2541
B802 5750
AW01 0129
B802 2562
B802 2512
AG07 0513
B222/B224
Description
Decal:Caution:Original:5-lang
Stepped Screw
Screw - M4
Cover:Front
Decal:Display:Misfeed Removal:P1
Snap Ring - M6
Sound Proofing Material:Cover:Rear
Cover:Rear
Stay:Original Table:Contact Point
Stopper:Original Table
Side Fence
Decal - Original Table
Original Table:Face Front
Slider:Side Fence
Spring Plate:Side Fence
Decal:Side Fence
Spring Plate:0.2t
Spring Plate - Pressure Roller
Roller Driven
Photo Refiection Sensor:Exit
Guide:Original Insert
Harness:Original Table
Photo Refiection Sensor
Plate:Contact Point
Original Table
Magnet Catch
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
1
2
2
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
4
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
101
102
Part No.
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
0451 3006N Tapping Screw - 3x6

21
manuals4you.com
6.Original Feed 1 (B222/B224)
16
103
104
102
15
101
17
103
16
3
18
4
18
18
17
101
20
20
21
7
5
102
22
19
12
11
8
10
13
23
14
you.com
manuals4
.com
manuals4you
B222/B224
22

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Part No.
B802 4121
B802 4152
B802 6012
B652 1807
B802 4711
B802 4154
B802 4155
B802 4158
AA06 2262
B802 4241
B802 4231
B802 4162
AA14 3789
AA14 3788
B802 4252
B802 5840
AW02 0154
AW02 0155
GW01 0007
AW01 0091
GW02 0020
B802 4263
GA14 3003
B222/B224
Description
Cover:Paper Feed
Grip:Cover
Decal:Misfeed Removal:Original
Decal:Size:Original
Sound Proofing Material
Hook:Grip:Cover:Front
Hook:Grip:Cover:Inner Back
Shaft:Grip:Cover
Tension Spring
Bracket:Cover:Front
Bracket:Cover:Inner Back
Stopper:Cover
Shaft:Cleaner
Pin:Guide Plate:Paper Feed
Bracket:Paper Size Sensor
Harness:Paper Feed
Photointerruptor:Entrance
Photointerruptor:Paper Size Sensor
Photo Reflection Sensor
Photointerruptor:Lg248nl1
Feeler:Original Sensor
Screw:Mm5:2.5MM
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
1
2
1
1
3
101
102
103
104
0451 3010N
0450 3008N
0451 3006N
1105 0516
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Tapping Screw:3x10
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Clamp
23
manuals4you.com

101
107
101
102
38
39
39
40
30
41
37
34
32
36
103
34
36
35
26
33
32
31
103
17
21
18
25
24
19
20
19
105
104
21
22
21
17
108
106
28
103
23
27
21
104
16
14
12
15
11
15
10
9
13
8
7
6
2
29
4
B222/B224
24

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
Part No.
B802 4311
5447 2681
AA08 2101
B802 4357
B802 4358
B802 4361
B387 2163
B802 4372
AA04 3328
B802 4352
B802 4355
B802 4359
A859 2112
B387 2113
B386 3320
B802 4333
B802 4326
AA08 2104
AA13 2013
AA06 3435
A628 1225
B789 2114
A806 1295
B802 4322
AA06 6376
B802 4323
B802 4325
B802 4328
B802 4228
B802 4227
B802 4229
B802 4224
B802 4222
AA08 0288
B802 4295
B222/B224
Description
Paper Feed:Unit
Snap Ring
Bushing - 6x10x6
Gear:Z19
Timing Pulley:Gear:T19/Z22
Roller:Pickup
Pickup Collar
Timing Pulley:T21
Timing Belt:40S2M130
Shaft:Pickup
Bracket:Pickup
Cushion:Pickup
Drive Shaft - Paper Feed Belt
Roller - Paper Feed Belt
Spring:Belt:Paper Feed:8n
Bracket:Paper Feed Belt
Collar:Shaft
Bushing - 8x12x7
Spacer
Compression Spring:Paper Feed:Joint
Bushing - 8mm
Paper Feed Belt Roller
Feed Belt
Shaft:Drive
Torsion Spring:Pickup:Pressure
Holder
Lever:Pickup:Release
Gear:Z20
Drum Stay:Upper:Front
Drum Stay:Upper:Inner Back
Sheet:Guide:Upper
Spring Plate:Upper
Guide:Upper
Bushing:Dia6
Driven Roller:Pull Out
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
Part No.
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
36
37
38
39
40
41
AA06 3441
B802 4282
B802 4292
G052 4892
B802 4265
B802 4225
Compression Spring
Bracket:Driven Roller:Pull Out
Ground Plate:Driven Roller:Pull Out
Discharge Brush:Exit:Small
Ground Plate
Sheet:Driven Roller:Pull Out
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
0450 3008N
0451 3006N
0720 0040E
0720 0060E
0805 0088
0632 0100G
1105 0516
0741 3506

Tapping Screw - 3x6
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M6
Retaining Ring - M6
Pin - 2x10mm
Clamp
Ball Bearing - 6x12x4 Mm
25
2
1
1
2
1
1
manuals4you.com

15
14
10
105
18
13
12
104
11
8
10
17
21
105
16
20
19
24
106
26
105
25
103
23
22
2
106
27
1
101
102
101
8
7
B222/B224
26

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
Part No.
B802 1773
B802 1777
B312 1615
B802 1772
AA14 3520
B802 5790
B802 3811
5447 2681
AA14 3823
AA08 2101
A859 2241
A294 6700
B802 2252
B802 2225
B802 2253
B802 2222
B802 6014
A422 1063
B802 2285
B802 2231
B802 2227
A458 2251
B802 2111
AA08 0265
AA06 0843
B802 2115
AA06 3919
B222/B224
Description
Bracket:Shaft:Side Plate:Front
Knob:Misfeed Removal:T27
Tension Roller
Shoulder Screw - M3
Harness:Solenoid
DC Solenoid:24V
Snap Ring
Tapping Screw
Bushing - 6x10x6
Reverse Roller
Torque Limiter - 53mnxm
Shaft:Roller:Reverse
Drum Stay:Guide:Reverse
Gear:Z20
Guide:Reverse:Open And Close
Seal - 0.7x13x20
Roller:Reverse Exit:Driven
Shaft:Reverse:Drive:Press Fit
Guide:Reverse:Open And Close:Behind
Cushion - Bin Solenoid Lever
Stopper Pawl:Paper Feed
Bushing:6x8x5
Tension Spring
Lever:Stopper Pawl
Spring:Pressure
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
0451 3006N
0353 0040N
0450 3008N
0632 0120G
0720 0040E
0805 0089
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Tapping Screw - 3x6

Screw - M3X4
Parallel Pin - 2x12
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
27
manuals4you.com
9.Original Transfer 1 (B222/B224)
16
manuals4you.com
18
20
19
2
17
101
102
4
5
4
6
7
24
8
22
23
22
101
4
9
5
4
10
101
16
11
21
103
101
12
13
101
14
101
15
B222/B224
28

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Part No.
B802 3412
B802 3413
B802 3414
B802 3471
B802 3592
B802 3426
B802 3427
B802 3422
B802 3511
AA14 3569
B802 3553
B802 3566
B802 3567
B802 3568
B802 3561
A422 1063
B802 2291
GW01 0007
B802 3851
B802 3755
B802 3711
B789 3712
B789 3491
B714 5006
H511 5007
B222/B224
Description
Guide:Scanning:Entrance:Lower
Sheet:Roller:Scanning:Entrance
Sheet:Scanning:Entrance
Roller:Scanning:Driven
Shaft:Driven:Exit
Plate:Entrance:Pressure:Auxiliary
Spring Plate:Scanning:Enrrrance:Driven
Stay:Scanning:Entrance:Lower
Guide Plate:Scanning
Screw
Guide:Scanning:Exit:Lower
Plate:Exit:Pressure:Auxiliary
Spring Plate:Scanning:Exit:Driven:Upper
Spring Plate:Scanning:Exit:Driven:Lower
Stay:Scanning:Exit:Lower
Seal - 0.7x13x20
Stopper:Guide:Reverse
Bracket:Sensor:Scanning:Exit
Discharge Brush:Reverse
Spring Plate
Exit Driven Roller
Scanning Driven Shaft
DC Solenoid:Transmited Rubber Stamp
Stamp
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
1
4
1
8
4
2
6
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
4
2
1
1
101
102
103
Part No.
Description
Qty Per
Assembly

29
manuals4you.com

101
3
101
108
4
2
9
10
7
101
108
102
101
101
105
14
103
101
6
105
5
101
15
102
101
101
11
104
106
101
B222/B224
12
106
104
107
13
4
30

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Part No.
B802 5810
B802 3381
B802 3147
G052 4892
B802 3145
GW01 0007
B802 3833
B802 3832
B802 3231
B802 3251
B802 3234
B802 3252
A697 2102
B802 3233
5447 2681
B222/B224
Description
Harness:Registration Sensor
Bracket:Guide:Paper Feed:Lower
Ground Plate:Roller:Scanning
Spring Plate
Shielding Plate:Sensor
Bracket:Registration Sensor
Roller:Scanning:Entrance
Roller:Scanning:Exit
Timing Pulley:T33/T24
Timing Pulley:T33
Damper - Junction Gate Solenoid
Timing Pulley:T33
Snap Ring
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
0451 3006N
0450 3008N
0720 0040E
0741 3506
0740 3506
0632 0100G
1105 0514
1105 0511
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Retaining Ring - M4
Ball Bearimg - 6x12x4 Mm
Pin - 2x10mm
Edge Saddle - Eds-0607l
31
manuals4you.com

101
15
14
16
20
19
17
21
18
22
23
13
101
105
103
14
101
106
18
24
25
2
16
3
102
27
7
104
26
9
10
6
8 106
11
12
13
101
B222/B224
32

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
Part No.
B238 4483
B802 1755
B802 1762
AA06 0842
AA04 3321
5447 2681
B802 1767
B802 3312
AA06 2260
B802 3631
B802 3615
G020 1160
AA08 2101
AA14 3790
B802 3351
A422 1063
B802 3211
5215 2621
B802 6015
B802 3651
B802 3311
B802 3612
B802 3611
B802 3332
B802 3756
B802 3751
B802 3331
B222/B224
Description
Screw
Bracket:Tension
Timing Pulley:T31
Tension Spring
Timing Belt:40S1.5M378
Snap Ring
Pulley:Idler:DIA16
Timing Pulley:T26
Tension Spring
Link:Solenoid
Lever:Exchange Powl:Reverse
Snap Ring
Bushing - 6x10x6
Screw:Contact Point
Guide:Paper Feed:Lower
Seal - 0.7x13x20
Roller:Pull Out
Snap Ring - M6
Guide:Exit:Upper
Roller:Exit
Cushion:Exchange Powl
Exchange Powl:Reverse
Timing Pulley:T23
Discharge Brush:Exit
Stay:Reverse
Roller:Reverse
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
0451 3006N
0720 0040E
0720 0060E
0720 0030E
0742 3808
0741 3506
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Tapping Screw - 3x6

Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M6
Retaining Ring - M3
Ball Bearing - 8x16x5
33
manuals4you.com
12.ARDF Drive Section 1 (B222/B224)
103
8
22
101
101
102
4
104
101
12
3
2
15
14
7
13
12
16
8
104
13
12
17
10
101
21
103
21
9
101
101
B222/B224
11
20
19
18
101
34

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
Part No.
B802 1812
AA10 1021
B802 1815
B044 1825
J503 3116
G570 1225
B802 1985
GW02 0020
AA04 3323
B802 1925
B700 5805
AA08 2101
5447 2681
B802 1951
B351 1791
B351 1781
B802 1931
B802 1942
5206 2686
B802 1943
A680 2261
B802 1941
B222/B224
Description
Stepper Motor:DC4.08V 2.4W
Rubber Bushing - 6 45hs
Bracket:Reverse:Drive
Collar
Sensor Shielding Plate
Bracket:Sensor:Pickup
Bracket:Pickup:Drive
Stepper Motor:Pm:S2m:T15:Ass'y
Bushing - 6x10x6
Snap Ring
Cam:Stopper Pawl
Gear - 25Z
Gear - 18Z
Timing Pulley:T33-Z17
Stopper:Cam:Pickup
Snap Ring
Feeler:Cam:Pickup
Gear - 24Z
Cam:Pickup
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
4
1
4
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
0451 3006N
0353 0060N
1105 0511
1105 0516
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Bind Screw - M3x6
Clamp
35
manuals4you.com
1
105
2
21
104
4
3
103
103
7
104
103
6
101
13
12
104
101
10
15
102
17
14
103
104
101
101
16
103
102
18
11
19
20
103
101
101
12
B222/B224
36

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Part No.
B802 1671
B802 1661
B802 1642
B802 1643
B802 1651
B802 1631
B802 1632
B802 1633
AA04 3320
B802 1715
B802 1731
AA06 0842
B802 1736
B802 1721
B802 1681
B802 1741
AA04 3322
B802 1762
B238 4483
B802 1755
B802 1641
B222/B224
Description
Gear:Z17
Gear:Z21/Z23
Gear:Z37
Gear:Z26
Gear:Z25
Timing Pulley:T31
Gear:Z18
Gear:Z19
Bracket:Stepper Motor
Stay:Motor:Scanning
Tension Spring
Bracket:Protect:Drive
Gear:Z18
Timing Belt:40S1.5M157.5
Timing Pulley:T31
Screw
Bracket:Tension
Gear:Z18
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
0451 3006N
0453 4006N
0720 0040E
0741 3506
1105 0511
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Binding Self Tapping Screw:4x6
Retaining Ring - M4
37
manuals4you.com
14.ARDF Electrical Section (B222/B224)
3
101
104
1
6
101
101
24
101
105
101
11
101
102
102
10
107
23
102
12
22
13
14
18
20
106
19
17
102
101
21
102
103
102
103
101
16
15
B222/B224
38
14.ARDF Electrical Section (B222/B224)

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Part No.
B802 5710
B802 1231
B802 5780
B802 5730
B802 5800
B802 5770
B802 5740
B802 5830
B802 5760
B802 5820
B802 5500
B802 1246
GW02 0020
B802 1236
B703 1165
B802 1612
AA14 3802
B802 1624
B802 1616
AA06 0842
B802 1621
B387 1951
B789 1942
B802 1412
B222/B224
Description
Harness:Interface
Bracket:PCB:Right
Harness:Lift_up
Harness:Paper Feed
Harness:Solenoid
Harness:Motor:Reverse
Harness:Guide
Harness:Motor:Paper Feed
Harness:Motor:Pick Up
PCB:Main
Bracket:On Off Detector
Bracket:PCB:Left
Timing Belt:B40S2M390
Bracket:Motor
Screw:6X1.7
Bracket:Coupling
Stay:Motor
Tension Spring
Stepper Motor:DC24V 4.8W
Spring - Paper Size Sensor
Paper Size Sensor Feeler
Plate:Harness:Guide
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
0451 3006N
0450 3008N
0453 4006N
1105 0511
1105 0522
1105 0487
1105 0514
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Edge Saddle - Les0510
Harness Clamp
39
manuals4you.com
15.ARDF Frame Section (B222/B224)
101
101
8
2
101
1
102
101
10
101
9
101
3
101
4
4
7
14
5
6
11
13
12
13
B222/B224
40
15.ARDF Frame Section (B222/B224)

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Part No.
B802 1121
B802 1131
B802 1141
B802 4631
B802 4713
B802 4714
AA14 3790
B802 1311
B802 1351
A859 1841
B802 4611
B802 4621
B477 2715
AA14 3520
B222/B224
Description
Positioning Plate:Front
Positioning Plate:Rear
Cover:Paper Feed Sensor
Cushion:Left
Cushion:Left
Cushion:Inner Back
Screw:Contact Point
Hinge:Left
Hinge:Right
Filter - DF Open Sensor
Pressure Plate
Drum Stay:Pressure Plate
Pressure Plate Tape
Shoulder Screw - M3
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
1
1
1
3
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
101
102
Part No.
Description
Qty Per
Assembly

0454 3006Q Tapping Screw - M3x6
41
manuals4you.com
16.Scanner Section 1 (B222/B224)

106
105
16
104
17
101
107
104
18
104
104
12
12
11
13
101
20 14
101
15
10
20
108
104
4
5
104
6
106
101
9
20
7
10
20
102
104
109
101
103
101
19
102
102
B222/B224
42

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Part No.
Description
B180 1731 Bracket:Sheet Through

B223 1785 Spacer:Bracket:Scale:Left
B223 1773 Scale:Machine Or Copier
BC01 2002 Exposure Glass:Sheet Through:344x20
B223 1774 Seal:Sheet Through
B223 1787 Scale:Left:Na
B223 1777 Scale:Left
A250 1752 Exposure Glass
B051 1727 Frame:Scanner:Front
B223 1788 Frame:Scanner:Rear
5442 1924 Exposure Glass Cushion
B132 1692 Scale:Rear:Printing
AA14 3520 Shoulder Screw - M3
A193 1793 Scanner Home Sensor Stopper
AW02 0145 Photointerruptor:Flat
B223 5202 Harness:Sio:Sensor
AW02 0146 Photointerruptor:Flat:Pich2mm:M4
B223 1808 Document Feeder:Connector:Bracket
B223 5203 Harness:Sio:Ardf
B223 1116 Cam:Guide Plate:Scanner:Left
B222/B224
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
B652 1807
0451 3006N
0451 3008N
0451 3010N
0453 3006N
0314 0120N
0453 3008N
1105 0522
1105 0511
1105 0544
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Decal:Size:Original
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw:3x10
Screw - M4X12
Edge Saddle:Les-2017
43
manuals4you.com

102
2
101
101
27
103
102
12
14
101
101
13
101
102 102
102
102
15
26
16
11
108
102
10
4
18
17
106
9
107
107
101
101
Option
104
101
19
101
25
22
21
23
105
20
24
109
B222/B224
44

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
25
26
27
Part No.
A193 1766
A193 1769
B223 1840
B180 1716
A193 1767
AC03 0142
B180 1803
B223 1824
B223 5218
H020 2318
B223 1786
AW01 0114
B051 1814
B180 1701
B223 1790
B223 1791
B223 1771
B223 5225
B223 1825
B223 1827
B223 1828
B223 1826
AX64 0164
AW01 0115
A250 1821
A250 1822
B154 5879
AW01 0116
B222/B224
Description
Wire Clamp
Clamp - REAR WIRE
Xenon Lamp
Carriage:No.1:Ass'y
1st Mirror Holder
1st Mirror
Guide:High Voltage Supply Cord:Base
Seal:Scanner:Frame:Base
Harness:Xenon Lamp
Rivet - Nrp345
Holder:Connector
Original Sensor:H=2-66
Bracket:Original Sensor
Inner Cover
Ground Plate:Stay:Lens
Gasket:Rfsg-030100:75
Lens Unit
Interface Cable:Scanner:LVDS:HF
Duct:Scanner
Seal:Duct:Front:Scanner
Seal:Duct:Rear:Scanner
Sheet:Fan:Duct:Scanner
Fan Motor:15mm:24V
Original Sensor:H=81.5
Heater - 9W (120V)
Heater - 9W (230V)
Plate:Cable
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
0454 3006Q
0451 3006N
0802 5299
1105 0460
1105 0511
1105 0516
1105 0508
1103 3354
1105 0534
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Clamp
Clamp
Harness Clamp - LWS-0711
Connector:B2P5-VH-TW-R(LF)(SN)
Clamp
45
manuals4you.com

104
109
5
2
1
104
7
31
111
106
104
105
105
104
106
107
31
111
13
108
4
29
102
29
101
28
27
102
19
24
18
110
101
103
21
22
101
25
20
18
103
16
22
18
102
110
23
101
14
28
B222/B224
11
12
109
10
17
101
19
25
103
26
18
20
30
15
101
103
21
46

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
Part No.
B223 1721
G404 2810
B223 1754
B223 1755
G570 2833
G570 2832
G570 2834
AZ50 0070
B223 5204
B223 5223
B223 5226
B223 5106
B223 1779
B223 1807
B238 1792
B180 1713
B223 5216
B238 1806
B223 1782
B180 1704
AA06 0980
G570 1160
B180 1810
B180 1812
AA08 2144
B180 1814
G570 1133
A193 1816
B180 1734
AA06 0979
B238 1807
B222/B224
Description
Carriage:No.2
Spring Plate - 2nd Mirror
Mirror:No.2:Concave
Mirror:No.2:Convax
Pulley Holder
Guide - High Voltage Supply Cord
Pulley - High Voltage Supply Cord
Stabilizer:T
Harness:Sio:Lamp Regulator
Harness:Sio:Machine Or Copier
Harness:Sio:Scanner Unit
PCB:SIO
Cover:Stepper Motor:Rear
Bracket:Exterior:Rear
Timing Belt - 157ST1.5-4.0
Stepper Motor:Ass'y
Harness:SIO:Scanner Motor SMD
Idler Pulley
Drive Were
Bracket:Tension
Tension Spring:Tension:11300mn
Spacer Bushing
Pulley:Drive Were:Front:Sub-Ass'y
Pulley:Drive Were:Rear:Sub-Ass'y
Bushing - 8x12x7
Shaft:Scanner:Drive
Timing Pulley 73
1st Slide Rail
Slide Rail:No.2
Pulley
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
4
2
2
2
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
2
1
2
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
0451 3006N
0804 6123
0802 5299
0454 3006Q
1105 0516
1105 0518
1105 0488
1105 0517
0353 0050N
0805 0088
0720 0040E
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Hexagonal Bolt:W/washer:M3x8
Clamp
Edge Saddle - Les-1010
Harness Clamp
Harness Clamp - LWS-2111Z
Screw-m3x5
Retaining Ring - M6
Retaining Ring - M4
47
manuals4you.com
19.LD unit (B222/B224)
102
102
103
102
11
102
18
103
103
9
10
18
103
2
103
4
14
13
12
103
1
12
103
103
15
101
102
16
102
17
102
103
102
102
15
102
B222/B224
48
19.LD unit (B222/B224)

Index
No.
*
*
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
16
17
18
Part No.
B221 1851
B223 1851
B180 5445
B223 5241
B223 5243
AX06 0286
B223 1903
B223 1882
B223 1907
B223 1885
B223 1881
B223 1909
B223 1908
B223 1989
B223 1914
B223 1913
B238 5144
B221 5236
B223 5235
B223 5239
B223 1988
B222/B224
Description
Imaging Unit Ass'y C1c
Imaging Unit Ass'y C1d
Polygon Mirror Motor Board
Harness:Polygon Mirror Motor
Harness:Motor:Driver
Polygon Mirror Motor
Louver
Cover - Polygon Motor
Screw
Shutter Ass'y
Cover - Upper
Link:Shutter:2
Link:Shutter:1
Plate Nut:Link
Torsion Spring:Link:2
PCB Sync Detector
Harness:LDB:1LD
Harness:LDB:2LD
Harness:Sync Detector
Screw:Link:Shutter
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
4
1
1
1
2
101
102
103
Part No.
Qty Per
Assembly
Description

0452 3010N Binding Self-tapping Screw:3x10
49
manuals4you.com
20.1st Paper Tray (B222/B224)
27
26
28
29
22
4
5
1
31
30
21
18
2
22 21
33
32
101
17
16
23
102
25
24
20
16
16
19
7
16
10
11
12
9
6
B222/B224
14
13
103
50
15
20.1st Paper Tray (B222/B224)

Index
No.
*
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
Part No.
B223 2850
AA14 3843
B223 2890
B223 2894
B223 2940
AF01 3006
B237 2521
B223 2857
B223 2860
B238 2526
B223 2862
AA06 1014
B223 2863
B223 2861
A222 2724
B223 2864
A232 2987
B223 2912
B223 2870
B223 2923
B004 2923
B223 2935
B223 2934
B223 2936
B223 2865
B223 2918
B223 2880
A267 2860
A267 2857
A267 2859
B223 2873
AA06 1003
B223 2869
AA14 3577
B222/B224
Description
Paper Tray Unit No.1
Screw:DIA6
Slide Rail - Left
Slide Rail Stopper - Left
Tray Bottom Plate
Bottom Plate Pad
Decal - Paper Set Direction No.1
Cover - Paper Tray No.1
Paper Tray Grip
Decal - Grip
Lever - Release Inner
Tension Spring:Grip
Release Shaft
Grip Holder
External Circlip - Mm8
Lever - Release Outer
Roller - Paper Tray
End Fence
Side Fence - Front
Stopper Lever - Front
Spring Plate - Release Lever
Plate - Side Fence Right
Plate - Side Fence
Gear - 16Z
Rise No.1 Shaft
Rise Lever
Side Fence - Rear
Rear Lever Stopper
Spring Plate - Side Fence
Side Fence Stopper
Decal - Side Fence Rear
Tension Spring:Side Fence:Rear
Ground Plate
Screw:Tp:M4
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
Part No.
Qty Per
Assembly
Description

0453 3008N Binding Self Tapping Screw:3x8
51
manuals4you.com
21.2nd Paper Tray (B222/B224)

26
29
27
28
5
18
22
22
31
21
16
21
101
30
102
20
23
17
19
25
24
6
16
16
10
12
14
8
9
15
7
13
11
103
2
101
B222/B224
52
21.2nd Paper Tray (B222/B224)

Index
No.
*
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
Part No.
B223 2900
B223 2910
B223 2911
B238 2523
B223 2940
AF01 3006
B223 2919
B223 2946
B223 2860
B238 2527
B223 2862
AA06 1014
B223 2863
B223 2861
A222 2724
B223 2864
A232 2987
B223 2912
B223 2920
B223 2923
B004 2923
B223 2935
B223 2934
B223 2936
B223 2865
B223 2918
B223 2930
A267 2860
A267 2857
A267 2859
B223 2873
AA06 1003
B222/B224
Description
Link - Paper Size Sensor
Spacer
Tray Bottom Plate
Bottom Plate Pad
Ground Plate - Paper Tray No.2
Paper Tray Grip
Decal - Grip
Tension Spring:Grip
Release Shaft
Grip Holder
Roller - Paper Tray
End Fence
Front Side Fence
Plate - Side Fence
Gear - 16Z
Rise No.1 Shaft
Rise Lever
Rear Side Fence
Rear Lever Stopper
Side Fence Stopper
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
Part No.
Qty Per
Assembly
Description

53
manuals4you.com
22.Paper Feed Section (B222/B224)
101
101
6
102
9
10
105
1
101
101
101
4
11
36
12
104
26
37
25
24
38
23
39
101
13
106
36
101
101
103
103
11
11
101
14
30
22
15
20
19
34
21
33
103
11
18
103
17
16
27
32
31
29
16
B222/B224
35
28
54
22.Paper Feed Section (B222/B224)

Index
No.
*
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
Part No.
B223 2750
B223 2767
AW02 0145
B223 2773
B223 2778
AW01 0128
B082 2781
AW01 0122
B223 2780
B223 2776
B238 2569
AA08 2143
B223 2772
B223 2786
AF03 0090
AB01 1252
AA10 0014
B223 2829
AF03 1090
AB01 1218
AA08 2101
B223 2765
B223 2761
AA06 0691
G065 2767
B223 2764
B223 2762
AF03 2090
B004 2783
B223 2810
AB01 0157
AA06 0693
G065 2774
AB01 0156
B223 2815
B222/B224
Description
Paper Feed Unit
Paper End Feeler
Photointerruptor:Flat
Harness - Paper Feed Unit
Sensor Bracket
Paper Feed Sensor
Bracket:Sensor
Paper Feed Sensor
DC Solenoid 24V
Stay
Transport Roller
Bushing - 6x10x6
Harness Sheet
Ground Plate - Front
Paper Feed Roller:Pickup
Gear - 20Z
Retaining Ring C - Separate
Feed Guide
Paper Feed Roller:Feed
Gear - Roller Clutch
Bushing - 6x10x6
Ground Plate - Feed
Pickup Arm
Tension Spring
Lever - Feed
Gear-24z
Feed Shaft
Paper Feed Roller:Separate
Torque Limiter
Separate Driven Shaft
Gear:Separate:Driven
Tension Spring
Pressure Lever
Gear:Separate:Drive
Separate Drive Shaft
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Part No.
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
35
36
37
38
39
B223 2819
5206 2686
G065 2776
G065 2775
AA06 2259
Gear - 22Z
Snap Ring
Release Lever
Link Lever
Spring - Release
101
102
103
104
105
106
0451 3006N
0450 3008N
0805 0089
0720 0040E
1105 0511
0454 3008Q
Tapping Screw - 3x6

Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Tapping Screw:3x8
55
1
1
1
1
1
manuals4you.com
23.Paper Registration (B222/B224)

12 103
2
101
101
3
10
4
102
11
102
13
103
15
104
103
103
22
106
102
16
105
17
102
23
14
102
20
104
24
19
102
21
102
18
102
B222/B224
56
23.Paper Registration (B222/B224)

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Part No.
Description
B223 6311 Positioning Guide - Front

B223 6312 Positioning Guide - Rear
B223 6315 Cushion
B238 2676 Tension Spring
B238 2675 Registration Roller Bushing
B238 2661 Registration Roller - Driven
B238 2657 Gear - 18Z
AA08 2101 Bushing - 6x10x6
B223 2558 Registration Roller Knob
B238 2652 Registration Roller - Drive
B238 2655 Gear - 16Z
B238 2656 Gear - 30Z
B238 2670 Cleaner Bracket
B238 2622 Cover - Remove Paper Dust
B238 2621 Stay
AW01 0107 Paper Feed Sensor
B223 2599 Harness:Registration Sensor
AA14 3404 Stepped Screw - M4
B223 4523 Link:Stopper
B223 2570 Guide Plate:Registration:Right
B238 2612 Registration Guide Plate - Left
B223 4524 Wire:Stopper:Dia1.5
B223 2835 Guide Plate
B223 2840 Guide Plate No.2
B222/B224
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
0451 3006N
0454 3006Q
0805 0089
0805 0088
1105 0511
1105 0643
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M6
Clamp - RFC-14V0
57
manuals4you.com
Rev. 01/23/2007
24.By-pass Feed Section 1 (B222/B224)
1
101
3
4
2
5
14
101
101
12
102
11
10
11
102
7
13
B222/B224
58
Rev. 01/23/2007

Index
No.
*
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Part No.
B223 2627
B223 2688
B223 2671
B223 2667
B223 2668
B223 2645
B223 2655
B223 2661
B223 2644
B223 2669
AW50 0031
B223 2631
B223 2666
B223 2663
B2232662
B222/B224
Description
Manual Feed Table Assy [TSB#006]
Side Fence:Front
Side Fence:Rear
Grip:Side Fence
Spring Plate:Stopper
Decal:Side Fence
Decal:Paper Set Direction
Cover:Manual Feed
Decal:Scale
Harness:Paper Size Sensor
Paper Size Sensor
Rack:Manual Feed
Gear:16Z
Extension Tray
Manual Feed Table [TSB#006]
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
101
102
Part No.
Description
Qty Per
Assembly

0805 0089 Retaining Ring - M4
59
manuals4you.com

1
43
101
103
44 45
108
46
2
103
113
101
104
109
7
102 108
16
47
102
112
49
108
12
14
108
7 8
48
108
15
13
21
10
28
108
31
29 30
5
11
105
20
18
108
33
7 108
19
102
17
26
108
32
110
27
105
101
102
34
38
36 111
42
23
108
37
107
22
102
B222/B224
25
24
106
108
5
60
41
35
40
39

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
Part No.
B223 2623
AW01 0128
B223 2622
B223 2621
AA10 0014
AF03 1046
AA08 2101
AA14 0777
B223 2629
AB01 1387
AF03 0049
AA06 3568
G060 2932
B223 2632
B223 2633
B223 2659
B223 2624
B223 2619
B223 2634
B223 2636
AW50 0035
B223 2651
AA08 2102
B223 2657
B223 2607
B223 2609
AF01 3016
G080 2682
B223 2606
AA08 3014
AX20 2007
B223 2637
B223 2652
B223 2658
A259 6754
B222/B224
Description
Cover:Guide Plate:Exit
Paper Feed Sensor
Guide Plate:Exit
Cover:Manual Feed Unit
Feed Roller - Manual Feed
Bushing - 6x10x6
Shaft:Feed
Stay:Feed
Gear - 23Z
Pick-up Roller
Pressure Spring
Pick-up Arm - Manual Feed
DC Solenoid:Pickup
Spring:Release:Pickup
Harness:Manual Feed
Sheet:Guide:Exit
Transport Roller:Exit:Duplex
Support Stay:Arm
Torsion Spring:27n
Paper End Sensor
Arm:Manual Feed:Front
Bushing - 6x10x6
Arm:Manual Feed:Short:Front
Ground Plate:Reverse
Guide Plate:Separator
Bottom Plate Pad
Bushing:Feed
Ground Plate:Rear
One-way Clutch
Magnetic Clutch
Bracket:Arm:Manual Feed:Rear
Arm:Manual Feed:Rear
Arm:Manual Feed:Short:Rear
Bushing - 6 6mm
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
1
1
1
1
2
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Part No.
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
AB01 1416
B223 2608
AA14 0778
AF03 2046
G080 2900
B180 2871
AA06 3499
AA06 0872
B223 2681
AB01 1223
B223 2686
B223 2683
B223 2689
B223 2696
Gear - 20Z
Gear:Z16
Shaft:Separator:Drive
Separation Roller - Manual Feed
Torque Limiter
Shaft:Separator:Driven:Ass'y
Pressure Spring
Spring
Arm:Tightener
Idler Gear - 25z
Gear:Z31
Gear:25Z
Gear:Z28
Drum Stay:Drive
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
0451 3006N
0450 3008N
0452 3008N
0353 0040N
0454 3008Q
0451 3008N
0360 3006N
0805 0089
0805 0088
1105 0522
1102 6248
1105 0551
1105 0511
Tapping Screw - 3x6

Screw - M3X4
Tapping Screw:3x8
Screw - M3X6
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M6
Connector - 5P
Clamp:LES-0505
61
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
manuals4you.com
26.Toner Supply Unit 1 (B222/B224)
M
102
102
A
101
102
A
102
102
2
103 12
102
13
103
101
10
12
103
13 103
3
101
10
103
8
10
7
9
103
13
3
3
103
M
4
C
B222/B224
12
103
12
13
103
6
11
103
Y
103
3
103
101
62

Index
No.
*
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Part No.
B223 3400
B238 5051
B223 3470
AA08 2101
B223 3426
B223 3424
B223 3441
B223 3461
B223 3462
B223 3464
B223 3457
B223 3455
B223 3428
B223 3463
B222/B224
Description
Toner Supply Drive Unit
PCB:RFID:RW
Rfid Ground Plate
Bushing - 6x10x6
Shaft:Drive:Drive Unit:CM
Shaft:Drive:Drive Unit:BKY
Timing Belt:Toner Bottle
Pulley:Toner Bottle:YC
Pulley:Toner Bottle:CM
Gear:Magnetic Clutch:Y
Magnetic Clutch - 0.25n.m YCM
Magnetic Clutch - 0.25n.m BK
Spring:Drive Unit:Toner Bottle
Gear:Toner Bottle:DRIVE
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
1
1
1
8
3
1
2
3
2
1
3
1
4
4
101
102
103
Part No.
Description
Qty Per
Assembly

0720 0040E Retaining Ring - M4
63
manuals4you.com

9
105
103
C
101 104
101
104
105
101
101
101
101
Y
10
104
10
101
101
10
11
10
102 M
4
4
11
102 C
11
102 Y
102
11
K
B222/B224
64

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Part No.
Description
B223 6140 Drawer:Intermediate Transfer:Ass'y

B223 5304 Harness:IOB:Toner Supply:CL
B223 5310 Harness:P.p:High Voltage Line:T/TS
AW02 0185 Toner End Sensor
B223 3211 Pump Unit - BK
B223 3204 Pump Unit - M
B223 3203 Pump Unit - C
B223 3202 Pump Unit - Y
B223 3206 Tube Clamp
B223 3205 Nozzle Ass'y
B223 3209 Tube Clip
B222/B224
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
4
4
4
101
102
103
104
105
0451 3008N
0450 3012N
1102 6259
1102 6245
0454 3006Q
Description
Qty Per
Assembly

Tapping Screw:3x12
Connector - 2P
Relay Connector - 2P
65
manuals4you.com
28.Paper Separation (B222/B224)

101
102
5
11
102
12
102
101
13
14
15
101
101
20
101
B
19
101
18
104
17
104
104
9
106
16
25
104
103
A
102
23
21 6
10
24
102
102
30
22
18
26
27
105
106
21
31
32
34
101
28
29
33
102
B222/B224
66
28.Paper Separation (B222/B224)

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
Part No.
B223 4555
B223 4554
B223 4557
B223 6322
B223 6323
B223 6306
B223 6320
B223 4559
AA08 0254
B223 4556
B223 6263
B223 6289
B223 6285
B223 6327
B223 6281
B223 4553
B223 4552
B223 6317
AZ30 0058
B223 4561
AA08 2145
B223 4542
B223 4541
B223 4551
B223 6290
B238 4739
AW01 0118
B238 4733
B223 4394
B223 4558
B223 6319
B223 6308
B223 6321
B223 4545
B222/B224
Description
Sheet:Transport Unit
Bracket:Guide Plate
Harness:Ground Wire
Lever Shaft - Front
Lever Shaft - Rear
Release Lever
Lever Bracket - Middle
Driven Roller:Dia16
Bushing - M4
Compression Spring
Transfer/Separation Unit:AP:Ass'y
Terminal
Transfer Roller Terminal
Sheet:Case:Lower
Transfer Roller Case
Tension Spring:Driven Roller
Bushing:Dia4
Ground Wire - Power Pack
Power Pack:D
Harness - Second Transfer Unit
Bushing - 8x12x7
Torsion Spring:Front
Torsion Spring:Rear
Guide Plate:Transfer Unit:Holder
Drum Stay - Rear
Cover - Entrance Sensor
Paper Feed Sensor
Entrance Sensor Bracket
Decal:Warning (high Temperature)
Sheet:Harness
Spring Cap
Transfer Spring
Spring Anchor
Guide Pin:Holder
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
0451 3006N
0450 3008N
0452 3008N
0720 0030E
0720 0060E
1105 0511
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Retaining Ring - M3
Retaining Ring - M6
67
manuals4you.com
29.Fusing unit 1 (B222/B224)
101
3
1
101
101
102
4
101
102
B222/B224
68
Rev. 01/23/2007

Index
No.
*
*
1
1
2
3
4
Part No.
B223 4013
B223 4014
AX43 0156
AX43 0157
B223 4172
B223 4177
B223 4162
B222/B224
Description
Fusing Section:NA:Ass'y [TSB#006]
Fusing Section:EU:Ass'y [TSB#006]
Heater:120V:500W
Heater:230V:500W
Thermistor:Fusing:Ass'y
Thermistor:Pressuer:Ass'y
Thermostat:149c/150c
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
101
102
Part No.
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
0954 3008N Screw - M3X8

0353 0060N Bind Screw - M3x6
69
manuals4you.com
Rev. 01/23/2007
101
100
103
12
5
11
104
10
100
13
14
15
16
17
8
103
102
4
101
7
18
6
26
16
27
20
19
100
25
21
17
100
100
11
22
23
28
21
B222/B224
24
70
100
Rev. 01/23/2007

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Part No.
AB01 0088
B223 4235
B223 4221
AE03 1046
AE03 0069
AE01 0059
AE03 0071
AE02 0115
B223 4226
AB01 2044
B223 4233
AB01 1249
AB01 2045
AB01 7703
AA14 3526
AE03 1065
AA06 3954
AB01 2051
AE03 1062
B223 4181
AA06 3953
AE04 0066
AE04 0069
AE03 1061
B223 4232
AB01 0118
B223 4072
B2234266
B222/B224
Description
Gear:Sensor:Turn
Roller:Ferrite Core:Ass'y
Fusing Belt:Dia60:Adhesion
Bushing:Heat Roller
Ball Bearing:Dia12xdia21x7
Hot Roller:Dia35
Pressure Roller:Dia40
Roller:Belt Tensioner:Dia12
Gear:Hot Roller
Spacer:Heat Roller
Gear:Turn:Ferrite Core:Z16
Gear:Pressure Roller
Gear:Drive:Fusing
Stepped Screw - M3
Bushing:Fusing Sub-unit
Compression Spring:Belt Tensioner
Gear:Idler:Pressure Roller
Rear Bushing - Oil Supply Roller
Bracket:Oil Supply Roller
Compression Spring:Oil Supply Roller
Cleaning Roller - Oil Supply Roller
Oil Supply Roller [TSB#006]
Front Bushing - Oil Supply Roller
Encoder:Ferrite Core:Change
Gear:Turn:Sensor
Screw:Positioning Control
Holder: Pickoff Pawl: Assy [TSB#006]
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
100
101
102
103
104
0353 0060N
0720 0040E
0725 0100E
0725 0170E
0725 0120E
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Bind Screw - M3x6

Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring C - M10
71
manuals4you.com

20
105
6
107
21
107
4
2
105
19
1
107
5
3
107
102
109
11
106
101
7
107
16
13 14 15
101
104
17
18
109
104
16
11
108
18
17
12
24
22
103
101
101
B222/B224
101
10
107
23
104
72

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
21
22
23
24
Part No.
GX64 0021
B223 1336
B223 4311
B223 4312
B223 4310
5447 2768
B223 1328
AX65 0045
GW02 0020
B223 4329
B223 4337
B223 4328
B223 4308
AA06 3438
B223 4307
AA06 3439
B223 4327
B223 4336
B223 4301
B223 4303
B223 4349
B223 4011
B223 4360
B223 4341
B223 4397
B222/B224
Description
Fan Motor DC24V 1.92W
Duct:Exit
Holder:Coil:Front Lower
Holder:Coil:Rear Lower
Stay:IH:Holder
Stepped Screw - M3
Bracket:Fan:Ih
Sirocco Fan:DC24V 2.6W
Bracket:Sensor:Machine Or Copier
Bracket:Pin
Bracket:Sensor:Turn
Bracket:Pressure:Coil
Compression Spring
Guide:IH:Upper
Compression Spring:Lever
Lever:Lock:Fusing Unit
Supporter:Fusing Unit
Frame:Coil:Front
Frame:Coil:Rear
IH Coil Unit
IH Coilunit:EU
Holder:Fusing Unit:Ass'y
Guide:Fusing Unit
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
0451 3006N
0451 3008N
0451 3010N
0353 0060N
0452 3008N
0454 3006Q
0353 0040N
1105 0516
0805 0088
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Tapping Screw - 3x6

Tapping Screw:3x10
Bind Screw - M3x6
Screw - M3X4
Clamp
Retaining Ring - M6
73
manuals4you.com
32.Paper Exit Section 1 (B222/B224)
101
21
102
20
106
102
101
19
9
16
105
105
101
17
106
102
102
103
23
18
105
22
105
15
103
104
107
103
2
10
14
13
11
12
5
4
6
3
12
2
7
8
101
B222/B224
74

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Part No.
B223 4459
AA08 2101
AA04 3969
B223 4458
B223 4456
B223 4464
B238 4483
B223 4437
B223 4438
B223 4439
B223 4426
AW01 0107
B223 4454
B223 4461
H053 2208
B223 4452
B223 4447
B223 4451
B223 4467
B223 4444
B223 4441
B223 4468
B223 4450
B222/B224
Description
Gear:18Z
Bushing - 6x10x6
Gear:Pulley:Z18/T23
Spacer:Idler
Timing Pulley:23T
Screw
Inner Cover:Exit:Front
Inner Cover:Exit:Rear
Harness:IOB:Paper Exit Unit:C
Bracket:Sensor
Paper Feed Sensor
Transport Roller:Dia18
Guide Plate:Upper Right
Bushing - M4
Tension Spring:1.3n
Bracket:Gear:Coupling
Gear:Z14/Z40
Gear:Z20/Z32
Bracket:Stepper Motor:Gate
Stopper
Gear:Z14
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
0451 3006N
0453 3006N
0453 3010N
0720 0040E
0805 0092
1105 0516
1105 0511
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - 3m
Clamp
75
manuals4you.com
12
11
1
10
13
103
3
101
10
14
5
15
14
18
16
17
18
19
104
102
25
24
21
103
20
23
101
22
101
101
101
B222/B224
26
76

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
Part No.
B238 4987
B238 4985
B223 4453
AW02 0145
B223 4427
B223 4491
B223 4421
H053 2208
B223 4455
AA08 2101
AA04 3968
B223 4457
B223 4463
B223 4435
B223 4493
AA08 0156
B238 4458
B223 4428
B223 4488
AF04 0567
AF04 0566
B238 4436
B223 4436
B238 4454
AW01 0127
B223 4442
B222/B224
Description
Overflow Feeler
Overflow Feeler Shaft
Exit Roller
Ground Plate:Bracket:Sensor
Guide Plate:Upper Left
Bushing - M4
Transport Roller:Auxiliary
Bushing - 6x10x6
Gear:Pulley:Z27/T22
Timing Pulley:22T
Roller:Auxiliary:Driven:Dia16:pFA
Shaft:Pressure:Auxiliary
Bushing - M4
Compression Spring - Driven Roller
Roller:Guide:pFA
Guide Plate:Lower
Tension Roller
Tension Roller
Spring Plate - Exit Roller Outer
Spring Plate - Exit Roller
Sensor Bracket
Paper Feed Sensor
Stay:Protect
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
6
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
0450 3010N
0353 0100N
0452 3010N
0805 0092
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Screw-m3x10
Binding Self-tapping Screw:3x10
Retaining Ring - 3m
77
manuals4you.com
34.Duplex Unit 1 (B222/B224)

101
101
4
102
5
8
9
11
10
12
1
9
10
101
13
103
103
16
14
14
15
B222/B224
78

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Part No.
B223 4534
B223 4533
B223 4579
B223 4590
B223 4532
B223 4482
B223 4525
B223 4559
AA08 0254
B223 4538
AG07 0514
B223 4531
B223 4540
B223 2665
B223 2664
B223 4539
B222/B224
Description
Inner Cover:Duplex
Inner Cover:Duplex:Rear
Grip:Open And Close:Duplex Unit
Hook:Stopper
Tension Spring:Hook:Stopper
Inner Cover:Sensor
Tension Spring:Wire:180n
Driven Roller:Dia16
Bushing - M4
Compression Spring
Magnet Catch
Guide Plate:Cover
Cover:Duplex
Spring:Cover:Manual Feed
Cover:Manual Feed:Entrance
Sheet:Cover:Duplex
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
101
102
103
Part No.
Description
Qty Per
Assembly

0720 0030E Retaining Ring - M3
79
manuals4you.com

105
105
101
12
13
107
101
14
102
8
106
1
106
105
101
16
15
101
4
5
16
3
11
10
107
102
10
3
108
18
19
20
17
22
104
21
103
105
101
23
105
108
24
B222/B224
80

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Part No.
AA14 3807
B223 4483
AA08 2104
B223 4566
AW01 0107
B223 4559
B223 4560
B223 4552
AW02 0145
B223 4537
AB01 4161
B223 4562
B044 1847
B223 4564
B223 4526
B223 4586
B223 4572
AA10 1021
B223 4575
B223 4571
B223 4573
B044 1825
B223 4501
5840 3022
B222/B224
Description
Screw:A
Guide Plate:Upper:Gate
Bushing - 8x12x7
Bracket:Sensor:Entrance
Paper Feed Sensor
Driven Roller:Dia16
Bushing:Dia4
Reverse Roller:Feed Paper Again
Reverse Roller Gear
Tightener
Shoulder Screw
Spring:Tightener
Pulley:T30
Gear:Pulley:Z24/T40
Collar
Guide Plate:Right
Stopper Screw - M3
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
2
1
4
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
4
1
1
1
4
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
0451 3006N
0454 3006Q
0353 0100N
0720 0040E
1105 0511
0720 0030E
1105 0551
0805 0088
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Screw-m3x10
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M3
Clamp:LES-0505
Retaining Ring - M6
81
manuals4you.com

3
104
106
107
15
102
108
17
21
16
105
11
108
12
105
12
6
106
13
14
10
18
13
7
9
102
8
10
103
5
19
20
108
101
B222/B224
82

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Part No.
B223 4495
B223 4475
B223 4472
B223 4584
B223 4581
B223 4477
B223 4492
B223 4478
B223 4479
B223 4485
B223 4474
G060 4435
B223 4484
B223 4471
AW02 0145
AW50 0023
B223 4481
B223 4578
B223 4589
B223 4503
5447 2681
B222/B224
Description
Gate Pawl:Upper
Gate Pawl:Entrance
Gear:21Z
Tension Spring:Lever
DC Solenoid:Duplex
Lever:Gate Pawl:Upper
Decal:Open And Close
Stopper:Gate Pawl:Upper
Tension Spring:Gate Pawl:1.6n
Tension Spring:10n
Driven Roller:Dia16
Bushing - M4
Compression Spring:Driven Roller
Guide Plate:Open And Close
Push Switch
Bracket:Paper Exit Unit:Rear
Gate Pawl:Duplex
Guide Plate:Left Upper
Snap Ring
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
0451 3006N
0450 3008N
0805 0097
0805 0089
0720 0030E
1105 0551
0450 3010N
1105 0511
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Ring Separator
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M3
Clamp:LES-0505
83
manuals4you.com
10
102
14
1
15
1
101
1
11
103
101
102
12
10
101
104
101
6
13
10
102
7
102
4
10
8
104
9
5
B222/B224
10
102
84

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Part No.
AA06 1013
B223 4321
B223 4512
B223 4536
B223 4511
B223 4529
B223 4544
B223 4527
B223 4535
AA08 2101
B223 4513
B223 4543
B223 4502
B223 4514
B223 4320
B222/B224
Description
Tension Spring:Arm:Duplex
Arm:Front
Roller Clutch:T24
Pulley:T35/T33
Pulley:T26/T24
Roller Clutch:T26
Bushing - 6x10x6
Transport Roller:No.1
Guide Plate:Left Lower
Roller Clutch:T24
Arm:Rear
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
5
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
0451 3006N
0805 0089
1105 0511
0450 3008N
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Retaining Ring - M4
85
manuals4you.com
107
102
105
3
4
103
10
106
108
5
3
103
102
101
3
9
11
104
6
8
3
101
7
12
13
109
102
101
B222/B224
86
manuals4you.com
106

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Part No.
B223 2677
B223 2675
G060 2652
B223 2676
AF02 0646
B223 2648
B223 2649
B223 2641
B223 4522
B223 4587
B223 4594
B223 4595
B223 4596
B222/B224
Description
Sheet - Transport Sub-unit
Guide Plate - Vertical Transport
Bushing - M4
Spring - 11n
Guide Plate:Transport Unit:Exit
Spring:Pressure:5n
Roller:Driven:Dia16
Spacer:Wire:Stopper
Harness:Duplex Md
Shaft:Pulley:Wire
Pulley:DIA13
Bracket:Shaft:Pulley:Wire
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
6
4
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
0451 3006N
0450 3008N
0801 0149
0454 3006Q
1105 0568
1105 0511
1105 0516
1105 0508
0720 0040E
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Philips Pan Head Screw - M4x6
Clamp:LWSS-0504
Clamp
Retaining Ring - M4
87
manuals4you.com
39.Electrical Section 1 (B222/B224)

7
101
101
3
1
101
5
102
101
4
102
102
103 102
104
102
102
105
102
102
102
103
102
B222/B224
88

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Part No.
B223 5302
B223 5300
B223 5322
B223 5301
B223 5325
B223 5120
B223 5816
B222/B224
Description
Harness:IOB:Main:Upper
Harness:IOB:Main:Lower
Harness:IOB:1bin
Harness:IOB:Main:Middle
Harness:IOB:Counter:EXP
PCB:IOB
Plate:Rack:Auxiliary:Right
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
0451 3006N
0454 3006Q
1105 0489
1105 0487
1105 0490
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Tapping Screw - 3x6

Harness Clamp - LWS 1316
Harness Clamp
Harness Clamp - IWS-2218
89
manuals4you.com

102
101
101
101
101
2
103
105
3
104
18
101
4
101
101
18
101
101
101
105
14
6
101
12
101
10
101
16
9
101
101
17
106
11
101
107
B222/B224
13
15
101
90

Index
No.
1
2
3
3
4
5
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Part No.
B154 5879
B223 5225
B221 5247
B223 5246
B223 5248
B221 5245
B223 5244
B223 5347
B223 5725
B223 5812
B223 5321
G133 5328
B223 5320
B223 5807
B223 5113
B223 5327
B223 5747
B223 5808
B223 5809
B101 5993
B222/B224
Description
Plate:Cable
Harness:LD Unit:LD-Data:1LD
Harness:IPU:LD-Data:2LD
Harness:IPU:Sync Detector:Mirror
Harness:LD Unit:LD-Signal:1LD
Harness:IPU:LD-Signal:2LD
Harness:Power Supply Unit:C1
PCB:IPU
Hinge:Panel:Control Board
Harness:Connecting:BCU:SIO
Harness:EGB:TM/P:Sensor
Harness:IOB:BCU
Bracket:BCU
PCB:BCU
Harness:MB:OPU
PCB:MB:AP-C1
Supporter:Rapi:Upper
Supporter:Rapi:Lower
Interface Panel
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
0451 3006N
1105 0521
1105 0516
1105 0490
1105 0488
1105 0642
1407 6362
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Tapping Screw - 3x6

Clamp - LES-1017
Clamp
Harness Clamp
PCS-20S-V0
EEPROM:BR24L64-W
91
manuals4you.com
101
110
1
102
2
101
109
101
3
101
102
101
101
103
111
101
104
108
10
107
5
101
101
101
105
8
104
7
101
B222/B224
101
92
106

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
4
5
6
7
8
8
9
10
Part No.
B223 5857
B223 1239
B223 5861
AZ24 0109
AZ24 0110
B223 5336
B223 5345
B223 5332
B223 5331
B223 5338
AZ32 0165
B223 5333
B222/B224
Description
Bracket:Sw:Dehumidifier:Heater:Exp
Duct:Rear:Lower
Gasket:Etnw100-00505:L90
Power Supply Unit:494W:DOM/NA
Power Supply Unit:494W:EU/AA:APO-C1
Harness:PSU:JIGU
Harness:Power Supply Unit
Harness:PSU:SW:NA
Harness:AC:IH:Power Supply Unit
Harness:AC:IH:Power Supply Unit:EU
Power Pack:CB:APO-C/P:-80mic
Harness:AC:Inlet
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
0451 3006N
0451 3008N
0954 4008N
0454 3006Q
1105 0488
1105 0487
1105 0614
1105 0613
1102 8502
1204 2570
1105 0612
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Tapping Screw - 3x6

Screw - M4X8
Harness Clamp
Harness Clamp
Clamp - EDS-1710L-V0
Clamp:EDS-1010L-V0
Connector - 54679-1615
Rocker Switch:Sddje13200
Clamp:EDS-0704L-V0
93
manuals4you.com
10
11
106
14
101
13
105
15
12
102
102
101
1
1
102
109
7
109
8
16
17
18
107
104
4
104
5
108
B222/B224
104
104
104
103
94

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Part No.
B223 1317
AA06 3568
B223 5813
B223 5814
B223 1213
B223 1212
B223 1224
B223 1225
B223 1221
B223 5309
B223 5876
AA06 0151
B238 5867
B238 5875
B223 6395
GW02 0020
B223 5313
B223 1227
B222/B224
Description
Screw
Pressure Spring
Safety Switch Bracket
Bracket - Safety Switch Lever
DC Motor:Shutter:Ass'y
DC Motor Bracket
Torsion Spring
Shutter Link
Sensor Link Bracket
Harness:IOB:Connecting:TM/P:Sensor
Density Sensor:Ass'y
Tension Spring
Hook:Solenoid:Sensor:TM
DC Solenoid DC24V
Density Sensor
Harness:IOB:LD Unit:Shutter
Sensor Shutter Bracket
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
0451 3006N
0451 3008N
0451 3025N
0454 3006Q
0312 5040N
1105 0612
0353 0250N
1204 2709
0805 0088
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Tapping Screw - 3x6

Tapping Screw:M3x25
Screw - M2.5X4
Clamp:EDS-0704L-V0
Screw:M3X25
Switch - V-5F930DN
Retaining Ring - M6
95
manuals4you.com
43.Controller Unit (B222/B224)

101
5
19
17
3
18
17
101
12
18
13
102
14
101
101
104
11
9
7
101
10
15
101
11
101
103 15
101
101
101
101
101
101
B222/B224
16
101
96
Rev. 01/23/2007
43.Controller Unit (B222/B224)

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Part No.
B223 5736
B223 5734
B223 5735
B230 9590
B224 5741
G108 5020
B223 5090
B837 5700
B223 5827
B223 5822
B223 5864
B223 5862
B223 5821
B223 5824
B101 5993
B223 5823
G108 5108
G108 5107
B837 5001
B222/B224
Description
Harness: HDD: Power Source
Harness: HDD: Raid: Upper
Harness: HDD: Raid: Lower
NVRAM- Zero Counter [TSB#006]
Controller Board
PCB: DDR-DIMM: 512Mb
HDD Unit
Fan Motor: MM40x10:NMB: 1604KL-01W
Bracket: Fan: Control Board
Supporter: Lower
Gasket: EGUN1-0205: L45
Gasket: EGUN1-0105: L240
Rack: Inner Back: Auxiliary: Left Lower
Cover: SD-Card
Interface Panel
Grip: Rack: Left Lower
Right Guide 1
Left Guide 1
SD-Card: Printer/Scanner
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
0451 3006N
0451 3014N
0353 0060N
1105 0612
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Tapping Screw - 3x6

Tapping Screw: 3x14
Bind Screw - M3x6
Clamp: EDS-0704L-V0
97
manuals4you.com
44.Drive Section 1 (B222/B224)
104
104
101
101
104
104
102
5
102
7
19
104
105
8
102
9
102
102
7
104
9
17
102
102
102
14
107 102
13
9
102
106
102
9
12
10
102
102
11
107
16
14
102
18
13
10
15
103
11
B222/B224
101
103
98

Index
No.
*
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Part No.
Description
B223 1177 Drive Unit

B223 1236 Duct:Rear:1
AX64 0179 Fan Motor:DC24V 2.4W
AX05 0249 Brushless Motor DC24V8W
B223 1144 Holder:Positioning Sensor
AW02 0145 Photointerruptor:Flat
B223 5350 Harness:IOB:Connecting:Drum:Sensor
AX06 0308 Brushless Motor:DC24V 25W
AA10 0015 Snap Ring - M6
B223 1370 Holder:Magnetic Clutch
AX20 0300 Magnetic Clutch:0.5n.m
B223 1148 Shaft:Development
AB01 0367 Gear - 23Z
AX20 0299 Magnetic Clutch:0.5n.m
B223 1199 DC Motor 24V
GX06 0015 Brushless Motor:Drive:Paper Feed
B223 1364 Guide:Harness
AB01 0368 Gear:Development:NO.4
B222/B224
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
4
1
4
4
4
1
4
4
3
1
1
1
4
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
0451 3006N
0360 3006N
0360 3016N
0454 3006Q
0720 0060E
1105 0516
0720 0040E
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Tapping Screw - 3x6

Screw - M3X6
Screw - M3X16
Retaining Ring - M6
Clamp
Retaining Ring - M4
99
manuals4you.com

2
105
4
101
105
5
105
3
105
6
104
104
7
104
9
104
10
104
106
101
105
11
106
101
21
17
104
101
14
104
104
20
107
25
105
27
105
23
101
102
101
15
13
B222/B224
105
18
22
101
101
103
26
108
19
16
24
12
100

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
Part No.
B223 1206
B238 1143
B238 1089
B223 6507
AW50 0023
B238 2541
B238 2544
B238 5325
AX04 0154
B223 2730
B223 6481
B223 1174
AA06 0722
AB03 0551
AB03 0783
AA04 3583
B223 2722
B223 2721
AW50 0038
B238 2543
B223 5848
B238 5828
B238 5827
B223 5330
B238 1088
B223 1065
B223 5849
B222/B224
Description
Bracket:Connector:Heater
Guide:Connector:Heater:Imaging Unit
Cover - Positioning Pin
Set Sensor Bracket
Push Switch
Tray Cover - Right
Tray Cover - Middle
Harness - Paper Volume Sensor
DC Motor 24V
Paper Tray Stopper Ass'y
Rear Pipe Ass'y
Drive Unit:Collection Bottle
Tension Spring
Pulley:Idler:Fusing
Pulley - 34T
Timing Belt - S2M460
Cover
Bracket:Push Switch
Push Switch:Paper Size Sensor
Cover - Tray Left
Bracket:Base:Connector
Main Switch Sheet
Main Switch Bracket
Harness:AC:Switch
Cover - Connector
Connector Bracket
Cover:Connector:Heater
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
4
1
2
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
0451 3006N
0450 3008N
0801 0231
0454 3008Q
0454 3006Q
0802 5299
1204 2704
1102 8534
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Hexagonal Head Bolt W/Washer:M3x6
Tapping Screw:3x8
Switch - RS1A-AB11
Connector - QR/P17-14S-B
101
manuals4you.com
101
19
21
102
22
106
24
102
23
101
101
20
102
101
Option
101
5
13 101
14
7
8
104
104
17
103
9
15
107
16
102
11
105
18
101
102
6
10
B222/B224
102
12
102

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Part No.
GX64 0020
B223 1326
B223 1327
B223 5305
B223 5170
B223 5172
B223 2694
B700 2649
AB01 7493
B044 1825
B223 2691
AA10 1021
B223 2685
B238 1225
B238 1226
B238 1223
B223 1199
B223 1332
B223 5844
B223 5841
B223 5843
B223 5866
B223 5335
B223 5846
AX31 0045
B222/B224
Description
Fan Motor - DC24V
Duct:Fusing
Duct:Fusing:Rear
Harness:IOB:Connecting:IH
Invertor:IH
Invertor:IH:EU
Guide:Gear
Gear Pulley
Collar
Shaft
Cam
Holder
DC Motor 24V
Fan Motor - Mm60 DC24V
Bracket:Fan:Power Source:IH
Hinge:Application:Rack
Bracket:Rack:Application
Ground Wire:Rack:Right Lower:HF
Harness:IOB:Counter:Option:NA
Bracket:Total Counter
Total Counter:7fig:24V
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
0451 3006N
0454 3006Q
0353 0080N
0451 3030N
0802 5304
1105 0641
0805 0089
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Tapping Screw - 3x6

Screw:M3X8
Tapping Screw:3x30
Clamp
Retaining Ring - M4
103
manuals4you.com
18
19
3
102
20
101
2
102
4
3
101
101
101
101
9
102
21
10
22
102
11
6
12
102
5
13
17
14
102
102
13
105
101
104
102
15
103
16
106
B222/B224
104

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
Part No.
Description
B223 1189 Feed Drive Shaft

B223 1183 Grip Shaft
B223 1186 Drive Joint
B223 1354 Drum Stay:Drive Unit
AB01 7699 Gear - 33Z/44Z
AB01 1258 Gear - 38Z
AA04 3585 Timing Belt:40S3M162
AB03 0781 Timing Pulley - 28Z/30T
AB01 1259 Gear - 32Z
B223 1180 Bracket:Paper Feed
AX20 0289 Magnetic Clutch - 32z
B223 1187 Magnetic Clutch Bracket
GA08 0002 Bushing - 6mm
5447 2681 Snap Ring
AA16 1164 Cushion:Stepper Motor
B223 1188 Stepper Motor DC24V
AW14 0012 Temperature & Humidity Sensor
AA04 3601 Timing Belt - B40S2M118
AB03 0744 Timing Pulley - 27Z/40T
B223 1191 Bracket:Drive Unit:Registration
A232 4666 Cushion - Stepper Motor
B223 1350 Stepper Motor DC5.06V
B222/B224
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
2
1
2
2
1
1
2
1
2
2
4
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
0451 3006N
0454 3006Q
0451 4008N
0805 0089
1105 0488
0434 0100N
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Tapping Screw - 3x6

Tapping Screw:4x8
Retaining Ring - M4
Harness Clamp
Tapping Screw - 4x10
105
manuals4you.com

2
1
24
3
103
105
5
4
108
102
101
9
104
102
10
11
101
101
101
106
13
6
105
101
12
102
101
102
101
17
101
107
15
107
19
18
23
14
102
107
16
101
20
22
101
101
21
101
B222/B224
106

Index
No.
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Part No.
B223 5361
B223 5362
AA14 3576
B223 1069
B223 1342
B223 1341
B223 1332
B223 1324
B223 1323
GX06 0015
B223 1195
AB01 0377
AB01 0375
AB01 0376
B223 1362
B223 4343
AB01 1264
AA06 6178
B223 4315
AB01 7706
AB01 0138
B223 4318
B223 4317
AZ32 0154
B223 5342
B222/B224
Description
Harness:Fusing Unit (120V)
Screw:M3
Bracket:Drawer
Duct:Supply:Rear
Duct:Supply:Front
Duct:IH:Rear
Duct:IH:Front
Brushless Motor:Drive:Paper Feed
Bracket:Fusing Drive Sub-unit:Ass'y
Gear:Z27/Z78
Gearz120
Gear:Z27
Cover:Fusing Drive Unit:Lower
Ring:Gear:Heat Roller
Gear:Z24
Spring
Bracket:Drive:Gear
Gear:Z16/Z40
Gear:Z28
Power Pack:TTS:APO-C/P
Harness:AC:Scanner:Heater
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
0451 3006N
0454 3006Q
0954 4008N
1105 0487
1105 0516
0720 0060E
0720 0040E
1102 9782
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Tapping Screw - 3x6

Screw - M4X8
Harness Clamp
Clamp
Retaining Ring - M6
Retaining Ring - M4
Connector:51405-1819
107
manuals4you.com
49.Frame Section 1 (B222/B224)
103
1
101
103
2
12
101
7
5
101
102
101
103
6
102
104
11
5
10
9
101
101
B222/B224
108

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Part No.
Description
B223 6502 Used Toner Sensor Bracket

B223 6503 Used Toner Sensor Feeler
B238 5313 Harness - Used Toner Sensor
B223 1331 Bracket:Fan
B223 1332 Fan Motor - Mm60 DC24V
B223 5311 Harness:IOB:Fan Motor
B223 6496 Collection Bottle Rail
B238 5821 Bracket - Main Switch Handle
B238 5824 Slide Switch Cover
B238 5825 Power Source Switch Link
B223 6198 Cleaning Unit Rail
B222/B224
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
0451 3006N
0802 5308
0454 3006Q
0720 0030E
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Tapping Screw - 3x6

Tapping Screr:Fan
Retaining Ring - M3
109
manuals4you.com
103
5
105 1
105
5
103
2
8
10
101
11
102
101
9
102
103
103
12
14
13
103
17
18
103
101
20
103
103
17
18
103
103
103
19
15
103
103
101
103
21
103
16
22
101
B222/B224
104
110

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
Part No.
B223 6464
B223 6471
B223 6475
B223 6472
B223 6476
B223 6473
B223 6474
B223 6463
B223 6451
B223 1087
B223 1084
B223 1080
B223 1076
B223 6467
B223 1103
B223 1102
B223 1899
B223 1898
B223 1896
B223 1897
B223 1245
B223 1101
B222/B224
Description
Bushing - 6x10x6
Transport Screw Bracket
Bushing - 5x 10x2.5
Gear - 21Z
Bushing - Dia5
Transport Screw Shaft
Gear - 29Z
Gear - 20Z
Pipe:Front:Ass'y
Separation Plate - Upper Left
Separation Plate - Upper Middle Left
Separation Plate - Upper Middle Right
Separation Plate - Upper Right
Lever Bracket
Bracket:Hinge:Left
Bracket:Grip:Right Front
Imaging Unit Plate - Outer
Imaging Unit Plate - Inner
Imaging Unit Plate - Front
Imaging Unit Plate - Rear
Cap:Grip
Grip:Front
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
0451 3006N
0451 3016N
0454 3006Q
0802 5305
0805 0089
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Tapping Screw - 3x6

Retaining Ring - M4
111
manuals4you.com

101
101
104
15
6
101
101
103
101
101
101
2
3
4
101
101
103
10
101
7
101
11
101
12
13
101
102
105
14
101
101
104
106
.com
manuals4you
101
B222/B224
112

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Part No.
Description
B223 3305 Toner Cartridge Unit

B223 3328 Toner Cartridge Guide
B223 6145 Rail:Left:Intermediate Transfer
B223 6146 Rail:Right:Intermediate Transfer
B223 4342 Sheet:Harness
AA07 0080 Slide Rail:Fusing Unit
B223 1344 Sponge:IH:Fan
B223 1067 Bracket:Sensor:Front
B223 1068 Bracket:Sensor:Rear
B223 4331 Cover:Thermopile
AW10 0106 Thermopile
B223 5312 Harness:IOB:Fusing:Thermopile
B223 4332 Holder:Thermopile
B223 4314 Stay:Temperature Sensor:Fusing
B223 4391 Positioning Plate:Fusing Unit
B222/B224
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
0454 3006Q
0451 3006N
0450 3008N
0353 0040N
0353 0120N
1105 0487
Description
Qty Per
Assembly

Tapping Screw - 3x6
Screw - M3X4
Screw M3x12
Harness Clamp
113
manuals4you.com
101
3
5
103
101
101
2
102
101
101
9
6
101
8
101
10
101
101
10
101
7
10
B222/B224
114

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Part No.
B223 2710
B223 2705
B238 1066
B223 2702
B223 2703
B223 1207
B223 1120
B223 2714
B223 2715
AA16 1163
B101 1097
B222/B224
Description
Supporter - Left No.2
Rubber Foot Cover
Heat Sink:Heater:NA
Heat Sink:Heater:EU
Bracket:Paper Feed Unit
Positioning Cap - Short
Supporter - Right
Cushion
Rubber Foot:H5
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
6
101
102
103
Part No.
Description
Qty Per
Assembly

0802 5299 Tapping Screw - M3x8
115
manuals4you.com
53.IOB Board (B222/B224)
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL
NO.
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
INDEX
NO.
252
188
188
255
189
SYMBOL
NO.
--C12
C13
C14
C15
INDEX
NO.
--182
255
255
253
SYMBOL
NO.
C21
C22
C23
C24
C25
INDEX
NO.
255
255
249
249
255
SYMBOL
NO.
C31
C32
C33
C34
C35
INDEX
NO.
255
188
255
194
188
SYMBOL
NO.
C41
C42
C43
C44
C45
INDEX
NO.
189
189
182
182
251
SYMBOL
NO.
C51
C52
C53
C54
C55
INDEX
NO.
255
250
188
250
250
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
C61
C62
C63
C64
C65
255
188
255
255
188
C6
C7
C8
C9
C10
253
185
185
185
182
C16
C17
C18
C19
C20
253
255
255
252
255
C26
C27
C28
C29
C30
188
255
188
188
255
C36
C37
C38
--C40
188
255
188
--183
C46
C47
----C50
251
253
----255
C56
C57
C58
C59
C60
188
255
188
188
255
C66
C67
C68
C69
C70
188
248
255
188
255
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL
NO.
C71
C72
C73
C74
C75
INDEX
NO.
188
188
255
255
255
SYMBOL
NO.
C81
C82
C83
C84
C85
INDEX
NO.
182
254
184
188
188
SYMBOL
NO.
C91
C92
C93
C94
C95
INDEX
NO.
255
188
255
255
188
SYMBOL
NO.
C101
C102
C103
C104
C105
INDEX
NO.
188
255
255
188
255
SYMBOL
NO.
C111
C112
C113
C114
C115
INDEX
NO.
188
255
255
186
255
SYMBOL
NO.
C121
C122
C123
C124
C125
INDEX
NO.
255
255
188
188
188
SYMBOL
NO.
C131
C132
C133
C134
C135
INDEX
NO.
188
255
255
254
255
--C77
C78
C79
C80
--255
188
187
189
C86
C87
C88
C89
C90
255
253
255
194
255
C96
C97
C98
C99
C100
255
255
255
188
188
C106
C107
C108
C109
C110
194
255
248
188
255
C116
C117
C118
C119
C120
255
255
188
188
188
C126
C127
C128
C129
C130
188
255
194
255
255
C136
C137
C138
C139
C140
255
255
255
188
188
B222/B224
116
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C141
255
C142
248
C143
255
C144
188
C145
188
C146
C147
C148
C149
C150
188
188
188
254
188
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL
NO.
C211
C212
C213
C214
C215
INDEX
NO.
255
188
188
252
194
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C151
255
C152
188
C153
255
----C155
183
C156
C157
C158
C159
C160
C166
C167
--C169
C170
252
252
--188
188
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C171
188
C172
188
C173
188
C174
188
C175
188
C176
C177
C178
C179
C180
252
188
252
252
255
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C181
188
C182
251
C183
251
C184
255
C185
255
C186
C187
C188
C189
C190
255
251
255
188
252
CA
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C191
255
C192
188
C193
188
C194
255
C195
255
C196
C197
C198
C199
C200
255
255
255
255
255
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C201
C202
C203
C204
C205
255
255
188
188
253
C206
C207
C208
C209
C210
253
188
252
251
252
CONNECTOR
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
CA1
193
CA2
192
CA3
192
CA4
193
CA5
193
CA6
CA7
CA8
CA9
CA10
B222/B224
255
251
253
188
251
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
----C162
251
C163
255
C164
188
C165
252
193
193
191
191
191
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
CA11
191
CA12
193
CA13
190
CA14
190
----CA16
CA17
CA18
CA19
---
193
193
193
193
---
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
--------CA23
193
CA24
192
CA25
192
CA26
CA27
CA28
CA29
CA30
193
193
193
193
193
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
CA31
192
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
CN201
103
----CN203
130
CN204
129
CN205
120
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
----CN212
112
----CN214
120
CN215
115
----CN208
CN209
CN210
CN216
CN217
CN218
CN219
---
117
----128
114
125
126
117
119
113
---
manuals4you.com
CONNECTOR
DIODE
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
CN221
122
CN222
124
CN223
121
CN224
123
CN225
127
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
----CN232
110
CN233
102
CN234
104
-----
--CN227
CN228
CN229
---
CN236
CN237
CN238
CN239
---
--109
130
132
---
FILTER
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
FIL4
195
-----------
-----------
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
--------CN253
124
CN254
104
---------------
-----------
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
----CN262
118
CN263
119
CN264
119
CN265
121
CN266
CN267
CN268
123
116
131
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
D1
145
----D3
145
D4
145
D5
145
D6
D7
D8
--D10
145
145
145
--144
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15
144
145
145
146
145
D16
D17
D18
D19
D20
145
143
143
145
145
IC
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
IC1
160
IC2
160
IC3
160
IC4
160
IC5
170
IC6
IC7
IC8
--IC10
B222/B224
112
106
107
107
---
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
CN241
101
CN242
108
CN243
105
CN244
111
-----
169
156
154
--168
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
IC11
168
IC12
152
IC13
152
IC14
152
IC15
152
IC16
IC17
IC18
IC19
IC20
155
155
167
151
166
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
IC21
153
IC22
161
IC23
161
IC24
161
IC25
162
IC26
IC27
IC28
IC29
---
118
156
154
171
156
---
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
IC31
165
IC32
152
IC33
163
IC34
164
IC35
152
IC36
IC37
IC38
IC39
IC40
153
158
153
155
155
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
IC41
153
IC42
157
IC43
157
--------IC46
------IC50
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
IC51
167
IC52
156
IC53
152
159
------163
LED
SYMBOL
NO.
LED1
LED2
Q
INDEX
NO.
150
149
OSC
SYMBOL
NO.
OSC1
INDEX
NO.
173
RESISTOR
SYMBOL
NO.
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
INDEX
NO.
134
142
136
136
136
SYMBOL
NO.
Q11
Q12
Q13
Q14
Q15
INDEX
NO.
138
138
138
138
137
SYMBOL
NO.
------Q24
Q25
INDEX
NO.
------141
134
SYMBOL
NO.
Q31
Q32
Q33
Q34
Q35
INDEX
NO.
133
133
134
140
134
SYMBOL
NO.
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
INDEX
NO.
210
209
210
209
210
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
R11
R12
R13
R14
R15
209
210
236
211
211
Q6
Q7
Q8
Q9
Q10
136
134
134
139
136
Q16
Q17
Q18
Q19
---
140
137
133
135
---
Q26
Q27
Q28
-----
134
134
134
-----
Q36
134
R6
R7
R8
R9
R10
214
214
214
214
236
R16
R17
R18
R19
R20
214
214
214
214
209
RESISTOR
SYMBOL
NO.
R21
R22
R23
R24
R25
INDEX
NO.
209
203
203
236
203
SYMBOL
NO.
R31
R32
R33
R34
R35
INDEX
NO.
210
203
210
210
233
SYMBOL
NO.
--R42
R43
R44
R45
INDEX
NO.
--219
210
220
210
SYMBOL
NO.
R51
R52
R53
R54
R55
INDEX
NO.
221
225
219
223
223
SYMBOL
NO.
--R62
R63
R64
R65
INDEX
NO.
--210
207
225
210
SYMBOL
NO.
R71
R72
R73
R74
R75
INDEX
NO.
210
224
224
221
221
SYMBOL
NO.
R81
R82
R83
R84
R85
INDEX
NO.
209
222
225
225
226
R26
R27
R28
R29
R30
209
236
239
210
210
R36
R37
R38
R39
R40
229
210
210
210
198
R46
R47
R48
R49
R50
210
225
218
210
221
R56
R57
R58
R59
R60
210
224
224
210
210
R66
R67
--R69
R70
210
210
--207
210
R76
R77
R78
R79
R80
209
222
210
213
220
R86
R87
R88
R89
R90
226
224
209
209
210
B222/B224
119
manuals4you.com
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R91
210
R92
227
R93
246
R94
229
R95
209
R96
R97
R98
R99
R100
210
200
225
200
209
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R101
207
R102
210
R103
210
----R105
210
R106
--R108
R109
R110
207
--210
207
210
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
----R112
210
R113
225
R114
210
R115
225
R116
R117
R118
R119
R120
210
225
210
224
209
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R121
219
R122
210
R123
219
R124
210
R125
219
R126
R127
R128
R129
R130
219
219
210
219
225
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R131
225
R132
209
R133
210
R134
210
R135
209
R136
R137
R138
R139
R140
210
209
210
210
210
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R141
210
R142
212
R143
209
R144
225
R145
209
R146
R147
R148
R149
R150
210
225
225
225
210
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R151
R152
R153
R154
R155
210
219
210
210
210
R156
--R158
R159
R160
203
--203
210
209
RESISTOR
SYMBOL
NO.
----R163
R164
R165
R166
R167
R168
R169
R170
B222/B224
INDEX
NO.
----210
210
210
210
221
221
225
209
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R171
210
R172
210
R173
209
R174
205
R175
210
R176
R177
R178
R179
R180
220
220
222
209
202
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
----R182
210
R183
206
R184
210
R185
209
R186
R187
R188
R189
R190
210
209
209
210
209
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R191
211
R192
216
R193
216
R194
210
R195
209
R196
R197
R198
R199
R200
120
225
210
225
222
209
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R201
203
R202
203
R203
203
R204
203
R205
221
R206
R207
R208
R209
R210
210
221
224
210
209
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R211
219
R212
210
--------R215
210
R216
--R218
--R220
210
--210
--221
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R221
221
R222
221
R223
221
R224
210
R225
203
R226
R227
R228
R229
R230
210
210
210
203
241
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R231
231
R232
227
R233
210
R234
210
R235
210
R236
R237
R238
R239
R240
210
209
228
224
210
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R241
210
R242
210
R243
210
R244
224
R245
209
R246
R247
R248
R249
R250
209
209
210
210
203
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R251
210
R252
203
R253
218
R254
221
R255
221
R256
R257
R258
R259
R260
209
209
210
210
209
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R261
210
R262
224
R263
210
R264
225
R265
219
R266
R267
R268
R269
R270
219
219
210
224
209
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R271
209
R272
209
R273
210
R274
210
R275
210
R276
R277
R278
R279
R280
210
213
219
210
203
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R281
210
R282
210
R283
217
R284
221
R285
221
R286
R287
R288
R289
R290
221
210
210
209
210
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R291
R292
R293
R294
R295
210
210
210
225
210
R296
--R298
R299
R300
203
--215
222
235
RESISTOR
SYMBOL
NO.
R301
R302
R303
--R305
R306
R307
R308
R309
R310
B222/B224
INDEX
NO.
243
242
203
--243
234
247
243
237
244
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R311
210
R312
243
R313
240
R314
230
R315
210
R316
R317
R318
R319
R320
210
199
232
209
210
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R321
204
R322
209
R323
204
R324
210
R325
204
R326
R327
R328
R329
R330
210
204
238
236
236
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
------------R334
245
R335
209
R336
--R338
R339
R340
225
--207
225
225
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R341
225
R342
210
----R344
201
R345
209
R346
R347
R348
R349
R350
210
210
209
236
209
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R351
236
R352
239
R353
245
R354
211
R355
223
--R357
--R359
R360
121
--210
--210
210
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R361
210
R362
223
R363
205
R364
210
R365
210
R366
R367
R368
R369
R370
210
220
220
209
208
manuals4you.com
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R371
208
R372
208
REG
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
REG1
172
RN
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
RN1
174
RN2
179
RN3
181
RN4
181
RN5
174
RN6
RN7
RN8
RN9
RN10
179
179
174
174
174
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
RN11
174
RN12
174
RN13
174
RN14
179
RN15
179
RN16
RN17
RN18
RN19
RN20
179
196
174
174
179
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
RN21
174
RN22
174
RN23
174
RN24
174
RN25
179
RN26
RN27
RN28
RN29
RN30
175
176
176
176
176
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
RN31
175
RN32
175
RN33
179
RN34
196
RN35
179
RN36
RN37
RN38
RN39
RN40
174
179
174
179
196
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
RN41
179
RN42
196
RN43
174
RN44
196
RN45
174
RN46
RN47
RN48
RN49
RN50
176
176
176
176
176
RN
SYMBOL
NO.
RN61
RN62
RN63
RN64
RN65
RN66
RN67
RN68
RN69
RN70
B222/B224
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
RN51
RN52
RN53
RN54
RN55
174
176
176
196
196
RN56
RN57
RN58
RN59
RN60
178
178
178
178
174
ZD
INDEX
NO.
176
174
178
178
196
174
174
176
176
179
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
RN71
179
RN72
197
RN73
179
RN74
179
RN75
174
RN76
RN77
RN78
RN79
RN80
174
179
177
177
177
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
RN81
176
RN82
176
RN83
175
RN84
174
RN85
174
RN86
RN87
RN88
RN89
RN90
174
174
175
179
174
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
RN91
174
RN92
174
RN93
174
RN94
174
RN95
175
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
RN101
176
RN102
176
RN103
174
RN104
179
RN105
180
RN96
RN97
RN98
--RN100
RN106
RN107
RN108
RN109
RN110
122
175
176
176
--176
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
RN111
179
RN112
179
RN113
196
RN114
179
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
ZD1
147
ZD2
147
ZD3
147
ZD4
147
ZD5
148
174
178
178
179
174

Index
No.
*
Part No.
B223 5120
B222/B224
Description
PCB:IOB
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
1102 6300
1102 6397
1102 6594
1102 8470
1102 8471
1102 8472
1102 8477
1102 8479
1102 8480
1102 8481
1102 8484
1102 8488
1102 8490
1102 8491
1102 8494
1102 8623
1102 8781
1102 8933
1102 9108
1102 9109
1102 9110
1102 9111
1102 9112
1102 9113
1102 9114
1102 9117
1102 9119
1102 9120
1102 9121
1102 9122
1102 9601
1103 3179
1400 0769
1400 0775
1400 0788
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Connector - 7P
Box Header
Connector - 10P
Connector - 13P
Connector - 15P
Connector:292207-2
Connector - 1-292207-2
Connector:292207-5
Connector:2-353297-0
Connector 2-292208-6
Connector:FH12-50S-0.5SV(89)
Transistor - 2SA1576A
Transistor - 2SC4081
Transistor:DTB113ZK
123
manuals4you.com
Index
No.
Part No.
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
1400 0810
1400 0920
1400 0968
1400 1012
1400 1140
1400 1141
1401 0972
1402 1289
1402 1385
1402 1503
1402 1584
1402 1663
1402 1952
1403 0978
1403 0996
1407 1535
1407 2187
1407 2219
1407 5351
1407 5392
1407 5469
1407 5790
1407 6077
1407 6101
1407 6167
1407 6181
1407 6196
1407 6197
1407 6314
1407 6318
1407 6395
1408 1204
1408 1535
1408 1550
1408 1779
B222/B224
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Transistor - DTC114EUA
Transistor: DTA123JUA
Transistor:2SD2656
Transistor - 2SA1577R
Transistor - 2SD1949
Transistor-2sb1260
Diode-array
Diode Dap222
Diode - 1SS400
Diode - DAN217U
Diode - ZTP12B
Diode - TDZ12
LED - SML-310DT
LED - SML-310VT
IC - TD62308AP
TTLIC - SN74LS07NS
IC - TD62003AP
IC - SN74LV14APW
IC:SN74LV541APW
IC - SN74LV07APW
CMOS Logic - SN74AHC2G08HDCU
IC - STA7101M
IC - SN74LVC2G17DCK
IC - EIO
Motor Control Ic:Stk672-600
Driver:M54563p
Motor Control Ic:Tb6561ng
CMOS Logic:SN74AHC1G00DCK
CMOS Logic:SN74AHC2G00HDCU
IC - TA8083P
Transisitor Array - M54585p
IC - LM2902PW
IC - R3112Q281A
124
Index
No.
Part No.
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
1408 2029
1408 2122
1503 1004
1601 7887
1601 7896
1601 7898
1601 7900
1601 7943
1601 7959
1601 7981
1601 7984
1604 2237
1604 4477
1604 4666
1604 4825
1604 5452
1604 5453
1605 1137
1605 1148
1605 1479
1605 1481
1605 1482
1605 1531
1605 1597
1607 1002
1609 0006
1609 0070
1610 1409
1610 1750
1610 1771
1610 1947
1633 0000
1634 0000
1650 2680
1650 2682
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Comparator:LM2901PW
Series Regulator - R1130h331a-fb
Oscilator - 19.6608mhz
Resistor Array - 10K 5% 1/32W
Resistor Array - 56 5% 1/32W
Resistor Array
Resistor Array - 0 5%
Resistor
Resistor Array - 100K 5%1/16W
Capacitor - 22K 5% 1/16W
Capacitor 100F35v
Capacitor - 10F20% 35V
Capacitor:47mf:20%:35V
Capacitor:47uf:20%:10V
Capacitor - 470pF 10% 50V
Capacitor - 0.1F+80-20% 50V
Capacitor - 47pF 10%:50V
Capacitor:1000pF:20%:50V
Capacitor:2.2uf:+80-20%:50V
IC - NFM60R30T222
Registor:10k :5%:1/16w
Resistor Array:1m O:5%:1/16W
Chip Resistor - 6.8 5%
Chip Resistor:1komh 1%:1/2w
Chip Resistor:1 5%:1w
Resistor:220 :5%:1W
Resistor - 0 1/10W
Resistor - 0 1/16W
Resistor - 68 5% 1/4W
Resistor - 6.8K 5% 1/4W
Index
No.
Part No.
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
1650 3153
1650 4100
1650 4101
1650 4102
1650 4103
1650 4104
1650 4105
1650 4122
1650 4154
1650 4161
1650 4162
1650 4202
1650 4220
1650 4222
1650 4223
1650 4330
1650 4472
1650 4473
1650 4560
1650 4680
1650 4681
1654 1002
1654 1003
1654 1004
1654 1101
1654 1201
1654 1500
1654 1501
1654 1601
1654 2001
1654 2002
1654 2401
1654 2741
1654 3741
1654 4300
B222/B224
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Resistor:15k:5%:1/8W
Resistor - 1005%1/10W
Resistor - 1K 5% 1/10W
Resistor - 100K5%1/10W
Resistor - 1M 5% 1/10W
Resistor 150k 5% 1/10w
Resistor - 160 5% 1/10W
Chip Resistor - 22 5% 1/10w
Resistor - 2.2K5%1/10W
Resistor - 680 5% 1/10W
Chip Resistor - 1m 1% 1/10w
Resistor - 1501 %1/10W
Resistor - 1.5K 1% 1/10W 1608
Chip Resistor - 1.6k1% 1/10w
Chip Resistor - 2k 1% 1/10w
Chip Resistor:3.74k
Resistor - 430 1% 1/10W
Index
No.
Part No.
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
1654 6200
1654 6201
1654 6801
1654 7501
1654 7871
1654 8201
1654 9101
1660 2101
1660 2150
1660 2220
1660 2470
1660 4102
1660 4472
1660 6103
1660 8104
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Resistor - 6201% 1/10W
Resistor - 6.8K1% 1/10W
Resistor - 7.5K1%1/10W-1608
Resistor:9.1k:1%:1/10W
Capacitor - 100pF - 10% - 50V
Capacitor - 4700pF10% 50V
Capacitor - 10000pF - +80%-20%50V
125
manuals4you.com
54.IPU Board (B222/B224)
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C1
234
------------C5
235
C6
C7
C8
C9
C10
169
168
171
247
169
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C11
168
C12
169
C13
169
C14
169
---------------
-----------
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C21
169
--------C24
247
C25
247
C26
C27
C28
C29
C30
178
178
178
178
178
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
----C32
178
C33
178
----C35
178
--C37
C38
C39
C40
--238
247
238
244
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C41
238
C42
238
C43
247
C44
179
------C47
C48
C49
C50
--243
247
243
243
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C51
243
------------C55
243
C56
C57
C58
C59
---
247
243
243
243
---
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C61
------C65
247
------171
C66
C67
C68
C69
C70
171
247
247
171
247
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL
NO.
C71
C72
C73
C74
C75
C76
C77
C78
C79
C80
B222/B224
INDEX
NO.
245
176
247
182
247
182
247
245
176
247
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C81
182
C82
245
C83
176
C84
247
C85
247
C86
C87
--C89
C90
247
247
--247
247
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C91
247
C92
169
C93
247
C94
181
C95
235
C96
C97
C98
--C100
247
160
181
--247
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C101
198
C102
247
--------C105
244
C106
C107
C108
C109
---
126
179
179
247
235
---
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
--------C113
247
C114
235
C115
244
C116
C117
C118
C119
C120
235
179
247
243
243
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C121
247
C122
243
C123
235
C124
243
C125
244
C126
C127
C128
--C130
247
179
179
--243
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C131
243
C132
243
C133
242
C134
242
C135
242
C136
C137
C138
C139
C140
242
247
243
247
170
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
----C142
198
C143
168
C144
178
C145
169
C146
C147
C148
C149
C150
178
178
178
178
178
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C151
178
C152
178
C153
247
C154
247
C155
247
C156
C157
C158
C159
C160
179
169
244
168
179
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C161
169
C162
244
C163
168
C164
247
C165
169
C166
C167
C168
C169
C170
179
169
169
244
168
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C171
168
C172
168
C173
244
C174
169
C175
179
C176
C177
C178
C179
C180
179
169
244
168
179
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C181
169
C182
244
C183
168
C184
247
----C186
C187
C188
C189
C190
247
247
247
169
244
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C191
235
C192
244
C193
247
C194
247
C195
247
C196
C197
C198
C199
C200
247
247
167
177
160
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C201
C202
C203
C204
C205
180
247
244
180
247
C206
C207
C208
--C210
247
247
159
--247
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL
NO.
--C212
C213
C214
C215
C216
C217
C218
C219
C220
B222/B224
INDEX
NO.
--247
175
247
168
175
175
247
175
247
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C221
247
C222
247
C223
247
C224
247
C225
247
C226
C227
C228
C229
C230
247
247
166
247
235
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C231
239
C232
247
C233
161
C234
165
C235
164
C236
C237
C238
C239
C240
247
164
165
247
247
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C241
247
C242
247
C243
163
C244
169
C245
247
C246
C247
C248
C249
C250
241
241
241
241
247
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C251
247
C252
247
C253
168
C254
244
C255
169
C256
C257
C258
C259
C260
179
169
168
247
179
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C261
169
C262
168
C263
168
C264
169
C265
247
C266
C267
C268
C269
C270
127
169
179
168
169
168
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C271
179
C272
169
C273
168
C274
168
C275
169
C276
C277
C278
C279
C280
169
169
179
169
168
manuals4you.com
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C281
179
C282
168
C283
169
C284
169
C285
179
C286
C287
C288
C289
C290
168
169
168
179
168
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C291
169
C292
169
C293
169
C294
168
C295
168
C296
C297
C298
C299
C300
169
179
168
179
169
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C301
168
C302
168
C303
169
C304
168
C305
241
C306
C307
C308
C309
C310
241
241
241
241
241
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C311
241
C312
241
C313
247
C314
244
C315
243
C316
C317
C318
C319
C320
243
244
247
243
244
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C321
247
C322
173
C323
243
C324
173
C325
244
C326
C327
C328
C329
C330
247
174
244
173
243
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C331
173
C332
247
C333
244
C334
243
C335
174
C336
C337
C338
C339
C340
244
243
243
244
247
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
------C344
C345
------247
247
C346
C347
C348
C349
C350
247
171
169
171
247
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL
NO.
C351
C352
C353
C354
C355
C356
C357
C358
C359
C360
B222/B224
INDEX
NO.
244
247
247
171
171
179
169
244
168
171
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C361
247
C362
247
C363
171
C364
243
C365
243
C366
C367
C368
C369
C370
244
244
243
244
174
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C371
173
C372
247
C373
247
C374
243
C375
173
C376
C377
C378
C379
C380
244
247
174
244
173
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C381
243
C382
247
C383
247
C384
173
C385
247
C386
C387
C388
C389
C390
128
244
243
244
244
243
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C391
243
C392
247
C393
247
C394
247
C395
247
C396
C397
C398
C399
C400
235
235
235
240
240
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
-------------------------------
-----------
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C411
235
----C413
168
C414
243
C415
247
C416
C417
C418
C419
C420
243
247
247
243
243
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C421
243
C422
243
C423
243
C424
247
C425
247
C426
C427
C428
C429
C430
247
247
243
247
243
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C431
243
C432
247
C433
247
C434
243
C435
243
C436
C437
C438
C439
C440
247
247
243
243
247
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C441
247
C442
243
C443
241
C444
247
C445
243
C446
C447
C448
C449
---
247
243
243
247
---
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C451
168
C452
243
----C454
247
----C456
C457
C458
C459
C460
241
241
241
241
168
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
----C462
235
C463
247
C464
247
C465
243
C466
C467
C468
C469
C470
243
247
243
243
243
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C471
247
C472
243
C473
243
C474
247
C475
168
----C478
C479
C480
----237
236
247
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C481
C482
C483
C484
C485
247
244
169
244
169
C486
C487
C488
C489
C490
247
171
247
247
247
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL
NO.
C491
C492
C493
C494
C495
C496
C497
C498
C499
C500
B222/B224
INDEX
NO.
171
242
242
242
242
242
168
247
247
247
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C501
247
C502
247
C503
247
C504
172
C505
172
C506
C507
C508
C509
C510
172
172
172
172
172
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C511
172
C512
172
C513
172
C514
172
C515
172
C516
C517
C518
C519
C520
172
235
235
235
235
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C521
235
C522
235
C523
235
C524
235
C525
246
C526
C527
C528
C529
C530
246
246
246
246
246
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C531
246
C532
246
C533
243
C534
243
C535
169
C536
C537
C538
-----
169
242
162
-----
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C551
243
C552
243
CONNECTOR
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
CN500
CN501
129
111
105
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
CN502
108
CN503
106
CN504
109
CN505
110
CN506
CN507
CN508
CN509
CN510
CN511
101
102
107
104
103
112
manuals4you.com
DIODE
FIL
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
D1
118
D2
118
D3
118
D4
119
FUSE
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
FIL1
183
FIL2
187
FIL3
183
FIL4
183
FIL5
183
FIL6
FIL7
FIL8
FIL9
---
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
FIL11
183
FIL12
183
FIL13
188
FIL14
183
FIL15
183
183
183
183
184
---
IC
FIL16
FIL17
FIL18
FIL19
FIL20
184
184
187
187
184
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
FIL21
183
FIL22
183
FIL23
187
FIL24
183
FIL25
187
FIL26
FIL27
FIL28
183
183
183
SYMBOL
NO.
--IC22
IC23
IC24
----IC27
IC28
--IC30
B222/B224
INDEX
NO.
--129
124
137
----143
125
--146
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
IC31
131
IC32
132
IC33
139
IC34
148
IC35
130
IC36
IC37
130
125
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
FU1
113
L6
L7
L8
-----
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
--------L13
186
185
189
185
-----
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
IC1
133
IC2
136
IC3
136
IC4
138
IC5
1
IC6
IC7
IC8
IC9
IC10
LED
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
------------L4
189
-----
IC
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
LED1
121
LED2
121
LED3
122
LED4
120
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
2
134
135
123
123
OSC
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
OSC1
150
--------OSC4
149
IC11
IC12
IC13
IC14
IC15
128
127
124
140
140
IC16
IC17
IC18
IC19
---
126
126
126
124
---
Q
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
Q1
115
Q2
114
Q3
114
Q4
114
Q5
116
Q6
130
117
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R1
201
R2
222
R3
219
R4
217
R5
202
R6
--R8
R9
R10
213
--207
221
221
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R11
202
R12
207
R13
221
R14
221
R15
208
R16
R17
R18
R19
R20
208
202
202
213
213
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R21
203
R22
211
R23
211
R24
202
R25
221
R26
R27
R28
R29
R30
202
221
197
197
197
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R31
197
R32
197
R33
197
R34
197
R35
197
R36
R37
R38
R39
R40
197
205
220
205
220
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R41
205
R42
220
R43
205
R44
220
R45
197
R46
----R49
R50
232
----232
232
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R51
232
R52
232
--------R55
232
R56
--R58
R59
---
232
--232
232
---
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R61
R62
R63
R64
R65
232
221
221
221
221
R66
R67
R68
R69
R70
199
211
217
211
199
RESISTOR
SYMBOL
NO.
R71
R72
R73
R74
R75
R76
R77
R78
R79
R80
B222/B224
INDEX
NO.
199
199
199
199
225
199
221
221
225
197
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R81
200
R82
200
R83
211
R84
211
R85
211
R86
R87
R88
R89
R90
211
202
202
202
227
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R91
197
R92
197
R93
197
R94
197
R95
197
--R97
--R99
---
--202
--211
---
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R101
211
----R103
211
R104
211
--------R108
--R110
----211
--211
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R111
207
R112
211
----R114
211
R115
197
--R117
R118
R119
R120
--211
211
202
197
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R121
225
R122
225
R123
225
R124
225
R125
228
R126
R127
R128
-----
131
229
197
225
-----
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
--------R133
225
R134
228
R135
225
R136
R137
R138
R139
R140
229
225
225
229
225
manuals4you.com
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R141
228
R142
225
R143
225
R144
202
R145
232
R146
R147
R148
R149
R150
202
202
225
225
225
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R151
225
R152
229
R153
228
R154
232
R155
197
R156
--R158
R159
R160
232
--232
200
202
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R161
197
R162
217
R163
232
R164
197
----R166
R167
R168
R169
R170
232
217
217
217
217
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R171
197
R172
197
R173
197
R174
197
R175
197
R176
R177
R178
R179
R180
197
197
201
197
205
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R181
221
R182
221
R183
221
R184
221
R185
217
R186
R187
R188
R189
---
201
201
202
197
---
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
--------R193
197
R194
202
R195
211
R196
R197
R198
R199
R200
202
211
221
221
202
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R201
R202
R203
R204
---
221
221
201
221
---
--R207
R208
R209
R210
--217
221
221
202
RESISTOR
SYMBOL
NO.
R211
--R213
R214
--R216
R217
R218
R219
---
B222/B224
INDEX
NO.
217
--202
201
--201
201
201
201
---
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
----R222
211
R223
211
R224
211
R225
211
R226
---------
211
---------
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
----R232
201
R233
210
R234
202
R235
202
R236
R237
R238
R239
R240
202
202
215
202
215
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R241
202
R242
215
R243
215
R244
202
R245
202
R246
R247
R248
R249
R250
132
215
215
202
202
202
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R251
202
R252
202
R253
202
R254
196
R255
196
R256
R257
R258
R259
R260
201
212
211
217
212
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R261
211
R262
223
R263
223
R264
214
R265
212
R266
R267
R268
R269
R270
211
211
211
202
230
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R271
233
R272
226
R273
151
----R275
211
R276
R277
R278
R279
R280
211
211
211
211
211
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R281
211
R282
211
----R284
202
R285
211
R286
R287
R288
R289
R290
217
217
211
211
211
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R291
211
R292
201
R293
202
R294
202
R295
202
R296
R297
R298
R299
R300
201
202
201
201
201
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R301
201
R302
201
R303
211
R304
211
R305
211
R306
R307
R308
R309
R310
211
211
211
211
211
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R311
211
R312
211
R313
211
R314
211
R315
211
R316
R317
R318
R319
R320
206
211
211
211
211
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R321
211
R322
211
R323
211
R324
211
R325
202
R326
R327
R328
R329
R330
202
201
202
202
215
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R331
202
R332
215
R333
202
R334
202
R335
202
R336
R337
R338
R339
R340
207
208
202
231
231
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R341
R342
R343
R344
R345
231
231
231
231
197
--R347
R348
--R350
--202
202
--202
RESISTOR
SYMBOL
NO.
R351
R352
R353
R354
R355
R356
R357
R358
R359
R360
B222/B224
INDEX
NO.
207
197
197
197
197
197
197
211
202
202
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R361
211
R362
197
R363
202
------------R368
R369
---
----197
211
---
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R371
197
--------------------R378
R379
R380
----211
201
202
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R381
202
R382
200
R383
202
R384
202
R385
211
R386
R387
R388
R389
R390
204
231
231
231
231
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R391
231
R392
231
R393
231
R394
231
R395
211
R396
R397
R398
R399
R400
200
211
209
211
211
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R401
211
R402
211
--------------R407
R408
R409
R410
133
--216
216
216
216
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R411
216
R412
216
R413
216
R414
216
R415
218
R416
R417
R418
R419
R420
218
218
218
224
224
manuals4you.com
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
------------R994
200
R995
200
R996
R997
R998
R999
212
211
211
217
REG
RN
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
REG2
147
REG3
145
REG4
144
----REG6
REG7
REG8
144
142
141
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
RN1
192
RN2
152
RN3
154
RN4
152
RN5
154
RN6
RN7
RN8
RN9
RN10
192
191
190
191
190
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
RN11
152
RN12
152
RN13
192
RN14
192
RN15
192
RN16
RN17
RN18
RN19
RN20
192
192
192
192
192
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
RN21
192
RN22
193
RN23
193
RN24
193
RN25
193
RN26
RN27
RN28
RN29
---
194
194
194
194
---
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
RN31
194
RN32
154
RN33
154
RN34
154
RN35
154
RN36
RN37
RN38
RN39
RN40
155
192
192
192
195
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
RN41
RN42
RN43
RN44
RN45
195
195
195
195
195
RN46
RN47
RN48
RN49
RN50
195
195
192
192
192
RN
SYMBOL
NO.
RN51
RN52
RN53
RN54
RN55
RN56
RN57
RN58
RN59
RN60
B222/B224
INDEX
NO.
192
157
155
155
155
155
158
158
158
158
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
RN61
191
RN62
158
RN63
158
RN64
191
RN65
158
RN66
RN67
RN68
RN69
RN70
158
191
152
156
190
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
RN71
190
RN72
190
RN73
190
RN74
190
RN75
156
RN76
RN77
RN78
RN79
RN80
190
190
190
190
192
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
RN81
192
----------------RN86
--RN88
RN89
RN90
134
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
RN91
154
RN92
155
RN93
154
RN94
154
152
--154
154
153

Index
No.
*
1
2
Part No.
B223 5725
B101 5160
B188 5350
B222/B224
Description
PCB:IPU
IC:MB87M1480175
LSI:MB87M4290
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
1102 4211
1102 6298
1102 6592
1102 6893
1102 7358
1102 8544
1102 8560
1102 8781
1102 9121
1102 9122
1102 9505
1103 3174
1107 1107
1400 0688
1400 0810
1400 0886
1401 1175
1402 1336
1402 1798
1403 0953
1403 0996
1403 1033
1407 5351
1407 5353
1407 5367
1407 5463
1407 5713
1407 6080
1407 6100
1407 6101
1407 6123
1407 6205
1407 6232
1407 6280
1407 6447
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
CT Header - 12P
Connector - 5P
Connector - 8P
Connector-30p
Connector - 80P
Connector - KX14-60K5D1E
Connector - 140PS-JUK-G-B
Connector - FH12-40S-0.5SH(89)
Fuse - Ccp2e100tbk
Transistor -dtc143zua
Transistor:DTC114GUA
Fet - Hat1043m
Diode - 1SS355
Diode - RSX30
LED - SML-310MT
LED - SML-310VT
LED - SML-310YT
IC - SN74LV14APW
IC - SN74LV244APW
IC - 74LVC74A
IC - SN74LV245APW
IC:SN74LV06APW
CMOS Logic - SN74LVC2G04DCK
IC:SN74LVC1G04DCK
IC - SN74LVC2G17DCK
IC Sn74lvc2g125dcu
Lvds - THC63LVD104A
Controller - Rb5v870
Custom IC - Gavd Type-w
135
manuals4you.com
Index
No.
Part No.
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
1407 6466
1407 6568
1407 6658
1408 1614
1408 1653
1408 1669
1408 1850
1408 1907
1408 2016
1408 2017
1408 2024
1408 2236
1408 2376
1503 1013
1503 1260
1600 1946
1601 7752
1601 7796
1601 7867
1601 7871
1601 7898
1601 7959
1601 7987
1604 4728
1604 4987
1604 5019
1604 5046
1604 5065
1604 5235
1604 5236
1604 5338
1605 1002
1605 1137
1605 1148
1605 1190
B222/B224
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Field Memory - 3mx12 3.3v

Clock Generator - Ics7152m-11lf
Custom Ic:Rb5c661
IC - LTC1772CS6
Opeamp - Lmv324ipw
Series Regulator:R1170h331b
Regulator - R1170h181b
IC:R3112Q451A-FA
Regulator - R1114q181b-fa
Series Regulator - Pq012fz01zph
IC:R3112Q261A-FA
Regulator - Bh18fb1wg
Switching Regulator Modele:H8D3243A
Crystal Oscilator - 24.3mhz
Crystal Oscilator - 23.8mhz
Resistor - 33M 1% 1W
Resistor Array - 10K 5%
Resistor Array - 2.2KO
Resistor Array
Resistor
Capacitor - 330F20% 6.3V
Resistor - 150F20%:10V
Capacitor 10uf:20%:50V
Resistor - 47F20% 10V
Resistor - 0.022F10% 50V
136
Index
No.
Part No.
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
1605 1212
1605 1221
1605 1224
1605 1287
1605 1295
1605 1296
1605 1300
1605 1344
1605 1347
1605 1391
1605 1430
1605 1464
1607 0861
1607 1002
1607 1196
1607 1326
1607 1351
1607 1567
1607 1606
1609 0005
1609 0006
1609 0007
1609 0008
1609 0019
1609 0033
1610 1427
1634 0000
1644 0100
1650 4100
1650 4101
1650 4102
1650 4103
1650 4104
1650 4121
1650 4122
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Capacitor - 0.1 UF+80-20%16V
Capacitor 4.7F10% 6.3v
Capacitor - 0.47F+80-20% 25V
Capacitor:10uf:+80-20%:10V
Capacitor - 1UF:+80-20%:16V
Capacitor - 22UF:20%:6.3V
Resistor - 1F+80-20% 50V
Filter - Bk2125hs101
IC - NFM60R30T222
Inductor -220uh 20% 0.33a
Inductor - Slf12575-2r7n7r0-pF
Filter Blm21pg221sn1b
Filter:Mpz2012s101a
Inductor - Nlfc453232-150k-pF
Registor:33 :5%:1/16w
Registor:4.7k :5%:1/16w
Registor:0 :1608
Register - 82 5% 1/16w
Resistor - 15 5% 1W
Resistor - 0 1/16W
Index
No.
Part No.
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
1650 4150
1650 4220
1650 4222
1650 4244
1650 4271
1650 4330
1650 4331
1650 4332
1650 4431
1650 4470
1650 4471
1650 4472
1650 4560
1650 4561
1650 4621
1650 4680
1650 4682
1650 4751
1650 4821
1654 1000
1654 1002
1654 1300
1654 4700
1654 4701
1654 4872
1654 5109
1654 8200
1654 8202
1660 0100
1660 2101
1660 2120
1660 2150
1660 2151
1660 2221
1660 2270
B222/B224
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Resistor:240k :5%:1/10w:1608
Resistor - 560 5% 1/10W
Resistor - 620 5% 1/10W 1608
Resistor - 750 5% 1/10W
Resistor - 100 1% 1/10W
Resistor:51:1%:1/10W
Capacitor - 10PF 0.5pF 50V
Capacitor - 12 pF 5% 50V
Capacitor - 220pF +80-20% 50V
Index
No.
Part No.
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
1660 2330
1660 2470
1660 4102
1660 4103
1660 4332
1660 4472
1660 8104
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Capacitor - 10000pF - 10% - 50V
137
manuals4you.com
55.Controller Board (B222/B224)
BAT
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
BAT1
114
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C1
190
C2
190
C3
176
C4
178
C5
197
C6
--C8
C9
C10
176
--176
209
210
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C11
204
C12
197
C13
195
--------C16
C17
C18
C19
C20
204
212
204
204
204
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C21
204
C22
204
C23
176
C24
204
C25
204
C26
C27
C28
C29
C30
204
204
204
204
175
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C31
204
C32
204
C33
201
C34
197
C35
195
C36
C37
--C39
C40
204
204
--204
204
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C41
204
C42
195
C43
204
C44
204
C45
204
--C47
C48
C49
C50
--204
195
204
195
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
----C53
C54
C55
----204
213
204
C56
C57
C58
C59
C60
204
204
204
204
204
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL
NO.
C61
C62
C63
C64
C65
C66
C67
C68
C69
C70
B222/B224
INDEX
NO.
204
204
204
204
204
204
204
204
204
204
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C71
241
C72
195
C73
197
C74
241
C75
197
C76
C77
C78
C79
C80
178
197
195
197
178
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C81
201
C82
201
C83
201
C84
201
C85
189
C86
C87
C88
C89
C90
205
196
197
184
184
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C91
184
C92
184
C93
184
C94
184
C95
176
--C97
C98
--C100
138
--315
240
--195
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C101
197
C102
204
----C104
184
C105
197
C106
C107
C108
C109
C110
316
204
197
195
188
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C111
195
C112
185
C113
203
--------C116
C117
C118
--C120
197
195
182
--195
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C121
197
C122
313
----C124
195
C125
213
C126
C127
C128
C129
C130
213
213
209
201
212
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C131
212
C132
197
C133
197
C134
178
C135
213
C136
C137
C138
C139
C140
213
213
213
213
213
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C141
177
C142
177
C143
195
C144
197
C145
197
C146
C147
C148
C149
C150
197
197
195
197
195
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C151
197
C152
195
C153
197
----C155
198
C156
--C158
C159
C160
197
--198
195
209
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C161
197
C162
197
C163
195
C164
207
C165
213
C166
C167
C168
C169
C170
179
195
184
213
197
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C171
197
C172
197
C173
213
C174
190
C175
195
C176
C177
C178
-----
203
190
203
-----
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
--------C183
197
C184
192
C185
195
C186
----C189
---
195
----197
---
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
--C192
C193
C194
C195
--195
197
197
195
C196
--C198
-----
197
--197
-----
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C201
184
------------C205
184
C206
C207
C208
-----
B222/B224
184
183
215
-----
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
----------------C215
209
--C217
----C220
--201
----213
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C221
186
C222
186
------------------C229
---
------213
---
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
----C232
199
C233
213
C234
197
C235
197
C236
---------
199
---------
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C241
199
----C243
199
C244
195
C245
201
C246
C247
C248
C249
C250
204
204
204
204
204
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C251
204
C252
195
C253
180
C254
197
C255
204
C256
C257
C258
C259
C260
139
195
195
204
204
195
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C261
204
--------C264
197
C265
195
C266
C267
C268
C269
C270
195
195
180
197
204
manuals4you.com
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C271
204
C272
204
C273
197
C274
197
C275
204
C276
--C278
C279
C280
197
--180
205
204
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C281
195
C282
195
C283
204
C284
180
C285
199
C286
C287
C288
C289
C290
209
180
199
195
193
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C291
204
C292
204
C293
195
C294
180
C295
193
C296
C297
C298
C299
C300
197
195
197
195
199
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C301
195
C302
195
C303
204
----C305
197
C306
C307
C308
C309
C310
195
209
193
204
195
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C311
195
C312
197
C313
204
C314
204
C315
209
C316
C317
C318
C319
C320
197
195
204
197
193
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C321
180
C322
195
C323
193
C324
205
C325
180
C326
C327
C328
C329
C330
207
204
195
214
199
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C331
C332
C333
C334
C335
206
204
199
204
199
C336
C337
C338
C339
C340
180
180
205
195
197
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL
NO.
C341
C342
C343
C344
C345
C346
C347
C348
C349
C350
B222/B224
INDEX
NO.
195
193
195
197
204
193
195
199
205
180
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C351
195
C352
197
C353
195
C354
204
C355
205
C356
C357
C358
C359
C360
197
214
204
195
197
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C361
180
C362
199
C363
204
C364
193
C365
195
C366
C367
C368
C369
C370
199
180
195
204
180
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C371
199
C372
195
C373
193
C374
193
C375
204
C376
C377
C378
C379
C380
140
204
180
204
195
204
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C381
195
C382
195
C383
180
C384
204
C385
197
C386
C387
C388
C389
C390
199
204
195
204
195
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C391
204
C392
195
C393
180
C394
199
C395
195
C396
C397
C398
C399
C400
193
195
204
193
204
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C401
195
C402
204
C403
205
C404
204
C405
205
C406
C407
C408
C409
C410
195
204
195
195
204
manuals4you.com
CAPACITOR
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C411
195
C412
195
C413
204
C414
204
C415
204
C416
C417
C418
C419
C420
209
204
195
195
195
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C421
204
C422
203
C423
204
C424
204
C425
204
C426
C427
C428
C429
C430
197
195
204
204
205
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C431
204
C432
197
C433
204
C434
197
C435
197
C436
C437
C438
C439
C440
195
204
203
197
197
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C441
180
C442
195
C443
195
C444
199
C445
195
C446
C447
C448
C449
---
180
199
195
193
---
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C451
193
C452
184
C453
184
C454
184
C455
184
C456
C457
C458
C459
C460
204
189
207
208
195
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C461
197
C462
197
C463
199
----C465
197
C466
C467
C468
C469
C470
207
206
204
197
197
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C471
C472
C473
C474
C475
195
204
204
195
195
C476
C477
C478
C479
C480
204
195
204
197
204
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL
NO.
C481
C482
C483
C484
C485
C486
C487
C488
C489
C490
B222/B224
INDEX
NO.
180
180
193
195
199
204
197
189
199
195
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C491
193
C492
199
C493
178
C494
204
C495
194
C496
C497
C498
C499
C500
199
199
199
199
189
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C501
207
C502
180
C503
199
C504
193
C505
180
C506
C507
C508
C509
---
194
194
194
194
---
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C511
195
C512
204
C513
195
C514
204
C515
195
C516
C517
C518
C519
C520
204
195
204
195
196
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C521
209
C522
197
C523
200
C524
204
C525
178
C526
C527
C528
C529
C530
197
200
314
207
195
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C531
195
C532
197
C533
193
C534
213
C535
204
C536
--C538
C539
C540
141
181
--195
194
194
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C541
194
C542
194
C543
194
C544
191
C545
203
C546
C547
C548
C549
C550
195
197
199
199
199
manuals4you.com
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C551
199
C552
199
C553
199
----C555
204
C556
C557
C558
C559
C560
197
180
213
197
195
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C561
195
C562
193
C563
193
C564
195
C565
197
C566
C567
C568
C569
C570
199
195
197
199
186
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C571
186
----C573
186
----C575
186
C576
C577
--C579
---
186
186
--195
---
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C581
204
C582
204
C583
195
C584
195
C585
180
C586
C587
C588
C589
C590
186
198
207
206
197
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C591
204
----C593
204
C594
204
C595
197
C596
C597
C598
C599
---
197
197
197
180
---
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C601
195
C602
186
C603
184
----C605
189
C606
--C608
C609
C610
197
--202
197
195
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C611
C612
--C614
C615
195
197
--204
195
C616
C617
C618
C619
C620
195
195
204
197
195
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL
NO.
C621
C622
C623
C624
C625
C626
C627
C628
C629
---
B222/B224
INDEX
NO.
197
178
197
195
198
195
197
197
197
---
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C631
206
C632
204
C633
195
----C635
207
--C637
C638
C639
C640
--195
195
205
195
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C641
204
C642
197
----C644
195
C645
204
C646
C647
C648
C649
---
204
195
197
197
---
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C651
195
C652
180
C653
209
C654
195
C655
204
C656
C657
C658
C659
C660
142
195
195
204
204
195
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C661
184
C662
204
C663
204
C664
197
C665
195
C666
C667
C668
C669
C670
206
184
204
195
205
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C671
206
C672
195
C673
206
C674
206
----C676
C677
C678
C679
C680
204
197
197
195
195
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
----C682
205
----C684
195
C685
197
C686
C687
C688
C689
C690
195
206
197
197
314
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C691
211
--------C694
195
----C696
C697
C698
C699
C700
195
204
204
197
195
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
----C702
204
C703
195
C704
195
------C707
C708
C709
C710
--206
207
186
197
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
--------------------C766
C767
C768
C769
C770
B222/B224
195
197
195
197
186
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C711
195
----C713
197
----------C717
C718
C719
C720
--197
197
186
199
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
----C722
204
C723
180
C724
180
C725
180
C726
---------
199
---------
CONNECTOR
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C771
186
C772
197
C773
197
C774
194
C775
197
C776
C777
C778
C779
C780
195
197
197
186
187
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
CN100
106
CN101
111
CN102
111
CN103
110
----CN105
103
CN106
105
CN107
105
CN108
105
CN109
104
-----
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
----------------------C737
C738
C739
C740
--194
199
199
199
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
C741
199
C742
186
C743
199
C744
190
C745
199
C746
C747
C748
C749
C750
195
195
195
194
199
DIODE
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
CN111
104
CN112
101
CN113
107
CN114
108
CN115
102
--CN117
--109
C751
C752
C753
C754
C755
199
194
194
199
199
C756
C757
-------
199
197
-------
FILTER
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
D1
121
D2
121
D3
121
D4
123
----D6
D7
D8
D9
D10
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
D11
122
D12
121
----D14
121
124
121
123
123
124
143
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
--------FIL3
225
----FIL5
217
FIL6
FIL7
FIL8
FIL9
FIL10
217
225
227
220
227
manuals4you.com
FILTER
FU
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
FIL11
227
FIL12
220
FIL13
216
FIL14
216
FIL15
218
FIL16
FIL17
IC
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
FU1
112
FU2
112
216
218
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
IC1
141
--------IC4
140
----IC6
IC7
IC8
IC9
IC10
135
135
159
148
1
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
IC11
129
IC12
129
----IC14
134
IC15
130
IC16
IC17
IC18
IC19
IC20
145
139
149
158
146
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
----IC22
156
IC23
161
IC24
162
IC25
151
IC26
IC27
--IC29
IC30
128
135
--144
133
IC
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
------------IC34
127
IC35
317
----IC38
IC39
IC40
----152
160
154
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
IC41
IC42
IC43
IC44
IC45
146
3
131
145
157
IC46
IC47
IC48
IC49
IC50
138
317
147
137
150
LED
SYMBOL
NO.
IC51
IC52
--IC54
--IC56
--IC58
IC59
IC60
B222/B224
INDEX
NO.
142
140
--139
--136
--148
160
153
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
IC61
140
IC62
149
IC63
2
IC64
140
IC65
145
IC66
IC67
IC68
-----
149
145
140
-----
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
IC71
140
IC72
155
IC73
143
----IC75
140
IC76
---------
145
---------
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
----IC82
140
IC83
132
----------IC87
IC88
IC89
IC90
144
--132
132
155
155
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
IC91
155
IC92
126
IC93
155
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
L1
219
L2
229
L3
224
L4
224
L5
226
L6
L7
L8
L9
L10
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
L11
223
L12
223
228
221
223
223
223
LED
OSC
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
LED1
125
------------------------LED11
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
OSC1
163
OSC2
166
OSC3
164
OSC4
165
--------125
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
Q1
115
Q2
118
Q3
120
Q4
118
Q5
116
Q6
Q7
Q8
Q9
Q10
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
Q11
119
Q12
115
Q13
115
Q14
115
Q15
115
116
117
115
118
117
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R1
252
R2
265
R3
265
R4
251
R5
251
R6
R7
R8
R9
R10
265
265
251
265
251
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R11
279
R12
269
R13
267
----R15
278
R16
R17
R18
--R20
252
278
278
--278
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R21
R22
R23
R24
R25
265
278
278
278
271
R26
R27
R28
R29
R30
265
265
265
252
265
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
--------R33
288
R34
288
----R36
R37
--R39
R40
B222/B224
288
265
--288
257
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R41
271
R42
257
R43
251
R44
251
R45
251
-----------
-----------
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
--------R53
251
R54
257
----------R59
R60
------251
251
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
----R62
265
R63
251
R64
265
----------R69
R70
------257
265
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R71
265
R72
265
R73
265
--------R76
R77
R78
R79
R80
257
251
252
252
257
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R81
265
----R83
251
R84
278
R85
278
R86
R87
R88
R89
R90
145
265
257
278
257
278
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R91
265
R92
278
R93
257
R94
257
----R96
R97
R98
R99
R100
267
275
251
239
239
manuals4you.com
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R101
239
R102
239
R103
239
R104
239
R105
239
R106
R107
R108
--R110
239
239
239
--288
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
----R112
254
R113
265
R114
293
R115
299
R116
R117
R118
R119
R120
265
265
242
242
242
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R121
242
R122
265
R123
290
R124
239
R125
263
R126
R127
R128
R129
R130
312
244
309
274
274
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R131
274
R132
271
R133
300
R134
292
R135
290
R136
R137
R138
--R140
308
248
248
--265
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R141
274
R142
265
R143
265
R144
265
R145
251
--R147
R148
R149
R150
--246
245
245
244
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R151
245
R152
244
R153
244
R154
245
R155
245
R156
R157
R158
R159
---
244
246
239
239
---
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R161
--R163
R164
R165
248
--248
276
222
--R167
--R169
---
--222
--222
---
RESISTOR
SYMBOL
NO.
R171
R172
R173
--R175
R176
R177
-------
B222/B224
INDEX
NO.
222
222
222
--222
243
243
-------
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
----R182
249
R183
251
----R185
251
R186
R187
R188
R189
R190
265
251
265
251
250
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R191
251
--------R194
237
----R196
R197
R198
-----
265
250
251
-----
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
----R202
251
R203
248
----R205
267
--R207
R208
R209
R210
146
--244
290
265
265
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R211
251
----R213
250
R214
251
R215
248
R216
R217
R218
R219
R220
265
251
251
251
290
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R221
251
R222
250
----R224
265
R225
265
R226
R227
R228
R229
R230
250
251
265
248
265
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R231
251
R232
251
R233
265
R234
281
R235
250
R236
R237
R238
R239
R240
251
248
265
265
248
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R241
248
R242
265
R243
265
R244
265
R245
281
R246
R247
R248
--R250
303
295
252
--265
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
--------R253
251
R254
284
R255
265
R256
--R258
R259
R260
265
--286
286
265
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R261
265
----R263
265
R264
265
------R267
R268
--R270
--282
265
--265
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R271
265
R272
256
----R274
265
R275
280
R276
--R278
R279
---
280
--283
288
---
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R281
288
R282
236
--------R285
238
R286
----R289
R290
238
----238
238
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R291
238
R292
238
R293
238
R294
250
R295
265
R296
R297
R298
R299
R300
251
250
265
252
265
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R301
R302
R303
R304
R305
251
250
250
250
267
R306
--R308
R309
R310
267
--267
267
251
RESISTOR
SYMBOL
NO.
R311
--R313
R314
--R316
R317
--R319
---
B222/B224
INDEX
NO.
277
--252
277
--267
251
--251
---
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
----R322
272
R323
277
R324
262
R325
265
R326
R327
R328
R329
R330
250
252
267
265
262
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R331
265
R332
277
R333
278
R334
265
R335
252
R336
R337
R338
R339
R340
252
277
250
265
252
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R341
251
R342
252
--------R345
272
R346
R347
R348
R349
R350
252
267
257
277
252
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R351
267
R352
257
R353
267
R354
257
R355
265
R356
R357
R358
R359
R360
251
265
252
265
274
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R361
257
R362
271
R363
257
R364
257
R365
269
R366
R367
--R369
R370
147
279
251
--251
279
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R371
279
R372
265
----R374
251
----R376
R377
R378
--R380
269
269
271
--272
manuals4you.com
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R381
267
R382
248
R383
248
R384
248
R385
288
R386
R387
R388
--R390
277
267
277
--254
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R391
271
R392
288
R393
271
R394
251
R395
248
R396
R397
R398
R399
R400
267
251
277
277
272
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R401
277
R402
265
R403
265
R404
271
R405
251
R406
R407
R408
R409
R410
265
251
277
248
248
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R411
274
R412
266
R413
266
R414
266
R415
251
R416
--R418
R419
R420
251
--274
266
266
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R421
266
R422
266
R423
251
R424
251
R425
248
R426
R427
R428
R429
R430
288
265
265
265
271
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R431
266
R432
265
R433
251
----R435
251
R436
--R438
--R440
271
--271
--251
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R441
--R443
R444
---
251
--254
267
---
R446
R447
R448
R449
R450
265
251
271
250
265
RESISTOR
SYMBOL
NO.
--R452
R453
R454
--R456
R457
R458
R459
R460
B222/B224
INDEX
NO.
--267
251
265
--265
251
265
251
265
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R461
252
R462
265
R463
262
R464
271
R465
252
R466
R467
R468
R469
R470
265
265
252
271
265
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R471
262
R472
252
R473
278
R474
271
R475
251
R476
R477
R478
R479
R480
265
265
265
271
271
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R481
262
----R483
267
R484
265
R485
265
R486
R487
R488
R489
R490
148
265
265
265
265
265
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R491
279
R492
265
R493
259
R494
257
R495
269
R496
R497
R498
R499
R500
265
265
264
267
265
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R501
274
R502
257
R503
265
R504
288
----R506
R507
R508
R509
R510
265
265
271
251
265
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R511
271
R512
249
R513
249
R514
251
R515
249
R516
R517
R518
R519
R520
288
265
254
266
266
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R521
265
R522
265
----R524
267
R525
265
--R527
R528
R529
R530
--267
254
267
267
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R531
251
----R533
267
R534
267
R535
267
R536
R537
--R539
R540
250
251
--267
251
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R541
265
R542
267
R543
289
R544
265
R545
265
R546
R547
--R549
R550
267
258
--259
265
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R551
244
R552
244
R553
242
R554
242
R555
242
R556
R557
--R559
---
242
288
--288
---
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R561
290
R562
311
R563
270
R564
251
------R567
R568
--R570
--312
251
--265
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R571
267
R572
239
R573
239
R574
239
R575
239
R576
R577
R578
R579
---
239
265
260
251
---
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R581
R582
R583
--R585
269
251
251
--279
R586
R587
R588
--R590
260
291
297
--267
RESISTOR
SYMBOL
NO.
--R592
R593
--R595
--------R600
B222/B224
INDEX
NO.
--255
255
--252
--------239
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R601
239
R602
239
R603
239
R604
239
R605
251
R606
R607
R608
R609
---
238
238
296
250
---
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R611
265
------------R615
251
R616
R617
--R619
R620
267
267
--251
251
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R621
267
R622
251
R623
251
R624
222
R625
265
R626
R627
R628
R629
R630
288
265
250
250
255
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R631
251
R632
251
--------------R637
R638
R639
---
--250
267
265
---
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R641
251
R642
251
R643
255
--------R646
R647
R648
-----
149
249
265
265
-----
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R651
304
R652
250
R653
251
R654
251
R655
251
R656
R657
--R659
R660
251
251
--251
265
manuals4you.com
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R661
250
R662
265
----R664
251
R665
251
--R667
R668
R669
---
--251
251
250
---
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R671
251
R672
251
R673
259
R674
251
----R676
----R679
---
248
----267
---
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R681
267
R682
267
--------R685
251
--R687
R688
R689
R690
--251
251
263
248
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R691
248
----R693
248
R694
251
----------R699
---
------310
---
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R701
251
R702
265
--------R705
298
R706
---------
288
---------
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R721
265
R722
265
R723
306
--------R726
R727
-------
248
251
-------
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
------R744
R745
------263
307
R746
------R750
265
------307
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
----------------R755
294
R756
--R758
R759
R760
B222/B224
251
--301
251
251
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R761
251
--------R774
284
----------R779
R780
------249
251
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
--------R783
249
----R785
251
R786
--R788
R789
R790
251
--249
238
238
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R791
268
R792
265
R793
268
----R795
251
R796
R797
R798
-----
150
238
268
268
-----
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R801
238
R802
238
R803
238
R804
247
R805
253
-----------
-----------
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
------------R814
238
R815
250
-----------
-----------
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
----R822
268
R823
261
R824
239
R825
250
R826
--R828
R829
R830
238
--247
250
285
RESISTOR
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R831
287
R832
261
R833
250
R834
238
R835
273
R836
R837
R838
R839
R840
273
239
239
250
250
RN
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R841
250
R842
249
R843
249
R844
249
R845
238
R846
R847
R848
R849
---
238
238
238
251
---
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
--------------------R856
R857
R858
R859
R860
252
252
252
252
305
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R861
302
R862
250
-----------------------
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
R871
288
-----------
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
RN1
234
RN2
231
RN3
230
RN4
234
RN5
230
RN6
RN7
RN8
RN9
RN10
230
230
230
230
233
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
RN11
RN12
RN13
RN14
RN15
174
231
233
232
230
RN16
RN17
RN18
RN19
RN20
233
232
230
233
230
RN
SYMBOL
NO.
RN21
RN22
RN23
RN24
RN25
RN26
RN27
RN28
RN29
RN30
B222/B224
INDEX
NO.
170
230
233
234
235
170
167
235
233
235
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
RN31
167
RN32
172
RN33
235
RN34
233
RN35
234
RN36
RN37
RN38
RN39
RN40
234
234
233
232
230
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
RN41
230
RN42
230
RN43
230
RN44
234
RN45
230
RN46
----RN49
RN50
230
----230
230
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
RN51
230
RN52
230
RN53
168
RN54
230
RN55
230
RN56
RN57
RN58
RN59
RN60
230
230
167
230
231
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
RN61
169
RN62
169
RN63
231
RN64
168
RN65
173
RN66
RN67
RN68
RN69
RN70
173
173
173
173
173
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
RN71
173
RN72
173
RN73
168
RN74
173
RN75
234
RN76
RN77
RN78
RN79
RN80
151
230
234
232
231
234
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
RN81
231
RN82
232
RN83
234
RN84
167
RN85
168
RN86
RN87
RN88
RN89
RN90
234
233
234
168
171
manuals4you.com
RN
SW
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
RN91
234
RN92
168
RN93
234
RN94
233
RN95
234
RN96
RN97
RN98
B222/B224
SYMBOL INDEX
NO.
NO.
SW1
113
234
231
231
152

Index
No.
*
1
2
3
Part No.
B224 5740
B180 5891
B224 5705
B238 5720
B222/B224
Description
PCB:Controller
ASIC:Trumpet3
EEPROM AP-C1 CTL CONFIG
ASIC:Shaker5.5
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
1102 5303
1102 7615
1102 8329
1102 9079
1102 9336
1102 9535
1102 9689
1102 9697
1102 9887
1102 9890
1102 9928
1107 1099
1204 1543
1206 0115
1400 0730
1401 1209
1401 1228
1401 1296
1401 1320
1401 1354
1402 1336
1402 1365
1402 1698
1402 1709
1403 1131
1407 2187
1407 4919
1407 5274
1407 5300
1407 5353
1407 5369
1407 5377
1407 5482
1407 5520
1407 5604
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Connector - 4P
Connector - B8B-XH-A
Connector - Usb - UBB-4R-D14C
Connector - RHM-88PL-SDK11-1
Connector:FPS009-2300-0
Connector:29 6406 200 000 856
Fuse Sst 5
Dip Switch
Lithium Cell - Cr1632/v1a
Transistor - 2SD1782K
IC - HAT2093R
Fet:Si3433dv-e3
Fet:Tpc8115
Fet - Tpc8107
Fet Array:Si4804bdy-e3
Diode - 1SS355
Diode-rb751v-40
Diode - RB
Diode:EC21QS06G
LED:SML-311UT
TTLIC - SN74LS07NS
IC - 74VHCT244 TSSOP
CMOS Logic - 74LVCH162244A TSSOP
CMOS Logic - 74LVC16244A TSSOP
IC - SN74LV244APW
IC - SN74AHCT32PW
IC - SN74AHCT1G08DCK
IC - SN74LVC07APW
IC - SN74LVC125APW
IC - SN74LVC16245ADGG
153
manuals4you.com
Index
No.
Part No.
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
1407 5733
1407 5868
1407 6080
1407 6100
1407 6101
1407 6123
1407 6127
1407 6145
1407 6161
1407 6187
1407 6204
1407 6265
1407 6268
1407 6335
1407 6372
1407 6534
1408 1750
1408 1778
1408 1815
1408 1826
1408 1925
1408 1956
1408 1960
1408 2034
1408 2053
1408 2066
1408 2132
1503 0842
1503 1181
1503 1304
1503 1305
1601 7887
1601 7898
1601 7909
1601 7913
B222/B224
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
IC:SN74ALVC244PW
Ethernet Cont Lsi - Dp83847alqa56a
IC:SN74LVC1G04DCK
IC - SN74LVC2G17DCK
IC Sn74lvc2g125dcu
Clock Generator:Ics960008aflf
IC:SN74LVC373APW
Clock Generator-ics960009aflf
CMOS Logic:SN74LVC2G07DCK
Real Time Clock:R2025s
CMOS Logic:SN74CBTLV3257PW
Eeprom - Br24l01afj-w
Cpu:Rm7935-835k-rev1.2
IC - R3112Q231A
IC:R3112Q101A
IC - R3112Q151A
IC - R3112Q421A
IC:LTC1778EGN#PBF
IC:LTC3728LXCUH#TRPBF
IC:LP2996LQ/NOPB
IC:TPS62042DGQ
IC:R3112Q291A-FA
IC:TPS54310PWP
IC:TPS54380PWP
Oscillator - 14.31818MHZ
Crystal Oscilator:30mhz
Resistor Array
Resistor 22 5% 1/32w
154
Index
No.
Part No.
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
1601 7943
1601 7959
1601 7981
1601 7987
1604 2527
1604 4728
1604 4994
1605 1034
1605 1095
1605 1124
1605 1165
1605 1195
1605 1199
1605 1200
1605 1201
1605 1204
1605 1205
1605 1206
1605 1207
1605 1208
1605 1209
1605 1210
1605 1211
1605 1212
1605 1214
1605 1216
1605 1221
1605 1234
1605 1240
1605 1249
1605 1282
1605 1283
1605 1284
1605 1289
1605 1295
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Resistor
Ceramic Capacitor:1000pF:10%:50v
Capacitor - 4.7F+80 -20% 10V
Capacitor:4pf:0.25pF:50V
Capacitor-pF50v
Capacitor - 2200pF10%50V
Capcitor:4700pF:10%:50v
Capacitor - 0.01F10% 25V
Capacitor:0.047uf:10%:16V
manuals4you.com
Index
No.
Part No.
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
1605 1296
1605 1303
1605 1305
1605 1347
1605 1353
1605 1354
1605 1359
1605 1391
1605 1417
1605 1448
1607 0978
1607 1051
1607 1061
1607 1228
1607 1351
1607 1362
1607 1387
1607 1471
1607 1477
1607 1489
1607 1556
1607 1567
1607 1650
1607 1827
1609 0005
1609 0006
1609 0007
1609 0011
1609 0016
1609 0026
1610 1734
1610 1804
1632 0000
1634 0000
1644 1330
B222/B224
Description
Qty Per
Assembly

Capacitor - 0.01F+80-20% 50V
Capacitor - 1F+80-20% 6.3V
Capacitor - 10UF:20%:16V
Capacitor - 22UF:20%:6.3V
Capacitor - 9PF:0.5pF 50V
Inductor - Blm21p300spb
Filter -fbmj2125hs420
Filter - Blm11p300spb
Inductor - Slf7045-4r7m2r0
Coil - ACM3225-800-2P
Filter - Blm18bb600sn1b
Inductor:Lb2518b6r8m
Inductor - Rlf7030-4r7m3r4
Filter - Mmz1608b301c
Inductor:Rlf7030-1r5n6r1
Filter:Mpz2012s101a
Inductor:Rlf7030-6r8m2r8
Registor:22:5%:1/16w
Resistor:0.02 :1%:1W
Resistor - 0 1/8W
Resistor - 0 1/16W
Capacitor
154A
Index
No.
Part No.
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
1644 6101
1650 4100
1650 4150
1650 4330
1650 4390
1650 4470
1650 4680
1650 5100
1650 5101
1650 5102
1650 5103
1650 5104
1650 5105
1650 5109
1650 5122
1650 5202
1650 5220
1650 5221
1650 5222
1650 5229
1650 5271
1650 5272
1650 5274
1650 5303
1650 5330
1650 5470
1650 5472
1650 5512
1650 5513
1650 5514
1650 5560
1650 5562
1650 5621
1650 5680
1650 5681
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Resistor - 39 -5% 1/10W
Chip Resistor - 10 5%1/16w
Chip Resistor - 1k5%1/16w
Chip Resistor - 1m5%1/16w
Chip Resistor 1 5% 1/16w
Chip Resistor - 1.2k5%1/16w
Chip Resistor:2k:5%:1/16w
Chip Resistor - 2205%1/16w
Resistor:2.2 :5%:1/16w:1005
Chip Resistor:2.7k:5%:1/16w
Resistor:270k :5%:1/16w:1005
Chip Resistor 30k 5% 1/16w
Chip Resistor 5.1k 5% 1/16w
Chip Resistor:680:5%:1/16w
Index
No.
Part No.
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
1650 5750
1650 5820
1650 5822
1650 5823
1653 4999
1653 5499
1654 1001
1654 1004
1654 1501
1654 1502
1654 3609
1654 8201
1655 0000
1655 1001
1655 1002
1655 1022
1655 1301
1655 1502
1655 1602
1655 1651
1655 1800
1655 1912
1655 2002
1655 2402
1655 2742
1655 3000
1655 3091
1655 3402
1655 3900
1655 4301
1655 4321
1655 4701
1655 4870
1655 6341
1655 6342
B222/B224
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Resistor - 49.9 1% 1/8W
Resistor - 54.9 1% 1/8W
Resistor - 1.5K 1% 1/10W 1608
Resistor - 15K1% 1/10W
Resistor:10.2k :1%:1/16W
Resistor:16k :1%:1/16W
Resistor:1.65k :1%:1/16w:1005
Resistor:390 :1%:1/16W
Index
No.
Part No.
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
1655 7152
1655 9761
1660 2101
1660 2121
1660 2470
1660 2471
1906 0076
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Flash Memory:Mbm29pl12lm12pcn
155
manuals4you.com
56.Accessories (B222/B224)
9
14
11
10
6
5
101
102
13
2
12
4
103
3
8
B222/B224
156
56.Accessories (B222/B224)
Index
No.
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
3
4
4
4
4
5
6
6
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Part No.
B230 9640
B230 9660
B230 9670
B230 9680
B223 3013
B223 3023
B223 3033
B223 3043
B223 6023
B223 2244
B223 2245
B223 2246
B223 2247
B223 6032
B223 2204
B223 2205
B223 2206
B223 2207
B223 6542
B223 6130
B238 2524
B238 1380
B065 1371
B223 1248
G038 1299
B065 1374
B222/B224
Description
Developer:BK
Developer:C
Developer:M
Developer:Y
Development Unit:BK
Development Unit:M
Development Unit:C
Development Unit:Y
Cleaning Unit
Drum Unit:BK
Drum Unit:M
Drum Unit:C
Drum Unit:Y
Intermediate Transfer Section:Servi
PCU:BK
PCU:C
PCU:M
PCU:Y
Collection Bottle:Exp:Ass'
Image Transfer Belt
Decal - Paper Size
Cover - Right
Cloth Holder
Rivet - 5
Cloth - DF Exposure Glass
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
101
102
103
1150 0373
1150 0377
1607 1715
0450 3008N
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Power Supply Code:125V 15A NA
Power Supply Code:250V:10A:EU
Ferrite Core - Rfc-5
157
manuals4you.com
57.Decals and Documents (B222/B224)
6
Caution:When Turning Off
the Mail Power
>ABS<
>PS<
>PS<
>PET<
>PS<
CAUTION ACHTUNG ATTENTION ATTENZIONE PRECAUCION
3
11
12
>ABS<
8 1/2
5 1/2
A6
B6
A5
B5
A4
B4
A3
>PS<
10
Prohibited Copying
>ABS<
>ABS<
Gesetzliches Kopiererbot
Reproductions interdites
>ABS<
>ABS<
>ABS<
Divieto di copiatura
>ABS<
Prohibido copiar
B222/B224
158
>ABS<
12
11
13
>ABS<
>ABS<
>ABS<
Prohibited Copying
On
Stand by
17
18
14
Off
>ABS<
>ABS<
>ABS<
On
19
1
2
3
4
3
15
B1
B5
A5
81/2 X11
81/2 X11
A3
A4
11X17
81/2X11
A3
A4
A4
11X17
81/2 X11
81/2 X14
81/2 X11
B4
81/2 X14
B5
81/2 X11
A4
A4
A4
5~8
B1
>ABS<
22
20
21
>ABS<
>ABS<
>PS<
>ABS<
16
>ABS<
B222/B224
159
manuals4you.com
23
29
11
10
P1
P
A4 A3
B5 B4
81/2
A5 A4
B5
>PS<
A5
51/2
27
>ABS<
1
2
30
24
P3
3
PUSH
P1
>ABS<
P1
2
31
P3
5
>ABS<
>ABS<
>ABS<
>ABS<
>ABS<
P3
25
Face up
Face haut
Bild oben
Faccia in su
Boca arriba
>ABS<
26
>ABS<
160
>PS<
P2
>ABS<
B222/B224
32
28
>ABS<

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
22
22
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
31
Part No.
AA00 0239
B132 1573
B223 2644
B223 2645
B223 2655
B223 2873
B223 4394
B223 4397
B223 4492
B229 1397
B237 1355
B237 1372
B237 1595
B237 2521
B238 1362
B238 1368
B238 1372
B238 2523
B238 2524
B238 2526
B238 2527
B238 3364
B238 3365
B238 3366
B238 3367
B652 1807
B652 2379
B789 6031
B802 6011
B802 6012
B802 6014
B802 6013
B802 6015
GA00 3030
GA00 3031
B222/B224
Description
Decal:Color:MFP
Decal:Scale
Decal:Side Fence
Decal:Caution:Original:EU
Decal - Main Switch EU OP
Decal - Main Switch On-standby
Decal - Cleaning
Decal - Paper Size
Decal - Grip
Decal - Grip
Decal:Size:Original
Decal:Side Fence
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
31
31
32
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Part No.
GA00 3032
GA00 3033
GA00 3167
Description
Decal:Caution:Inkjet:NA
161
Qty Per
Assembly
1
1
1
manuals4you.com
58.Special Tools (B222/B224)
11
B222/B224
12
13
162
10
58.Special Tools (B222/B224)

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
13
13
13
Part No.
B645 5010
B645 6705
B645 6820
VSSM 9000
G021 9350
C401 9503
A257 9300
5203 9502
A092 9503
A006 9104
B679 5100
B132 9700
B230 9640
B230 9660
B230 9670
B230 9680
B222/B224
Description
SD Card
PCMCAI Card Adapter
USB Reader/Writer
Digital Multimeter - FLUKE87
Loop-back Connector - Parallel
Grease Barrierta - S552R
Plug - IEEEE1284 Type C
Lubricant Powder
Developer:BK
Developer:C
Developer:M
Developer:Y
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
163
manuals4you.com
B222/B224
PARTS INDEX
manuals4you.com
manuals4you.com
PM Parts Index
Section Name
Exterior 1 (B222/B224)
Exterior 2 (B222/B224)
Original Feed 2 (B222/B224)
Original Feed 3 (B222/B224)
Paper Feed Section (B222/B224)
By-pass Feed Section 2 (B222/B224)
Paper Separation (B222/B224)

Fusing unit 2 (B222/B224)
Accessories (B222/B224)
B222/B224
Part No.
B223 1348
B223 1277
B223 1276
B223 1278
B802 4361
A806 1295
A859 2241
AF03 0090
AF03 1090
AF03 2090
AF03 1046
AF03 0049
AF03 2046
G080 2900
B223 6263
B223 4235
B223 4221
AE03 1046
AE03 0069
AE01 0059
AE03 0071
AE02 0115
B223 4226
AB01 1249
AE03 1065
AE03 1062
AE04 0066
AE04 0065
AE03 1061
B223 2244
B223 2245
B223 2246
B223 2247
Description in Service Manual
Description in Parts Catalog
Qty Per
Assembly
Filter: Image Forming Md

Ozone Filter:No.1
Filter: Right Rear
Ozone Filter:No.2
Roller:Pickup
Feed Belt
Reverse Roller
Paper Feed Roller :Pickup
Paper Feed Roller: Feed
Paper Feed Roller :Separate
Pick-up Roller
Torque Limiter
Transfer/separation Unit:Ap:Ass'y
Roller: Ferrite Core: Ass'y
Bushing: Heat Roller
Hot Roller:Dia35
Roller :Belt Tensioner:Dia12
Gear: Turn: Ferrite Core:Z16
Bushing: Fusing Sub-unit
Oil Supply Roller
Drum Unit:Bk
Drum Unit:M
Drum Unit:C
Drum Unit:Y
Filter :Image Forming MD

Ozone Filter:No.1
Filter: Right Rear
Ozone Filter:No.2
Roller: Pickup
Feed Belt
Reverse Roller
Paper Feed Roller: Pickup
Paper Feed Roller: Feed
Paper Feed Roller: Separate
Pick-up Roller
Torque Limiter
Roller: Ferrite Core: Ass'y
Bushing: Heat Roller
Hot Roller:Dia35
Roller :Belt Tensioner:Dia12
Gear: Turn :Ferrite Core:Z16
Bushing: Fusing Sub-unit
Oil Supply Roller
Drum Unit:BK
Drum Unit:M
Drum Unit:C
Drum Unit:Y
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Page and
Index No.
13
13
13
15
25
25
27
55
55
55
61
61
61
61
67
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
157
157
157
157
2
9
22
13
6
23
11
14
18
27
6
11
39
40
11
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
12
16
19
22
23
24
2
2
2
2
Parts Index
Parts Index
Part No.
B222 1595
B222 1818
B222 1819
B222 1820
B222 8331
B222 8332
B222 8333
B222 8334
B222 8335
B222 8336
B222 8337
B222 8338
B222 8339
B222 8343
B224 1251
B224 1411
B224 1412
B224 5705
B224 5740
B224 5740
B224 8331
B224 8332
B224 8333
B224 8334
B224 8335
B224 8336
B224 8337
B224 8338
B224 8339
B224 8343
B222/B224
Description
Cover: Scanner: Front:EU
Cover: Scanner: Left:EU
Cover :Scanner :Right:EU
Cover: Scanner: Rear:EU
Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1c:RIC
Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1c:SVN
Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1c:GES:NA
Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1c:LAN:NA
Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1c:INF
Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1c:NSA
Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1c:REX
Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1c:GES:EU
Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1c:LAN:EU
Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1c:GES:AA
Cover:Front:EU
Operation Panel:NA
Operation Panel:EU
EEPROM AP-C1 CTL CONFIG
PCB:Controller
PCB:Controller
Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1d:RIC
Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1d:SVN
Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1d:GES:NA
Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1d:LAN:NA
Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1d:INF
Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1d:NSA
Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1d:REX
Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1d:GES:EU
Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1d:LAN:EU
Sheet:Emblem:AP-C1d:GES:AA
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
A006 9104
A092 9503
A193 1766
A193 1767
A193 1769
A193 1793
A193 1816
A222 2724
A222 2724
A232 2987
A232 2987
A232 4666
A250 1752
A250 1821
A250 1822
A257 9300
A259 6754
A267 2857
A267 2857
A267 2859
A267 2859
A267 2860
A267 2860
A294 6700
A422 1063
A422 1063
A422 1063
A458 2251
A548 6121
A628 1225
A680 2261
A697 2102
A806 1295
A858 4671
A858 4676
19 - 35
15 - 1
15 - 11
15 - 12
13 - 12
13 - 12
13 - 12
13 - 12
13 - 12
13 - 12
13 - 12
13 - 12
13 - 12
13 - 12
13 - 15
19 - *
19 - *
153 - 2
97 - 5
153 - *
13 - 12
13 - 12
13 - 12
13 - 12
13 - 12
13 - 12
13 - 12
13 - 12
13 - 12
13 - 12
Description
Wire Clamp
1st Mirror Holder
Clamp - REAR WIRE
Scanner Home Sensor Stopper
1st Slide Rail
Roller - Paper Tray
Roller - Paper Tray
Cushion - Stepper Motor
Exposure Glass
Heater - 9W (120V)
Heater - 9W (230V)
Grease Barrierta - S552R
Bushing - 6 6mm
Side Fence Stopper
Side Fence Stopper
Rear Lever Stopper
Rear Lever Stopper
Seal - 0.7x13x20
Seal - 0.7x13x20
Seal - 0.7x13x20
Screw - M4
Bushing - 8mm
Gear - 24Z
Feed Belt
Roller Driven
Page and
Index No.
163 - 10
163 - 9
45 - 1
45 - 5
45 - 2
43 - 13
47 - 28
53 - 14
51 - 14
53 - 16
51 - 16
105 - 21
43 - 7
45 - 25
45 - 25
163 - 7
61 - 35
51 - 28
53 - 28
51 - 29
53 - 29
51 - 27
53 - 27
27 - 12
27 - 18
29 - 16
33 - 16
27 - 22
21 - 3
25 - 21
35 - 21
31 - 13
25 - 23
21 - 19
21 - 18
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No.
A859 1841
A859 2112
A859 2241
A859 7211
B004 2783
B004 2923
B004 2923
B024 1264
B044 1825
B044 1825
B044 1825
B044 1847
B051 1727
B051 1814
B065 1371
B065 1374
B082 2781
B101 1097
B101 5160
B101 5993
B101 5993
B132 1573
B132 1573
B132 1692
B132 9700
B154 5879
B154 5879
B180 1701
B180 1704
B180 1713
B180 1716
B180 1731
B180 1734
B180 1803
B180 1810
B222/B224
Description
Reverse Roller
Stepped Screw
Torque Limiter
Magnet Catch
Collar
Collar
Collar
Shoulder Screw
Frame:Scanner:Front
Bracket:Original Sensor
Cloth Holder
Cloth - DF Exposure Glass
Bracket:Sensor
Rubber Foot:H5
IC:MB87M1480175
Interface Panel
Interface Panel
Scale:Rear:Printing
Lubricant Powder
Plate:Cable
Plate:Cable
Inner Cover
Bracket:Tension
Stepper Motor:Ass'y
Carriage:No.1:Ass'y
Bracket:Sheet Through
Slide Rail:No.2
Guide:High Voltage Supply Cord:Base
Pulley:Drive Were:Front:Sub-Ass'y
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
B180 1812
B180 1814
B180 2871
B180 5445
B180 5891
B188 5350
B221 1851
B221 5236
B221 5245
B221 5247
B223 0211
B223 0212
B223 1065
B223 1067
B223 1068
B223 1069
B223 1076
B223 1080
B223 1084
B223 1087
B223 1101
B223 1102
B223 1103
B223 1116
B223 1120
B223 1123
B223 1144
B223 1148
B223 1174
B223 1177
B223 1180
B223 1183
B223 1186
B223 1187
B223 1188
41 - 10
25 - 13
27 - 11
21 - 2
55 - 28
53 - 20
51 - 20
13 - 17
103 - 9
81 - 22
35 - 4
81 - 13
43 - 8
45 - 13
157 - 11
157 - 14
55 - 6
115 - 10
135 - 1
97 - 15
91 - 18
161 - 2
13 - 7
43 - 11
163 - 12
91 - 1
45 - 26
45 - 14
47 - 20
47 - 16
45 - 4
43 - 1
47 - 29
45 - 7
47 - 23
Description
Pulley:Drive Were:Rear:Sub-Ass'y
Shaft:Scanner:Drive
Shaft:Separator:Driven:Ass'y
Polygon Mirror Motor Board
ASIC:Trumpet3
LSI:MB87M4290
Imaging Unit Ass'y C1c
Harness:LDB:1LD
Harness:LD Unit:LD-Signal:1LD
Harness:LD Unit:LD-Data:1LD
Fusing Section:NA:Ass'y
Fusing Section:EU:Ass'y
Connector Bracket
Bracket:Sensor:Front
Bracket:Sensor:Rear
Bracket:Drawer
Separation Plate - Upper Right
Separation Plate - Upper Middle Right
Separation Plate - Upper Middle Left
Separation Plate - Upper Left
Grip:Front
Bracket:Grip:Right Front
Bracket:Hinge:Left
Cam:Guide Plate:Scanner:Left
Bracket:Paper Feed Unit
Hinge - Cover Drum Stay
Holder:Positioning Sensor
Shaft: Development
Drive Unit:Collection Bottle
Drive Unit
Bracket:Paper Feed
Grip Shaft
Drive Joint
Magnetic Clutch Bracket
Stepper Motor DC24V
Page and
Index No.
47 - 24
47 - 26
61 - 41
49 - 1
153 - 1
135 - 2
49 - *
49 - 16
91 - 5
91 - 3
69 - *
69 - *
101 - 26
113 - 8
113 - 9
107 - 3
111 - 13
111 - 12
111 - 11
111 - 10
111 - 22
111 - 16
111 - 15
43 - 19
115 - 6
17 - 23
99 - 6
99 - 13
101 - 12
99 - *
105 - 10
105 - 2
105 - 3
105 - 12
105 - 16
Parts Index
Part No.
B223 1189
B223 1191
B223 1195
B223 1199
B223 1199
B223 1206
B223 1207
B223 1212
B223 1213
B223 1221
B223 1224
B223 1225
B223 1227
B223 1236
B223 1237
B223 1238
B223 1239
B223 1241
B223 1242
B223 1243
B223 1244
B223 1245
B223 1246
B223 1248
B223 1253
B223 1254
B223 1255
B223 1256
B223 1260
B223 1261
B223 1262
B223 1263
B223 1264
B223 1266
B223 1271
B222/B224
Description
Feed Drive Shaft
Bracket :Drive Unit: Registration
Bracket: Fusing Drive Sub-unit:Ass'y
DC Motor 24V
DC Motor 24V
Bracket: Connector: Heater
Cover: Connector: Heater
DC Motor Bracket
DC Motor: Shutter: Ass'y
Sensor Link Bracket
Torsion Spring
Shutter Link
Sensor Shutter Bracket
Duct:Rear:1
Duct:Rear:2
Duct:Rear:3
Duct:Rear:Lower
Inner Cover:Upper:Left
Inner Cover - Left
Inner Cover:Upper:Right
Inner Cover - Middle
Cap:Grip
Guide Plate:Scanner
Emblem Cover
Collection Bottlecover - Front
Cover - Main Switch
Sheet:Misfeed Removal
Cover:Upper
Cover:Inner Back
Cover:Inner Back:Upper
Cover - Inner Back Middle
Cover:Front Right
Cover:Paper Exit Unit:Upper
Cover:Right:Front
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
B223 1272
B223 1273
B223 1274
B223 1276
B223 1277
B223 1278
B223 1279
B223 1281
B223 1282
B223 1283
B223 1291
B223 1292
B223 1293
B223 1300
B223 1303
B223 1304
B223 1306
B223 1315
B223 1316
B223 1317
B223 1317
B223 1318
B223 1319
B223 1323
B223 1324
B223 1326
B223 1327
B223 1328
B223 1331
B223 1332
B223 1332
B223 1332
B223 1336
B223 1341
B223 1342
105 - 1
105 - 20
107 - 10
103 - 16
99 - 16
101 - 1
115 - 5
95 - 6
95 - 5
95 - 9
95 - 7
95 - 8
95 - 18
99 - 1
99 - 4
99 - 3
93 - 2
17 - 1
13 - 10
17 - 26
17 - 6
111 - 21
13 - 16
157 - 12
13 - 11
13 - 6
13 - 4
13 - 18
15 - 5
15 - 8
15 - 6
15 - 7
17 - 22
15 - 9
17 - 27
Description
Cover:Right:Rear
Cover:Right:Upper Middle
Cover:Right Rear:Fan
Filter:Right Rear
Ozone Filter:No.1
Ozone Filter:No.2
Cleaner:Shield Glass:Ass'y
Cover:Left
Cover:Left:Upper
Cover:Left:Middle
Cover:Rear
Cover:Rear:Upper
Cap:Cover:Rear
Drum Stay PCU Ass'y
Drum Stay Lever
Stopper:Lever:Drum Stay
Drum Stay
Ball Bearing Plate
Ball Bearing Clip
Screw
Screw
Spring
Wire
Duct:IH:Front
Duct:IH:Rear
Duct:Fusing
Duct:Fusing:Rear
Bracket:Fan:Ih
Bracket:Fan
Duct:Exit
Duct:Supply:Front
Duct:Supply:Rear
Page and
Index No.
13 - 21
15 - 10
13 - 23
13 - 22
13 - 9
15 - 13
13 - 19
13 - 3
15 - 2
13 - 1
13 - 26
13 - 25
13 - 24
17 - 14
17 - 15
17 - 12
17 - 17
17 - 19
17 - 20
95 - 1
17 - 21
17 - 16
17 - 18
107 - 8
107 - 7
103 - 2
103 - 3
73 - 7
109 - 5
103 - 17
109 - 6
107 - 6
73 - 2
107 - 5
107 - 4
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No.
B223 1344
B223 1348
B223 1350
B223 1354
B223 1362
B223 1364
B223 1370
B223 1461
B223 1462
B223 1475
B223 1486
B223 1487
B223 1489
B223 1494
B223 1507
B223 1518
B223 1595
B223 1596
B223 1721
B223 1754
B223 1755
B223 1771
B223 1773
B223 1774
B223 1777
B223 1779
B223 1782
B223 1785
B223 1786
B223 1787
B223 1788
B223 1790
B223 1791
B223 1807
B223 1808
B222/B224
Description
Sponge:IH:Fan
Filter:Image Forming MD
Stepper Motor DC5.06V
Drum Stay:Drive Unit
Cover:Fusing Drive Unit:Lower
Guide:Harness
Holder:Magnetic Clutch
PCB:APC1:LCDC:NA
PCB:LCDC:EU
PCB OP-L
Invertor - TFT
Cable - FFC TFT LCD
LCD - TFT W-VGA SH
Touch Panel - W-VGA F
Shadeing Plate:Touch Panel:Ass'y
Keytop - Blank FB
Cover:Scanner:Front
Cover:Front Right:Upper
Carriage:No.2
Mirror:No.2:Concave
Mirror:No.2:Convax
Lens Unit
Scale:Machine Or Copier
Seal:Sheet Through
Scale:Left
Cover:Stepper Motor:Rear
Drive Were
Spacer:Bracket:Scale:Left
Holder:Connector
Scale:Left:Na
Frame:Scanner:Rear
Ground Plate:Stay:Lens
Gasket:Rfsg-030100:75
Bracket:Exterior:Rear
Document Feeder:Connector:Bracket
Page and
Index No.
113 - 7
13 - 2
105 - 22
105 - 4
107 - 14
99 - 18
99 - 11
19 - 9
19 - 9
19 - 4
19 - 10
19 - 19
19 - 18
19 - 15
19 - 14
19 - 32
19 - 35
19 - 37
47 - 1
47 - 3
47 - 4
45 - 17
43 - 3
43 - 5
43 - 6
47 - 13
47 - 19
43 - 2
45 - 11
43 - 6
43 - 9
45 - 15
45 - 16
47 - 14
43 - 17
Part No.
Description
B223 1818
B223 1819
B223 1820
B223 1824
B223 1825
B223 1826
B223 1827
B223 1828
B223 1840
B223 1851
B223 1881
B223 1882
B223 1885
B223 1896
B223 1897
B223 1898
B223 1899
B223 1903
B223 1907
B223 1908
B223 1909
B223 1913
B223 1914
B223 1988
B223 1989
B223 2204
B223 2205
B223 2206
B223 2207
B223 2244
B223 2245
B223 2246
B223 2247
B223 2558
B223 2570
Cover:Scanner:Left
Cover:Scanner:Right
Cover:Scanner:Rear
Seal:Scanner:Frame:Base
Duct:Scanner
Sheet:Fan:Duct:Scanner
Seal:Duct:Front:Scanner
Seal:Duct:Rear:Scanner
Xenon Lamp
Imaging Unit Ass'y C1d
Cover - Upper
Cover - Polygon Motor
Shutter Ass'y
Imaging Unit Plate - Front
Imaging Unit Plate - Rear
Imaging Unit Plate - Inner
Imaging Unit Plate - Outer
Louver
Screw
Link:Shutter:1
Link:Shutter:2
Screw:Link:Shutter
Plate Nut:Link
PCU:BK
PCU:C
PCU:M
PCU:Y
Drum Unit:BK
Drum Unit:M
Drum Unit:C
Drum Unit:Y
Registration Roller Knob
Guide Plate:Registration:Right
Page and
Index No.
15 - 1
15 - 11
15 - 12
45 - 8
45 - 19
45 - 22
45 - 20
45 - 21
45 - 3
49 - *
49 - 9
49 - 6
49 - 8
111 - 19
111 - 20
111 - 18
111 - 17
49 - 5
49 - 7
49 - 11
49 - 10
49 - 14
49 - 13
49 - 18
49 - 12
157 - 6
157 - 6
157 - 6
157 - 6
157 - 4
157 - 4
157 - 4
157 - 4
57 - 9
57 - 20
Parts Index
Part No.
B223 2599
B223 2606
B223 2607
B223 2608
B223 2609
B223 2619
B223 2621
B223 2622
B223 2623
B223 2624
B223 2629
B223 2631
B223 2632
B223 2633
B223 2634
B223 2636
B223 2637
B223 2641
B223 2644
B223 2644
B223 2645
B223 2645
B223 2648
B223 2649
B223 2651
B223 2652
B223 2655
B223 2655
B223 2657
B223 2658
B223 2659
B223 2661
B223 2662
B223 2663
B223 2664
B222/B224
Description
Ground Plate:Rear
Ground Plate:Reverse
Gear:Z16
Guide Plate:Separator
Transport Roller:Exit:Duplex
Cover:Manual Feed Unit
Guide Plate:Exit
Cover:Guide Plate:Exit
Sheet:Guide:Exit
Stay:Feed
Rack:Manual Feed
DC Solenoid:Pickup
Spring:Release:Pickup
Support Stay:Arm
Torsion Spring:27n
Bracket:Arm:Manual Feed:Rear
Roller:Driven:Dia16
Decal:Scale
Decal:Scale
Decal:Side Fence
Decal:Side Fence
Guide Plate:Transport Unit:Exit
Spring:Pressure:5n
Arm:Manual Feed:Front
Arm:Manual Feed:Rear
Arm:Manual Feed:Short:Front
Arm:Manual Feed:Short:Rear
Harness:Manual Feed
Cover:Manual Feed
Manual Feed Table
Extension Tray
Cover:Manual Feed:Entrance
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
B223 2665
B223 2666
B223 2667
B223 2668
B223 2669
B223 2671
B223 2675
B223 2676
B223 2677
B223 2681
B223 2683
B223 2685
B223 2686
B223 2688
B223 2689
B223 2691
B223 2694
B223 2696
B223 2702
B223 2703
B223 2705
B223 2710
B223 2714
B223 2715
B223 2721
B223 2722
B223 2730
B223 2750
B223 2761
B223 2762
B223 2764
B223 2765
B223 2767
B223 2772
B223 2773
57 - 17
61 - 29
61 - 25
61 - 37
61 - 26
61 - 18
61 - 4
61 - 3
61 - 1
61 - 17
61 - 9
59 - 11
61 - 14
61 - 15
61 - 19
61 - 20
61 - 32
87 - 8
59 - 8
161 - 3
59 - 5
161 - 4
87 - 6
87 - 7
61 - 22
61 - 33
161 - 5
59 - 6
61 - 24
61 - 34
61 - 16
59 - 7
59 - *
59 - 13
79 - 15
Description
Spring:Cover:Manual Feed
Gear:16Z
Grip:Side Fence
Spring Plate:Stopper
Harness:Paper Size Sensor
Side Fence:Rear
Guide Plate - Vertical Transport
Spring - 11n
Sheet - Transport Sub-unit
Arm:Tightener
Gear:25Z
Gear:Z31
Side Fence:Front
Gear:Z28
Guide:Gear
Drum Stay:Drive
Heat Sink:Heater:NA
Heat Sink:Heater:EU
Supporter - Right
Bracket:Push Switch
Cover
Paper Feed Unit
Pickup Arm
Feed Shaft
Gear-24z
Ground Plate - Feed
Paper End Feeler
Harness Sheet
Page and
Index No.
79 - 14
59 - 12
59 - 3
59 - 4
59 - 9
59 - 2
87 - 2
87 - 4
87 - 1
61 - 44
61 - 47
103 - 12
61 - 46
59 - 1
61 - 48
103 - 10
103 - 6
61 - 49
115 - 4
115 - 4
115 - 2
115 - 1
115 - 7
115 - 8
101 - 18
101 - 17
101 - 10
55 - *
55 - 22
55 - 26
55 - 25
55 - 21
55 - 1
55 - 12
55 - 3
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No.
B223 2776
B223 2778
B223 2780
B223 2786
B223 2810
B223 2815
B223 2819
B223 2829
B223 2835
B223 2840
B223 2850
B223 2857
B223 2860
B223 2860
B223 2861
B223 2861
B223 2862
B223 2862
B223 2863
B223 2863
B223 2864
B223 2864
B223 2865
B223 2865
B223 2869
B223 2870
B223 2873
B223 2873
B223 2873
B223 2880
B223 2890
B223 2894
B223 2900
B223 2910
B223 2911
B222/B224
Description
Stay
Sensor Bracket
DC Solenoid 24V
Gear - 22Z
Feed Guide
Guide Plate
Guide Plate No.2
Paper Tray Grip
Paper Tray Grip
Grip Holder
Grip Holder
Release Shaft
Release Shaft
Rise No.1 Shaft
Rise No.1 Shaft
Ground Plate
Side Fence - Front
Side Fence - Rear
Slide Rail - Left
Slide Rail Stopper - Left
Spacer
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
B223 2912
B223 2912
B223 2918
B223 2918
B223 2919
B223 2920
B223 2923
B223 2923
B223 2930
B223 2934
B223 2934
B223 2935
B223 2935
B223 2936
B223 2936
B223 2940
B223 2940
B223 2946
B223 3013
B223 3023
B223 3033
B223 3043
B223 3202
B223 3203
B223 3204
B223 3205
B223 3206
B223 3209
B223 3211
B223 3305
B223 3328
B223 3400
B223 3424
B223 3426
B223 3428
55 - 9
55 - 4
55 - 8
55 - 13
55 - 29
55 - 34
55 - 35
55 - 17
57 - 23
57 - 24
51 - *
51 - 7
53 - 8
51 - 8
53 - 13
51 - 13
51 - 10
53 - 10
51 - 12
53 - 12
51 - 15
53 - 15
51 - 24
53 - 24
51 - 32
51 - 18
161 - 6
51 - 30
53 - 30
51 - 26
51 - 2
51 - 3
53 - *
53 - 1
53 - 2
Description
End Fence
End Fence
Rise Lever
Rise Lever
Front Side Fence
Rear Side Fence
Plate - Side Fence
Plate - Side Fence
Gear - 16Z
Gear - 16Z
Tray Bottom Plate
Tray Bottom Plate
Development Unit:BK
Development Unit:M
Development Unit:C
Development Unit:Y
Pump Unit - Y
Pump Unit - C
Pump Unit - M
Nozzle Ass'y
Tube Clamp
Tube Clip
Pump Unit - BK
Toner Cartridge Unit
Toner Cartridge Guide
Toner Supply Drive Unit
Shaft:Drive:Drive Unit:BKY
Shaft:Drive:Drive Unit:CM
Spring:Drive Unit:Toner Bottle
Page and
Index No.
51 - 17
53 - 17
51 - 25
53 - 25
53 - 6
53 - 18
51 - 19
53 - 19
53 - 26
51 - 22
53 - 22
51 - 21
53 - 21
51 - 23
53 - 23
51 - 4
53 - 4
53 - 7
157 - 2
157 - 2
157 - 2
157 - 2
65 - 8
65 - 7
65 - 6
65 - 10
65 - 9
65 - 11
65 - 5
113 - 1
113 - 2
63 - *
63 - 5
63 - 4
63 - 12
Parts Index
Part No.
B223 3441
B223 3455
B223 3457
B223 3461
B223 3462
B223 3463
B223 3464
B223 3470
B223 4011
B223 4072
B223 4162
B223 4172
B223 4177
B223 4181
B223 4221
B223 4226
B223 4232
B223 4233
B223 4235
B223 4301
B223 4303
B223 4307
B223 4308
B223 4310
B223 4311
B223 4312
B223 4314
B223 4315
B223 4317
B223 4318
B223 4320
B223 4321
B223 4327
B223 4328
B223 4329
B222/B224
Description
Timing Belt:Toner Bottle
Magnetic Clutch - 0.25n.m BK
Magnetic Clutch - 0.25n.m YCM
Pulley:Toner Bottle:YC
Pulley:Toner Bottle:CM
Gear:Toner Bottle:DRIVE
Gear:Magnetic Clutch:Y
Rfid Ground Plate
IH Coilunit:EU
Screw:Positioning Control
Thermostat:149c/150c
Thermistor:Fusing:Ass'y
Thermistor:Pressuer:Ass'y
Bracket:Oil Supply Roller
Roller:Belt Tensioner:Dia12
Encoder:Ferrite Core:Change
Spacer:Heat Roller
Roller:Ferrite Core:Ass'y
Frame:Coil:Front
Frame:Coil:Rear
Guide:IH:Upper
Bracket:Pressure:Coil
Stay:IH:Holder
Holder:Coil:Front Lower
Holder:Coil:Rear Lower
Stay:Temperature Sensor:Fusing
Bracket:Drive:Gear
Arm:Rear
Arm:Front
Lever:Lock:Fusing Unit
Bracket:Sensor:Turn
Bracket:Sensor:Machine Or Copier
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
B223 4331
B223 4332
B223 4336
B223 4337
B223 4341
B223 4342
B223 4343
B223 4349
B223 4360
B223 4391
B223 4394
B223 4394
B223 4397
B223 4397
B223 4421
B223 4426
B223 4427
B223 4428
B223 4435
B223 4436
B223 4437
B223 4438
B223 4439
B223 4441
B223 4442
B223 4444
B223 4447
B223 4450
B223 4451
B223 4452
B223 4453
B223 4454
B223 4455
B223 4456
B223 4457
63 - 6
63 - 11
63 - 10
63 - 7
63 - 8
63 - 13
63 - 9
63 - 2
73 - 21
71 - 27
69 - 4
69 - 2
69 - 3
71 - 20
71 - 3
71 - 9
71 - 25
71 - 11
71 - 2
73 - 19
73 - 20
73 - 15
73 - 13
73 - 5
73 - 3
73 - 4
113 - 14
107 - 18
107 - 22
107 - 21
85 - 15
85 - 2
73 - 17
73 - 12
73 - 10
Description
Cover:Thermopile
Holder:Thermopile
Supporter:Fusing Unit
Bracket:Pin
Guide:Fusing Unit
Sheet:Harness
Ring:Gear:Heat Roller
IH Coil Unit
Holder:Fusing Unit:Ass'y
Positioning Plate:Fusing Unit
Guide Plate:Upper Left
Bracket:Sensor
Ground Plate:Bracket:Sensor
Roller:Guide:PFA
Roller:Auxiliary:Driven:Dia16:PFA
Spring Plate - Exit Roller
Inner Cover:Exit:Front
Inner Cover:Exit:Rear
Harness:IOB:Paper Exit Unit:C
Stay:Protect
Bracket:Stepper Motor:Gate
Bracket:Gear:Coupling
Gear:Z14
Gear:Z14/Z40
Tension Spring:1.3n
Exit Roller
Transport Roller:Dia18
Transport Roller:Auxiliary
Spacer:Idler
Gear:Pulley:Z27/T22
Page and
Index No.
113 - 10
113 - 13
73 - 18
73 - 11
73 - 23
113 - 5
107 - 15
73 - 21
73 - 22
113 - 15
161 - 7
67 - 29
161 - 8
73 - 24
77 - 7
75 - 11
77 - 5
77 - 18
77 - 14
77 - 23
75 - 8
75 - 9
75 - 10
75 - 21
77 - 26
75 - 20
75 - 17
75 - 23
75 - 18
75 - 16
77 - 3
75 - 13
77 - 9
75 - 5
77 - 12
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No.
B223 4458
B223 4459
B223 4461
B223 4463
B223 4464
B223 4467
B223 4468
B223 4471
B223 4472
B223 4474
B223 4475
B223 4477
B223 4478
B223 4479
B223 4481
B223 4482
B223 4483
B223 4484
B223 4485
B223 4486
B223 4487
B223 4488
B223 4491
B223 4492
B223 4492
B223 4493
B223 4495
B223 4501
B223 4502
B223 4503
B223 4511
B223 4512
B223 4513
B223 4514
B223 4522
B222/B224
Description
Gear:Pulley:Z18/T23
Gear:18Z
Guide Plate:Upper Right
Timing Pulley:22T
Timing Pulley:23T
Gear:Z20/Z32
Stopper
Guide Plate:Open And Close
Gear:21Z
Driven Roller:Dia16
Gate Pawl:Entrance
Lever:Gate Pawl:Upper
Stopper:Gate Pawl:Upper
Bracket:Paper Exit Unit:Rear
Inner Cover:Sensor
Guide Plate:Upper:Gate
Compression Spring:Driven Roller
Tension Spring:10n
Exit Tray
Exit End Fence
Guide Plate:Lower
Shaft:Pressure:Auxiliary
Gate Pawl:Upper
Guide Plate:Right
Guide Plate:Left Lower
Guide Plate:Left Upper
Roller Clutch:T24
Spacer:Wire:Stopper
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
B223 4523
B223 4524
B223 4525
B223 4526
B223 4527
B223 4529
B223 4531
B223 4532
B223 4533
B223 4534
B223 4535
B223 4536
B223 4537
B223 4538
B223 4539
B223 4540
B223 4541
B223 4542
B223 4543
B223 4544
B223 4545
B223 4551
B223 4552
B223 4552
B223 4553
B223 4554
B223 4555
B223 4556
B223 4557
B223 4558
B223 4559
B223 4559
B223 4559
B223 4560
B223 4561
75 - 4
75 - 1
75 - 14
77 - 13
75 - 6
75 - 19
75 - 22
83 - 14
83 - 3
83 - 11
83 - 2
83 - 6
83 - 8
83 - 9
83 - 17
79 - 6
81 - 2
83 - 13
83 - 10
15 - 4
15 - 3
77 - 19
77 - 6
83 - 7
161 - 9
77 - 15
83 - 1
81 - 23
85 - 13
83 - 20
85 - 5
85 - 3
85 - 11
85 - 14
87 - 9
10
Description
Link:Stopper
Wire:Stopper:Dia1.5
Tension Spring:Wire:180n
Pulley:T26/T24
Roller Clutch:T24
Guide Plate:Cover
Tension Spring:Hook:Stopper
Inner Cover:Duplex:Rear
Inner Cover:Duplex
Roller Clutch:T26
Reverse Roller:Feed Paper Again
Compression Spring
Sheet:Cover:Duplex
Cover:Duplex
Torsion Spring:Rear
Torsion Spring:Front
Pulley:T35/T33
Guide Pin:Holder
Guide Plate:Transfer Unit:Holder
Bushing:Dia4
Bushing:Dia4
Bracket:Guide Plate
Sheet:Transport Unit
Compression Spring
Harness:Ground Wire
Sheet:Harness
Driven Roller:Dia16
Driven Roller:Dia16
Driven Roller:Dia16
Harness - Second Transfer Unit
Page and
Index No.
57 57 79 81 85 85 79 79 79 79 85 85 81 79 79 79 67 67 85 85 67 67 67 81 67 67 67 67 67 67 81 67 79 81 67 -
19
22
7
15
8
6
12
5
2
1
9
4
10
10
16
13
23
22
12
7
34
24
17
8
16
2
1
10
3
30
6
8
8
7
20
Parts Index
Part No.
B223 4562
B223 4564
B223 4566
B223 4571
B223 4572
B223 4573
B223 4575
B223 4578
B223 4579
B223 4581
B223 4584
B223 4586
B223 4587
B223 4589
B223 4590
B223 4594
B223 4595
B223 4596
B223 5090
B223 5106
B223 5113
B223 5120
B223 5120
B223 5170
B223 5172
B223 5202
B223 5203
B223 5204
B223 5216
B223 5218
B223 5223
B223 5225
B223 5225
B223 5226
B223 5235
B222/B224
Description
Tightener
Spring: Tightener
Bracket:Sensor:Entrance
Gear:Pulley:Z24/T40
Gate Pawl:Duplex
Grip:Open And Close:Duplex Unit
DC Solenoid:Duplex
Tension Spring:Lever
Pulley:T30
Harness:Duplex Md
Hook:Stopper
Shaft:Pulley:Wire
Pulley:DIA13
Bracket:Shaft:Pulley:Wire
HDD Unit
PCB:SIO
PCB:BCU
PCB:IOB
PCB:IOB
Invertor:IH
Invertor:IH:EU
Harness:Sio:Sensor
Harness:Sio:Ardf
Harness:Sio:Lamp Regulator
Harness:SIO:Scanner Motor SMD
Harness:Xenon Lamp
Harness:Sio:Machine Or Copier
Harness:Sio:Scanner Unit
Harness:LDB:2LD
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
B223 5239
B223 5241
B223 5243
B223 5244
B223 5246
B223 5248
B223 5300
B223 5301
B223 5302
B223 5304
B223 5305
B223 5309
B223 5310
B223 5311
B223 5312
B223 5313
B223 5320
B223 5321
B223 5322
B223 5325
B223 5327
B223 5330
B223 5331
B223 5332
B223 5333
B223 5335
B223 5336
B223 5338
B223 5342
B223 5345
B223 5347
B223 5350
B223 5361
B223 5362
B223 5725
81 - 12
81 - 14
81 - 4
81 - 20
81 - 17
81 - 21
81 - 19
83 - 18
79 - 3
83 - 5
83 - 4
81 - 16
87 - 10
83 - 19
79 - 4
87 - 11
87 - 12
87 - 13
97 - 7
47 - 12
91 - 13
123 - *
89 - 6
103 - 5
103 - 5
43 - 15
43 - 18
47 - 9
47 - 17
45 - 9
47 - 10
91 - 2
45 - 18
47 - 11
49 - 16
Description
Harness:Sync Detector
Harness:Polygon Mirror Motor
Harness:Motor:Driver
Harness:IPU:LD-Signal:2LD
Harness:IPU:LD-Data:2LD
Harness:IPU:Sync Detector:Mirror
Harness:IOB:Main:Lower
Harness:IOB:Main:Middle
Harness:IOB:Main:Upper
Harness:IOB:Toner Supply:CL
Harness:IOB:Connecting:IH
Harness:IOB:Connecting:TM/P:Sensor
Harness:P.p:High Voltage Line:T/TS
Harness:IOB:Fan Motor
Harness:IOB:Fusing:Thermopile
Harness:IOB:LD Unit:Shutter
Harness:IOB:BCU
Harness:Connecting:BCU:SIO
Harness:IOB:1bin
Harness:IOB:Counter:EXP
Harness:MB:OPU
Harness:AC:Switch
Harness:AC:IH:Power Supply Unit
Harness:PSU:SW:NA
Harness:AC:Inlet
Harness:IOB:Counter:Option:NA
Harness:PSU:JIGU
Harness:AC:IH:Power Supply Unit:EU
Harness:AC:Scanner:Heater
Harness:Power Supply Unit
Harness:Power Supply Unit:C1
Harness:IOB:Connecting:Drum:Sensor
PCB:IPU
11
Page and
Index No.
49 - 17
49 - 2
49 - 3
91 - 5
91 - 3
91 - 4
89 - 2
89 - 4
89 - 1
65 - 2
103 - 4
95 - 10
65 - 3
109 - 7
113 - 12
95 - 17
91 - 11
91 - 9
89 - 3
89 - 5
91 - 14
101 - 24
93 - 8
93 - 7
93 - 10
103 - 22
93 - 5
93 - 8
107 - 24
93 - 6
91 - 6
99 - 8
107 - 1
107 - 1
91 - 7
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No.
B223 5725
B223 5734
B223 5735
B223 5736
B223 5747
B223 5807
B223 5808
B223 5809
B223 5812
B223 5813
B223 5814
B223 5816
B223 5821
B223 5822
B223 5823
B223 5824
B223 5827
B223 5841
B223 5843
B223 5844
B223 5846
B223 5848
B223 5849
B223 5857
B223 5861
B223 5862
B223 5864
B223 5866
B223 5876
B223 6023
B223 6032
B223 6130
B223 6140
B223 6145
B223 6146
B222/B224
Description
PCB:IPU
Harness:HDD:Raid:Upper
Harness:HDD:Raid:Lower
Harness:HDD:Power Source
PCB:MB:AP-C1
Bracket:BCU
Supporter:Rapi:Upper
Supporter:Rapi:Lower
Hinge:Panel:Control Board
Safety Switch Bracket
Bracket - Safety Switch Lever
Plate:Rack:Auxiliary:Right
Rack:Inner Back:Auxiliary:Left Lower
Supporter:Lower
Grip:Rack:Left Lower
Cover:Sd-card
Bracket:Fan:Control Board
Hinge:Application:Rack
Bracket:Rack:Application
Bracket:Fan:Power Source:IH
Bracket:Total Counter
Bracket:Base:Connector
Bracket:Sw:Dehumidifier:Heater:Exp
Gasket:Etnw100-00505:L90
Gasket:EGUN1-0105:L240
Gasket:EGUN1-0205:L45
Ground Wire:Rack:Right Lower:HF
Density Sensor:Ass'y
Cleaning Unit
Intermediate Transfer Section:Servi
Image Transfer Belt
Drawer:Intermediate Transfer:Ass'y
Rail:Left:Intermediate Transfer
Rail:Right:Intermediate Transfer
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
B223 6198
B223 6263
B223 6281
B223 6285
B223 6289
B223 6290
B223 6306
B223 6308
B223 6311
B223 6312
B223 6315
B223 6317
B223 6319
B223 6320
B223 6321
B223 6322
B223 6323
B223 6327
B223 6395
B223 6451
B223 6463
B223 6464
B223 6467
B223 6471
B223 6472
B223 6473
B223 6474
B223 6475
B223 6476
B223 6481
B223 6496
B223 6502
B223 6503
B223 6507
B223 6542
135 - *
97 - 2
97 - 3
97 - 1
91 - 15
91 - 12
91 - 16
91 - 17
91 - 8
95 - 3
95 - 4
89 - 7
97 - 13
97 - 10
97 - 16
97 - 14
97 - 9
103 - 19
103 - 20
103 - 18
103 - 23
101 - 21
101 - 27
93 - 1
93 - 3
97 - 12
97 - 11
103 - 21
95 - 11
157 - 3
157 - 5
157 - 8
65 - 1
113 - 3
113 - 4
12
Description
Cleaning Unit Rail
Transfer Roller Case
Transfer Roller Terminal
Terminal
Drum Stay - Rear
Release Lever
Transfer Spring
Positioning Guide - Front
Positioning Guide - Rear
Cushion
Ground Wire - Power Pack
Spring Cap
Lever Bracket - Middle
Spring Anchor
Lever Shaft - Front
Lever Shaft - Rear
Sheet:Case:Lower
Density Sensor
Pipe:Front:Ass'y
Gear - 20Z
Bushing - 6x10x6
Lever Bracket
Transport Screw Bracket
Gear - 21Z
Transport Screw Shaft
Gear - 29Z
Bushing - 5x 10x2.5
Bushing - Dia5
Rear Pipe Ass'y
Collection Bottle Rail
Used Toner Sensor Bracket
Used Toner Sensor Feeler
Set Sensor Bracket
Collection Bottle:Exp:Ass'
Page and
Index No.
109 - 12
67 - 11
67 - 15
67 - 13
67 - 12
67 - 25
67 - 6
67 - 32
57 - 1
57 - 2
57 - 3
67 - 18
67 - 31
67 - 7
67 - 33
67 - 4
67 - 5
67 - 14
95 - 15
111 - 9
111 - 8
111 - 1
111 - 14
111 - 2
111 - 4
111 - 6
111 - 7
111 - 3
111 - 5
101 - 11
109 - 8
109 - 1
109 - 3
101 - 4
157 - 7
Parts Index
Part No.
B229 1397
B230 9640
B230 9640
B230 9660
B230 9660
B230 9670
B230 9670
B230 9680
B230 9680
B237 1355
B237 1372
B237 1595
B237 1595
B237 2521
B237 2521
B238 1066
B238 1088
B238 1089
B238 1143
B238 1223
B238 1225
B238 1226
B238 1362
B238 1362
B238 1368
B238 1368
B238 1372
B238 1372
B238 1380
B238 1380
B238 1470
B238 1480
B238 1481
B238 1482
B238 1483
B222/B224
Description
Decal:Caution:Original:EU
Developer:BK
Developer:BK
Developer:C
Developer:C
Developer:M
Developer:M
Developer:Y
Developer:Y
Decal - Main Switch EU OP
Decal - Main Switch On-standby
Rubber Foot Cover
Cover - Connector
Cover - Positioning Pin
Guide:Connector:Heater:Imaging Unit
Holder
Shaft
Cam
Decal - Cleaning
Decal - Cleaning
Cover - Right
Cover - Right
PCB OP-R
Harness - OP-R 10p
Harness - OP-R 13p
Harness - OP-L 12p
Harness - OP-L 13p
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
B238 1484
B238 1504
B238 1505
B238 1506
B238 1508
B238 1509
B238 1511
B238 1519
B238 1527
B238 1533
B238 1534
B238 1535
B238 1547
B238 1548
B238 1549
B238 1550
B238 1552
B238 1571
B238 1572
B238 1574
B238 1575
B238 1577
B238 1578
B238 1580
B238 1581
B238 1583
B238 1584
B238 1792
B238 1806
B238 1807
B238 2523
B238 2523
B238 2524
B238 2524
B238 2526
161 - 10
157 - 1
163 - 13
157 - 1
163 - 13
163 - 13
157 - 1
157 - 1
163 - 13
161 - 11
161 - 12
161 - 13
19 - 36
161 - 14
51 - 6
115 - 3
101 - 25
101 - 3
101 - 2
103 - 15
103 - 13
103 - 14
161 - 15
17 - 13
161 - 16
17 - 7
161 - 17
13 - 5
157 - 10
13 - 20
19 - 31
19 - 5
19 - 6
19 - 30
19 - 29
Description
Harness - Invertor
Keytop - Start
Keytop - Clear/Stop
Keytop - Try Print
Keytop - 10key
Keytop - Interrupt
Keytop - Counter
Lens - Front
Operation Panel Bracket
Insulator
LCD Spacer A
LCD Spacer B
Spacer - Keytop
Operation Panel Bracket - Right
Keytop - Power Source
Keytop - Login
Keytop - Kantan
Keytop - Copy NA
Keytop - Doc NA
Keytop - Printer NA
Keytop - Scanner NA
Keytop - Copy EU
Keytop - Doc EU
Keytop - Printer EU
Keytop - Scanner EU
Keytop - Clear Modes
Keytop - 10key NA
Timing Belt - 157ST1.5-4.0
Idler Pulley
Pulley
Decal - Paper Size
Decal - Paper Size
Decal - Grip
13
Page and
Index No.
19 - 11
19 - 23
19 - 20
19 - 24
19 - 21
19 - 25
19 - 2
19 - 13
19 - 7
19 - 8
19 - 16
19 - 17
19 - 1
19 - 12
19 - 28
19 - 27
19 - 26
19 - 34
19 - 33
19 - 38
19 - 3
19 - 34
19 - 33
19 - 38
19 - 3
19 - 22
19 - 21
47 - 15
47 - 18
47 - 31
53 - 3
161 - 18
161 - 19
157 - 9
161 - 20
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No.
B238 2526
B238 2527
B238 2527
B238 2541
B238 2543
B238 2544
B238 2569
B238 2612
B238 2615
B238 2621
B238 2622
B238 2652
B238 2655
B238 2656
B238 2657
B238 2661
B238 2670
B238 2675
B238 2676
B238 3364
B238 3364
B238 3365
B238 3365
B238 3366
B238 3366
B238 3367
B238 3367
B238 4436
B238 4454
B238 4458
B238 4483
B238 4483
B238 4483
B238 4733
B238 4739
B222/B224
Description
Decal - Grip
Decal - Grip
Decal - Grip
Tray Cover - Right
Cover - Tray Left
Tray Cover - Middle
Transport Roller
Registration Guide Plate - Left
Case - Remove Paper Dust
Stay
Cover - Remove Paper Dust
Registration Roller - Drive
Gear - 16Z
Gear - 30Z
Gear - 18Z
Registration Roller - Driven
Cleaner Bracket
Registration Roller Bushing
Tension Spring
Spring Plate - Exit Roller Outer
Sensor Bracket
Compression Spring - Driven Roller
Screw
Screw
Screw
Entrance Sensor Bracket
Cover - Entrance Sensor
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
B238 4985
B238 4987
B238 5051
B238 5144
B238 5313
B238 5325
B238 5720
B238 5821
B238 5824
B238 5825
B238 5827
B238 5828
B238 5867
B238 5875
B312 1615
B351 1781
B351 1791
B386 3320
B387 1951
B387 2113
B387 2163
B477 2715
B645 5010
B645 6705
B645 6820
B652 1807
B652 1807
B652 1807
B652 2379
B652 2379
B679 5100
B700 2649
B700 5805
B703 1165
B714 5006
51 - 9
161 - 21
53 - 9
101 - 6
101 - 20
101 - 7
55 - 10
57 - 21
17 - 24
57 - 15
57 - 14
57 - 10
57 - 11
57 - 12
57 - 7
57 - 6
57 - 13
57 - 5
57 - 4
161 - 22
17 - 2
161 - 22
17 - 3
161 - 22
17 - 4
161 - 22
17 - 5
77 - 22
77 - 24
77 - 17
37 - 19
33 - 1
75 - 7
67 - 28
67 - 26
14
Description
Overflow Feeler Shaft
Overflow Feeler
PCB:RFID:RW
PCB Sync Detector
Harness - Used Toner Sensor
Harness - Paper Volume Sensor
ASIC:Shaker5.5
Bracket - Main Switch Handle
Slide Switch Cover
Power Source Switch Link
Main Switch Bracket
Main Switch Sheet
Hook:Solenoid:Sensor:TM
DC Solenoid DC24V
Tension Roller
Gear - 18Z
Gear - 25Z
Pickup Collar
Pressure Plate Tape
SD Card
PCMCAI Card Adapter
USB Reader/Writer
Decal:Size:Original
Decal:Size:Original
Decal:Size:Original
Plug - IEEEE1284 Type C
Page and
Index No.
77 - 2
77 - 1
63 - 1
49 - 15
109 - 4
101 - 8
153 - 3
109 - 9
109 - 10
109 - 11
101 - 23
101 - 22
95 - 13
95 - 14
27 - 3
35 - 16
35 - 15
25 - 15
39 - 22
25 - 14
25 - 7
41 - 13
163 - 1
163 - 2
163 - 3
23 - 4
43 - 100
161 - 23
21 - 1
161 - 24
163 - 11
103 - 7
35 - 11
39 - 15
29 - 24
Parts Index
Part No.
B789 1942
B789 2114
B789 3491
B789 3712
B789 6031
B789 6031
B802 1121
B802 1131
B802 1141
B802 1231
B802 1236
B802 1246
B802 1311
B802 1351
B802 1412
B802 1612
B802 1616
B802 1621
B802 1624
B802 1631
B802 1632
B802 1633
B802 1641
B802 1642
B802 1643
B802 1651
B802 1661
B802 1671
B802 1681
B802 1715
B802 1721
B802 1731
B802 1736
B802 1741
B802 1755
B222/B224
Description
Exit Driven Roller
Positioning Plate:Front
Positioning Plate:Rear
Cover:Paper Feed Sensor
Bracket:PCB:Right
Bracket:PCB:Left
Hinge:Left
Hinge:Right
Plate:Harness:Guide
Bracket:Motor
Stay:Motor
Bracket:Coupling
Timing Pulley:T31
Gear:Z18
Gear:Z19
Gear:Z18
Gear:Z37
Gear:Z26
Gear:Z25
Gear:Z21/Z23
Gear:Z17
Gear:Z18
Stay:Motor:Scanning
Bracket:Tension
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
B802 1755
B802 1762
B802 1762
B802 1767
B802 1772
B802 1773
B802 1777
B802 1812
B802 1815
B802 1925
B802 1931
B802 1941
B802 1942
B802 1943
B802 1951
B802 1985
B802 2111
B802 2115
B802 2222
B802 2225
B802 2227
B802 2231
B802 2252
B802 2253
B802 2285
B802 2291
B802 2512
B802 2522
B802 2526
B802 2532
B802 2536
B802 2541
B802 2551
B802 2562
B802 2571
39 - 23
25 - 22
29 - 23
29 - 22
21 - 12
161 - 25
41 - 1
41 - 2
41 - 3
39 - 2
39 - 14
39 - 12
41 - 8
41 - 9
39 - 24
39 - 16
39 - 19
39 - 21
39 - 18
37 - 6
37 - 7
37 - 8
37 - 21
37 - 3
37 - 4
37 - 5
37 - 2
37 - 1
37 - 15
37 - 10
37 - 14
37 - 11
37 - 13
37 - 16
33 - 2
Description
Bracket:Tension
Timing Pulley:T31
Timing Pulley:T31
Pulley:Idler:DIA16
Bracket:Reverse:Drive
Bracket:Pickup:Drive
Cam:Pickup
Stopper:Cam:Pickup
Feeler:Cam:Pickup
Cam:Stopper Pawl
Bracket:Sensor:Pickup
Lever:Stopper Pawl
Gear:Z20
Original Table
Side Fence
Slider:Side Fence
Plate:Contact Point
Spring Plate:0.2t
15
Page and
Index No.
37 33 37 33 27 27 27 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 29 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 -
20
3
18
7
4
1
2
1
3
10
17
22
18
20
14
7
23
26
16
14
21
20
13
15
19
17
25
13
11
15
14
21
9
24
17
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No.
B802 2581
B802 3145
B802 3147
B802 3211
B802 3231
B802 3233
B802 3234
B802 3251
B802 3252
B802 3311
B802 3312
B802 3331
B802 3332
B802 3351
B802 3381
B802 3412
B802 3413
B802 3414
B802 3422
B802 3426
B802 3427
B802 3471
B802 3511
B802 3553
B802 3561
B802 3566
B802 3567
B802 3568
B802 3592
B802 3611
B802 3612
B802 3615
B802 3631
B802 3651
B802 3711
B222/B224
Description
Spring Plate
Roller:Pull Out
Timing Pulley:T33
Timing Pulley:T33
Roller:Exit
Timing Pulley:T26
Roller:Reverse
Timing Pulley:T23
Guide:Paper Feed:Lower
Spring Plate:Scanning:Enrrrance:Driven
Shaft:Driven:Exit
Exchange Powl:Reverse
Cushion:Exchange Powl
Lever:Exchange Powl:Reverse
Link: Solenoid
Guide:Exit:Upper
Spring Plate
Page and
Index No.
21 31 31 33 31 31 31 31 31 33 33 33 33 33 31 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 33 33 33 33 33 29 -
Part No.
B802 3751
B802 3755
B802 3756
B802 3811
B802 3832
B802 3833
B802 3851
B802 4121
B802 4152
B802 4154
B802 4155
B802 4158
B802 4162
B802 4222
B802 4224
B802 4225
B802 4227
B802 4228
B802 4229
B802 4231
B802 4241
B802 4252
B802 4263
B802 4265
B802 4282
B802 4292
B802 4295
B802 4311
B802 4322
B802 4323
B802 4325
B802 4326
B802 4328
B802 4333
B802 4352
10
5
3
17
9
14
11
10
12
21
8
27
24
15
2
1
2
3
8
6
7
4
9
11
15
12
13
14
5
23
22
11
10
20
21
16
Description
Stay:Reverse
DC Solenoid:24V
Cover:Paper Feed
Grip:Cover
Shaft:Grip:Cover
Stopper:Cover
Guide:Upper
Spring Plate:Upper
Sheet:Guide:Upper
Bracket:Cover:Front
Ground Plate
Paper Feed:Unit
Shaft:Drive
Holder
Collar:Shaft
Gear:Z20
Shaft:Pickup
Page and
Index No.
33 29 33 27 31 31 29 23 23 23 23 23 23 25 25 25 25 25 25 23 23 23 23 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 -
26
20
25
7
8
7
19
1
2
6
7
8
12
33
32
41
30
29
31
11
10
15
22
40
37
38
35
1
24
26
27
17
28
16
10
Parts Index
Part No.
B802 4355
B802 4357
B802 4358
B802 4359
B802 4361
B802 4372
B802 4411
B802 4511
B802 4611
B802 4621
B802 4631
B802 4711
B802 4712
B802 4713
B802 4714
B802 5500
B802 5710
B802 5730
B802 5740
B802 5750
B802 5760
B802 5770
B802 5780
B802 5790
B802 5800
B802 5810
B802 5820
B802 5830
B802 5840
B802 6011
B802 6011
B802 6012
B802 6012
B802 6013
B802 6013
B222/B224
Description
Bracket :Pickup
Gear:Z19
Cushion:Pickup
Roller:Pickup
Timing Pulley:T21
Cover:Front
Cover:Rear
Pressure Plate
Cushion:Left
Sound Proofing Material: Cover: Rear
Cushion:Left
Cushion:Inner Back
PCB:Main
Harness:Interface
Harness:Paper Feed
Harness:Motor:Paper Feed
Harness:Motor:Reverse
Harness:Lift_up
Harness:Solenoid
Harness:Solenoid
Harness:Guide
Harness:Paper Feed
Decal:Side Fence
Decal:Side Fence
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
B802 6014
B802 6014
B802 6015
B802 6015
B837 5001
B837 5700
C401 9503
G020 1160
G020 1332
G021 9350
G038 1299
G052 4892
G052 4892
G060 2652
G060 2932
G060 4435
G065 2767
G065 2774
G065 2775
G065 2776
G080 2682
G080 2900
G108 5020
G108 5107
G108 5108
G133 5328
G404 2810
G570 1133
G570 1160
G570 1225
G570 2832
G570 2833
G570 2834
H020 2318
H053 2208
25 - 11
25 - 4
25 - 5
25 - 12
25 - 6
25 - 8
21 - 4
21 - 8
41 - 11
41 - 12
41 - 4
23 - 5
21 - 7
41 - 5
41 - 6
39 - 11
39 - 1
39 - 4
39 - 7
21 - 22
39 - 9
39 - 6
39 - 3
27 - 6
39 - 5
31 - 1
39 - 10
39 - 8
23 - 16
21 - 16
161 - 26
23 - 3
161 - 27
21 - 5
161 - 29
Description
SD-Card:Printer/Scanner
Fan Motor:MM40x10:NMB:1604KL-01W
Snap Ring
Hinge - Front Cover
Loop-back Connector - Parallel
Rivet - 5
Bushing - M4
Pick-up Arm - Manual Feed
Bushing - M4
Lever - Feed
Pressure Lever
Link Lever
Release Lever
Bushing:Feed
Torque Limiter
PCB:DDR-DIMM:512Mb
Left Guide 1
Right Guide 1
Harness:EGB:TM/P:Sensor
Spring Plate - 2nd Mirror
Timing Pulley 73
Spacer Bushing
Guide - High Voltage Supply Cord
Pulley Holder
Pulley - High Voltage Supply Cord
Rivet - Nrp345
Bushing - M4
17
Page and
Index No.
161 - 28
27 - 17
33 - 19
161 - 30
97 - 19
97 - 8
163 - 6
33 - 12
13 - 13
163 - 5
157 - 13
25 - 39
31 - 4
87 - 3
61 - 13
83 - 12
55 - 24
55 - 32
55 - 38
55 - 37
61 - 28
61 - 40
97 - 6
97 - 18
97 - 17
91 - 10
47 - 2
47 - 27
47 - 22
35 - 6
47 - 6
47 - 5
47 - 7
45 - 10
75 - 15
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No.
H053 2208
H511 5007
J503 3116
B222/B224
Description
Bushing - M4
Stamp
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
AA00 0239
AA02 1030
AA04 3320
AA04 3321
AA04 3322
AA04 3323
AA04 3328
AA04 3583
AA04 3585
AA04 3601
AA04 3968
AA04 3969
AA06 0151
AA06 0691
AA06 0693
AA06 0722
AA06 0842
AA06 0842
AA06 0842
AA06 0843
AA06 0872
AA06 0979
AA06 0980
AA06 1003
AA06 1003
AA06 1013
AA06 1014
AA06 1014
AA06 2259
AA06 2260
AA06 2262
AA06 3435
AA06 3438
AA06 3439
AA06 3441
77 - 8
29 - 25
35 - 5
18
Description
Decal:Color:FP
Magnet Catch
Timing Belt - S2M460
Timing Belt - B40S2M118
Tension Spring
Tension Spring
Tension Spring
Tension Spring
Tension Spring
Tension Spring
Tension Spring
Tension Spring
Spring
Tension Spring:Arm:Duplex
Tension Spring:Grip
Tension Spring:Grip
Spring - Release
Tension Spring
Tension Spring
Compression Spring
Compression Spring:Lever
Compression Spring
Page and
Index No.
161 - 1
13 - 8
37 - 9
33 - 5
37 - 17
35 - 9
25 - 9
101 - 16
105 - 7
105 - 18
77 - 11
75 - 3
95 - 12
55 - 23
55 - 31
101 - 13
37 - 12
39 - 20
33 - 4
27 - 25
61 - 43
47 - 30
47 - 21
51 - 31
53 - 31
85 - 1
51 - 11
53 - 11
55 - 39
33 - 9
23 - 9
25 - 20
73 - 14
73 - 16
25 - 36
Parts Index
Part No.
AA06 3499
AA06 3568
AA06 3568
AA06 3919
AA06 3953
AA06 3954
AA06 6178
AA06 6376
AA07 0080
AA08 0156
AA08 0254
AA08 0254
AA08 0265
AA08 0288
AA08 2101
AA08 2101
AA08 2101
AA08 2101
AA08 2101
AA08 2101
AA08 2101
AA08 2101
AA08 2101
AA08 2101
AA08 2101
AA08 2102
AA08 2104
AA08 2104
AA08 2143
AA08 2144
AA08 2145
AA08 3014
AA10 0014
AA10 0014
AA10 0015
B222/B224
Description
Pressure Spring
Pressure Spring
Pressure Spring
Spring:Pressure
Compression Spring:Oil Supply Roller
Compression Spring:Belt Tensioner
Spring
Slide Rail:Fusing Unit
Bushing - M4
Bushing - M4
Bushing - M4
Bushing:6x8x5
Bushing:Dia6
Bushing - 6x10x6
Bushing - 6x10x6
Bushing - 6x10x6
Bushing - 6x10x6
Bushing - 6x10x6
Bushing - 6x10x6
Bushing - 6x10x6
Bushing - 6x10x6
Bushing - 6x10x6
Bushing - 6x10x6
Bushing - 6x10x6
Bushing - 6x10x6
Bushing - 8x12x7
Bushing - 8x12x7
Bushing - 6x10x6
Bushing - 8x12x7
Bushing - 8x12x7
One-way Clutch
Snap Ring - M6
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
AA10 1021
AA10 1021
AA10 1021
AA13 2013
AA14 0777
AA14 0778
AA14 3404
AA14 3520
AA14 3520
AA14 3520
AA14 3526
AA14 3569
AA14 3576
AA14 3577
AA14 3788
AA14 3789
AA14 3790
AA14 3790
AA14 3802
AA14 3807
AA14 3823
AA14 3823
AA14 3843
AA16 1163
AA16 1164
AB01 0088
AB01 0118
AB01 0138
AB01 0156
AB01 0157
AB01 0367
AB01 0368
AB01 0375
AB01 0376
AB01 0377
61 - 42
61 - 12
95 - 2
27 - 27
71 - 21
71 - 17
107 - 17
25 - 25
113 - 6
77 - 16
79 - 9
67 - 9
27 - 24
25 - 34
61 - 7
57 - 8
85 - 10
77 - 10
55 - 20
75 - 2
63 - 3
33 - 13
27 - 10
35 - 12
25 - 3
61 - 23
81 - 3
25 - 18
55 - 11
47 - 25
67 - 21
61 - 30
55 - 16
61 - 5
99 - 10
Description
Spacer
Shaft:Feed
Shaft:Separator:Drive
Stepped Screw - M4
Shoulder Screw - M3
Shoulder Screw - M3
Shoulder Screw - M3
Stepped Screw - M3
Screw
Screw:M3
Screw:Tp:M4
Shaft:Cleaner
Screw:Contact Point
Screw:Contact Point
Screw:6X1.7
Screw:A
Tapping Screw
Tapping Screw
Screw:DIA6
Cushion
Cushion:Stepper Motor
Gear:Sensor:Turn
Gear:Turn:Sensor
Gear:Z28
Gear:Separate:Drive
Gear - 23Z
Gear:Development:NO.4
Gearz120
Gear:Z27
Gear:Z27/Z78
19
Page and
Index No.
35 - 2
81 - 18
103 - 11
25 - 19
61 - 8
61 - 38
57 - 18
41 - 14
27 - 5
43 - 12
71 - 15
29 - 10
107 - 2
51 - 33
23 - 14
23 - 13
41 - 7
33 - 14
39 - 17
81 - 1
13 - 14
27 - 9
51 - 1
115 - 9
105 - 15
71 - 1
71 - 26
107 - 20
55 - 33
55 - 30
99 - 14
99 - 19
107 - 12
107 - 13
107 - 11
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No.
AB01 1218
AB01 1223
AB01 1249
AB01 1252
AB01 1258
AB01 1259
AB01 1264
AB01 1387
AB01 1416
AB01 2044
AB01 2045
AB01 2051
AB01 4161
AB01 7493
AB01 7699
AB01 7703
AB01 7706
AB03 0551
AB03 0744
AB03 0781
AB03 0783
AC03 0142
AE01 0059
AE02 0115
AE03 0069
AE03 0071
AE03 1046
AE03 1061
AE03 1062
AE03 1065
AE04 0065
AE04 0066
AF01 3006
AF01 3006
AF01 3016
B222/B224
Description
Idler Gear - 25z
Gear:Turn:Ferrite Core:Z16
Gear - 20Z
Gear - 38Z
Gear - 32Z
Gear:Z24
Gear - 23Z
Gear - 20Z
Gear:Hot Roller
Gear:Pressure Roller
Gear:Idler:Pressure Roller
Reverse Roller Gear
Gear Pulley
Gear - 33Z/44Z
Gear:Drive:Fusing
Gear:Z16/Z40
Pulley:Idler:Fusing
Timing Pulley - 27Z/40T
Timing Pulley - 28Z/30T
Pulley - 34T
1st Mirror
Hot Roller:Dia35
Bushing:Heat Roller
Bushing:Fusing Sub-unit
Oil Supply Roller
Bottom Plate Pad
Bottom Plate Pad
Bottom Plate Pad
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
AF02 0646
AF03 0049
AF03 0090
AF03 1046
AF03 1090
AF03 2046
AF03 2090
AF04 0566
AF04 0567
AG07 0513
AG07 0514
AG07 1012
AW01 0091
AW01 0107
AW01 0107
AW01 0107
AW01 0114
AW01 0115
AW01 0116
AW01 0118
AW01 0122
AW01 0127
AW01 0128
AW01 0128
AW01 0129
AW02 0145
AW02 0145
AW02 0145
AW02 0145
AW02 0145
AW02 0145
AW02 0146
AW02 0154
AW02 0155
AW02 0160
55 - 19
61 - 45
71 - 12
55 - 15
105 - 6
105 - 9
107 - 16
61 - 10
61 - 36
71 - 10
71 - 13
71 - 18
81 - 11
103 - 8
105 - 5
71 - 14
107 - 19
101 - 14
105 - 19
105 - 8
101 - 15
45 - 6
71 - 6
71 - 8
71 - 5
71 - 7
71 - 4
71 - 24
71 - 19
71 - 16
71 - 23
71 - 22
53 - 5
51 - 5
61 - 27
20
Description
Pick-up Roller
Tension Roller
Tension Roller
Magnet Catch
Magnet Catch
Magnet Catch:Ass'y
Paper Feed Sensor
Paper Feed Sensor
Paper Feed Sensor
Original Sensor:H=81.5
Paper Feed Sensor
Paper Feed Sensor
Paper Feed Sensor
Paper Feed Sensor
Paper Feed Sensor
Photo Interrupter :Flat
Photo Interrupter :Flat
Photo Interrupter: Flat
Photo Interrupter: Flat:Pich2mm:M4
Photo Interrupter: Entrance
Photo Interrupter: Paper Size Sensor
Paper Feed Sensor
Page and
Index No.
87 - 5
61 - 11
55 - 14
61 - 6
55 - 18
61 - 39
55 - 27
77 - 21
77 - 20
21 - 26
79 - 11
17 - 25
23 - 20
75 - 12
81 - 5
57 - 16
45 - 12
45 - 24
45 - 27
67 - 27
55 - 7
77 - 25
55 - 5
61 - 2
21 - 23
83 - 15
81 - 9
55 - 2
43 - 14
99 - 7
77 - 4
43 - 16
23 - 17
23 - 18
109 - 2
Parts Index
Part No.
AW02 0185
AW10 0106
AW14 0012
AW50 0023
AW50 0023
AW50 0031
AW50 0035
AW50 0038
AX04 0154
AX05 0249
AX06 0286
AX06 0308
AX20 0289
AX20 0299
AX20 0300
AX20 2007
AX31 0045
AX31 0045
AX43 0156
AX43 0157
AX64 0164
AX64 0179
AX65 0045
AZ24 0109
AZ24 0110
AZ30 0058
AZ32 0154
AZ32 0165
AZ50 0070
BC01 2002
GA00 3030
GA00 3030
GA00 3031
GA00 3031
GA00 3032
B222/B224
Description
Toner End Sensor
Thermopile
Temperature & Humidity Sensor
Push Switch
Push Switch
Paper Size Sensor
Paper End Sensor
DC Motor 24V
Brushless Motor DC24V8W
Polygon Mirror Motor
Brushless Motor:DC24V 25W
Magnetic Clutch - 32z
Magnetic Clutch:0.5n.m
Magnetic Clutch:0.5n.m
Magnetic Clutch
Total Counter:7FIG:24V
Total Counter:7fig:24V
Heater:120V:500W
Heater:230V:500W
Fan Motor:15mm:24V
Fan Motor:DC24V 2.4W
Sirocco Fan:DC24V 2.6W
Power Supply Unit:494W:DOM/NA
Power Supply Unit:494W:EU/AA:APO-C1
Power Pack:D
Power Pack:TTS:APO-C/P
Power Pack:CB:APO-C/P:-80mic
Stabilizer:T
Exposure Glass:Sheet Through:344x20
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
GA00 3032
GA00 3033
GA00 3033
GA00 3167
GA08 0002
GA14 3003
GW01 0007
GW01 0007
GW01 0007
GW01 0007
GW02 0020
GW02 0020
GW02 0020
GW02 0020
GW02 0020
GX06 0015
GX06 0015
GX64 0020
GX64 0021
65 - 4
113 - 11
105 - 17
83 - 16
101 - 5
59 - 10
61 - 21
101 - 19
101 - 9
99 - 5
49 - 4
99 - 9
105 - 11
99 - 15
99 - 12
61 - 31
97 - 4
103 - 24
69 - 1
69 - 1
45 - 23
99 - 2
73 - 8
93 - 4
93 - 4
67 - 19
107 - 23
93 - 9
47 - 8
43 - 4
161 - 31
17 - 8
17 - 10
161 - 31
17 - 9
Description
Decal:Caution:Inkjet:NA
Bushing - 6mm
Screw:Mm5:2.5MM
Photo Reflection Sensor:Exit
Photo Interrupter:Lg248nl1
Brushless Motor: Drive: Paper Feed
Brushless Motor: Drive: Paper Feed
Fan Motor - DC24V
Fan Motor DC24V 1.92W
21
Page and
Index No.
161 - 31
17 - 11
161 - 31
161 - 32
105 - 13
23 - 23
21 - 20
23 - 19
29 - 18
31 - 6
95 - 16
23 - 21
73 - 9
35 - 8
39 - 13
107 - 9
99 - 17
103 - 1
73 - 1
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No.
VSSM 9000
B222/B224
Description
Digital Multimeter - FLUKE87
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
0312 5040N
0314 0120N
0353 0030N
0353 0040N
0353 0040N
0353 0040N
0353 0040N
0353 0050N
0353 0050N
0353 0060N
0353 0060N
0353 0060N
0353 0060N
0353 0060N
0353 0060N
0353 0080N
0353 0100N
0353 0100N
0353 0120N
0353 0250N
0360 3006N
0360 3006N
0360 3016N
0434 0100N
0450 3008N
0450 3008N
0450 3008N
0450 3008N
0450 3008N
0450 3008N
0450 3008N
0450 3008N
0450 3008N
0450 3008N
0450 3008N
163 - 4
22
Description
Screw - M2.5X4
Screw - M4X12
Screw:M3X3
Screw - M3X4
Screw - M3X4
Screw - M3X4
Screw - M3X4
Screw-m3x5
Screw-m3x5
Bind Screw - M3x6
Bind Screw - M3x6
Bind Screw - M3x6
Bind Screw - M3x6
Bind Screw - M3x6
Bind Screw - M3x6
Screw:M3X8
Screw-m3x10
Screw-m3x10
Screw M3x12
Screw:M3X25
Screw - M3X6
Screw - M3X6
Screw - M3X16
Page and
Index No.
95 - 105
43 - 105
15 - 102
27 - 102
113 -104
73 - 107
61 - 104
15 - 103
47 - 109
71 - 100
19 - 102
69 - 102
97 - 103
35 - 102
73 - 104
103 -103
81 - 103
77 - 102
113 -105
95 - 107
61 - 107
99 - 102
99 - 103
105 -106
23 - 102
61 - 102
67 - 102
31 - 102
87 - 102
59 - 101
29 - 101
85 - 104
101 -102
27 - 103
55 - 102
Parts Index
Part No.
0450 3008N
0450 3008N
0450 3008N
0450 3008N
0450 3008N
0450 3008N
0450 3010N
0450 3010N
0450 3010N
0450 3010N
0450 3010N
0450 3012N
0450 3012N
0450 3012N
0450 3012N
0450 3012N
0450 4008N
0450 4008N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
B222/B224
Description
Tapping Screw:3x12
Tapping Screw:3x12
Tapping Screw:3x12
Tapping Screw:3x12
Tapping Screw:3x12
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
157 -103
25 - 101
113 -103
39 - 102
83 - 102
21 - 102
83 - 107
77 - 101
17 - 102
13 - 102
19 - 101
63 - 102
13 - 103
65 - 102
51 - 103
53 - 103
51 - 101
53 - 101
21 - 101
43 - 101
67 - 101
107 -101
91 - 101
27 - 101
105 -101
103 -101
55 - 101
93 - 101
95 - 101
45 - 102
111 -101
81 - 101
101 -101
63 - 101
29 - 103
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3008N
0451 3008N
0451 3008N
0451 3008N
0451 3008N
0451 3008N
0451 3008N
0451 3008N
0451 3008N
0451 3008N
0451 3008N
0451 3010N
Description
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw:3x10
23
Page and
Index No.
31 - 101
23 - 103
47 - 101
87 - 101
115 -103
85 - 101
25 - 102
73 - 101
61 - 101
35 - 101
33 - 101
113 -102
37 - 101
109 -101
41 - 101
79 - 101
97 - 101
39 - 101
83 - 101
89 - 101
57 - 101
99 - 101
75 - 101
15 - 101
49 - 101
65 - 101
95 - 102
79 - 103
13 - 101
43 - 102
61 - 106
93 - 102
73 - 102
17 - 101
43 - 103
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No.
0451 3010N
0451 3010N
0451 3012N
0451 3014N
0451 3016N
0451 3025N
0451 3030N
0451 4008N
0452 3008N
0452 3008N
0452 3008N
0452 3008N
0452 3010N
0452 3010N
0453 3006N
0453 3006N
0453 3006N
0453 3008N
0453 3008N
0453 3008N
0453 3010N
0453 4006N
0453 4006N
0454 3006Q
0454 3006Q
0454 3006Q
0454 3006Q
0454 3006Q
0454 3006Q
0454 3006Q
0454 3006Q
0454 3006Q
0454 3006Q
0454 3006Q
0454 3006Q
B222/B224
Description
Tapping Screw:3x10
Tapping Screw:3x10
Tapping Screw:3x12
Tapping Screw:3x14
Tapping Screw:M3x25
Tapping Screw:3x30
Tapping Screw:4x8
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
73 - 103
23 - 101
17 - 103
97 - 102
111 -102
95 - 103
103 -104
105 -103
61 - 103
73 - 105
49 - 102
67 - 103
77 - 103
49 - 103
43 - 104
29 - 102
75 - 102
43 - 106
51 - 102
53 - 102
75 - 103
37 - 102
39 - 103
57 - 102
115 -101
95 - 104
81 - 102
65 - 105
93 - 104
103 -102
109 -103
87 - 104
47 - 104
101 -105
107 -102
0454 3006Q
0454 3006Q
0454 3006Q
0454 3006Q
0454 3006Q
0454 3006Q
0454 3006Q
0454 3006Q
0454 3006Q
0454 3008Q
0454 3008Q
0454 3008Q
0454 3008Q
0632 0100G
0632 0100G
0632 0120G
0720 0030E
0720 0030E
0720 0030E
0720 0030E
0720 0030E
0720 0030E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
24
Description
Tapping Screw:3x8
Tapping Screw:3x8
Tapping Screw:3x8
Tapping Screw:3x8
Pin - 2x10mm
Pin - 2x10mm
Parallel Pin - 2x12
Retaining Ring - M3
Retaining Ring - M3
Retaining Ring - M3
Retaining Ring - M3
Retaining Ring - M3
Retaining Ring - M3
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Page and
Index No.
73 - 106
45 - 101
105 -102
99 - 104
113 -101
89 - 102
41 - 102
17 - 104
111 -103
17 - 105
61 - 105
55 - 106
101 -104
25 - 106
31 - 106
27 - 104
67 - 104
81 - 106
79 - 102
83 - 105
33 - 104
109 -104
33 - 102
37 - 103
107 -107
25 - 103
75 - 104
99 - 107
55 - 104
47 - 111
87 - 109
31 - 103
27 - 105
71 - 101
81 - 104
Parts Index
Part No.
0720 0040E
0720 0060E
0720 0060E
0720 0060E
0720 0060E
0720 0060E
0725 0100E
0725 0120E
0725 0170E
0740 3506
0741 3506
0741 3506
0741 3506
0741 3506
0742 3808
0801 0149
0801 0231
0802 5299
0802 5299
0802 5299
0802 5299
0802 5304
0802 5305
0802 5308
0804 6123
0805 0088
0805 0088
0805 0088
0805 0088
0805 0088
0805 0088
0805 0088
0805 0089
0805 0089
0805 0089
B222/B224
Description
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M6
Retaining Ring - M6
Retaining Ring - M6
Retaining Ring - M6
Retaining Ring - M6
Hexagonal Head Bolt W/Washer:M3x6
Tapping Screw :Fan
Hexagonal Bolt:W/washer:M3x8
Retaining Ring - M6
Retaining Ring - M6
Retaining Ring - M6
Retaining Ring - M6
Retaining Ring - M6
Retaining Ring - M6
Retaining Ring - M6
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
63 - 103
99 - 105
67 - 105
107 -106
33 - 103
25 - 104
71 - 102
71 - 104
71 - 103
31 - 105
37 - 104
33 - 106
31 - 104
25 - 108
33 - 105
87 - 103
101 -103
45 - 103
101 -106
47 - 103
115 -102
103 -105
111 -104
109 -102
47 - 102
47 - 110
81 - 108
61 - 109
57 - 104
95 - 109
25 - 105
73 - 109
55 - 103
27 - 106
111 -105
0805 0089
0805 0089
0805 0089
0805 0089
0805 0089
0805 0089
0805 0089
0805 0092
0805 0092
0805 0097
0954 3008N
0954 4008N
0954 4008N
1102 4211
1102 5303
1102 6245
1102 6248
1102 6259
1102 6298
1102 6300
1102 6397
1102 6592
1102 6594
1102 6893
1102 7358
1102 7615
1102 8329
1102 8470
1102 8471
1102 8472
1102 8477
1102 8479
1102 8480
1102 8481
1102 8484
Description
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - 3m
Retaining Ring - 3m
Ring Separator
Screw - M3X8
Screw - M4X8
Screw - M4X8
CT Header - 12P
Connector - 4P
Relay Connector - 2P
Connector - 5P
Connector - 2P
Connector - 5P
Connector - 7P
Box Header
Connector - 8P
Connector - 10P
Connector-30p
Connector - 80P
Connector - B8B-XH-A
Connector - Usb - UBB-4R-D14C
Connector - 13P
Connector - 15P
25
Page and
Index No.
83 - 104
103 -107
59 - 102
61 - 108
85 - 102
105 -104
57 - 103
75 - 105
77 - 104
83 - 103
69 - 101
107 -103
93 - 103
135 -101
153 -101
65 - 104
61 - 111
65 - 103
135 -102
123 -101
123 -102
135 -103
123 -103
135 -104
135 -105
153 -102
153 -103
123 -104
123 -105
123 -106
123 -107
123 -108
123 -109
123 -110
123 -111
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No.
1102 8488
1102 8490
1102 8491
1102 8494
1102 8502
1102 8534
1102 8544
1102 8560
1102 8623
1102 8781
1102 8781
1102 8933
1102 9079
1102 9108
1102 9109
1102 9110
1102 9111
1102 9112
1102 9113
1102 9114
1102 9117
1102 9119
1102 9120
1102 9121
1102 9121
1102 9122
1102 9122
1102 9336
1102 9505
1102 9535
1102 9601
1102 9689
1102 9697
1102 9782
1102 9887
B222/B224
Description
Connector - QR/P17-14S-B
Connector - KX14-60K5D1E
Connector:292207-2
Connector:292207-5
Connector - RHM-88PL-SDK11-1
Connector:FPS009-2300-0
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
1102 9890
1102 9928
1103 3174
1103 3179
1103 3354
1105 0032
1105 0460
1105 0487
1105 0487
1105 0487
1105 0487
1105 0487
1105 0488
1105 0488
1105 0488
1105 0488
1105 0489
1105 0490
1105 0490
1105 0508
1105 0508
1105 0511
1105 0511
1105 0511
1105 0511
1105 0511
1105 0511
1105 0511
1105 0511
1105 0511
1105 0511
1105 0511
1105 0511
1105 0511
1105 0511
123 -112
123 -113
123 -114
123 -115
93 - 109
101 -108
135 -106
135 -107
123 -116
135 -108
123 -117
123 -118
153 -104
123 -119
123 -120
123 -121
123 -122
123 -123
123 -124
123 -125
123 -126
123 -127
123 -128
135 -109
123 -129
135 -110
123 -130
153 -105
135 -111
153 -106
123 -131
153 -107
153 -108
107 -108
153 -109
26
Description
Connector:29 6406 200 000 856
Connector - FH12-40S-0.5SH(89)
Connector:FH12-50S-0.5SV(89)
Connector:B2P5-VH-TW-R(LF)(SN)
Clamp
Clamp
Harness Clamp
Harness Clamp
Harness Clamp
Harness Clamp
Harness Clamp
Harness Clamp
Harness Clamp
Harness Clamp
Harness Clamp
Page and
Index No.
153 -110
153 -111
135 -112
123 -132
45 - 108
19 - 105
45 - 104
39 - 106
93 - 106
113 -106
89 - 104
107 -104
47 - 107
105 -105
91 - 105
93 - 105
89 - 103
89 - 105
91 - 104
87 - 108
45 - 107
39 - 104
37 - 105
43 - 108
35 - 103
31 - 108
45 - 105
81 - 105
55 - 105
57 - 105
61 - 113
67 - 106
75 - 107
83 - 108
85 - 103
Parts Index
Part No.
1105 0511
1105 0511
1105 0514
1105 0514
1105 0516
1105 0516
1105 0516
1105 0516
1105 0516
1105 0516
1105 0516
1105 0516
1105 0516
1105 0516
1105 0516
1105 0517
1105 0518
1105 0521
1105 0522
1105 0522
1105 0522
1105 0534
1105 0544
1105 0551
1105 0551
1105 0551
1105 0568
1105 0598
1105 0612
1105 0612
1105 0612
1105 0613
1105 0614
1105 0641
1105 0642
B222/B224
Description
Clamp
Clamp
Clamp
Clamp
Clamp
Clamp
Clamp
Clamp
Clamp
Clamp
Clamp
Harness Clamp - LWS-2111Z
Edge Saddle - Les-1010
Clamp - LES-1017
Clamp
Edge Saddle:Les-2017
Clamp:LES-0505
Clamp:LES-0505
Clamp:LES-0505
Clamp:LWSS-0504
Clamp:LWSS-1N
Clamp:EDS-0704L-V0
Clamp:EDS-0704L-V0
Clamp:EDS-0704L-V0
Clamp:EDS-1010L-V0
Clamp - EDS-1710L-V0
Clamp
PCS-20S-V0
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
1105 0643
1107 1099
1107 1107
1150 0373
1150 0377
1204 1543
1204 2570
1204 2704
1204 2709
1206 0115
1400 0688
1400 0730
1400 0769
1400 0775
1400 0788
1400 0810
1400 0810
1400 0886
1400 0920
1400 0968
1400 1012
1400 1140
1400 1141
1401 0972
1401 1175
1401 1209
1401 1228
1401 1296
1401 1320
1401 1354
1402 1289
1402 1336
1402 1336
1402 1365
1402 1385
87 - 106
19 - 103
39 - 107
31 - 107
99 - 106
107 -105
75 - 106
73 - 108
87 - 107
47 - 105
45 - 106
91 - 103
35 - 104
23 - 104
25 - 107
47 - 108
47 - 106
91 - 102
61 - 110
39 - 105
43 - 107
45 - 109
43 - 109
81 - 107
61 - 112
83 - 106
87 - 105
19 - 104
97 - 104
93 - 111
95 - 106
93 - 108
93 - 107
103 -106
91 - 106
Description
Clamp - RFC-14V0
Fuse Sst 5
Fuse - Ccp2e100tbk
Power Supply Code:125V 15A NA
Power Supply Code:250V:10A:EU
Dip Switch
Rocker Switch:Sddje13200
Switch - RS1A-AB11
Switch - V-5F930DN
Lithium Cell - Cr1632/v1a
Transistor -dtc143zua
Transistor - 2SD1782K
Transistor:DTB113ZK
Transistor:DTC114GUA
Transistor: DTA123JUA
Transistor:2SD2656
Transistor - 2SA1577R
Transistor-2sb1260
Fet - Hat1043m
IC - HAT2093R
Fet:Si3433dv-e3
Fet:Tpc8115
Fet - Tpc8107
Fet Array:Si4804bdy-e3
Diode-array
Diode - 1SS355
Diode - 1SS355
Diode-rb751v-40
Diode Dap222
27
Page and
Index No.
57 - 106
153 -112
135 -113
157 -101
157 -101
153 -113
93 - 110
101 -107
95 - 108
153 -114
135 -114
153 -115
123 -133
123 -134
123 -135
123 -136
135 -115
135 -116
123 -137
123 -138
123 -139
123 -140
123 -141
123 -142
135 -117
153 -116
153 -117
153 -118
153 -119
153 -120
123 -143
135 -118
153 -121
153 -122
123 -144
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No.
1402 1503
1402 1584
1402 1663
1402 1698
1402 1709
1402 1798
1402 1952
1403 0953
1403 0978
1403 0996
1403 0996
1403 1033
1403 1131
1407 1535
1407 2187
1407 2187
1407 2219
1407 4919
1407 5274
1407 5300
1407 5351
1407 5351
1407 5353
1407 5353
1407 5367
1407 5369
1407 5377
1407 5392
1407 5463
1407 5469
1407 5482
1407 5520
1407 5604
1407 5713
1407 5733
B222/B224
Description
Diode - 1SS400
Diode - DAN217U
Diode - ZTP12B
Diode - RB
Diode:EC21QS06G
Diode - RSX30
Diode - TDZ12
LED - SML-310MT
LED - SML-310DT
LED - SML-310VT
LED - SML-310VT
LED - SML-310YT
LED:SML-311UT
IC - TD62308AP
TTLIC - SN74LS07NS
TTLIC - SN74LS07NS
IC - TD62003AP
IC - 74VHCT244 TSSOP
CMOS Logic - 74LVCH162244A TSSOP
CMOS Logic - 74LVC16244A TSSOP
IC - SN74LV14APW
IC - SN74LV14APW
IC - SN74LV244APW
IC - SN74LV244APW
IC - 74LVC74A
IC - SN74AHCT32PW
IC - SN74AHCT1G08DCK
IC:SN74LV541APW
IC - SN74LV245APW
IC - SN74LV07APW
IC - SN74LVC07APW
IC - SN74LVC125APW
IC - SN74LVC16245ADGG
IC:SN74LV06APW
IC:SN74ALVC244PW
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
1407 5790
1407 5868
1407 6077
1407 6080
1407 6080
1407 6100
1407 6100
1407 6101
1407 6101
1407 6101
1407 6123
1407 6123
1407 6127
1407 6145
1407 6161
1407 6167
1407 6181
1407 6187
1407 6196
1407 6197
1407 6204
1407 6205
1407 6232
1407 6265
1407 6268
1407 6280
1407 6314
1407 6318
1407 6335
1407 6362
1407 6372
1407 6395
1407 6447
1407 6466
1407 6534
123 -145
123 -146
123 -147
153 -123
153 -124
135 -119
123 -148
135 -120
123 -149
135 -121
123 -150
135 -122
153 -125
123 -151
153 -126
123 -152
123 -153
153 -127
153 -128
153 -129
123 -154
135 -123
153 -130
135 -124
135 -125
153 -131
153 -132
123 -155
135 -126
123 -156
153 -133
153 -134
153 -135
135 -127
153 -136
28
Description
CMOS Logic - SN74AHC2G08HDCU
Ethernet Cont Lsi - Dp83847alqa56a
IC - STA7101M
IC:SN74LVC1G04DCK
IC:SN74LVC1G04DCK
IC - SN74LVC2G17DCK
IC - SN74LVC2G17DCK
IC - SN74LVC2G17DCK
IC Sn74lvc2g125dcu
IC Sn74lvc2g125dcu
Clock Generator:Ics960008aflf
IC:SN74LVC373APW
Clock Generator-ics960009aflf
IC - EIO
Driver:M54563p
Lvds - THC63LVD104A
Real Time Clock:R2025s
CMOS Logic:SN74CBTLV3257PW
Controller - Rb5v870
Motor Control Ic:Tb6561ng
CMOS Logic:SN74AHC1G00DCK
EEPROM:BR24L64-W
EEPROM - Br24l01afj-w
CMOS Logic:SN74AHC2G00HDCU
Custom IC - Gavd Type-w
Field Memory - 3mx12 3.3v
Cpu:Rm7935-835k-rev1.2
Page and
Index No.
123 -157
153 -137
123 -158
153 -138
135 -128
153 -139
135 -129
123 -159
153 -140
135 -130
153 -141
135 -131
153 -142
153 -143
153 -144
123 -160
123 -161
153 -145
123 -162
123 -163
153 -146
135 -132
135 -133
153 -147
153 -148
135 -134
123 -164
123 -165
153 -149
91 - 107
153 -150
123 -166
135 -135
135 -136
153 -151
Parts Index
Part No.
1407 6568
1407 6658
1408 1204
1408 1535
1408 1550
1408 1614
1408 1653
1408 1669
1408 1750
1408 1778
1408 1779
1408 1815
1408 1826
1408 1850
1408 1907
1408 1925
1408 1956
1408 1960
1408 2016
1408 2017
1408 2024
1408 2029
1408 2034
1408 2053
1408 2066
1408 2122
1408 2132
1408 2236
1408 2376
1503 0842
1503 1004
1503 1013
1503 1181
1503 1260
1503 1304
B222/B224
Description
Clock Generator - Ics7152m-11lf
Custom Ic:Rb5c661
IC - TA8083P
Transistor Array - M54585p
IC - LM2902PW
IC - LTC1772CS6
Op amp - Lmv324ipw
Series Regulator:R1170h331b
IC - R3112Q231A
IC:R3112Q101A
IC - R3112Q281A
IC - R3112Q151A
IC - R3112Q421A
Regulator - R1170h181b
IC:R3112Q451A-FA
IC:LTC1778EGN#PBF
IC:LTC3728LXCUH#TRPBF
IC:LP2996LQ/NOPB
Regulator - R1114q181b-fa
Series Regulator - Pq012fz01zph
IC:R3112Q261A-FA
Comparator:LM2901PW
IC:TPS62042DGQ
IC:R3112Q291A-FA
IC:TPS54310PWP
Series Regulator - R1130h331a-fb
IC:TPS54380PWP
Regulator - Bh18fb1wg
Switching Regulator Modele:H8D3243A
Oscillator - 14.31818MHZ
Oscillator - 19.6608mhz
Crystal Oscillator - 24.3mhz
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
1503 1305
1600 1946
1601 7752
1601 7796
1601 7867
1601 7871
1601 7887
1601 7887
1601 7896
1601 7898
1601 7898
1601 7898
1601 7900
1601 7909
1601 7913
1601 7943
1601 7943
1601 7959
1601 7959
1601 7959
1601 7981
1601 7981
1601 7984
1601 7987
1601 7987
1604 2237
1604 2527
1604 4477
1604 4666
1604 4728
1604 4728
1604 4825
1604 4987
1604 4994
1604 5019
135 -137
135 -138
123 -167
123 -168
123 -169
135 -139
135 -140
135 -141
153 -152
153 -153
123 -170
153 -154
153 -155
135 -142
135 -143
153 -156
153 -157
153 -158
135 -144
135 -145
135 -146
123 -171
153 -159
153 -160
153 -161
123 -172
153 -162
135 -147
135 -148
153 -163
123 -173
135 -149
153 -164
135 -150
153 -165
Description
Resistor - 33M 1% 1W
Resistor Array - 2.2KO
Resistor Array
Resistor Array
Resistor Array
Resistor 22 5% 1/32w
Resistor
Resistor
Resistor
Capacitor - 22K 5% 1/16W
Capacitor 100F 35v
Capacitor - 100F 20% 25V
Capacitor:47F:20%:35V
Capacitor - 330F 20% 6.3V
29
Page and
Index No.
153 -166
135 -151
135 -152
135 -153
135 -154
135 -155
123 -174
153 -167
123 -175
123 -176
135 -156
153 -168
123 -177
153 -169
153 -170
153 -171
123 -178
153 -172
123 -179
135 -157
153 -173
123 -180
123 -181
153 -174
135 -158
123 -182
153 -175
123 -183
123 -184
135 -159
153 -176
123 -185
135 -160
153 -177
135 -161
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No.
1604 5046
1604 5065
1604 5235
1604 5236
1604 5338
1604 5452
1604 5453
1605 1002
1605 1034
1605 1095
1605 1124
1605 1137
1605 1137
1605 1148
1605 1148
1605 1165
1605 1190
1605 1195
1605 1199
1605 1200
1605 1201
1605 1204
1605 1205
1605 1206
1605 1207
1605 1208
1605 1209
1605 1210
1605 1211
1605 1212
1605 1212
1605 1214
1605 1216
1605 1221
1605 1221
B222/B224
Description
Resistor - 150F 20%:10V
Capacitor 10F:20%:50V
Resistor - 47F 20% 10V
Ceramic Capacitor:1000pf:10%:50v
Capacitor:180pf:5%:25V
Capacitor - 4.7F +80 -20% 10V
Capacitor - 0.1F +80-20% 50V
Capacitor - 0.1F +80-20% 50V
Resistor - 0.022F 10% 50V
Capacitor:4pf:0.25pf:50V
Capacitor-pf50v
Capacitor - 2200PF10%50V
Capacitor - 0.1 F+80-20%16V
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
1605 1224
1605 1234
1605 1240
1605 1249
1605 1282
1605 1283
1605 1284
1605 1287
1605 1289
1605 1295
1605 1295
1605 1296
1605 1296
1605 1300
1605 1303
1605 1305
1605 1344
1605 1347
1605 1347
1605 1353
1605 1354
1605 1359
1605 1391
1605 1391
1605 1417
1605 1430
1605 1448
1605 1464
1605 1479
1605 1481
1605 1482
1605 1531
1605 1597
1607 0861
1607 0978
135 -162
135 -163
135 -164
135 -165
135 -166
123 -186
123 -187
135 -167
153 -178
153 -179
153 -180
123 -188
135 -168
135 -169
123 -189
153 -181
135 -170
153 -182
153 -183
153 -184
153 -185
153 -186
153 -187
153 -188
153 -189
153 -190
153 -191
153 -192
153 -193
135 -171
153 -194
153 -195
153 -196
135 -172
153 -197
30
Description
Capacitor 4.7F 10% 6.3v
Capcitor:4700pf:10%:50v
Capacitor - 0.01F 10% 25V
Capacitor:0.047F:10%:16V
Capacitor:22F:+80-20%:10V
Capacitor - 0.47F +80-20% 25V
Capacitor - 0.01F +80-20% 50V
Capacitor - 1F +80-20% 6.3V
Capacitor - 1F:+80-20%:16V
Capacitor - 1F:+80-20%:16V
Capacitor - 10F:20%:16V
Capacitor - 22F:20%:6.3V
Capacitor - 22F:20%:6.3V
Resistor - 1F +80-20% 50V
Capacitor - 9PF:0.5pF 50V
Resistor - 10F 20% 25V
Capacitor - 47pF 10%:50V
Capacitor:2.2F:+80-20%:50V
Filter - Bk2125hs101
Inductor - Blm21p300spb
Page and
Index No.
135 -173
153 -198
153 -199
153 -200
153 -201
153 -202
153 -203
135 -174
153 -204
135 -175
153 -205
153 -206
135 -176
135 -177
153 -207
153 -208
135 -178
135 -179
153 -209
153 -210
153 -211
153 -212
153 -213
135 -180
153 -214
135 -181
153 -215
135 -182
123 -190
123 -191
123 -192
123 -193
123 -194
135 -183
153 -216
Parts Index
Part No.
1607 1002
1607 1002
1607 1051
1607 1061
1607 1196
1607 1228
1607 1326
1607 1351
1607 1351
1607 1362
1607 1387
1607 1471
1607 1477
1607 1489
1607 1556
1607 1567
1607 1567
1607 1606
1607 1650
1607 1715
1607 1827
1609 0005
1609 0005
1609 0006
1609 0006
1609 0006
1609 0007
1609 0007
1609 0008
1609 0011
1609 0016
1609 0019
1609 0026
1609 0033
1609 0070
B222/B224
Description
IC - NFM60R30T222
IC - NFM60R30T222
Filter -fbmj2125hs420
Filter - Blm11p300spb
Inductor - Slf7045-4r7m2r0
Inductor - Slf12575-2r7n7r0-pf
Coil - ACM3225-800-2P
Filter - Blm18bb600sn1b
Inductor:Lb2518b6r8m
Inductor - Rlf7030-4r7m3r4
Filter - Mmz1608b301c
Inductor:Rlf7030-1r5n6r1
Filter:Mpz2012s101a
Filter:Mpz2012s101a
Inductor - Nlfc453232-150k-pf
Resistor:33 :5%:1/16w
Resistor:10k :5%:1/16w
Resistor:4.7k :5%:1/16w
Resistor:22:5%:1/16w
Resistor:0 :1608
Resistor - 82 5% 1/16w
Resistor Array:1m O:5%:1/16W
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
1610 1409
1610 1427
1610 1734
1610 1750
1610 1771
1610 1804
1610 1947
1632 0000
1633 0000
1634 0000
1634 0000
1634 0000
1644 0100
1644 1330
1644 6101
1650 2680
1650 2682
1650 3153
1650 4100
1650 4100
1650 4100
1650 4101
1650 4101
1650 4102
1650 4102
1650 4103
1650 4103
1650 4104
1650 4104
1650 4105
1650 4121
1650 4122
1650 4122
1650 4150
1650 4150
135 -184
123 -195
153 -217
153 -218
135 -185
153 -219
135 -186
153 -220
135 -187
153 -221
153 -222
153 -223
153 -224
153 -225
153 -226
153 -227
135 -188
135 -189
153 -228
157 -102
153 -229
135 -190
153 -230
153 -231
123 -196
135 -191
135 -192
153 -232
135 -193
153 -233
153 -234
135 -194
153 -235
135 -195
123 -197
Description
Chip Resistor - 6.8 5%
Resistor - 15 5% 1W
Chip Resistor:1komh 1%:1/2w
Chip Resistor:1 5%:1w
Resistor:220 :5%:1W
Resistor - 0 1/8W
Resistor - 0 1/10W
Resistor - 0 1/16W
Resistor - 0 1/16W
Resistor - 0 1/16W
Capacitor
Resistor - 1M 5% 1/10W
31
Page and
Index No.
123 -198
135 -196
153 -236
123 -199
123 -200
153 -237
123 -201
153 -238
123 -202
135 -197
123 -203
153 -239
135 -198
153 -240
153 -241
123 -204
123 -205
123 -206
153 -242
123 -207
135 -199
135 -200
123 -208
123 -209
135 -201
123 -210
135 -202
135 -203
123 -211
123 -212
135 -204
123 -213
135 -205
153 -243
135 -206
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No.
1650 4154
1650 4161
1650 4162
1650 4202
1650 4220
1650 4220
1650 4222
1650 4222
1650 4223
1650 4244
1650 4271
1650 4330
1650 4330
1650 4330
1650 4331
1650 4332
1650 4390
1650 4431
1650 4470
1650 4470
1650 4471
1650 4472
1650 4472
1650 4473
1650 4560
1650 4560
1650 4561
1650 4621
1650 4680
1650 4680
1650 4680
1650 4681
1650 4682
1650 4751
1650 4821
B222/B224
Description
Resistor 150k 5% 1/10w
Resistor - 160 5% 1/10W
Resistor:240k :5%:1/10w:1608
Resistor - 39 -5% 1/10W
Resistor - 560 5% 1/10W
Resistor - 620 5% 1/10W 1608
Resistor - 680 5% 1/10W
Resistor - 750 5% 1/10W
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
1650 5100
1650 5101
1650 5102
1650 5103
1650 5104
1650 5105
1650 5109
1650 5122
1650 5202
1650 5220
1650 5221
1650 5222
1650 5229
1650 5271
1650 5272
1650 5274
1650 5303
1650 5330
1650 5470
1650 5472
1650 5512
1650 5513
1650 5514
1650 5560
1650 5562
1650 5621
1650 5680
1650 5681
1650 5750
1650 5820
1650 5822
1650 5823
1653 4999
1653 5499
1654 1000
123 -214
123 -215
123 -216
123 -217
135 -207
123 -218
123 -219
135 -208
123 -220
135 -209
135 -210
135 -211
153 -244
123 -221
135 -212
135 -213
153 -245
135 -214
135 -215
153 -246
135 -216
135 -217
123 -222
123 -223
123 -224
135 -218
135 -219
135 -220
135 -221
153 -247
123 -225
123 -226
135 -222
135 -223
135 -224
32
Description
Resistor:2.2 :5%:1/16w:1005
Resistor:270k :5%:1/16w:1005
Chip Resistor 30k 5% 1/16w
Chip Resistor 5.1k 5% 1/16w
Resistor - 49.9 1% 1/8W
Resistor - 54.9 1% 1/8W
Resistor - 100 1% 1/10W
Page and
Index No.
153 -248
153 -249
153 -250
153 -251
153 -252
153 -253
153 -254
153 -255
153 -256
153 -257
153 -258
153 -259
153 -260
153 -261
153 -262
153 -263
153 -264
153 -265
153 -266
153 -267
153 -268
153 -269
153 -270
153 -271
153 -272
153 -273
153 -274
153 -275
153 -276
153 -277
153 -278
153 -279
153 -280
153 -281
135 -225
Parts Index
Part No.
1654 1001
1654 1002
1654 1002
1654 1003
1654 1004
1654 1004
1654 1101
1654 1201
1654 1300
1654 1500
1654 1501
1654 1501
1654 1502
1654 1601
1654 2001
1654 2002
1654 2401
1654 2741
1654 3609
1654 3741
1654 4300
1654 4700
1654 4701
1654 4872
1654 5109
1654 6200
1654 6201
1654 6801
1654 7501
1654 7871
1654 8200
1654 8201
1654 8201
1654 8202
1654 9101
B222/B224
Description
Resistor - 1501 %1/10W
Resistor - 1.5K 1% 1/10W 1608
Resistor - 1.5K 1% 1/10W 1608
Resistor - 15K1% 1/10W
Chip Resistor - 1.6k1% 1/10w
Chip Resistor:3.74k
Resistor - 430 1% 1/10W
Resistor:51:1%:1/10W
Resistor - 7.5K1%1/10W-1608
Resistor:9.1k:1%:1/10W
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
1655 0000
1655 1001
1655 1002
1655 1022
1655 1301
1655 1502
1655 1602
1655 1651
1655 1800
1655 1912
1655 2002
1655 2402
1655 2742
1655 3000
1655 3091
1655 3402
1655 3900
1655 4301
1655 4321
1655 4701
1655 4870
1655 6341
1655 6342
1655 7152
1655 9761
1660 0100
1660 2101
1660 2101
1660 2101
1660 2120
1660 2121
1660 2150
1660 2150
1660 2151
1660 2220
153 -282
123 -227
135 -226
123 -228
123 -229
153 -283
123 -230
123 -231
135 -227
123 -232
153 -284
123 -233
153 -285
123 -234
123 -235
123 -236
123 -237
123 -238
153 -286
123 -239
123 -240
135 -228
135 -229
135 -230
135 -231
123 -241
123 -242
123 -243
123 -244
123 -245
135 -232
123 -246
153 -287
135 -233
123 -247
Description
Resistor:1.65k :1%:1/16w:1005
33
Page and
Index No.
153 -288
153 -289
153 -290
153 -291
153 -292
153 -293
153 -294
153 -295
153 -296
153 -297
153 -298
153 -299
153 -300
153 -301
153 -302
153 -303
153 -304
153 -305
153 -306
153 -307
153 -308
153 -309
153 -310
153 -311
153 -312
135 -234
153 -313
123 -248
135 -235
135 -236
153 -314
135 -237
123 -249
135 -238
123 -250
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No.
1660 2221
1660 2270
1660 2330
1660 2470
1660 2470
1660 2470
1660 2471
1660 4102
1660 4102
1660 4103
1660 4332
1660 4472
1660 4472
1660 6103
1660 8104
1660 8104
1906 0076
B222/B224
Description
Capacitor - 220pF +80-20% 50V
Capacitor - 10000pF - 10% - 50V
Capacitor - 4700PF10% 50V
Capacitor - 4700PF10% 50V
Capacitor - 10000pF - +80%-20%50V
Capacitor - 0.1F +80-20% 25V
Capacitor - 0.1F +80-20% 25V
Flash Memory:Mbm29pl12lm12pcn
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
5203 9502
5206 2686
5206 2686
5215 2621
5215 2621
5442 1924
5447 2681
5447 2681
5447 2681
5447 2681
5447 2681
5447 2681
5447 2681
5447 2768
5840 3022
135 -239
135 -240
135 -241
135 -242
123 -251
153 -315
153 -316
135 -243
123 -252
135 -244
135 -245
123 -253
135 -246
123 -254
135 -247
123 -255
153 -317
34
Description
Snap Ring
Snap Ring
Snap Ring - M6
Snap Ring - M6
Exposure Glass Cushion
Snap Ring
Snap Ring
Snap Ring
Snap Ring
Snap Ring
Snap Ring
Snap Ring
Stepped Screw - M3
Stopper Screw - M3
Page and
Index No.
163 - 8
55 - 36
35 - 19
33 - 18
21 - 6
43 - 10
31 - 15
33 - 6
35 - 13
27 - 8
25 - 2
83 - 21
105 - 14
73 - 6
81 - 24
Parts Index
B227
BRIDGE UNIT BU3000
manuals4you.com
manuals4you.com
1.BRIDGE UNIT 1 (B227)
101
102
101
102
102
26
25
101
27
28
26
4
5
102
102
11
102
24
13
23
4
14
10
12
21
22
14
20
19
102
18
103
29
16
15
B227
14
17
14
30
31
103

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
B227
Part No.
B227 4652
B227 4655
B227 4651
AF04 0621
B227 4654
B024 1264
B227 4672
B227 4646
B227 4647
B227 4648
AA04 3598
AB03 0789
AB03 0632
AA08 2101
B227 4642
AA12 0129
AF02 0633
AF02 0632
AG07 0514
AA02 1031
AW50 0023
B227 4644
AA16 1166
AW01 0107
B227 4671
AA06 3596
B227 4673
AA14 0875
B227 4633
B227 4632
B227 4645
Description
Extension Tray
Turn Extension Tray
Exit Tray
Driven Roller - Dia14
Spring - 1.6n
Magnet Catch
Rear Cover
Ground Plate - Right
Ground Plate - Left
Ground Plate - Pap Feed Sensor
Timing Belt - 30S2M308
Timing Pulley - 24T
Transport Roller Pulley
Bushing - 6x10x6
Guide Sheet
Discharge Brush
Transport Roller - 3rd
Transport Roller - 2nd
Magnet Catch
Magnetic Catch
Push Switch
Spring - 0.8n
Damping Insulation: Gate Pawl: Frame
Paper Feed Sensor
Exit Cover - Lower
Compression Spring - Exit Roller
Exit Roller
Driven Shaft
Knob Screw - M3
Knob Screw - M3
Coupling Bracket
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
1
1
1
5
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
4
2
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
Part No.
Description
Qty Per
Assembly

0805 0089 Retaining Ring - M4
manuals4you.com
105
101
101
24
25
101
101
2
5
26
27
7
6
9
10
106
7
11
38
106
8
8
28
105
104
13
104
108
102
31
32
14
15
101
108
12
105
13
29
30
16
20
34
33
103
105
102
107
35
23
36
101
102
17
25
37
18
101
20
21
22
19
B227

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
B227
Part No.
Description
B227 5131 Harness -iob

B227 4691 PCB Bracket
B227 5150 PCB Brb
B227 5132 Harness - Main Brb
B227 5133 Harness - Stepper Motor
B227 4681 Stepper Motor Dc4.29v
AA10 1021 Rubber Bushing - 6 45hs
B044 1825 Collar
AA04 3597 Timing Belt - 30S2M336
AB03 3096 Timing Pulley
AB01 1265 Gear - 33Z
B227 5134 Harness - Paper Feed Sensor
B227 4626 Guide Plate - Middle
AF02 0631 Transport Roller - 1nd
B227 4627 Guide Plate - Lower
AB03 0790 Pulley - 24T
AB03 0789 Timing Pulley - 24T
B227 4668 Inner Cover - Drive
B227 4661 Cover - Right
AA02 1030 Magnet Catch
B227 4667 Discharge Brush - Exit
AF02 5043 Gate Pawl
AA16 1166 Damping Insulation: Gate Pawl: Frame
AA06 0994 Tension Spring - 1.6n
5447 2681 Snap Ring
AF02 0634 Exit Roller
B227 4665 Solenoid Bracket
B227 4663 DC Solenoid 24v
Index
No.
Qty Per
Assembly
36
37
38
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
4
1
1
1
1
6
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Part No.
Description
B227 4662
B227 4666
B227 4682
Inner Cover - Right

Harness Cover
Stepper Motor Bracket
0451 3006N
0450 3008N
0353 0040N
0353 0100N
1105 0522
1105 0516
1105 0568
0805 0089
Tapping Screw - 3x6

Screw - M3x4
Screw-m3x10
Clamp
Clamp:Lwss-0504
Retaining Ring - M4
Qty Per
Assembly
1
1
1
manuals4you.com
B227
BRIDGE UNIT BU3000
PARTS INDEX
manuals4you.com
manuals4you.com
Parts Index
Part No.
B227 4626
B227 4627
B227 4632
B227 4633
B227 4642
B227 4644
B227 4645
B227 4646
B227 4647
B227 4648
B227 4651
B227 4652
B227 4654
B227 4655
B227 4661
B227 4662
B227 4663
B227 4665
B227 4666
B227 4667
B227 4668
B227 4671
B227 4672
B227 4673
B227 4681
B227 4682
B227 4691
B227 5131
B227 5132
B227 5133
B227 5134
B227 5150
B227
Description
Guide Plate - Middle
Guide Plate - Lower
Knob Screw - M3
Knob Screw - M3
Guide Sheet
Spring - 0.8n
Coupling Bracket
Ground Plate - Right
Ground Plate - Left
Ground Plate - Pap Feed Sensor
Exit Tray
Extension Tray
Spring - 1.6n
Turn Extension Tray
Cover - Right
Inner Cover - Right
DC Solenoid 24v
Solenoid Bracket
Harness Cover
Discharge Brush - Exit
Inner Cover - Drive
Exit Cover - Lower
Rear Cover
Exit Roller
Stepper Motor Dc4.29v
PCB Bracket
Harness -iob
Harness - Main Brb
Harness - Stepper Motor
Harness - Paper Feed Sensor
PCB Brb
Page and
Index No.
55333333333333555555533355555555-
Part No.
B024 1264
B044 1825
16
18
30
29
15
22
31
8
9
10
3
1
5
2
24
36
35
34
37
26
23
25
7
27
6
38
2
1
4
5
15
3
Description
Magnet Catch
Collar
Page and
Index No.
3- 6
5- 8
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No.
AA02 1030
AA02 1031
AA04 3594
AA04 3595
AA04 3596
AA04 3597
AA04 3598
AA06 0994
AA06 3596
AA08 2063
AA08 2101
AA08 2101
AA10 1021
AA12 0129
AA14 0875
AA16 1166
AA16 1166
AB01 1265
AB03 0632
AB03 0789
AB03 0789
AB03 0790
AB03 0791
AB03 3096
AF02 0631
AF02 0632
AF02 0633
AF02 0634
AF02 5043
AF04 0621
AG07 0514
AW01 0107
AW01 0107
AW50 0023
B227
Description
Magnet Catch
Magnetic Catch
Tension Spring - 1.6n
Compression Spring - Exit Roller
Bushing - 8x10x5
Bushing - 6x10x6
Bushing - 6x10x6
Discharge Brush
Driven Shaft
Gear - 33Z
Transport Roller Pulley
Timing Pulley - 24T
Timing Pulley - 24T
Pulley - 24T
Timing Pulley - 24T
Timing Pulley
Transport Roller - 3rd
Exit Roller
Gate Pawl
Driven Roller - Dia14
Magnet Catch
Paper Feed Sensor
Paper Feed Sensor
Push Switch
Page and
Index No.
5355553535535333553535555335533533-
Part No.
0353 0040N
0353 0100N
0450 3008N
0450 3008N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0805 0089
0805 0089
1105 0516
1105 0522
1105 0568
25
20
22
33
11
9
11
29
26
20
13
14
7
16
28
23
28
12
13
21
12
19
32
10
17
18
17
31
27
4
19
14
24
21
Description
Screw - M3x4
Screw-m3x10
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Clamp
Clamp:Lwss-0504
Page and
Index No.
55533535555-
103
104
102
102
101
101
103
108
106
105
107
Parts Index
Part No.
5447 2681
B227
Description
Snap Ring
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
Description
Page and
Index No.
5 - 30
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
1,000 SHEET FINISHER B408

(rev. 11/09/06)
manuals4you.com
This section instructs you as to the numbers and names of parts on this machine.
1.EXTERIOR (B408)
B408
manuals4you.com
1.EXTERIOR (B408)
Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
23
24
25
B408
Part No.
B408 6141
B408 6151
B408 3412
A628 3115
B408 3411
B408 6161
B408 1314
B408 1422
G020 1391
B408 6131
B408 1241
B408 6124
B408 7151
B408 6121
AG07 0512
B408 6171
B408 6122
B408 7171
B408 6111
B408 2192
B408 1418
B408 1431
B408 1414
A697 1144
B408 1425
B408 2191
Description
Rear Cover
Left Upper Cover
Slide Tray
Knob Screw - M4
Tray
Left Lower Cover
Caster [TSB#005]
Bracket - Ground Plate
Screw - M3X4.5
Left Inner Cover
Guard - Side Plate Front
Hinge - Door Lower
Decal - Misfeed Removal
Front Cover
Magnetic Catch [TSB#005]
Right Lower Cover
Hinge - Door Upper
Decal - Staple
Upper Cover
Guide Plate - Connecting Upper
Mylar - Rear Joint Bracket
Joint Bracket Screw
Bracket - Coupling Rear (B022/B027)
Bracket - Coupling Rear (B079/B082)
Bracket - Coupling Front
Guide Plate - Connecting Lower
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
1
1
2
1
1
1
4
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
101
102
Part No.
Rev. 05/02/2005
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
0802 5276 Tapping Screw With Washer - M3x6

0451 3008H Tapping Screw - M3x8
2.TRANSPORT SECTION (B408)
B408
manuals4you.com
2.TRANSPORT SECTION (B408)

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
B408
Part No.
B408 2271
AA08 2101
B408 2532
G020 5626
B408 2221
B408 2231
B408 2211
B408 5310
AW02 0103
A859 3425
A859 3420
B408 2157
B408 2152
AW02 0049
A548 1317
B408 2723
B408 2722
AG07 0514
B408 2715
B408 2731
5447 2681
B408 2711
AF04 0558
A688 3960
B408 2281
B408 7112
B408 1231
Description
Pulley - T24
Bushing - 6x10x6
Lever - Paper Guide Upper
Push Switch
Transfer Roller - Upper
Exit Roller - Proof Tray
Transfer Roller
Harness - Connecting
Photointerrupter
Spring Plate
Middle Driven Roller
Left Guide Plate - Entrance
Guide Plate - Entrance
Photointerruptor - OS - 580213-703
Lever Cushion
Upper Paper Guide
Spring - Upper Paper Guide
Magnet Catch [TSB#005]
Discharge Brush
Arm - Top Cover
Snap Ring
Top Cover
Driven Roller
Roller Holder
Knob - Transfer Roller
Decal - Knob R2
Angle - Front Side Plate
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
4
2
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
0802 5276
0805 0089
1105 0511
1105 0329
Rev. 05/02/2005
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Tapping Screw With Washer - M3x6
Retaining Ring - M4
Clamp - ES-0510
3.PAPER EXIT SECTION 1 (B408)
B408
manuals4you.com

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
B408
Part No.
Description
B408 2314 Arm - Roller Slide

B408 2313 Pulley - T24
B408 5340 Sensor Relay Harness - 280mm
AW02 0156 Photointerruptor [TSB#005]
B408 2841 Bracket - Home Position Sensor
B408 2833 Shaft - Worm Wheel
B408 2832 Worm Wheel - Z20
B408 2861 Arm - Guide Plate
5447 2681 Snap Ring
B408 2831 Gear - Z53
B408 2821 Stay - Guide Plate
AX05 0160 Stepper Motor - MM42 0.85A
A681 2742 Driven Exit Roller
A666 4210 Shaft - Exit Roller
B352 2203 Discharge Brush - Stapler Tray
B408 2852 Spring - Guide Plate Exit
B408 2811 Guide Plate - Exit
B408 2312 Bushing - Roller Slide
AW01 0109 Photo Reflection Sensor - PS-17ND1
[TSB#005]
B408 2311 Slide Roller
B408 2162 Guide Mylar
B408 2160 Guide Plate - Shift Ass'y
AG07 0514 Magnet Catch [TSB#005]
B408 2175 Bushing - Roller Slide
A697 2144 Pressure Spring
B408 2172 Guide Plate - Shift
B408 2174 Spring
B408 2173 Slide Roller
B408 7102 Decal - Shift Tray R1
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
0802 5276
0805 0089
0720 0040B
0451 3006B
1105 0511
0453 3006B
Rev. 05/02/2005
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
1
2
1
1
2
2
1
2
1
1
B408
manuals4you.com

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
B408
Part No.
B408 2272
AA08 2101
B352 2407
B408 2246
B352 2409
B408 2241
B408 5300
AW02 0156
B408 3613
B408 3611
B408 3612
B408 2182
A681 2722
B408 1413
AA14 3790
B408 1411
B408 1412
Description
Pulley - T30
Bushing - 6x10x6
Reverse Roller - 20z
Reverse Roller Arm
Idler Gear - 17z
Exit Roller
Harness - Paper Sensor
Photointerruptor [TSB#005]
Lever - Micro Switch
Stay - Paper Sensor
Paper Sensor Feeler
Guide Plate - Exit Stapler
Guide Mylar - Lower Exit Guide
Coupling Stay
Stepped Screw - Lever [TSB#005]
Coupling Lever
Flat Screw
Rev. 05/02/2005
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
2
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
2
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
0802 5276
0805 0089
0452 3020B
0452 3008B
1105 0511
1204 2540
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Retaining Ring - M4
Binding Self Tapping Screw - 3x20
Micro Switch - AM50650C3
5.VERTICAL TRANSPORT (B408)
B408
10
manuals4you.com
5.VERTICAL TRANSPORT (B408)

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
B408
Part No.
AA08 2101
AG07 0514
B408 7122
A859 3425
A859 3420
B408 2142
A697 2144
AA08 0237
AF02 2097
B408 2541
A548 1317
B408 2211
B408 2131
B408 2271
Description
Bushing - 6x10x6
Magnet Catch [TSB#005]
Decal - Stapler Tray R3
Spring Plate
Guide Plate - Stapler Tray
Pressure Spring
Bushing - 4x5x7
Driven Roller
Lower Paper Guide [TSB#005]
Lever Cushion
Transfer Roller
Upper Guide Plate
Pulley - T24
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
4
1
1
2
2
1
2
2
1
1
1
2
1
2
101
102
103
104
105
0802 5276
0720 0040B
0805 0089
1204 2541
1105 0511
11
Rev. 05/02/2005
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Interlock Switch
6.STAPLE SECTION 1 (B408)
B408
12
manuals4you.com

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
B408
Part No.
AA08 2101
B408 2435
B408 2434
B408 2422
B408 2411
B408 2421
B408 2444
B408 2451
A498 4625
B408 2441
B408 2251
B352 2203
B352 2206
B408 7132
B408 2113
B408 2112
A697 2144
B352 2205
B352 2204
B352 2229
B352 2222
B352 2232
AW02 0049
B408 5340
B408 2122
B408 2271
Description
Bushing - 6x10x6
Positioning Roller [TSB#004]
Timing Belt - 124P2M4
Pulley - T16
Arm - Positioning Roller
Bracket - Positioning Roller
Spring - Positioning Roller
DC Solenoid - 12.5W
Arm Cushion
Shaft - Positioning Roller
Stapler Exit Roller
Discharge Brush - Stapler Tray
Tension Spring - Lower Guide
Decal - Stapler Tray Exit R4
Guide - Trailing Edge
Guide Plate - Lower
Pressure Spring
Bushing - Driven Roller
Driven Roller
Roller - Paper Guide
Paper Guide - Trailing Edge
Torsion Spring
Sensor Relay Harness - 280mm
Guide Plate - Lower
Pulley - T24
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
4
1
2
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
0802 5276
0805 0089
0720 0040B
1105 0511
1105 0328
0353 0040B
13
Rev. 03/19/2004
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Harness Clamp - ES-0505
Screw - M3X4
B408
Rev. 03/19/2004
14
manuals4you.com
Rev. 02/14/2006

Index
No.
Part No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
B408 5330
AW02 2166
B408 4336
A697 4170
B408 4392
B408 4398
B408 4395
B408 4321
AX05 0160
B408 4337
B408 4332
AA14 3790
B408 4343
B352 4232
B408 4342
B700 4107
A666 3180
B408 5512
B408 4385
B408 4382
B408 4371
B408 4311
AW02 0156
B408 5320
B408 4383
B408 4372
AW01 0109
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
B408 4363
B408 4362
B408 7142
B408 4367
A681 4515
B408 4364
B408 4366
B408
Description
Harness - Stapler Tray
Exit Sensor [TSB#005]
Pulley - 32T
Exit Tension Bracket
Tension Spring
Pulley - Exit Belt
Stay - Stapler Tray
Stepper Motor - MM42 0.85A
Spring
Bracket - Jogger Motor
Slider Fence Shaft
Slider - Training Edge Fence
Trailing Edge Fence
Spring [TSB#005]
Timing Pulley - Z32
Stepper Motor: Sub Assy [TSB#006]
Shaft - Exit Belt
Pulley - T26
Stapler Tray
Sensor Harness
Shaft - Idler Exit Belt
Exit Belt Ass'y
Photo Reflection Sensor - PS-17ND1
[TSB#005]
Slider - Jogger Fence
Jogger Fence - Front
Decal - Jogger Fence R5
Shaft - Jogger Fence
Bushing - 6mm
Film - Jogger Fence
Jogger Fence - Inner
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
2
1
15
Part No.
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
35
36
37
B408 4335
B408 4344
B408 4347
Timing Pulley - Jogger

Front Fence Mylar [TSB#004]
Rear Fence Mylar [TSB#004]
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
0802 5276
0451 3006B
0450 3008B
0720 0040B
1105 0310
1105 0511
0453 3006B
0805 3385
0451 3008B
0451 3010B

Retaining Ring - M4
Harness Clamp - LWS-1S
Bushing - 6mm
B408
16
manuals4you.com

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
B408
Part No.
Description
B408 4211 Stapler Stay

B408 5220 Harness - Sensor Stapler Tray
B408 4212 Stapler Guide Rod
B408 4223 Belt Tensioner - Stapler
AA06 2334 Spring - Oil Blade [TSB#005]
AA14 3790 Stepped Screw - Lever [TSB#005]
A697 4170 Pulley - 32T
B408 4231 Timing Belt - 846P2M4
AW02 0156 Photointerruptor [TSB#005]
B408 4125 Stapler Bushing
B408 4126 Timing Belt Stay
B408 4121 Stapler Slider
B408 4127 Stay Slider
B408 4128 Spring
B408 4129 Stepped Screw - M3x6 [TSB#005]
B408 4114 Stapler Stopper
B408 7161 Decal - Stapler
B408 4113 Stapler Knob
B408 4111 Stapler Base
B408 5250 Stapler Harness
B408 4112 Stapler Guide
B352 4380 Stapler - EH530
B408 5550 Stepper Motor - 20W
B408 4115 Stapler Upper Mylar
B408 4101 Stapler Ass'y
Rev. 05/02/2005
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
0802 5276
0451 3006B
0720 0040B
1105 0328
0452 3006B
1105 0511
1105 0310
1105 0334
1607 0622
17
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Retaining Ring - M4
Edge - 17
Ferrite Core - TFC16816
9.SHIFT TRAY DRIVE (B408)
B408
18
manuals4you.com
Rev. 05/02/2005
9.SHIFT TRAY DRIVE (B408)

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
B408
Part No.
Description
B408 3233 Tray H.P Sensor Feeler

A666 2331 Rack
B408 3231 Rear Guide Plate
B408 3211 Tray Base
B408 1511 Middle Stay
B408 3221 Front Guide Plate
B408 3111 End Fence
A666 2345 Gear - Z20
B408 3311 Tray Shaft
A666 2347 Gear - Z45
AW02 0166 Exit Sensor [TSB#005]
AX04 0098 Motor - DC 12W
B408 5320 Sensor Harness
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
0802 5276
0453 3006B
0450 4020B
0720 0060B
1105 0511
1105 0291
0451 3010B
19
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Retaining Ring - M6
10.DRIVE SECTION (B408)
B408
20
manuals4you.com
Rev. 02/14/2006

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
B408
Part No.
B408 2512
B408 2511
B408 5502
B408 2912
B408 2901
B408 2903
B408 2922
B408 2902
AA06 2333
B408 2955
A548 2139
AA14 3790
AA06 2334
AB03 0354
AX11 0066
A697 2101
Description
Bracket - DC Solenoid
DC Solenoid
Stepper Motor: Sub Assy [TSB#006]
Bracket - Stepper Motor
Release Spring [TSB#005]
Bracket - Tension [TSB#005]
Pulley
Spring - Oil Blade [TSB#005]
Pulley - 20T
DC Solenoid - 24V 5.76W
Tension Spring
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
2
2
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
6
3
3
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
0802 5276
0451 3006B
0353 0040B
0720 0040B
21
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Screw - M3X4
Retaining Ring - M4
11.ELECTRICAL SECTION (B408)
B408
22
manuals4you.com

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
B408
Part No.
B408 5205
B408 5212
B408 5230
B408 5161
B408 5220
B408 5152
B408 5240
B408 5530
B408 2321
AW02 0156
B408 2331
B408 1121
B408 5540
B408 5545
Description
Interface Harness Ass'y
Sensor Main Harness
Sensor Harness - Lower Tray
EPROM - Main Control [TSB#007]
Harness - Sensor Stapler Tray
Main Control Board [TSB#007]
Main Motor Harness
Stepper Motor - 11W
Bracket - Motor Slide
Link Drive Gear
Angle - Side Plate Rear
Main Board Bracket
Harness Bracket
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
4
101
102
103
104
105
0802 5276
0805 0089
0453 3006B
1105 0511
1105 0310
23
Rev. 11/09/2006
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Retaining Ring - M4
12.DECALS AND DOCUMENTS (B408)
B408
24
manuals4you.com
12.DECALS AND DOCUMENTS (B408)

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
B408
Part No.
B408 7101
B408 7111
B408 7121
B408 7131
B408 7141
B408 7151
B408 7161
B408 7171
Description
Decal - Shift Tray R1
Decal - Knob R2
Decal - Stapler
Decal - Staple
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
25
manuals4you.com
1,000 SHEET FINISHER B408

PARTS INDEX
manuals4you.com
Parts Index
Part No.
B408 1121
B408 1231
B408 1241
B408 1312
B408 1411
B408 1412
B408 1413
B408 1414
B408 1418
B408 1422
B408 1425
B408 1511
B408 2112
B408 2113
B408 2122
B408 2131
B408 2142
B408 2152
B408 2156
B408 2160
B408 2162
B408 2172
B408 2173
B408 2174
B408 2175
B408 2182
B408 2191
B408 2192
B408 2211
B408 2211
B408 2221
B408 2231
B408 2241
B408 2246
B408 2251
B408
Description
Angle - Side Plate Rear
Angle - Front Side Plate
Guard - Side Plate Front
Caster
Coupling Lever
Flat Screw
Coupling Stay
Bracket - Coupling Rear
Mylar - Rear Joint Bracket
Bracket - Ground Plate
Bracket - Coupling Front
Middle Stay
Guide Plate - Lower
Guide Plate - Lower
Upper Guide Plate
Guide Plate - Stapler Tray
Guide Plate - Entrance
Left Guide Plate - Entrance
Guide Plate - Shift Ass'y
Guide Mylar
Guide Plate - Shift
Slide Roller
Spring
Bushing - Roller Slide
Guide Plate - Exit Stapler
Guide Plate - Connecting Lower
Guide Plate - Connecting Upper
Transfer Roller
Transfer Roller
Transfer Roller - Upper
Exit Roller - Proof Tray
Exit Roller
Reverse Roller Arm
Stapler Exit Roller
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
23- 12
5- 27
3- 11
3- 7
9- 16
9- 17
9- 14
3- 23
3- 21
3- 8
3- 24
19- 5
13- 16
13- 15
13- 25
11- 13
11- 6
5- 13
5- 12
7- 23
7- 22
7- 27
7- 29
7- 28
7- 25
9- 12
3- 25
3- 20
11- 12
5- 7
5- 5
5- 6
9- 6
9- 4
13- 11
B408 2271
B408 2271
B408 2271
B408 2272
B408 2281
B408 2311
B408 2312
B408 2313
B408 2314
B408 2321
B408 2331
B408 2411
B408 2421
B408 2422
B408 2431
B408 2434
B408 2441
B408 2444
B408 2451
B408 2511
B408 2512
B408 2521
B408 2532
B408 2711
B408 2715
B408 2721
B408 2722
B408 2731
B408 2811
B408 2821
B408 2831
B408 2832
B408 2833
B408 2841
B408 2852
Description
Pulley - T24
Pulley - T24
Pulley - T24
Pulley - T30
Slide Roller
Pulley - T24
Arm - Roller Slide
Bracket - Motor Slide
Link Drive Gear
Arm - Positioning Roller
Bracket - Positioning Roller
Pulley - T16
Positioning Roller
Shaft - Positioning Roller
Spring - Positioning Roller
DC Solenoid - 12.5W
DC Solenoid
Bracket - DC Solenoid
Lower Paper Guide
Lever - Paper Guide Upper
Top Cover
Discharge Brush
Upper Paper Guide
Spring - Upper Paper Guide
Arm - Top Cover
Guide Plate - Exit
Stay - Guide Plate
Gear - Z53
Worm Wheel - Z20
Shaft - Worm Wheel
Bracket - Home Position Sensor
Spring - Guide Plate Exit
Page and
Index No.
11- 14
5- 1
13- 26
9- 1
5- 25
7- 21
7- 19
7- 2
7- 1
23- 9
23- 11
13- 5
13- 6
13- 4
13- 2
13- 3
13- 10
13- 7
13- 8
21- 2
21- 1
11- 10
5- 3
5- 22
5- 19
5- 16
5- 17
5- 20
7- 18
7- 12
7- 11
7- 8
7- 7
7- 6
7- 17
Parts Index
Part No.
B408 2861
B408 2901
B408 2902
B408 2903
B408 2912
B408 2922
B408 2952
B408 3111
B408 3211
B408 3221
B408 3231
B408 3233
B408 3311
B408 3411
B408 3412
B408 3611
B408 3612
B408 3613
B408 4101
B408 4111
B408 4112
B408 4113
B408 4114
B408 4115
B408 4121
B408 4125
B408 4126
B408 4127
B408 4128
B408 4211
B408 4212
B408 4223
B408 4231
B408 4311
B408 4321
B408
Description
Arm - Guide Plate
Bracket - Tension
End Fence
Tray Base
Front Guide Plate
Rear Guide Plate
Tray H.P Sensor Feeler
Tray Shaft
Tray
Slide Tray
Stay - Paper Sensor
Paper Sensor Feeler
Lever - Micro Switch
Stapler Ass'y
Stapler Base
Stapler Guide
Stapler Knob
Stapler Stopper
Stapler Upper Mylar
Stapler Slider
Stapler Bushing
Timing Belt Stay
Stay Slider
Spring
Stapler Stay
Stapler Guide Rod
Belt Tensioner - Stapler
Stapler Tray
Stay - Stapler Tray
Page and
Index No.
7- 9
21- 5
21- 8
21- 6
21- 4
21- 7
21- 10
19- 7
19- 4
19- 6
19- 3
19- 1
19- 10
3- 5
3- 3
9- 10
9- 11
9- 9
17- 25
17- 19
17- 21
17- 18
17- 16
17- 24
17- 12
17- 10
17- 11
17- 13
17- 14
17- 1
17- 3
17- 4
17- 8
15- 22
15- 8
Part No.
Description
B408 4332
B408 4335
B408 4336
B408 4337
B408 4342
B408 4343
B408 4362
B408 4363
B408 4364
B408 4366
B408 4367
B408 4371
B408 4372
B408 4382
B408 4383
B408 4385
B408 4392
B408 4395
B408 4398
B408 5100
B408 5103
B408 5201
B408 5210
B408 5220
B408 5220
B408 5230
B408 5240
B408 5250
B408 5300
B408 5310
B408 5320
B408 5320
B408 5330
B408 5500
B408 5510
Bracket - Jogger Motor

Timing Pulley - Jogger
Spring
Trailing Edge Fence
Slider Fence Shaft
Jogger Fence - Front
Slider - Jogger Fence
Film - Jogger Fence
Jogger Fence - Inner
Shaft - Jogger Fence
Exit Belt Ass'y
Pulley - T26
Shaft - Idler Exit Belt
Shaft - Exit Belt
Exit Tension Bracket
Pulley - Exit Belt
Tension Spring
Main Control Board
EPROM - Main Control
Interface Harness Ass'y
Sensor Main Harness
Sensor Harness - Lower Tray
Main Motor Harness
Stapler Harness
Harness - Paper Sensor
Harness - Connecting
Sensor Harness
Sensor Harness
Harness - Stapler Tray
Stepper Motor - 6.2W
Stepper Motor - 6.2W
Page and
Index No.
15- 11
15- 35
15- 3
15- 10
15- 15
15- 13
15- 29
15- 28
15- 33
15- 34
15- 31
15- 21
15- 26
15- 20
15- 25
15- 19
15- 5
15- 7
15- 6
23- 6
23- 4
23- 1
23- 2
23- 5
17- 2
23- 3
23- 7
17- 20
9- 7
5- 8
15- 24
19- 14
15- 1
21- 3
15- 18
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No.
B408 5530
B408 5540
B408 5545
B408 5550
B408 6111
B408 6121
B408 6122
B408 6124
B408 6131
B408 6141
B408 6151
B408 6161
B408 6171
B408 7101
B408 7101
B408 7111
B408 7111
B408 7121
B408 7121
B408 7131
B408 7131
B408 7141
B408 7141
B408 7151
B408 7151
B408 7161
B408 7161
B408 7171
B408 7171
B408
Description
Stepper Motor - 11W
Main Board Bracket
Harness Bracket
Stepper Motor - 20W
Upper Cover
Front Cover
Hinge - Door Upper
Hinge - Door Lower
Left Inner Cover
Rear Cover
Left Upper Cover
Left Lower Cover
Right Lower Cover
Decal - Knob R2
Decal - Knob R2
Decal - Stapler
Decal - Stapler
Decal - Staple
Decal - Staple
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
23- 8
23- 13
23- 14
17- 23
3- 19
3- 14
3- 17
3- 12
3- 10
3- 1
3- 2
3- 6
3- 16
7- 30
25- 1
5- 26
25- 2
11- 3
25- 3
13- 14
25- 4
15- 30
25- 5
25- 6
3- 13
25- 7
17- 17
3- 18
25- 8
AA06 0092
AA08 0237
AA08 2070
AA08 2101
AA08 2101
AA08 2101
AA08 2101
AA08 2101
AB03 0354
AF02 2097
AF04 0558
AG07 0014
AG07 0014
AG07 0014
AW01 0093
AW01 0093
AW02 0049
AW02 0049
AW02 0086
AW02 0086
AW02 0086
AW02 0086
AW02 0086
AW02 0103
AX04 0098
AX05 0160
AX05 0160
AX11 0066
B352 2203
B352 2203
B352 2204
B352 2205
B352 2206
B352 2222
B352 2229
Description
Release Spring
Bushing - 4x5x7
Bushing - 8x16x7
Bushing - 6x10x6
Bushing - 6x10x6
Bushing - 6x10x6
Bushing - 6x10x6
Bushing - 6x10x6
Pulley - 20T
Driven Roller
Driven Roller
Magnet Catch
Magnet Catch
Magnet Catch
Photointerruptor
Photointerruptor
Photointerruptor
Photointerruptor
Photointerruptor
Photointerrupter
Motor - DC 12W
DC Solenoid - 24V 5.76W
Driven Roller
Tension Spring - Lower Guide
Paper Guide - Trailing Edge
Roller - Paper Guide
Page and
Index No.
21- 9
11- 8
19- 9
11- 1
7- 3
5- 2
13- 1
9- 2
21- 14
11- 9
5- 23
11- 2
7- 24
5- 18
7- 20
15- 27
13- 23
5- 14
7- 5
9- 8
15- 23
23- 10
17- 9
5- 9
19- 13
15- 9
7- 13
21- 15
13- 12
7- 16
13- 19
13- 18
13- 13
13- 21
13- 20
Parts Index
Part No.
B352 2232
B352 2407
B352 2409
B352 4232
B352 4380
B352 5323
B352 5323
G020 1391
G020 2630
G020 4429
G020 4429
G020 5626
B408
Description
Torsion Spring
Reverse Roller - 20z
Idler Gear - 17z
Slider - Training Edge Fence
Stapler - EH530
Screw - M3X4.5
Magnetic Catch
Exit Sensor
Exit Sensor
Push Switch
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
13- 22
9- 3
9- 5
15- 14
17- 22
13- 24
7- 4
3- 9
3- 15
15- 2
19- 12
5- 4
A300 3759
A498 4625
A548 1317
A548 1317
A548 2139
A628 3115
A666 2331
A666 2345
A666 2347
A666 3180
A666 4170
A666 4210
A680 4351
A681 2722
A681 2742
A681 4515
A688 3960
A697 1125
A697 1125
A697 1125
A697 1125
A697 2101
A697 2144
A697 2144
A697 2144
A697 4170
A697 4170
A859 3420
A859 3420
A859 3425
A859 3425
Description
Spring
Arm Cushion
Lever Cushion
Lever Cushion
Pulley
Knob Screw - M4
Rack
Gear - Z20
Gear - Z45
Timing Pulley - Z32
Stepped Screw - M3x6
Shaft - Exit Roller
Screw - M4X17
Guide Mylar - Lower Exit Guide
Driven Exit Roller
Bushing - 6mm
Roller Holder
Stepped Screw - Lever
Tension Spring
Pressure Spring
Pressure Spring
Pressure Spring
Pulley - 32T
Pulley - 32T
Spring Plate
Spring Plate
Page and
Index No.
15- 16
13- 9
11- 11
5- 15
21- 11
3- 4
19- 2
19- 8
19- 11
15- 17
17- 15
7- 15
3- 22
9- 13
7- 14
15- 32
5- 24
21- 12
17- 6
15- 12
9- 15
21- 16
13- 17
11- 7
7- 26
15- 4
17- 7
5- 11
11- 5
5- 10
11- 4
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No.
5442 4121
5442 4121
5447 2681
5447 2681
B408
Description
Spring - Oil Blade
Spring - Oil Blade
Snap Ring
Snap Ring
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
17- 5
21- 13
5- 21
7- 10
0353 0040B
0353 0040B
0450 3008B
0450 4020B
0451 3006B
0451 3006B
0451 3006B
0451 3006B
0451 3008B
0451 3008H
0451 3010B
0451 3010B
0452 3006B
0452 3008B
0452 3020B
0453 3006B
0453 3006B
0453 3006B
0453 3006B
0720 0040B
0720 0040B
0720 0040B
0720 0040B
0720 0040B
0720 0040B
0720 0060B
0802 5276
0802 5276
0802 5276
0802 5276
0802 5276
0802 5276
0802 5276
0802 5276
0802 5276
Description
Screw - M3X4
Screw - M3X4
Binding Self Tapping Screw - 3x20
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M6
Page and
Index No.
13-106
21-103
15-103
19-103
7-104
17-102
15-102
21-102
15-109
3-102
19-107
15-110
17-105
9-104
9-103
19-102
23-103
7-106
15-107
21-104
11-102
17-103
13-103
15-104
7-103
19-104
23-101
19-101
17-101
21-101
3-101
15-101
5-101
7-101
13-101
Parts Index
Part No.
0802 5276
0802 5276
0805 0089
0805 0089
0805 0089
0805 0089
0805 0089
0805 0089
0805 3385
1105 0291
1105 0310
1105 0310
1105 0310
1105 0328
1105 0328
1105 0329
1105 0334
1105 0511
1105 0511
1105 0511
1105 0511
1105 0511
1105 0511
1105 0511
1105 0511
1105 0511
1204 2540
1204 2541
1607 0622
B408
Description
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Bushing - 6mm
Clamp - ES-0510
Edge - 17
Micro Switch - AM50650C3
Interlock Switch
Ferrite Core - TFC16816
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
Description
Page and
Index No.
9-101
11-101
23-102
5-102
13-102
7-102
11-103
9-102
15-108
19-106
23-105
17-107
15-105
13-105
17-104
5-104
17-108
13-104
23-104
15-106
5-103
7-105
11-105
19-105
17-106
9-105
9-106
11-104
17-109
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
PUNCH UNIT TYPE 3260

B702
manuals4you.com
1.Punch Unit 1 (B702)
104
11
3
12
9
10
15
105
107
21
20
13
22
109
16
108
108
14
107
106
2
6
102
103
7
17
102
18
4
101
23
18
102
19
B702
manuals4you.com
1.Punch Unit 1 (B702)

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
11
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
B702
Part No.
B702 7031
B702 7550
B702 7525
AW01 0104
B702 5304
AA14 3790
A697 1518
B702 7520
B702 7515
B702 7510
B702 7017
B702 7027
B702 7028
B702 5301
B702 7545
B702 5302
B702 5100
B702 5303
B702 7215
B702 7225
B702 7220
B702 7555
B702 7565
B702 7560
B702 7229
Description
Punch:Paper Chip:Ass'y
Tension Spring
Timing Belt:B175s2m726
Paper Feed Sensor
Harness:Sensor
Screw:Contact Point
Spring - Oil Blade
Worm Gear:Punch:Transport
Worm Wheel:Punch:Transport
Flange:Timing Pulley
Punch Unit:NA
Punch Unit:EU
Punch Unit:NE
Harness:Punch Unit:Move:Motor
Cover:Guide:Punch:Exhaust
Harness:Registration Sensor:Motor
PCB:Punch:Control
Harness:Punch Unit:Sensor
Rack:Punch Unit:Move
Bushing:Punch Unit:Slide
Guide:Punch:Toner Hopper
Belt Tensioner:Bracket
Timing Pulley:15t
Guide:Entrance:Punch
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
0452 3008N
0453 3006N
0451 3006N
0805 0089
0805 0092
0451 3008N
1105 0583
1105 0585
0720 0030E
Description
Qty Per
Assembly

Tapping Screw - 3x6
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - 3M
Clamp:Mps-14-0
Clamp:Wls-14-0:V0
Retaining Ring - M3
2.Punch Unit 2 (B702
1
101
12
102
106
11
106
7
104
9
103
20
10
16
15
101
104
105
22
13
14
21
23
101
103
106
18
106
17
24
19
B702
manuals4you.com
2.Punch Unit 2 (B702

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Part No.
B702 7000
B702 7140
B702 7130
B702 5200
B702 5306
AW01 0107
B702 7110
B702 7120
B702 7100
B702 5305
AW02 0141
B700 5810
B702 7125
A697 1518
B702 7135
B702 7105
B702 7038
B702 7850
B702 7890
B702 7200
AW02 0114
B702 7205
B702 7210
B700 5811
Description
Registration Sensor:Move:Unit
Guide:Plate
Guide Plate:Lower:Move
Punch:Sensor:Connecting:Ass'y
Paper Feed Sensor
Cover:Harness
Shaft:Slide:Registration Sensor
Holder:Move:Registration Sensor
Harness:Registration Sensor:Side
Photointerruptor
Stepper Motor:MM39:S2M:T15:Ass'y
Bracket:Belt Tensioner:Ass'y
Spring - Oil Blade
Timing Pulley:18T
Toner Hopper:Punch:Ass'y
Decal:Operation Instructions
Decal:Positioning Display
Photo Interruptor - Lower Limit
Pinion:Punch Unit:Move
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
0451 3006N
0452 3008N
0353 0040N
0720 0040E
0720 0030E
1105 0511
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Screw - M3X4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M3
.com
manuals4you
B702
manuals4you.com
PUNCH UNIT TYPE 3260

B702
PARTS INDEX
manuals4you.com
Parts Index
Part No.
B702 5100
B702 5200
B702 5301
B702 5302
B702 5303
B702 5304
B702 5305
B702 5306
B702 7000
B702 7017
B702 7027
B702 7028
B702 7031
B702 7038
B702 7100
B702 7105
B702 7110
B702 7120
B702 7125
B702 7130
B702 7135
B702 7140
B702 7200
B702 7205
B702 7210
B702 7215
B702 7220
B702 7225
B702 7229
B702 7510
B702 7515
B702 7520
B702 7525
B702 7545
B702 7550
B702
Description
PCB:Punch:Control
Punch:Sensor:Connecting:Ass'y
Harness:Punch Unit:Move:Motor
Harness:Registration Sensor:Motor
Harness:Punch Unit:Sensor
Harness:Sensor
Harness:Registration Sensor:Side
Registration Sensor:Move:Unit
Punch Unit:NA
Punch Unit:EU
Punch Unit:NE
Punch:Paper Chip:Ass'y
Toner Hopper:Punch:Ass'y
Holder:Move:Registration Sensor
Cover:Harness
Shaft:Slide:Registration Sensor
Bracket:Belt Tensioner:Ass'y
Guide Plate:Lower:Move
Timing Pulley:18T
Guide:Plate
Pinion:Punch Unit:Move
Rack:Punch Unit:Move
Guide:Punch:Toner Hopper
Guide:Entrance:Punch
Worm Wheel:Punch:Transport
Worm Gear:Punch:Transport
Timing Belt:B175s2m726
Cover:Guide:Punch:Exhaust
Tension Spring
Page and
Index No.
35333355533335555555555553333333333-
Part No.
B702 7555
B702 7560
B702 7565
B702 7850
B702 7890
15
4
12
14
16
5
10
5
1
11
11
11
1
17
9
16
7
8
13
3
15
2
20
22
23
17
19
18
23
10
9
8
3
13
2
Description
Belt Tensioner:Bracket
Timing Pulley:15t
Decal:Operation Instructions
Decal:Positioning Display
Page and
Index No.
33355-
20
22
21
18
19
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No.
A697 1518
A697 1518
B700 5810
B700 5811
B702
Description
Spring - Oil Blade
Spring - Oil Blade
Page and
Index No.
3555-
Part No.
AA14 3790
AW01 0104
AW01 0107
AW02 0114
AW02 0141
7
14
12
24
Description
Screw:Contact Point
Paper Feed Sensor
Paper Feed Sensor
Photo Interruptor - Lower Limit
Photointerruptor
Page and
Index No.
33555-
6
4
6
21
11
Parts Index
Part No.
0353 0040N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3008N
0452 3008N
0452 3008N
0453 3006N
0720 0030E
0720 0030E
0720 0040E
0805 0089
0805 0092
1105 0511
1105 0583
1105 0585
B702
Description
Screw - M3X4
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Retaining Ring - M3
Retaining Ring - M3
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - 3M
Clamp:Mps-14-0
Clamp:Wls-14-0:V0
Page and
Index No.
535335353533533-
Part No.
Description
Page and
Index No.
103
103
101
106
101
102
102
105
109
104
104
105
106
107
108
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
manuals4you.com
FAX OPTION TYPE C4500 B771

manuals4you.com
1.Fax Option (B771)

102
10
101
101
11
101
101
101
8
9
101
101
2
101
101
3
14
103
104
101
7
6
105
2
B771
16
12
15
13
manuals4you.com
1.Fax Option (B771)

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
4
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
15
16
B771
Part No.
B786 5732
B223 1835
B771 5181
B786 5132
B786 5134
B786 5136
B771 5236
B771 5230
B771 0523
B771 0521
B771 0520
B771 5050
B771 0522
B404 5821
H523 5350
H511 5007
B238 1573
B238 1579
B404 3861
Description
PCB FCUIF-A
Bracket: Hand Set
PCB:MBU:EXP: Ass'y
PCB:GWFCU3:NA:Ass'y
GWFCU3 - EU
GWFCU3 - TWN
Harness: Modular: Tel: NA
Harness: Modular: Line
Bracket: Modular
Bracket: Auxiliary
Bracket: FCU
Speaker
Bracket: Speaker
Handset Bracket
Telephone Cable
Stamp
Key top - Fax(NA)
Key top - Fax(EU)
SG3 Decal
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
0451 3006N
0453 3006N
1104 0730
1607 1460
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Tapping Screw - 3x6

Short Pin - 2p
Ferrite Core:RFC-9
2.GWFCU3 - NA (B771)
BAT
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
BAT1
109
--C2
C3
C4
C5
--146
145
147
148
C11
C12
C13
C14
C15
152
155
155
168
168
C21
C22
C23
C24
C25
172
156
158
176
230
C31
C32
C33
C34
C35
227
226
158
149
188
C41
C42
C43
-----
229
155
155
-----
C51
C52
C53
C54
C55
155
155
229
155
160
C6
C7
--C9
C10
148
164
--155
155
C16
C17
C18
C19
C20
171
167
167
169
169
C26
C27
C28
--C30
165
165
170
--170
C36
C37
C38
C39
C40
155
155
229
155
155
C46
C47
C48
C49
C50
155
229
229
155
155
C56
C57
C58
C59
C60
155
163
227
228
158
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
----C203
C204
C205
----162
175
173
CAPACITOR
B771
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
C61
C62
C63
C64
C65
151
150
161
229
155
C71
C72
C73
C74
C75
229
229
229
155
155
C81
C82
C83
C84
C85
155
155
159
155
155
C91
C92
C93
C94
C95
155
155
151
166
177
C101
C102
--C104
---
178
151
--153
---
C111
C112
C113
-----
155
149
149
-----
C66
C67
C68
C69
C70
229
155
229
155
229
C76
C77
C78
--C80
159
174
155
--231
C86
C87
C88
C89
C90
155
155
229
229
154
C96
C97
C98
C99
C100
155
155
157
157
165
C106
------C110
155
------155
C116
C117
--C119
---
153
153
--155
---
manuals4you.com
CONNECTOR
FILTER
IC
JP
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
CN600
CN601
CN603
CN604
CN605
104
105
107
103
101
--CN622
CN623
--106
101
D1
--D3
D4
D5
120
--120
129
129
D11
D12
D13
129
129
124
FI L1
----FI L4
FI L5
179
----182
182
--I C2
I C3
I C4
I C5
--139
140
2
232
JP3
187
CN606
---------
102
---------
D6
D7
D8
D9
D10
125
125
120
126
128
I C6
I C7
I C8
--I C10
137
1
138
--136
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
L1
L2
L3
L4
183
181
180
180
LED
PC
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
LED1
LED2
131
132
PC2
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
OSC1
OSC2
141
142
DA
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
DA1
121
SYMBOL
NO.
OSC
B771
DIODE
INDEX
NO.
130
RESISTOR
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
115
116
115
114
111
Q11
Q12
Q13
Q14
112
118
113
117
--R2
R3
R4
R5
--204
204
204
204
R11
R12
R13
R14
R15
208
208
204
193
204
R21
R22
R23
R24
R25
194
194
218
200
214
Q6
Q7
Q8
Q9
Q10
112
112
111
112
112
R6
R7
R8
R9
R10
204
204
204
204
204
R16
R17
R18
R19
R20
192
192
192
192
192
R26
R27
R28
R29
R30
214
196
222
225
197
manuals4you.com
RESISTOR
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
R31
--R33
R34
R35
189
--189
192
193
R41
R42
R43
R44
R45
204
204
204
204
204
R51
R52
R53
R54
---
187
192
219
219
---
--R62
R63
R64
R65
--204
204
204
215
R71
R72
R73
R74
R75
213
206
206
206
201
R81
R82
R83
--R85
191
207
194
--211
R91
R92
R93
R94
R95
204
204
199
199
204
R36
R37
R38
R39
R40
204
187
204
204
204
R46
R47
R48
R49
R50
192
191
191
204
204
R56
R57
R58
R59
---
187
192
187
187
---
R66
R67
R68
R69
R70
204
204
204
204
192
R76
R77
R78
R79
R80
214
206
220
220
224
R86
--R88
--R90
205
--187
--187
R96
R97
R98
R99
R100
204
204
192
204
204
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
--R212
R213
R214
R215
R216
--R218
R219
R220
R221
--187
187
202
202
190
--193
197
199
200
RESISTOR
B771
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
R101
----R104
R105
204
----192
192
R111
R112
R113
R114
R115
216
216
204
187
192
R121
R122
R123
R124
R125
203
193
204
209
192
R131
R132
R133
R134
---
187
195
192
187
---
R141
R142
R143
R144
R145
217
217
223
221
217
-----------
-----------
R106
R107
R108
--R110
192
192
216
--193
R116
R117
R118
R119
R120
192
192
192
192
212
R126
R127
R128
R129
R130
192
210
198
187
190
R136
----R139
R140
187
----192
217
R146
R147
----R150
217
217
----192
------R209
---
------187
---
5A
RN
B771
RY
ZD
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
RN1
RN2
RN3
RN4
RN5
185
185
184
184
144
RN11
RN12
RN13
RN14
RN15
184
144
184
184
186
RN21
RN22
143
185
RY2
110
V1
V2
V3
V4
134
135
134
133
ZD1
ZD2
ZD3
ZD4
ZD5
119
123
123
127
122
RN6
RN7
RN8
RN9
RN10
184
184
184
184
184
RN16
RN17
RN18
RN19
RN20
186
184
184
185
185
manuals4you.com
Index
No.
*
*
1
2
B771
Part No.
B786 5132
B786 5136
B620 5511
B620 5513
Description
PCB:GWFCU3:NA:Ass'y
GWFCU3 - TWN
Ic-fame-rl5t818-0001
Ic-face3-rb5a264
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
1102 4201
1102 4633
1102 8189
1102 9093
1102 9634
1102 9999
1103 3188
1105 0338
1206 0084
1208 1438
1400 0769
1400 0775
1400 0781
1400 0841
1400 1018
1400 1019
1401 1056
1401 1116
1402 0506
1402 1336
1402 1343
1402 1384
1402 1505
1402 1530
1402 1584
1402 1599
1402 1647
1402 1698
1402 1734
1403 0908
1403 0953
1403 0996
1404 0129
1404 1033
1404 1070
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Connector - 2P
CT Header - 4P
Dimm Connector - 54534-1440
Connector:RHM-88R-SSKConnector - WR-60P-VF50-1
Connector - B03B-CZHK-B(LF)(V)
Connector:FH12S-50S-0.5SH(89)
Spacer - 8mm
2ndary Lithium Cell:Vl2330/1hf
Relay - EC2 5ND
Transistor:2SB1132R
Transistor:2SD1898Q
Transistor - MMBTA42
Fet - 2sk2158
Diode - RD43EB
Diode - 1SS355
Diode - RB106L-40
Diode - UDZS12B
Diode - UDZS5.6B
Diode - RB520S-30
Diode - DAN217U
Diode - RB551
Diode - UDZS3.6B
Diode - RB
Diode - 1SR156-400
Photocoupler:Tlp620(d4gb-lf2,pF
LED - SML-310MT
LED - SML-310VT
Varistor - Vr - 63b
Varistor - Tnr9se431k
Varistor - Tisp4290h3bj
Index
No.
Part No.
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
1407 5441
1407 5858
1408 1829
1408 1861
1408 2080
1503 0460
1503 1004
1601 7752
1601 7867
1604 5210
1604 5211
1604 5212
1604 5213
1605 1148
1605 1163
1605 1190
1605 1200
1605 1214
1605 1216
1605 1221
1605 1225
1605 1275
1605 1281
1605 1289
1605 1295
1605 1299
1605 1300
1605 1306
1605 1347
1605 1353
1605 1396
1605 1397
1605 1398
1605 1399
1605 1400
B771
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
IC - 74LVC00A:TSOP
IC - SI3016
Op Amp - Lm358pw
Regulator - Upc2918t
IC - RN5RK
Oscillator - 32.768KHZ
Ceramic Capacitor - 560pF:5%:50v
Resistor - 56pF 5% 50V
Capacitor - 1000pF 20% AC250V
Index
No.
Part No.
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
1605 1401
1605 1402
1605 1417
1605 1446
1605 1460
1605 1475
1605 1539
1605 1544
1607 0069
1607 0425
1607 0612
1607 0824
1607 1196
1609 0005
1609 0006
1609 0026
1634 0000
1640 3221
1650 4100
1650 4101
1650 4102
1650 4103
1650 4104
1650 4106
1650 4121
1650 4124
1650 4151
1650 4204
1650 4220
1650 4222
1650 4223
1650 4224
1650 4304
1650 4330
1650 4331
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Capacitor:0.022uf:10%:250V
Fuse - Bl02rn2-r62-pb
Coil: SBT-0260
St-110av
Filter - Blm11a601spb
Resistor - 0 1/16W
Resistor - 10M5%1/10W
Resistor - 150 5%1/10W
manuals4you.com
Index
No.
Part No.
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
1650 4333
1650 4334
1650 4470
1650 4472
1650 4474
1650 4511
1650 4561
1650 4562
1650 4563
1650 4680
1650 4912
1652 5361
1654 1003
1654 1200
1654 2002
1654 2200
1654 2430
1654 3609
1654 4301
1654 9311
1660 2120
1660 2150
1660 2180
1660 2471
1660 4103
1660 4682
1907 0031
B771
Description
Index
No.
Qty Per
Assembly
Part No.
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Resistor - 560 5% 1/10W
Resistor - 120 1% 1/10W
Resistor:220:1%:1/10w:1608
Capacitor 18pF 5% 50v
Capacitor - 10000pF - 10% - 50V
Capacitor - 6800pF 50V 1608
SDRAM - 128m 2mx16x4 133mhz G3
3.GWFCU3 - EU (B771)
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
A1
A2
135
135
--C2
C3
C4
C5
--147
146
148
149
C11
C12
C13
-----
154
157
157
-----
C21
C22
C23
C24
C25
172
158
160
177
232
C31
C32
C33
C34
C35
229
228
160
151
189
C41
C42
C43
-----
231
157
157
-----
C51
C52
C53
C54
C55
157
157
231
157
162
C6
C7
--C9
C10
149
166
--157
157
C16
C17
C18
C19
C20
171
169
169
170
170
C26
C27
-------
167
167
-------
C36
C37
C38
C39
C40
157
157
231
157
157
C46
C47
C48
C49
C50
157
231
231
157
157
C56
C57
C58
C59
C60
157
165
229
230
160
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
BAT
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
BAT1
110
CAPACITOR
B771
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
C61
C62
C63
C64
C65
153
152
163
231
157
C71
C72
C73
C74
C75
231
231
231
157
157
C81
C82
C83
C84
C85
157
157
161
157
157
C91
C92
C93
C94
C95
157
157
153
168
178
C101
C102
--C104
---
179
153
--155
---
C111
C112
C113
C114
C115
157
151
151
175
175
-----------
-----------
C66
C67
C68
C69
C70
231
157
231
157
231
C76
C77
C78
--C80
161
176
157
--233
C86
C87
C88
C89
C90
157
157
231
231
156
C96
C97
C98
C99
C100
157
157
159
159
167
C106
C107
C108
--C110
157
150
150
--157
C116
C117
--C119
---
155
155
--157
---
----C128
C129
C130
----174
174
174
10
manuals4you.com
CAPACITOR
CONNECTOR
FILTER
IC
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
----C203
--C205
----164
--173
--105
102
D1
--D3
D4
D5
121
--121
130
130
D11
D12
D13
130
130
125
FI L1
----FI L4
FI L5
180
----181
181
--I C2
I C3
I C4
I C5
--140
141
2
234
---------
106
107
--108
104
101
103
---------
--CN622
CN623
---------
CN600
CN601
--CN603
CN604
CN605
CN606
---------
D6
D7
D8
D9
D10
126
126
121
127
129
I C6
I C7
I C8
--I C10
138
1
139
--137
JP
LED
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
JP3
188
LED1
LED2
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
L1
L2
L3
L4
182
183
184
184
PC
INDEX
NO.
132
133
B771
DIODE
OSC
SYMBOL
NO.
OSC1
OSC2
INDEX
NO.
142
143
DA
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
DA1
122
RN
RESISTOR
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
PC2
131
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
116
117
116
115
112
Q11
Q12
Q13
Q14
113
119
114
118
--R2
R3
R4
R5
--205
205
205
205
R11
R12
R13
R14
R15
209
209
205
194
205
Q6
Q7
Q8
Q9
Q10
113
113
112
113
113
R6
R7
R8
R9
R10
205
205
205
205
205
R16
R17
R18
R19
R20
193
193
193
193
193
11
manuals4you.com
RESISTOR
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
R21
R22
R23
R24
R25
195
195
220
201
215
R31
--R33
R34
R35
190
--190
193
194
R41
R42
R43
R44
R45
205
205
205
205
205
R51
R52
R53
R54
---
188
193
221
221
---
--R62
R63
R64
R65
--205
205
205
216
R71
R72
R73
R74
R75
214
207
207
207
202
R81
R82
R83
--R85
192
208
195
--212
R26
R27
R28
R29
R30
215
197
224
227
198
R36
R37
R38
R39
R40
205
188
205
205
205
R46
R47
R48
R49
R50
193
192
192
205
205
R56
R57
R58
R59
---
188
193
188
188
---
R66
R67
R68
R69
R70
205
205
205
205
193
R76
R77
R78
R79
R80
215
207
222
222
226
R86
--R88
--R90
206
--188
--188
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
RESISTOR
B771
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
R91
R92
R93
R94
R95
205
205
200
200
205
R101
----R104
R105
205
----193
193
R111
R112
R113
R114
R115
217
217
205
188
193
R121
R122
R123
R124
R125
204
194
205
210
193
R131
R132
R133
R134
---
188
196
193
188
---
R141
R142
R143
R144
R145
218
218
225
223
218
-----------
-----------
R96
R97
R98
R99
R100
205
205
193
205
205
R106
R107
R108
--R110
193
193
217
--194
R116
R117
R118
R119
R120
193
193
193
193
213
R126
R127
R128
R129
R130
193
211
199
188
191
R136
----R139
R140
188
----193
218
R146
R147
R148
R149
R150
218
218
219
219
193
------R209
---
------188
---
11A
RESISTOR
RN
RY
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
--R212
R213
R214
R215
--188
188
203
203
R221
201
RN1
RN2
RN3
RN4
RN5
186
186
185
185
145
RN11
RN12
RN13
RN14
RN15
185
145
185
185
187
RN21
RN22
144
186
RY2
111
--V2
--V4
--136
--134
R216
----R219
R220
191
----198
200
RN6
RN7
RN8
RN9
RN10
185
185
185
185
185
RN16
RN17
RN18
RN19
RN20
187
185
185
186
186
ZD
B771
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
ZD1
ZD2
ZD3
ZD4
ZD5
120
124
124
128
123
12
manuals4you.com
Index
No.
*
1
2
B771
Part No.
B786 5134
B620 5511
B620 5513
Description
Gwfcu3 - Eu
Ic-face3-rb5a264
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
1102 4201
1102 4205
1102 4633
1102 8189
1102 8396
1102 9093
1102 9634
1103 3188
1105 0338
1206 0084
1208 1438
1400 0769
1400 0775
1400 0781
1400 0841
1400 1018
1400 1019
1401 1056
1401 1116
1402 0506
1402 1336
1402 1343
1402 1384
1402 1505
1402 1530
1402 1584
1402 1599
1402 1647
1402 1698
1402 1734
1403 0908
1403 0953
1403 0996
1404 0129
1404 0983
13
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Connector - 2P
CT Header - 6P
CT Header - 4P
Connector - B06B-CZHK-B-1(LF)(V)
Connector:RHM-88R-SSKConnector - WR-60P-VF50-1
Spacer - 8mm
Relay - EC2 5ND
Transistor:2SB1132R
Transistor:2SD1898Q
Fet - 2sk2158
Diode - RD43EB
Diode - 1SS355
Diode - RB106L-40
Diode - UDZS12B
Diode - UDZS5.6B
Diode - RB520S-30
Diode - DAN217U
Diode - RB551
Diode - UDZS3.6B
Diode - RB
Diode - 1SR156-400
Photocoupler:Tlp620(d4gb-lf2,pF
LED - SML-310MT
LED - SML-310VT
Varistor - Vr - 63b
Arrestor- Ra-102ms-v7-f(5)
Index
No.
Part No.
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
1404 1070
1407 5441
1407 5858
1408 1829
1408 1861
1408 2080
1503 0460
1503 1004
1601 7752
1601 7867
1604 5210
1604 5211
1604 5212
1604 5213
1605 0832
1605 1148
1605 1163
1605 1190
1605 1200
1605 1214
1605 1216
1605 1221
1605 1225
1605 1275
1605 1281
1605 1289
1605 1295
1605 1299
1605 1300
1605 1306
1605 1347
1605 1353
1605 1396
1605 1397
1605 1399
B771
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
IC - 74LVC00A:TSOP
IC - SI3016
Open Amp - Lm358pw
IC - RN5RK
Ceramic Capacitor - 560pF:5%:50v
Index
No.
Part No.
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
1605 1401
1605 1402
1605 1417
1605 1421
1605 1422
1605 1446
1605 1475
1605 1539
1605 1544
1607 0069
1607 0824
1607 1196
1607 1284
1607 1584
1609 0005
1609 0006
1609 0026
1634 0000
1640 3221
1650 4100
1650 4101
1650 4102
1650 4103
1650 4104
1650 4106
1650 4121
1650 4124
1650 4151
1650 4204
1650 4220
1650 4222
1650 4223
1650 4224
1650 4304
1650 4330
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Choke Coil - St-110bv
Inductor - Lav35vb151j
Resistor - 0 1/16W
Resistor - 10M5%1/10W
14
manuals4you.com
Index
No.
Part No.
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
1650 4331
1650 4333
1650 4334
1650 4470
1650 4472
1650 4474
1650 4511
1650 4561
1650 4562
1650 4563
1650 4680
1650 4912
1652 5361
1654 1001
1654 1003
1654 1200
1654 2002
1654 2200
1654 2430
1654 3609
1654 4301
1654 9311
1660 2120
1660 2150
1660 2180
1660 2471
1660 4103
1660 4682
1907 0031
B771
Description
Index
No.
Qty Per
Assembly
Part No.
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Resistor - 560 5% 1/10W
Resistor - 120 1% 1/10W
Resistor:220:1%:1/10w:1608
Capacitor 18pF 5% 50v
Capacitor - 10000pF - 10% - 50V
15
manuals4you.com
FAX OPTION TYPE C4500 B771

PARTS INDEX
manuals4you.com
Parts Index
Part No.
B771 0520
B771 0521
B771 0522
B771 0523
B771 5050
B771 5181
B771 5230
B771 5236
B771
Description
Bracket: FCU
Bracket: Auxiliary
Bracket: Speaker
Bracket: Modular
Speaker
PCB: MBU: EXP: Ass'y
Harness: Modular: Line
Harness: Modular: Tel: NA
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
B223 1835
B238 1573
B238 1579
B404 3861
B404 5821
B620 5511
B620 5511
B620 5513
B620 5513
B786 5132
B786 5132
B786 5134
B786 5134
B786 5136
B786 5136
B786 5732
H511 5007
H523 5350
3- 9
3- 8
3 - 11
3- 7
3 - 10
3- 3
3- 6
3- 5
Description
Bracket: Hand Set
Key top - Fax(NA)
Key top - Fax(EU)
SG3 Decal
Handset Bracket
Ic-face3-rb5a264
Ic-face3-rb5a264
PCB:GWFCU3:NA:Ass'y
PCB:GWFCU3:NA:Ass'y
GWFCU3 - EU
Gwfcu3 - Eu
GWFCU3 - TWN
GWFCU3 - TWN
PCB FCUIF-A
Stamp
Telephone Cable
Page and
Index No.
3333313 7713 73313 73333-
2
15
15
16
12
1
1
2
2
*
4
4
*
*
4
1
14
13
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No.
0451 3006N
0453 3006N
1102 4201
1102 4201
1102 4205
1102 4633
1102 4633
1102 8189
1102 8189
1102 8396
1102 9093
1102 9093
1102 9634
1102 9634
1102 9999
1103 3188
1103 3188
1104 0730
1105 0338
1105 0338
1206 0084
1206 0084
1208 1438
1208 1438
1400 0769
1400 0769
1400 0775
1400 0775
1400 0781
1400 0781
1400 0841
1400 0841
1400 1018
1400 1018
1400 1019
B771
Description
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Connector - 2P
Connector - 2P
CT Header - 6P
CT Header - 4P
CT Header - 4P
Connector - B06B-CZHK-B-1(LF)(V)
Connector:RHM-88R-SSKConnector:RHM-88R-SSKConnector - WR-60P-VF50-1
Connector - WR-60P-VF50-1
Connector - B03B-CZHK-B(LF)(V)
Short Pin - 2p
Spacer - 8mm
Spacer - 8mm
Relay - EC2 5ND
Relay - EC2 5ND
Transistor:2SB1132R
Transistor:2SB1132R
Transistor:2SD1898Q
Transistor:2SD1898Q
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
3 - 101
3 - 102
7 - 101
13 - 101
13 - 102
13 - 103
7 - 102
13 - 104
7 - 103
13 - 105
7 - 104
13 - 106
13 - 107
7 - 105
7 - 106
7 - 107
13 - 108
3 - 103
7 - 108
13 - 109
13 - 110
7 - 109
13 - 111
7 - 110
13 - 112
7 - 111
7 - 112
13 - 113
13 - 114
7 - 113
7 - 114
13 - 115
7 - 115
13 - 116
13 - 117
1400 1019
1401 1056
1401 1056
1401 1116
1401 1116
1402 0506
1402 0506
1402 1336
1402 1336
1402 1343
1402 1343
1402 1384
1402 1384
1402 1505
1402 1505
1402 1530
1402 1530
1402 1584
1402 1584
1402 1599
1402 1599
1402 1647
1402 1647
1402 1698
1402 1698
1402 1734
1402 1734
1403 0908
1403 0908
1403 0953
1403 0953
1403 0996
1403 0996
1404 0129
1404 0129
Description
Fet - 2sk2158
Fet - 2sk2158
Diode - RD43EB
Diode - RD43EB
Diode - 1SS355
Diode - 1SS355
Diode - RB106L-40
Diode - RB106L-40
Diode - UDZS12B
Diode - UDZS12B
Diode - UDZS5.6B
Diode - UDZS5.6B
Diode - RB520S-30
Diode - RB520S-30
Diode - DAN217U
Diode - DAN217U
Diode - RB551
Diode - RB551
Diode - UDZS3.6B
Diode - UDZS3.6B
Diode - RB
Diode - RB
Diode - 1SR156-400
Diode - 1SR156-400
Photocoupler:Tlp620(d4gb-lf2,pf
Photocoupler:Tlp620(d4gb-lf2,pf
LED - SML-310MT
LED - SML-310MT
LED - SML-310VT
LED - SML-310VT
Varistor - Vr - 63b
Varistor - Vr - 63b
Page and
Index No.
7 - 116
13 - 118
7 - 117
13 - 119
7 - 118
7 - 119
13 - 120
7 - 120
13 - 121
7 - 121
13 - 122
7 - 122
13 - 123
7 - 123
13 - 124
13 - 125
7 - 124
7 - 125
13 - 126
7 - 126
13 - 127
7 - 127
13 - 128
7 - 128
13 - 129
13 - 130
7 - 129
7 - 130
13 - 131
7 - 131
13 - 132
7 - 132
13 - 133
7 - 133
13 - 134
Parts Index
Part No.
1404 0983
1404 1033
1404 1070
1404 1070
1407 5441
1407 5441
1407 5858
1407 5858
1408 1829
1408 1829
1408 1861
1408 1861
1408 2080
1408 2080
1503 0460
1503 0460
1503 1004
1503 1004
1601 7752
1601 7752
1601 7867
1601 7867
1604 5210
1604 5210
1604 5211
1604 5211
1604 5212
1604 5212
1604 5213
1604 5213
1605 0832
1605 1148
1605 1148
1605 1163
1605 1163
B771
Description
Varistor - Tnr9se431k
IC - 74LVC00A:TSOP
IC - 74LVC00A:TSOP
IC - SI3016
IC - SI3016
Op Amp - Lm358pw
Op Amp - Lm358pw
IC - RN5RK
IC - RN5RK
Resistor - 33 <+>5% 1/16W
Resistor - 33 <+>5% 1/16W
Capacitor - 22 F <+>20% 16V
Capacitor - 100 F20% 16V
Capacitor - 8PF <+>0.5pF 50V
Capacitor - 0.1 F 20% 50V
Capacitor - 0.1 F 20% 50V
Ceramic Capacitor - 560pf5%:50v
Ceramic Capacitor - 560pf5%:50v
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
13 - 135
7 - 134
13 - 136
7 - 135
7 - 136
13 - 137
7 - 137
13 - 138
7 - 138
13 - 139
13 - 140
7 - 139
13 - 141
7 - 140
13 - 142
7 - 141
13 - 143
7 - 142
13 - 144
7 - 143
7 - 144
13 - 145
13 - 146
7 - 145
13 - 147
7 - 146
13 - 148
7 - 147
13 - 149
7 - 148
13 - 150
13 - 151
7 - 149
13 - 152
7 - 150
1605 1190
1605 1190
1605 1200
1605 1200
1605 1214
1605 1214
1605 1216
1605 1216
1605 1221
1605 1221
1605 1225
1605 1225
1605 1275
1605 1275
1605 1281
1605 1281
1605 1289
1605 1289
1605 1295
1605 1295
1605 1299
1605 1299
1605 1300
1605 1300
1605 1306
1605 1306
1605 1347
1605 1347
1605 1353
1605 1353
1605 1396
1605 1396
1605 1397
1605 1397
1605 1398
Description
Resistor - 0.022 F <+>10% 50V
Resistor - 0.022 F <+>10% 50V
Capacitor - 1000pF <+>10% 50V
Capacitor - 2200PF<+>10%50V
Capacitor - 2200PF<+>10%50V
Capacitor - 0.1 F20%16V
Capacitor - 0.1 F20%16V
Capacitor - 0.1 F10% 50V
Capacitor - 0.22 F <+>10% 16V
Capacitor - 0.22 F <+>10% 16V
Capacitor:10 F:20%:10V
Resistor - 56pF <+>5% 50V
Resistor - 56pF <+>5% 50V
Capacitor - 1 F:20%:16V
Capacitor - 1 F:20%:16V
Capacitor - 0.33 F <+>10% 50V
Capacitor - 0.33 F <+>10% 50V
Capacitor - 1000pF <+>20% AC250V
Page and
Index No.
13 - 153
7 - 151
13 - 154
7 - 152
7 - 153
13 - 155
7 - 154
13 - 156
13 - 157
7 - 155
13 - 158
7 - 156
7 - 157
13 - 159
7 - 158
13 - 160
13 - 161
7 - 159
13 - 162
7 - 160
13 - 163
7 - 161
13 - 164
7 - 162
13 - 165
7 - 163
13 - 166
7 - 164
13 - 167
7 - 165
13 - 168
7 - 166
13 - 169
7 - 167
7 - 168
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No.
1605 1399
1605 1399
1605 1400
1605 1401
1605 1401
1605 1402
1605 1402
1605 1417
1605 1417
1605 1421
1605 1422
1605 1446
1605 1446
1605 1460
1605 1475
1605 1475
1605 1539
1605 1539
1605 1544
1605 1544
1607 0069
1607 0069
1607 0425
1607 0612
1607 0824
1607 0824
1607 1196
1607 1196
1607 1284
1607 1460
1607 1584
1609 0005
1609 0005
1609 0006
1609 0006
B771
Description
Capacitor - 150pF10% AC250V
Capacitor - 0.01 F <+>10% 250V
Capacitor - 0.01 F <+>10% 250V
Capacitor - 150pF10% AC250V
Capacitor - 1000pF <+>20% AC250V
Resistor - 120pF5% 50V
Capacitor:0.022 F10%:250V
Resistor - 1 F <+>10% 16V
Resistor - 1 F <+>10% 16V
Resistor - 1.5 F10% 16V
Resistor - 1.5 F10% 16V
Coil: SBT-0260
St-110av
Inductor -220uh20% 0.33a
Inductor -220uh20% 0.33a
Ferrite Core:RFC-9
Inductor - Lav35vb151j
Registor:33 :<+>5%:1/16w
Registor:33 :<+>5%:1/16w
Registor:10k 5%:1/16w
Registor:10k 5%:1/16w
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
7 - 169
13 - 170
7 - 170
13 - 171
7 - 171
7 - 172
13 - 172
13 - 173
7 - 173
13 - 174
13 - 175
7 - 174
13 - 176
7 - 175
7 - 176
13 - 177
13 - 178
7 - 177
13 - 179
7 - 178
13 - 180
7 - 179
7 - 180
7 - 181
13 - 181
7 - 182
13 - 182
7 - 183
13 - 183
3 - 104
13 - 184
7 - 184
13 - 185
7 - 185
13 - 186
1609 0026
1609 0026
1634 0000
1634 0000
1640 3221
1640 3221
1650 4100
1650 4100
1650 4101
1650 4101
1650 4102
1650 4102
1650 4103
1650 4103
1650 4104
1650 4104
1650 4106
1650 4106
1650 4121
1650 4121
1650 4124
1650 4124
1650 4151
1650 4151
1650 4204
1650 4204
1650 4220
1650 4220
1650 4222
1650 4222
1650 4223
1650 4223
1650 4224
1650 4224
1650 4304
Description
Resistor - 47 <+>5% 1/16W
Resistor - 47 <+>5% 1/16W
Resistor - 0 1/16W
Resistor - 0 1/16W
Capacitor:220 F:<+>20%:35V
Capacitor:220 F:<+>20%:35V
Resistor - 10 <+>5% 1/10W
Resistor - 10 <+>5% 1/10W
Resistor - 100 <+>5%1/10W
Resistor - 100 <+>5%1/10W
Resistor - 1K <+>5% 1/10W
Resistor - 1K <+>5% 1/10W
Resistor - 10K <+>5% 1/10W
Resistor - 10K <+>5% 1/10W
Resistor - 100K <+>5%1/10W
Resistor - 100K <+>5%1/10W
Resistor - 10M <+>5%1/10W
Resistor - 10M <+>5%1/10W
Resistor - 120 <+>5%1/10W
Resistor - 120 <+>5%1/10W
Resistor:120k 5%:1/10W
Resistor - 150 <+>5%1/10W
Resistor - 150 <+>5%1/10W
Resistor - 200K <+>5%1/10W
Resistor - 200K <+>5%1/10W
Chip Resistor - 22 <+>5% 1/10w
Resistor - 2.2K <+>5%1/10W
Resistor - 2.2K <+>5%1/10W
Resistor - 22K <+>5%1/10W
Page and
Index No.
7 - 186
13 - 187
7 - 187
13 - 188
7 - 188
13 - 189
7 - 189
13 - 190
7 - 190
13 - 191
7 - 191
13 - 192
7 - 192
13 - 193
13 - 194
7 - 193
7 - 194
13 - 195
13 - 196
7 - 195
13 - 197
7 - 196
13 - 198
7 - 197
7 - 198
13 - 199
13 - 200
7 - 199
7 - 200
13 - 201
13 - 202
7 - 201
13 - 203
7 - 202
7 - 203
Parts Index
Part No.
1650 4304
1650 4330
1650 4330
1650 4331
1650 4331
1650 4333
1650 4333
1650 4334
1650 4334
1650 4470
1650 4470
1650 4472
1650 4472
1650 4474
1650 4474
1650 4511
1650 4511
1650 4561
1650 4561
1650 4562
1650 4562
1650 4563
1650 4563
1650 4680
1650 4680
1650 4912
1650 4912
1652 5361
1652 5361
1654 1001
1654 1003
1654 1003
1654 1200
1654 1200
1654 2002
B771
Description
Resistor - 330 <+>5%1/10W
Resistor - 330 <+>5%1/10W
Resistor - 330K <+>5%1/10W
Resistor - 330K <+>5%1/10W
Resistor - 47 <+>5%1/10W
Resistor - 47 <+>5%1/10W
Chip Resistor:470k 5%:1/10w
Chip Resistor:470k 5%:1/10w
Resistor - 510 <+>5%1/10W
Resistor - 510 <+>5%1/10W
Resistor - 560 <+>5% 1/10W
Resistor - 560 <+>5% 1/10W
Resistor - 68 <+>5%1/10W
Resistor - 68 <+>5%1/10W
Resistor - 9.1K <+>5%1/10W
Resistor - 9.1K <+>5%1/10W
Resistor - 5.36K <+>1%1/4W
Resistor - 5.36K <+>1%1/4W
Resistor - 100K <+>1%1/10W
Resistor - 100K <+>1%1/10W
Resistor - 120 <+>1% 1/10W
Resistor - 120 <+>1% 1/10W
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
1654 2002
1654 2200
1654 2200
1654 2430
1654 2430
1654 3609
1654 3609
1654 4301
1654 4301
1654 9311
1654 9311
1660 2120
1660 2120
1660 2150
1660 2150
1660 2180
1660 2180
1660 2471
1660 2471
1660 4103
1660 4103
1660 4682
1660 4682
1907 0031
1907 0031
13 - 204
13 - 205
7 - 204
13 - 206
7 - 205
13 - 207
7 - 206
13 - 208
7 - 207
13 - 209
7 - 208
13 - 210
7 - 209
7 - 210
13 - 211
13 - 212
7 - 211
7 - 212
13 - 213
13 - 214
7 - 213
13 - 215
7 - 214
7 - 215
13 - 216
13 - 217
7 - 216
13 - 218
7 - 217
13 - 219
13 - 220
7 - 218
13 - 221
7 - 219
13 - 222
Description
Resistor:220 :<+>1%:1/10w:1608
Resistor:220 :<+>1%:1/10w:1608
Resistor - 243 <+>1% 1/10W
Resistor - 243 <+>1% 1/10W
Resistor - 36 <+>1%1/10W
Resistor - 36 <+>1%1/10W
Resistor - 4.3K <+>1%1/10W
Resistor - 4.3K <+>1%1/10W
Resistor - 9.31K <+>1% 1/10W
Resistor - 9.31K <+>1% 1/10W
Capacitor - 12 pF5% 50V
Capacitor - 12 pF5% 50V
Capacitor 18pF <+>5% 50v
Capacitor 18pF <+>5% 50v
Capacitor - 470pF - <+>5% - 50V
Capacitor - 470pF - <+>5% - 50V
Capacitor - 10000pF - <+>10% - 50V
Capacitor - 10000pF - <+>10% - 50V
Page and
Index No.
7 - 220
7 - 221
13 - 223
7 - 222
13 - 224
13 - 225
7 - 223
13 - 226
7 - 224
13 - 227
7 - 225
13 - 228
7 - 226
13 - 229
7 - 227
13 - 230
7 - 228
13 - 231
7 - 229
13 - 232
7 - 230
13 - 233
7 - 231
7 - 232
13 - 234
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
G3 INTERFACE UNIT TYPE C4500

B772
manuals4you.com
1.G3 Unit (B772)
3
2
101
1
101
6
101
102
101
7
103
B772
101
manuals4you.com
1.G3 Unit (B772)

Index
No.
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
B772
Part No.
B713 5172
B713 5174
B768 5140
B772 0520
B772 0523
B772 0524
B772 5243
B780 5240
H523 5350
Description
PCB:SG3-NEO:NA
PCB:SG3-NEO:EU
PCB CCUIF
Bracket:G3/G4
Cover:Base:G3/G4
Bracket:G3
Harness:G3
Harness: FCU-CCU
Telephone Cable
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
Part No.
Description
Qty Per
Assembly

1105 0613 Clamp:EDS-1010L-V0
1607 1460 Ferrite Core:RFC-9
2.SG3-NEO:NA (B772)
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
134
151
135
150
131
C11
--C13
C14
C15
137
--137
137
135
C21
C22
C23
C24
C25
152
142
141
135
135
C31
C32
--C34
C35
135
135
--135
139
C41
C42
C43
C44
C45
135
135
135
135
135
C51
C52
C53
C54
C55
135
141
132
132
135
C61
C62
--C64
---
135
185
--133
---
C6
C7
C8
C9
C10
137
137
137
149
135
C16
C17
C18
C19
C20
135
135
135
135
135
C26
C27
C28
C29
---
135
135
135
152
---
C36
C37
C38
C39
C40
135
135
139
135
135
C46
C47
C48
C49
C50
135
135
135
141
135
C56
C57
C58
C59
C60
132
135
132
138
136
C66
C67
C68
C69
C70
137
140
136
137
132
CN
B772
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
-----------
-----------
CN691
CN692
102
103
--------CN690
--------101
DB
IC
JP
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
112
113
112
112
112
--DB2
--111
I C1
--I C3
I C4
I C5
1
--125
186
187
--JP2
JP3
-----
--172
172
-----
JP11
----JP14
JP15
172
----148
166
D6
112
I C6
I C7
I C8
122
121
124
JP6
JP7
JP8
--JP10
172
172
172
--172
JP16
--JP18
163
--172
FIL
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
FI L1
143
manuals4you.com
2.SG3-NEO:NA (B772)
CAPACITOR
PC
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
L1
144
--PC2
--PC4
PC5
--115
--114
116
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
109
106
107
105
105
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
178
175
182
180
146
R11
R12
--R14
R15
162
158
--161
161
R21
R22
R23
R24
R25
158
158
158
158
158
R31
R32
R33
R34
R35
158
158
158
157
158
--Q7
Q8
--108
110
R6
R7
R8
R9
R10
167
161
162
162
162
R16
R17
R18
--R20
169
161
159
--158
R26
R27
R28
R29
R30
158
158
158
158
158
R36
R37
R38
R39
R40
158
158
158
158
158
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
REG1
123
OSC
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
OSC1
126
RESISTOR
B772
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
R41
R42
R43
R44
R45
165
158
158
158
162
R51
R52
R53
-----
155
175
158
-----
R61
R62
R63
R64
R65
158
165
165
158
158
R71
R72
R73
R74
R75
153
153
161
164
171
R81
R82
R83
R84
R85
176
164
170
183
183
R91
R92
R93
R94
R95
154
181
175
175
174
R46
--R48
-----
147
--156
-----
R56
------R60
168
------158
R66
R67
R68
R69
---
158
160
162
161
---
R76
R77
R78
R79
R80
174
174
162
173
174
R86
R87
R88
R89
R90
181
164
177
179
184
R96
178
INDEX
NO.
2.SG3-NEO:NA (B772)
CAPACITOR
B772
BAT
FU
IC
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
RN1
RN2
RN3
RN4
RN5
129
128
129
128
128
RN11
RN12
RN13
RN14
RN15
127
127
127
127
127
RY1
104
V1
V2
V3
V4
V5
118
119
119
117
120
RN6
RN7
RN8
RN9
RN10
128
128
128
128
128
RN16
RN17
RN18
RN19
RN20
127
127
127
130
130
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
T1
145
manuals4you.com
2.SG3-NEO:NA (B772)
Index
No.
*
*
1
B772
Part No.
B713 5172
b713 5174
H310 7103
Description
PCB:SG3-NEO:NA
PCB:SG3-NEO:EU
IC - LSI NCCP RF5T894
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
1102 6730
1102 7604
1103 1392
1208 1438
1400 0775
1400 0909
1400 0918
1400 1053
1400 1054
1401 1056
1402 1315
1402 1336
1402 1584
1403 0598
1403 0812
1403 1249
1404 0129
1404 0987
1404 0988
1404 0989
1407 5349
1407 5659
1408 1233
1408 1653
1408 2053
1503 1070
1601 7900
1601 7909
1601 7960
1601 7981
1604 5316
1605 0976
1605 1214
1605 1216
1605 1221
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Connector - 60P
Connector - 2P
Relay - EC2 5ND
Transistor - DTA143EUA
Transistor - DTC123JUA
Transistor - 2SA2026
Fet - 2sk2158
Diode - S1ZB60
Diode - 1SS355
Diode - DAN217U
Photo Coupler - Ps2501-2
Photo coupler - Ps2532-1-v
Photo coupler - Ps2861-1-v-a
Varistor - Vr - 63b
Varistor - Tnr7v331k
IC - SN74LV4066APW
IC - RL5T882SB
Regulator - Lm1117mp-3.3
Op Amp - Lmv324ipw
IC:R3112Q291A-FA
Capacitor - 1F+80% -20% 10V
6A
manuals4you.com
Index
No.
Part No.
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
1605 1240
1605 1251
1605 1289
1605 1293
1605 1301
1605 1303
1605 1449
1607 0069
1607 1284
1607 1396
1610 1234
1610 1526
1634 0000
1640 5470
1640 5479
1644 0100
1644 1101
1650 2120
1650 4103
1650 4151
1650 4180
1650 4392
1650 5100
1650 5101
1650 5102
1650 5103
1650 5104
1650 5105
1650 5122
1650 5204
1650 5221
1650 5330
1650 5361
1650 5510
1653 1602
B772
Description
Qty Per
Assembly

Capacitor-6800pF 10% 50v
Capacitor - 0.01F+80-20% 50V
Transformer - Flt319
Resistor - 47 1W 5%
Resistor - 47K 5% 0.75W
Resistor - 0 1/16W
Index
No.
Part No.
Description
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
1654 7501
1655 0000
1655 1001
1655 1002
1655 1003
1655 2002
1655 2003
1655 2202
1655 4701
1655 5602
1655 6202
1655 6809
1655 7501
1655 8200
1660 4102
1906 0014
1907 0050
Resistor - 7.5K1%1/10W-1608
IC - F ROM MBM29LV800BA-70pFTN-SFK
SDRAM - 64m 1mx16x4:133mhz G4
Qty Per
Assembly
3.SG3-NEO:EU (B772)
CAPACITOR
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
A1
118
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
135
152
136
151
132
C11
--C13
C14
C15
138
--138
138
136
C21
C22
C23
C24
C25
153
143
142
136
136
C31
C32
--C34
C35
136
136
--136
140
C41
C42
C43
C44
C45
136
136
136
136
136
C51
C52
C53
C54
C55
136
142
133
133
136
C6
C7
C8
C9
C10
138
138
138
150
136
C16
C17
C18
C19
C20
136
136
136
136
136
C26
C27
C28
C29
C30
136
136
136
153
187
C36
C37
C38
C39
C40
136
136
140
136
136
C46
C47
C48
C49
C50
136
136
136
142
136
C56
C57
C58
C59
C60
133
136
133
139
137
CAPACITOR
B772
CN
DB
IC
JP
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
C61
C62
--C64
---
136
186
--134
---
-----------
-----------
CN691
CN692
102
103
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
113
114
113
113
113
--DB2
--112
I C1
I C2
I C3
I C4
I C5
1
116
125
188
189
--JP2
JP3
-----
--173
173
-----
C66
C67
C68
C69
C70
138
141
137
138
133
--------CN690
--------101
D6
113
I C6
I C7
I C8
122
121
124
JP6
JP7
JP8
--JP10
173
173
173
--173
FIL
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
FI L1
144
manuals4you.com
3.SG3-NEO:EU (B772)
JP
PC
RESISTOR
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
JP11
----JP14
JP15
173
----149
167
L1
146
PC1
PC2
PC3
--PC5
115
115
115
--117
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
109
106
107
105
105
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
179
176
183
181
147
R11
R12
--R14
R15
162
158
--161
161
R21
R22
R23
R24
R25
158
158
158
158
158
JP16
--JP18
163
--173
Q6
Q7
Q8
110
108
111
R6
R7
R8
R9
R10
168
161
162
162
162
R16
R17
R18
R19
R20
170
161
159
127
158
R26
R27
R28
R29
R30
158
158
158
158
158
OSC
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
OSC1
126
INDEX
NO.
RESISTOR
B772
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
R31
R32
R33
R34
R35
158
158
158
156
158
R41
R42
R43
R44
R45
R36
R37
R38
R39
R40
158
158
158
158
158
R46
---------
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
166
158
158
158
162
--R52
R53
--R55
--176
158
--169
R61
R62
R63
R64
R65
158
166
166
158
158
R71
R72
R73
R74
R75
154
154
161
164
172
R81
R82
R83
R84
R85
177
164
171
184
184
R91
R92
R93
R94
R95
155
182
176
176
175
148
---------
--R57
--R59
R60
--169
--165
158
R66
R67
R68
R69
R70
158
160
162
161
157
R76
R77
R78
R79
R80
175
175
162
174
175
R86
R87
R88
R89
R90
182
164
178
180
185
R96
179
3.SG3-NEO:EU (B772)
REG
B772
RN
RY
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
REG1
123
RN1
RN2
RN3
RN4
RN5
130
129
130
129
129
RN11
RN12
RN13
RN14
RN15
128
128
128
128
128
RY1
104
V1
------V5
119
------120
RN6
RN7
RN8
RN9
RN10
129
129
129
129
129
RN16
RN17
RN18
RN19
RN20
128
128
128
131
131
SYMBOL
NO.
INDEX
NO.
T1
145
10
manuals4you.com
3.SG3-NEO:EU (B772)
Index
No.
*
1
B772
Part No.
B713 5174
H310 7103
Description
PCB:SG3-NEO:EA
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
1102 6730
1102 7604
1103 1392
1208 1438
1400 0775
1400 0909
1400 0918
1400 1053
1400 1054
1400 1055
1401 1056
1402 1315
1402 1336
1402 1584
1403 0812
1403 1237
1403 1249
1404 0983
1404 0988
1404 0989
1407 5349
1407 5659
1408 1233
1408 1653
1408 2053
1503 1070
1600 1153
1601 7900
1601 7909
1601 7960
1601 7981
1604 5316
1605 0976
1605 1214
1605 1216
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Connector - 60P
Connector - 2P
Relay - EC2 5ND
Transistor - 2SA2047-Q
Fet - 2sk2158
Diode - S1ZB60
Diode - 1SS355
Diode - DAN217U
Sensor - Ths-56f
IC - SN74LV4066APW
IC - RL5T882SB
Open amp - Lmv324ipw
IC:R3112Q291A-FA
Resistor - 2W 120
Capacitor - 1F+80% -20% 10V
10A
manuals4you.com
Index
No.
Part No.
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
1605 1221
1605 1240
1605 1251
1605 1289
1605 1293
1605 1301
1605 1303
1605 1449
1607 0069
1607 1246
1607 1284
1610 1234
1610 1802
1634 0000
1640 5470
1640 5479
1644 0100
1644 1101
1650 2120
1650 4103
1650 4202
1650 4302
1650 5100
1650 5101
1650 5102
1650 5103
1650 5104
1650 5105
1650 5122
1650 5182
1650 5204
1650 5221
1650 5330
1650 5361
1650 5510
B772
Description
Qty Per
Assembly

Capacitor - 0.01F+80-20% 50V
Transformer P3356
Resistor - 47 1W 5%
Resistor - 0 1/16W
11
Index
No.
Part No.
Description
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
1653 1602
1654 7501
1655 0000
1655 1001
1655 1002
1655 1003
1655 2002
1655 2003
1655 2202
1655 4701
1655 5602
1655 6202
1655 6809
1655 7501
1655 8200
1660 4102
1660 8104
1906 0014
1907 0050
Resistor - 7.5K1%1/10W-1608
IC - F ROM MBM29LV800BA-70pFTN-SFK
Qty Per
Assembly
manuals4you.com
manuals4you.com
G3 INTERFACE UNIT TYPE C4500

B772
PARTS INDEX
manuals4you.com
Parts Index
Part No.
B772 0520
B772 0523
B772 0524
B772 5243
B772
Description
Bracket:G3/G4
Cover:Base:G3/G4
Bracket:G3
Harness:G3
Page and
Index No.
3333-
Part No.
B713 5172
B713 5172
B713 5174
B713 5174
B768 5140
B780 5240
H310 7103
H310 7103
H523 5350
3
4
5
6
Description
PCB:SG3-NEO:NA
PCB:SG3-NEO:NA
PCB:SG3-NEO:EU
PCB:SG3-NEO:EA
PCB CCUIF
Harness: FCU-CCU
Telephone Cable
Page and
Index No.
37311 33711 3-
1
*
1
*
2
7
1
1
8
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No.
b713 5174
B772
Description
PCB:SG3-NEO:EU
Page and
Index No.
7-
Part No.
0451 3006N
1102 6730
1102 6730
1102 7604
1102 7604
1103 1392
1103 1392
1105 0613
1208 1438
1208 1438
1400 0775
1400 0775
1400 0909
1400 0909
1400 0918
1400 0918
1400 1053
1400 1053
1400 1054
1400 1054
1400 1055
1401 1056
1401 1056
1402 1315
1402 1315
1402 1336
1402 1336
1402 1584
1402 1584
1403 0598
1403 0812
1403 0812
1403 1237
1403 1249
1403 1249
Description
Page and
Index No.
Tapping Screw - 3x6

Connector - 60P
Connector - 60P
Connector - 2P
Connector - 2P
Clamp:EDS-1010L-V0
Relay - EC2 5ND
Relay - EC2 5ND
Transistor - 2SA2047-Q
Fet - 2sk2158
Fet - 2sk2158
Diode - S1ZB60
Diode - S1ZB60
Diode - 1SS355
Diode - 1SS355
Diode - DAN217U
Diode - DAN217U
Photo Coupler - Ps2501-2
Sensor - Ths-56f
3 - 101
11 - 101
7 - 101
7 - 102
11 - 102
7 - 103
11 - 103
3 - 102
7 - 104
11 - 104
11 - 105
7 - 105
7 - 106
11 - 106
7 - 107
11 - 107
7 - 108
11 - 108
11 - 109
7 - 109
11 - 110
7 - 110
11 - 111
11 - 112
7 - 111
11 - 113
7 - 112
7 - 113
11 - 114
7 - 114
11 - 115
7 - 115
11 - 116
11 - 117
7 - 116
Parts Index
Part No.
1404 0129
1404 0983
1404 0987
1404 0988
1404 0988
1404 0989
1404 0989
1407 5349
1407 5349
1407 5659
1407 5659
1408 1233
1408 1233
1408 1653
1408 1653
1408 2053
1408 2053
1503 1070
1503 1070
1600 1153
1601 7900
1601 7900
1601 7909
1601 7909
1601 7960
1601 7960
1601 7981
1601 7981
1604 5316
1604 5316
1605 0976
1605 0976
1605 1214
1605 1214
1605 1216
B772
Description
Varistor - Vr - 63b
IC - SN74LV4066APW
IC - SN74LV4066APW
IC - RL5T882SB
IC - RL5T882SB
Op Amp - Lmv324ipw
Op Amp - Lmv324ipw
IC:R3112Q291A-FA
IC:R3112Q291A-FA
Resistor - 2W 120
Capacitor - 1F +80% -20% 10V
Capacitor - 1F +80% -20% 10V
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
7 - 117
11 - 118
7 - 118
11 - 119
7 - 119
11 - 120
7 - 120
11 - 121
7 - 121
11 - 122
7 - 122
7 - 123
11 - 123
11 - 124
7 - 124
11 - 125
7 - 125
7 - 126
11 - 126
11 - 127
7 - 127
11 - 128
7 - 128
11 - 129
7 - 129
11 - 130
7 - 130
11 - 131
11 - 132
7 - 131
7 - 132
11 - 133
7 - 133
11 - 134
7 - 134
1605 1216
1605 1221
1605 1221
1605 1240
1605 1240
1605 1251
1605 1251
1605 1289
1605 1289
1605 1293
1605 1293
1605 1301
1605 1301
1605 1303
1605 1303
1605 1449
1605 1449
1607 0069
1607 0069
1607 1246
1607 1284
1607 1284
1607 1396
1607 1460
1610 1234
1610 1234
1610 1526
1610 1802
1634 0000
1634 0000
1640 5470
1640 5470
1640 5479
1640 5479
1644 0100
Description
Capacitor - 0.01F +80-20% 50V
Capacitor - 0.01F +80-20% 50V
Transformer P3356
Transformer - Flt319
Ferrite Core:RFC-9
Resistor - 47 1W 5%
Resistor - 47 1W 5%
Resistor - 47K 5% 0.75W
Resistor - 0 1/16W
Resistor - 0 1/16W
Page and
Index No.
11 - 135
11 - 136
7 - 135
7 - 136
11 - 137
7 - 137
11 - 138
11 - 139
7 - 138
11 - 140
7 - 139
7 - 140
11 - 141
11 - 142
7 - 141
11 - 143
7 - 142
11 - 144
7 - 143
11 - 145
11 - 146
7 - 144
7 - 145
3 - 103
7 - 146
11 - 147
7 - 147
11 - 148
11 - 149
7 - 148
11 - 150
7 - 149
11 - 151
7 - 150
7 - 151
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No.
1644 0100
1644 1101
1644 1101
1650 2120
1650 2120
1650 4103
1650 4103
1650 4151
1650 4180
1650 4202
1650 4302
1650 4392
1650 5100
1650 5100
1650 5101
1650 5101
1650 5102
1650 5102
1650 5103
1650 5103
1650 5104
1650 5104
1650 5105
1650 5105
1650 5122
1650 5122
1650 5182
1650 5204
1650 5204
1650 5221
1650 5221
1650 5330
1650 5330
1650 5361
1650 5361
B772
Description
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
11 - 152
11 - 153
7 - 152
7 - 153
11 - 154
11 - 155
7 - 154
7 - 155
7 - 156
11 - 156
11 - 157
7 - 157
11 - 158
7 - 158
11 - 159
7 - 159
11 - 160
7 - 160
11 - 161
7 - 161
11 - 162
7 - 162
11 - 163
7 - 163
7 - 164
11 - 164
11 - 165
11 - 166
7 - 165
7 - 166
11 - 167
11 - 168
7 - 167
11 - 169
7 - 168
1650 5510
1650 5510
1653 1602
1653 1602
1654 7501
1654 7501
1655 0000
1655 0000
1655 1001
1655 1001
1655 1002
1655 1002
1655 1003
1655 1003
1655 2002
1655 2002
1655 2003
1655 2003
1655 2202
1655 2202
1655 4701
1655 4701
1655 5602
1655 5602
1655 6202
1655 6202
1655 6809
1655 6809
1655 7501
1655 7501
1655 8200
1655 8200
1660 4102
1660 4102
1660 8104
Description
Resistor - 7.5K1%1/10W-1608
Resistor - 7.5K1%1/10W-1608
Capacitor - 0.1F +80-20% 25V
Page and
Index No.
7 - 169
11 - 170
7 - 170
11 - 171
11 - 172
7 - 171
11 - 173
7 - 172
11 - 174
7 - 173
11 - 175
7 - 174
11 - 176
7 - 175
7 - 176
11 - 177
11 - 178
7 - 177
11 - 179
7 - 178
11 - 180
7 - 179
11 - 181
7 - 180
11 - 182
7 - 181
11 - 183
7 - 182
11 - 184
7 - 183
11 - 185
7 - 184
11 - 186
7 - 185
11 - 187
Parts Index
Part No.
1906 0014
1906 0014
1907 0050
1907 0050
B772
Description
IC - F ROM MBM29LV800BA-70PFTN-SFK
IC - F ROM MBM29LV800BA-70PFTN-SFK
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
Description
Page and
Index No.
11 - 188
7 - 186
11 - 189
7 - 187
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
B800
PAPER FEED UNIT PB3000
manuals4you.com
1.EXTERIOR (B800)
101
101
2
101
101
7
102
102
102
8
4
5
101
21
24
25
26
105
104
101
106
22
14
103
15
103
18
17
104
103
19
20
16
23
B800
107
9
102 10
12 11
13
manuals4you.com
1.EXTERIOR (B800)
Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
22
24
25
26
B800
Part No.
G832 1290
B801 1260
B801 1281
B793 4247
B800 2588
B800 1271
B800 2564
B800 2566
B542 2560
AA08 0275
AA06 3920
B800 2574
B800 2575
A682 2552
A682 2553
B800 2568
B800 2578
G569 2570
B800 2580
B800 2577
B800 6110
B801 6115
B801 6116
B801 6117
G832 8510
G832 7900
Description
Cover - Upper Front
Cover - Left
Cover - Rear
Screw - M3X8
Base Stopper Stay
Cover - Right
Guide Plate Ass'y
Guide Plate
Driven Roller
Bushing:Pressure:Mm4
Compression Spring - 8n
Stopper Bracket
Ground Plate
Front Hook - Vertical Transport
Rear Hook - Vertical Transport
Shaft
Stay
Grounding Plate - Vertical Transport
Spring
Lever
Arm Ass'y
Arm Cover - Front
Arm Cover - Right
Arm Cover - Rear
Coupling Bracket
Screw:Spring Washer:Round Point:M4x10
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
4
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
0451 3008N
0450 3008N
0353 0080N
0805 0088
0360 3006N
0360 4010N
0720 0030E
Description
Qty Per
Assembly

Screw:M3x8
Retaining Ring - M6
Screw - M3X6
Screw:M4x10
Retaining Ring - M3
2.FRAME SECTION (B800)

101
101
101
2
101
101
101
23
101
2
5
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
102
101
101
9
4
15
101
10
4
13
16
11
22
20
17
101
12
19
14
18
21
103
103
103
103
103
103 103
103
B800
manuals4you.com
2.FRAME SECTION (B800)

Index
No.
1
2
3
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
B800
Part No.
G832 1133
B801 1117
B801 6617
B801 6627
A507 1096
G832 1143
B384 1146
G832 1146
B801 5312
AH01 2033
C410 7632
B800 2586
B800 2587
B223 2710
B223 2715
AA16 1163
B223 2714
B801 6121
B801 6122
B801 6123
B801 6124
B801 6126
B801 6125
G832 7900
Description
Upper Front Stay
Upper Stay - Front Rear
Option Heater - 110V9W
Option Heater - 230V 9W
Philips Screw - M5x6
Upper Rear Stay
Spring Plate
Connector Bracket
Harness - Interface Cable
Caster - Stopper
Caster - No Stopper
Ground Plate - Shaft
Spring - Earth Stopper
Supporter - Right
Cushion
Bracket:Arm:Remover/Install:Front L
Bracket:Arm:Remover/Install:Front R
Bracket:Arm:Remover/Install:Right
Bracket:Arm:Remover/Install:Right I
Bracket:Arm:Remover/Install:Rear Ri
Bracket:Arm:Remover/Install:Rear Le
Screw:Spring Washer:Roung Point:M4x10
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
1
2
1
1
8
1
2
1
1
2
2
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
Part No.
Description
Qty Per
Assembly

1105 0516 Clamp
0454 4006Q Tapping Screw:4x6
3.PAPER TRAY (B800)

26
29
27
28
5
18
22
22
31
21
16
21
101
30
102
20
23
17
25
24
19
16
16
10
12
14
15
8
7
11
13
103
2
101
B800
manuals4you.com
3.PAPER TRAY (B800)

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
B800
Part No.
B223 2910
B223 2911
B238 2523
B223 2940
AF01 3006
B223 2919
B223 2946
B223 2860
B223 2900
B223 2862
AA06 0900
B223 2863
B223 2861
A222 2724
B223 2864
A232 2987
B223 2912
B223 2920
B223 2923
B004 2923
B223 2935
B223 2934
B223 2936
B223 2865
B223 2918
B223 2930
A267 2860
A267 2857
A267 2859
B223 2873
AA06 1003
Description
Spacer
Tray Bottom Plate
Bottom Plate Pad
Paper Tray Grip
Spring
Release Shaft
Grip Holder
Roller - Paper Tray
End Fence
Front Side Fence
Plate - Side Fence
Gear - 16Z
Rise No.1 Shaft
Rise Lever
Rear Side Fence
Rear Lever Stopper
Side Fence Stopper
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
Part No.
Qty Per
Assembly
Description

4.PAPER FEED SECTION (B800)
1
4
101
105
102
8
9
101
10
101
101
101
5
11
106
12
37
27
13
24
25
40
26
38
39
101
103
14
101
37
101
11
101
15
16
23
20
104
21
104
11
34
104
31
33
22
32
104
19
11
36
35
18
17
30
29
41
28
17
B800
manuals4you.com

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
B800
Part No.
B223 2750
B223 2767
AW02 0145
B223 2773
B223 2778
AW01 0128
B223 2776
B082 2781
AW01 0122
B223 2780
AA08 2143
B238 2569
B223 2772
B223 2786
AF03 0090
AB01 1252
AA10 0014
B223 2829
AF03 1090
AB01 1218
AA08 2101
B223 2765
B223 2761
AA06 0691
G065 2767
B223 2764
B223 2762
AF03 2090
B004 2783
B223 2810
AB01 0157
AB01 0156
B223 2815
B223 2819
AA06 0693
Description
Paper Feed Unit
Paper End Feeler
Sensor Bracket
Paper Feed Sensor
Stay
Bracket:Sensor
Paper Feed Sensor
DC Solenoid 24V
Bushing - 6x10x6
Transport Roller
Harness Sheet
Gear - 20Z
Feed Guide
Bushing - 6x10x6
Ground Plate - Feed
Pickup Arm
Tension Spring
Lever - Feed
Gear-24z
Feed Shaft
Torque Limiter
Gear:Separate:Drive
Gear - 22Z
Tension Spring
Index
No.
Qty Per
Assembly
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Part No.
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
36
37
38
39
40
41
G065 2774
5206 2686
G065 2775
AA06 2259
G065 2776
B223 2835
Pressure Lever
Snap Ring
Link Lever
Spring - Release
Release Lever
Guide Plate
1
2
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
0451 3006N
0450 3008N
0454 3006Q
0805 0089
1105 0511
0720 0040E
Tapping Screw - 3x6

Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4

12
106
105
104
10
101
11
105
101
1
101
107
101
1
101
101
2
101
101
103
101
3
101
101
102
102
101
101
7
101
B800
10
manuals4you.com

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
B800
Part No.
AX04 0191
B800 1088
B800 5310
B800 5311
B800 5111
B801 1193
B223 2730
B223 2721
AW50 0038
B800 1089
B238 2543
B801 1059
Description
DC Motor 24V
Inner Cover - Lower
Harnes - Main
Harness - Paper Size Sensor
PCB:Sicilia:Ass'y
PCB Bracket
Bracket:Push Switch
Inner Cover - Upper
Cover - Tray Left
Cover:Burring:Base
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
0454 3006Q
1105 0192
1105 0511
1105 0516
1105 0488
1105 0487
1105 0522
11
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Locking Support
Clamp
HARNESS CLAMP
Harness Clamp
EDGE SADDLE - LES0510
2
8
7
104
10
11
101 2 104
10
13
12
101
105
6
5
101
101
104
7
105
101
21
101
101
15
22
107
106
104
14
29
18
20
103
14
16
15
25
15
101
17
23
21
101
15
24
101
102
19
28
15
26
101
27
101
101
15
103
B800
12
manuals4you.com

Index
No.
Part No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
101
102
103
104
105
106
AA10 0014
AA08 2101
G832 3619
AX20 0289
AA08 2102
G832 1158
AB01 1500
AB01 1259
G832 1161
B223 1186
G832 1178
G832 1175
B800 1087
AB01 7707
B801 1184
B598 2840
AB01 7729
AB03 0785
AB03 0784
AA04 3592
AA04 3593
G832 1183
G832 2951
B154 4521
AB01 7705
B801 5314
B802 1622
B801 1180
AA04 3318
0454 3006Q
0314 0080N
0805 0088
0720 0040E
0720 0060E
0451 3014N
B800
Description
Bushing - 6x10x6
Bushing - 6x10x6
Drive Unit Bracket
Gear - 27Z
Gear - 32Z
Drum Stay
Drive Joint
Grip Shaft
Feed Shaft
Inner Cover - Rear Middle
Gear - 28Z/28T
Timing Belt Spacer
Pulley Collar
Gear/pulley - 28Z/28T
Timing Pulley - 27T
Pulley - 27T
Micro Switch Bracket
Cover - Rear Right
Stepper Motor:Mm56:Ass'y
Harness - Motor
Stepper Motor Damper
Retaining Ring - M6
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M6
Tapping Screw:3x14
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
3
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
6
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
107
1204 2529
13
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Switch - V-5F912DN
manuals4you.com
B800
PAPER FEED UNIT PB3000
PARTS INDEX
manuals4you.com
Parts Index
Part No.
B800 1087
B800 1088
B800 1089
B800 1271
B800 2564
B800 2566
B800 2568
B800 2574
B800 2575
B800 2577
B800 2578
B800 2580
B800 2586
B800 2587
B800 2588
B800 5111
B800 5310
B800 5311
B800 6110
B800
Description
Inner Cover - Rear Middle
Inner Cover - Lower
Inner Cover - Upper
Cover - Right
Guide Plate Ass'y
Guide Plate
Shaft
Stopper Bracket
Ground Plate
Lever
Stay
Spring
Ground Plate - Shaft
Spring - Earth Stopper
Base Stopper Stay
PCB:Sicilia:Ass'y
Harnes - Main
Harness - Paper Size Sensor
Arm Ass'y
Page and
Index No.
13 11 11 33333333355311 11 11 3-
Part No.
A222 2724
A232 2987
A267 2857
A267 2859
A267 2860
A507 1096
A682 2552
A682 2553
B004 2783
B004 2923
B082 2781
B154 4521
B223 1186
B223 2710
B223 2714
B223 2715
B223 2721
B223 2730
B223 2750
B223 2761
B223 2762
B223 2764
B223 2765
B223 2767
B223 2772
B223 2773
B223 2776
B223 2778
B223 2780
B223 2786
B223 2810
B223 2815
B223 2819
B223 2829
B223 2835
13
2
10
6
7
8
16
12
13
20
17
19
11
12
5
5
3
4
21
Description
Roller - Paper Tray
Side Fence Stopper
Rear Lever Stopper
Front Hook - Vertical Transport
Rear Hook - Vertical Transport
Torque Limiter
Bracket:Sensor
Drive Joint
Supporter - Right
Bracket:Push Switch
Paper Feed Unit
Pickup Arm
Feed Shaft
Gear-24z
Ground Plate - Feed
Paper End Feeler
Harness Sheet
Stay
Sensor Bracket
DC Solenoid 24V
Gear - 22Z
Feed Guide
Guide Plate
Page and
Index No.
7777753397913 13 55511 11 99999999999999999-
14
16
28
29
27
4
14
15
29
20
8
24
10
13
16
14
8
7
1
23
27
26
22
2
13
4
7
5
10
14
30
33
34
18
41
Parts Index
Part No.
B223 2860
B223 2861
B223 2862
B223 2863
B223 2864
B223 2865
B223 2873
B223 2900
B223 2910
B223 2911
B223 2912
B223 2918
B223 2919
B223 2920
B223 2923
B223 2930
B223 2934
B223 2935
B223 2936
B223 2940
B223 2946
B238 2523
B238 2543
B238 2569
B384 1146
B542 2560
B598 2840
B793 4247
B801 1059
B801 1117
B801 1180
B801 1184
B801 1193
B801 1260
B801 1281
B800
Description
Paper Tray Grip
Grip Holder
Release Shaft
Rise No.1 Shaft
Spacer
End Fence
Rise Lever
Front Side Fence
Rear Side Fence
Plate - Side Fence
Gear - 16Z
Tray Bottom Plate
Cover - Tray Left
Transport Roller
Spring Plate
Driven Roller
Pulley Collar
Screw - M3X8
Cover:Burring:Base
Timing Belt Spacer
PCB Bracket
Cover - Left
Cover - Rear
Page and
Index No.
777777777777777777777711 95313 311 513 13 11 33-
Part No.
B801 5312
B801 5314
B801 6115
B801 6116
B801 6117
B801 6121
B801 6122
B801 6123
B801 6124
B801 6125
B801 6126
B801 6617
B801 6627
B802 1622
C410 7632
G065 2767
G065 2774
G065 2775
G065 2776
G569 2570
G832 1133
G832 1143
G832 1146
G832 1158
G832 1161
G832 1175
G832 1178
G832 1183
G832 1290
G832 2951
G832 3619
G832 7900
G832 7900
G832 8510
8
13
10
12
15
24
30
9
1
2
17
25
6
18
19
26
22
21
23
4
7
3
11
12
6
9
16
4
12
2
28
15
6
2
3
Description
Harness - Motor
Arm Cover - Front
Arm Cover - Right
Arm Cover - Rear
Option Heater - 230V 9W
Caster - No Stopper
Lever - Feed
Pressure Lever
Link Lever
Release Lever
Grounding Plate - Vertical Transport
Upper Front Stay
Upper Rear Stay
Connector Bracket
Drive Unit Bracket
Drum Stay
Feed Shaft
Grip Shaft
Cover - Upper Front
Cover - Rear Right
Screw:Spring Washer:Roung Point:M4x10
Screw:Spring Washer:Round Point:M4x10
Coupling Bracket
Page and
Index No.
513 3335555555513 59999355513 13 13 13 13 313 13 533-
8
26
22
22
24
17
18
19
20
22
21
3
3
27
10
25
36
38
40
18
1
5
7
6
9
12
11
22
1
23
3
23
26
25
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No.
AA04 3318
AA04 3592
AA04 3593
AA06 0691
AA06 0693
AA06 0900
AA06 1003
AA06 2259
AA06 3920
AA08 0275
AA08 2101
AA08 2101
AA08 2102
AA08 2143
AA10 0014
AA10 0014
AA16 1163
AB01 0156
AB01 0157
AB01 1218
AB01 1252
AB01 1259
AB01 1500
AB01 7705
AB01 7707
AB01 7729
AB03 0784
AB03 0785
AF01 3006
AF03 0090
AF03 1090
AF03 2090
AH01 2033
AW01 0122
AW01 0128
B800
Description
Tension Spring
Tension Spring
Spring
Spring - Release
Bushing - 6x10x6
Bushing - 6x10x6
Bushing - 6x10x6
Bushing - 6x10x6
Cushion
Gear:Separate:Drive
Gear - 20Z
Gear - 32Z
Gear - 27Z
Gear - 28Z/28T
Pulley - 27T
Timing Pulley - 27T
Bottom Plate Pad
Caster - Stopper
Paper Feed Sensor
Paper Feed Sensor
Page and
Index No.
13 13 13 997793313 913 9913 5999913 13 13 13 13 13 13 7999599-
Part No.
AW02 0145
AW50 0038
AX04 0191
AX20 0289
29
20
21
24
35
11
31
39
11
10
2
21
5
11
17
1
15
32
31
20
16
8
7
25
14
17
19
18
5
15
19
28
9
9
6
Description
DC Motor 24V
Page and
Index No.
911 11 13 -
3
9
1
4
Parts Index
Part No.
0314 0080N
0353 0080N
0360 3006N
0360 4010N
0450 3008N
0450 3008N
0450 3012N
0450 4008N
0451 3006N
0451 3008N
0451 3014N
0453 3008N
0454 3006Q
0454 3006Q
0454 3006Q
0454 3006Q
0454 4006Q
0720 0030E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0060E
0805 0088
0805 0088
0805 0089
1105 0192
1105 0487
1105 0488
1105 0511
1105 0511
1105 0516
1105 0516
1105 0522
1204 2529
B800
Description
Screw:M3x8
Screw - M3X6
Screw:M4x10
Tapping Screw:3x12
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw:3x14
Tapping Screw:4x6
Retaining Ring - M3
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M6
Retaining Ring - M6
Retaining Ring - M6
Retaining Ring - M4
Locking Support
Harness Clamp
HARNESS CLAMP
Clamp
Clamp
EDGE SADDLE - LES0510
Switch - V-5F912DN
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
5206 2686
13 - 102
3 - 103
3 - 105
3 - 106
3 - 102
9 - 102
7 - 103
7 - 101
9 - 101
3 - 101
13 - 106
7 - 102
5 - 101
9 - 103
11 - 101
13 - 101
5 - 103
3 - 107
9 - 106
13 - 104
13 - 105
3 - 104
13 - 103
9 - 104
11 - 102
11 - 106
11 - 105
11 - 103
9 - 105
11 - 104
5 - 102
11 - 107
13 - 107
Description
Snap Ring
Page and
Index No.
9 - 37
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
B801
LCIT PB3010
manuals4you.com
1.EXTERIOR 1 (B801)
101
101
101
101
102
102
102
5
103
6
3
101
7
8
14
10
16
12
13
21
20
15
101
104
105
19
11
9
17
101
18
B801
manuals4you.com
1.EXTERIOR 1 (B801)
Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
B801
Part No.
B801 1260
B801 1281
G832 2580
G832 2560
G832 2553
B542 2560
AA08 0275
AA06 3920
G832 2583
G832 2584
G832 2582
AA06 2332
G832 2581
G832 2570
B801 1271
B800 6110
B801 6115
B801 6116
B801 6117
G832 8510
G832 7900
Description
Cover - Left
Cover - Rear
Stopper
Guide Ass'y
Guide
Driven Roller
Front Hook
Rear Hook
Shaft
Spring
Lever - Open And Close
Ground Plate
Cover - Right
Arm Ass'y
Arm Cover - Front
Arm Cover - Right
Arm Cover - Rear
Coupling Bracket
Screw:Spring Washer:Round Point:M4x
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
0451 3008N
0450 3010N
0720 0030E
0360 3006N
0360 4010N
Description
Qty Per
Assembly

Retaining Ring - M3
Screw - M3X6
Screw:M4x10
2.EXTERIOR 2 (B801)
101
6
2
101
101
101
101
4
101
101
101
101
101
5
4
101
101
102
1
12
7
104
10
9
8
11
9
18
13
103
17
103 103
14
103
103
15
16
103 103
103
B801
manuals4you.com
2.EXTERIOR 2 (B801)
Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
B801
Part No.
G832 1133
B801 1117
G832 1143
B384 1146
G832 1146
B801 5312
C410 7632
AH01 2033
A507 1096
B223 2860
B801 2793
B801 2795
B801 6121
B801 6122
B801 6123
B801 6124
B801 6126
B801 6125
Description
Upper Front Stay
Upper Rear Stay
Spring Plate
Connector Bracket
Caster - No Stopper
Caster - Stopper
Paper Tray Grip
Cover - LCT Front
Sheet - Paper Set Direction
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
2
1
2
1
1
2
2
8
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
0454 3006Q
1105 0516
0454 4006Q
0450 3010N
Description
Qty Per
Assembly

Clamp
Tapping Screw:4x6
3.RIGHT TRAY 1 (B801)

101
101
13
104
14
101
101
101
104
12
17
3
16
19
15
103
101
7
5
103
8
106
8
18
106
102
11
20
105
10
B801
manuals4you.com

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
20
B801
Part No.
B801 2610
B801 2677
G569 2712
B801 2665
B801 2678
B801 2695
B801 2690
B801 2801
AA00 0713
B801 2681
B801 2680
A232 2987
B801 1123
B801 1135
B801 1128
AA07 0074
B801 1131
AA07 0073
AA16 1163
B801 6617
B801 6627
Description
Tandem LCT Unit - Right
End Fence Bracket
Tension Spring
End Fence
End Fence Guide Plate
Side Fence Ass'y - Right Front
Side Fence Ass'y - Right Rear
Paper Plate
Decal - Grip Inner Cover Right
Inner Cover Grip - Right
Roller - Paper Tray
Guide - Left Lower
Tray Stopper - Left
Slide Rail Bracket - Front
Slide Rail - Middle
Slide Rail Bracket - Rear
Slide Rail - Right
Cushion
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
0454 3006Q
0450 3010N
0451 4008N
0354 0050N
0452 3008N
0453 3006N
Description
Qty Per
Assembly

Tapping Screw:4x8
Screw - M4X5
106
8
107
2
105
16
101
5
101
106
6
17
7
105
14
13
12
15
104
11
102
107
102
21
107
8
20
103
101
10
107
11
104
12
102
19
18
103
102
7
102
B801
102
manuals4you.com

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
B801
Part No.
B801 2654
B801 2652
B801 2653
B801 2651
B801 2657
B801 2649
B801 2684
AA04 3600
G569 2710
C410 7626
AB03 0633
AA08 2104
B801 2655
AA00 0714
A421 2543
C410 2681
B801 2638
C410 7534
B801 2624
B801 2679
AA14 3823
Description
Lock Lever
-coupling Bracket Sheet
Base Coupling Bracket
Guide Roller
Tandem Tray Stay - Right
Tray Stay Shaft - Right
Timing Belt Holder
Timing Pulley - Tray Bottom Plate
Gear Damper - 18Z
Bushing - 8x12x7
Tray Bottom Plate
Decal - Right Paper Set
Friction Pad
Shaft - Tray Bottom Plate Rise
Supporting Plate:Side Plate:Large C
Oil Damper
Lock Tray Arm
Tray Ground Plate - Right
Tapping Screw
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
2
2
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
0454 3006Q
0450 3010N
0451 3008N
0623 0140E
0720 0040E
0720 0030E
0720 0060E
Description
Qty Per
Assembly

Spring Pin - 3x14mm
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M3
Retaining Ring - M6
5.LEFT TRAY (B801)

1
103
103
10
106
103
13
18
14
103
3
4
103
11
12
5
16
32
7
15
103
103
19
17
16
8
29
20
30
106
29
21
101
22
27
102
108
103
23
103
101
31
108
28
24
26
105
104
B801
107
25
21
10
manuals4you.com
5.LEFT TRAY (B801)

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
B801
Part No.
Description
B801 2711 Tandem LCT Unit - Left

B801 2742 Timing Belt Cover
AA00 0715 Decal - Left Paper Set
B801 2758 Side Fence - Left Front
AA00 0712 Decal - Caution Inkhet Paper
G569 2761 Rivet - 31j5
B801 2753 Side Fence - Left Rear
AA00 0713 Decal - Side Fence Rear
B801 2735 Timing Belt Bracket
B801 2748 Cover:Positioning Sensor
B801 2744 Back Fence Slider
B801 2746 Timing Belt Slider Stopper
AW02 0145 Photo Interrupter: Flat
AW02 0162 Photo Interrupter: Paper Volume Sensor
A232 2987 Roller - Paper Tray
B801 2745 Back Fence
B801 2756 Paper Volume Sensor Bracket
B801 2730 Shaft - Slider Drive
B801 2727 Tray Cover Plate- Right
B801 2726 Tray Plate - Right
B801 2728 Tray Plate Bracket - Right
B801 2811 Ground Plate - Cover Timing Belt
B801 2812 Ground Plate - Joint Drive
B801 2762 Lever Lock Bracket
B801 2765 Lever Cap
B801 2764 Coupling Lever
B801 2763 Lock Lever Shaft
B801 5311 Harness - Tandem Tray
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
0454 3006Q
0451 3008N
0450 3010N
0360 3010N
0711 0030N
0720 0040E
0805 0089
0720 0030E
11
Description
Qty Per
Assembly

Screw:M3x10
Hexagonal Nut:M3
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M3

1
3
41
101
9
103
101
6
102
42
8
101
101
101
10
104
34
11
12
23
5
101
24
25
26
35
37
36
106
13
34
101
101
10
14
101
20
19
10
33
30
22
15
105
105
32
21
31
105
39
10
105
38
18
17
16
40
29
16
B801
27
28
12
manuals4you.com

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
B801
Part No.
B801 2512
AW02 0145
B223 2773
B223 2778
AW01 0128
B082 2781
AW01 0122
B223 2776
B223 2780
AA08 2143
B238 2569
B223 2772
B223 2786
AF03 0090
AB01 1252
AA10 0014
B223 2829
AF03 1090
AB01 1218
AA08 2101
B223 2765
B223 2761
AA06 0691
G065 2767
B223 2764
B223 2762
AF03 2090
B004 2783
B223 2810
AB01 0157
AB01 0156
B223 2815
B223 2819
5206 2686
G065 2776
Description
Paper Feed Unit:Ass'y
Sensor Bracket
Paper Feed Sensor
Bracket:Sensor
Paper Feed Sensor
Stay
DC Solenoid 24v
Bushing - 6x10x6
Transport Roller
Harness Sheet
Gear - 20Z
Feed Guide
Bushing - 6x10x6
Ground Plate - Feed
Pickup Arm
Tension Spring
Lever - Feed
Gear-24z
Feed Shaft
Torque Limiter
Gear:Separate:Drive
Gear - 22Z
Snap Ring
Release Lever
Index
No.
Qty Per
Assembly
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
13
Part No.
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
AA06 2259
G065 2775
AA06 0693
G065 2774
B223 2835
B801 2821
B801 2822
Spring - Release
Link Lever
Tension Spring
Pressure Lever
Guide Plate
Feeler - Paper End Sensor
Bracket - Paper End Sensor
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
0451 3006N
0450 3008N
1105 0511
0720 0040E
0805 0089
0454 3006Q

Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4

10
106
104
106
105
1
101
3
101
2
102
3
101
102
6
5
101
101
101
8
101
103
7
101
B801
14
manuals4you.com

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
B801
Part No.
B801 1140
C410 5710
B600 1082
B801 5310
B801 5111
B801 1152
B600 1085
B801 5313
AW50 0023
B801 1059
Description
Lock:Tray Bracket Ass'y - Right
DC Motor 24V
Holder:Paper Tray
Harness - Main
PCB:Cebu:Ass'y
Main Board Bracket
Bracket:Drawer:Arabia
Harness - Tandem Tray
Push Switch
Cover:Burring:Base
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
0454 3006Q
0451 3030N
1105 0192
1105 0516
1105 0508
1105 0487
15
Description
Qty Per
Assembly

Tapping Screw:3x30
Locking Support
Clamp
Harness Clamp
104
105
104
10
101
105
101
17
14
21
104
10
12
37
102
103
13
18
16
16
15
22
104
106
19
20
18
27
101
107
101
101
23
25
24
18
29
28
36
104
104
27
101
30
104
101
33
34
105
35
32
101
26
101
101
108
101
B801
38
101
101
106
37 101
101
101
3
11
31
16
manuals4you.com

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
B801
Part No.
AA10 0014
AA08 2101
G832 3619
AX20 0289
AA08 2102
G832 1158
AB01 1500
AB01 1259
G832 1161
B223 1186
G832 1178
G832 1175
G832 1183
AB01 7708
B801 1078
AA04 3591
AB01 7707
B801 1184
AB01 7704
AB03 0785
B801 1077
AB03 0787
B154 4521
B801 5314
B802 1622
B801 1180
AA04 3318
AB01 7705
AB03 0786
AA08 2104
B801 1115
AB01 7709
B801 1113
G569 2901
B801 1118
Description
Bushing - 6x10x6
Bushing - 6x10x6
Drive Unit Bracket
Gear - 27Z
Gear - 32Z
Drum Stay
Drive Joint
Grip Shaft
Feed Shaft
Gear - 43Z
Timing Belt Spacer
Gear - 28Z/28T
Timing Belt Spacer
Timing Pulley - 27T
Joint:Drive Shaft
Timing Pulley - 15T
Harness - Motor
Timing Pulley - 22T
Bushing - 8x12x7
Joint Bracket
Motor Bracket
Spring - Lift Motor
Joint Shaft
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
2
5
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
Part No.
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
36
37
38
B801 1116
AW02 0145
B801 1079
Joint
Ground Plate - Slide Rail
1
5
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
0454 3006Q
0451 3014N
1204 2529
0720 0040E
0720 0060E
0805 0088
0314 0080N
1105 0516

Tapping Screw:3x14
Switch - V-5F912DN
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M6
Retaining Ring - M6
Clamp
manuals4you.com
Index
No.
17
manuals4you.com
B801
LCIT PB3010
PARTS INDEX
manuals4you.com
Parts Index
Part No.
B801 1059
B801 1077
B801 1078
B801 1079
B801 1113
B801 1115
B801 1116
B801 1117
B801 1118
B801 1123
B801 1128
B801 1131
B801 1135
B801 1140
B801 1152
B801 1180
B801 1184
B801 1260
B801 1271
B801 1281
B801 2512
B801 2610
B801 2624
B801 2638
B801 2649
B801 2651
B801 2652
B801 2653
B801 2654
B801 2655
B801 2657
B801 2665
B801 2677
B801 2678
B801 2679
B801
Description
Cover: Burring: Base
Joint: Drive Shaft
Timing Belt Spacer
Ground Plate - Slide Rail
Motor Bracket
Joint Bracket
Joint
Joint Shaft
Guide - Left Lower
Slide Rail Bracket - Front
Slide Rail Bracket - Rear
Tray Stopper - Left
Lock:Tray Bracket Ass'y - Right
Main Board Bracket
Timing Belt Spacer
Cover - Left
Cover - Right
Cover - Rear
Paper Feed Unit:Ass'y
Tandem LCT Unit - Right
Lock Tray Arm
Supporting Plate:Side Plate:Large C
Tray Stay Shaft - Right
Guide Roller
-coupling Bracket Sheet
Base Coupling Bracket
Lock Lever
Tray Bottom Plate
Tandem Tray Stay - Right
End Fence
End Fence Bracket
End Fence Guide Plate
Tray Ground Plate - Right
Page and
Index No.
15 17 17 17 17 17 17 517 777715 15 17 17 33313 79999999997779-
Part No.
B801 2680
B801 2681
B801 2684
B801 2690
B801 2695
B801 2711
B801 2726
B801 2727
B801 2728
B801 2730
B801 2735
B801 2742
B801 2744
B801 2745
B801 2746
B801 2748
B801 2753
B801 2756
B801 2758
B801 2762
B801 2763
B801 2764
B801 2765
B801 2793
B801 2795
B801 2801
B801 2811
B801 2812
B801 2821
B801 2822
B801 5111
B801 5310
B801 5311
B801 5312
B801 5313
10
21
15
38
33
31
36
2
35
13
15
17
14
1
6
26
18
1
15
2
1
1
19
17
6
4
2
3
1
13
5
4
2
5
20
Description
Inner Cover Grip - Right
Decal - Grip Inner Cover Right
Timing Belt Holder
Side Fence Ass'y - Right Rear
Side Fence Ass'y - Right Front
Tandem LCT Unit - Left
Tray Plate - Right
Tray Cover Plate- Right
Tray Plate Bracket - Right
Shaft - Slider Drive
Timing Belt Bracket
Timing Belt Cover
Back Fence Slider
Back Fence
Timing Belt Slider Stopper
Cover: Positioning Sensor
Side Fence - Left Rear
Paper Volume Sensor Bracket
Side Fence - Left Front
Lever Lock Bracket
Lock Lever Shaft
Coupling Lever
Lever Cap
Cover - LCT Front
Sheet - Paper Set Direction
Paper Plate
Ground Plate - Cover Timing Belt
Ground Plate - Joint Drive
Feeler - Paper End Sensor
Bracket - Paper End Sensor
PCB:Cebu:Ass'y
Harness - Main
Page and
Index No.
7797711 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 55711 11 13 13 15 15 11 515 -
11
10
7
7
6
1
23
22
24
20
9
2
12
18
14
11
7
19
4
28
31
30
29
11
12
8
26
27
41
42
5
4
32
6
8
Parts Index
Part No.
B801 5314
B801 6115
B801 6116
B801 6117
B801 6121
B801 6122
B801 6123
B801 6124
B801 6125
B801 6126
B801 6617
B801 6627
B801
Description
Harness - Motor
Arm Cover - Front
Arm Cover - Right
Arm Cover - Rear
Page and
Index No.
17 33355555577-
24
17
18
19
13
14
15
16
18
17
20
20
Part No.
Description
A232 2987
A232 2987
A421 2543
A507 1096
B004 2783
B082 2781
B154 4521
B223 1186
B223 2761
B223 2762
B223 2764
B223 2765
B223 2772
B223 2773
B223 2776
B223 2778
B223 2780
B223 2786
B223 2810
B223 2815
B223 2819
B223 2829
B223 2835
B223 2860
B238 2569
B384 1146
B542 2560
B600 1082
B600 1085
B800 6110
B802 1622
C410 2681
C410 5710
C410 7534
C410 7626
Roller - Paper Tray

Roller - Paper Tray
Friction Pad
Torque Limiter
Bracket: Sensor
Drive Joint
Pickup Arm
Feed Shaft
Gear-24z
Ground Plate - Feed
Harness Sheet
Stay
Sensor Bracket
DC Solenoid 24v
Gear - 22Z
Feed Guide
Guide Plate
Paper Tray Grip
Transport Roller
Spring Plate
Driven Roller
Holder:Paper Tray
Bracket:Drawer: Arabia
Arm Ass'y
Shaft - Tray Bottom Plate Rise
DC Motor 24V
Oil Damper
Gear Damper - 18Z
Page and
Index No.
711 9513 13 17 17 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 513 5315 15 317 915 99-
12
17
15
9
28
6
23
10
22
26
25
21
12
3
8
4
9
13
29
32
33
17
40
10
11
4
6
3
7
16
25
16
2
18
10
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No.
C410 7632
G065 2767
G065 2774
G065 2775
G065 2776
G569 2710
G569 2712
G569 2761
G569 2901
G832 1133
G832 1143
G832 1146
G832 1158
G832 1161
G832 1175
G832 1178
G832 1183
G832 2553
G832 2560
G832 2570
G832 2580
G832 2581
G832 2582
G832 2583
G832 2584
G832 3619
G832 7900
G832 8510
B801
Description
Caster - No Stopper
Lever - Feed
Pressure Lever
Link Lever
Release Lever
Tension Spring
Rivet - 31j5
Spring - Lift Motor
Upper Front Stay
Upper Rear Stay
Connector Bracket
Drive Unit Bracket
Drum Stay
Feed Shaft
Grip Shaft
Guide
Guide Ass'y
Ground Plate
Stopper
Lever - Open And Close
Shaft
Front Hook
Rear Hook
Screw:Spring Washer:Round Point:M4x
Coupling Bracket
Page and
Index No.
513 13 13 13 9711 17 55517 17 17 17 17 3333333317 33-
Part No.
AA00 0712
AA00 0713
AA00 0713
AA00 0714
AA00 0715
AA04 3318
AA04 3591
AA04 3599
AA04 3600
AA06 0691
AA06 0693
AA06 2259
AA06 2332
AA06 3920
AA07 0073
AA07 0074
AA08 0275
AA08 2101
AA08 2101
AA08 2101
AA08 2102
AA08 2104
AA08 2104
AA08 2143
AA10 0014
AA10 0014
AA14 3823
AA16 1163
AB01 0156
AB01 0157
AB01 1218
AB01 1252
AB01 1259
AB01 1500
AB01 7704
7
24
39
37
35
9
3
6
34
1
3
5
6
9
12
11
13
5
4
14
3
13
11
9
10
3
21
20
Description
Decal - Caution Inkhet Paper
Decal - Right Paper Set
Decal - Left Paper Set
Tension Spring
Tension Spring
Spring - Release
Spring
Slide Rail - Right
Slide Rail - Middle
Bushing - 6x10x6
Bushing - 6x10x6
Bushing - 6x10x6
Bushing - 6x10x6
Bushing - 8x12x7
Bushing - 8x12x7
Bushing - 6x10x6
Tapping Screw
Cushion
Gear:Separate:Drive
Gear - 20Z
Gear - 32Z
Gear - 27Z
Page and
Index No.
11 11 7911 17 17 11 913 13 13 3377313 17 11 17 917 13 17 13 9713 13 13 13 17 17 17 -
5
8
9
14
3
27
16
13
8
23
38
36
12
8
18
16
7
20
2
21
5
12
30
10
1
16
21
19
31
30
19
15
8
7
19
Parts Index
Part No.
AB01 7705
AB01 7707
AB01 7708
AB01 7709
AB03 0633
AB03 0785
AB03 0786
AB03 0787
AB03 0787
AB03 3085
AF03 0090
AF03 1090
AF03 2090
AH01 2033
AW01 0122
AW01 0128
AW02 0145
AW02 0145
AW02 0145
AW02 0162
AW50 0023
AX20 0289
B801
Description
Gear - 28Z/28T
Gear - 43Z
Timing Pulley - 27T
Timing Pulley - 22T
Timing Pulley - 15T
Timing Pulley - 15T
Timing Pulley - 15T
Caster - Stopper
Paper Feed Sensor
Paper Feed Sensor
Photo Interrupter: Paper Volume Sensor
Push Switch
Page and
Index No.
17 17 17 17 917 17 11 17 11 13 13 13 513 13 17 11 13 11 15 17 -
Part No.
0314 0080N
0354 0050N
0360 3006N
0360 3010N
0360 4010N
0450 3008N
0450 3010N
0450 3010N
0450 3010N
0450 3010N
0450 3010N
0451 3006N
0451 3008N
0451 3008N
0451 3008N
0451 3014N
0451 3030N
0451 4008N
0452 3008N
0453 3006N
0454 3006Q
0454 3006Q
0454 3006Q
0454 3006Q
0454 3006Q
0454 3006Q
0454 3006Q
0454 4006Q
0623 0140E
0711 0030N
0720 0030E
0720 0030E
0720 0030E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
28
17
14
32
11
20
29
25
22
10
14
18
27
8
7
5
37
15
2
16
9
4
Description
Screw - M4X5
Screw - M3X6
Screw:M3x10
Screw:M4x10
Tapping Screw:3x14
Tapping Screw:3x30
Tapping Screw:4x8
Tapping Screw:4x6
Spring Pin - 3x14mm
Hexagonal Nut:M3
Retaining Ring - M3
Retaining Ring - M3
Retaining Ring - M3
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Page and
Index No.
17 - 107
7 - 104
3 - 104
11 - 104
3 - 105
13 - 102
9 - 102
3 - 102
11 - 103
5 - 104
7 - 102
13 - 101
11 - 102
9 - 103
3 - 101
17 - 102
15 - 102
7 - 103
7 - 105
7 - 106
17 - 101
15 - 101
13 - 106
5 - 101
11 - 101
9 - 101
7 - 101
5 - 103
9 - 104
11 - 105
3 - 103
9 - 106
11 - 108
17 - 104
13 - 104
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No.
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0060E
0720 0060E
0805 0088
0805 0089
0805 0089
1105 0192
1105 0487
1105 0508
1105 0511
1105 0516
1105 0516
1105 0516
1204 2529
B801
Description
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M6
Retaining Ring - M6
Retaining Ring - M6
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Locking Support
Harness Clamp
Clamp
Clamp
Clamp
Switch - V-5F912DN
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
5206 2686
9 - 105
11 - 106
9 - 107
17 - 105
17 - 106
13 - 105
11 - 107
15 - 103
15 - 106
15 - 105
13 - 103
15 - 104
5 - 102
17 - 108
17 - 103
Description
Snap Ring
Page and
Index No.
13 - 34
Parts Index
AUTO REVERSE DOCUMENT FEEDER

DF3010
B802
manuals4you.com
manuals4you.com
1.Exterior (B802)
1
12
11
13
101
8
101
14
15
7
7
101
9
17
16
22
23
20
18
21
23
24
10
19
102
19
102
25
26
6
102
B802
102
1.Exterior (B802)
Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
B802
Part No.
B652 2379
A859 7211
A548 6121
B802 4411
B802 6013
5215 2621
B802 4712
B802 4511
B802 2551
B802 2581
B802 2526
B789 6031
B802 2522
B802 2536
B802 2532
B802 6011
B802 2571
A858 4676
A858 4671
GW01 0007
B802 2541
B802 5750
AW01 0129
B802 2562
B802 2512
AG07 0513
Description
Decal:Caution:Original:5-Lang
Stepped Screw
Screw - M4
Cover:Front
Snap Ring - M6
Cover:Rear
Side Fence
Slider:Side Fence
Decal:Side Fence
Spring Plate:0.2t
Roller Driven
Guide: Original Insert
Harness: Original Table
Plate: Contact Point
Original Table
Magnet Catch
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
1
2
2
1
1
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
4
4
1
1
3
1
1
1
101
102
Part No.
Description
Qty Per
Assembly

manuals4you.com
2.Original Feed 1 (B802)
104
102
15
101
2
3
16
103
17
4
18
18
103
16
18
17
101
20
20
21
7
19
102
22
12
11
8
6
10
13
23
14
B802
om
justmanuals.c

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
B802
Part No.
B802 4121
B802 4152
B802 6012
B652 1807
B802 4711
B802 4154
B802 4155
B802 4158
AA06 2262
B802 4241
B802 4231
B802 4162
AA14 3789
AA14 3788
B802 4252
B802 5840
AW02 0154
AW02 0155
GW01 0007
AW01 0091
GW02 0020
B802 4263
GA14 3003
Description
Cover:Paper Feed
Grip:Cover
Decal:Size:Original
Shaft:Grip:Cover
Tension Spring
Bracket:Cover:Front
Stopper:Cover
Shaft:Cleaner
Harness:Paper Feed
Photo Interrupter: Lg248nl1
Screw:Mm5:2.5MM
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
1
5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
4
2
5
1
3
101
102
103
104
0451 3010N
0450 3008N
0451 3006N
1105 0516
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Tapping Screw:3x10
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Clamp
manuals4you.com

101
107
102
38
101
39
39
40
30
41
37
34
32
36
103
34
36
35
26
33
31
103
17
18
19
20
19
105
104
21
104
21
22
21
17
108
23
16
15
14
106
12
11
15
13
2
3
4
103
27
21
29
B802
25
24
32
28
10

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
B802
Part No.
B802 4311
5447 2681
AA08 2101
B802 4357
B802 4358
B802 4361
B387 2163
B802 4372
AA04 3328
B802 4352
B802 4355
B802 4359
A859 2112
B387 2113
B386 3320
B802 4333
B802 4326
AA08 2104
AA13 2013
AA06 3435
A628 1225
B789 2114
A806 1295
B802 4322
AA06 6376
B802 4323
B802 4325
B802 4328
B802 4228
B802 4227
B802 4229
B802 4224
B802 4222
AA08 0288
B802 4295
Description
Paper Feed:Unit
Snap Ring
Bushing - 6x10x6
Gear:Z19
Roller:Pickup
Pickup Collar
Timing Pulley:T21
Shaft:Pickup
Bracket:Pickup
Cushion:Pickup
Collar:Shaft
Bushing - 8x12x7
Spacer
Compression Spring: Paper Feed: Joint
Bushing - 8mm
Feed Belt
Shaft:Drive
Holder
Gear:Z20
Sheet:Guide:Upper
Spring Plate:Upper
Guide:Upper
Bushing:Dia6
Index
No.
Qty Per
Assembly
1
14
11
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
Part No.
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
36
37
38
39
40
41
AA06 3441
B802 4282
B802 4292
G052 4892
B802 4265
B802 4225
Compression Spring
Bracket: Driven Roller: Pull Out
Ground Plate: Driven Roller :Pull Out
Discharge Brush :Exit: Small
Ground Plate
Sheet: Driven Roller: Pull Out
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
0450 3008N
0451 3006N
0720 0040E
0720 0060E
0805 0088
0632 0100G
1105 0516
0741 3506

Tapping Screw - 3x6
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M6
Retaining Ring - M6
Pin - 2x10mm
Clamp
2
1
1
5
1
1
manuals4you.com

15
14
105
18
13
12
104
11
10
10
8
17
21
105
16
19
20
24
106
26
105
25
103
22
23
106
27
101
102
101
4
6
8
7
B802

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
B802
Part No.
B802 1773
B802 1777
B312 1615
B802 1772
AA14 3520
B802 5790
B802 3811
5447 2681
AA14 3823
AA08 2101
A859 2241
A294 6700
B802 2252
B802 2225
B802 2253
B802 2222
B802 6014
A422 1063
B802 2285
B802 2231
B802 2227
A458 2251
B802 2111
AA08 0265
AA06 0843
B802 2115
AA06 3919
Description
Tension Roller
Shoulder Screw - M3
Harness:Solenoid
DC Solenoid:24V
Snap Ring
Tapping Screw
Bushing - 6x10x6
Reverse Roller
Gear:Z20
Seal - 0.7x13x20
Bushing:6x8x5
Tension Spring
Lever:Stopper Pawl
Spring:Pressure
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
14
1
11
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
5
4
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
0451 3006N
0353 0040N
0450 3008N
0632 0120G
0720 0040E
0805 0089
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Tapping Screw - 3x6

Screw - M3X4
Parallel Pin - 2x12
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
manuals4you.com
5.Original Transfer 1 (B802)
16
18
20
19
2
17
101
102
4
5
4
24
22
23
22
101
9
10
4
101
16
11
101
103
21
12
13
101
14
101
15
B802
10

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
B802
Part No.
B802 3412
B802 3413
B802 3414
B802 3471
B802 3592
B802 3426
B802 3427
B802 3422
B802 3511
AA14 3569
B802 3553
B802 3566
B802 3567
B802 3568
B802 3561
A422 1063
B802 2291
GW01 0007
B802 3851
B802 3755
B802 3711
B789 3712
B789 3491
B714 5006
Description
Shaft:Driven:Exit
Spring Plate:Scanning:Entrance:Driven
Screw
Seal - 0.7x13x20
Bracket: Sensor: Scanning:Exit
Discharge Brush: Reverse
Spring Plate
Exit Driven Roller
DC Solenoid: Transmited Rubber Stamp
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
1
4
1
8
4
2
6
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
1
5
1
4
1
1
2
4
2
1
101
102
103
Part No.
Description
Qty Per
Assembly

11
manuals4you.com

101
3
101
108
5
7
8
10
101
108
101
101
102
101
105
14
103
6
5
105
101
15
102
101
101
11
106
104
107
101
B802
12
106
104
13
4
12

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
B802
Part No.
B802 5810
B802 3381
B802 3147
G052 4892
B802 3145
GW01 0007
B802 3833
B802 3832
B802 3231
B802 3251
B802 3234
B802 3252
A697 2102
B802 3233
5447 2681
Description
Spring Plate
Shielding Plate: Sensor
Bracket: Registration Sensor
Roller: Scanning: Entrance
Roller: Scanning: Exit
Timing Pulley:T33
Timing Pulley:T33
Snap Ring
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
5
2
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
14
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
0451 3006N
0450 3008N
0720 0040E
0741 3506
0740 3506
0632 0100G
1105 0514
1105 0511
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Retaining Ring - M4
Pin - 2x10mm
13
manuals4you.com

101
15
14
16
20
19
17
21
18
22
23
13
103
102
101
105
14
101
106
18
25
2
16
3
6
7
104
B802
9
10
6
26
24
27
8 106
11
12
13
101
14

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
B802
Part No.
B238 4483
B802 1755
B802 1762
AA06 0842
AA04 3321
5447 2681
B802 1767
B802 3312
AA06 2260
B802 3631
B802 3615
G020 1160
AA08 2101
AA14 3790
B802 3351
A422 1063
B802 3211
5215 2621
B802 6015
B802 3651
B802 3311
B802 3612
B802 3611
B802 3332
B802 3756
B802 3751
B802 3331
Description
Screw
Bracket: Tension
Timing Pulley:T31
Tension Spring
Snap Ring
Pulley:Idler:DIA16
Timing Pulley:T26
Tension Spring
Link: Solenoid
Lever: Exchange Pawl: Reverse
Snap Ring
Bushing - 6x10x6
Screw: CONTACT POINT
Guide: Paper Feed: Lower
Seal - 0.7x13x20
Roller :Pull Out
Snap Ring - M6
Decal: Display: Misfeed Removal:P3
Guide :Exit: Upper
Roller: Exit
Cushion: Exchange Pawl
Exchange Pawl: Reverse
Timing Pulley:T23
Discharge Brush: Exit
Stay: Reverse
Roller: Reverse
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
2
2
2
4
1
14
1
1
1
1
1
1
11
4
1
5
1
3
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
0451 3006N
0720 0040E
0720 0060E
0720 0030E
0742 3808
0741 3506
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Tapping Screw - 3x6

Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M6
Retaining Ring - M3
15
manuals4you.com
8.Drive Section 1 (B802)
103
101
101
4
104
2
102
101
15
22
7
12
12
14
13
16
8
104
17
10
13
12
101
103
101
101
B802
11
18
19
20
21
21
101
16

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
B802
Part No.
B802 1812
AA10 1021
B802 1815
B044 1825
J503 3116
G570 1225
B802 1985
GW02 0020
AA04 3323
B802 1925
B700 5805
AA08 2101
5447 2681
B802 1951
B351 1791
B351 1781
B802 1931
B802 1942
5206 2686
B802 1943
A680 2261
B802 1941
Description
Stepper Motor:Dc4.08v 2.4w
Bracket: Reverse: Drive
Collar
Bracket: Sensor: Pickup
Bracket: Pickup: Drive
Bushing - 6x10x6
Snap Ring
Cam: Stopper Pawl
Gear - 25Z
Gear - 18Z
Stopper: Cam: Pickup
Snap Ring
Feeler :Cam: Pickup
Gear - 24Z
Cam: Pickup
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
4
1
4
1
1
1
5
1
1
1
11
14
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
0451 3006N
0353 0060N
1105 0511
1105 0516
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Bind Screw - M3x6
Clamp
17
manuals4you.com
1
105
2
3
21
104
103
6
103
104
13
103
101
12
101
103
104
10
15
102
14
101
103
102
101
B802
11
16
104
17
101
103
101
18
19
20
12
18

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
B802
Part No.
B802 1671
B802 1661
B802 1642
B802 1643
B802 1651
B802 1631
B802 1632
B802 1633
AA04 3320
B802 1715
B802 1731
AA06 0842
B802 1736
B802 1721
B802 1681
B802 1741
AA04 3322
B802 1762
B238 4483
B802 1755
B802 1641
Description
Gear:Z17
Gear:Z21/Z23
Gear:Z37
Gear:Z26
Gear:Z25
Timing Pulley:T31
Gear:Z18
Gear:Z19
Bracket: Stepper Motor
Stay: Motor: Scanning
Tension Spring
Bracket: Protect: Drive
Gear:Z18
Timing Pulley:T31
Screw
Bracket: Tension
Gear:Z18
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
1
101
102
103
104
105
0451 3006N
0453 4006N
0720 0040E
0741 3506
1105 0511
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Retaining Ring - M4
19
manuals4you.com
10.Electrical Sectio (B802)
101
104
4
5
6
101
101
105
11
101
24
101
102
102
10
107
22
101
23
102
12
13
14
18
106
20
19
17
102
101
21
102
102
101
15
B802
103
103
16
20
10.Electrical Sectio (B802)

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
B802
Part No.
B802 5710
B802 1231
B802 5780
B802 5730
B802 5800
B802 5770
B802 5740
B802 5830
B802 5760
B802 5820
B802 5500
B802 1246
GW02 0020
B802 1236
B703 1165
B802 1612
AA14 3802
B802 1624
B802 1616
AA06 0842
B802 1621
B387 1951
B789 1942
B802 1412
Description
Harness: Interface
Bracket: PCB: Right
Harness: Lift_up
Harness: Paper Feed
Harness: Solenoid
Harness :Motor: Reverse
Harness: Guide
Harness: Motor: Paper Feed
Harness: Motor: Pick Up
PCB: Main
Bracket: On Off Detector
Bracket: PCB: Left
Bracket: Motor
Screw:6X1.7
Bracket: Coupling
Stay: Motor
Tension Spring
Plate: Harness: Guide
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
5
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
0451 3006N
0450 3008N
0453 4006N
1105 0511
1105 0522
1105 0487
1105 0514
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Harness Clamp
21
manuals4you.com
11.Frame Section (B802)
101
101
8
2
101
1
101
102
10
101
9
101
3
101
4
4
7
5
14
6
11
13
B802
22
12
13

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
B802
Part No.
B802 1121
B802 1131
B802 1141
B802 4631
B802 4713
B802 4714
AA14 3790
B802 1311
B802 1351
A859 1841
B802 4611
B802 4621
B477 2715
AA14 3520
Description
Positioning Plate: Front
Positioning Plate: Rear
Cover: Paper Feed Sensor
Cushion: Left
Cushion: Left
Cushion: Inner Back
Screw: Contact Point
Hinge: Left
Hinge: Right
Pressure Plate
Drum Stay: Pressure Plate
Pressure Plate Tape
Shoulder Screw - M3
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
1
1
1
3
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
101
102
Part No.
Description
Qty Per
Assembly

23
manuals4you.com
12.Decals and Documents (B802)
5
11
10
A4 A3
B5 B4
81/2
A5 A4
B5
>PS<
A5
51/2
P
1
P1
>ABS<
P1
3
P1
2
4
P3
>ABS<
>ABS<
>ABS<
>ABS<
>ABS<
P2
>ABS<
P3
Face up
Face haut
Bild oben
Faccia in su
Boca arriba
>ABS<
>ABS<
P3
PUSH
>ABS<
B802
>ABS<
24

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
B802
Part No.
B652 1807
B652 2379
B789 6031
B802 6011
B802 6012
B802 6013
B802 6014
B802 6015
Description
Decal:Size:Original
Decal:Side Fence
Index
No.
Qty Per
Assembly
Part No.
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
25
manuals4you.com
AUTO REVERSE DOCUMENT FEEDER

DF3010
B802
PARTS INDEX
manuals4you.com
manuals4you.com
Parts Index
Part No.
B802 1121
B802 1131
B802 1141
B802 1231
B802 1236
B802 1246
B802 1311
B802 1351
B802 1412
B802 1612
B802 1616
B802 1621
B802 1624
B802 1631
B802 1632
B802 1633
B802 1641
B802 1642
B802 1643
B802 1651
B802 1661
B802 1671
B802 1681
B802 1715
B802 1721
B802 1731
B802 1736
B802 1741
B802 1755
B802 1755
B802 1762
B802 1762
B802 1767
B802 1772
B802 1773
B802
Description
Positioning Plate: Front
Positioning Plate: Rear
Cover: Paper Feed Sensor
Bracket: PCB: Right
Bracket: PCB :Left
Hinge:Left
Hinge:Right
Plate:Harness:Guide
Bracket:Motor
Stay:Motor
Bracket: Coupling
Timing Pulley:T31
Gear:Z18
Gear:Z19
Gear:Z18
Gear:Z37
Gear:Z26
Gear:Z25
Gear:Z21/Z23
Gear:Z17
Gear:Z18
Stay:Motor:Scanning
Bracket:Tension
Bracket:Tension
Timing Pulley:T31
Timing Pulley:T31
Pulley:Idler:DIA16
Page and
Index No.
23 23 23 21 21 21 23 23 21 21 21 21 21 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 15 19 15 15 99-
Part No.
B802 1777
B802 1812
B802 1815
B802 1925
B802 1931
B802 1941
B802 1942
B802 1943
B802 1951
B802 1985
B802 2111
B802 2115
B802 2222
B802 2225
B802 2227
B802 2231
B802 2252
B802 2253
B802 2285
B802 2291
B802 2512
B802 2522
B802 2526
B802 2532
B802 2536
B802 2541
B802 2551
B802 2562
B802 2571
B802 2581
B802 3145
B802 3147
B802 3211
B802 3231
B802 3233
1
2
3
2
14
12
8
9
24
16
19
21
18
6
7
8
21
3
4
5
2
1
15
10
14
11
13
16
20
2
18
3
7
4
1
Description
Knob: Misfeed Removal:T27
Stepper Motor:Dc4.08v 2.4w
Bracket: Reverse: Drive
Bracket: Pickup :Drive
Cam:Pickup
Stopper:Cam:Pickup
Feeler:Cam:Pickup
Cam:Stopper Pawl
Bracket: Sensor: Pickup
Stopper Pawl: Paper Feed
Lever: Stopper Pawl
Guide: Reverse: Open And Close
Drum Stay: Guide: Reverse
Guide: Reverse: Open And Close: Behind
Gear:Z20
Original Table
Side Fence
Slider:Side Fence
Plate:Contact Point
Spring Plate:0.2t
Spring Plate
Roller:Pull Out
Timing Pulley:T33
Page and
Index No.
917 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 99999999911 333333333313 13 15 13 13 -
2
1
3
10
17
22
18
20
14
7
23
26
16
14
21
20
13
15
19
17
25
13
11
15
14
21
9
24
17
10
5
3
17
9
14
Parts Index
Part No.
B802 3234
B802 3251
B802 3252
B802 3311
B802 3312
B802 3331
B802 3332
B802 3351
B802 3381
B802 3412
B802 3413
B802 3414
B802 3422
B802 3426
B802 3427
B802 3471
B802 3511
B802 3553
B802 3561
B802 3566
B802 3567
B802 3568
B802 3592
B802 3611
B802 3612
B802 3615
B802 3631
B802 3651
B802 3711
B802 3751
B802 3755
B802 3756
B802 3811
B802 3832
B802 3833
B802
Description
Timing Pulley:T33
Roller:Exit
Timing Pulley:T26
Roller:Reverse
Timing Pulley:T23
Guide: Paper Feed: Lower
Spring Plate:Scanning:Entrance:Driven
Spring Plate: Scanning: Exit: Driven: Upper
Shaft:Driven:Exit
Exchange Pawl: Reverse
Cushion:Exchange Pawl
Lever:Exchange Pawl:Reverse
Link:Solenoid
Guide:Exit:Upper
Spring Plate
Stay:Reverse
DC Solenoid:24V
Page and
Index No.
13 13 13 15 15 15 15 15 13 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 15 15 15 15 15 11 15 11 15 913 13 -
Part No.
B802 3851
B802 4121
B802 4152
B802 4154
B802 4155
B802 4158
B802 4162
B802 4222
B802 4224
B802 4225
B802 4227
B802 4228
B802 4229
B802 4231
B802 4241
B802 4252
B802 4263
B802 4265
B802 4282
B802 4292
B802 4295
B802 4311
B802 4322
B802 4323
B802 4325
B802 4326
B802 4328
B802 4333
B802 4352
B802 4355
B802 4357
B802 4358
B802 4359
B802 4361
B802 4372
11
10
12
21
8
27
24
15
2
1
2
3
8
6
7
4
9
11
15
12
13
14
5
23
22
11
10
20
21
26
20
25
7
8
7
Description
Cover:Paper Feed
Grip:Cover
Shaft:Grip:Cover
Stopper:Cover
Guide:Upper
Spring Plate:Upper
Sheet:Guide:Upper
Bracket:Cover:Front
Ground Plate
Paper Feed:Unit
Shaft:Drive
Holder
Collar:Shaft
Gear:Z20
Shaft:Pickup
Bracket:Pickup
Gear:Z19
Cushion:Pickup
Roller:Pickup
Timing Pulley:T21
Page and
Index No.
11 5555557777775555777777777777777777-
19
1
2
6
7
8
12
33
32
41
30
29
31
11
10
15
22
40
37
38
35
1
24
26
27
17
28
16
10
11
4
5
12
6
8
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No.
B802 4411
B802 4511
B802 4611
B802 4621
B802 4631
B802 4711
B802 4712
B802 4713
B802 4714
B802 5500
B802 5710
B802 5730
B802 5740
B802 5750
B802 5760
B802 5770
B802 5780
B802 5790
B802 5800
B802 5810
B802 5820
B802 5830
B802 5840
B802 6011
B802 6011
B802 6012
B802 6012
B802 6013
B802 6013
B802 6014
B802 6014
B802 6015
B802 6015
B802
Description
Cover:Front
Cover:Rear
Pressure Plate
Cushion:Left
Cushion:Left
Cushion:Inner Back
PCB:Main
Harness :Interface
Harness: Paper Feed
Harness :Original Table
Harness: Motor: Paper Feed
Harness: Motor: Reverse
Harness: Lift_up
Harness: Solenoid
Harness:Solenoid
Harness:Guide
Harness:Paper Feed
Decal:Side Fence
Decal:Side Fence
Page and
Index No.
3323 23 23 5323 23 21 21 21 21 321 21 21 921 13 21 21 5325 525 325 925 15 25 -
Part No.
A294 6700
A422 1063
A422 1063
A422 1063
A458 2251
A548 6121
A628 1225
A680 2261
A697 2102
A806 1295
A858 4671
A858 4676
A859 1841
A859 2112
A859 2241
A859 7211
B044 1825
B238 4483
B238 4483
B312 1615
B351 1781
B351 1791
B386 3320
B387 1951
B387 2113
B387 2163
B477 2715
B652 1807
B652 1807
B652 2379
B652 2379
B700 5805
B703 1165
B714 5006
B789 1942
4
8
11
12
4
5
7
5
6
11
1
4
7
22
9
6
3
6
5
1
10
8
16
16
4
3
5
5
6
17
7
19
8
Description
Seal - 0.7x13x20
Seal - 0.7x13x20
Seal - 0.7x13x20
Screw - M4
Bushing - 8mm
Gear - 24Z
Feed Belt
Roller Driven
Reverse Roller
Stepped Screw
Collar
Screw
Screw
Tension Roller
Gear - 18Z
Gear - 25Z
Pickup Collar
Pressure Plate Tape
Decal:Size:Original
Decal:Size:Original
Decal:Caution:Original:5-Lang
Page and
Index No.
915 11 993717 13 73323 79317 15 19 917 17 721 7723 525 325 17 21 11 21 -
12
16
16
18
22
3
21
21
13
23
19
18
10
13
11
2
4
1
19
3
16
15
15
22
14
7
13
4
1
1
2
11
15
24
23
Parts Index
Part No.
B789 2114
B789 3491
B789 3712
B789 6031
B789 6031
G020 1160
G052 4892
G052 4892
G570 1225
J503 3116
B802
Description
Exit Driven Roller
Snap Ring
Page and
Index No.
711 11 325 15 13 717 17 -
Part No.
Description
AA04 3320
AA04 3321
AA04 3322
AA04 3323
AA04 3328
AA06 0842
AA06 0842
AA06 0842
AA06 0843
AA06 2260
AA06 2262
AA06 3435
AA06 3441
AA06 3919
AA06 6376
AA08 0265
AA08 0288
AA08 2101
AA08 2101
AA08 2101
AA08 2101
AA08 2104
AA10 1021
AA13 2013
AA14 3520
AA14 3520
AA14 3569
AA14 3788
AA14 3789
AA14 3790
AA14 3790
AA14 3802
AA14 3823
AG07 0513
AW01 0091
22
23
22
12
3
12
4
39
6
5
Tension Spring
Tension Spring
Tension Spring
Tension Spring
Tension Spring
Tension Spring
Compression Spring
Spring:Pressure
Bushing:6x8x5
Bushing:Dia6
Bushing - 6x10x6
Bushing - 6x10x6
Bushing - 6x10x6
Bushing - 6x10x6
Bushing - 8x12x7
Spacer
Shoulder Screw - M3
Shoulder Screw - M3
Screw
Shaft:Cleaner
Screw:Contact Point
Screw:CONTACT POINT
Screw:6X1.7
Tapping Screw
Magnet Catch
Page and
Index No.
19 15 19 17 721 15 19 915 577979715 717 9717 723 911 5523 15 21 935-
9
5
17
9
9
20
4
12
25
9
9
20
36
27
25
24
34
13
3
12
10
18
2
19
14
5
10
14
13
7
14
17
9
26
20
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No.
AW01 0129
AW02 0154
AW02 0155
GA14 3003
GW01 0007
GW01 0007
GW01 0007
GW01 0007
GW02 0020
GW02 0020
GW02 0020
B802
Description
Screw:Mm5:2.5MM
Page and
Index No.
35553513 11 21 517 -
Part No.
0353 0040N
0353 0060N
0450 3008N
0450 3008N
0450 3008N
0450 3008N
0450 3008N
0450 3008N
0450 3008N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3010N
0453 3006N
0453 4006N
0453 4006N
0454 3006Q
0632 0100G
0632 0100G
0632 0120G
0720 0030E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0060E
23
17
18
23
20
19
6
18
13
21
8
Description
Screw - M3X4
Bind Screw - M3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw:3x10
Pin - 2x10mm
Pin - 2x10mm
Parallel Pin - 2x12
Retaining Ring - M3
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M6
Page and
Index No.
9 - 102
17 - 102
3 - 102
5 - 102
11 - 101
7 - 101
21 - 102
9 - 103
13 - 102
9 - 101
11 - 103
3 - 101
15 - 101
17 - 101
13 - 101
19 - 101
21 - 101
7 - 102
23 - 101
5 - 103
5 - 101
11 - 102
21 - 103
19 - 102
23 - 102
13 - 106
7 - 106
9 - 104
15 - 104
7 - 103
19 - 103
9 - 105
15 - 102
13 - 103
7 - 104
Parts Index
Part No.
0720 0060E
0740 3506
0741 3506
0741 3506
0741 3506
0741 3506
0742 3808
0805 0088
0805 0089
1105 0487
1105 0511
1105 0511
1105 0511
1105 0511
1105 0514
1105 0514
1105 0516
1105 0516
1105 0516
1105 0522
B802
Description
Retaining Ring - M6
Ball Bearimg - 6x12x4 Mm
Retaining Ring - M6
Retaining Ring - M4
Harness Clamp
Clamp
Clamp
Clamp
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
5206 2686
5215 2621
5215 2621
5447 2681
5447 2681
5447 2681
5447 2681
5447 2681
15 - 103
13 - 105
7 - 108
13 - 104
19 - 104
15 - 106
15 - 105
7 - 105
9 - 106
21 - 106
17 - 103
21 - 104
19 - 105
13 - 108
13 - 107
21 - 107
7 - 107
5 - 104
17 - 104
21 - 105
Description
Snap Ring
Snap Ring - M6
Snap Ring - M6
Snap Ring
Snap Ring
Snap Ring
Snap Ring
Snap Ring
Page and
Index No.
17 315 7913 15 17 -
19
6
18
2
8
15
6
13
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
1BIN TRAY BN3010

B803
manuals4you.com
1.1Bin Tray (B803)

4
105
11
33
34
32
107
33
12
22
30
13
23
31
32
24
25
26
27
29
14
109
17
18
15
106
16
108
110
28
28
29
B803
7
35
103
10
101
104
106
102
103
19
101
20
107
106
21
manuals4you.com
1.1Bin Tray (B803)

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
B803
Part No.
B803 6111
B803 6112
B803 6113
B803 6014
B803 6011
B803 6013
B803 6012
B803 1117
B803 1116
B803 1111
B803 1112
AA12 0131
C408 6691
B803 5300
AA06 0949
B803 1133
B803 1130
AA12 0132
B803 5500
B803 5700
B803 5705
AF04 0057
B803 1122
Description
Bracket: Tray: Support
Cover: Bracket: Tray :Support
Tray Support Stay
End Fence - Exit Tray
Tray - Exit Main
Tray - Exit LED
Tray - Exit Sub Swivel
Rear Feeler
Front Feeler
Frame: Upper
Ground Plate - Exit
Shield
DC Solenoid:24V
Tension Spring
Lever: Dc Solenoid
Bracket: Dc Solenoid
Discharge Brush
PCB: Main Control
Harness LED
Harness: Interface
Exit Roller: Drive
Entrance Roller
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
B803 1121
AW01 0129
B803 1123
B803 1211
AA08 0287
AA06 3692
B803 1411
B803 1412
AB01 7813
AA13 2413
AA04 3853
AB03 0814
0450 3008N
0450 3016N
0450 3010N
0360 3016N
0720 0040E
0805 0089
0805 3480
0353 0030N
1105 0522
0451 3008N
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Frame: Lower
Cover: Original Sensor: Frame: Lower
Exit Roller: Driven
Bushing - Dia4
Compression Spring:2.7n
Cover: Drive
Cover: Drive: Mo: Baikal
Timing Pulley:Z22/15T
Timing Pulley:15T
Timing Pulley:15T
Tapping Screw:3x16
Screw - M3X16
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Bushing - 6mm
Screw:M3X3
Tapping Screw - 3x8
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
2
2
1
1
manuals4you.com
1BIN TRAY BN3010

B803
PARTS INDEX
manuals4you.com
Parts Index
Part No.
B803 1111
B803 1112
B803 1116
B803 1117
B803 1121
B803 1122
B803 1123
B803 1130
B803 1133
B803 1211
B803 1411
B803 1412
B803 5300
B803 5500
B803 5700
B803 5705
B803 6011
B803 6012
B803 6013
B803 6014
B803 6111
B803 6112
B803 6113
B803
Description
Frame: Upper
Ground Plate - Exit
Front Feeler
Rear Feeler
Frame: Lower
Entrance Roller
Cover: Original Sensor: Frame: Lower
Bracket: Dc Solenoid
Lever: Dc Solenoid
Exit Roller: Driven
Cover: Drive
Cover: Drive: Mo :Baikal
DC Solenoid:24V
PCB: Main Control
Harness: LED
Harness :Interface
Tray - Exit Main
Tray - Exit Sub Swivel
Tray - Exit LED
End Fence - Exit Tray
Bracket: Tray: Support
Cover: Bracket: Tray: Support
Tray Support Stay
Page and
Index No.
33333333333333333333333-
Part No.
C408 6691
10
11
9
8
24
23
26
17
16
27
30
31
14
19
20
21
5
7
6
4
1
2
3
Description
Shield
Page and
Index No.
3 - 13
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
AA04 3853
AA06 0949
AA06 3692
AA08 0287
AA12 0131
AA12 0132
AA13 2413
AB01 7813
AB03 0814
AF04 0057
AW01 0129
B803
Description
Tension Spring
Compression Spring:2.7n
Bushing - Dia4
Discharge Brush
Timing Pulley:15T
Timing Pulley:Z22/15T
Timing Pulley:15T
Exit Roller: Drive
Page and
Index No.
33333333333-
Part No.
0353 0030N
0360 3016N
0450 3008N
0450 3010N
0450 3016N
0451 3008N
0720 0040E
0805 0089
0805 3480
1105 0522
34
15
29
28
12
18
33
32
35
22
25
Description
Screw:M3X3
Screw - M3X16
Tapping Screw:3x16
Tapping Screw - 3x8
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Bushing - 6mm
Page and
Index No.
3333333333-
108
104
101
103
102
110
105
106
107
109
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No.
BOOKLET FINISHER SR3020

B804
manuals4you.com
manuals4you.com
1.Exterior (B804)
101
101
17
5
18
104
101
4
19
104
102
103
101
20
21
8
102
101
2
101
101
10
14
4
12
11
101
15
102
13
9
101
B804
16
1.Exterior (B804)
Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
B804
Part No.
B804 6175
B804 6155
B804 6150
B700 3420
B468 7812
B804 6135
B804 6145
B700 6125
B700 6120
B804 7850
B700 7851
AG07 0512
B804 6115
B804 3417
B804 3852
B804 3853
B468 6511
B700 1191
B700 1198
B408 1428
B804 1164
Description
Cover :Rear
Cover: Jogger
Cover :Left Upper
Tray: Auxiliary
Caution Decal - Tray Fall
Cover: Upper
Cover: Left :Front
Hinge: Door: Upper :Ass'y
Hinge: Door: Lower :Ass'y
Decal: Misfeed Removal Bind: Yes
Decal: Staple Exchange
Magnet Catch: Ass'y
Cover :Front
Tray
Tray :Paper Crimp Unit: Small
Tray: Paper Crimp Sub-unit
Spacer Cushion - 20mm
Bracket: Coupling: Ass'y
Coupling Bracket - Front
Ground Plate: Coupling
Bracket: Ground Plate: Coupling
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
0451 3008N
0451 3006N
0454 3008Q
0451 4014N
Description
Qty Per
Assembly

Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw:3x8
Tapping Screw:M4x14
manuals4you.com
2.Paper Transfer (B804)
2
102
18
9
13
16
103
17
101
7
6
15
101
14
102
22
11
23
10
103
102
12
101
19
104
101
20
27
25
21
20
26
102
101
102
24
101
27
105
B804

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
B804
Part No.
B700 2200
B700 2215
A666 4270
B804 2205
B804 2210
B700 7861
B700 2125
B804 2120
B700 2126
B700 7862
B408 2281
B700 2135
B700 2140
AG07 0513
B700 2130
A697 1606
AB03 0374
B700 1605
B804 2110
B700 2119
AF02 2148
GW01 0007
B700 2145
B700 5301
B804 2105
B804 2100
B700 2729
Description
Tension Spring: Guide Plate :Move
Guide Plate :Upper :Move
Roller: Driven: Entrance
Guide Plate: Upper
Guide Plate: Transport: Entrance :Upper
Decal:Knob:Entrance:R1
Knob: Guide Plate: Entrance
Guide Plate: Entrance :Upper
Sheet: Entrance
Bushing: Transport Roller :Front
Bushing:Transport Roller:Rear
Magnet Catch
Transport Roller:Entrance:Upper
Spacer - 6x12x2.7mm
Timing Pulley - 20Z
Timing Pulley:26T
Guide Plate:Entrance:Lower
Compression Spring:Entrance:Driven
Roller:Driven:L=125
Bracket: Entrance Sensor
Harness:Safety Switch
Guide Plate: Connecting :Lower
Guide Plate: Connecting :Upper
Cushion: Arm
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
2
2
1
4
2
6
1
1
1
1
3
101
102
103
104
105
0451 3006N
0454 3006Q
0720 0040E
1105 0516
1204 2541
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Tapping Screw - 3x6

Retaining Ring - M4
Clamp
Interlock Switch
manuals4you.com
3.Shift Transfer Section 1 (B804)
9
101
10
9
103
6
24
101
106
4
8
3
101 11
105
23
22
106
25
101 105
101
13
101
101
12
14
16
102
103
21
20
16
102
103
19
15 17
10
1
18
19
19
19
10
104
102
B804

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
B804
Part No.
AA08 2101
B700 2330
AW02 0172
B700 5365
B700 2331
B700 2320
B700 5366
GW01 0007
A697 2187
AF02 2147
B302 2216
B700 2317
B700 2310
B700 2300
B700 2325
AG07 0514
B700 7863
B700 2315
AA06 3529
AA14 3790
B700 2316
A697 1606
AB03 0374
B700 1605
B700 1645
Description
Bushing - 6x10x6
Guide Plate:Exit:Proof Tray
Photo Interrupter: Overflow:CT
Harness:Connecting:Sensor
Bracket:Photo Interrupter: Overflow
Bracket:Sensor:Proof Tray
Pressure Spring - 14.1mm
Driven Roller
Exit Guide - Upper Exit Guide
Discharge Brush
Guide Plate:Proof Tray:Ass'y
Exit Roller:Proof Tray
Transport Roller:Long
Magnet Catch
Decal:Proof Tray:R3
Guide Plate:Proof Tray
Screw:Contact Point
Torsion Spring
Spacer - 6x12x2.7mm
Timing Pulley - 20Z
Timing Pulley:26T
Timing Pulley:20T
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
18
1
1
1
1
1
1
6
2
7
1
1
1
1
2
6
1
1
8
15
1
2
2
2
2
101
102
103
104
105
106
0451 3006N
0454 3006Q
0720 0040E
0805 0089
0805 3537
1105 0328
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Ball Bearing:Dia6xdia13x5:Dia14.5
manuals4you.com

6
5
4
29
28
105
27
26
5
4
105
30
105
12
102
13
9
31
15
14
32
105
102
16
10
102
11
19
104
18
17
17
24
16
17
23
104
21
23
105
22
20
33
17
101
101
102
17
25
103
102
2
B804

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
B804
Part No.
B700 6100
B700 7867
B408 2312
B408 2175
AA06 3529
B408 2174
B408 2173
B700 7864
B804 2245
AG07 0514
B804 2037
B700 2241
B700 2220
B700 2525
B700 2545
A458 2251
B700 2520
B700 2505
B700 2530
B700 2500
B700 2540
5201 2722
B804 1180
B700 1183
B804 1182
B700 1660
AA08 2101
B700 2225
B793 2321
B700 1665
B700 1650
B478 3569
B700 1170
Description
Inner Cover:Upper
Decal:Turn:Open And Close:R7
Spring
Slide Roller
Decal:Shift:R4
Guide Plate:Horizontal:Shift
Magnet Catch
Guide Plate:Horizontal:Lower
Sheet:Guide:Staple
Transport Roller:Shift
Supporting Plate:Gate Pawl
Tension Spring
Cushion:Gate Pawl
Gate Pawl:Proof Tray
Supporting Plate:Gate Pawl:Staple
Gate Pawl:Staple
Tension Spring
Bushing - M6x5
Discharge Brush:Punch Unit
Sheet:Guide:Punch
Discharge Brush:Punch:Transport
Bracket:Gear:Middle:Ass'y
Bushing - 6x10x6
Gear:30Z
Slide Roller Link
Gear:25Z
Gear:30Z
Spacer
Stay:Punch Unit:Slide:Ass'y
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
2
8
2
1
1
1
6
1
1
1
1
1
7
10
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
18
1
1
1
1
3
1
101
102
103
104
105
0451 3008N
0451 3006N
0805 0089
0450 3008N
0720 0040E
Description
Qty Per
Assembly

Tapping Screw - 3x6
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
manuals4you.com

102 101
5
105
19
20
105
21
10
7
105
101
11
103
13 106
101
8
12
15
106
3
106
101
106
1
104
1
104
101
14
106
15
106
15
106
15
107
16
15
107
17
15
104
18
1
104
B804
101
101
101
10

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
B804
Part No.
AA08 2101
B700 1185
AA14 3790
A353 2243
B700 2421
B700 2422
B700 2411
AG07 0513
B700 2305
B700 2325
B700 2431
A458 2251
B700 2432
B700 2452
B700 2453
B700 2441
B700 1151
A697 1128
B352 1607
B700 1645
B700 1701
Description
Bushing - 6x10x6
Ground Plate:Toner Hopper:Punch
Screw:Contact Point
Lever Knob
Guide Plate:Turn:Open And Close
Tension Spring:Turn:Open And Close
Guide Plate:Turn:Ass'y
Magnet Catch
Transport Roller:Short
Polarization Powl:Duplex Stack
Tension Spring
Shaft:Turn:Guide
Guide:Turn
Guide Plate:Duplex Stack:Ass'y
Stay:Coupling
Joint Lever
Timing Pulley - T20-S3M
Timing Pulley:20T
Timing Pulley:40T
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
18
1
15
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
7
1
1
6
1
1
1
5
2
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
0451 3006N
0454 3008Q
0353 0040N
0720 0040E
0805 3537
0805 0088
1105 0516
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw:3x8
Screw - M3X4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M6
Clamp
11
manuals4you.com
6.Paper Exit 1 (B804)

101
105
101
106
104
25
24
101
26
17
17
11
9
101
12
105
10 101
13
14
15
101
16
102
106
17
6
102
19
18
20
21
102
27
102
102
4
B804
12
22
23
101
103
3
102

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
B804
Part No.
B700 3156
G565 2135
A681 2742
B700 3157
B700 3155
AW01 0109
B700 5373
A353 3172
A353 3173
B302 1145
B700 3145
B700 3105
B700 5311
B700 5805
B700 3125
B700 3115
AW02 0141
B700 3120
B408 2833
B700 3130
B700 3140
B700 3135
5447 2681
B700 3100
B700 3150
B700 5361
B804 4405
Description
Discharge Brush
Exit Plate
Driven Exit Roller
Shaft:Exit Roller:Driven
Guide Plate:Exit:Upper
Photo Reflection Sensor:Ps117ed1
Actuator Bracket
Pressure Spring
Actuator - Paper Height Sensor
Bracket:Feeler:Plate
Bracket:Stepper Motor:Guide Plate
Harness:Exit:Open And Close:Motor
Worm Gear:37t
Photo Interrupter
Worm Wheel:20z
Shaft - Worm Wheel
Bushing:Joint
Compression Spring
Joint:Guide Plate:Open And Close
Snap Ring
Stay:Drive:Guide Plate:Ass'y
Bracket:Surface Of Paper Sensor
Harness:Connecting:Sensor:Exit
Guide:Leading Edge:Middle
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
16
1
1
1
1
1
9
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
0451 3006N
0720 0040E
0805 0089
1105 0328
1105 0516
1105 0623
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Tapping Screw - 3x6

Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Clamp
Clamp - LBWS-0206S-V0
13
manuals4you.com
35
32
101
103
25
103
33
103
28
26
104
103
34
25
14
1 2
27
3
4
103
23
101
104
34
103104
29
33
103
101
102
24
105
107
108
17
101
19
30
18
109
110
106
101
9 106
14
16
105
110
12
13
12
21
106
8
11
103
20
14
10
31
101
15
13
21
22
101
101
101
103
4
10
6
B804
106
9
101
14

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
B804
Part No.
B352 1607
H072 2220
AA08 2101
AA14 3823
B700 3545
B700 3540
B478 3507
B478 3506
B478 3504
B478 3501
B700 3515
B478 3502
B478 3503
B700 3535
B700 3530
B700 3525
B700 3555
B700 3550
B700 5415
B700 5807
AW02 0141
B700 3565
B700 3520
B700 3504
B478 3569
B700 3505
B700 3500
B700 3575
B700 3570
B700 3560
B700 5304
B700 3176
B352 2405
B352 2400
B804 3161
Description
Spacer - M6x10
Bushing - 6x10x6
Tapping Screw
Tension Spring
Bracket Coupling:Lever:Drive
Lever:Drive: Gathering Roller: Back
Lever:Drive:Gathering Roller:Front
Pulley:Drive:Roller:Sponge
Shaft:Gathering Roller:Drive:Ass'y
Pulley:Driven:Roller:Sponge
Gathering Roller:Sponge
Lever:Driven:Gathering Roller:Rear
Lever:Driven:Gathering Roller:Front
Feeler:Paper Senser
Bracket:Feeler:Paper Senser
Harness:Drive:Swivel:Motor
Stepper Motor:Mm42:S2m:T15:Ass'y
Photo Interrupter
Bracket:Home Position Sensor
Timing Pulley:18T
Spacer
Timing Pulley:20/30T
Stay:Uniform:Ass'y
Cam:Lever:Drive
Cam:Gathering Roller
Bracket:Sensor:Paper Senser
Harness:Surface Of Paper Sensor
Shaft:Exit Roller
Outer Exit Roller
Exit Roller
Guide Plate:Exit:Lower
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
5
1
18
2
2
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
2
3
1
1
1
1
2
1
16
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
0451 3006N
0451 4006N
0720 0040E
0632 0100G
0805 3537
0805 0089
1105 0328
1105 0623
1204 2520
1105 0487
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 4x6
Retaining Ring - M4
Pin - 2x10mm
Retaining Ring - M4
Switch:DE2L-FJ20
Harness Clamp
15
manuals4you.com
8.Staple Transfer Section 1 (B804)

102
5
4
15
106
105
103
15
105
15
105
8
9
10
7
101
102
104
107
101
102
11
104
102
14
12
104
B804
13
16

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
B804
Part No.
B700 6105
AA08 2101
A612 2435
B700 2476
AF02 2147
B700 2471
B700 7865
AG07 0514
B700 2461
B700 2491
B700 2486
B700 2481
GW01 0007
B700 2485
B352 1607
Description
Inner Cover:Lower
Bushing - 6x10x6
Support Plate
Compression Spring:Exit:Driven
Driven Roller
Guide Plate:Lengthwise
Decal:Vertical Transport:R5
Magnet Catch
Transport Roller:Duplex Stack:Lower
Exit Roller:Stapler Tray
Guide Plate:Exit:Stapler Tray
Guide Plate:Lengthwise:Ass'y
Bracket:Sensor:Duplex Tray
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
18
1
8
7
1
1
6
2
1
2
1
6
1
5
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
0451 3008N
0451 3006N
0450 3008N
0720 0040E
0805 3537
1105 0516
1105 0623
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Retaining Ring - M4
Clamp
17
manuals4you.com

7
105
8
101
6
3
15 18
17
5
12
6
10
4
24
13
11
105
101
14
17
18
25
24
21
16
23
27
28
26
106
28
19
20
22
104
32
31
21
105
30
29
103
33
106
102
101
36
34
B804
18
35

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
B804
Part No.
B700 2631
A498 4625
B804 2625
5447 2681
B700 2635
AA08 2058
B700 2611
B352 1600
B408 2435
B408 2422
B700 2649
B700 2621
AA06 0557
AA16 1099
B700 2612
B700 2520
B477 2333
A680 4223
B408 2113
A458 2251
B700 2478
B700 2473
B700 7866
B804 2474
B804 2477
B468 2832
AF02 2147
B700 2476
B700 2722
B804 2721
B700 2723
B700 2725
B700 2711
B700 2729
A697 2102
Description
Arm:Plate:Ass'y
Arm Cushion
Roller:Mm28
Snap Ring
Tension Spring
Bushing - 6x10x9mm
Bracket:Gathering Roller
Timing Pulley - S2M T24
Gathering Roller:Ass'y
Pulley - T16
Arm:Gathering Roller:Ass'y
Positioning Roller Spring
Lever Cushion
Shaft:Gathering Roller:Drive
Cushion:Gate Pawl
Motor Bracket Cushion
Cushion
Tension Spring
Guide Plate:Lower:Open And Close
Decal:Exit:R6
Discharge Brush:Exit:Middle
Driven Exit Roller
Driven Roller
Shaft:Contact Point:Swivel
Guide:Trailing Edge
Tension Spring:Release:Swivel
Arm:Solenoid:Swivel
Stay:Swivel:Ass'y
Cushion:Arm
Index
No.
Qty Per
Assembly
36
1
2
1
9
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
10
2
2
4
7
2
1
1
2
1
2
7
8
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
101
102
103
104
105
106
Part No.
Description
B700 2731
DC Solenoid:Swivel:Ass'y
0451 3006N
0451 3008N
0353 0040N
0805 0089
0720 0040E
1105 0623
Tapping Screw - 3x6

Screw - M3X4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
19
Qty Per
Assembly
1
manuals4you.com
10.Staple Tray 1 (B804)

102
102
103
10
102
20
21
9
13
6
20
12
6
103
10
11
6
17
13
19
18
17
1
101
104
105
14
105
3
101
14
105
105
15
4
16
5
2
101
B804
20

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
B804
Part No.
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
B700 7892
B700 4407
B700 7870
B700 4431
B700 4540
5447 2681
B700 4419
B700 4422
B700 4416
B702 7225
B700 4414
B700 4415
5215 2621
B700 4410
B700 4411
B700 4401
B700 4408
B700 4405
B700 4406
B700 4412
B700 4444
Decal:Stapler:S2
Sheet:Plate:Leading Edge
Decal:Stapler Tray:R10
Guide:Leading Edge:Upper
Inner Cover:Stapler Unit
Snap Ring
Slider:Guide:Reverse
Lever:Reverse:Stapler Tray:Ass'y
Supporting Plate:Reverse:Ass'y
Guide Plate:Reverse:Front
Guide Plate:Reverse:Inner Back
Snap Ring - M6
Roller:Dia22
Shaft:Driven:Turn
Guide Plate:Pressure:Reverse:Stapler Tray
Guide:Leading Edge:Outer
Guide:Leading Edge:Front
Guide:Leading Edge:Rear
Tension Spring:Pressure:Turn
Guide Plate:Pressure
1
1
1
4
1
9
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
101
102
103
104
105
0451 3008N
0450 3008N
0453 3006N
0805 0089
0720 0040E
Description
Qty Per
Assembly

Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
21
manuals4you.com

9
9
12
105
11
105
10
106
105
103
101
23
105
105
10
8
107
105
105
24
14
102
13
108
25
104
15
13
106
101
26
27
101
101
2
16
101
101 3
22
17
21
104 1
20
104
B804
18
22
19

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
B804
Part No.
A697 4170
B408 4223
AA14 3790
B700 1501
AA08 2104
5053 0419
B700 4258
AA10 0011
B700 4260
B700 4259
B700 4261
B700 4271
B468 4381
B700 4200
B700 4213
B700 4250
B700 4180
B700 4181
A666 3180
B700 4182
B700 4201
B700 4204
B700 5804
B700 4210
B700 4209
B700 4207
AW02 0141
Description
Pulley - 32T
Screw:Contact Point
Tension Spring - Pressure
Bushing - 8x12x7
Bushing - 10mm
Shaft:Exit
Retaining Ring:Silencer:Mm7
Collar:Mm40
Exit Roller:Mm45
Timing Pulley:55T
Timing Pulley:55T
Stopper - Timing Belt
Shaft:Guide:Jogger Fence
Timing Belt:1040S2M4-E
Exit Belt:Ass'y
Stapler Tray
Shaft:Idler:Exit
Timing Pulley - Z32
Guide:Transport:Stapler Tray
Jogger Fence:Front:Ass'y
Jogger Fence:Rear:Ass'y
Stepper Motor:Dia42:Z17:Ass'y
Bracket:Motor:Jogger:Ass'y
Pulley:32T
Bracket:Sensor:Jogger
Photo Interrupter
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
15
6
6
2
1
7
4
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
16
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
0451 3006N
0451 3010N
0453 3006N
0720 0040E
0632 0160G
0720 0060E
1105 0623
1105 0328
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Tapping Screw - 3x6

Tapping Screw:3x10
Retaining Ring - M4
Parallel Pin-m2x16
Retaining Ring - M6
23
manuals4you.com

105 8
7
105
106
101
105
101
101
106
11
107
101
108
101
10
13
4
3
104
101
14
101
15
101
12
103
16
101
18
102
101
15
12
17
16
101
101
102
107
21
101
19
B804
24
101
20

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
B804
Part No.
AA14 3790
A666 3180
B700 4267
B700 4265
B700 4276
B700 4170
GW01 0007
B700 5418
AW02 0166
B700 4255
B700 4161
B700 4351
B700 7852
B468 6411
B468 4136
B700 4352
B700 5405
B700 4356
B700 4353
B700 4355
B700 4354
Description
Screw:Contact Point
Timing Pulley - Z32
Bracket:Tightener:Exit:Ass'y
Bracket:Tightener:Exit:Fix
Tension Spring
Bracket:Positioning Sensor
Photo Interrupter: Paper Feed Sensor
Bracket:Home Position Sensor:Pawl
Stay:Middle:Stapler Tray
Bracket:Stapler
Stapler:Service Parts:Ass'y
Adjusting Pin - Booklet Stapler
Middle Myler
Sheet:Guide:Stapler
Harness:Stapler:Staple Exchange
Cover:Harness:Stapler
Stay:Middle:Stapler Tray:Small
Guide:Stapler:Middle
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
15
2
1
1
1
1
6
1
1
1
1
2
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
0451 3006N
0454 3006Q
0453 3006N
0720 0040E
1105 0623
1105 0489
1105 0487
1105 0328
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Tapping Screw - 3x6

Retaining Ring - M4
Harness Clamp
1
3
3
1
1
1
2
2
25
manuals4you.com
104
101
11
4 103
7
103
104
21
110
107
8
101
107
105
6
103
10
9
4
102
103
15
102
103
101
13
15
102
102
13
14
107
16
101
108
12
105
106
109
102
107
14
17
18
101
19
20
B804
26

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
B804
Part No.
B700 4428
B700 4429
B700 4430
AA08 2104
B700 4159
B700 4426
B700 4427
B700 4425
B700 5802
B700 5414
AW02 0141
B700 4457
AA06 3529
B352 2205
B478 2328
B700 4455
B700 7871
B700 4454
AG07 0514
B804 4450
B700 4272
Description
Gear:Pulley:17Z/48T
Gear:43Z
Bushing - 8x12x7
Stay:Upper:Slide Rail
Cam:Guide Plate:Front
Cam:Guide Plate:Inner Back
Shaft:Drive:Cam
Harness:Gate:Open And Close:Motor
Photo Interrupter
Transport Roller:Transport Unit
Exit Roller:Driven
Shaft:Driven:Transport Unit
Decal:Transport Unit:R11
Guide Plate:Transport Unit
Magnet Catch
Timing Pulley:30T
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
6
1
1
1
1
1
1
16
1
8
2
6
1
1
1
6
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
0451 3006N
0720 0040E
0720 0060E
0453 3006N
0632 0160G
1105 0623
1105 0487
1105 0488
1105 0516
0805 3537
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M6
Parallel Pin-m2x16
Harness Clamp
Harness Clamp
Clamp
27
manuals4you.com

102
105
102
102
21
22
16
101
2
23
4
19
5
101
24
109
107
101
25
101
101
6
8
9
101
26
27
10
11
10
108
101
28
13
15
12
106
13
101
110
17
18
12
1
29
16
19
103
14
101
B804
101
20
104
103
28
104
101

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
B804
Part No.
5447 2681
B700 4524
B700 5341
B700 5431
B700 5808
B700 4168
B700 4167
B700 5419
GW01 0007
B700 4107
B700 4100
B700 4103
B700 4104
B700 4102
B700 4106
AA14 3790
AB03 0278
B700 4308
B700 1501
B700 4165
B700 4273
B312 1600
B700 4275
5206 2686
B700 4521
B700 4523
B700 4522
B804 5317
B700 5413
Description
Snap Ring
Bracket:Stapler Tray:Moveable
Harness - Stapler Tray Sensor
Harness - Staple
Stepper Motor:Exit:Ass'y
Sheet:Slider
Stay:Lower:Positioning Sensor
Spring:Return:Standard Fence
Shaft:Slider:Standard Fence
Slider:Standard Fence
Guide:Entrance:Stapler:Inner Back
Standard Fence:Front:Staple
Standard Fence:Rear:Staple
Screw:CONTACT POINT
Idler - 20z
Bracket:Tightener:Stapler:Ass'y
Stay:Lower:Slide Rail
Timing Pulley:30T
Tightener
Snap Ring
Holder:Arm:Harness
Pin:Fix:Arm
Arm:Harness:Stapler Unit
Harness:Connecting:Motor:Stapler Unit
Harness:Staple:Motor
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
9
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
6
2
1
2
2
1
1
15
1
1
6
1
1
4
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
0451 3006N
0451 3008N
0450 3008N
0453 3006N
0720 0040E
0720 0060E
1105 0623
1105 0488
1105 0334
1105 0487
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Tapping Screw - 3x6

Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M6
Harness Clamp
Edge - 17
Harness Clamp
29
manuals4you.com

30
1
101
107
105
104
101
107
101
12
101 31
7
3
15
105
5
108
23
101
11
106
15
110
18
101
101
106
14
110
10
106
17
109
107
102
28
29
20
109
111
B804
109
15
13
103
26
16
105
9
25
24
21
101
11
101
106
22
103
32
30
15
19
27
101

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
B804
Part No.
B700 4163
B700 5371
AW02 0141
B700 4300
B700 4335
B700 4337
AA14 3702
B700 4329
B352 4318
B302 4292
B700 4334
B700 4324
B700 5801
B700 4333
AA08 2101
B700 4320
A376 1343
A697 4140
B700 4327
B700 4326
AA13 2024
B700 4316
B700 4313
AJ01 1015
B700 4312
B700 4311
B700 7891
B700 4336
B700 5368
B700 5809
B700 4302
B700 4305
Description
Stay:Guide:Stapler:Move
Photo Interrupter
Shaft:Guide:Stapler
Tension Spring
Screw:Pin:Positioning
Bracket:Stapler:Move:Ass'y
Bushing - Lower Slider
Belt Holder
Guide:Slide:Stapler
Bracket:Sensor:Diagonal,slanted
Stepper Motor:Ass'y
Roller:Guide:Slide:Stapler
Bushing - 6x10x6
Bracket:Stapler:Slide:Ass'y
Original Pressure Roller
Sector Gear - 144z
Worm Gear:Pulley:19t
Spacer - M6
Bracket:Stapler:Turn:Ass'y
Bracket:Fix:Stapler:Ass'y
Stapler:Eh-530
Guide:Stapler:Entrance:Lower
Guide:Stapler:Entrance:Upper
Decal:Stapler:S1
Inner Cover:Stapler
Harness:Connecting:Stapler
Stepper Motor:Stapler:Moveable:Ass'y
Bracket:Drive:Stapler:Move:Ass'y
Gear Pulley:52Z/20T
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
16
1
1
1
7
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
18
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
0451 3006N
0451 3008N
0453 3006N
0353 0050N
0720 0060E
0720 0040E
1105 0623
0740 3008
1105 0487
1105 0328
1105 0516
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Tapping Screw - 3x6

Screw-m3x5
Retaining Ring - M6
Retaining Ring - M4
Harness Clamp
Clamp
31
manuals4you.com
16.Paper fold Section 1 (B804)

104 105
101
107
108
109
101
101
6
101
103
2
101
5 103
9
110
106
101
101
10
101
17
16
18
11
101
18
101
15
10
12
102
B804
101
14
13
32

Index
No.
*
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
B804
Part No.
B804 4061
B700 4897
B804 7896
B700 4895
B700 5812
B700 4797
B700 4787
B700 4785
B700 4790
B700 4784
B700 4879
B700 4875
5206 2686
B700 7872
B700 4877
B352 2650
B700 4873
B700 4874
AA14 3790
Description
Paper Crimp Unit
Cover:Upper
Decal:Paper Crimp
Cover:Drive
Bracket:Motor:Mm56
Bracket:Auxiliary:Rear
Pulley:22T
Bracket:Contact Point
Guide Plate:Open And Close:Lower
Snap Ring
Decal:Paper Crimp Sub-unit:R12
Grip:Guide Plate
Magnet Catch - 5n
Guide:Open And Close:Front
Guide:Open And Close:Rear
Screw:CONTACT POINT
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
15
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
0451 3006N
0450 3008N
0453 4006N
0720 0060E
0742 3808
0633 0140G
1105 0516
1105 0328
1105 0487
1105 0522
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Retaining Ring - M6
Parallel Pin - 3x14
Clamp
Harness Clamp
33
manuals4you.com
104
manuals4you.com
105
6
4
4
101
106
7
107
3
103
102
102
5
107
10
108
106
7
107
11
108
12
B804
34

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
B804
Part No.
B700 4782
B700 4781
B700 4770
AW02 0141
B700 5804
B700 5411
B700 4885
B700 4891
B700 7869
B700 7868
B700 4718
B700 4720
Description
Pulley:31T
Gear:62T
Bracket:Home Position Sensor:Blade
Photo Interrupter
Harness:Sensor:Plate:End Fence
Knob:Paper Crimp
Inner Cover
Decal:Knob:Roller:R9
Decal:Knob:Blade:R8
Pulley:27T
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
16
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
0451 3006N
0453 3006N
1105 0623
0805 0088
0633 0140G
0633 0180G
0451 3008N
0720 0040E
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Tapping Screw - 3x6

Retaining Ring - M6
Parallel Pin - 3x14
Parallel Pin - 3x18mm
Retaining Ring - M4
35
manuals4you.com

107
107
11
22
101
21
12
13
28
23
101
104
24
106
101
14
107
26
25
13
27
103
105
10
5
105
20
18
14
101
19
15
104
16
12
17
11
12 13
11
13
11
12
101
101
101
101
104
102
1
2
B804
101
36

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
B804
Part No.
B700 5412
AW01 0109
B700 4763
B700 4745
AA08 2101
AA13 2208
B700 4713
B700 4715
B793 4808
B700 4753
B700 4757
AA08 0237
B478 2328
B700 4755
B700 5410
B700 5415
B700 4835
GW01 0007
B700 5810
B700 4805
AW02 0141
B700 4829
B700 4827
B700 4821
B700 4823
B700 4720
B700 4825
B700 4810
Description
Guide Plate:Roller:Lower
Bushing - 6x10x6
Spacer - M6
Compression Spring
Exit Roller:Paper Crimp Sub-unit
Compression Spring:Transport Roller
Bushing - 4x5x7
Exit Roller:Driven
Shaft:Driven
Harness:Sensor
Harness:Drive:Swivel:Motor
Bracket:Paper Feed Sensor
Stay:Release:Transport
Photo Interrupter
Spacer:Release:Transport
Joint:Release:Transport
Cam:Release:Transport
Gear:56Z
Gear:28Z
Shaft:Driven:Release
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
2
1
1
18
1
2
1
1
1
4
4
6
2
1
2
1
6
1
1
16
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
0451 3006N
0453 3014N
0353 0040N
0720 0040E
1105 0623
1105 0522
0805 0089
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Binding Self Tapping Screw 3x14
Screw - M3X4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
37
manuals4you.com
19.Shift Tray (B804)

106
107
13
106
4
8
101
106
108
3
104
5
109
102
101
101
103
105
106
10
15
14
106
3 101
101
103 104
11
10101
6
104
101
22
102
21
102
10
103
21
17
12
19
10
4
103
20
101
102
18
101
16
12
104
B804
11
15
102
38

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
B804
Part No.
B700 3325
AW02 0114
B468 5991
B700 3320
A697 3180
A697 3170
C203 5135
A697 3165
A697 3175
A548 2139
B700 3315
B700 3310
B804 3165
B793 7898
A697 3150
B700 3405
B700 3400
B804 6165
B804 6160
B700 3410
A379 3316
AA14 3702
Description
Bracket:Sensor:Paper Volume Sensor
Photo Interrupter - Lower Limit
Harness Bracket
Pulley - 18T
Gear - 42Z
Bushing - 10x14x5.9
Tray Drive Shaft
Spacer - 10x14x13.5mm
Pulley
Timing Pulley:22T
Tightener:Tray:Drive:Ass'y
End Fence:Bind:Yes
Decal:Paper Exit Sub-unit
Fixing Plate - Timing Belt
Side Plate:Tray:Inner Back:Ass'y
Side Plate:Tray:Front:Ass'y
Cover:Tray:Support:Rear
Cover:Tray:Support:Front
Base:Tray
Shift Guide Roller
Screw:Pin:Positioning
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
4
2
2
1
2
1
1
4
2
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
4
7
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
0451 3006N
0451 3008N
0720 0040E
0720 0060E
0634 0200G
1105 0488
1105 0328
1105 0490
1105 0623
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Tapping Screw - 3x6

Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M6
Parallel Pin - 4x20
Harness Clamp
39
manuals4you.com
101
103
106
10
4
11
7
6
108
106
102
107
107
105
8
101
101
104
12
15
105
3
101
101
16
108
101
109
102
109
101
101
17
101
14
2
18
13
19
B804
40

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
B804
Part No.
B700 2515
A697 2102
B700 2535
A697 3145
B700 3322
A697 3140
A697 3135
A300 2736
A697 3225
B700 3305
B700 3300
AX06 0282
B700 2510
B700 2550
B700 5813
B700 1675
AW02 0141
B700 1680
B468 2425
Description
Bracket:Dcsol:Gate Pawl:Staple
DC Solenoid:Gate Pawl:Staple:Ass'y
Gear - 36Z/18Z
Gear - 30Z
Gear - 18Z
Worm Gear
Worm Wheel Shaft
Bracket:Drive:Tray:Ass'y
DC Motor:25.1W
Bracket:Dcsol:Gate Pawl:Proof Tray
DC Solenoid: Gate Pawl: Ass'y
Bracket: Shift: Drive: Ass'y
Photo Interrupter
Drive Pulley
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
16
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
0451 3006N
0353 0040N
0353 0060N
0574 0040E
0741 3506
0720 0060E
0807 5056
1105 0328
1105 0623
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Screw - M3X4
Bind Screw - M3x6
Hexagon Headless Set Screw - M4x4
Retaining Ring - M6
Washer - 8.1mm
41
manuals4you.com

102
4
3
1
101
101
5
6
7
12
103
104
101
10
11
17
101
101
101
101
14
1
13
18
101
105
15
16
5
15
102
18
20
101
101
101
19
21
101
101
22
5
23
102
24
101
1
101
101
106
105
101
B804
42

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
B804
Part No.
B804 5806
B700 1600
B700 1610
B700 1601
AA14 3790
B312 1600
B700 1620
AA13 2169
B700 1625
B700 1635
B700 1630
B700 1615
B700 1640
B700 1670
B700 1501
B312 1610
B468 5991
B312 1615
B700 3205
B700 3215
B700 3210
B700 1162
B700 1165
AG07 1012
Description
Bracket:Stepper Motor:Transport
Tension Spring
Screw:Contact Point
Tightener
Bracket:Pulley:Punch:Move:Ass'y
Spacer - 5.7x16x1.5
Gear:Pulley:14Z/14T
Compression Spring
Gear:14Z
Tightener
Harness Bracket
Tension Roller
Bracket:Stepper Motor:Exit
Bracket:Support:Stud:Return
Bracket:Connector:Stapler Tray
Holder:Coupling:Stapler Unit
Magnet Catch:Ass'y
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
4
2
1
1
15
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6
1
4
3
1
1
1
1
2
2
101
102
103
104
105
106
0451 3006N
0451 3008N
0720 0040E
0805 0089
1105 0488
1105 0490
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Tapping Screw - 3x6

Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Harness Clamp
43
manuals4you.com
3
21
101
2
101
101
1
101
102
10
101 101
105
9
103
101
13
106
12
7
11
101
103
17
19
101
14
20
101
15
16
104
18
104
104
101
104
B804
44

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
B804
Part No.
B804 5806
B700 1600
B700 1702
AA14 3790
B312 1600
B700 1501
B700 2655
A300 3865
B700 2651
B468 5991
B700 2667
B700 2665
B700 2661
B312 1615
B700 5957
B700 5803
B700 1803
B700 4867
B700 1801
B700 1802
B804 2235
Description
Screw:Contact Point
Tightener
DC Solenoid:Gathering Roller:Ass'y
Release Spring
Bracket:Solenoid:Gathering Roller
Harness Bracket
Tension Spring:Solenoid:Plate
DC Solenoid:Plate:Ass'y
Bracket:Solenoid:Plate:Ass'y
Tension Roller
Bracket:Main Control Board:Lower
Stepper Motor:Pm:T17:Ass'y
Tension Spring
Screw:Contact Point:M3
Guide Plate:Punch:Exhaust
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
4
2
1
15
4
6
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
5
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
0451 3006N
0451 3008N
0353 0040N
0453 3006N
1105 0488
1105 0334
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Tapping Screw - 3x6

Screw - M3X4
Harness Clamp
Edge - 17
45
manuals4you.com
23.Electrical Section (B804)
101
102
102
101
6
101
12
8
10
102
103
11
104
101
11
13
14
5
101
104
105
106
101
101
7
103
101
13
103
14
104
101
101
106
101
101
107
103
103
104
B804
46
101

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
B804
Part No.
B700 5302
B700 5451
B700 5305
B700 5310
B700 5401
B700 5340
B804 5309
B804 5502
B804 5200
B700 5350
B700 1163
B700 5430
B700 5956
B700 5955
Description
Harness:Entrance Sensor
Harness:Punch Unit
Harness:Exit:Tray
Harness:Stepper Motor
Harness:Staple
Harness - Stapler Tray Unit
Harness:Exit:Tray
PCB:Main Control
PCB:STP:Control
Harness:Interface:Sub-ass'y
Screw:Connector
Harness - Staple
Bracket:Printed Circuit Board
Stay:Fix:Main Control Board
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
2
2
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
0451 3006N
1105 0516
1105 0487
1105 0488
1105 0192
1105 0623
1105 0367
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Tapping Screw - 3x6

Clamp
Harness Clamp
Harness Clamp
Locking Support
Spacer
47
manuals4you.com

4
101
101
3
101
101
108
108
1
2
101
17
108
107
101
101
101
101
108
18
16
101
103
101
101
106
103
108
19
15
14
13
101
19
101
12
106
102
11
10
1
5
102
9
10
101
7
104
B804
48
105

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
B804
Part No.
Description
B700 3163 Stay:Coupling

B804 2321 Guide Plate:Proof Tray
B804 6132 Bracket:Cover:Upper
B804 1152 Stay:Coupling
B700 1161 Slide Rail:Stapler Unit:508mm
AA14 3702 Screw:Pin:Positioning
B700 1166 Bracket:Stopper:Stapler Unit
B700 1165 Holder:Coupling:Stapler Unit
AH01 2030 Caster:Dia50:400n
B804 1117 Cap - Base
B700 3730 Roller:Plate:Paper Exit Sub-unit
B804 3720 Arm:Paper Senser:Paper Exit Sub-unit
B700 3740 Spring:Arm:16mn.m
B700 3725 Arm:Plate:Paper Exit Sub-unit
B700 3715 Shaft:Arm:Paper Exit Sub-unit
B700 3705 Guide Plate:Paper Exit Sub-unit
B700 5407 Harness:Paper Exit Sub-unit
B700 3710 Bracket:Surface Of Paper Sensor
AW02 0141 Photo Interrupter
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
4
1
1
1
2
7
1
2
4
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
16
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
0451 3006N
0451 3008N
0950 3005N
0454 4008Q
0802 5305
0720 0040E
1105 0328
1105 0623
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Tapping Screw - 3x6

Screw:Spring Washer:M3X5
Retaining Ring - M4
49
manuals4you.com
S1
1
S1
1
S2
1
8
R5
R5
2
R4
S2
1
S1
R4
>PS<
17
15
>PS<
R3
R3
>PS<
>PS<
16
>PS<
S2
>PS<
>PS<
R6
>PS<
>PS<
10
11
18
4
4
>PS<
12
R1
R3
R11
8
9
9~11
R10
>PS<
4
5
14
>PS<
4 1
R11
R12
R7
19
R2
>PS<
R12
R12
>PS<
R2
B804
R2
R11
R10
3
1
R3
>PS<
>PS<
2
R9
R1
1 R4
R 12
R8
R3
10
R8
R5
13
R7
R3
R6
R5
5 1
R9
R8
5
6
R4
5
5
R1
R7
>P
S<
>PS<
50
>PS<

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
B804
Part No.
B468 7812
B700 7851
B700 7861
B700 7862
B700 7863
B700 7864
B700 7865
B700 7866
B700 7867
B700 7868
B700 7869
B700 7870
B700 7871
B700 7872
B700 7891
B700 7892
B793 7898
B804 7850
B804 7896
Description
Decal:Staple Exchange
Decal:Proof Tray:R3
Decal:Shift:R4
Decal:Exit:R6
Decal:Knob:Blade:R8
Decal:Stapler:S1
Decal:Stapler:S2
Decal:Paper Exit Sub-unit
Decal:Misfeed Removal:Bind:Yes
Decal:Paper Crimp
Index
No.
Qty Per
Assembly
Part No.
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
51
manuals4you.com
BOOKLET FINISHER SR3020

B804
PARTS INDEX
manuals4you.com
manuals4you.com
Parts Index
Part No.
B804 1117
B804 1152
B804 1164
B804 1180
B804 1182
B804 2037
B804 2100
B804 2105
B804 2110
B804 2120
B804 2205
B804 2210
B804 2235
B804 2245
B804 2321
B804 2474
B804 2477
B804 2625
B804 2721
B804 3161
B804 3165
B804 3417
B804 3720
B804 3852
B804 3853
B804 4061
B804 4405
B804 4450
B804 5200
B804 5309
B804 5317
B804 5502
B804 5806
B804 5806
B804 6115
B804
Description
Cap - Base
Stay: Coupling
Discharge Brush: Punch Unit
Discharge Brush: Punch: Transport
Guide Plate: Horizontal: Lower
Guide Plate :Connecting: Upper
Guide Plate: Connecting: Lower
Guide Plate: Entrance: Lower
Guide Plate: Entrance: Upper
Guide Plate: Upper
Guide Plate: Transport: Entrance:U pper
Guide Plate:Punch:Exhaust
Guide Plate:Horizontal:Shift
Discharge Brush:Exit:Middle
Roller:Mm28
Guide: Trailing Edge
End Fence:Bind:Yes
Tray
Arm:Paper Senser:Paper Exit Sub-unit
Tray:Paper Crimp Unit:Small
Tray:Paper Crimp Sub-unit
Paper Crimp Unit
Guide:Leading Edge:Middle
PCB:STP:Control
Harness:Exit:Tray
Harness:Connecting:Motor:Stapler Unit
PCB:Main Control
Cover:Front
Page and
Index No.
49 49 399955555545 949 19 19 19 19 15 39 349 3333 13 27 47 47 29 47 43 45 3-
Part No.
B804 6132
B804 6135
B804 6145
B804 6150
B804 6155
B804 6160
B804 6165
B804 6175
B804 7850
B804 7850
B804 7896
B804 7896
10
4
21
23
25
11
26
25
19
8
4
5
21
9
2
24
25
3
30
35
13
14
12
15
16
*
27
20
9
7
28
8
1
1
13
Description
Bracket: Cover: Upper
Cover: Upper
Cover: Left :Front
Cover :Left Upper
Cover: Jogger
Cover: Tray:Support:Front
Cover: Tray:Support:Rear
Cover:Rear
Decal: Misfeed Removal: Bind: Yes
Decal: Misfeed Removal: Bind: Yes
Decal :Paper Crimp
Decal: Paper Crimp
Page and
Index No.
49 333339 39 3351 33 51 -
3
6
7
3
2
19
18
1
10
18
2
19
Parts Index
Part No.
A300 2736
A300 3865
A353 2243
A353 3172
A353 3173
A376 1343
A379 3316
A458 2251
A458 2251
A458 2251
A498 4625
A548 2139
A612 2435
A666 3180
A666 3180
A666 4270
A680 4223
A681 2742
A697 1128
A697 1606
A697 1606
A697 2102
A697 2102
A697 2187
A697 3135
A697 3140
A697 3145
A697 3150
A697 3165
A697 3170
A697 3175
A697 3180
A697 3225
A697 4140
A697 4170
B804
Description
Worm Gear
Release Spring
Lever Knob
Actuator Bracket
Pressure Spring
Shift Guide Roller
Arm Cushion
Pulley
Support Plate
Timing Pulley - Z32
Timing Pulley - Z32
Roller:Driven:Entrance
Cushion
Driven Exit Roller
Joint Lever
Spacer - 6x12x2.7mm
Spacer - 6x12x2.7mm
Gear - 18Z
Gear - 30Z
Gear - 36Z/18Z
Tray Drive Shaft
Gear - 42Z
Pulley - 18T
Worm Wheel Shaft
Sector Gear - 144z
Pulley - 32T
Page and
Index No.
41 45 11 13 13 31 39 19 11 919 39 17 23 25 519 13 11 5741 19 741 41 41 39 39 39 39 39 41 31 23 -
Part No.
B302 1145
B302 2216
B302 4292
B312 1600
B312 1600
B312 1600
B312 1610
B312 1615
B312 1615
B352 1600
B352 1607
B352 1607
B352 1607
B352 2205
B352 2400
B352 2405
B352 2650
B352 4318
B408 1428
B408 2113
B408 2173
B408 2174
B408 2175
B408 2281
B408 2312
B408 2422
B408 2435
B408 2833
B408 4223
B468 2425
B468 2832
B468 4136
B468 4381
B468 5991
B468 5991
8
8
4
8
9
17
21
20
12
16
2
10
3
19
2
3
18
3
18
16
22
2
35
9
7
6
4
15
8
6
9
5
9
18
1
Description
Belt Holder
Tightener
Tightener
Tightener
Tightener
Tension Roller
Tension Roller
Exit Roller
Outer Exit Roller
Magnet Catch - 5n
Slide Roller
Spring
Pulley - T16
Gathering Roller:Ass'y
Shaft - Worm Wheel
Drive Pulley
Driven Exit Roller
Middle Myler
Harness Bracket
Harness Bracket
Page and
Index No.
13 731 29 43 45 43 43 45 19 17 11 15 27 15 15 33 31 319 9995919 19 13 23 41 19 25 23 45 43 -
10
11
10
22
6
5
16
18
14
8
15
19
1
14
34
33
15
9
20
19
7
6
4
11
3
10
9
19
2
19
26
15
13
10
17
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No.
B468 5991
B468 6411
B468 6511
B468 7812
B468 7812
B477 2333
B478 2328
B478 2328
B478 3501
B478 3502
B478 3503
B478 3504
B478 3506
B478 3507
B478 3569
B478 3569
B700 1151
B700 1161
B700 1162
B700 1163
B700 1165
B700 1165
B700 1166
B700 1170
B700 1183
B700 1185
B700 1191
B700 1198
B700 1501
B700 1501
B700 1501
B700 1501
B700 1600
B700 1600
B700 1601
B804
Description
Harness Bracket
Adjusting Pin - Booklet Stapler
Exit Roller:Driven
Exit Roller:Driven
Pulley:Drive:Roller:Sponge
Pulley:Driven:Roller:Sponge
Gathering Roller:Sponge
Lever:Drive:Gathering Roller:Front
Lever:Drive:Gathering Roller:Back
Spacer
Spacer
Stay:Coupling
Slide Rail:Stapler Unit:508mm
Screw:Connector
Bracket:Stopper:Stapler Unit
Stay:Punch Unit:Slide:Ass'y
Sheet:Guide:Punch
Ground Plate:Toner Hopper:Punch
Bracket:Coupling:Ass'y
Tension Spring
Page and
Index No.
39 25 3351 19 37 27 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 911 49 43 47 49 43 49 9911 3329 45 43 23 45 43 43 -
Part No.
B700 1605
B700 1605
B700 1610
B700 1615
B700 1620
B700 1625
B700 1630
B700 1635
B700 1640
B700 1645
B700 1645
B700 1650
B700 1660
B700 1665
B700 1670
B700 1675
B700 1680
B700 1701
B700 1702
B700 1801
B700 1802
B700 1803
B700 2119
B700 2125
B700 2126
B700 2130
B700 2135
B700 2140
B700 2145
B700 2200
B700 2215
B700 2220
B700 2225
B700 2241
B700 2300
3
14
17
5
1
17
13
15
10
12
13
9
8
7
25
32
17
5
22
11
8
23
7
33
24
2
18
19
19
6
15
4
2
2
4
Description
Timing Pulley:26T
Timing Pulley:26T
Gear:Pulley:14Z/14T
Gear:14Z
Compression Spring
Timing Pulley:20T
Timing Pulley:20T
Gear:30Z
Bracket:Gear:Middle:Ass'y
Gear:25Z
Bracket:Shift:Drive:Ass'y
Timing Pulley:40T
Tension Spring
Compression Spring:Entrance:Driven
Knob:Guide Plate:Entrance
Sheet:Entrance
Transport Roller:Entrance:Upper
Bushing:Transport Roller:Front
Bushing:Transport Roller:Rear
Bracket:Entrance Sensor
Tension Spring:Guide Plate:Move
Guide Plate:Upper:Move
Transport Roller:Shift
Gear:30Z
Sheet:Guide:Staple
Exit Roller:Proof Tray
Page and
Index No.
7543 43 43 43 43 43 43 711 99943 41 41 11 45 45 45 45 5555555559997-
24
18
3
12
7
9
11
10
13
25
20
31
26
30
14
16
18
21
3
19
20
17
20
7
9
15
12
13
23
1
2
13
28
12
14
Parts Index
Part No.
B700 2305
B700 2310
B700 2315
B700 2316
B700 2317
B700 2320
B700 2325
B700 2325
B700 2330
B700 2331
B700 2411
B700 2421
B700 2422
B700 2431
B700 2432
B700 2441
B700 2452
B700 2453
B700 2461
B700 2471
B700 2473
B700 2476
B700 2476
B700 2478
B700 2481
B700 2485
B700 2486
B700 2491
B700 2500
B700 2505
B700 2510
B700 2515
B700 2520
B700 2520
B700 2525
B804
Description
Transport Roller:Short
Guide Plate:Proof Tray:Ass'y
Torsion Spring
Discharge Brush
Bracket:Sensor:Proof Tray
Bracket:Photo Interrupter: Overflow
Guide Plate:Turn:Ass'y
Guide Plate:Turn:Open And Close
Tension Spring:Turn:Open And Close
Polarization Powl:Duplex Stack
Tension Spring
Guide Plate:Duplex Stack:Ass'y
Shaft:Turn:Guide
Guide:Turn
Transport Roller:Duplex Stack:Lower
Guide Plate:Lower:Open And Close
Tension Spring
Guide Plate:Lengthwise:Ass'y
Bracket:Sensor:Duplex Tray
Guide Plate:Exit:Stapler Tray
Exit Roller:Stapler Tray
Gate Pawl:Staple
Gate Pawl:Proof Tray
Bracket:Dcsol:Gate Pawl:Proof Tray
Bracket:Dcsol:Gate Pawl:Staple
Cushion:Gate Pawl
Cushion:Gate Pawl
Supporting Plate: Gate Pawl
Page and
Index No.
11 77777711 7711 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 17 17 19 17 19 19 17 17 17 17 9941 41 19 99-
Part No.
B700 2530
B700 2535
B700 2540
B700 2545
B700 2550
B700 2611
B700 2612
B700 2621
B700 2631
B700 2635
B700 2649
B700 2651
B700 2655
B700 2661
B700 2665
B700 2667
B700 2711
B700 2722
B700 2723
B700 2725
B700 2729
B700 2729
B700 2731
B700 3100
B700 3105
B700 3115
B700 3120
B700 3125
B700 3130
B700 3135
B700 3140
B700 3145
B700 3150
B700 3155
B700 3156
9
13
18
21
12
6
15
10
2
5
7
5
6
11
13
16
14
15
9
6
22
4
28
21
12
14
11
10
20
18
13
1
16
17
14
Description
Supporting Plate:Gate Pawl:Staple
DC Solenoid:Gate Pawl:Staple:Ass'y
Tension Spring
Tension Spring
DC Solenoid:Gate Pawl:Ass'y
Bracket: Gathering Roller
Shaft: Gathering Roller:Drive
Arm: Gathering Roller: Ass'y
Arm:Plate:Ass'y
Tension Spring
Bracket: Solenoid: Gathering Roller
DC Solenoid:Gathering Roller:Ass'y
Bracket:Solenoid:Plate:Ass'y
DC Solenoid:Plate:Ass'y
Tension Spring:Solenoid:Plate
Stay:Swivel:Ass'y
Shaft:Contact Point:Swivel
Tension Spring:Release:Swivel
Arm:Solenoid:Swivel
Cushion:Arm
Cushion:Arm
DC Solenoid:Swivel:Ass'y
Stay:Drive:Guide Plate:Ass'y
Bracket:Stepper Motor:Guide Plate
Worm Gear:37t
Worm Wheel:20z
Bushing:Joint
Joint:Guide Plate:Open And Close
Compression Spring
Bracket:Feeler:Plate
Discharge Brush
Page and
Index No.
941 9941 19 19 19 19 19 19 45 45 45 45 45 19 19 19 19 19 519 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 -
19
3
21
15
14
7
15
12
1
5
11
9
7
13
12
11
33
29
31
32
34
27
36
24
12
16
18
15
20
22
21
11
25
5
1
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No.
B700 3157
B700 3163
B700 3176
B700 3205
B700 3210
B700 3215
B700 3300
B700 3305
B700 3310
B700 3315
B700 3320
B700 3322
B700 3325
B700 3400
B700 3405
B700 3410
B700 3420
B700 3500
B700 3504
B700 3505
B700 3515
B700 3520
B700 3525
B700 3530
B700 3535
B700 3540
B700 3545
B700 3550
B700 3555
B700 3560
B700 3565
B700 3570
B700 3575
B700 3705
B700 3710
B804
Description
Shaft:Exit Roller:Driven
Stay:Coupling
Shaft:Exit Roller
Bracket:Drive:Tray:Ass'y
Timing Pulley:22T
Bracket:Sensor:Paper Volume Sensor
Base:Tray
Tray:Auxiliary
Stay:Uniform:Ass'y
Shaft: Gathering Roller:Drive:Ass'y
Timing Pulley:18T
Lever: Driven: Gathering Roller: Front
Lever: Driven: Gathering Roller: Rear
Bracket:Coupling:Lever:Drive
Tension Spring
Bracket:Feeler:Paper Senser
Feeler:Paper Senser
Bracket:Sensor:Paper Senser
Bracket:Home Position Sensor
Cam:Gathering Roller
Cam:Lever:Drive
Guide Plate:Paper Exit Sub-unit
Page and
Index No.
13 49 15 43 43 43 41 41 39 39 39 41 39 39 39 39 315 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 49 49 -
Part No.
B700 3715
B700 3725
B700 3730
B700 3740
B700 4100
B700 4102
B700 4103
B700 4104
B700 4106
B700 4107
B700 4159
B700 4161
B700 4163
B700 4165
B700 4167
B700 4168
B700 4170
B700 4180
B700 4181
B700 4182
B700 4200
B700 4201
B700 4204
B700 4207
B700 4209
B700 4210
B700 4213
B700 4250
B700 4255
B700 4258
B700 4259
B700 4260
B700 4261
B700 4265
B700 4267
4
1
32
19
21
20
11
10
12
11
4
5
1
17
16
20
4
27
24
26
11
23
16
15
14
6
5
18
17
30
22
29
28
16
18
Description
Shaft:Arm:Paper Exit Sub-unit
Arm:Plate:Paper Exit Sub-unit
Roller:Plate:Paper Exit Sub-unit
Spring:Arm:16mn.m
Shaft:Slider:Standard Fence
Standard Fence:Front:Staple
Slider:Standard Fence
Guide:Entrance:Stapler:Inner Back
Standard Fence:Rear:Staple
Spring:Return:Standard Fence
Stay:Upper:Slide Rail
Stay:Middle:Stapler Tray
Stay:Guide:Stapler:Move
Stay:Lower:Slide Rail
Stay:Lower: Positioning Sensor
Sheet:Slider
Bracket :Positioning Sensor
Stapler Tray
Shaft:Idler:Exit
Guide:Transport:Stapler Tray
Shaft:Guide:Jogger Fence
Jogger Fence:Front:Ass'y
Jogger Fence:Rear:Ass'y
Bracket:Sensor:Jogger
Pulley:32T
Bracket:Motor:Jogger:Ass'y
Exit Belt:Ass'y
Bracket:Home Position Sensor:Pawl
Shaft:Exit
Exit Roller:Mm45
Collar:Mm40
Timing Pulley:55T
Bracket:Tightener:Exit:Fix
Bracket:Tightener:Exit:Ass'y
Page and
Index No.
49 49 49 49 29 29 29 29 29 29 27 25 31 29 29 29 25 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 25 23 23 23 23 25 25 -
15
14
11
13
11
14
12
13
15
10
5
11
1
20
7
6
6
17
18
20
14
21
22
26
25
24
15
16
10
7
10
9
11
4
3
Parts Index
Part No.
B700 4271
B700 4272
B700 4273
B700 4275
B700 4276
B700 4300
B700 4302
B700 4305
B700 4308
B700 4311
B700 4312
B700 4313
B700 4316
B700 4320
B700 4324
B700 4326
B700 4327
B700 4329
B700 4333
B700 4334
B700 4335
B700 4336
B700 4337
B700 4351
B700 4352
B700 4353
B700 4354
B700 4355
B700 4356
B700 4401
B700 4405
B700 4406
B700 4407
B700 4408
B700 4410
B804
Description
Timing Pulley:55T
Timing Pulley:30T
Timing Pulley:30T
Tension Spring
Shaft:Guide:Stapler
Bracket:Drive:Stapler:Move:Ass'y
Gear Pulley:52Z/20T
Bracket:Tightener:Stapler:Ass'y
Guide:Stapler:Entrance:Upper
Guide:Stapler:Entrance:Lower
Bracket:Fix:Stapler:Ass'y
Bracket:Stapler:Turn:Ass'y
Bracket:Stapler:Slide:Ass'y
Bracket:Sensor:Diagonal,slanted
Bracket:Stapler:Move:Ass'y
Roller:Guide:Slide:Stapler
Guide:Slide:Stapler
Inner Cover:Stapler
Tension Spring
Bracket:Stapler
Sheet:Guide:Stapler
Stay:Middle:Stapler Tray:Small
Cover:Harness:Stapler
Guide Plate:Pressure:Reverse:Stapler Tray
Guide:Leading Edge:Front
Guide:Leading Edge:Rear
Sheet:Plate:Leading Edge
Guide:Leading Edge:Outer
Roller:Dia22
Page and
Index No.
23 27 29 29 25 31 31 31 29 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 25 25 25 25 25 25 21 21 21 21 21 21 -
Part No.
B700 4411
B700 4412
B700 4414
B700 4415
B700 4416
B700 4419
B700 4422
B700 4425
B700 4426
B700 4427
B700 4428
B700 4429
B700 4430
B700 4431
B700 4444
B700 4454
B700 4455
B700 4457
B700 4521
B700 4522
B700 4523
B700 4524
B700 4540
B700 4713
B700 4715
B700 4718
B700 4720
B700 4720
B700 4745
B700 4753
B700 4755
B700 4757
B700 4763
B700 4770
B700 4781
12
21
21
23
5
4
31
32
18
26
25
23
22
16
12
20
19
8
14
11
5
28
6
12
16
19
21
20
18
16
18
19
2
17
14
Description
Shaft:Driven:Turn
Tension Spring:Pressure:Turn
Guide Plate:Reverse:Front
Guide Plate:Reverse:Inner Back
Supporting Plate:Reverse:Ass'y
Slider:Guide:Reverse
Lever:Reverse:Stapler Tray:Ass'y
Shaft:Drive:Cam
Cam:Guide Plate:Front
Cam:Guide Plate:Inner Back
Gear:Pulley:17Z/48T
Gear:43Z
Guide:Leading Edge:Upper
Guide Plate:Pressure
Guide Plate:Transport Unit
Shaft:Driven:Transport Unit
Transport Roller:Transport Unit
Holder:Arm:Harness
Arm:Harness:Stapler Unit
Pin :Fix: Arm
Bracket: Stapler Tray: Moveable
Inner Cover: Stapler Unit
Compression Spring
Exit Roller: Paper Crimp Sub-unit
Pulley:27T
Guide Plate :Exit: Lower
Guide Plate: Exit: Upper
Shaft: Driven
Compression Spring: Transport Roller
Guide Plate :Roller :Lower
Bracket: Home Position Sensor: Blade
Gear:62T
Page and
Index No.
21 21 21 21 21 21 21 27 27 27 27 27 27 21 21 27 27 27 29 29 29 29 21 37 37 35 35 37 37 37 37 37 37 35 35 -
15
20
11
12
9
7
8
8
6
7
1
2
3
4
21
18
16
12
25
27
26
2
5
7
8
11
12
26
4
10
14
11
3
3
2
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No.
B700 4782
B700 4784
B700 4785
B700 4787
B700 4790
B700 4797
B700 4805
B700 4810
B700 4821
B700 4823
B700 4825
B700 4827
B700 4829
B700 4835
B700 4867
B700 4873
B700 4874
B700 4875
B700 4877
B700 4879
B700 4885
B700 4891
B700 4895
B700 4897
B700 5301
B700 5302
B700 5304
B700 5305
B700 5310
B700 5311
B700 5340
B700 5341
B700 5350
B700 5361
B700 5365
B804
Description
Pulley:31T
Pulley:22T
Bracket:Auxiliary:Rear
Bracket:Motor:Mm56
Stay:Release:Transport
Shaft:Driven:Release
Cam:Release:Transport
Gear:56Z
Gear:28Z
Joint:Release:Transport
Spacer:Release:Transport
Bracket:Paper Feed Sensor
Screw:Contact Point:M3
Guide:Open And Close:Front
Guide:Open And Close:Rear
Guide Plate:Open And Close:Lower
Grip:Guide Plate
Bracket:Contact Point
Knob:Paper Crimp
Inner Cover
Cover:Drive
Cover:Upper
Harness:Safety Switch
Harness:Surface Of Paper Sensor
Harness:Exit:Tray
Harness:Exit:Open And Close:Motor
Harness:Connecting:Sensor:Exit
Page and
Index No.
35 33 33 33 33 33 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 45 33 33 33 33 33 35 35 33 33 547 15 47 47 13 47 29 47 13 7-
Part No.
B700 5366
B700 5368
B700 5371
B700 5373
B700 5401
B700 5405
B700 5407
B700 5410
B700 5411
B700 5412
B700 5413
B700 5414
B700 5415
B700 5415
B700 5418
B700 5419
B700 5430
B700 5431
B700 5451
B700 5801
B700 5802
B700 5803
B700 5804
B700 5804
B700 5805
B700 5807
B700 5808
B700 5809
B700 5810
B700 5812
B700 5813
B700 5955
B700 5956
B700 5957
B700 6100
1
9
7
6
8
5
20
28
24
25
27
23
22
17
18
16
17
11
14
10
7
8
3
1
24
1
31
3
4
13
6
3
10
26
4
Description
Harness: Connecting: Sensor
Harness: Connecting: Stapler
Harness: Staple
Harness: Stapler: Staple Exchange
Harness: Paper Exit Sub-unit
Harness: Sensor
Harness: Sensor: Plate: End Fence
Harness: Staple: Motor
Harness: Gate: Open And Close :Motor
Harness: Drive: Swivel :Motor
Harness: Drive: Swivel: Motor
Harness - Staple
Harness - Staple
Harness: Punch Unit
Stepper Motor: Ass'y
Stepper Motor: Exit: Ass'y
Stepper Motor: Stapler :Moveable: Ass'y
Stay :Fix: Main Control Board
Bracket: Printed Circuit Board
Bracket: Main Control Board: Lower
Inner Cover: Upper
Page and
Index No.
731 31 13 47 25 49 37 35 37 29 27 37 15 25 29 47 29 47 31 27 45 35 23 13 15 29 31 37 33 41 47 47 45 9-
7
29
2
7
5
17
17
15
6
1
29
10
16
19
8
8
12
4
2
13
9
16
5
23
14
20
5
30
19
4
15
14
13
15
1
Parts Index
Part No.
B700 6105
B700 6120
B700 6125
B700 7851
B700 7851
B700 7852
B700 7861
B700 7861
B700 7862
B700 7862
B700 7863
B700 7863
B700 7864
B700 7864
B700 7865
B700 7865
B700 7866
B700 7866
B700 7867
B700 7867
B700 7868
B700 7868
B700 7869
B700 7869
B700 7870
B700 7870
B700 7871
B700 7871
B700 7872
B700 7872
B700 7891
B700 7891
B700 7892
B700 7892
B702 7225
B804
Description
Inner Cover:Lower
Hinge:Door:Lower:Ass'y
Hinge:Door:Upper:Ass'y
Stapler:Service Parts:Ass'y
Decal :Knob: Entrance:R1
Decal: Knob: Entrance:R1
Decal: Proof Tray:R3
Decal:Shift:R4
Decal:Shift:R4
Decal:Exit:R6
Decal:Exit:R6
Decal:Knob:Blade:R8
Decal:Knob:Blade:R8
Decal:Stapler:S1
Decal:Stapler:S1
Decal:Stapler:S2
Decal:Stapler:S2
Page and
Index No.
17 3351 325 51 5551 51 751 951 17 19 51 951 35 51 35 51 51 21 27 51 51 33 51 31 21 51 21 -
Part No.
B793 2321
B793 4808
B793 7898
B793 7898
C203 5135
G565 2135
H072 2220
1
9
8
2
11
13
3
6
10
4
5
17
6
8
7
7
23
8
2
9
10
10
9
11
12
3
17
13
14
13
15
27
1
16
10
Description
Slide Roller Link
Decal: Paper Exit Sub-unit
Decal: Paper Exit Sub-unit
Bushing - 10x14x5.9
Exit Plate
Spacer - M6x10
Page and
Index No.
937 51 39 39 13 15 -
29
9
17
14
7
2
2
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No.
AA06 0557
AA06 3529
AA06 3529
AA06 3529
AA08 0237
AA08 2058
AA08 2101
AA08 2101
AA08 2101
AA08 2101
AA08 2101
AA08 2101
AA08 2101
AA08 2104
AA08 2104
AA10 0011
AA13 2024
AA13 2169
AA13 2208
AA14 3702
AA14 3702
AA14 3702
AA14 3790
AA14 3790
AA14 3790
AA14 3790
AA14 3790
AA14 3790
AA14 3790
AA14 3790
AA14 3823
AA16 1099
AB03 0278
AB03 0374
AB03 0374
B804
Description
Bushing - 4x5x7
Bushing - 6x10x9mm
Bushing - 6x10x6
Bushing - 6x10x6
Bushing - 6x10x6
Bushing - 6x10x6
Bushing - 6x10x6
Bushing - 6x10x6
Bushing - 6x10x6
Bushing - 8x12x7
Bushing - 8x12x7
Spacer - M6
Spacer - 5.7x16x1.5
Spacer - M6
Screw:Pin: Positioning
Screw:Contact Point
Screw:Contact Point
Screw:Contact Point
Screw:CONTACT POINT
Screw:Contact Point
Screw:Contact Point
Screw:CONTACT POINT
Screw:Contact Point
Tapping Screw
Lever Cushion
Idler - 20z
Timing Pulley - 20Z
Timing Pulley - 20Z
Page and
Index No.
19 927 737 19 31 17 15 11 937 727 23 23 31 43 37 39 49 31 45 25 23 33 11 43 29 715 19 29 75-
Part No.
AF02 2147
AF02 2147
AF02 2147
AF02 2148
AG07 0512
AG07 0513
AG07 0513
AG07 0514
AG07 0514
AG07 0514
AG07 0514
AG07 1012
AH01 2030
AJ01 1015
AW01 0109
AW01 0109
AW02 0114
AW02 0141
AW02 0141
AW02 0141
AW02 0141
AW02 0141
AW02 0141
AW02 0141
AW02 0141
AW02 0141
AW02 0166
AW02 0172
AX06 0282
GW01 0007
GW01 0007
GW01 0007
GW01 0007
GW01 0007
GW01 0007
13
5
13
19
12
6
15
2
3
1
27
5
1
4
5
8
21
8
6
22
6
7
4
1
3
18
3
5
16
20
4
14
17
23
17
10
Description
Driven Roller
Driven Roller
Driven Roller
Roller:Driven:L=125
Magnet Catch:Ass'y
Magnet Catch
Magnet Catch
Magnet Catch
Magnet Catch
Magnet Catch
Magnet Catch
Magnet Catch:Ass'y
Caster:Dia50:400n
Stapler:Eh-530
Photo Interrupter
Photo Interrupter
Photo Interrupter
Photo Interrupter
Photo Interrupter
Photo Interrupter
Photo Interrupter
Photo Interrupter
Photo Interrupter
Photo Interrupter: Overflow:CT
DC Motor:25.1W
Page and
Index No.
19 717 5311 527 717 943 49 31 37 13 39 49 41 37 27 35 13 15 31 23 25 741 37 17 7525 29 -
27
10
5
21
12
8
14
19
16
8
10
24
9
24
2
6
2
19
17
21
11
4
17
21
3
27
9
3
12
18
13
8
22
7
9
Parts Index
Part No.
0353 0040N
0353 0040N
0353 0040N
0353 0040N
0353 0040N
0353 0050N
0353 0060N
0450 3008N
0450 3008N
0450 3008N
0450 3008N
0450 3008N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
B804
Description
Screw - M3X4
Screw - M3X4
Screw - M3X4
Screw - M3X4
Screw - M3X4
Screw-m3x5
Bind Screw - M3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
Description
0451 3008N
0451 3008N
0451 3008N
0451 3008N
0451 3008N
0451 3008N
0451 3008N
0451 3008N
0451 3008N
0451 3008N
0451 3008N
0451 3008N
0451 3010N
0451 4006N
0451 4014N
0453 3006N
0453 3006N
0453 3006N
0453 3006N
0453 3006N
0453 3006N
0453 3006N
0453 3006N
0453 3014N
0453 4006N
0454 3006Q
0454 3006Q
0454 3006Q
0454 3008Q
0454 3008Q
0454 4008Q
0574 0040E
0632 0100G
0632 0160G
0632 0160G
11 - 103
19 - 103
37 - 103
45 - 103
41 - 102
31 - 104
41 - 103
17 - 103
33 - 102
9 - 104
29 - 103
21 - 102
15 - 101
29 - 101
27 - 101
31 - 101
25 - 101
13 - 101
33 - 101
23 - 101
19 - 101
17 - 102
35 - 101
37 - 101
11 - 101
39 - 101
9 - 102
41 - 101
43 - 101
3 - 102
7 - 101
45 - 101
49 - 101
47 - 101
5 - 101

Tapping Screw:3x10
Tapping Screw - 4x6
Tapping Screw:M4x14
Binding Self Tapping Screw 3x14
Tapping Screw:3x8
Tapping Screw:3x8
Pin - 2x10mm
Parallel Pin-m2x16
Parallel Pin-m2x16
11
Page and
Index No.
21 - 101
35 - 107
49 - 102
19 - 102
43 - 102
45 - 102
29 - 102
31 - 102
39 - 102
3 - 101
17 - 101
9 - 101
23 - 102
15 - 102
3 - 104
29 - 104
35 - 102
45 - 104
27 - 104
25 - 103
31 - 103
21 - 103
23 - 103
37 - 102
33 - 103
25 - 102
5 - 102
7 - 102
11 - 102
3 - 103
49 - 104
41 - 104
15 - 104
27 - 105
23 - 105
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No.
0633 0140G
0633 0140G
0633 0180G
0634 0200G
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0060E
0720 0060E
0720 0060E
0720 0060E
0720 0060E
0720 0060E
0720 0060E
0740 3008
0741 3506
0742 3808
0802 5305
0805 0088
B804
Description
Parallel Pin - 3x14
Parallel Pin - 3x14
Parallel Pin - 3x18mm
Parallel Pin - 4x20
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M6
Retaining Ring - M6
Retaining Ring - M6
Retaining Ring - M6
Retaining Ring - M6
Retaining Ring - M6
Retaining Ring - M6
Retaining Ring - M6
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
33 - 106
35 - 105
35 - 106
39 - 105
49 - 106
29 - 105
17 - 104
11 - 104
31 - 106
13 - 102
35 - 108
27 - 102
5 - 103
15 - 103
19 - 105
9 - 105
37 - 104
43 - 103
25 - 104
7 - 103
39 - 103
23 - 104
21 - 105
39 - 104
41 - 106
31 - 105
33 - 104
27 - 103
23 - 106
29 - 106
31 - 108
41 - 105
33 - 105
49 - 105
11 - 106
0805 0088
0805 0089
0805 0089
0805 0089
0805 0089
0805 0089
0805 0089
0805 0089
0805 0089
0805 3537
0805 3537
0805 3537
0805 3537
0805 3537
0807 5056
0950 3005N
1105 0192
1105 0328
1105 0328
1105 0328
1105 0328
1105 0328
1105 0328
1105 0328
1105 0328
1105 0328
1105 0328
1105 0334
1105 0334
1105 0367
1105 0487
1105 0487
1105 0487
1105 0487
1105 0487
12
Description
Retaining Ring - M6
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Washer - 8.1mm
Screw: Spring Washer:M3X5
Locking Support
Edge - 17
Edge - 17
Spacer
Harness Clamp
Harness Clamp
Harness Clamp
Harness Clamp
Harness Clamp
Page and
Index No.
35 - 104
9 - 103
7 - 104
21 - 104
37 - 107
43 - 104
15 - 106
19 - 104
13 - 103
15 - 105
27 - 110
7 - 105
17 - 105
11 - 105
41 - 107
49 - 103
47 - 105
15 - 107
41 - 108
7 - 106
39 - 107
23 - 108
49 - 107
13 - 104
25 - 108
31 - 110
33 - 108
45 - 106
29 - 109
47 - 107
33 - 109
25 - 107
29 - 110
31 - 109
27 - 107
Parts Index
Part No.
1105 0487
1105 0487
1105 0488
1105 0488
1105 0488
1105 0488
1105 0488
1105 0488
1105 0489
1105 0490
1105 0490
1105 0516
1105 0516
1105 0516
1105 0516
1105 0516
1105 0516
1105 0516
1105 0516
1105 0522
1105 0522
1105 0623
1105 0623
1105 0623
1105 0623
1105 0623
1105 0623
1105 0623
1105 0623
1105 0623
1105 0623
1105 0623
1105 0623
1105 0623
1105 0623
B804
Description
Harness Clamp
Harness Clamp
Harness Clamp
Harness Clamp
Harness Clamp
Harness Clamp
Harness Clamp
Harness Clamp
Clamp
Clamp
Clamp
Clamp
Clamp
Clamp
Clamp
Clamp
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
1105 0623
1204 2520
1204 2541
15 - 110
47 - 103
45 - 105
43 - 105
47 - 104
29 - 108
39 - 106
27 - 108
25 - 106
43 - 106
39 - 108
47 - 102
5 - 104
33 - 107
31 - 111
11 - 107
17 - 106
13 - 105
27 - 109
37 - 106
33 - 110
17 - 107
47 - 106
49 - 108
31 - 107
29 - 107
19 - 106
15 - 108
41 - 109
13 - 106
35 - 103
39 - 109
23 - 107
27 - 106
25 - 105
Description
Switch:DE2L-FJ20
Interlock Switch
13
Page and
Index No.
37 - 105
15 - 109
5 - 105
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No.
5053 0419
5201 2722
5206 2686
5206 2686
5215 2621
5447 2681
5447 2681
5447 2681
5447 2681
Page and
Index No.
Description
Bushing - 10mm
Bushing - M6x5
Snap Ring
Snap Ring
Snap Ring - M6
Snap Ring
Snap Ring
Snap Ring
Snap Ring
23 929 33 21 13 19 21 29 -
Part No.
Description
Page and
Index No.
6
22
24
12
13
23
4
6
1
.com
manuals4you
B804
14
Parts Index
FINISHER SR3030 B805

manuals4you.com
manuals4you.com
1.Exterior (B805)
101
101
17
5
18
104
101
4
16
104
102
103
101
15
10
3
19
8
102
101
2
101
101
12
14
4
11
101
15
102
13
9
101
B805
16
1.Exterior (B805)
Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
B805
Part No.
B804 6175
B804 6155
B804 6150
B700 3420
B468 7812
B804 6135
B804 6145
B700 6125
B700 6120
B804 1164
B805 7850
AG07 0512
B804 6115
B804 3417
B408 1428
B700 1198
B468 6511
B700 1191
B700 6139
Description
Cover: Rear
Cover: Jogger
Cover: Left Upper
Tray: Auxiliary
Cover: Upper
Cover: Left: Front
Hinge :Door :Upper: Ass'y
Hinge :Door: Lower :Ass'y
Decal: Misfeed Removal: Bind: No
Magnet Catch: Ass'y
Cover: Front
Tray
Ground Plate :Coupling
Bracket: Coupling Ass'y
Proof Tray: Auxiliary
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
0451 3008N
0451 3006N
0454 3008Q
0451 4014N
Description
Qty Per
Assembly

Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw:3x8
Tapping Screw:M4x14
manuals4you.com
2
102
18
9
13
16
103
17
101
7
6
15
102
101
14
22
11
23
10
103
102
12
101
19
104
101
20
27
25
21
20
26
102
102
102
24
101
27
105
B805

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
B805
Part No.
B700 2200
B700 2215
A666 4270
B804 2205
B804 2210
B700 7861
B700 2125
B804 2120
B700 2126
B700 7862
B408 2281
B700 2135
B700 2140
AG07 0513
B700 2130
A697 1606
AB03 0374
B700 1605
B804 2110
B700 2119
AF02 2148
GW01 0007
B700 2145
B700 5301
B804 2105
B804 2100
B700 2729
Description
Tension Spring Guide Plate Move
Guide Plate Upper Move
Roller Driven Entrance
Guide Plate Upper
Guide Plate Transport Entrance Upper
Knob Guide Plate Entrance
Guide Plate Entrance Upper
Sheet: Entrance
Bushing Transport Roller Front
Bushing Transport Roller Rear
Magnet Catch
Transport Roller Entrance Upper
Spacer - 6x12x2.7mm
Timing Pulley - 20Z
Timing Pulley:26T
Compression Spring: Entrance: Driven
Roller: Driven L=125
Harness: Safety Switch
Guide Plate: Connecting: Upper
Cushion: Arm
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
2
2
1
4
2
4
1
1
1
1
3
101
102
103
104
105
0451 3006N
0454 3006Q
0720 0040E
1105 0516
1204 2541
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Tapping Screw - 3x6

Retaining Ring - M4
Clamp
Interlock Switch
manuals4you.com
9
101
10
9
103
6
24
101
106
105
23
22
4
8
3
101 11
106
25
101 105
101
13
101
101
12
14
16
102
103
21
20
16
102
103
19
15 17
10
1
18
19
19
19
10
104
102
B805

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
B805
Part No.
AA08 2101
B700 2330
AW02 0172
B700 5365
B700 2331
B700 2320
B700 5366
GW01 0007
A697 2187
AF02 2147
B302 2216
B700 2317
B700 2310
B700 2300
B700 2325
AG07 0514
B700 7863
B700 2315
AA06 3529
AA14 3790
B700 2316
A697 1606
AB03 0374
B700 1605
B700 1645
Description
Bushing - 6x10x6
Photo Interrupter: Overflow: CT
Bracket: Photo Interrupter: Overflow
Bracket: Sensor: Proof Tray
Driven Roller
Discharge Brush
Guide Plate: Proof Tray:Ass'y
Exit Roller :Proof Tray
Transport Roller: Long
Magnet Catch
Guide Plate: Proof Tray
Torsion Spring
Spacer - 6x12x2.7mm
Timing Pulley - 20Z
Timing Pulley:26T
Timing Pulley:20T
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
16
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
2
7
1
1
1
1
2
5
1
1
6
12
1
2
2
2
2
101
102
103
104
105
106
0451 3006N
0454 3006Q
0720 0040E
0805 0089
0805 3537
1105 0328
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
manuals4you.com

6
5
4
29
28
105
27
26
5
4
105
30
105
12
102
13
9
31
15
14
32
105
102
16
10
11
102
19
104
18
17
16
17
24
17
23
104
21
20
105
22
23
17
101
102
17
33
34
25
101
103
102
2
B805

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
B805
Part No.
B700 6100
B700 7867
B408 2312
B408 2175
AA06 3529
B408 2174
B408 2173
B700 7864
B804 2245
AG07 0514
B804 2037
B700 2241
B700 2220
B700 2525
B700 2545
A458 2251
B700 2520
B700 2505
B700 2530
B700 2500
B700 2540
5201 2722
B804 1180
B700 1183
B804 1182
B700 1660
AA08 2101
B700 2225
B793 2321
B700 1665
B700 1650
B478 3569
B700 1170
B804 2235
Description
Inner Cover: Upper
Decal Turn: Open And Close:R7
Spring
Slide Roller
Decal:Shift:R4
Guide Plate :Horizontal: Shift
Magnet Catch
Guide Plate Horizontal Lower
Sheet Guide Staple
Transport Roller Shift
Supporting Plate Gate Pawl
Tension Spring
Cushion Gate Pawl
Gate Pawl Proof Tray
Supporting Plate Gate Pawl Staple
Gate Pawl Staple
Tension Spring
Bushing - M6x5
Discharge Brush Punch Unit
Sheet Guide Punch
Discharge Brush Punch Transport
Bracket :Gear :Middle :Ass'y
Bushing - 6x10x6
Gear:30Z
Slide Roller Link
Gear:25Z
Gear:30Z
Spacer
Stay :Punch Unit :Slide :Ass'y
Guide Plate: Punch Unit
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
2
6
2
1
1
1
5
1
1
1
1
1
7
10
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
16
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
0451 3008N
0451 3006N
0805 0089
0450 3008N
0720 0040E
Description
Qty Per
Assembly

Tapping Screw - 3x6
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
manuals4you.com
5
105
19
20
105
21
10
7
105
101
11
103
13 106
101
8
12
15
106
3
106
101
106
1
104
1
104
101
14
106
15
106
15
106
15
107
16
15
107
17
15
104
18
1
104
B805
101
101
101
10
manuals4you.com
102 101

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
B805
Part No.
AA08 2101
B700 1185
AA14 3790
A353 2243
B700 2421
B700 2422
B700 2411
AG07 0513
B700 2305
B700 2325
B700 2431
A458 2251
B700 2432
B700 2452
B700 2453
B700 2441
B700 1151
A697 1128
B352 1607
B700 1645
B700 1701
Description
Bushing - 6x10x6
Ground Plate:Toner Hopper: Punch
Lever Knob
Guide Plate Turn: Open And Close
Tension Spring Turn: Open And Close
Guide Plate Turn: Ass'y
Magnet Catch
Transport Roller Short
Transport Roller Long
Polarization Pawl Duplex Stack
Tension Spring
Shaft: Turn: Guide
Guide: Turn
Guide Plate Duplex Stack: Ass'y
Stay Coupling
Joint Lever
Timing Pulley:20T
Timing Pulley:40T
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
16
1
12
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
7
1
1
6
1
1
1
5
2
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
0451 3006N
0454 3008Q
0353 0040N
0720 0040E
0805 3537
0805 0088
1105 0516
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw:3x8
Screw - M3X4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M6
Clamp
11
manuals4you.com

101
105
101
106
104
25
24
101
26
17
17
11
9
101
12
105
10 101
13
15
101
16
102
106
17
6
14
102
19
18
20
21
102
23
101
103
3
102
102
4
B805
22
12
102

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
B805
Part No.
B700 3156
G565 2135
A681 2742
B700 3157
B700 3155
AW01 0109
B700 5373
A353 3172
A353 3173
B302 1145
B700 3145
B700 3105
B700 5311
B700 5805
B700 3125
B700 3115
AW02 0141
B700 3120
B408 2833
B700 3130
B700 3140
B700 3135
5447 2681
B700 3100
B700 3150
B700 5361
Description
Discharge Brush
Exit Plate
Driven Exit Roller
Shaft Exit Roller Driven
Guide Plate Exit Upper
Harness Connecting Sensor
Actuator Bracket
Pressure Spring
Bracket: Feeler: Plate
Bracket: Stepper Motor: Guide Plate
Harness: Exit: Open And Close: Motor
Worm Gear:37t
Photo Interrupter
Worm Wheel:20z
Shaft - Worm Wheel
Bushing: Joint
Compression Spring
Joint: Guide Plate: Open And Close
Snap Ring
Stay: Drive: Guide Plate: Ass'y
Bracket: Surface Of Paper Sensor
Harness: Connecting: Sensor:Exit
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
9
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
0451 3006N
0720 0040E
0805 0089
1105 0328
1105 0516
1105 0623
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Tapping Screw - 3x6

Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Clamp
13
manuals4you.com
35
32
101
103
25
103
33
103
28
26
104
103
34
25
14
1 2
27
3
4
103
23
101
104
34
103104
29
33 103
101
102
24
105
107
108
17
101
19
30
18
109
110
106
101
9 106
14
15
13
105
110
12
13
12
21
106
8
11
103
20
14
10
31
101
16
21
22
101
101
101
103
4
10
6
B805
106
9
101
14

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
B805
Part No.
B352 1607
H072 2220
AA08 2101
AA14 3823
B700 3545
B700 3540
B478 3507
B478 3506
B478 3504
B478 3501
B700 3515
B478 3502
B478 3503
B700 3535
B700 3530
B700 3525
B700 3555
B700 3550
B700 5415
B700 5807
AW02 0141
B700 3565
B700 3520
B700 3504
B478 3569
B700 3505
B700 3500
B700 3575
B700 3570
B700 3560
B700 5304
B700 3176
B352 2405
B352 2400
B804 3161
Description
Spacer - M6x10
Bushing - 6x10x6
Tapping Screw
Tension Spring
Bracket: Coupling: Lever: Drive
Lever: Drive: Gathering Roller: Back
Lever: Drive: Gathering Roller: Front
Pulley: Drive: Roller: Sponge
Shaft: Gathering Roller: Drive: Ass'y
Pulley: Driven: Roller: Sponge
Gathering Roller: Sponge
Lever: Driven: Gathering Roller: Front
Feeler: Paper Sensor
Bracket: Feeler: Paper Sensor
Harness: Drive: Swivel: Motor
Photo Interrupter
Bracket: Home Position Sensor
Timing Pulley:18T
Spacer
Stay: Uniform:Ass'y
Cam: Lever: Drive
Cam: Gathering Roller
Bracket: Sensor: Paper Senser
Harness: Surface Of Paper Sensor
Shaft: Exit Roller
Outer Exit Roller
Exit Roller
Guide Plate: Exit: Lower
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
5
1
16
2
2
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
2
3
1
1
1o
1
1
1
9
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
0451 3006N
0451 4006N
0720 0040E
0632 0100G
0805 3537
0805 0089
1105 0328
1105 0623
1204 2520
1105 0487
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 4x6
Retaining Ring - M4
Pin - 2x10mm
Retaining Ring - M4
Switch:DE2L-FJ20
Harness Clamp
15
manuals4you.com

102
5
4
15
106
105
103
15
105
15
105
8
9
10
7
101
102
104
107
101
102
11
104
102
14
12
104
B805
13
16

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
B805
Part No.
B700 6105
AA08 2101
A612 2435
B700 2476
AF02 2147
B700 2471
B700 7865
AG07 0514
B700 2461
B700 2491
B700 2486
B700 2481
GW01 0007
B700 2485
B352 1607
Description
Inner Cover: Lower
Bushing - 6x10x6
Support Plate
Driven Roller
Guide Plate :Lengthwise
Decal: Vertical Transport:R5
Magnet Catch
Transport Roller: Duplex Stack: Lower
Exit Roller: Stapler Tray
Guide Plate: Exit: Stapler Tray
Guide Plate: Lengthwise Ass'y
Bracket: Sensor: Duplex Tray
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
16
1
8
7
1
1
5
2
1
2
1
4
1
5
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
0451 3008N
0451 3006N
0450 3008N
0720 0040E
0805 3537
1105 0516
1105 0623
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Retaining Ring - M4
Clamp
17
manuals4you.com

7
105
8
101
6
3
15 18
17
5
12
6
10
4
24
13
11
105
101
14
17
18
25
24
21
16
23
27
28
26
106
28
19
103
20
22
104
31
21
105
23
106
30
29
102
101
5
3
B805
18

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
B805
Part No.
B700 2725
A498 4625
B700 2729
A697 2102
B700 2731
AA08 2058
B700 2611
B352 1600
B408 2435
B408 2422
B700 2649
B700 2621
AA06 0557
AA16 1099
B700 2612
B700 2520
B477 2333
A680 4223
B408 2113
A458 2251
B700 2478
B700 2473
B700 7866
B804 2474
B804 2477
B468 2832
AF02 2147
B700 2476
B700 2722
B804 2721
B700 2723
B700 2711
Description
Arm: Solenoid: Swivel
Arm Cushion
Cushion: Arm
DC Solenoid: Swivel: Ass'y
Bushing - 6x10x9mm
Gathering Roller: Ass'y
Pulley - T16
Arm: Gathering Roller: Ass'y
Lever Cushion
Shaft: Gathering Roller: Drive
Cushion :Gate Pawl
Cushion
Tension Spring
Guide Plate: Lower: Open And Close
Decal:Exit:R6
Discharge Brush :Exit
Discharge Brush: Exit: Middle
Driven Exit Roller
Driven Roller
Compression Spring :Exit: Driven
Shaft: Contact Point: Swivel
Tension Spring: Release: Swivel
Stay: Swivel: Ass'y
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
3
3
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
10
2
2
4
7
2
1
1
2
1
2
7
8
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
0451 3006N
0451 3008N
0353 0040N
0805 0089
0720 0040E
1105 0623
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Tapping Screw - 3x6

Screw - M3X4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
19
manuals4you.com
15
103
102
3
107
103
4
108
102
103
109
108
103
103
105
5
101
108
109
103
107
103
9
13
103 8
12
103
103
101
14
104
10
11
B805
106
13
101
103
20

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
B805
Part No.
B701 7888
B700 4540
B700 4159
B805 4500
B805 4162
AW02 0166
B700 4255
B700 4265
B700 4276
B700 4267
A666 3180
B700 4161
B701 4161
AA14 3790
B805 4551
Description
Decal: Stapler Tray:R8
Stay: Upper: Slide Rail
Guide Plate: Exit
Cover: Stay: Middle: Behind
Bracket: Home Position Sensor: Pawl
Bracket: Tightener: Exit: Fix
Tension Spring
Bracket: Tightener Exit: Ass'y
Timing Pulley - Z32
Stay: Middle: Stapler Tray
Cover: Stay: Middle
Guide Plate: Exit: Small
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
0451 3008N
0453 3006N
0451 3006N
0720 0040E
1105 0623
1105 0489
1105 0487
1105 0488
1105 0516
Description
Qty Per
Assembly

Tapping Screw - 3x6
Retaining Ring - M4
Harness Clamp
Harness Clamp
Clamp
21
manuals4you.com

9
9
8
9
8
8
7
105
11
105
106
105
103
101
23
105
105
12
107
105
105
24
14
102
13
108
6
104
15
13
106
101
10
20
101
101
2
16
101
101 3
22
17
21
104 1
20
104
B805
18
22
19

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
B805
Part No.
A697 4170
B408 4223
AA14 3790
B700 1501
AA08 2104
B700 4209
B700 4258
AA10 0011
B700 4260
B700 4207
B700 4261
B700 4271
B468 4381
B700 4200
B700 4213
B700 4250
B700 4180
B700 4181
A666 3180
AW02 0141
B701 4201
B701 4204
B700 5804
B700 4210
Description
Pulley - 32T
Bushing - 8x12x7
Pulley:32T
Shaft: Exit
Collar:Mm40
Bracket: Sensor: Jogger
Timing Pulley:55T
Timing Pulley:55T
Shaft: Guide: Jogger Fence
Exit Belt: Ass'y
Stapler Tray
Shaft: Idler :Exit
Timing Pulley - Z32
Photo Interrupter
Jogger Fence: Front: Ass'y
Jogger Fence: Rear Ass'y
Bracket :Motor: Jogger Ass'y
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
12
6
2
1
1
7
6
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
9
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
0451 3006N
0451 3010N
0453 3006N
0720 0040E
0632 0160G
0720 0060E
1105 0623
1105 0328
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Tapping Screw - 3x6

Tapping Screw:3x10
Retaining Ring - M4
Parallel Pin-m2x16
Retaining Ring - M6
23
manuals4you.com
102
105
102
101
16
22
29
21 105
28
23
101
19
5
101
24
109
107
101
25
101
101
6
8
9
101
26
27
10
11
10
108
101
13
15
12
106
13
110
17
18
12
1
101
16
19
103
14
101
B805
101
20
104
103
24
104
101

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
B805
Part No.
5447 2681
B700 4524
B700 5341
B804 5317
B700 5808
B700 4168
B700 4167
B700 5419
GW01 0007
B700 4107
B700 4100
B700 4103
B700 4104
B700 4102
B700 4106
AA14 3790
AB03 0278
B700 4308
B700 1501
B700 4165
B700 4273
B312 1600
B700 4275
5206 2686
B700 4521
B700 4523
B700 4522
B701 4271
B700 4273
Description
Snap Ring
Bracket: Stapler Tray :Moveable
Harness :Connecting: Motor: Stapler Unit
Sheet: Slider
Stay: Lower :Positioning Sensor
Spring: Return: Standard Fence
Shaft: Slider :Standard Fence
Slider: Standard Fence
Guide: Entrance: Stapler :Inner Back
Standard Fence :Front: Staple
Standard Fence: Rear:Staple
Idler - 20z
Bracket: Tightener: Stapler:Ass'y
Stay: Lower: Slide Rail
Timing Pulley:30T
Tightener
Snap Ring
Holder Arm: Harness
Pin: Fix: Arm
Arm: Harness: Stapler Unit
Bracket: Idler: Ass'y
Timing Pulley:30T
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
4
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
4
2
1
2
2
1
1
12
1
1
6
1
2
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
0451 3006N
0451 3008N
0450 3008N
0453 3006N
0720 0040E
0720 0060E
1105 0623
1105 0488
1105 0334
1105 0487
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Tapping Screw - 3x6

Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M6
Harness Clamp
Edge - 17
Harness Clamp
25
manuals4you.com

30
1
101
107
105
104
101
107
4
101
12
101 31
7
3
15
105
5
108
23
101
11
106
15
110
18
101
101
106
14
110
10
106
17
109
107
102
28
29
20
109
111
B805
109
15
13
103
26
16
105
9
25
24
21
101
11
101
106
22
103
32
26
15
19
27
101

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
B805
Part No.
Description
B700 4163 Stay: Guide: Stapler :Move

B700 5371 Harness: Connecting: Sensor
B700 4300 Shaft: Guide: Stapler
B700 4335 Timing Belt:B60S3M954
B700 4337 Tension Spring
AA14 3702 Screw: Pin: Positioning
B700 4329 Bracket: Stapler :Move: Ass'y
B352 4318 Bushing - Lower Slider
B302 4292 Belt Holder
B700 4334 Guide: Slide: Stapler
B700 4324 Bracket: Sensor: Diagonal, slanted
B700 5801 Stepper Motor: Ass'y
B700 4333 Roller: Guide: Slide: Stapler
B700 4320 Bracket: Stapler: Slide: Ass'y
A376 1343 Original Pressure Roller
A697 4140 Sector Gear - 144z
B700 4326 Worm Gear:Pulley:19t
AA13 2024 Spacer - M6
B700 4316 Bracket: Stapler: Turn:Ass'y
B700 4313 Bracket: Fix: Stapler: Ass'y
AJ01 1015 Stapler:EH-530
B700 4312 Guide: Stapler :Entrance: Lower
B700 4311 Guide: Stapler: Entrance: Upper
B700 7891 Decal:Stapler:S1
B700 4336 Inner Cover: Stapler
B700 5368 Harness: Connecting: Stapler
B700 5809 Stepper Motor: Stapler Moveable: Ass'y
B700 4302 Bracket: Drive: Stapler :Move: Ass'y
B700 4305 Gear Pulley:52Z/20T
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
9
1
1
1
3
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
16
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
0451 3006N
0451 3008N
0453 3006N
0353 0050N
0720 0060E
0720 0040E
1105 0623
0740 3008
1105 0487
1105 0328
1105 0516
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Tapping Screw - 3x6

Screw-m3x5
Retaining Ring - M6
Retaining Ring - M4
Harness Clamp
Clamp
27
manuals4you.com

106
107
13
106
4
8
101
106
108
3
104
5
109
102
101
101
103
105
106
10
15
101
14
106
3 101
101
103 104
11
10101
6
104
102
21
102
10
103
21
17
12
19
10
4
103
20
101
102
18
101
16
12
104
B805
11
15
102
28

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
B805
Part No.
B700 3325
AW02 0114
B468 5991
B700 3320
A697 3180
A697 3170
C203 5135
A697 3165
A697 3175
A548 2139
B700 3315
B700 3310
B805 3170
AA14 3702
A697 3150
B700 3405
B700 3400
B804 6165
B804 6160
B700 3410
A379 3316
Description
Bracket: Sensor: Paper Volume Sensor
Harness Bracket
Pulley - 18T
Gear - 42Z
Bushing - 10x14x5.9
Tray Drive Shaft
Pulley
Timing Pulley:22T
End Fence:Bind:No
Screw Pin: Positioning
Cover:Tray:Support:Rear
Cover:Tray:Support:Front
Base:Tray
Shift Guide Roller
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
2
4
2
2
1
2
1
1
4
2
2
1
3
2
1
1
1
1
1
4
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
0451 3006N
0451 3008N
0720 0040E
0720 0060E
0634 0200G
1105 0488
1105 0328
1105 0490
1105 0623
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Tapping Screw - 3x6

Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M6
Parallel Pin - 4x20
Harness Clamp
29
manuals4you.com
101
103
106
10
4
11
7
6
108
106
102
107
107
105
8
101
101
104
12
15
105
3
101
101
16
108
101
109
102
109
101
101
17
101
14
2
18
13
19
B805
30

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
B805
Part No.
Description
B700 2515 Bracket: Dcsol: Gate Pawl: Staple

A697 2102 Damper - Junction Gate Solenoid
B700 2535 DC Solenoid: Gate Pawl: Staple: Ass'y
A697 3145 Gear - 36Z/18Z
B700 3322 Compression Spring - 10n
A697 3140 Gear - 30Z
A697 3135 Gear - 18Z
A300 2736 Worm Gear
A697 3225 Worm Wheel Shaft
B700 3300 Bracket: Drive: Tray: Ass'y
AX06 0282 DC Motor:25.1W
B700 2510 Bracket: Dcsol: Gate Pawl: Proof Tray
B700 2550 DC Solenoid: Gate Pawl: Ass'y
B700 5813 Stepper Motor:Pm:S2m:T12:Ass'y
B700 1675 Bracket: Shift: Drive: Ass'y
B468 2425 Drive Pulley
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
9
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
0451 3006N
0353 0040N
0353 0060N
0574 0040E
0741 3506
0720 0060E
0807 5056
1105 0328
1105 0623
Qty Per
Assembly
Description
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Screw - M3X4
Bind Screw - M3x6
Retaining Ring - M6
Washer - 8.1mm
31
manuals4you.com

102
4
3
1
101
101
5
7
12
103
6
104
101
10
11
17
101
101
101
101
14
1
13
18
101
105
15
16
5
15
102
18
101
20
101
6
101
19
21
101
101
22 24
5
23
102
101
1
101
101
106
105
101
B805
32

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
B805
Part No.
B804 5806
B700 1600
B700 1610
B700 1601
AA14 3790
B312 1600
B700 1620
AA13 2169
B700 1625
B700 1635
B700 1630
B700 1615
B700 1640
B700 1670
B700 1501
B312 1610
B468 5991
B312 1615
B700 3205
B700 3215
B700 3210
B700 1162
B700 1165
AG07 1012
Description
Tension Spring
Screw:Contact Point
Tightener
Spacer - 5.7x16x1.5
Gear:Pulley:14Z/14T
Compression Spring
Gear:14Z
Tightener
Harness Bracket
Tension Roller
Magnet Catch:Ass'y
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
4
2
1
1
12
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6
1
4
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
0451 3006N
0451 3008N
0720 0040E
0805 0089
1105 0488
1105 0490
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Tapping Screw - 3x6

Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Harness Clamp
33
manuals4you.com
3
101
5
2
101
1
101
101 101
4
102
10
103
105
8
13
101
106
14
101
17
12
101
13
16
104
15
11
101
104
104
104
B805
34

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
B805
Part No.
B804 5806
B700 1600
B700 1702
AA14 3790
B312 1600
B700 1501
B700 2655
A300 3865
B700 2651
B468 5991
B700 4867
B700 1801
B700 1802
B312 1615
B700 5957
B700 5803
B700 1803
Description
Bracket: Stepper Motor: Transport
Screw:Contact Point
Tightener
DC Solenoid: Gathering Roller:Ass'y
Release Spring
Bracket: Solenoid: Gathering Roller
Harness Bracket
Screw: Contact Point:M3
Tension Roller
Bracket:Main Control Board:Lower
Tension Spring
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
4
2
1
12
4
6
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
105
106
0451 3006N
0451 3008N
0353 0040N
0453 3006N
1105 0488
1105 0334
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Tapping Screw - 3x6

Screw - M3X4
Harness Clamp
Edge - 17
35
manuals4you.com
101
102
102
101
101
12
2
10
102
103
3
104
101
101
11
9
6
101
104
105
106
101
5
101
103
104
101
101
106
101
107
101
103
103
104
B805
36
101

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
B805
Part No.
B700 5302
B700 5451
B700 5305
B700 5310
B700 5956
B700 5340
B804 5309
B804 5502
B700 5955
B700 5350
B700 1163
Description
Harness:Punch Unit
Harness:Exit:Tray
Bracket:Printed Circuit Board
Harness:Exit:Tray
PCB:Main Control
Stay:Fix:Main Control Board
Screw:Connector
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
2
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
0451 3006N
1105 0516
1105 0487
1105 0488
1105 0192
1105 0623
1105 0367
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Tapping Screw - 3x6

Clamp
Harness Clamp
Harness Clamp
Locking Support
Spacer
37
manuals4you.com

4
101
101
3
101
101
108
101
1
17
108
107
101
101
101
108
18
16
101
103
101
6
101
106
103
108
19
15
14
13
101
19
101
1
12
106
11
102
8
5
102
8
101
8
7
104
B805
38
105

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
B805
Part No.
B700 3163
B804 2321
B804 6132
B804 1152
B701 1166
AA14 3702
AH01 2030
B804 1117
Description
Stay: Coupling
Guide Plate :Proof Tray
Bracket: Cover: Upper
Stay: Coupling
Slide Rail:432mm
Screw :Pin: Positioning
Caster:Dia50:400n
Cap - Base
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
4
1
1
1
1
3
4
2
101
102
103
104
105
0451 3006N
0451 3008N
0950 3005N
0454 4008Q
1105 0623
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
Tapping Screw - 3x6

39
manuals4you.com
11
9
>PS<
>PS<
R4
R4
S1
>PS<
R5
R1
>PS<
R5
10
>PS<
R1
R4
R5
5 1
R7
R8
R3
R 12
1
2
R1
R8
2
R5
R2
10
>PS<
R9
1 R4
9~11
R6
R3
R3
>PS<
R6 13
3
1
R2
R3
R10
1
R10
R2
R11
4
5
1
4
R3
43
R
>PS<
B805
4 1
R7
2
>PS<
R12
1
2
>PS<
R7
>PS<
40

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
B805
Part No.
B468 7812
B700 7861
B700 7862
B700 7863
B700 7864
B700 7865
B700 7866
B700 7867
B700 7891
B701 7888
B805 7850
Description
Decal Proof Tray:R3
Decal:Shift:R4
Decal Vertical Transport:R5
Decal:Exit:R6
Decal Turn Open And Close:R7
Decal:Stapler:S1
Decal Stapler Tray:R8
Decal Misfeed Removal Bind:No
Index
No.
Qty Per
Assembly
Part No.
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
41
manuals4you.com
FINISHER SR3030 B805

PARTS INDEX
manuals4you.com
manuals4you.com
Parts Index
Part No.
B805 3170
B805 4162
B805 4500
B805 4551
B805 7850
B805 7850
B805
Description
End Fence: Bind: No
Cover: Stay: Middle :Behind
Guide Plate :Exit
Guide Plate: Exit: Small
Decal: Misfeed Removal: Bind : No
Decal: Misfeed Removal: Bind: No
Page and
Index No.
29 21 21 21 341 -
Part No.
A300 2736
A300 3865
A353 2243
A353 3172
A353 3173
A376 1343
A379 3316
A458 2251
A458 2251
A458 2251
A498 4625
A548 2139
A612 2435
A666 3180
A666 3180
A666 4270
A680 4223
A681 2742
A697 1128
A697 1606
A697 1606
A697 2102
A697 2102
A697 2187
A697 3135
A697 3140
A697 3145
A697 3150
A697 3165
A697 3170
A697 3175
A697 3180
A697 3225
A697 4140
A697 4170
13
5
4
15
11
11
Description
Worm Gear
Release Spring
Lever Knob
Actuator Bracket
Pressure Spring
Shift Guide Roller
Arm Cushion
Pulley
Support Plate
Timing Pulley - Z32
Timing Pulley - Z32
Roller: Driven: Entrance
Cushion
Driven Exit Roller
Joint Lever
Spacer - 6x12x2.7mm
Spacer - 6x12x2.7mm
Gear - 18Z
Gear - 30Z
Gear - 36Z/18Z
Tray Drive Shaft
Gear - 42Z
Pulley - 18T
Worm Wheel Shaft
Sector Gear - 144z
Pulley - 32T
Page and
Index No.
31 35 11 13 13 27 29 19 11 919 29 17 21 23 519 13 11 7531 19 731 31 31 29 29 29 29 29 31 27 23 -
8
8
4
8
9
17
21
20
12
16
2
10
3
11
19
3
18
3
18
22
16
2
4
9
7
6
4
15
8
6
9
5
9
18
1
Parts Index
Part No.
B302 1145
B302 2216
B302 4292
B312 1600
B312 1600
B312 1600
B312 1610
B312 1615
B312 1615
B352 1600
B352 1607
B352 1607
B352 1607
B352 2400
B352 2405
B352 4318
B408 1428
B408 2113
B408 2173
B408 2174
B408 2175
B408 2281
B408 2312
B408 2422
B408 2435
B408 2833
B408 4223
B468 2425
B468 2832
B468 4381
B468 5991
B468 5991
B468 5991
B468 6511
B468 7812
B805
Description
Belt Holder
Tightener
Tightener
Tightener
Tightener
Tension Roller
Tension Roller
Exit Roller
Outer Exit Roller
Slide Roller
Spring
Pulley - T16
Gathering Roller :Ass'y
Shaft - Worm Wheel
Drive Pulley
Driven Exit Roller
Harness Bracket
Harness Bracket
Harness Bracket
Page and
Index No.
13 727 25 33 35 33 33 35 19 15 11 17 15 15 27 319 9995919 19 13 23 31 19 23 29 35 33 33-
Part No.
B468 7812
B477 2333
B478 3501
B478 3502
B478 3503
B478 3504
B478 3506
B478 3507
B478 3569
B478 3569
B700 1151
B700 1162
B700 1163
B700 1165
B700 1170
B700 1183
B700 1185
B700 1191
B700 1198
B700 1501
B700 1501
B700 1501
B700 1501
B700 1600
B700 1600
B700 1601
B700 1605
B700 1605
B700 1610
B700 1615
B700 1620
B700 1625
B700 1630
B700 1635
B700 1640
10
11
10
22
6
5
16
18
14
8
1
19
15
34
33
9
15
19
7
6
4
11
3
10
9
19
2
19
26
13
3
10
17
17
5
Description
Pulley: Drive: Roller: Sponge
Pulley: Driven: Roller :Sponge
Gathering Roller: Sponge
Lever: Drive: Gathering Roller: Front
Lever: Drive: Gathering Roller Back
Spacer
Spacer
Stay: Coupling
Bracket: Connector Stapler Tray
Screw: Connector
Holder: Coupling: Stapler Unit
Stay :Punch Unit: Slide: Ass'y
Sheet: Guide: Punch
Ground Plate: Toner Hopper :Punch
Bracket Coupling :Ass'y
Bracket :Stepper Motor :Transport
Tension Spring
Timing Pulley:26T
Timing Pulley:26T
Bracket: Pulley: Punch: Move :Ass'y
Gear:Pulley:14Z/14T
Gear:14Z
Compression Spring
Page and
Index No.
41 19 15 15 15 15 15 15 915 11 33 37 33 9911 3335 23 25 33 33 35 33 7533 33 33 33 33 33 33 -
1
17
10
12
13
9
8
7
32
25
17
22
11
23
33
24
2
18
16
6
4
19
15
2
2
4
24
18
3
12
7
9
11
10
13
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No.
B700 1645
B700 1645
B700 1650
B700 1660
B700 1665
B700 1670
B700 1675
B700 1680
B700 1701
B700 1702
B700 1801
B700 1802
B700 1803
B700 2119
B700 2125
B700 2126
B700 2130
B700 2135
B700 2140
B700 2145
B700 2200
B700 2215
B700 2220
B700 2225
B700 2241
B700 2300
B700 2305
B700 2310
B700 2315
B700 2316
B700 2317
B700 2320
B700 2325
B700 2325
B700 2330
B805
Description
Timing Pulley:20T
Timing Pulley:20T
Gear:30Z
Bracket: Gear :Middle :Ass'y
Gear:25Z
Bracket: Shift: Drive: Ass'y
Timing Pulley:40T
Bracket Stepper Motor
Tension Spring
Compression Spring: Entrance: Driven
Knob: Guide Plate Entrance
Sheet: Entrance
Transport Roller: Entrance: Upper
Bushing Transport Roller :Front
Bushing: Transport Roller: Rear
Tension Spring: Guide Plate: Move
Guide Plate: Upper: Move
Transport Roller :Shift
Gear:30Z
Sheet: Guide: Staple
Exit Roller: Proof Tray
Transport Roller: Short
Guide Plate: Proof Tray: Ass'y
Torsion Spring
Discharge Brush
Bracket: Sensor: Proof Tray
Guide Plate Exit: Proof Tray
Page and
Index No.
11 799933 31 31 11 35 35 35 35 555555555999711 7777711 77-
Part No.
B700 2331
B700 2411
B700 2421
B700 2422
B700 2431
B700 2432
B700 2441
B700 2452
B700 2453
B700 2461
B700 2471
B700 2473
B700 2476
B700 2476
B700 2478
B700 2481
B700 2485
B700 2486
B700 2491
B700 2500
B700 2505
B700 2510
B700 2515
B700 2520
B700 2520
B700 2525
B700 2530
B700 2535
B700 2540
B700 2545
B700 2550
B700 2611
B700 2612
B700 2621
B700 2649
20
25
31
26
30
14
16
18
21
3
12
13
17
20
7
9
15
12
13
23
1
2
13
28
12
14
9
13
18
21
12
6
10
15
2
Description
Bracket: Photo Interrupter Overflow
Guide Plate :Turn :Ass'y
Guide Plate: Turn: Open And Close
Tension Spring: Turn: Open And Close
Polarization Powl: Duplex Stack
Tension Spring
Guide Plate: Duplex Stack: Ass'y
Shaft: Turn: Guide
Guide: Turn
Transport Roller: Duplex Stack: Lower
Guide Plate: Lengthwise
Guide Plate: Lower :Open And Close
Compression Spring: Exit: Driven
Compression Spring :Exit: Driven
Tension Spring
Guide Plate: Lengthwise: Ass'y
Bracket: Sensor :Duplex Tray
Guide Plate: Exit: Stapler Tray
Exit Roller: Stapler Tray
Gate Pawl: Staple
Gate Pawl: Proof Tray
Bracket :Dcsol :Gate Pawl: Proof Tray
Bracket: Dcsol: Gate Pawl: Staple
Cushion: Gate Pawl
Cushion: Gate Pawl
Supporting Plate: Gate Pawl
Supporting Plate Gate Pawl: Staple
DC Solenoid: Gate Pawl Staple :Ass'y
Tension Spring
Tension Spring
DC Solenoid: Gate Pawl : Ass'y
Shaft: Gathering Roller: Drive
Arm : Gathering Roller :Ass'y
Page and
Index No.
711 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 17 17 19 17 19 19 17 17 17 17 9931 31 19 99931 9931 19 19 19 19 -
5
7
5
6
11
13
16
14
15
9
6
22
4
28
21
12
14
11
10
20
18
13
1
16
17
14
19
3
21
15
14
7
15
12
11
Parts Index
Part No.
B700 2651
B700 2655
B700 2711
B700 2722
B700 2723
B700 2725
B700 2729
B700 2729
B700 2731
B700 3100
B700 3105
B700 3115
B700 3120
B700 3125
B700 3130
B700 3135
B700 3140
B700 3145
B700 3150
B700 3155
B700 3156
B700 3157
B700 3163
B700 3176
B700 3205
B700 3210
B700 3215
B700 3300
B700 3305
B700 3310
B700 3315
B700 3320
B700 3322
B700 3325
B700 3400
B805
Description
Bracket: Solenoid :Gathering Roller
DC Solenoid: Gathering Roller :Ass'y
Stay: Swivel :Ass'y
Shaft: Contact Point :Swivel
Tension Spring :Release: Swivel
Arm: Solenoid: Swivel
Cushion :Arm
Cushion: Arm
DC Solenoid: Swivel :Ass'y
Stay: Drive :Guide Plate :Ass'y
Bracket: Stepper Motor: Guide Plate
Worm Gear:37t
Worm Wheel:20z
Bushing: Joint
Joint: Guide Plate: Open And Close
Compression Spring
Bracket: Feeler: Plate
Bracket: Surface Of Paper Sensor
Guide Plate :Exit: Upper
Discharge Brush
Shaft: Exit Roller: Driven
Stay: Coupling
Shaft: Exit Roller
Bracket: Stepper Motor: Exit
Bracket: Support: Stud: Return
Bracket Drive: Tray: Ass'y
Tightener: Tray: Drive :Ass'y
Timing Pulley:22T
Bracket: Sensor :Paper Volume Sensor
Side Plate: Tray: Front: Ass'y
Page and
Index No.
35 35 19 19 19 19 19 519 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 39 15 33 33 33 31 31 29 29 29 31 29 29 -
Part No.
B700 3405
B700 3410
B700 3420
B700 3500
B700 3504
B700 3505
B700 3515
B700 3520
B700 3525
B700 3530
B700 3535
B700 3540
B700 3545
B700 3550
B700 3555
B700 3560
B700 3565
B700 3570
B700 3575
B700 4100
B700 4102
B700 4103
B700 4104
B700 4106
B700 4107
B700 4159
B700 4161
B700 4163
B700 4165
B700 4167
B700 4168
B700 4180
B700 4181
B700 4200
B700 4207
9
7
32
29
31
1
3
27
5
24
12
16
18
15
20
22
21
11
25
5
1
4
1
32
19
21
20
11
10
12
11
4
5
1
17
Description
Side Plate: Tray:Inner Back: Ass'y
Base: Tray
Tray: Auxiliary
Stay: Uniform: Ass'y
Shaft: Gathering Roller: Drive :Ass'y
Timing Pulley:18T
Lever: Driven: Gathering Roller :Front
Bracket: Coupling: Lever: Drive
Tension Spring
Bracket: Feeler: Paper Sensor
Feeler :Paper Sensor
Bracket: Sensor: Paper Sensor
Bracket Home Position Sensor
Cam: Gathering Roller
Cam: Lever Drive
Shaft: Slider: Standard Fence
Standard Fence :Front: Staple
Slider: Standard Fence
Guide: Entrance: Stapler Inner Back
Standard Fence: Rear: Staple
Spring Return: Standard Fence
Stay :Upper :Slide Rail
Stay: Middle: Stapler Tray
Stay: Guide :Stapler: Move
Stay Lower: Slide Rail
Stay: Lower: Positioning Sensor
Sheet Slider
Stapler Tray
Shaft: Idler: Exit
Shaft: Guide: Jogger Fence
Bracket Sensor: Jogger
Page and
Index No.
29 29 315 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 25 25 25 25 25 25 21 21 27 25 25 25 23 23 23 23 -
16
20
4
27
24
26
11
23
16
15
14
6
5
18
17
30
22
29
28
11
14
12
13
15
10
3
12
1
20
7
6
17
18
14
10
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No.
B700 4209
B700 4210
B700 4213
B700 4250
B700 4255
B700 4258
B700 4260
B700 4261
B700 4265
B700 4267
B700 4271
B700 4273
B700 4273
B700 4275
B700 4276
B700 4300
B700 4302
B700 4305
B700 4308
B700 4311
B700 4312
B700 4313
B700 4316
B700 4320
B700 4324
B700 4326
B700 4327
B700 4329
B700 4333
B700 4334
B700 4335
B700 4336
B700 4337
B700 4521
B700 4522
B805
Description
Pulley:32T
Bracket: Motor: Jogger :Ass'y
Exit Belt: Ass'y
Bracket: Home Position Sensor: Pawl
Shaft :Exit
Collar:Mm40
Timing Pulley:55T
Bracket: Tightener: Exit: Fix
Bracket: Tightener :Exit: Ass'y
Timing Pulley:55T
Timing Pulley:30T
Timing Pulley:30T
Tension Spring
Shaft: Guide: Stapler
Brake :Drive: Stapler :Move :Ass'y
Gear Pulley:52Z/20T
Bracket: Tightener: Stapler: Ass'y
Guide: Stapler: Entrance :Upper
Guide: Stapler: Entrance: Lower
Bracket: Fix: Stapler: Ass'y
Bracket: Stapler: Turn: Ass'y
Bracket: Stapler: Slide: Ass'y
Bracket: Sensor: Diagonal, slanted
Bracket: Stapler: Move: Ass'y
Roller: Guide: Slide: Stapler
Guide: Slide: Stapler
Inner Cover: Stapler
Tension Spring
Holder: Arm: Harness
Arm: Harness: Stapler Unit
Page and
Index No.
23 23 23 23 21 23 23 23 21 21 23 25 25 25 21 27 27 27 25 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 25 25 -
Part No.
B700 4523
B700 4524
B700 4540
B700 4867
B700 5301
B700 5302
B700 5304
B700 5305
B700 5310
B700 5311
B700 5340
B700 5341
B700 5350
B700 5361
B700 5365
B700 5366
B700 5368
B700 5371
B700 5373
B700 5415
B700 5419
B700 5451
B700 5801
B700 5803
B700 5804
B700 5805
B700 5807
B700 5808
B700 5809
B700 5813
B700 5955
B700 5956
B700 5957
B700 6100
B700 6105
6
24
15
16
7
7
9
11
8
10
12
21
29
23
9
4
31
32
18
26
25
23
22
16
12
20
19
8
14
11
5
28
6
25
27
Description
Pin Fix: Arm
Bracket: Stapler Tray: Moveable
Screw: Contact Point:M3
Harness: Safety Switch
Harness: Entrance Sensor
Harness: Surface Of Paper Sensor
Harness: Exit: Tray
Harness: Stepper Motor
Harness: Exit: Open And Close: Motor
Harness: Interface: Sub- ass'y
Harness: Connecting: Sensor: Exit
Harness: Connecting: Stapler
Harness: Drive Swivel: Motor
Harness: Punch Unit
Stepper Motor: Ass'y
Stepper Motor: Stapler: Moveable: Ass'y
Stay :Fix: Main Control Board
Bracket: Printed Circuit Board
Bracket: Main Control Board: Lower
Inner Cover: Upper
Inner Cover: Lower
Page and
Index No.
25 25 21 35 537 15 37 37 13 37 25 37 13 7727 27 13 15 25 37 27 35 23 13 15 25 27 31 37 37 35 917 -
26
2
2
11
24
1
31
3
4
13
6
3
10
26
4
7
29
2
7
19
8
2
13
16
23
14
20
5
30
15
9
5
15
1
1
Parts Index
Part No.
B700 6120
B700 6125
B700 6139
B700 7861
B700 7861
B700 7862
B700 7862
B700 7863
B700 7863
B700 7864
B700 7864
B700 7865
B700 7865
B700 7866
B700 7866
B700 7867
B700 7867
B700 7891
B700 7891
B701 1166
B701 4161
B701 4201
B701 4204
B701 4271
B701 7888
B701 7888
B793 2321
B804 1117
B804 1152
B804 1164
B804 1180
B804 1182
B804 2037
B804 2100
B804 2105
B805
Description
Hinge: Door: Lower: Ass'y
Hinge: Door: Upper: Ass'y
Proof Tray: Auxiliary
Decal:Shift:R4
Decal:Shift:R4
Decal:Exit:R6
Decal:Exit:R6
Decal: Turn: Open And Close:R7
Decal: Turn: Open And Close:R7
Decal:Stapler:S1
Decal:Stapler:S1
Slide Rail:432mm
Cover: Stay: Middle
Jogger Fence :Front: Ass'y
Jogger Fence: Rear: Ass'y
Bracket: Idler: Ass'y
Slide Roller Link
Cap - Base
Stay: Coupling
Discharge Brush: Punch Unit
Discharge Brush: Punch: Transport
Guide Plate: Horizontal: Lower
Guide Plate: Connecting: Upper
Page and
Index No.
333541 541 41 7941 41 17 41 19 941 27 41 39 21 23 23 25 41 21 939 39 399955-
Part No.
B804 2110
B804 2120
B804 2205
B804 2210
B804 2235
B804 2245
B804 2321
B804 2474
B804 2477
B804 2721
B804 3161
B804 3417
B804 5309
B804 5317
B804 5502
B804 5806
B804 5806
B804 6115
B804 6132
B804 6135
B804 6145
B804 6150
B804 6155
B804 6160
B804 6165
B804 6175
C203 5135
G565 2135
H072 2220
9
8
19
6
2
10
3
4
17
8
5
6
7
7
23
2
8
27
9
5
13
21
22
28
10
1
29
8
4
10
23
25
11
26
25
Description
Guide Plate: Entrance: Upper
Guide Plate: Upper
Guide Plate: Transport: Entrance Upper
Guide Plate: Punch Unit
Guide Plate: Horizontal :Shift
Discharge Brush: Exit
Discharge Brush: Exit: Middle
Guide Plate: Exit: Lower
Tray
Harness: Exit: Tray
Harness: Connecting: Motor: Stapler Unit
PCB: Main Control
Cover: Front
Bracket: Cover :Upper
Cover: Upper
Cover: Left: Front
Cover: Left Upper
Cover: Jogger
Cover: Tray: Support: Front
Cover T ray: Support: Rear
Cover: Rear
Bushing - 10x14x5.9
Exit Plate
Spacer - M6x10
Page and
Index No.
55559939 19 19 19 15 337 25 37 35 33 339 333329 29 329 13 15 -
19
8
4
5
34
9
2
24
25
30
35
14
7
4
8
1
1
13
3
6
7
3
2
19
18
1
7
2
2
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No.
AA06 0557
AA06 3529
AA06 3529
AA08 2058
AA08 2101
AA08 2101
AA08 2101
AA08 2101
AA08 2101
AA08 2101
AA08 2104
AA10 0011
AA13 2024
AA13 2169
AA14 3702
AA14 3702
AA14 3702
AA14 3790
AA14 3790
AA14 3790
AA14 3790
AA14 3790
AA14 3790
AA14 3790
AA14 3823
AA16 1099
AB03 0278
AB03 0374
AB03 0374
AF02 2147
AF02 2147
AF02 2147
AF02 2148
AG07 0512
AG07 0513
B805
Description
Bushing - 6x10x9mm
Bushing - 6x10x6
Bushing - 6x10x6
Bushing - 6x10x6
Bushing - 6x10x6
Bushing - 6x10x6
Bushing - 6x10x6
Bushing - 8x12x7
Spacer - M6
Spacer - 5.7x16x1.5
Screw: Pin: Positioning
Screw :Contact Point
Tapping Screw
Lever Cushion
Idler - 20z
Timing Pulley - 20Z
Timing Pulley - 20Z
Driven Roller
Driven Roller
Driven Roller
Roller: Driven :L=125
Magnet Catch : Ass'y
Magnet Catch
Page and
Index No.
19 9719 15 27 11 7917 23 23 27 33 39 29 27 21 23 33 25 711 35 15 19 25 7517 19 7535-
Part No.
AG07 0513
AG07 0514
AG07 0514
AG07 0514
AG07 1012
AH01 2030
AJ01 1015
AW01 0109
AW02 0114
AW02 0141
AW02 0141
AW02 0141
AW02 0141
AW02 0141
AW02 0166
AW02 0172
AX06 0282
GW01 0007
GW01 0007
GW01 0007
GW01 0007
13
5
19
6
3
15
1
1
27
2
5
8
21
8
6
14
7
14
3
5
16
20
3
4
4
14
17
23
17
5
27
10
21
12
14
Description
Magnet Catch
Magnet Catch
Magnet Catch
Magnet Catch
Magnet Catch:Ass'y
Caster:Dia50:400n
Stapler:EH-530
Photo Interrupter
Photo Interrupter
Photo Interrupter
Photo Interrupter
Photo Interrupter
Photo Interrupter Paper Feed Sensor
Photo Interrupter Overflow CT
DC Motor:25.1W
Page and
Index No.
11 17 7933 39 27 13 29 27 23 15 31 13 21 731 25 7517 -
8
8
16
10
24
7
24
6
2
3
20
21
17
17
6
3
12
9
8
22
13
.com
manuals4you
Parts Index
Part No.
0353 0040N
0353 0040N
0353 0040N
0353 0040N
0353 0050N
0353 0060N
0450 3008N
0450 3008N
0450 3008N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3006N
0451 3008N
0451 3008N
0451 3008N
0451 3008N
0451 3008N
0451 3008N
0451 3008N
B805
Description
Screw - M3X4
Screw - M3X4
Screw - M3X4
Screw - M3X4
Screw-m3x5
Bind Screw - M3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
Description
0451 3008N
0451 3008N
0451 3008N
0451 3008N
0451 3010N
0451 4006N
0451 4014N
0453 3006N
0453 3006N
0453 3006N
0453 3006N
0453 3006N
0454 3006Q
0454 3006Q
0454 3008Q
0454 3008Q
0454 4008Q
0574 0040E
0632 0100G
0632 0160G
0634 0200G
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
0720 0040E
35 - 103
19 - 103
11 - 103
31 - 102
27 - 104
31 - 103
25 - 103
9 - 104
17 - 103
5 - 101
19 - 101
17 - 102
3 - 102
21 - 103
23 - 101
15 - 101
25 - 101
27 - 101
13 - 101
29 - 101
7 - 101
11 - 101
31 - 101
35 - 101
39 - 101
37 - 101
9 - 102
33 - 101
3 - 101
35 - 102
17 - 101
19 - 102
33 - 102
21 - 101
29 - 102

Tapping Screw:3x10
Tapping Screw - 4x6
Tapping Screw:M4x14
Tapping Screw:3x8
Tapping Screw:3x8
Pin - 2x10mm
Parallel Pin-m2x16
Parallel Pin - 4x20
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Page and
Index No.
9 - 101
25 - 102
39 - 102
27 - 102
23 - 102
15 - 102
3 - 104
35 - 104
21 - 102
25 - 104
27 - 103
23 - 103
5 - 102
7 - 102
3 - 103
11 - 102
39 - 104
31 - 104
15 - 104
23 - 105
29 - 105
13 - 102
33 - 103
23 - 104
15 - 103
9 - 105
7 - 103
27 - 106
5 - 103
21 - 104
11 - 104
29 - 103
19 - 105
17 - 104
25 - 105
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No.
0720 0060E
0720 0060E
0720 0060E
0720 0060E
0720 0060E
0740 3008
0741 3506
0805 0088
0805 0089
0805 0089
0805 0089
0805 0089
0805 0089
0805 0089
0805 3537
0805 3537
0805 3537
0805 3537
0807 5056
0950 3005N
1105 0192
1105 0328
1105 0328
1105 0328
1105 0328
1105 0328
1105 0328
1105 0328
1105 0334
1105 0334
1105 0367
1105 0487
1105 0487
1105 0487
1105 0487
B805
Description
Retaining Ring - M6
Retaining Ring - M6
Retaining Ring - M6
Retaining Ring - M6
Retaining Ring - M6
Retaining Ring - M6
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Retaining Ring - M4
Washer - 8.1mm
Locking Support
Edge - 17
Edge - 17
Spacer
Harness Clamp
Harness Clamp
Harness Clamp
Harness Clamp
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
1105 0487
1105 0488
1105 0488
1105 0488
1105 0488
1105 0488
1105 0488
1105 0489
1105 0490
1105 0490
1105 0516
1105 0516
1105 0516
1105 0516
1105 0516
1105 0516
1105 0516
1105 0623
1105 0623
1105 0623
1105 0623
1105 0623
1105 0623
1105 0623
1105 0623
1105 0623
1105 0623
1105 0623
1105 0623
1204 2520
1204 2541
31 - 106
27 - 105
25 - 106
23 - 106
29 - 104
27 - 108
31 - 105
11 - 106
9 - 103
7 - 104
15 - 106
13 - 103
19 - 104
33 - 104
7 - 105
11 - 105
15 - 105
17 - 105
31 - 107
39 - 103
37 - 105
29 - 107
7 - 106
15 - 107
31 - 108
27 - 110
23 - 108
13 - 104
25 - 109
35 - 106
37 - 107
37 - 103
27 - 109
21 - 107
15 - 110
10
Description
Harness Clamp
Harness Clamp
Harness Clamp
Harness Clamp
Harness Clamp
Harness Clamp
Harness Clamp
Clamp
Clamp
Clamp
Clamp
Clamp
Clamp
Clamp
Switch:DE2L-FJ20
Interlock Switch
Page and
Index No.
25 - 110
25 - 108
35 - 105
21 - 108
33 - 105
37 - 104
29 - 106
21 - 106
33 - 106
29 - 108
17 - 106
13 - 105
11 - 107
21 - 109
27 - 111
5 - 104
37 - 102
17 - 107
19 - 106
39 - 105
37 - 106
15 - 108
29 - 109
21 - 105
23 - 107
13 - 106
25 - 107
31 - 109
27 - 107
15 - 109
5 - 105
Parts Index
Part No.
5201 2722
5206 2686
5447 2681
5447 2681
B805
Description
Bushing - M6x5
Snap Ring
Snap Ring
Snap Ring
Page and
Index No.
925 13 25 -
Part No.
Description
Page and
Index No.
22
24
23
1
11
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
SCANNER ACCESIBILITY OPTION

TYPE 4045
B838
manuals4you.com
1.Scanner Accesibility Option (B838)
15
26
18
17
16
24
25
3
19
101
102
103
4
104
105 106 107
108
109
110
111
9
23
14
102
10
B838
11
112
12
20
22
102
21
13
102
manuals4you.com
1.Scanner Accesibility Option (B838)

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
B838
Part No.
B838 1267
B838 1826
B838 1268
B838 5235
B838 5236
B838 5222
B838 5223
G133 1269
G570 1540
G570 1543
AA14 3829
AA14 3842
B223 1824
B838 1410
B838 1460
B838 1261
B838 1823
B838 1269
B838 1832
B838 1822
B838 1835
B838 1836
B838 5891
Description
Cover: Upper: Rear
Cover: Scanner: Rear
Cover: Upper: Right
Harness: Scanner: Separation :NA
Harness: Scanner: Separation: EU
Harness: Lvds: OPU: Separation
Harness: Lvds: MB: Separation
Cap:Dia17
Rubber Foot H=10
Spacer - Adjusting Screw
Adjusting Screw: Scanner
Screw:Dia6:14.5:M4
Seal: Scanner: Frame: Base
PCB:LVDS:MB
PCB:LVDS:OPU
Bracket: Key Counter: Rear
Bracket: Cover :Rear Lower
Bracket: Left Rear: Option
Shielding Plate:Base:1
Bracket: Cover: Left Lower
Gasket:UC-300284T:20
Gasket:RFSG-010100:20
Bracket: Base: Operation Panel
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
Part No.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
23
24
25
26
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
112
112
112
112
112
B838 1490
B862 1241
B862 1242
B838 1833
0451 3008N
0451 3006N
0451 4008N
0451 4016N
0450 3008N
0453 3006N
0454 3006Q
0954 4008N
1105 0428
1105 0488
1105 0521
1607 0622
1607 1139
1607 1460
1607 1461
1607 1715
1607 1929
Description
Bracket: LVDS:OPU
Stopper: Hinge: Left
Stopper: Hinge: Right
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw:4x8
Tapping Screw:4x16
Screw - M4X8
Clamp
Harness Clamp
Clamp - LES-1017
Ferrite Core Tfc16816
Ferrite Core:Rfc-8
Ferrite Core:Rfc-9
Ferrite Core
Ferrite Core:Tfcm-41-27-16
Qty Per
Assembly
1
1
1
1
manuals4you.com
manuals4you.com
SCANNER ACCESIBILITY OPTION

TYPE 4045
B838
PARTS INDEX
manuals4you.com
Parts Index
Part No.
B838 1261
B838 1267
B838 1268
B838 1269
B838 1410
B838 1460
B838 1490
B838 1822
B838 1823
B838 1826
B838 1832
B838 1833
B838 1835
B838 1836
B838 5222
B838 5223
B838 5235
B838 5236
B838 5891
B838
Description
Bracket: Key Counter: Rear
Cover: Upper: Rear
Cover: Upper: Right
Bracket: Left Rear: Option
PCB:LVDS:MB
PCB:LVDS: OPU
Bracket LVDS: OPU
Bracket Cover Left Lower
Bracket: Cover :Rear Lower
Cover :Scanner: Rear
Gasket:UC-300284T:20
Gasket:RFSG-010100:20
Harness: Lvds: OPU: Separation
Harness :Lvds:MB :Separation
Harness: Scanner: Separation: NA
Harness: Scanner: Separation: EU
Bracket: Base: Operation Panel
Page and
Index No.
3333333333333333333-
Part No.
B223 1824
B862 1241
B862 1242
G133 1269
G570 1540
G570 1543
15
1
3
17
13
14
23
19
16
2
18
26
20
21
5
6
4
4
22
Description
Seal: Scanner: Frame: Base
Stopper: Hinge :Left
Stopper :Hinge :Right
Cap:Dia17
Rubber Foot H=10
Spacer - Adjusting Screw
Page and
Index No.
3 - 12
3 - 24
3 - 25
3- 7
3- 8
3- 9
Parts Index
manuals4you.com
Part No.
AA14 3829
AA14 3842
B838
Description
Adjusting Screw: Scanner
Screw:Dia6:14.5:M4
Page and
Index No.
Part No.
0450 3008N
0451 3006N
0451 3008N
0451 4008N
0451 4016N
0453 3006N
0454 3006Q
0954 4008N
1105 0428
1105 0488
1105 0521
1607 0622
1607 1139
1607 1460
1607 1461
1607 1715
1607 1929
3 - 10
3 - 11
Description
Tapping Screw - 3x6
Tapping Screw:4x8
Tapping Screw:4x16
Screw - M4X8
Clamp
Harness Clamp
Clamp - LES-1017
Ferrite Core Tfc16816
Ferrite Core:Rfc-8
Ferrite Core:Rfc-9
Ferrite Core
Ferrite Core:Tfcm-41-27-16
Page and
Index No.
33333333333333333-
105
102
101
103
104
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
112
112
112
112
112
Parts Index
PLATEN COVER TYPE 3800C

G329
manuals4you.com
manuals4you.com
manuals4you.com
1.Platen Cover (G329)
G329
1.Platen Cover (G329)

Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
G329
Part No.
G329 1320
G329 1330
B406 1387
A053 1957
B406 1397
G329 1383
B406 1392
A193 1248
G329 1384
5215 1667
Description
Platen Cover Sheet
Cushion - Platen Cover
Front Platen Cover
Flex Hinge - Platen Cover
Original Holder
Feeler - Platen Cover Sensor
Rear Platen Cover
Platen Cover Hinge Assembly
Bracket - Platen Cover
Platen Cover Stud
Qty Per
Assembly
Index
No.
1
6
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
101
Part No.
Description
Qty Per
Assembly
0450 4012B Tapping Screw - M4x12
manuals4you.com
PLATEN COVER TYPE 3800C

G329
PARTS INDEX
manuals4you.com
manuals4you.com
Parts Index
Part No.
G329 1320
G329 1330
G329 1383
G329 1384
G329
Description
Platen Cover Sheet
Cushion - Platen Cover
Feeler - Platen Cover Sensor
Bracket - Platen Cover
Page and
Index No.
3333-
Part No.
1
2
6
9
A053 1957
A193 1248
B406 1387
B406 1392
B406 1397
0450 4012B
1015215 1667
Description
Flex Hinge - Platen Cover
Platen Cover Hinge Assembly
Front Platen Cover
Rear Platen Cover
Original Holder
Platen Cover Stud
Page and
Index No.
3- 4
3- 8
3- 3
3- 7
3- 5
33- 10
Parts Index

B222/B224 Service Manual: 002825MIU (Rev. 11/28/06)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

B222/B224 Service Manual: 002825MIU (Rev. 11/28/06)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

B222/B224

1.8 BRIDGE UNIT (B227)...............................................................................1-32

REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT

Recovery procedure for no replacement preparation of laser optics

3.12.4 VERTICAL TRANSPORT, PAPER OVERFLOW, PAPER END

NVRAM on the Controller .................................................................3-144

Service Mode Lock/Unlock ...................................................................5-4

5.6.6 NVRAM DATA UPLOAD/DOWNLOAD .........................................5-469

RFID (Radio Frequency ID) ................................................................6-45

6.11.4 PRESSURE RELEASE MECHANISM.......................................6-72

Selected image printing ....................................................................6-102

7.5.3 UTILITY SOFTWARE......................................................................7-19

SEE B222/B224 SERVICE MANUAL BOOK 2 OF 2 FOR

AUTO REVERSE DOCUMENT FEEDER B802

1 BIN TRAY UNIT B803

BOOKLET FINISHER/FINISHER B804/B805

SCANNER ACCESSIBILITY OPTION TYPE 4045 B838

Read This First

Health Safety Conditions

Observance of Electrical Safety Standards

Safety and Ecological Notes for Disposal

Dispose of replaced parts in accordance with local regulations.

Symbols, Abbreviations and Trademarks

Short Edge Feed

Long Edge Feed

REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT

1 BIN TRAY UNIT B803

FAX OPTION B771

AUTO REVERSE DOCUMENT FEEDER B802

Temperature Range: 10C to 32C (50F to 89.6F)

Humidity Range: 15% to 80% RH

Ventilation: 3 times/hr/person or more

Do not let the machine get exposed to the following:

Do not install the machine in areas that get strong vibrations.

1.1.2 MACHINE LEVEL

1.1.3 MACHINE SPACE REQUIREMENTS

A: Over 100 mm (3.9")

1.1.4 POWER REQUIREMENTS

Input voltage level:

Permissible voltage fluctuation: 10 %

Do not put things on the power cord.

Optional Unit Combinations

1.2 OPTIONAL UNIT COMBINATIONS

2-tray paper feed unit

Large capacity tray

1-bin tray unit

One from No.1 or No.2

One from No.3 or No.4

One from No.7, No.8 or No.10;

2000-sheet booklet finisher

Requires No.6 and one from No.1 and

Requires No.6 and one from No.1 and

*Punch kit (3 types)

No.7 or 8 required; One of the three types

Requires No.6 and one from No.1 and

Scanner Accessibility Option

*: Child options (Child options require a parent option.)

Optional Unit Combinations

1.2.2 CONTROLLER OPTIONS

USB Host Interface Unit

File Format Converter

Data Overwrite Security Unit Type D

SD card slot 3 (during installation only)